% \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% |</and for maketitle|>% \fi \pic:gobble\a:mktl \o:maketitle: \pic:gobble\b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty} >>> \<maketable save tabular\><<< \let\a:tabular:sv|=\a:tabular \let\b:tabular:sv|=\b:tabular \let\c:tabular:sv|=\c:tabular \let\d:tabular:sv|=\d:tabular \let\e:tabular:sv|=\e:tabular \let\f:tabular:sv|=\f:tabular \let\before:begintabular:sv|=\before:begintabular >>> \<maketable recall tabular\><<< \let\a:tabular|=\a:tabular:sv \let\b:tabular|=\b:tabular:sv \let\c:tabular|=\c:tabular:sv \let\d:tabular|=\d:tabular:sv \let\e:tabular|=\e:tabular:sv \let\f:tabular|=\f:tabular:sv \let\before:begintabular|=\before:begintabular:sv >>> Old latex files need \''\no:fonts', but not new ones.---wrong, as far as writing to toc in 0.0? \</and for maketitle\><<< \def\and{\a:and} >>> \<redefine maketitle\><<< \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} >>> \`'<H..>' with nested fonts doesn't work nicely in NetScape. \ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim \documentstyle{article} \title{A B and C} \author{X \and Y} \input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html} \begin{document} \EndPreamble \maketitle \end{document} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi \Section{Multi Columns} \SubSection{xx} \Verbatim \CssFile P.border { clear: both ; } span.tcgroup { width: 80\% ; display: block ; float: left ; } span.title { padding-left: 10\% ; width: 100\% ; } span.nodisp {display: none ; } span.jrnl { padding-left: 20\% ; width: 100\% ; } span.altgroup { width: 18\% ; display: block ; float: right } .filesize { width: 100\% ; font-style: italic ; float: left ; } .artlinks { width: 100\% ; clear: left ; } \EndCssFile \HCode{ <P class="border"> <span class="author">xx, xx<span class="nodisp">,</span></span> <span class="tcgroup"> <span class="title"><span class="nodisp">"</span>Toward a xyz<span class="nodisp">,"</span></span> <span class="jrnl">74 <cite>abc.</cite> (1969): 12-51<span class="nodisp">.</span></span> </span> <span class="altgroup"> <span class="filesize"><em>107k</em></span><span class="nodisp">,</span> <span class="artlinks">[<A HREF=uuu.html>HTML</A>]\ [<A HREF=foo.rtf>RTF</A>]</span> </span> </P> } \EndVerbatim \SubSection{xx} \Verbatim DIV.left { width: 33%; float: left; text-align: left; padding: 0 1em 0 1em; } DIV.middle { width: 33%; float: left; text-align: left; padding: 0 1em 0 1em; } DIV.right { width: 33%; float: left; text-align: left; padding: 0 1em 0 1em; } \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Part{LaTeX Classes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Book.cls, Report.cls, Article.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<book / report / article\><<< |<html report, article, book|> |<latex report,... shared config|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{memoir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{memoir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<memoir.4ht\><<< % memoir.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input book.4ht \input verse.4ht \input booktabs.4ht \let\columnlines\empty |<memoir cfg|> \ifx \memgobble\:UnDef |<memoir pre 2008|> \else |<memoir 2008|> |<mempatch cfg|> \fi \Hinput{memoir} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{memoir} \<memoir cfg\><<< \let\rm\empty \let\sf\empty \let\tt\empty \let\bf\empty \let\it\empty \renewcommand*{\@memoldfonterr}[3]{} \renewcommand*{\@memoldfontwarn}[3]{} \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}% \global\let\f@rtoc\f@rtoc \ifx\f@rtoc\empty\gdef\f@rtoc{#2}\fi \global\let\f@rhdr\f@rhdr }% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{\f@rtoc}\:chapter{#2}} >>> Memoir supports starred version ot the TOC command \<memoir cfg\><<< \def\:tempc{\@ifstar\o:tableofcontents:\o:tableofcontents:} \HLet\tableofcontents\:tempc >>> Support for the \Verb=\book= command \<memoir cfg\><<< \Def:Section\book{\thebook}{#1} >>> Memoir reimplements abstract.sty \<memoir cfg\><<< |<abstract.sty conf|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{abstract} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<abstract.4ht\><<< % abstract.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<abstract.sty conf|> \Hinput{abstract} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{abstract} \<abstract.sty conf\><<< \NewConfigure{abstracttitle}{2} \newenvironment{abstracttitle4ht}{\a:abstracttitle}{\b:abstracttitle\par\noindent} % get rid of all extra <span> elements introduced by smaller font size % \renewcommand{\abstracttextfont}{\normalfont} % \renewcommand{\abstractnamefont}{\normalfont} % use our dummy environment to insert tags around the abstract title \renewcommand{\absnamepos}{abstracttitle4ht} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{verse} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<verse.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % verse.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<verse cfg|> \Hinput{verse} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{verse} \<verse cfg\><<< \def\@vsptitle[#1]#2{% |<memoir verse title|>% \a:poemtitle \addcontentsline{toc}{\poemtoc}{#1} \poemtitlemark{#1}% \b:poemtitle \@vstypeptitle{#2}% \c:poemtitle \@afterheading} \def\@vssptitle#1{% \a:likepoemtitle \@vstypeptitle{#1}% \b:likepoemtitle \@afterheading} \NewConfigure{poemtitle}{3} \NewConfigure{likepoemtitle}{2} >>> \<verse cfg\><<< \pend:def\@vscentercr{% \let\incr:vsline\incr@vsline \def\incr@vsline{\let\incr@vsline\incr:vsline}% } \pend:def\start@vsline{\a:verseline \incr@vsline} \renewcommand{\@vsifbang}[1]{\@ifnextchar !{% \b:verseline\incr@vsline \@firstoftwo{#1}}} \expand:after{\let\sv:verse}\csname \string\verse\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname \string\verse\endcsname[#1]{% \let\:temp\refstepcounter \def\refstepcounter##1\let{\let\refstepcounter\:temp\let}% \sv:verse[#1]% \a:verseline |<memoir verse counter|>% \setcounter{poemline}{0}% \setcounter{vslineno}{1}% \incr@vsline } \NewConfigure{verseline}{2} >>> \<memoir verse counter\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname c@verse\endcsname\relax \else \refstepcounter{verse}% \fi >>> \<memoir verse title\><<< \csname phantomsection\endcsname >>> \<verse cfg\><<< \pend:defI\flagverse{\a:flagverse} \append:defI\flagverse{\b:flagverse} \NewConfigure{flagverse}{2} >>> \<memoir pre 2008\><<< \pend:defI\getthelinenumber{% \let\sv:thepoemline\thepoemline \pend:def\thepoemline{\a:poemline}% \append:def\thepoemline{\b:poemline}} \append:defI\getthelinenumber{\let\thepoemline\sv:thepoemline} >>> \<memoir 2008\><<< \pend:defII\getthelinenumber{% \let\sv:thepoemline\thepoemline \pend:def\thepoemline{\a:poemline}% \append:def\thepoemline{\b:poemline}} \append:defII\getthelinenumber{\let\thepoemline\sv:thepoemline} >>> \<memoir cfg\><<< \NewConfigure{poemline}{2} >>> \<memoir cfg\><<< \NewConfigure{legend}{2} \renewcommand\legend[1]{\a:legend #1\b:legend} >>> There is a clash between Memoir and Hyperref, as it uses the Hfootnote counter, which isn't declared. \<memoir cfg\><<< \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% \ifHy@hyperfootnotes \Hy@hyperfootnotesfalse \newcounter{Hfootnote} \fi }{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mempatch} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mempatch.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % mempatch.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<mempatch cfg|> \Hinput{mempatch} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{mempatch} \<mempatch cfg\><<< \let\no@Msect\M@sect \NewConfigure{@sec @ssect}[1]{% \def\rdef:sec##1{#1\csname no@##1\endcsname}} \:CheckOption{sections-} \if:Option \Configure{@sec @ssect}{} \else \Configure{@sec @ssect}{% |<sv Sc, sec, ssec|>\let\:Sc|=\:gobble |<redf memior sec|>% |<redf sec|>% |<redf ssec|>\IgnorePar} \fi >>> \<redf memior sec\><<< \def\M@sect##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7][##8]##9{% |<disable @seccntformat|>% \let\M@sect\no@Msect \xdef\c:secnumdepth{##2}% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII \let\mark\:gobble \no@Msect{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}][{##8}]{}}% |<recall Sc, sec, ssec|>% |<restore @seccntformat|>% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##8}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##9}}% >>> \<sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<< \let\sv:Msect|=\M@sect >>> \<recall Sc, sec, ssec\><<< \let\M@sect|=\sv:Msect >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{revtex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[ftp://ftp.aip.org/revtex]{}{}REVTeX 3.0 from the American Institute of Physics,\EndLink, \Link[http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/]{}{}REVTeX 4 Home Page\EndLink \<revtex4.4ht\><<< % revtex4.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<revtex4 configs|> \Hinput{revtex4} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{revtex4} \<aps.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % aps.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<aps configs|> \Hinput{aps} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{aps} \<revsymb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % revsymb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<revsymb configs|> \Hinput{revsymb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{revsymb} \<revsymb configs\><<< \MathSymbol\mathrel{REV@lesssim } \MathSymbol\mathrel{REV@gtrsim } \MathSymbol\mathord{openone } \MathSymbol\mathrel{altsuccsim } \MathSymbol\mathrel{altprecsim } \MathSymbol\mathrel{corresponds } >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< |<@array@array@new group|> |<@array@ltx group|> >>> \List{} \item{@array@array@new group} \Verbatim \let\@array \@array@array@new \let\@@array \@array \let\@tabular \@tabular@array@new \let\@tabarray \@tabarray@array@new \let\array \array@array@new \let\endarray \endarray@array@new \let\endtabular\endtabular@array@new \let\@mkpream \@mkpream@array@new \let\@classx \@classx@array@new \let\@arrayacol\@arrayacol@ltx \let\@tabacol \@tabacol@ltx \let\insert@column\insert@column@array@new \expandafter\let\csname endtabular*\endcsname\endtabular \let\@arraycr \@arraycr@new \let\@xarraycr \@xarraycr@new \let\@xargarraycr\@xargarraycr@new \let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr@new \EndVerbatim \item{@array@ltx group} \Verbatim \let\@array\@array@ltx \let\multicolumn\multicolumn@ltx \let\@tabular\@tabular@ltx \let\@tabarray\@tabarray@ltx \let\array\array@ltx \let\endarray\endarray@ltx \let\endtabular\endtabular@ltx \let\@mkpream\@mkpream@ltx \let\@addamp\@addamp@ltx \let\@arrayacol\@arrayacol@ltx \let\@tabacol\@tabacol@ltx \let\@arrayclassz\@arrayclassz@ltx \let\@tabclassiv\@tabclassiv@ltx \let\@arrayclassiv\@arrayclassiv@ltx \let\@tabclassz\@tabclassz@ltx \let\@classv\@classv@ltx \let\hline\hline@ltx \let\@tabularcr\@tabularcr@ltx \let\@xtabularcr\@xtabularcr@ltx \let\@xargarraycr\@xargarraycr@ltx \let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr@ltx \EndVerbatim \EndList \<@array@array@new group\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]#2{% %\hshow{@array@array@new--222}% |<init conds for @mkpream|>% \@tempdima\ht\strutbox \advance\@tempdima by\extrarowheight \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{}% \begingroup \@mkpream{#2}% \xdef\@preamble{% |<ialign for html @array|>}% |<globalize ar:cnt for array.sty|>% \endgroup \@arrayleft \@nameuse{@array@align@#1}% \def\v:TBL{#1}% \m@th \let\\\@arraycr \let\tabularnewline\\\let\par\@empty \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \SaveMkHalignConfig |<@array configuration for MkHalign|>% |<modefied @array config|>% \else \let\@sharp|=##\fi \set@typeset@protect \lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@ \@preamble\array@row@pre } \HLet\@array@array@new\:tempc >>> \<@array@ltx group\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]#2{% %\hshow{@array@ltx-22}% |<init conds for @mkpream|>% \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{}% \@nameuse{@array@align@#1}% \@mkpream{#2}% \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter=\expandafter{\@preamble}% \edef\@preamble{% \everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\noexpand\MkHalign\noexpand\@sharp {\the\tmp:toks \tabskip\z@skip}% }% \def\v:TBL{#1}% \let\tabularnewline\\\let\par\@empty \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \SaveMkHalignConfig |<@array configuration for MkHalign|>% |<modefied @array config|>% \else \let\@sharp|=##\fi \set@typeset@protect \lineskip\z@skip\baselineskip\z@skip \ifhmode \@preamerr\z@ \@@par\fi \@preamble\array@row@pre } \HLet\@array@ltx\:tempc >>> \<@array@array@new group \><<< \def\:tempc{% %\hshow{@tabular@array@new--22}% |<set hooks of tabular|>% \o:@tabular@array@new: } \HLet\@tabular@array@new\:tempc >>> \<@array@ltx group \><<< \def\:tempc{% |<set hooks of tabular|>% %\hshow{@tabular@ltx--22}% \o:@tabular@ltx: } \HLet\@tabular@ltx\:tempc >>> \<@array@array@new group\><<< \def\:tempc{% %\hshow{array@array@new--22}% |<set hooks of array|>% \o:array@array@new:} \HLet\array@array@new=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\relax \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi \enda:rray} \HLet\endarray@array@new\:tempc >>> \<@array@ltx group\><<< \def\:tempc{% %\hshow{array@ltx-2}% |<set hooks of array|>% \o:array@ltx:} \HLet\array@ltx=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\relax \ifx \HCol\:UnDef \else \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi \fi \crcr\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \EndMkHalign \else \egroup\fi \egroup} \HLet\endarray@ltx\:tempc >>> \<@array@ltx group\><<< \long\def\:temp#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}\a:multicolumn \begingroup %\hshow{multicolumn@ltx--2}% |<add Row.Col<-> to new:span|>% \def\@sharp{\c:multicolumn#3\d:multicolumn}\set@typeset@protect \let\@startpbox\@@startpbox\let\@endpbox\@@endpbox \@arstrut \@preamble\hbox{}\endgroup \b:multicolumn \ignorespaces} \HLet\multicolumn@ltx|=\:temp >>> \<@array@ltx group\><<< \def\:temp{\a:hline} \HLet\hline@ltx|=\:temp >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \let\twocolumngrid\onecolumngrid \let\@twocolumntrue\@twocolumnfalse \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\titleblock@produce{% \a:mktl \par \begingroup \pend:def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{% \pend:def\@AAC@list{\a:author}% \append:def\@AAC@list{\b:author}% }% \ifx \@date\empty\else \pend:def\@date{\a:date}% \append:def\@date{\b:date}% \fi \ifx \@received\empty\else \pend:def\@received{\a:received}% \append:def\@received{\b:received}% \fi \ifx \@revised\empty\else \pend:def\@revised{\a:revised}% \append:def\@revised{\b:revised}% \fi \ifx \@accepted\empty\else \pend:def\@accepted{\a:accepted}% \append:def\@accepted{\b:accepted}% \fi \ifx \@accepted\empty\else \pend:def\@published{\a:published}% \append:def\@published{\b:published}% \fi \let\footnote\footnote@latex \let\@makefnmark\@makefnmark@latex \let\@footnotemark\@footnotemark@latex \let\thefootnote\frontmatter@thefootnote \global\c@footnote\z@ \let\@makefnmark\frontmatter@makefnmark \frontmatter@setup \thispagestyle{titlepage}% \par \a:ttl \label{FirstPage}\par \frontmatter@title@produce \b:ttl \par \groupauthors@sw{% \frontmatter@author@produce@group }{% \frontmatter@author@produce@script }% \par \a:RRAPformat\par \frontmatter@RRAPformat{% \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@date}% \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@received}% \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@revised}% \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@accepted}% \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@published}% }% \par\b:RRAPformat \frontmatter@abstract@produce \showPACS@sw{% \pend:defI\@pacs@produce{\par\a:pacs\par}% \append:defI\@pacs@produce{\par\b:pacs\par}% }{}% \@pacs@produce\@pacs \showKEYS@sw{% \pend:defI\@keywords@produce{\par\a:keywords\par}% \append:defI\@keywords@produce{\par\b:keywords\par}% }{}% \@keywords@produce\@keywords \par \a:frontpagefootnote \minipagefootnote@here \b:frontpagefootnote \par \frontmatter@finalspace |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \endgroup \b:mktl \par }% >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \append:def\minipagefootnote@pick{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% } \append:def\ruledtabular{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% } >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \NewConfigure{RRAPformat}{2} \NewConfigure{received}{2} \NewConfigure{revised}{2} \NewConfigure{accepted}{2} \NewConfigure{published}{2} \NewConfigure{pacs}{2} \NewConfigure{keywords}{2} \NewConfigure{frontpagefootnote}{4} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\def\a:mktl{#1}\def\b:mktl{#2}% \def\a:ttl{#3}\def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}% \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}% \c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \append:def\abstract{\a:abstract} \pend:def\endabstract{\b:abstract} \NewConfigure{abstract}{2} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\o:doauthor:{\a:doauthor#1\b:doauthor}{#2}{#3}} \HLet\doauthor\:tempc \NewConfigure{doauthor}{2} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\do@affil@fromgroup#1#2{% \@ifx{\relax#2}{}{% \count@#2\relax \@ifnum{\count@=\z@}{}{\a:affil#1\b:affil}% \do@affil@fromgroup#1% }} \NewConfigure{affil}{2} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\:temp{% \@ifhmode{\skip@\lastskip\unskip\unpenalty\break \a:centercr\hskip\skip@}{}% } \HLet\frontmatter@addressnewline\:temp >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\@doendnote#1#2{\bibitem{#1}\a:endnote #2\b:endnote} \NewConfigure{endnote}{2} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\NAT@bibsetnum#1{% \setlength{\topsep}{\z@}% \let\sv:rEfLiNK \rEfLiNK \let\rEfLiNK \@secondoftwo \NATx@bibsetnum{\ref{LastBibItem}}% \let\rEfLiNK \sv:rEfLiNK } \long\def\frontmatter@makefntext#1{% \parindent 1em \c:frontpagefootnote \a:footnotetext \noindent \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{frontmatter@\the \c@footnote}\hyper@anchorend}% \@makefnmark \b:footnotetext \a:footnotebody #1% \b:footnotebody \c:footnotetext \d:frontpagefootnote } >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \let\no@ssect@ltx=\@ssect@ltx \def\@ssect@ltx#1#2#3#4#5{\:Sc3 \no@ssect@ltx{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\:Sc4#5\:Sc2}\HtmlEnv} \let\no@sect@ltx=\@sect@ltx \def\@sect@ltx#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% \xdef\c:secnumdepth{#2}\:Sc3 \no@sect@ltx{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[#7]{\:Sc4#8\:Sc2}\HtmlEnv} \:CheckOption{sections-} \if:Option \Configure{@sec @ssect}{} \else \Configure{@sec @ssect}{% |<revtex4: sv Sc, sec, ssec|>\let\:Sc|=\:gobble |<revtex4: redf sec|>% |<revtex4: redf ssec|>\IgnorePar} \fi >>> \<revtex4: redf sec\><<< \def\@sect@ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{% |<disable @seccntformat|>% \let\@sect@ltx=\no@sect@ltx \xdef\c:secnumdepth{##2}% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII \let\mark|=\:gobble \no@sect@ltx{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}]{}}% |<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec|>% |<restore @seccntformat|>% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##7}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##8}}% >>> \<revtex4: redf ssec\><<< \def\@ssect@ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{% |<star sec title|>% \let\@ssect@ltx=\no@ssect@ltx {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}% \no@ssect@ltx{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}]{}}% |<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec|>% \HtmlEnv \csname :like#1\endcsname{##8}}% >>> \<revtex4: sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<< \let\sv:Sc=\:Sc \let\sv:sect=\@sect@ltx \let\sv:ssect@ltx=\@ssect@ltx >>> \<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec\><<< \let\:Sc=\sv:Sc \let\@sect@ltx=\sv:sect \let\@ssect@ltx=\sv:ssect@ltx >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< |<html late parts|> |<html late sections|> |<subsections for book / report / article|> |<subsubsections for book / report / article|> |<paragraphs for book / report / article|> >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\@array@align@c{% \leavevmode\@ifmmode{\vcenter\bgroup}{\vbox\bgroup\aftergroup\relax}}% \def\@array@align@v{% \@ifmmode{% \@badmath \vcenter\bgroup }{% \@ifinner{% \vbox\bgroup }{% \@@par\bgroup }% }% }% >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \let\widetext\empty \let\endwidetext\empty >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\@xfloat #1[#2]{% \def \@captype {#1}% \:clearpage \bf:float \:clearpage \begingroup \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\o:end@float: \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end \expandafter\let\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend \fi \@parboxrestore \reset@font \normalsize \everypar{\HtmlPar}% \@xfloat@prep \@nameuse{fp@proc@#2}% } \def\end@float{\endgroup \:clearpage \af:float \minipagefootnote@here} \let\end@dblfloat=\end@float >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% \par \begingroup \small\rmfamily \flushing \let\footnote\@footnotemark@gobble {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:} \endgroup \par } \pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor} \NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}% \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \pend:def\frontmatter@abstractheading{\a:abstractheading} \append:def\frontmatter@abstractheading{\b:abstractheading} \NewConfigure{abstractheading}{2} \def\preprint#1{\a:preprint #1\b:preprint} \NewConfigure{preprint}{2} >>> \<revtex4 configs\><<< \def\p@subsection {\thesection} \def\p@subsubsection {\thesection\thesubsection} \def\p@paragraph {\thesection\thesubsection\thesubsubsection} >>> \<aps configs\><<< \def\bib@device#1#2{% \hb@xt@#1{\hfil \phantomsection \addcontentsline {toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}\refname}}} >>> \<aps configsNO\><<< |<revtex3 aps math|> |<revtex3 aps title page|> |<revtex3 aps sections|> |<revtex3 prabib 4ht|> >>> \<revtex3 prabib 4ht\><<< \pend:def\references{\ifpreprintsty\else \ShowPar \par\noindent\fi} >>> \<revtex3 aps math\><<< \def\no:make@eqnnum{\let\make@eqnnum=\empty} \append:def\equation{% \def\:@currentlabel{\the\c@equation}% \anc:lbl r{equation}% \pend:def\endequation{% \aftergroup\aftergroup \aftergroup\aftergroup \aftergroup\aftergroup \aftergroup\no:make@eqnnum}} >>> \<revtex3 aps title page\><<< \def\:authoraddress{% \let\aps:centering=\centering \def\centering##1\par{\aps:centering\a:address##1\b:address\par}% \def\nointerlineskip{\def\centering####1\par{% \aps:centering\a:author####1\b:author\par}}} \NewConfigure{address}{2} \let\o:maketitle:\maketitle \def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \def\sec:typ{title}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{newpage}{}% \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl\vskip2.5pt}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@authoraddress{\bgroup\:authoraddress }% \append:def\@authoraddress{\egroup }% \def\and{\a:and} \pend:def\@maketitle{\a:mktl}% \append:def\@maketitle{\b:mktl}% \o:maketitle: \egroup} \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} >>> \<revtex3 aps sections\><<< \def\@part[#1]#2{% \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% \else \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% \fi \csname @endpart\endcsname} \let\:tempb\part \Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1} \let\:part\part \let\part\:tempb \let\no@part\@part \def\@part[#1]#2{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}} \Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} \let\:likepart\likepart \let\likepart\:UnDef \let\no@spart\@spart \def\@spart#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}} \let\no@section\section \Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesection \fi}{\uppercase{#1}} \let\no:section\section \def\section{\rdef:sec{section}} \Def:Section\likesection{}{\uppercase{#1}} \let\:likesection\likesection \let\likesection\:UnDef \let\asp:@sect\no@sect \def\no@sect#1#2#3#4#5{\asp:@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5\let\@svsec=\empty}} \let\no@subsection\subsection \Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsection\subsection \def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsection\likesubsection \let\likesubsection\:UnDef \let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection \Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection \def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection \let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef \let\no@paragraph\paragraph \Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \theparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:paragraph\paragraph \def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}} \Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph \let\likeparagraph\:UnDef \let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph \Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph \def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}} \Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph \let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else % \section*{\contentsname}% % % \fi\fi \:tableofcontents} \ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,\fi \else \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,\fi \ifnum \z@>\c@tocdepth\else section,\fi \fi \ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz}% \noexpand\fi} \def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\Auto:ent#1{% \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef #1\else \auto:toc \fi]} \auto:toc \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef } \def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents} \pend:defIII\addcontentsline{% \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi } \def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces} \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \a:listof\par \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}% \b:listof \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} \NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi \else \edef\auto:toc{#1}% \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}% \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}% \fi \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Polish: mwart.cls, mwrep.cls, mwbk.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mwart.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mwart.4ht\><<< % mwart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<mwcls configs|> |<mwcls maketitle|> |<mwcls divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mwart tocs|> \Hinput{mwart} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{mwart} \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\:o:mw@normalheading\mw@normalheading \pend:def\mw@normalheading{\def\mw@HeadingBreakBefore{00}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\mw:sectionx\mw@sectionx \def\mw@sectionx{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\mw:sectionx} \append:def\mw@runinheading{% \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar \edef\:temp{\the\everypar}\ifx \:temp\empty \everypar{\HtmlPar}\fi }% \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}% } >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:section\section \Def:Section\section{\thesection}{#1} \let\:temp\no:section \let\no:section\section \let\section=\:temp \let\section:head\section@head \Def:Section\likesection{}{#1} \let\:likesection\likesection \let\likesection\:UnDef \def\section@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:section \else \expandafter\:likesection\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:subsection\subsection \Def:Section\subsection{\thesubsection}{#1} \let\:temp\no:subsection \let\no:subsection\subsection \let\subsection=\:temp \let\subsection:head\subsection@head \Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsection\likesubsection \let\likesubsection\:UnDef \def\subsection@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:subsection \else \expandafter\:likesubsection\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection \Def:Section\subsubsection{\thesubsubsection}{#1} \let\:temp\no:subsubsection \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection \let\subsubsection=\:temp \let\subsubsection:head\subsubsection@head \Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection \let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef \def\subsubsection@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:subsubsection \else \expandafter\:likesubsubsection\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:paragraph\paragraph \Def:Section\paragraph{\theparagraph}{#1} \let\:temp\no:paragraph \let\no:paragraph\paragraph \let\paragraph=\:temp \let\paragraph:head\paragraph@head \Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph \let\likeparagraph\:UnDef \def\paragraph@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:paragraph \else \expandafter\:likeparagraph\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph \Def:Section\subparagraph{\thesubparagraph}{#1} \let\:temp\no:subparagraph \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph \let\subparagraph=\:temp \let\subparagraph:head\subparagraph@head \Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph \let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef \def\subparagraph@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:subparagraph \else \expandafter\:likesubparagraph\fi {\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\no:part\part \Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1} \let\:temp\no:part \let\no:part\part \let\part=\:temp \let\part:head\part@head \Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} \let\:likepart\likepart \let\likepart\:UnDef \def\part@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:part \else \expandafter\:likepart\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection} >>> MW classes redefine caption when hyperref is active. This doesn't really provide useful value for the HTML export, it even provides unfortunate side effect that it introduces an error in the .xref file for each caption used in the document. \<mwcls divs\><<< \let\mw@caption@hyperref\@caption >>> \<mwart tocs\><<< \let\mw@markandtoc=\empty \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else \Configure{toToc}{}{likesection}% \section*{\contentsname}% \Configure{toToc}{?}{likesection}% \fi\fi \:tableofcontents} >>> \<entries for mwart tocs\><<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi \ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,likesubsection,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,likeparagraph,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,likesubparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz>>> \<mwart tocs\><<< \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for mwart tocs|>}% \noexpand\fi} >>> \<mwcls tocs\><<< \def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\Auto:ent#1{% \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef #1\else \auto:toc \fi]} \auto:toc \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef } \def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents} \pend:defIII\addcontentsline{% \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi } \def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces} \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \a:listof\par \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}% \b:listof \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} \NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi \else \edef\auto:toc{#1}% \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}% \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}% \fi \fi } >>> \<mwcls maketitle\><<< \let\o:maketitle:\maketitle \def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \def\sec:typ{title}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{newpage}{}% \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty} \let\a:tabular:sv\a:tabular \let\b:tabular:sv\b:tabular \let\c:tabular:sv\c:tabular \let\d:tabular:sv\d:tabular \let\e:tabular:sv\e:tabular \let\f:tabular:sv\f:tabular \let\before:begintabular:sv\before:begintabular % \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{\e:mktl} {\bgroup \let\a:tabular\a:tabular:sv \let\b:tabular\b:tabular:sv \let\c:tabular\c:tabular:sv \let\d:tabular\d:tabular:sv \let\e:tabular\e:tabular:sv \let\f:tabular\f:tabular:sv \let\before:begintabular\before:begintabular:sv }{\egroup} \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}% % \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% \def\and{\a:and} % \fi \pic:gobble\a:mktl \o:maketitle: \pic:gobble\b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle\empty} \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} >>> \<mwcls configs\><<< \NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}% \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}} \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}% \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}} \pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor} \append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} |<book-report-article idx|> \append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} \NewConfigure{quotation}{1} \NewConfigure{listof}{6} % We removed this code from base class declarations, so we can disable it here as well % \ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else % \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@} % \fi % \def\:temp#1#2!*?: {\def\:temp{#1}} % \expandafter\:temp\usepackage!*?: % \def\:tempa{\@latex@e@error} % \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else % \def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\tmp:toks{#1{#2}}% % \long\expandafter\edef\csname #4 \endcsname{\the\tmp:toks % {\expandafter\noexpand % \csname o:\expandafter\:gobble\string #3:\endcsname}}} % \def\:temp#1{% % \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:tempa\csname #1 \endcsname{#1}} % \:temp{rm} % \:temp{sf} % \:temp{tt} % \:temp{bf} % \:temp{it} % \fi \let\:tempc\listoffigures \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup} \HLet\listoffigures\:tempc \let\:tempc\listoftables \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup} \HLet\listoftables\:tempc \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2} \NewConfigure{listoftables}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mwrep.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mwrep.4ht\><<< % mwrep.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<mwcls configs|> |<mwcls maketitle|> |<mwcls divs|> |<mwrep,mwbk divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mwrep,mwbk tocs|> \Hinput{mwrep} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{mwrep} \<mwrep,mwbk tocs\><<< \let\mw@markandtoc=\empty \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else \Configure{toToc}{}{likechapter}% \chapter*{\contentsname}% \Configure{toToc}{?}{likechapter}% \fi\fi \:tableofcontents} >>> \<mwrep,mwbk divs\><<< \let\no:chapter\chapter \Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:temp\no:chapter \let\no:chapter\chapter \let\chapter=\:temp \let\chapter:head\chapter@head \Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1} \let\:likechapter\likechapter \let\likechapter\:UnDef \def\chapter@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:chapter \else \expandafter\:likechapter\fi{\HeadingText}} >>> \<entries for mw rep/bk tocs\><<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,likechapter,appendix,\fi \ifnum \z@>\c@tocdepth\else section,likesection,\fi \ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,likesubsection,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,likeparagraph,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,likesubparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz>>> \<mwrep,mwbk tocs\><<< \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for mw rep/bk tocs|>}% \noexpand\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mwbk.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mwbk.4ht\><<< % mwbk.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<mwcls configs|> |<mwcls maketitle|> |<mwcls divs|> |<mwrep,mwbk divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mwrep,mwbk tocs|> \Hinput{mwbk} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{mwbk} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{aa.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.astro.uu.nl/\string~rutten/rrtex/manuals/aa/]{}{}% LaTeX document class for Astronomy and Astrophysics main journal\EndLink \<aa.4ht\><<< % aa.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \onecolumn |<aa sections|> |<aa maketitle|> |<book-report-article caption|> |<configure aa|> \Hinput{aa} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{aa} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Maketitle} \<aa maketitle\><<< \NewConfigure{subtitle institute}[7]{% \c:def\a:sbttl{#1}\c:def\b:sbttl{#2}% \c:def\a:institute{#3}\c:def\b:institute{#4}% \c:def\c:institute{#5}\c:def\d:institute{#6}% \c:def\b:and{#7}% } \NewConfigure{headnote}{2} \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\a:thanks{#2}% \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}\c:def\a:date{#5}% \c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} \def\inst#1{\unskip$\sp{#1}$} \def\fnmsep{\unskip$\sp,$} \let\o:maketitle:=\@maketitle \def\@maketitle{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \def\sec:typ{title}% \Tag{)title)}{\@title}% \makeheadbox \let\makeheadbox=\empty \def\andname{\a:and}% \def\lastandname{, \a:and} \if!\@headnote!\else \pend:def\@headnote{\a:headnote\ignorespaces}% \append:def\@headnote{\b:headnote}% \fi \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl\ignorespaces}% \if!\@subtitle!\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}\else \pend:def\@subtitle{\a:sbttl\ignorespaces}% \append:def\@subtitle{\b:sbttl\b:ttl}% \fi \pend:def\@author{\a:author\ignorespaces}% \append:def\@author{\b:author}% \let\o:institutename=\institutename \def\institutename{\a:institute \pend:def\@institute{\pend:def\and{\b:and}}% \pend:def\theinst{\c:institute}\append:def\theinst{\d:institute}% \o:institutename \b:institute \if!\@dedic!\else \pend:def\@dedic{\a:dedic}\append:def\@dedic{\b:dedic}% \fi \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}}% \Configure{newline}{\e:mktl}\a:mktl\o:maketitle:\b:mktl \relax\if!\@mail!\else \pend:def\@mail{\a:mail\ignorespaces}% \append:def\@mail{\b:mail}% \global\let\@mail=\@mail \fi } \let\strich|=\empty \NewConfigure{mail}{2} \NewConfigure{makeheadbox}{5} \def\makeheadbox{{% \a:makeheadbox{\bf\@journalname\ manuscript no.} \b:makeheadbox{\bf Your thesaurus codes are:} \c:makeheadbox{\@thesaurus} \d:makeheadbox{\AALogo}\e:makeheadbox}} \def\AALogo{ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS} >>> \Section{Sectioning} \<aa sections\><<< |<book / report / article cut points|> |<html late parts|> |<html late sections|> |<subsections for book / report / article|> |<subsubsections for book / report / article|> |<paragraphs for book / report / article|> >>> % % % |<config article.sty utilities|> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{latex2man.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<latex2man.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % latex2man.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<latex2man defs|> \Hinput{latex2man} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{latex2man} \<latex2man defs\><<< \renewcommand{\SP}{~} \renewcommand{\Email}[1]{\Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink} \renewcommand{\URL}[1]{\Link[#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink} >>> \Chapter{texinfo.cls} \Link[http://www.dina.kvl.dk/DinaUnix/Info/texi/texi\string _toc.html]{}{}Manual\EndLink Search for `*.texi' on my pc to find files. Compile the following with \`'tex latex2e.texi': \Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi]{}{}info/latex2e-help-texinfo\EndLink. From texinfo.tex: \Verbatim % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi \EndVerbatim Other examples: \List{*} \item \Link[http://ilm.mech.unsw.edu.au/tex-archive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/]{}{}texinfo/doc\EndLink \item \Link[ftp://ftp.lip6.fr/pub/gnu/Manuals/]{}{}gnu/Manuals\EndLink \EndList \<texinfo.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % texinfo.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\:temp|=\o:end \let\o:end|=\ptexend \let\ptexend|=\end \let\end|=\:temp \chardef\hat|=`\^ \let\c|=\comment |<texinfo env|> |<texinfo lists|> |<texinfo titlepage|> |<texinfo sections|> |<texinfo index|> |<texinfo other|> |<texinfo tables|> |<texinfo verbatim|> \ifx\parseargx\:UnDef |<texinfo 2009|> \else |<texinfo pre 2009|> \fi \Hinput{texinfo} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{texinfo} \<texinfo pre 2009\><<< \def\parsearg#1{% \let\next = #1% \begingroup \o:obeylines: \futurelet\temp\parseargx } >>> \<texinfo 2009\><<< \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \o:obeylines: \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty} >>> \<texinfo pre 2009\><<< \pend:defII\dosetq{\hbox{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}} >>> \<texinfo verbatim\><<< \NewConfigure{group}{2} \def\group{\a:group\begingroup \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \def\Egroup{\egroup \endgroup \b:group }% \vtop\bgroup \everypar = {\HtmlPar}% \offinterlineskip \ifx\par\lisppar \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% \obeylines \fi \comment } >>> \<texinfo tables\><<< \NewConfigure{multitable}{6} \pend:def\multitable{\a:multitable} \def\dotable#1{\bgroup \let\sv:HRow=\HRow \def\HRow{0}% \vskip\parskip \setmultitablespacing \let\item\crcr \global\colcount=0 \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup \d:multitable \global\let\HRow=\sv:HRow \egroup \b:multitable}% \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable \edef\HCols{\the\colcount}% \everycr{\o:noalign:{\global\colcount=0\relax}}% \TeXhalign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname \IgnorePar \noindent \ifnum \colcount=1 \gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \ifnum \HRow>1 \d:multitable\fi \c:multitable \fi \e:multitable\ignorespaces##\f:multitable\unskip\multistrut}\cr } >>> The following is to protec the \''\code' command in immediate environments, such as section titles submitted to toc. \<texinfo other\><<< \NewConfigure{example}{2} \def\example{\a:example \begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup\b:example}\lisp} \NewConfigure{smalldisplay}{2} \def\smalldisplay{\a:smalldisplay \begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smalldisplay}\display} \NewConfigure{smallexample}{2} \def\smallexample{\a:smallexample \begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smallexample}\lisp} \NewConfigure{smallformat}{2} \def\smallformat{\a:smallformat \begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smallformat}\format} \NewConfigure{smalllisp}{2} \def\smalllisp{\a:smalllisp \begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smalllisp}\lisp} \NewConfigure{flushleft}{2} \def\flushleft{\a:flushleft \begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:flushleft}\format} >>> \<texinfo other\><<< \let\o:code:=\code \def\code{\Protect\o:code:} \NewConfigure{pdfurl}{1} \def\pdfurl#1{\bgroup \def~{\string~}\def\@{@}\let\*=\empty% \edef\:temp{\egroup \noexpand\a:pdfurl \noexpand\Link[#1]{}{}}\:temp } \def\endlink{\EndLink} \pend:defII\refx{\Link{##1}{}} >>> \<texinfo env\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\csname env:#1\endcsname\o:beginxxx:{#1}} \HLet\beginxxx|=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{% \bgroup \removeactivespaces{#1}% \xdef\end:thing{\the\toks0}% \egroup \o:endxxx:{#1}% \csname E:\end:thing\endcsname \csname endenv:\end:thing\endcsname} \HLet\endxxx|=\:tempc \long\def\ConfigureEnv#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname env:#1\endcsname{#2}% \expandafter\def\csname endenv:#1\endcsname{#3}} >>> \<texinfo lists\><<< \NewConfigure{itemizeitem}{2} \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi \csname a:itemizeitem\l:st\endcsname {\itemcontents}\csname b:itemizeitem\l:st\endcsname} \let\l:st|=\empty >>> \<texinfo lists\><<< \NewConfigure{enumerate}[2]{% \def\a:enumerate{\def\l:st{en}#1}\def\E:enumerate{#2\let\l:st=\empty}% \Configure{itemizeitemen}} \NewConfigure{itemizeitemen}{2} \pend:def\enumerate{\a:enumerate} \let\DeleteMark|=\:gobble \Configure{enumerate}{}{}{}{} >>> \<texinfo lists\><<< \NewConfigure{itemizeitemit}{2} \NewConfigure{itemize}[2]{% \def\a:itemize{\def\l:st{it}#1}\def\E:itemize{#2\let\l:st=\empty}% \Configure{itemizeitemit}} \pend:def\itemize{\a:itemize} \Configure{itemize}{}{}{}{} >>> \<texinfo lists\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \o:tablez:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}\a:table \aftergroup\b:table } \HLet\tablez|=\:tempc \pend:defI\itemzzz{\c:table} \append:defI\itemzzz{\d:table} \NewConfigure{table}{4} >>> \<texinfo titlepage\><<< \def\:tempc{% \a:titlepage \o:titlepage: \def\titlezzz##1{\a:title\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}% \b:title \finishedtitlepagefalse}% \pend:defI\subtitlezzz{\a:subtitle}% \append:defI\subtitlezzz{\b:subtitle}% \pend:defI\authorzzz{\a:author}% \append:defI\authorzzz{\b:author}% } \HLet\titlepage=\:tempc \append:def\Etitlepage{\b:titlepage} \NewConfigure{titlepage}{2} \NewConfigure{title}{2} \NewConfigure{subtitle}{2} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \def\:temp{% \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } \HLet\finishtitlepage=\:temp >>> \<texinfo sections\><<< \def\:tempd#1#2{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname=\:UnDef \expandafter\Def:Section\csname #1\endcsname{#2}{##1}% \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname no:#1\endcsname=}\csname #1\endcsname \expandafter\outer\expandafter\def \csname #1\endcsname{\expandafter\parsearg\csname #1yyy\endcsname}% \def\:tempc##1{% \let\sectionheading=\:gobbleIII \let\unnumbchapmacro=\:gobble \let\chapmacro=\:gobbleII \let\centerchapmacro=\:gobble \csname o:#1zzz:\endcsname{##1}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##1}} \expandafter\HLet\csname #1zzz\endcsname=\:tempc} \:tempd{chapter}{\the\chapno} \:tempd{appendix}{\appendixletter} \:tempd{unnumbered}{} \:tempd{numberedsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} \let\numberedsecyyy=\secyyy \let\o:numberedseczzz:=\seczzz \let\seczzz=\numberedseczzz \:tempd{appendixsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno} \:tempd{unnumberedsec}{} \:tempd{numberedsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno} \:tempd{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno} \:tempd{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno} \:tempd{unnumberedsubsec}{} \:tempd{numberedsubsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \:tempd{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \:tempd{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \:tempd{unnumberedsubsubsec}{} \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \NewConfigure{contents}{2} \def\contents{\a:contents{\catcode`\\=0 \:TableOfContents[|<toc entries|>]}\b:contents} >>> \<toc entries\><<< chapter,% appendix,% unnumbered,% numberedsec,% appendixsec,% unnumberedsec,% numberedsubsec,% appendixsubsec,% appendixsubsec,% unnumberedsubsec,% numberedsubsubsec,% appendixsubsubsec,% appendixsubsubsec,% unnumberedsubsubsec% >>> \<texinfo index\><<< \HAssign\cnt:idx=0 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% \fi {% \count255=\lastpenalty {% \indexdummies \escapechar=`\\ {% \let\folio = 0% \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \let\subentry = \empty \else \def\subentry{ #3}% \fi {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% \toks0 = {#2}% \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% \fi \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{% \string\Link[\FileName]{idx-\cnt:idx}{}\the\toks0 \string\EndLink}}% }% \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi \fi % \temp \hbox{\Link-{}{idx-\cnt:idx}\EndLink }% \gHAdvance\cnt:idx by 1 \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% }% \penalty\count255 }% } \def\:tempc#1{\begingroup \pend:def\begindoublecolumns{\a:index}% \append:def\enddoublecolumns{\b:index}% \o:doprintindex:{#1}\endgroup} \HLet\doprintindex=\:tempc \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \par \c:index #1\d:index \par \endgroup} \NewConfigure{index}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{LaTeX Documentation} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{doc.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<doc.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % doc.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<doc.sty|> \Hinput{doc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{doc} \<doc.sty\><<< \:CheckOption{no^} \if:Option \else \catcode`\^^M|=13 \def\hat:A#1^^M{\egroup} \catcode`\^^M|=5 % \def\hhat:A{\bgroup \catcode`\^^M|=13 \hat:A} \Configure{\string^\string^}{A}{\hhat:A} \fi >>> \<doc.sty\><<< \def\:temp{{\rmfamily B\textsc{ib}\TeX}} \HLet\BibTeX\:temp \def\:temp{\textsc{Plain}\TeX} \HLet\PlainTeX\:temp >>> \<doc.sty\><<< \bgroup \let\:temp\StopEventually \OnlyDescription \ifx \:temp\StopEventually \let\:temp=\empty \else |% \AlsoImplementation |% \def\:temp{\long\def\StopEventually##1{##1}} \fi \expandafter \egroup \:temp >>> \<doc.styNO\><<< \bgroup \let\:temp\StopEventually \OnlyDescription \ifx \:temp\StopEventually \let\:temp=\empty \else |% \AlsoImplementation |% \def\:temp{\let\StopEventually=\relax }% \fi \expandafter \egroup \:temp >>> % \def\:temp{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\hbox{$\mathcal M$}\mathcal S$-\TeX}} % \HLet\AmSTeX\:temp % \def\:temp{{\rmfamily SL{\scshape i}\TeX}} % \HLet\SliTeX\:temp \<doc.sty\><<< \HRestore\maketitle >>> \<doc.sty\><<< \:CheckOption{broken-index} \if:Option |<doc warning|> \pend:defI\codeline@wrindex{\if@filesw \title:chs{\html:addr \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}% \immediate\write\@indexfile{\string \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}\fi} \else \def\warn:idx#1{% \expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\relax \expandafter\global \expandafter\let \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\def \:warning{If not done so, the index is to be processed by ^^J\space\space makeindex -o #1.ind #1.idx }% {\Configure{Needs}{File: #1.4idx}\Needs{}}% \fi} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{holtxdoc.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<holtxdoc.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % holtxdoc.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<holtxdoc configs|> \Hinput{holtxdoc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{holtxdoc} \<holtxdoc configs\><<< \pend:defI\HistVersion{\begingroup \let\sv:subsection=\subsection \def\subsection####1####2{####2}% \let\sv:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline \def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{% \sv:addcontentsline{####1}{####2}{####3}% \sv:subsection*}% \:gobble } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{src art/rep/book} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{scrlayer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<scrlayer.4ht\><<< % scrlayer.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \def\pagestyle#1{\edef\currentpagestyle{#1}} \Hinput{scrlayer} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scrlayer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{scrbook} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% See report at screnggu.tex \<scrbook.4ht\><<< % scrbook.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle |<general scrbook|> |<addchap confic|> |<scr artcl, reprt, book|> \HRestore\maketitle |<scrbook post scr@v@2.97d|> \Hinput{scrbook} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scrbook} \<scrbook post scr@v@2.97d\><<< \renewcommand*\thesection{% \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi \else \thechapter.% \fi \@arabic\c@section } \renewcommand*\theequation{% \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi \else \thechapter.% \fi \@arabic\c@equation } \renewcommand*\thefigure{% \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi \else \thechapter.% \fi \@arabic\c@figure } \renewcommand*\thetable{% \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi \else \thechapter.% \fi \@arabic\c@table } >>> \<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<< \Def:Section\minisec{}{#1} \let\:minisec=\minisec \def\minisec#1{\:minisec{#1}\@afterheading} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{srcartcl} \<scrartcl.4ht\><<< % scrartcl.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<scr old fonts|> \input article.4ht |<scr artcl, reprt, book|> |<scr artcl subtitle|> \Hinput{scrartcl} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scrartcl} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{scrbook} \<scrreprt.4ht\><<< % scrreprt.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<general scrreprt|> |<addchap confic|> |<scr artcl, reprt, book|> \Hinput{scrreprt} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scrreprt} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{maketitle} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<general scrreprt\><<< |<redefine maketitle|> |<scrreprt title page|> >>> \<general scrbook\><<< |<redefine maketitle|> |<scrbook title page|> >>> \<scrreprt title page\><<< \pend:def\titlepage{% \cfg:maketitle } \def\cfg:maketitle{% \global\let\cfg:maketitle\empty \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else \pend:def\@dedication{\a:dedication}% \append:def\@dedication{\b:dedication}% \fi |<scr def subtitle|> } \NewConfigure{dedication}{2} >>> \<scrbook title page\><<< \pend:def\titlepage{% \cfg:maketitle } \def\cfg:maketitle{% \global\let\cfg:maketitle\empty \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else \pend:def\@dedication{\a:dedication}% \append:def\@dedication{\b:dedication}% \fi \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \def\and{\a:and} |<scr def subtitle|> } \NewConfigure{dedication}{2} >>> Support for subtitles: \<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<< \NewConfigure{subtitle}{2} >>> \<scr artcl subtitle\><<< \pend:def\maketitle{% |<scr def subtitle|> } >>> \<scr def subtitle\><<< \pend:def\@subtitle{\a:subtitle} \append:def\@subtitle{\b:subtitle} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{TOC} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<scrbook toc\><<< |<book et al tocs|> \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,\fi \else \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,addchap,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>0 section,\fi \fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>1 subsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>2 subsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz}% \noexpand\fi} \def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\Auto:ent#1{% \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef #1\else \auto:toc \fi]} \auto:toc \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef } \def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents} \pend:defIII\addcontentsline{% \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi } \def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces} \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \a:listof\par \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}% \b:listof \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} \NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi \else \edef\auto:toc{#1}% \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}% \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}% \fi \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<< \pend:defI\@makefntext{\IgnorePar} >>> It seems that we got the error message about old font commands again. Probably because TeX4ht now loads before class files. We reuse the code used in Koma classes \<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<< \let\scr@defineobsoletefonts\thr@@ >>> \<general scrbook\><<< \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection} |<<book et al tocs|> \let\:tempb\chapter \Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:chapter\chapter \let\chapter\:tempb \def\@makechapterhead#1{} \let\no@chapter\@chapter \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}} \Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1} \let\:likechapter\likechapter \let\likechapter\:UnDef \let\no@schapter\@schapter \def\@schapter#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likechapter{#1}} \let\no@appendix\appendix \Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:appendix\appendix \def\appendix{% \def\@chapter[##1]##2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}% \no@appendix} |<scrbook toc|> \ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@} \fi |<scr old fonts|> \let\:tempc\listoffigures \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup} \HLet\listoffigures\:tempc \let\:tempc\listoftables \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup} \HLet\listoftables\:tempc \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2} \NewConfigure{listoftables}{2} \ifx \part\:UnDef\else \def\@part[#1]#2{% \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% \else \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% \fi \csname @endpart\endcsname} \let\:tempb\part \Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1} \let\:part\part \let\part\:tempb \let\no@part\@part \def\@part[#1]#2{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}} \Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} \let\:likepart\likepart \let\likepart\:UnDef \let\no@spart\@spart \def\@spart#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}} \fi \ifx \section\:UnDef\else \let\no@section\section \Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesection \fi}{#1} \let\no:section\section \def\section{\rdef:sec{section}} \Def:Section\likesection{}{#1} \let\:likesection\likesection \let\likesection\:UnDef \fi \let\no@subsection\subsection \Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsection\subsection \def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsection\likesubsection \let\likesubsection\:UnDef \let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection \Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection \def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection \let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef \let\no@paragraph\paragraph \Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \theparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:paragraph\paragraph \def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}} \Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph \let\likeparagraph\:UnDef \let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph \Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph \def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}} \Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph \let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef \NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}% \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}} \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}% \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}} \pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor} \append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} |<book-report-article idx|> \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}% \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} \append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} \NewConfigure{quotation}{1} \NewConfigure{listof}{6} \ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{appendix} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} >>> \<general scrreprt\><<< \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection} \Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection} |<book et al tocs|> \let\:tempb\chapter \Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:chapter\chapter \let\chapter\:tempb \def\@makechapterhead#1{} \let\no@chapter\@chapter \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}} \Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1} \let\:likechapter\likechapter \let\likechapter\:UnDef \let\no@schapter\@schapter \def\@schapter#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likechapter{#1}} \let\no@appendix\appendix \Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:appendix\appendix \def\appendix{% \def\@chapter[##1]##2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}% \no@appendix} \NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}% \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}} \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}% \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}} \pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor} \append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} |<book-report-article idx|> \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}% \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} \append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@} \NewConfigure{quotation}{1} \NewConfigure{listof}{6} |<scrreprt toc|> \ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@} \fi |<scr old fonts|> \let\:tempc\listoffigures \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup} \HLet\listoffigures\:tempc \let\:tempc\listoftables \pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup} \HLet\listoftables\:tempc \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2} \NewConfigure{listoftables}{2} \ifx \part\:UnDef\else \def\@part[#1]#2{% \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}% \else \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}% \fi \csname @endpart\endcsname} \let\:tempb\part \Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1} \let\:part\part \let\part\:tempb \let\no@part\@part \def\@part[#1]#2{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}} \Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} \let\:likepart\likepart \let\likepart\:UnDef \let\no@spart\@spart \def\@spart#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}} \fi \ifx \section\:UnDef\else \let\no@section\section \Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesection \fi}{#1} \let\no:section\section \def\section{\rdef:sec{section}} \Def:Section\likesection{}{#1} \let\:likesection\likesection \let\likesection\:UnDef \fi \let\no@subsection\subsection \Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsection\subsection \def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsection\likesubsection \let\likesubsection\:UnDef \let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection \Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection \def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}} \Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1} \let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection \let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef \let\no@paragraph\paragraph \Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \theparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:paragraph\paragraph \def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}} \Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph \let\likeparagraph\:UnDef \let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph \Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph \def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}} \Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1} \let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph \let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef \ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{appendix} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} \ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} >>> \<scrreprt toc\><<< |<book et al tocs|> \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,addchap,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>0 section,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>1 subsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>2 subsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz}% \noexpand\fi} \def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\Auto:ent#1{% \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef #1\else \auto:toc \fi]} \auto:toc \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef } \def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents} \pend:defIII\addcontentsline{% \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi } \def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces} \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \a:listof\par \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}% \b:listof \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} \NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi \else \edef\auto:toc{#1}% \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}% \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}% \fi \fi } >>> % we disabled this in the base classes, so it isn't necessary anymore % \<scr old fonts\><<< % \def\:temp#1#2!*?: {\def\:temp{#1}} % \expandafter\:temp\usepackage!*?: % \def\:tempa{\@latex@e@error} % \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else % \def\popthree#1#2#3#4{#4} % \def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\tmp:toks{#1{#2}}% % \long\expandafter\edef\csname #4 \endcsname{\the\tmp:toks % {\expandafter\noexpand % \csname o:\expandafter\expandafter\:gobble\expandafter\string \popthree#3:\endcsname}}} % \def\:temp#1{% % \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:tempa\csname #1 \endcsname{#1}} % \:temp{rm} % \:temp{sf} % \:temp{tt} % \:temp{bf} % \:temp{it} % \fi % >>> \<addchap confic\><<< \ifx \@@maybeautodot\:UnDef |<pre 2001 addchap|> \else |<2001 addchap|> \fi \let\:makeschapterhead=\@makeschapterhead \def\::makeschapterhead#1{\:makeschapterhead{\normalfont\normalsize \:addchap {#1}}} \pend:def\addchap{\let\@makeschapterhead\::makeschapterhead} \pend:def\chapter{\let\@makeschapterhead\:makeschapterhead} \let\:tempb=\addchap \Def:Section\addchap{}{#1} \let\:addchap=\addchap \let\addchap=\:tempb \ConfigureToc{addchap} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline} >>> \<pre 2001 addchap\><<< \let\add:chap=\@addchap \def\@addchap{% \let\chap:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline \def\addcontentsline{\let\addcontentsline\chap:addcontentsline \:gobbleIII }% \add:chap} >>> \<2001 addchap\><<< \let\no@addchap\@addchap \def\@addchap[#1]#2{% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:addchap{#2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{letter} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<letter.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % letter.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<letter class|> \Hinput{letter} \endinput >>> \AddFile{6}{letter} \<letter class\><<< \def\:temp#1{\a:opening \ifx \@empty \fromaddress\else \pend:def\fromaddress{\a:address}% \append:def\fromaddress{\b:address}% \fi \ifx \@empty \toaddress\else \pend:def\toaddress{\a:toaddress}% \append:def\toaddress{\b:toaddress}% \fi \ifx \@empty \toname\else \pend:def\toname{\a:toname}% \append:def\toname{\b:toname}% \fi \pend:def\@date{\a:date}% \append:def\@date{\b:date}% \o:opening:{\a:dear#1\b:dear}% \b:opening} \HLet\opening\:temp \def\:temp#1{% \ifx\@empty\fromsig\else \pend:def\fromsig{\a:signature}% \append:def\fromsig{\b:signature}% \fi \a:closing \o:closing:{\a:sincerely#1\b:sincerely}% \b:closing} \HLet\closing\:temp >>> \<letter class\><<< \pend:defI\cc{\a:cc} \append:defI\cc{\b:cc} \pend:defI\encl{\a:encl} \append:defI\encl{\b:encl} \AtBeginDocument{\let\@mlabel\@gobbletwo} >>> \<letter class\><<< \NewConfigure{address}{2} \NewConfigure{cc}{2} \NewConfigure{closing}{2} \NewConfigure{date}{2} \NewConfigure{dear}{2} \NewConfigure{encl}{2} \NewConfigure{opening}{2} \NewConfigure{signature}{2} \NewConfigure{sincerely}{2} \NewConfigure{toaddress}{2} \NewConfigure{toname}{2} >>> \<letter class\><<< \long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c@enumiii} \ifx \theenumiii\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:enumiii\@roman\c@enumiii\b:enumiii} \HLet\theenumiii\:tempc \fi \NewConfigure{enumiii}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{elseart} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier/]{}{}elsevier\EndLink \<elsart.4ht\><<< % elsart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \edef\@ptsize{\ifdim \normalbaselineskip>14pt 2\else \ifdim \normalbaselineskip>13pt 2\else 0\fi\fi} \input article.4ht |<elsevier cls|> \Hinput{elsart} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{elsart} \<elsevier cls\><<< \@twocolumnfalse \@TwoColumnfalse \let\endtable|=\end@float \let\endalgorithm|=\end@float \let\endfigure|=\end@float |<elsart sup|> \def\@makecaption{\@makefigurecaption} \long\def\@makefigurecaption#1#2{% {\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}} \long\def\@maketablecaption#1#2{\@tablecaptionsize \global \@minipagefalse \hbox{{\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}} >>> \<elsart sup\><<< \def\@mpmakefnmark{\,\hbox{$\sp{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}} \long\def\@mpmakefntext#1{\noindent \hbox{$\sp{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$} #1} \def\itnuc#1#2{\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\scriptsize\it #1} \def\@tempa{{}\sp{\box\@tempboxa}\!\protect\text{\it #2}}\relax \ifmmode \@tempa \else $\@tempa$\fi} >>> \<elsart sup\><<< \def\address@fmt#1#2#3#4{\@newelemtrue \if@Elproofing\def\@eltag{#4}\else\def\@eltag{\theaddress}\fi \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@address \@newelemfalse \fi \if@newelem \address@fmt@init \fi \noindent \bgroup \@addressstyle \a:address \ifnum#1=\z@ #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$\space% \else \ifnum#1=\m@ne $\sp{\phantom{\mathrm{\@eltag}}}$\space #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$% \else $\sp{\mathrm{\@eltag}}\space$#3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$% \fi \fi \b:address \par \egroup} \NewConfigure{address}{2} >>> \<elsart sup\><<< \def\collab@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@collab \global\@newelemfalse \fi \if@newelem \collab@fmt@init \fi \par % Start new paragraph {\large #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$}} \def\@makefnmark{\,\hbox{$\sp{\fn@presym\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}\,} \def\nuc#1#2{\relax\ifmmode{\HCode{}}\sp{#1}{\protect\text{#2}}\else ${\HCode{}}\sup{#1}$#2\fi} |<elsart titles|> >>> \<elsart titles\><<< \def\title@fmt#1#2{% \@ifundefined{@runtitle}{\global\def\@runtitle{#1}}{}% \vspace*{12pt} {\@titlesize\a:ttl #1\,\hbox{$\sp{#2}$}\b:ttl\par}% \vskip\@undertitleskip \vskip24\p@ % Vertical space below title } \def\subtitle@fmt#1#2{% % No vertical space above sub-title {\@titlesize \a:subtitle#1\b:subtitle\,\hbox{$\sp{#2}$}}\par} \NewConfigure{subtitle}{2} >>> \<elsevier cls\><<< \pend:def\open@fm{\:gobbleIV} \pend:def\close@fm{\gdef\:temp{\global\setbox\fm@box=\vbox{}}} \def\endfrontmatter{% \ifx\@runauthor\relax \global\let\@runauthor\@runningauthor \fi \global\n@author=\c@author \global\n@collab=\c@collab \@writecount \global\@topnum\z@ \thispagestyle{copyright}% % Format rest of front matter: \if@preface \else % IF not preface THEN \vskip \@overhistoryskip \history@fmt % print history (received, ...) \newcount\c@sv@footnote \global\c@sv@footnote=\c@footnote % save current footnote number \if@hasabstract % IF abstract/ keywords THEN \vskip \@preabstractskip % Space above rule % \hrule height 0.4\p@ % Rule above abstract/keywords \vskip 8\p@ \unvbox\t@abstract % print abstract, if any \fi \if@haskeywords % IF keywords THEN \vskip \@overkeywordskip \unvbox\t@keyword % Keyword abstract, if any \fi % FI \vskip 10\p@ % \hrule height 0.4\p@ % rule below abstract/keywords \dedicated@fmt % print dedication \vskip \@belowfmskip % Vertical space below frontmatter \fi % FI \close@fm % Close front matter material. \output@glob@notes % Put notes at bottom of 1st page \global\c@footnote=\c@sv@footnote % restore footnote number \global\@prefacefalse \global\leftskip\z@ % Restore the normal values of \global\@rightskip\z@ % \leftskip, \global\rightskip\@rightskip % \rightskip and \global\mathsurround\sv@mathsurround % \mathsurround. \let\title\relax \let\author\relax \let\collab\relax \let\address\relax \let\frontmatter\relax \let\endfrontmatter\relax \let\@maketitle\relax \let\@@maketitle\relax \normal@text } |<elsevier thankref|> |<elsevier abstract|> |<elsevier keywords|> >>> \<elsevier abstract\><<< \def\:temp{% \let\no:indent\noindent \def\noindent{% \global\let\noindent\no:indent \append:def\abstractname{\aftergroup\b:abstract}% \a:abstract \noindent}% \pend:def\endabstract{\c:abstract}\o:@abstract:} \HLet\@abstract|=\:temp \NewConfigure{abstract}{3} >>> \<elsevier keywords\><<< \def\:temp{% \let\no:indent\noindent \def\noindent{% \global\let\noindent\no:indent \a:keyword \noindent}% \pend:def\endkeyword{\b:keyword}\o:keyword:} \HLet\keyword|=\:temp \NewConfigure{keyword}{2} >>> \<elsevier thankref\><<< \def\thanks{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue \thanks@optarg}{\@tempswafalse\thanks@optarg[]}} \def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{\SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{footnote} \if@tempswa\label{#1}\else\relax\fi \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\els:footnotetext}% \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{{#1}[\the\c@footnote]}% \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}} \def\els:footnotetext#1[#2]#3{% \footnotetext[#2]{{\def\rEfLiNK##1##2{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}% \ref{#1}}#3}} \def\author@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue \a:author \if@firstauthor \first@author \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@author \global\@newelemfalse \fi \if@newelem \author@fmt@init \fi \edef\@tempb{#2}\ifx\@tempb\@empty \hbox{{\author@font #3}}\else \hbox{{\author@font #3}\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$}% \fi \b:author} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{American Psychological Association (APA)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<apa.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % apa.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\apa:Hinput=\Hinput \def\Hinput#1{% \apa:Hinput{#1}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{article}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\Hinput=\apa:Hinput \input apa-a.4ht \fi } \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{apa} \<apa-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % apa-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<apa code|> \Hinput{apa} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{apa-a} \<apa code\><<< \append:def\maketitle{\egroup} \pend:def\maketitle{% \bgroup \ConfigureEnv{figure}{\def\makebox[########1]########2{}}{}{}{}% \@ifundefined{@abstract}{}{% \pend:def\@abstract{\a:abstract}% \append:def\@abstract{\b:abstract}% }% \@ifundefined{@note}{}{% \pend:def\@note{\a:note}% \append:def\@note{\b:note}% }% |<apa authors|>% } \NewConfigure{abstract}{2} \NewConfigure{note}{2} \NewConfigure{affil}{2} >>> \<apa authors\><<< \@ifundefined{@author}{}{% \pend:def\@affil{\a:affil}% \append:def\@affil{\b:affil}% }% \@ifundefined{@authorOne}{}{% \pend:def\@authorOne{\a:author}% \append:def\@authorOne{\b:author}% \pend:def\@affilOne{\a:affil}% \append:def\@affilOne{\b:affil}% }% \@ifundefined{@authorTwo}{}{% \pend:def\@authorTwo{\a:author}% \append:def\@authorTwo{\b:author}% \pend:def\@affilTwo{\a:affil}% \append:def\@affilTwo{\b:affil}% }% \@ifundefined{@authorFour}{}{% \pend:def\@authorFour{\a:author}% \append:def\@authorFour{\b:author}% \pend:def\@affilFour{\a:affil}% \append:def\@affilFour{\b:affil}% }% >>> \<apa code\><<< \def\appendix{% \appendixtrue \apaappfig \apaapptab \ifapamodejou{}{\clearpage} \let\old@apa@section=\leveltwo \newlength{\app@t@width} \setlength{\app@t@width}{\columnwidth} \addtolength{\app@t@width}{-8em}% \long\def\leveltwo##1{% \ifapamodeman{% \clearpage \setcounter{postfig}{0} \setcounter{posttbl}{0} \efloat@condopen{fff} \efloat@iwrite{fff}{\string\addtocounter{appendix}{1}} \efloat@iwrite{fff}{\string\setcounter{figure}{0}} \efloat@condopen{ttt} \efloat@iwrite{ttt}{\string\addtocounter{appendix}{1}} \efloat@iwrite{ttt}{\string\setcounter{table}{0}}% }{% \setcounter{figure}{0}% \setcounter{table}{0}% }% \refstepcounter{appendix}% \ifnum\c@appendix>1 \immediate\write \@auxout{\global\string\oneappendixfalse}\fi% \old@apa@section{% \appendixname\ifoneappendix\else~\theappendix\fi\\ ##1% }% }% } >>> \<apa code\><<< \append:def\seriate{\a:seriate \pend:def\item{\c:seriate \let\sp:ce=\space \def\space{\d:seriate\let\space=\sp:ce \space}% }}% \pend:def\endseriate{\b:seriate} \NewConfigure{seriate}{4} \def\s@title{} \def\shorttitle#1{} \AtBeginDocument{\def\rheadname{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{JHEP.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://jhep.sissa.it/]{}{}http://jhep.sissa.it/\EndLink \<JHEP.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % JHEP.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config JHEP|> \Hinput{JHEP} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{JHEP} \<config JHEP\><<< |<html late parts|> |<html late sections|> |<subsections for book / report / article|> |<subsubsections for book / report / article|> |<paragraphs for book / report / article|> \let\acm:sect|=\no@sect \def\no@sect#1#2#3{\acm:sect{#1}{#2}{#3\relax\let\@svsec|=\empty}} >>> \<config JHEP\><<< \def\@maketitle{% \if@preprint \a:preprint{\tiny Preprint typeset in JHEP style. - \if@hyper{HYPER VERSION} \else{PAPER VERSION}\fi } \normalsize\hfill \begin{tabular}[t]{r}\@preprint\end{tabular}% \b:preprint \else \if@proc \a:conference \copy\conf@box \b:conference \logo {\tiny PROCEEDINGS} \else \a:received \unhbox\rece@box \b:received \a:accepted \unhbox\acce@box \b:accepted \logo {\tiny \if@hyper{HYPER VERSION}\else{PAPER VERSION}\fi} \fi\fi\null \a:title {\LARGE \sffamily \bfseries \@title}\b:title \a:author{\normalsize \bfseries \sffamily \@author }\b:author \ifvoid\abstract@box \else \a:abstract\vbox{\unhbox\abstract@box}\b:abstract \fi \a:keywords\@keywords\b:keywords \ifx\dedic@box\:UnDef\else \a:dedicated\dedic@box\b:dedicated \fi } >>> \<config JHEP\><<< \def\auto:maketitle{{% \global\let\auto:maketitle=\empty \def\JHEP:toc{\setcounter{footnote}{0}% \if@todotoc \tableofcontents \fi \@todotocfalse \@preprintfalse \gdef\tableofcontents{}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% }% \pend:def\@maketitle{\aftergroup\JHEP:toc}% |<auto@maketitle footnotes|>% \auto:mktitle \global\let\auto:mktitle=\empty }} \let\auto:mktitle=\auto@maketitle \let\auto@maketitle=\empty \NewConfigure{@BODY}[1]{\concat:config\a::@BODY{#1}} \let\a::@BODY=\a:@BODY \def\a:@BODY{\a::@BODY \auto:maketitle } >>> \<auto@maketitle footnotes\><<< \let\JHEP:sva=\begingroup \def\begingroup{\let\begingroup=\JHEP:sva \begingroup \let\JHEP:sva=\@makefnmark \let\JHEP:svb=\@makefntext \let\JHEP:svc=\newpage \def\newpage{% \let\@makefnmark=\JHEP:sva \let\@makefntext=\JHEP:svb \let\newpage=\JHEP:svc \newpage }} >>> \<config JHEP\><<< \NewConfigure{abstract}{2} \NewConfigure{accepted}{2} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \NewConfigure{conference}{2} \NewConfigure{dedicated}{2} \NewConfigure{keywords}{2} \NewConfigure{preprint}{2} \NewConfigure{received}{2} \NewConfigure{title}{2} \renewcommand{\href}[2]{\bgroup\let~\H@tilde \if@hyper\Link-[#1]{}{}\fi {#2}\egroup\if@hyper\EndLink\fi} \renewcommand{\name}[1]{\if@hyper\Link-{}{#1}\EndLink\fi} \renewcommand{\base}[1]{\if@hyper\bgroup\let~\H@tilde \HCode{<base href="#1" />}\egroup\fi} >>> \<config JHEP\><<< \pend:defI\label{\bgroup\@hyperfalse} \append:defI\label{\egroup} \pend:defI\ref{\bgroup\@hyperfalse} \append:defI\ref{\egroup} \pend:defI\pageref{\bgroup\@hyperfalse} \append:defI\pageref{\egroup} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{TextBook} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% By Igor A. Kotelnikov. Not available in the public domain? %% \OutputCodE\<TextBook.4ht\> \<TextBook.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % TextBook.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \def\thesection {\@arabic\c@section} \def\@seccntformat#1{\S\csname the#1\endcsname\quad} \input book.4ht \ConfigureToc{section} {\HCode{<span class="sectionToc">}\S} {~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\HCode{<span class="subsectionToc">}~~\S} {~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\HCode{<span class="subsubsectionToc">}~~~~\S} {~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \Hinput{TextBook} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{TextBook} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{combine} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<combine.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % combine.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<combine cfg|> \Hinput{combine} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{combine} \<combine cfg\><<< \append:def\setuppapers{% \expandafter\let\csname :ref\endcsname\c@lbref \expandafter\let\csname o:ref\endcsname\c@lbref \def\ref{\expandafter\Protect\csname ::ref\endcsname}% } \def\c@lblabel#1{\@bsphack \bgroup \a:@newlabel \protected@write\@auxout{}% {\string\newlabel{#1}{{\csname a:newlabel\endcsname \@currentlabel}{\csname a:newlabel\endcsname \thecolpage}}}% \egroup \@esphack} >>> \<combine cfg\><<< \long\def\:tempc#1{% \PushMacro\at:docend \let\at:docend=\empty \PushMacro\export:hook \let\export:hook\empty \gHAdvance\:mpNum by 1 \HAssign\minipageNum=\:mpNum \relax \o:import:{#1}% \PopMacro\at:docend \PopMacro\export:hook } \HLet\import\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{letters} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{g-brief} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<g-brief.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % g-brief.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<g-brief hooks|> \Hinput{g-brief} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{g-brief} \<g-brief hooks\><<< \def\ps@firstpage{% \ifcase \@ptsize\relax \normalsize \or \small \or \footnotesize \fi \def\@oddhead{|<g-brief head|>} \def\@oddfoot{|<g-brief foot|>}} \NewConfigure{letterfoot}{3} \NewConfigure{letterhead}{5} >>> \<g-brief head\><<< \a:letterhead \ifklassisch \textsl{\quad\name}\else \textsc{\quad\name}\fi \b:letterhead \normalsize \ifklassisch \begin{tabular}{r} \textsl{\strasse} \quad \\ \ifx \zusatz\empty \else \textsl{\zusatz}\quad \\\fi \textsl{\ort}\quad \ifx \land\empty \else \\ \textsl{\land}\quad \fi \end{tabular} \else \begin{tabular}{r} \textsc{\strasse}\quad \\ \ifx \zusatz\empty \else \textsc{\zusatz}\quad \\ \fi \textsc{\ort}\quad \ifx \land\empty \else \\ \textsc{\land}\quad \fi \end{tabular}% \fi \c:letterhead \bgroup \scriptsize \ifx \retouradresse\empty \textrm{\name\ $\cdot$\ \strasse\ $\cdot$\ \ort \ifx \land\empty \else \ $\cdot$\ \land \fi } \else \textrm{\retouradresse} \fi \egroup \d:letterhead \ifx \postvermerk\empty \else \textbf{\postvermerk} \par \fi \adresse \e:letterhead >>> \<g-brief foot\><<< \def\istsprache{german} \a:letterfoot \bgroup \footnotesize \begin{tabular}{ll} \ifx \telefon\empty \else \telefontex & \telefon \\ \fi \ifx \telefax\empty \else \telefaxtext & \telefax \\ \fi \ifx \telex\empty \else \telextext & \telex \\ \fi \ifx \email\empty \else \emailtext & \email \\ \fi \ifx \http\empty \else \httptext & \http \\ \fi \ \end{tabular}% \egroup \b:letterfoot \begin{tabular}{ll} \ifx \bank\empty \else \ifx \blz\empty \else \ifx \konto\empty \else \banktext & \bank \\ & \blztext \space \blz \\ & \kontotext \space \konto \\ \ \fi \fi \fi \end{tabular}% \c:letterfoot >>> \<insert g-brief head\><<< \ifx\zusatz\empty\else \pend:def\zusatz{\a:zusatz} \append:def\zusatz{\b:zusatz} \fi \ifx\land\empty\else \pend:def\land{\a:land} \append:def\land{\b:land} \fi \ifx\strasse\empty\else \pend:def\strasse{\a:strasse} \append:def\strasse{\b:strasse} \fi \ifx\ort\empty\else \pend:def\ort{\a:ort} \append:def\ort{\b:ort} \fi \ifx\postvermerk\empty\else \pend:def\postvermerk{\a:postvermerk} \append:def\postvermerk{\b:postvermerk} \fi \ifx\retouradresse\empty\else \pend:def\retouradresse{\a:retouradresse} \append:def\retouradresse{\b:retouradresse} \fi \par \ps@firstpage \@oddhead \let\@oddhead=\empty >>> \<insert g-brief foot\><<< \ifx\email\empty\else \pend:def\email{\a:email} \append:def\email{\b:email} \fi \ifx\telefon\empty\else \pend:def\telefon{\a:telefon} \append:def\telefon{\b:telefon} \fi \ifx\telefax\empty\else \pend:def\telefax{\a:telefax} \append:def\telefax{\b:telefax} \fi \ifx\telex\empty\else \pend:def\telex{\a:telex} \append:def\telex{\b:telex} \fi \ifx\http\empty\else \pend:def\http{\a:http} \append:def\http{\b:http} \fi \ifx\bank\empty\else \pend:def\bank{\a:bank} \append:def\bank{\b:bank} \fi \ifx\blz\empty\else \pend:def\blz{\a:blz} \append:def\blz{\b:blz} \fi \ifx\konto\empty\else \pend:def\konto{\a:konto} \append:def\konto{\b:konto} \fi \par \ps@firstpage \@oddfoot\let\@oddfoot=\empty >>> \<g-brief hooks\><<< \expandafter\pend:def\csname g-brief\endcsname{% \bgroup |<insert g-brief head|>\egroup \csname a:g-brief\endcsname \ifx \betreff\empty \else \pend:def\betreff{\a:betreff}% \append:def\betreff{\b:betreff}% \fi \ifx \anrede\empty \else \pend:def\anrede{\a:anrede}% \append:def\anrede{\b:anrede}% \fi } \expandafter\append:def\csname g-brief\endcsname{% \csname b:g-brief\endcsname } >>> \<g-brief hooks\><<< \expandafter\pend:def\csname endg-brief\endcsname{% \csname c:g-brief\endcsname |<hooks for g-brief tail|>} \expandafter\append:def\csname endg-brief\endcsname{% \csname d:g-brief\endcsname \bgroup |<insert g-brief foot|>\egroup } \NewConfigure{g-brief}{4} >>> \<hooks for g-brief tail\><<< \ifx\gruss\empty \else \pend:def\gruss{\a:gruss}% \append:def\gruss{\b:gruss}% \fi \ifx\unterschrift\empty \else \pend:def\unterschrift{\a:unterschrift}% \append:def\unterschrift{\b:unterschrift}% \fi \ifx\anlagen\empty \else \pend:def\anlagen{\a:anlagen}% \append:def\anlagen{\b:anlagen}% \fi \ifx\verteiler\empty \else \pend:def\verteiler{\a:verteiler}% \append:def\verteiler{\b:verteiler}% \fi >>> \<g-brief hooks\><<< \pend:def\datumtext{\a:datumtext} \append:def\datumtext{\b:datumtext} \NewConfigure{datumtext}{2} \pend:def\datum{\a:datum} \append:def\datum{\b:datum} \NewConfigure{datum}{2} \NewConfigure{anrede}{2} \NewConfigure{betreff}{2} \pend:def\sprache{\a:sprache} \append:def\sprache{\b:sprache} \NewConfigure{gruss}{2} \NewConfigure{unterschrift}{2} \NewConfigure{anlagen}{2} \NewConfigure{verteiler}{2} \NewConfigure{sprache}{2} \pend:def\telefontex{\a:telefontex} \append:def\telefontex{\b:telefontex} \NewConfigure{telefontex}{2} \pend:def\telefaxtext{\a:telefaxtext} \append:def\telefaxtext{\b:telefaxtext} \NewConfigure{telefaxtext}{2} \pend:def\telextext{\a:telextext} \append:def\telextext{\b:telextext} \NewConfigure{telextext}{2} \pend:def\emailtext{\a:emailtext} \append:def\emailtext{\b:emailtext} \NewConfigure{emailtext}{2} \pend:def\httptext{\a:httptext} \append:def\httptext{\b:httptext} \NewConfigure{httptext}{2} \pend:def\banktext{\a:banktext} \append:def\banktext{\b:banktext} \NewConfigure{banktext}{2} \pend:def\blztext{\a:blztext} \append:def\blztext{\b:blztext} \NewConfigure{blztext}{2} \pend:def\betrefftext{\a:betrefftext} \append:def\betrefftext{\b:betrefftext} \NewConfigure{betrefftext}{2} \pend:def\ihrzeichentext{\a:ihrzeichentext} \append:def\ihrzeichentext{\b:ihrzeichentext} \NewConfigure{ihrzeichentext}{2} \pend:def\ihrschreibentext{\a:ihrschreibentext} \append:def\ihrschreibentext{\b:ihrschreibentext} \NewConfigure{ihrschreibentext}{2} \pend:def\meinzeichentext{\a:meinzeichentext} \append:def\meinzeichentext{\b:meinzeichentext} \NewConfigure{meinzeichentext}{2} \pend:def\unserzeichentext{\a:unserzeichentext} \append:def\unserzeichentext{\b:unserzeichentext} \NewConfigure{unserzeichentext}{2} \NewConfigure{anlagen}{2} \NewConfigure{adresse}{2} \NewConfigure{bank}{2} \NewConfigure{blz}{2} \NewConfigure{email}{2} \NewConfigure{gruss}{2} \NewConfigure{grussskip}{2} \NewConfigure{http}{2} \NewConfigure{ihrschreiben}{2} \NewConfigure{ihrzeichen}{2} \NewConfigure{konto}{2} \NewConfigure{land}{2} \NewConfigure{meinzeichen}{2} \NewConfigure{name}{2} \NewConfigure{ort}{2} \NewConfigure{postvermerk}{2} \NewConfigure{retouradresse}{2} \NewConfigure{strasse}{2} \NewConfigure{telefax}{2} \NewConfigure{telefon}{2} \NewConfigure{telex}{2} \NewConfigure{unterschrift}{2} \NewConfigure{verteiler}{2} \NewConfigure{zusatz}{2} \pend:def\name{\a:name} \append:def\name{\b:name} >>> \<???\><<< \pend:def\meinzeichen{\a:meinzeichen} \append:def\meinzeichen{\b:meinzeichen} \pend:def\ihrzeichen{\a:ihrzeichen} \append:def\ihrzeichen{\b:ihrzeichen} \ifx\anlagen\empty\else \pend:def\anlagen{\a:anlagen} \append:def\anlagen{\b:anlagen} \fi \ifx\adresse\empty\else \pend:def\adresse{\a:adresse} \append:def\adresse{\b:adresse} \fi \ifx\gruss\empty\else \pend:def\gruss{\a:gruss} \append:def\gruss{\b:gruss} \fi \ifx\grussskip\empty\else \pend:def\grussskip{\a:grussskip} \append:def\grussskip{\b:grussskip} \fi \ifx\ihrschreiben\empty\else \pend:def\ihrschreiben{\a:ihrschreiben} \append:def\ihrschreiben{\b:ihrschreiben} \fi \ifx\unterschrift\empty\else \pend:def\unterschrift{\a:unterschrift} \append:def\unterschrift{\b:unterschrift} \fi \ifx\verteiler\empty\else \pend:def\verteiler{\a:verteiler} \append:def\verteiler{\b:verteiler} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{ltxguide} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ltxguide.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltxguide.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<ltxguide cfg|> \Hinput{ltxguide} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ltxguide} \<ltxguide cfg\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\hbox {\a:m\it #1\b:m}} \HLet\m\:tempc \NewConfigure{m}{2} \Configure{m} {$\langle $} {$\rangle $} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Ext article/book/report/proc/letter} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<extarticle.4ht\><<< % extarticle.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input article.4ht |<extarticle cfg|> \Hinput{extarticle} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{extarticle} \<extarticle cfg\><<< |<common extcls cfg|> >>> \<extbook.4ht\><<< % extbook.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input book.4ht |<extbook cfg|> \Hinput{extbook} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{extbook} \<extbook cfg\><<< |<common extcls cfg|> >>> \<extletter.4ht\><<< % extletter.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input letter.4ht |<extletter cfg|> \Hinput{extletter} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{extletter} \<extletter cfg\><<< |<common extcls cfg|> >>> \<common extcls cfg\><<< \ifnum\@ptsize>12\relax \renewcommand\@ptsize{10} \input{size\@ptsize.clo} \fi >>> \<extproc.4ht\><<< % extproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input proc.4ht |<extproc cfg|> \Hinput{extproc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{extproc} \<extproc cfg\><<< >>> \<extreport.4ht\><<< % extreport.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input report.4ht |<extreport cfg|> \Hinput{extreport} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{extreport} \<extreport cfg\><<< >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Part{AMS} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{AMS ART, PROC, BOOK classes} %----------------------------- amsart.cls ----------------------- \Section{amsart.cls} Calls: amsgen.sty, amsmath.sty, amstext.sty, amsbsy.sty, amsopn.sty, amsfonts.sty, and amsthm.sty. \<amsart.4ht\><<< % amsart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \pend:defII\@starttoc{\par} |<config book-report-article utilities|> |<ams art, proc, book|> |<ams art, proc|> |<ams art|> |<redefine ams maketitle|> |<title page of amsart.cls|> |<sections of amsart.cls|> |<table/figure of amsart.cls|> |<tocs of amsart.cls|> |<latex options 1, 2, 3|> |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|% \Hinput{amsart} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsart} \<ams art, proc, book\><<< |<ams divisions|> >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \let\:setaddresses=\@setaddresses \def\@setaddresses{\bgroup \pend:def\addresses{% |<ams addresses|>% }% \a:addresses \:setaddresses \b:addresses\egroup } \NewConfigure{addresses}{2} \NewConfigure{address}{3} \NewConfigure{curraddr}{3} \NewConfigure{email}{3} \NewConfigure{urladdr}{3} >>> \<ams addresses\><<< \let\:address=\address \def\address########1########2{% \@ifnotempty{########2}{% \def\:temp{########1}\ifx \:temp\empty \:address{}{\a:address\b:address########2\c:address}% \else \:address{\a:address ########1}{\b:address########2\c:address}% \fi }}% \let\:curraddr=\curraddr \def\curraddr########1########2{% \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:curraddr \:curraddr{########1}{\b:curraddr########2\c:curraddr}% }}% \let\:email=\email \def\email########1########2{% \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:email \:email{########1}{\b:email########2\c:email}% }}% \let\:urladdr=\urladdr \def\urladdr########1########2{% \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:urladdr \:urladdr{########1}{\b:urladdr########2\c:urladdr}% }}% >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \pend:def\@settranslators{\a:translators\bgroup \def\and{\unskip{ } \d:translators and~\c:translators\ignorespaces}% \def\andify{\nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \and}{\unskip, \and}}% \pend:def\@translators{\c:translators}% \append:def\@translators{\d:translators}% } \append:def\@settranslators{\egroup\b:translators} \NewConfigure{translators}{4} >>> The followwin applies only to amsart 2000/06/02 v2.07 and on \<ams art + book + proc\><<< \ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else |<shared ams thm/cls|> |<ams 2000 art + book + proc|> \fi >>> \<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<< \def\:tempc{\ifmmode \mathqed \else \leavevmode \a:qed\hbox {\qedsymbol}\b:qed\fi} \expandafter\HLet\csname qed \endcsname=\:tempc \NewConfigure{qed}{2} >>> % \def\:temp{\a:newtheorem \:thm} % \HLet\@thm=\:temp % \append:defI\deferred@thm@head{\b:newtheorem % \ifx \c:newtheorem\empty\else % \:warning{amsart.4ht requires empty 3rd argument % in \string\Configure{newtheorem}}% % \fi % % \ignorespaces} % \HRestore\listoffigures % \HRestore\listoftables \<table/figure of amsart.cls\><<< \def\endtable{\end@float} \def\endfigure{\end@float} >>> %----------------------------- amsbook.cls ----------------------- \Section{amsbook.cls} Calls: amsgen.sty, amsmath.sty, amstext.sty, amsbsy.sty, amsopn.sty, and amsthm.sty. \<amsbook.4ht\><<< % amsbook.4ht |version, generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \pend:defII\@starttoc{\par} |<config book-report-article utilities|> |<ams art, proc, book|> |<ams proc, book|> |<ams book|> |<redefine ams maketitle|> |<title page of amsbook.cls|> |<sections of amsbook.cls|> |<table/figure of amsbook.cls|> |<tocs of amsbook.cls|> |<latex options 1, 2, 3|> |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|% \Hinput{amsbook} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsbook} % \HRestore\listoffigures % \HRestore\listoftables \<tocs of amsbook.cls\><<< |<latex et al tocs|> \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsbook.cls|>}\noexpand\fi} |<report,book tocs|> >>> \<entries for tocs of amsbook.cls\><<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,likechapter,appendix,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >1 subsection,likesubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz >>> \<table/figure of amsbook.cls\><<< \def\endtable{\end@float} \def\endfigure{\end@float} >>> %----------------------------- amsproc.cls ----------------------- \Section{amsproc.cls} Calls: amsgen.sty, amsmath.sty, amstext.sty, amsbsy.sty, amsopn.sty, and amsthm.sty. \<amsproc.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<config book-report-article utilities|> |<ams art, proc, book|> |<ams proc, book|> |<ams art, proc|> |<redefine ams maketitle|> \pend:defII\@starttoc{\par} |<title page of amsproc.cls|> |<sections of amsproc.cls|> |<table/figure of amsproc.cls|> |<tocs of amsproc.cls|> |<latex options 1, 2, 3|> |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|% \Hinput{amsproc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsproc} \<tocs of amsproc.cls\><<< |<latex et al tocs|> |<article et al tocs|> \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsproc.cls|>}\noexpand\fi} |<article tocs|> >>> \<entries for tocs of amsproc.cls\><<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne part,likepart,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >1 subsection,likesubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz >>> \<table/figure of amsproc.cls\><<< \def\endtable{\end@float} \def\endfigure{\end@float} >>> \<title page of amsproc.clsNO\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \Configure{footnotetext} {\IgnorePar\HPage{\a:dagger}}% {\EndHPage{}}% } \NewConfigure{dagger}{1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Title Page} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<redefine ams maketitle\><<< \let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle \def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \def\sec:typ{title}% |<title for TITLE|>% |<maketitle defs|>% \fi \pic:gobble\a:mktl \o:maketitle: \pic:gobble\b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty} >>> \<ams art + proc\><<< \pend:def\@settitle{\a:ttl} \append:def\@settitle{\b:ttl\par} >>> \<ams book\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}% \append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% } >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} >>> \<ams art\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \pend:def\newpage{\IgnorePar}% \let\after:maketitle=\empty |<@ maketitle art|>% |<@ maketitle defs|>} >>> \<ams proc, book\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \pend:def\newpage{\IgnorePar}% \let\after:maketitle=\empty |<@ maketitle defs|>} >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \append:def\@maketitle{\a:@maketitle\after:maketitle\b:@maketitle} \long\def\end:maketitle#1#2{\ifx #1\empty \else \expandafter\let\csname :\string #1\endcsname=#1 \let#1=\empty \append:def\after:maketitle{\expand:after{\let#1=}\csname :\string #1\endcsname#2}\fi} \NewConfigure{@maketitle}{2} >>> The tags \''\a:@maketitle' and \''\b:@maketitle' enclose setdate, subjclass, keywords, addresses \<@ maketitle art\><<< \ifx\@date\empty\else \end:maketitle\@date{\a:date\@setdate\b:date}\fi >>> \<ams art + proc\><<< \pend:defI\@setauthors{\a:author \bgroup \def\andify{\nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \and}{\unskip, \and}}% \def\@no@lnbk ########1[########2]{\a:newline}} \append:defI\@setauthors{\egroup \b:author\par} >>> \<ams book\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \pend:def\authors{\a:author|</and for maketitle|>}% \append:def\authors{\b:author}% } >>> \<maketitle defs\><<< \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% |</and for maketitle|>% >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \HRestore\thanks \let\@adminfootnotes\relax \def\:thanks#1{\par \a:thanks#1\@addpunct.\b:thanks} \NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{% \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}% \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}} >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \NewConfigure{subjclass}{2} \NewConfigure{keywords}{2} >>> \<@ maketitle defs\><<< |% order important |% \end:maketitle\@subjclass{\a:subjclass\@setsubjclass\b:subjclass}% \end:maketitle\@keywords{\a:keywords\@setkeywords\b:keywords}% \end:maketitle\@setthanks{\let\thanks=\:thanks\thankses}% >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \pend:def\@setabstracta{\ifvoid\abstractbox \else\a:setabstract \fi} \append:def\@setabstracta{\ifvoid\abstractbox \else\b:setabstract \fi} \NewConfigure{setabstract}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Sectioning} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The latex classes use \`'\@sec' and \`'\@ssect' for defining sections and starred sections. The ams classes use only the first feature for both types of classes, but assume negative depth \''\@m' for the depth of starred sections (tex4ht records the level value in \''\c:secnumdepth'). Hence, the \`'like' versions of the sectioning comamnds are (currently?) not provided for the ams classes. The \''\Configure{@sec @ssect}' is needed only for the \''@sec'; a configuration for \''@ssect' is ignored. \<sections of amsart.cls\><<< |<ams art + book + proc|> |<ams art + proc|> |<ams no@sect|> >>> \<sections of amsbook.cls\><<< |<ams art + book + proc|> |<chapters for book / report|> |<ams no@sect|> >>> \<sections of amsproc.cls\><<< |<ams art + book + proc|> |<ams art + proc|> |<ams no@sect|> >>> \<ams no@sect\><<< \def\no@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% \edef\@toclevel{\ifnum#2=\@m 0\else\number#2\fi}% \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \let\@secnumber\@empty \else \@xp\let\@xp\@secnumber\csname the#1\endcsname \refstepcounter{#1}\fi \let\@svsec|=\empty \let\@svsechd|=\empty \global\@nobreaktrue \@xsect{#5}} \let\@ssect=\relax >>> \<ams art + proc\><<< \let\no@part|=\part \Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thepart \fi}{#1} \let\no:part|=\part \def\part{\rdef:sec{part}} >>> \<ams book\><<< \let\:tempb\part \Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2 \the\c@part\fi}{#1} \let\:part\part \let\part\:tempb \let\no@part\@part \def\@part[#1]#2{% \gdef\c:secnumdepth{-2}% \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \refstepcounter{part}\fi \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}} \Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} \let\:likepart\likepart \let\likepart\:UnDef \let\no@spart\@spart \def\@spart#1{\HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}} >>> \<ams divisions\><<< \let\no@section|=\section \Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesection \fi}{#1} \let\no:section|=\section \def\section{\rdef:sec{section}} >>> \<ams divisions\><<< \let\no@subsection|=\subsection \Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsection|=\subsection \def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}} >>> \<ams divisions\><<< \let\no@subsubsection|=\subsubsection \Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1} \let\no:subsubsection|=\subsubsection \def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}} >>> \<ams divisions\><<< \let\no@paragraph|=\paragraph \Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \theparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:paragraph|=\paragraph \def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}} >>> \<ams divisions\><<< \let\no@subparagraph|=\subparagraph \Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \else \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1} \let\no:subparagraph|=\subparagraph \def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}} >>> \<ams art, proc, book\><<< \pend:defI\@seccntformat{% \def\@secnumpunct{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>0 \expandafter\ifx\csname the##1\endcsname\relax \else. \fi\fi}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Tables Of Contents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ams art, proc\><<< \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else % \Configure{toToc}{}{section}% |<protect from TocAt|>\section*{\contentsname}% |<end protect from TocAt|>% % \Configure{toToc}{?}{section}% \fi\fi \:tableofcontents} >>> \<ams book\><<< \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else % \Configure{toToc}{}{likechapter}% |<protect from TocAt|>\chapter*{\contentsname}% |<end protect from TocAt|>% % \Configure{toToc}{?}{likechapter}% \fi \:tableofcontents} >>> \<tocs of amsart.cls\><<< |<latex et al tocs|> \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsart.cls|>}\noexpand\fi} >>> \<entries for tocs of amsart.cls\><<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne part,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >1 subsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{amsldoc.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Calls: \<amsldoc.4ht\><<< % amsldoc.4ht (|version), , generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \def\<#1>{\textit{$\mathord\langle$#1\/$\mathord\rangle$}} |<qed symbol|> \Hinput{amsldoc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsldoc} \Chapter{amsdtx.cls} \<amsdtx.4ht\><<< % amsdtx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<amsdtx hooks|> \let\amsdtx:Hinput=\Hinput \def\Hinput#1{% \let\Hinput=\amsdtx:Hinput \Hinput{#1}% |<restore amsdtx|>% \Hinput{amsdtx}} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{amsdtx} \<restore amsdtx\><<< \let\maketitle\o:maketitle: >>> \<amsdtx hooks\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{\bgroup \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \def\sec:typ{title}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{newpage}{}% \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty} \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{\e:mktl}{}{}% \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}% \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% \def\and{\a:and} \fi \pic:gobble\a:mktl} \append:def\@maketitle{\pic:gobble\b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle\empty} >>> %----------------------------- amsthm.sty ----------------------- \Chapter{amsthm.sty} \<amsthm.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsthm.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<body of amsthm.sty|> |<theorem in amsthm.sty|> \Hinput{amsthm} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsthm} \<body of amsthm.sty\><<< |<qed symbol|> >>> \<qed symbol\><<< \def\qed:sym{% \leavevmode\Picture+[Q.E.D.]{}\o:qedsymbol:\EndPicture \SavePicture\qed:sym[Q.E.D.] } \def\:temp{\qed:sym } \MathSymbol\mathop{qedsymbol} >>> \<shared ams thm/cls\><<< \ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else \expandafter\dth@everypar\expandafter{% \the\dth@everypar \edef\:temp{\the\ht:everypar}\ifx \:temp\empty \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}\ShowPar \fi }% |<revised begintheorem|> \fi >>> \<revised begintheorem\><<< \def\deferred@thm@head#1{% \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi |% eject a section head if one is pending|% \if@nobreak \adjust@parskip@nobreak \else \addpenalty\@beginparpenalty \addvspace\@topsep \addvspace{-\parskip}% \fi \global\@inlabeltrue \ht:everypar\dth@everypar \let\sv:newtheorem=\b:newtheorem \let\b:newtheorem=\empty \item[\normalfont#1]% \let\b:newtheorem=\sv:newtheorem \b:newtheorem \ignorespaces } >>> The old version of amsthm used \`'\item[\normalfont#1]' instead of \`'\sbox\@labels{\normalfont#1}'--it is preferable for tex4ht, in case the lemma starts with something like \`'\begin{equation}'. The following code is for the cases that the \''\refstercounter' is ignored in \''\@thm'. \<theorem in amsthm.sty\><<< \def\:temp{\ShowRefstepAnchor\o:@begintheorem:} \HLet\@begintheorem|=\:temp |<shared ams thm/cls|> >>> \<shared ams thm/cls\><<< \def\:temp#1{% \def\:temp{#1}% \edef\:temp{\expandafter\eorem:syle \meaning\:temp|<par del|>}% \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tmp:sv\csname th@\:temp\endcsname \def\:tempa##1{% \expandafter\append:def\csname th@##1\endcsname{% \expandafter\let\csname th@##1\endcsname=\@tmp:sv \let\thm:headnl=\thmheadnl \pend:def\thmheadnl{\let\thmheadnl\thm:headnl \b:newtheorem}% \append:def\thmheadnl{\expandafter \ht:everypar\expandafter{\the\ht:everypar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}}}% \expandafter\:tempa\expandafter{\:temp}% \let\sv:trivlist=\trivlist \def\trivlist{\let\trivlist\sv:trivlist \let\sv:trivlist\:unDef \a:newtheorem \trivlist}% \aftergroup\c:newtheorem \:thm{#1}} \HLet\@thm\:temp \HRestore\@endtheorem >>> The @thm appends its setting to the hook of theoremstyle: \<shared ams thm/cls\><<< \bgroup \def\bgroup{\catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\t=11 } \catcode`\/=0 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\h=12 \catcode`\\=12 /catcode`/t=12 /edef~{/def/noexpand/eorem:syle##1\th@##2 |<par del|>{##2}} /bgroup \expandafter\egroup ~ >>> \<shared ams thm/cls\><<< \long\def\:temp[#1]{\par\a:proof \csname o:\string\proof :\endcsname[#1]\b:proof} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\proof \endcsname=\:temp \append:def\endproof{\c:proof} \NewConfigure{proof}{3} >>> \Verbatim \newtheoremstyle{note}% name {3pt}% Space above {3pt}% Space below {}% Body font {}% Indent amount (empty = no indent, \parindent = para indent) {\itshape}% Thm head font {:}% Punctuation after thm head {.5em}% Space after thm head: `` `` = normal interword space; % \newline = linebreak {}% Thm head spec (can be left empty, meaning `normal') \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{ams....sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{amsbsy.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amsbsy.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsbsy.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<amsbsy.sty|> \Hinput{amsbsy} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsbsy} \<amsbsy.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\begingroup \setboxz@h{\thinmuskip0mu \medmuskip\m@ne mu\thickmuskip\@ne mu \setbox\tw@\hbox{$#1\m@th$}\kern-\wd\tw@ ${}#1{}\m@th$}% \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\let\noexpand\binrel@@ \ifdim\wdz@<\z@ \noexpand\mathbin \else\ifdim\wdz@>\z@ \noexpand\mathrel \else \relax\fi\fi}% \@tempa } \HLet\binrel@\:tempc >>> \<amsbsy.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{% \a:pmb\binrel@@{\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}}\b:pmb } \HLet\pmb@\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2#3{% \leavevmode\a:pmb\hbox{#3}\b:pmb } \HLet\pmb@@\:tempc \NewConfigure{pmb}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{amssymb.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amssymb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amssymb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{amssymb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{amssymb} %%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Ams Structures} %%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{AMS for Plain} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Verbatim (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsart.cls Document Class: amsart 1995/02/23 v1.2b (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsgen.sty) (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsmath.sty (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amstext.sty) (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsbsy.sty) (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsopn.sty)) (/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsthm.sty)) \EndVerbatim /n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/book.cls \<record ams definitions\><<< \def\:tmp#1#2{% \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname ams:#1\endcsname|=}% \csname #1\endcsname \pend:def#2{% \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname|=}% \csname ams:#1\endcsname}} |<recall amstex.tex|> |<recall amsppt.sty|> |<recall osudeG|> >>> %----------------------------- amsmath.sty ----------------------- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{amsmath.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{OutLine} \<amsmath.4ht\><<< % amsmath.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \HRestore\cases \HRestore\matrix \HRestore\pmatrix |<restore amsmath everydisplay|> |<config amsmath.sty utilities|> |<config amsmath.sty shared|> |<body of amsmath.sty|> |<equations of amsmath.sty|> \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<accents of amsmath.sty|> \fi |<amsmath.sty|> |<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|> \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef |<amsmath 1999|> \else \:warning{ams files too old for TeX4ht} \fi \Hinput{amsmath} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsmath} \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \pend:def\subequations{\SkipRefstepAnchor } >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{boldsymbol}{2} \pend:defI\boldsymbol{\a:boldsymbol} \append:defI\boldsymbol{\b:boldsymbol} >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\hdots@for#1#2{\multicolumn{#2}c% {\m@th \hdots:for{#1}\hfil}} \def\hdots:for#1{\dotsspace@1.5mu\mkern-#1\dotsspace@ \xleaders\hbox{$\m@th\mkern#1\dotsspace@.\mkern#1\dotsspace@$}% \hfill \mkern-#1\dotsspace@} \NewConfigure{hdotsfor}[1]{\def\a:hdotsfor##1{#1}} \let\a:hdotsfor=\hdots:for \def\:tempc{\a:hdotsfor} \HLet\hdots:for\:tempc >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname tmp:muskip\endcsname\relax \csname newmuskip\endcsname \tmp:muskip \fi \expandafter\def\csname tmspace \endcsname#1#2#3{% \ifmmode \bgroup \tmp:muskip #1#2\edef\mathglue{\the\tmp:muskip}% \tmp:dim #1#3\edef\textspace{\the\tmp:dim}\a:tmspace \egroup \else \kern #1#3\fi \relax } \edef\:tempc{\noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand\csname tmspace \endcsname} \HLet\tmspace=\:tempc \NewConfigure{tmspace}{1} \Configure{tmspace}{\mskip\mathglue} >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \HRestore\over \def\:tempc{\pic:gobble\a:over \o:@@over: \pic:gobble\b:over} \HLet\@@over\:tempc \HRestore\atop \def\:tempc{\pic:gobble\a:atop \o:@@atop: \pic:gobble\b:atop} \HLet\@@atop\:tempc \def\::above{\pic:gobble\a:above \o:@@above:\tmp:dim \pic:gobble\b:above } \def\:above{\afterassignment\::above} \def\:tempc{\Protect\:above \tmp:dim=} \HLet\@@above\:tempc >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \HRestore\abovewithdelims \def\::abovewithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:abovewithdelims \o:@@abovewithdelims:#1#2\tmp:dim\pic:gobble\b:abovewithdelims} \def\:abovewithdelims#1#2{\def\:temp{\::abovewithdelims#1#2}% \afterassignment\:temp\tmp:dim} \def\:tempc{\Protect\:abovewithdelims } \HLet\@@abovewithdelims\:tempc \NewConfigure{abovewithdelims}{2} \HRestore\overwithdelims \def\:overwithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:overwithdelims \o:@@overwithdelims:#1#2\pic:gobble\b:overwithdelims} \def\:tempc{\Protect\:overwithdelims} \HLet\@@overwithdelims\:tempc \NewConfigure{overwithdelims}{2} \HRestore\atopwithdelims \def\:atopwithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:atopwithdelims \o:@@atopwithdelims:#1#2\pic:gobble\b:atopwithdelims} \def\:tempc{\Protect\:atopwithdelims} \HLet\@@atopwithdelims\:tempc \NewConfigure{atopwithdelims}{2} >>> \<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:underarrow@ \hbox{$\m@th#2#3$}\b:underarrow@ \hbox{#1#2}\c:underarrow@ } \HLet\underarrow@\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:overarrow@ \hbox{#1#2}\b:overarrow@ \hbox{$\m@th#2#3$}\c:overarrow@ } \HLet\overarrow@\:tempc \NewConfigure{underarrow@}{3} \NewConfigure{overarrow@}{3} >>> The following was needed to hide paragraph breaks in \`'math' option, due to a \''\vtop' in the macro definition. \<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty DEPRECATED\><<< \def\:temp{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\o:overarrow@:} \HLet\overarrow@|=\:temp >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \let\:tempc|=\measure@ \pend:defI\:tempc{\bgroup \RecallTeXcr \HRestore\noalign \let\EndPicture\empty \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \let\span|=\:span \HRestore\begin \HRestore\end \a:measure@ } \append:defI\:tempc{\egroup} \HLet\measure@|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{measure@}{1} >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \HLet\savealignstate@|=\empty \renewcommand{\n:smash:}[2][tb]{% \def\smash@{#1}% \ifmmode\@xp\o:mathpalette:\@xp\mathsm@sh\else \@xp\makesm@sh\fi{#2}} >>> \<body of amsmath.styNO\><<< \append:defI\collect@body{\let\halign\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign} >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \let\ltx@label|=\lb:l >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \let\Mathaccent:|=\mathaccent@ \def\mathaccent@#1#2{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \DN@{\Picture+{}\Mathaccent:{#1}{#2}\EndPicture}% \else\DN@{\Mathaccent:{#1}{#2}}\fi\next@} >>> \<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<< \def\:temp#1#2{\a:overset\binrel@{#2}% \binrel@@{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits^{#1}}\b:overset} \HLet\overset|=\:temp \NewConfigure{overset}{2} \def\:temp#1#2{\a:underset\binrel@{#2}% \binrel@@{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits_{#1}}\b:underset} \HLet\underset|=\:temp \NewConfigure{underset}{2} |<plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex|> >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:temp#1{{\a:boxed\leavevmode \vbox{\m@th$\displaystyle#1$}\b:boxed}} \HLet\boxed|=\:temp \NewConfigure{boxed}{2} >>> %\edef\:temp{% % \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^ % \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_ } \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \newcommand\:temp:xrightarrow[2][]{\a:xrightarrow {\o:xrightarrow:[#1]{#2}}\b:xrightarrow} \HLet\xrightarrow|=\:temp:xrightarrow \NewConfigure{xrightarrow}{2} \newcommand\:temp:xleftarrow[2][]{\a:xleftarrow {\o:xleftarrow:[#1]{#2}}\b:xleftarrow} \HLet\xleftarrow|=\:temp:xleftarrow \NewConfigure{xleftarrow}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Fractions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \expandafter\def\csname genfrac \endcsname#1#2#3#4{% \def\@tempa{#1#2}% \edef\@tempb{\@nx\@genfrac\@mathstyle{#4}% \expandafter\noexpand\csname @@\ifx @#3@over\else above\fi \ifx\@tempa\@empty \else withdelims\fi\endcsname}% \@tempb{#1#2#3}} \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5{{\a:genfrac#1\b:genfrac{\c:genfrac#4#2#3\relax {\d:genfrac#5\e:genfrac}}\f:genfrac}} \HLet\@genfrac|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{genfrac}{6} \HRestore\frac \def\:temp#1#2{{\a:frac\begingroup #1\endgroup\b:frac \@@over \c:frac #2\d:frac}} \expandafter\HLet\csname frac \endcsname\:temp >>> \<tcilatex fractions\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{\o:dfrac:{\a:dfrac#1\b:dfrac}{\c:dfrac#2\d:dfrac}} \HLet\dfrac|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{dfrac}{4} \def\:tempc#1#2{\o:tfrac:{\a:tfrac#1\b:tfrac}{\c:tfrac#2\d:tfrac}} \HLet\tfrac|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{tfrac}{4} \def\:tempc#1#2{\o:binom:{\a:binom#1\b:binom}{\c:binom#2\d:binom}} \HLet\binom|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{binom}{4} \def\:tempc#1#2{\o:dbinom:{\a:dbinom#1\b:dbinom}{\c:dbinom#2\d:dbinom}} \HLet\dbinom|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{dbinom}{4} \def\:tempc#1#2{\o:tbinom:{\a:tbinom#1\b:tbinom}{\c:tbinom#2\d:tbinom}} \HLet\tbinom|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{tbinom}{4} >>> \<\><<< \let\n:frac:|=\:UnDef \DeclareRobustCommand{\n:frac:}[2]{|<amsamth.sty frac|>} \def\:temp#1#2{{\a:frac\begingroup #1\endgroup\b:frac \@@over \c:frac #2\d:frac}} \HLet\frac|=\:temp \NewConfigure{frac}{4} >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \let\:tempc\maketag@@@ \pend:defI\:tempc{\a:maketag} \append:defI\:tempc{\b:maketag} \NewConfigure{maketag}{2} \HLet\maketag@@@\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{align} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\math@cr@@[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi \iffalse}\fi\math@cr@@@ \o:noalign:{\vskip#1\relax}} >>> The above had also \`+\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}}+ in it, but it cause two extra rows in subarray. \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:align!1!2{% |<inany@true|> \inalign@true |<displaybreak@|>\intertext@ \ifingather@\else\displ@y@\fi\Let@ \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align \ifxxat@\else \let\tag\tag@in@align \fi \let\label\label@in@display !1% set st@r \ifst@rred\else \global\@eqnswtrue \fi \measure@{!2}% \global\row@\z@ \tabskip\eqnshift@ |<clean span|>% |<halign amsmath align|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<halign amsmath align\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{\align:type}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{|<amsmath align pattern|>}!2% >>> \<amsmath align pattern\><<< \span &\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$% &\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$% >>> We need to clean the \''\c:halign' and \''\d:halign' around the \''\span'. \<clean span\><<< \Configure{PauseMkHalign} {\Configure{PauseMkHalign}{}{}{}{}\expandafter\clean:span}{}{}{}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\clean:span#1\c:halign{% \TeXhalign \bgroup \:span} >>> % \restore@math@cr \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef |<since 1999 endalign|> \else |<until 1999 endalign|> \fi \HLet\endalign|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{\align:type}} \HLet\align@|=\:tempc >>> \<since 1999 endalign\><<< \def\:tempc{% \math@cr \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\align:type\endcsname \ifingather@ \restorealignstate@ \egroup \nonumber \ifnum0=`{\fi\iffalse}\fi% \else $$\fi \global\@ignoretrue } >>> \<until 1999 endalign\><<< \def\:tempc{% \math@cr \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\align:type\endcsname \ifingather@ \restorealignstate@ \egroup \nonumber \ifnum0=`{\fi}% \else $$\fi \global\@ignoretrue } >>> \<equations of amsmath.styNO\><<< \NewConfigure{align}{6} \NewConfigure{align*}{6} >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< |<ams align config util|> \def\:tempc#1{% \expandafter\pend:def\csname #1\endcsname{\def\align:type{#1}}% \NewConfigure{#1}[6]{\Config:alg{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}{#1}}% \Configure{#1}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{align}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\else \@xp\let\csname reg:#1\endcsname|=\reg:align \@xp\let\csname end#1\endcsname|=\endalign \fi } \:tempc{alignat} \:tempc{alignat*} \:tempc{xalignat} \:tempc{xalignat*} \:tempc{xxalignat} \:tempc{align} \:tempc{align*} \:tempc{flalign} \:tempc{flalign*} \pend:defIII\start@align{\Configure{$$}{}{}{}} >>> \<ams align config util\><<< \def\Config:alg#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% \expandafter\c:def\csname a:#7\endcsname{\global \let\sv:amps|=\add:amps #1}% \expandafter\c:def\csname b:#7\endcsname{#2\global \let\add:amps|=\sv:amps}% \expandafter\c:def\csname c:#7\endcsname{#3}% \expandafter\c:def\csname d:#7\endcsname{#4}% \expandafter\c:def\csname e:#7\endcsname{\expandafter\align:td \expandafter{\csname f:#7\endcsname}{#5}{#6}}% } \def\align:td#1#2#3{\iftag@ \ifnum \add:amps>0 \gHAdvance\add:amps |by -1 \gHAdvance\HCol |by -1 \global\let#1|=\empty \ifnum \add:amps=0 \gHAdvance\HCol|=1 #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi \else #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi \else \gHAssign\add:amps|=\HCol\relax #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi}% >>> The \`'align' environment set labels by rewriting the row with empty entry, and adding the abel in an extra entry. That is, with a format of the form \`'align-\label=&....maxfields@-1....&latex-\label'. The machinary is within \''\add@amps'. % \let\:tempa|=\:temp % \def\:temp!!!!1\egroup{\:tempa !!!!1\EndMkHalign}% Without the \''\HRestore\noalign' we get infinite loop. Where? Why? \<sub/sup base\><<< {\HCode{}}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Aligned} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<EQUATIONS of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:align!1!2{% |<inany@true|> \inalign@true |<displaybreak@|>\intertext@ \ifingather@\else\displ@y@\fi\Let@ \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align \ifxxat@\else \let\tag\tag@in@align \fi \let\label\label@in@display !1% set st@r \ifst@rred\else \global\@eqnswtrue \fi \measure@{!2}% \global\row@\z@ \tabskip\eqnshift@ |<clean span|>% |<halign amsmath align|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:start@aligned!1!2{% \savecolumn@ \vcenter \bgroup \maxfields@!2\relax \ifnum\maxfields@>\m@ne \multiply\maxfields@\tw@ \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@alignedat \else \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@aligned \fi \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \default@tag \global\column@\z@ |<halign amsmath aligned|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<halign amsmath aligned\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{start@aligned}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{&\column@plus $\m@th\displaystyle{{\HCode{}}#}$% &\column@plus $\m@th\displaystyle{{\HCode{}}#}$}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\al:gned#1{% \Configure{start@aligned}{\csname a:#1\endcsname}% {\csname b:#1\endcsname}{\csname c:#1\endcsname}% {\csname d:#1\endcsname}{\csname e:#1\endcsname}% {\csname f:#1\endcsname}\pic:MkHalign{#1}} \NewConfigure{start@aligned}{6} >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \restorecolumn@ \egroup \b:start@aligned} \HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc \def\:temp{% \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt \futurelet\:temp\aligned:a} \def\aligned:a{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\aligned:b \else \def\:temp{\aligned:b[c]}\expandafter\:temp \fi} \def\aligned:b[#1]{% \al:gned{aligned}{#1}\m@ne} \HLet\aligned|=\:temp \def\reg:aligned{\reg:start@aligned} \NewConfigure{aligned}{6} >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:temp{\futurelet\:temp\alignedat:a} \def\alignedat:a{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\alignedat:b \else \def\:temp{\alignedat:b[c]}\expandafter\:temp \fi} \def\alignedat:b[#1]{% \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt \al:gned{alignedat}{#1}\m@ne} \HLet\alignedat|=\:temp \def\reg:alignedat{\reg:start@aligned} \NewConfigure{alignedat}{6} >>> % \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign % \RecallMkHalignConfig \restorecolumn % \egroup \b:start@aligned} % \HLet\endalignedat|=\:tempc %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Gathered} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:gathered[!1]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{gathered}}% \fi \null \vcenter\bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr |<ialign gathered|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<ialign gathered\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{gathered}%|%\HRestore\noalign|% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:gathered} \HLet\endgathered|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{gathered}} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\gathered\endcsname|=\:temp \NewConfigure{gathered}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{multline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The environment of AmsLaTeX are being scanned as parameters of \''\collect@@body'. Hence, the featured of TeX4ht introduced to \''\halign' are nulled there. \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:multline!1{% |<inany@true|> \Let@ \@display@init{\global\advance\row@\@ne \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne}% |<displaybreak@|> \restore@math@cr \let\tag\tag@in@align \global\tag@false \global\let\raise@tag\@empty |% \mmeasure@{#1}%|% \let\tag\gobble@tag |<multline label|>% |<halign amsmath multline|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<halign amsmath multline\><<< \ifst@rred \expandafter\let\csname e:multline*\endcsname|=\empty \expandafter\let\csname f:multline*\endcsname|=\empty \fi \SaveMkHalignConf:g{multline\ifst@rred *\fi}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle|<sub/sup base|>#$}}!1% >>> \<multline label\><<< \ifst@rred \let\label\@gobble \else \stepcounter{equation}% \def\label{\let\cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel \def\:@currentlabel{\ifx \cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel \the\c@equation\else \@currentlabel\fi}% \anc:lbl r{equation}\ltx@label}% \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@equation}% \fi >>> \<multline tag\><<< \ifst@rred\else \e:multline\csname a:multline-num\endcsname \tagform@\theequation\csname b:multline-num\endcsname\f:multline \fi >>> % \e:multline(\theequation)\f:multline \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{|<multline tag|>\math@cr \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:multline\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname $$\global\@ignoretrue } \HLet\endmultline|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{multline\ifst@rred *\fi}} \HLet\multline@|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{multline}{6} \NewConfigure{multline-num}{2} \@xp\let\csname reg:multline*\endcsname|=\reg:multline \@xp\let\csname endmultline*\endcsname|=\endmultline \NewConfigure{multline*}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{gather} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:gather!1{% \ingather@true |<gather 1999|>% \let\tag\tag@in@align \let\label\label@in@display \intertext@ \displ@y@ \Let@ \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@gather |%\gmeasure@{#1}%|% \global\shifttag@false \global\row@\@ne |<halign amsmath gather|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<gather 1999\><<< \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef \let\split\insplit@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@ \else \inany@true \fi >>> \<halign amsmath gather\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{gather\ifst@rred *\fi}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{|<amsmath gather pattern|>}!1% >>> \<amsmath gather pattern\><<< \hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$}% &\hbox{|<sub/sup base|>#}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{\math@cr \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:gather\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname $$\global\@ignoretrue } \HLet\endgather|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{gather\ifst@rred *\fi}} \HLet\gather@|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{gather}{6} \@xp\let\csname reg:gather*\endcsname|=\reg:gather \@xp\let\csname endgather*\endcsname|=\endgather \NewConfigure{gather*}{6} >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{% \def\intertext##1{% \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi \noalign{% \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\belowdisplayskip \vbox{\normalbaselines \ifdim\linewidth=\columnwidth \else \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth \fi \a:intertext \noindent##1\b:intertext\par}% \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayskip% }% }} \HLet\intertext@=\:tempc \NewConfigure{intertext}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Roots} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \HLet\leftroot|=\:gobble \HLet\uproot|=\:gobble >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Accents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<accents of amsmath.sty\><<< \HLet\Hat|=\hat \HLet\Check|=\check \HLet\Tilde|=\tilde \HLet\Acute|=\acute \HLet\Grave|=\grave \HLet\Dot|=\dot \HLet\Ddot|=\ddot \HLet\Breve|=\breve \HLet\Bar|=\bar \HLet\Vec|=\vec >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Smallmatrix} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:smallmatrix{% \vcenter\bgroup \Let@\restore@math@cr\default@tag |<ialign amsmath smallmatrix|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<ialign amsmath smallmatrix\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{smallmatrix}%|%\HRestore\noalign|% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle#$&&% $\m@th\scriptstyle#$}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:smallmatrix} \HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{smallmatrix}} \HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp \NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{substack} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \pend:defI\substack{\a:substack} \append:defI\substack{\b:substack} \NewConfigure{substack}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{subarray} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:subarray!1{% \vcenter\bgroup \Let@ \restore@math@cr \default@tag \baselineskip\fontdimen10 \scriptfont\tw@ \advance\baselineskip\fontdimen12 \scriptfont\tw@ \lineskip\thr@@\fontdimen8 \scriptfont\thr@@ |<ialign amsmath subarray|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<ialign amsmath subarray\><<< \let\e:subarray|=\empty \let\f:subarray|=\empty \everycr{}\SaveMkHalignConf:g{subarray}%|%\HRestore\noalign|% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle#$}% >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:subarray} \HLet\endsubarray|=\:tempc \def\:temp#1{\def\Hlcr{#1}\pic:MkHalign{subarray}{#1}} \HLet\subarray|=\:temp \NewConfigure{subarray}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{split} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{split}{6} \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc{% \vbox\bgroup |<insplit 1999|>% \Let@ \restore@math@cr \default@tag \everycr{}\a:split \SaveMkHalignConf:g{split}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{|<amsmath split pattern|>}} \HLet\insplit@|=\:tempc \catcode`\#|=6 \catcode`\!|=12 \def\:tempc{% \crcr\EndMkHalign \b:split \egroup } \HLet\endsplit|=\:tempc >>> \<insplit 1999\><<< \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \fi >>> \<amsmath split pattern\><<< $\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$% &$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$% >>> \<amsmath 1999\><<< \let\:tempc|=\gather@split \append:defIII\:tempc{% \def\endmathdisplay@a{% \math@cr \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:gather\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname \egroup |%on \vcenter\bgroup|% }% } \HLet\gather@split|=\:tempc >>> The split environment looks like \`'\begin{split}...\begin{split}...\end{split}...\endmathdisplay@a'. The folowing tries to compensate for the above extra openning split environment. \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \Configure{@begin} {split} {\relax \ifx \split\insplit@ \else \def\choose:begin{\global\let\choose:begin\@firstoftwo \@secondoftwo}% \fi } >>> The split environment still has \HPage{problems} \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage{amsmath} \begin{document} \begin{equation*} \begin{split} a & = b \\ & = c \end{split} \end{equation*} \hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} $$ \begin{split} a & = b \\ & = c \end{split} %\def\foo{\math@cr \black@ \totwidth@ \egroup % \egroup} %\hshow{endmathdisplay@a} % \foo $$ \hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} \[ \begin{split} a & = b \\ & = c \end{split} \] \hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} \begin{displaymath} \begin{split} a & = b \\ & = c \end{split} \end{displaymath} \end{document} \EndVerbatim \EndHPage{example} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Equations} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{equations}[2]{\def\pic:equa{#1}\def\pic:equb{#2}} >>> \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\str:pic{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\Picture\pic:equa{ \pic:equb}% \else \let\EndPicture|=\empty \fi \let\halign|=\TeXhalign} >>> % \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< % \def\:tempa{\a:eqnum\print@eqnum\b:eqnum} % \HLet\print@eqnum\:tempc % \NewConfigure{eqnum}{2} % >>> \<body of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:eqref\o:eqref:{#1}\b:eqref} \NewConfigure{eqref}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<< \def\make@df@tag@@#1{% \gdef\df@tag{\maketag@@@{#1}\def\@currentlabel{#1}\gdef\ams:delete:tag{}% |<def :currentlabel for make@df@tag|>% \anc:lbl r{}% }} \def\make@df@tag@@@#1{\gdef\df@tag{\tagform@{#1}% \toks@\@xp{\p@equation{#1}}\edef\@currentlabel{\the\toks@}% |<def :currentlabel for make@df@tag|>% \anc:lbl r{}% }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Gauss Style} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<gauss.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % gauss.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config gauss|> \Hinput{gauss} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{gauss} \<config gauss\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{\def\g@environment{#1matrix}% \begin{\g@environment}% \begin{g@matrix}} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\gmatrix\endcsname=\:tempc \def\:tempc{% \end{g@matrix}% \end{\g@environment}% \let\matrix\@empty \let\endmatrix\@empty } \HLet\endgmatrix=\:tempc >>> \<config gauss\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:g@matrix{% \hbox\bgroup \global\g@maxrow@old\g@maxrow \global\g@maxcol@old\g@maxcol \global\g@maxrow0% \global\g@maxcol0% \let\rowops\g@east \let\colops\g@north \vbox\bgroup \def\\{\mathstrut\cr\global\advance\g@maxrow1\relax}% \global\let\g@endregion\g@endmatrix \global\g@tab=2\arraycolsep |<ialign g@matrix|>} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<ialign g@matrix\><<< \SaveMkHalignConf:g{g@matrix}%|%\HRestore\noalign|% \MkHalign#{\g@prae#\g@post&&% \kern\g@tab\g@prae#\g@post}% >>> \<config gauss\><<< \def\:tempc{% \g@endregion \global\g@maxrow\g@maxrow@old \global\g@maxcol\g@maxcol@old \global\let\g@endregion\g@endmatrix \global\let\rowops\g@east \global\let\colops\g@north } \HLet\endg@matrix|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{g@matrix}} \HLet\g@matrix|=\:temp \NewConfigure{gmatrix}[6]{% \def\a:g@matrix {#1}% \def\b:g@matrix {#2}% \def\c:g@matrix {#3}% \def\d:g@matrix {#4}% \def\e:g@matrix {#5}% \def\f:g@matrix {#6}% } \Configure{gmatrix}{}{}{}{}{}{} >>> \<config gauss\><<< \def\:tempc{% \crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup \egroup \b:g@matrix \global\let\colops\g@north } \HLet\g@endmatrix\:tempc >>> \<config gauss\><<< \def\:tempc{% \g@endregion \def\swap{\g@east@arrow11\rowswapfromlabel\rowswaptolabel} \def\add{\g@east@arrow01\rowaddfromlabel\rowaddtolabel} \let\mult\g@east@mult \gdef\rowops{\PackageError{gauss}% {Two sets of row operations were specified in % just one matrix. This is not allowed.}} \gdef\g@endregion{\b:rowops \egroup}% \hbox\bgroup \a:rowops } \HLet\g@east\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5[#6]#7#8{% \ifnum #1=#2\relax \hbox{$\a:swap #7\b:swap #8\c:swap$}% \else \hbox{$\a:add #7\b:add #8\c:add$}% \fi } \HLet\g@east@arrow@b\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2{% \hbox{$\a:mult #1\b:mult #2\c:mult$}% } \HLet\g@east@mult\:tempc \NewConfigure{rowops}{2} >>> \<config gauss\><<< \def\:tempc{% \g@endregion \gdef\colops{\PackageError{gauss} {Two sets of column operations are specified in % just one matrix. This is not allowed.}}% \gdef\g@endregion{\b:colops \egroup}% \def\swap{\g@north@arrow11\colswapfromlabel\colswaptolabel}% \def\add{\g@north@arrow01\coladdfromlabel\coladdtolabel}% \let\mult\g@north@mult \hbox\bgroup \a:colops } \HLet\g@north\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5[#6]#7#8{% \ifnum #1=#2\relax \hbox{$\a:swap #7\b:swap #8\c:swap$}% \else \hbox{$\a:add #7\b:add #8\c:add$}% \fi } \HLet\g@north@arrow@b\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2{% \hbox{$\a:mult #1\b:mult #2\c:mult$}% } \HLet\g@north@mult\:tempc \NewConfigure{colops}{2} \NewConfigure{mult}{3} \NewConfigure{swap}{3} \NewConfigure{add}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Fonts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amsfonts.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsfonts.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<amsfonts sty|> \Hinput{amsfonts} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsfonts} \<amsfonts sty\><<<< \NewConfigure{mathbb}{2} \def\:temp#1{{\a:mathbb \o:@mathbb:{#1}\b:mathbb}} \HLet\@mathbb\:temp >>> \<amsfonts sty\><<<< \NewConfigure{mathfrak}{2} \def\:temp#1{{\a:mathfrak \o:@mathfrak:{#1}\b:mathfrak}} \HLet\@mathfrak\:temp >>> Commands like \''\rm' need low level implemetation through dynamic configurations of symbols decorations at the htf source (e.g., \Verb+${\textbf abc}XX\bf abc \mathbf ab\mathbb{C}d\mathsf{C}$+). %%%%%%%%%%% amstext.sty %%%%%%%%%%% \<amstext.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amstext.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \def\:tempc#1{\hbox{\a:text#1\b:text}} \HLet\text@|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{text}{2} \Hinput{amstext} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amstext} %----------------------------- amstex.sty ----------------------- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{amstex.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Note that \`'\Let@' stands for \`'\let\\=\cr\', and so it should be placed after the definition of \`'\cr' is recalled in halign tables. \<amstex loads amsmath\><<< \input amsmath.4ht >>> \<amstex1.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amstex1.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> % amstex.sty \if@compatibility \else |<amstex loads amsmath|> \expandafter\endinput \fi \let\ltx@label|=\lb:l |<body of amstex.sty|> |<equations of amstex.sty|> |<label of amstex.sty|> |<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|> |<config amstex1 utilities|> |<config amstex1 shared|> |<plain, fontmath, amstex|> \Hinput{amstex1} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amstex1} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Aligned} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% We need the \`'\vtop' within \`'\[...\]' because of the extra math environment taht we insert. \<equations of amstex1\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup \vspace@\Let@ \everycr{}% \SaveMkHalignConf:g{aligned:type}%|%\HRestore\noalign|% \MkHalign#{|<amstex1 aligned@ pattern|>}% } \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<amstex1 aligned@ pattern\><<< $\m@th\displaystyle{#}$&% $\m@th\displaystyle{{}#}$% >>> \<equations of amstex1\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\aligned:type\endcsname \egroup} \HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{aligned@}} \HLet\aligned@|=\:temp \NewConfigure{aligned}{6} \NewConfigure{topaligned}{6} \NewConfigure{botaligned}{6} \pend:def\topaligned{\def\aligned:type{topaligned}} \pend:def\botaligned{\def\aligned:type{botaligned}} \pend:def\aligned{\def\aligned:type{aligned}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{braket} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<braket.4ht\><<< % braket.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<braket sty|> \Hinput{braket} >>> \AddFile{9}{braket} \<braket sty\><<< \def\ket#1{\ensuremath{\left.||{#1}\right\rangle}} \def\braket#1{\ensuremath{\left\langle{#1}\right\rangle}} \def\Bra#1{\left\langle#1||\right.} \def\Ket#1{\left.||#1\right\rangle} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{mathtools} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mathtools.4ht\><<< % mathtools.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<mathtools sty|> \edef\cat:underscore{% \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_ } \catcode`\_=11 |<mathtools sty underscore|> \cat:underscore \Hinput{mathtools} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{mathtools} \<mathtools sty\><<< \ifx \o:endgathered:\:UnDef\else \HRestore\endgathered \fi \def\shortintertext{\intertext} >>> \<mathtools sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{{\csname a:prescript\endcsname}\sp{#1}\sb{#2}} \expandafter\HLet\csname prescript \endcsname=\:tempc \NewConfigure{prescript}{1} \Configure{prescript}{\HCode{<mrow class="prescript"></mrow>}} >>> \<mathtools sty underscore\><<< \def\MT_gathered_pre:{} \def\MT_gathered_post:{} \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{} \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6 \def\reg:MT_gathered_env[!1]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{MT_gathered_env}}% \fi \null \vcenter\bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr \SaveMkHalignConf:g{MT_gathered_env}% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}% } \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:MT_gathered_env} \HLet\endMT_gathered_env\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{MT_gathered_env}} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\MT_gathered_env\endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{MT_gathered_env}{6} >>> \<mathtools sty underscore\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{{\m@th#1{#2}}} \HLet\MT_cramped_internal:Nn\:tempc >>> \<mathtools sty\><<< \renewenvironment{dcases}[1][c]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}% \fi \left\lbrace \vcenter \bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr \spread@equation \ialign\bgroup \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil&\quad$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\strut@ \crcr } {\endaligned\right.} \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6 \def\reg:dcases[!1]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{dcases}}% \fi \vcenter\bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr \SaveMkHalignConf:g{dcases}% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$&\quad$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}% } \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:dcases \right.} \HLet\enddcases\:tempc \def\:temp{\left\lbrace \pic:MkHalign{dcases}} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\dcases\endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{dcases}{6} >>> \<mathtools sty\><<< \renewenvironment{dcases*}[1][c]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}% \fi \left\lbrace \vcenter \bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr \spread@equation \ialign\bgroup \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil&\quad{##}\hfil\strut@ \crcr } {\endaligned\right.} \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6 \expandafter\def\csname reg:dcases*\endcsname[!1]{% \RIfM@\else \nonmatherr@{\begin{dcases*}}% \fi \vcenter\bgroup \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr \SaveMkHalignConf:g{dcases*}% \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$\quad&#}% } \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\csname b:dcases*\endcsname \right.} \expandafter\HLet\csname enddcases*\endcsname\:tempc \def\:temp{\left\lbrace \pic:MkHalign{dcases*}} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\dcases*\endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{dcases*}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The \''\label' gets a definition that differs a little than the one in LaTeX, and is more complicated because of cases like in the example: \Verbatim \documentclass[fleqn]{article} \title{Test of subequations environment} \author{mjd} \usepackage[noamsfonts]{amstex} \numberwithin{equation}{section} \newcommand{\env}[1]{{\normalfont\texttt{#1}}} \begin{document} `\section{Prime equation numbers} Here is a,b,c sub-numbering. \begin{subequations}{a} \begin{eqnarray} A&=&B\\ D&=&C \label{e:middle}\\ E&=&F \end{eqnarray} \end{subequations} That was produced with the \env{eqnarray} environment; the middle line was labeled as \eqref{e:middle}. First an equation. \begin{equation}\label{e:previous} A=B \end{equation} That was equation \eqref{e:previous}. \begin{equation}% \tag{\ref{e:previous}$'$} \label{e:prevprime} C=D \end{equation} And that was equation \eqref{e:prevprime}. First an equation. \begin{subequations}{a} \begin{xalignat}{2} \label{xalignat:a}A+B&=B& B&=B+A\\ \label{xalignat:b}C&=D+E& C\oplus D&=E\\ \label{xalignat:c}E&=F& E'&=F' \end{xalignat} \end{subequations} Label check: that was \eqref{xalignat:a}, \eqref{xalignat:b}, and \eqref{xalignat:c}. \end{document} \EndVerbatim Note that the above fails if \''\@currentlabel' has a \`'\Link[]...'. \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \append:defI\subequations{\cur:lbl{}\let\cur:lbl|=\:gobble \ignorespaces} >>> With the exception of \''\subequations', the \''\refstepcounter' of LaTeX is not used. The following is to compensate for the lost \''\Link'. \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \let\:stepcounter|=\stepcounter \append:defI\stepcounter{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef\else \def\:temp{equation}\def\:tempa{#1}% \ifx\:temp\:tempa \edef\:currentlabel{E\the\c@equation}\let\cur:lbl|=\:gobble \edef\cur:th{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\AfterPicture{\noexpand\a:eqno\noexpand \Make:Label{\cur:th \:currentlabel}{}% \noexpand\html:addr}}\:temp \let\stepcounter|=\:stepcounter \fi\fi } >>> \<haddr prefix\><<< x>>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \let\:insplit|=\insplit@ \def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit} >>> Place the number with the equation; not under. \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{eqn}[1]{\def\a:eqno{#1}} >>> % \pmatrix def \matrix def \endpmatrix % \bmatrix def \matrix def \endbmatrix % \vmatrix def \matrix def \endvmatrix % \Vmatrix def \matrix def \endVmatrix % \equation def \gather def \endgather \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\gather{\a:gather} \append:def\endgather{\b:gather} \@xp\pend:def\csname gather*\endcsname{\Picture*{}} \@xp\append:def\csname endgather*\endcsname{\EndPicture} \NewConfigure{gather}{2} >>> In amslatex.sty, equation is defined in terms of gather. \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\equation{\bgroup \let\tagform@|=\:gobble} \append:def\endequation{\egroup} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\align{\Picture*{}} \append:def\endalign{\EndPicture} \@xp\pend:def\csname align*\endcsname{\Picture*{}} \@xp\append:def\csname endalign*\endcsname{\EndPicture} >>> %\let\ltx@label=\lb:l \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:defI\alignat{\Picture*{}} \append:def\endalignat{\EndPicture} \expandafter\pend:defI\csname alignat*\endcsname{\Picture*{}} \expandafter\append:def\csname endalignat*\endcsname{\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:defI\xalignat{\Picture*{}} \append:def\endxalignat{\EndPicture} \expandafter\pend:defI\csname xalignat*\endcsname{\Picture*{}} \expandafter\append:def\csname endxalignat*\endcsname{\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:defI\xxalignat{\Picture*{}} \append:def\endxxalignat{\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\alignedat{\Picture*{}$} \append:def\endalignedat{$\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\gathered{\Picture*{}$} \append:def\endgathered{$\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \pend:def\multline{\Picture*{}} \append:def\endmultline{\EndPicture} \expandafter\pend:def\csname multline*\endcsname{\Picture*{}} \expandafter\append:def\csname endmultline*\endcsname{\EndPicture} >>> \<equations of amstex.sty\><<< \let\:smallmatrix=\smallmatrix \def\smallmatrix{\Picture*{}$\:smallmatrix} \append:def\endsmallmatrix{$\EndPicture} >>> \<body of amstex.sty\><<< |<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Springer Lecture Notes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science \Link[http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-book.html]{}{}springer\EndLink, \Link[http://www.springer.de/comp/lncs/authors.html]{}{}Information for Authors\EndLink. We have llncs.cls for latex2e, and llncs.sty for latex2.9. llncs.cls loads article.cls and then its definitions. Hence, llncs.4ht asks article.4ht to load the definitions in llncs-a.4ht \<llncs.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % llncs.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinclude{\input llncs-a.4ht}{article} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{llncs} \<llncs-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % llncs-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \ifx \:UnDef |<llcns sty|> \else |<llcns cls|> \fi \let\:spthm|=\@spthm \def\@spthm{|<seed begin theorem|>\:spthm} \Hinput{llncs} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{llncs-a} \<llcns sty\><<< \let\ll:maketitle|=\@maketitle \def\@maketitle{% \ll:maketitle \Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}\Configure{newpage}{}} >>> \<llcns cls\><<< \let\ll:maketitle|=\@maketitle \def\@maketitle{% \let\sva:author\a:author \def\a:author{\protect\sva:author}% \let\svb:author\b:author \def\b:author{\protect\svb:author}% \ll:maketitle \Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}\Configure{newpage}{}} >>> \<llcns cls\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:email\o:email:{#1}\b:email} \HLet\email\:tempc \NewConfigure{email}{2} \def\:tempc{% \pend:def\@institute{\a:institute}% \append:def\@institute{\b:institute}% \o:institutename: } \HLet\institutename\:tempc \NewConfigure{institute}{2} >>> \<llcns cls\><<< \def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{\a:newtheorem#3\trivlist \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]\b:newtheorem} >>> \<lncse.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % llncse.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinclude{\input lncse-a.4ht}{article} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{lncse} \<lncse-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % llncse-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<lncse title page|> |<lncse theorems|> |<lncse chapter|> \Hinput{lncse} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{lncse-a} \<lncse title page\><<< \ifx \o:@maketitle:\UnDef \let\o:@maketitle:\@maketitle \fi \def\@maketitle{% \pend:def\@title{\Protect\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\Protect\b:ttl} \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@author{\Protect\a:author}\append:def\@author{\Protect\b:author}% \def\and{\a:and}% \a:mktl \o:@maketitle: \b:mktl } \let\maketitle\o:maketitle: \def\institutename{\par \begingroup \parskip=\z@ \parindent=\z@ \setcounter{@inst}{1}% \def\and{\c:institute \stepcounter{@inst}\c:inst $\sp{\the@inst}$\d:inst \ignorespaces}% \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\everypar{}\@institute}% \ifnum\value{@inst}>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$\sp{88}$\enspace}% \else\setbox0=\hbox{$\sp{8}$\enspace}\fi \ignorespaces \a:institute \ifnum\value{@inst}=1\relax \else \setcounter{footnote}{\c@@inst}% \setcounter{@inst}{1}% \c:inst ${\sp\the@inst}$\d:inst \fi \@institute \b:institute\par \endgroup} \def\inst#1{\unskip\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst} \def\fnmsep{\unskip$\sp,$} \NewConfigure{institute}{3} \NewConfigure{inst}{4} >>> \<lncse theorems\><<< \def\:Thm{\o:@Thm:} \def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item\sv:item \item[##1]\b:newtheorem}% \a:newtheorem\AutoRefstepAnchor \:Thm } \HLet\@Thm\:temp >>> % \ifx \@chapapp\:UnDef % \def\@chapapp{\chaptername} % \def\chaptername{Chapter} % \def\appendixname{Appendix} % \newcommand*\chaptermark[1]{} % \fi \<lncse chapter\><<< \let\:tempb\chapter \Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:chapter\chapter \let\chapter\:tempb \def\@makechapterhead#1{} \let\no@chapter\@chapter \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}} \Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1} \let\:likechapter\likechapter \let\likechapter\:UnDef \let\no@schapter\@schapter \def\@schapter#1{% {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}% \HtmlEnv \:likechapter{#1}} \let\no@appendix\appendix \Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1} \let\:appendix\appendix \def\appendix{% \def\@chapter[##1]##2{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}% \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}% \no@appendix} >>> %--------------------------------- amstex.tex ------------------- \Chapter{amstex.tex} \`'/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/amstex/base/amstex.tex' \Section{Outline} \<amstex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amstex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> % amstex.tex \HRestore\cases \HRestore\matrix \HRestore\pmatrix |<body of amstex.tex|> |<equations of amstex.tex|> |<config amstex.tex utilities|> |<config amstex.tex shared|> |<amstex.tex matrix|> |<amstex.tex align|> |<amstex.tex cases|> \Hinput{amstex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amstex} \<body of amstex.tex\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:text{\ifx \a:math\:UnDef\else \let\:temp|=\everymath \def\everymath##1{\let\everymath|=\:temp\append:def\a:math{##1}}% \fi \o:text@:{#1}}\b:text} \HLet\text@|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{text}{2} >>> \Section{Sub/Sub scripts} \<body of amstex.tex\><<< \def\Sb#1\endSb{\sb{\a:multilimits \multilimits@#1\endSb\b:multilimits}} \def\Sp#1\endSp{\sp{\a:multilimits \multilimits@#1\endSp\b:multilimits}} \def\multilimits@{\bgroup\vspace@\Let@ \baselineskip\fontdimen10 \scriptfont\tw@ \advance\baselineskip\fontdimen12 \scriptfont\tw@ \lineskip\thr@@\fontdimen8 \scriptfont\thr@@ \lineskiplimit\lineskip \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \vbox\bgroup\ialign\bgroup\hfil\c:multilimits $\m@th\scriptstyle{##}$\d:multilimits\hfil\crcr} \NewConfigure{multilimits}{4} >>> \Section{Format} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\format:!1\\{\def\preamble@{!1}% \hashtoks@{#}% \def\l{$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$\hfil}% \def\c{\hfil$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$\hfil}% \def\r{\hfil$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$}% \SaveMkHalignConf:g{format}% \edef\preamble@@{\:span\preamble@}% |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig \iffalse{\fi\ifnum`}=0 \fi\format:} \HLet\format|=\:tempc \let\:format|=\format \let\format|=\o:format: \let\MkHformat=\empty \def\:tempc{\def\format{\global\let\format|=\o:format: \:format}} \HLet\MkHformat|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{format}{6} >>> \Section{Align} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc!1\endalign{%% \Mk:ialign:end {|<amstex.tex align pattern|>}{align}{!1}#% {|<amstex.tex align env|>}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \expandafter\HLet\csname align \endcsname|=\:tempc \expandafter\HLet\csname align \space\endcsname|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{align}{6} >>> \<amstex.tex align env\><<< \global\and@\z@ \ifingather@\append:def\T:halign{\global\and@\z@}\fi \Let@\tabskip\centering@ >>> \<amstex.tex align pattern\><<< $\m@th\displaystyle{\@lign#}$\global\advance\and@\@ne &$\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign#}% $\global\advance\and@\@ne\tabskip\z@skip &\hbox\bgroup\@lign\maketag@#\maketag@\egroup\tabskip\z@skip >>> \Section{Gather} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc!1\endgather{\Mk:ialign:end {|<amstex.tex gather pattern|>}{gather}{!1}#{}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \expandafter\HLet\csname gather \endcsname|=\:tempc \expandafter\HLet\csname gather \space\endcsname|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{gather}{6} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \def\Mk:ialign:end#1#2#3#4#5{% \csname a:#2\endcsname \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef |<SaveMkHalignConfig|>#5\RecallTeXcr \MkHalign#4{#1}#3\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \else \expand:after{\csname o:#2:\endcsname #3}\csname end#2\endcsname \fi \csname b:#2\endcsname } >>> \<SaveMkHalignConfig\><<< \SaveMkHalignConfig \Configure{MkHalign} {} {} {\csname c:#2\endcsname} {\csname d:#2\endcsname } {\csname e:#2\endcsname} {\csname f:#2\endcsname }% >>> \<amstex.tex gather pattern\><<< $\m@th\displaystyle{#}$% &\maketag@#\maketag@ >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%GATHER \Section{Matrix} \<amstex.tex matrix\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:matrix{\vcenter\bgroup \SaveMkHalignConf:g{matrix}% \Let@ \MkHalign#{$\m@th#$&&$\m@th#$}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:matrix} \HLet\endmatrix|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{matrix}} \HLet\matrix|=\:temp \NewConfigure{matrix}{6} >>> \<equations of amstex.texNO\><<< \def\:temp{\a:smallmatrix \o:smallmatrix:} \HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp \let\:tempc|=\endsmallmatrix \append:def\:tempc{\b:smallmatrix} \HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{2} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:smallmatrix{\vcenter\bgroup \SaveMkHalignConf:g{smallmatrix}% \Let@ \MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle{#}$&&$\m@th \scriptstyle{#}$}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:smallmatrix} \HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{smallmatrix}} \HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp \NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6} >>> \<plain,latex utilities\><<< \def\pic:MkHalign#1{% \csname a:#1\endcsname \ifx \EndPicture\:Undef \expandafter\expandafter\csname reg:#1\endcsname \else \vtop\bgroup$$ \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\bgroup \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\csname o:#1:\endcsname\egroup}% \csname o:#1:\endcsname}% \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\csname o:end#1:\endcsname$$\egroup \csname b:#1\endcsname}\expandafter \expandafter\csname o:#1:\endcsname \fi} >>> \<plain,latex utilities\><<< \def\SaveMkHalignConf:g#1{\SaveMkHalignConfig \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{MkHalign} {} {} {\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1\endcsname} {\expandafter\noexpand\csname d:#1\endcsname } {\expandafter\noexpand\csname e:#1\endcsname \noexpand\RecallMkHalignConfig} {\expandafter\noexpand\csname f:#1\endcsname }}\:temp} >>> % \global\let\TailTD|=\:UnDef \<amstex.tex matrix\><<< \let\:tempc|=\pmatrix \pend:def\:tempc{\a:pmatrix} \HLet\pmatrix|=\:tempc \let\:tempc|=\endpmatrix \append:def\:tempc{\b:pmatrix} \HLet\endpmatrix|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{pmatrix}{2} >>> \Section{Align} \SubSection{Cases} % \def\cases{\bgroup\spreadmlines@\jot\left\{\,\matrix\format\l&\quad\l\\} % \def\endcases{\endmatrix\right.\egroup} \<amstex.tex cases\><<< \pend:def\cases{\a:cases\MkHformat} \append:def\endcases{\b:cases} \NewConfigure{cases}{2} >>> \Section{Others} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \let\:tempc|=\bmatrix \pend:def\:tempc{\a:bmatrix} \HLet\bmatrix|=\:tempc \let\:tempc|=\endbmatrix \append:def\:tempc{\b:bmatrix} \HLet\endbmatrix|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{bmatrix}{2} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \pend:def\vmatrix{\a:vmatrix} \append:def\endvmatrix{\b:vmatrix} \NewConfigure{vmatrix}{2} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \pend:def\Vmatrix{\a:Vmatrix} \append:def\endVmatrix{\b:Vmatrix} \NewConfigure{Vmatrix}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{amstex} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \let\:tempc|=\frac \pend:defII\:temp{\a:frac} \append:defII\:temp{\b:frac} \HLet\frac|=\:temp \NewConfigure{frac}{2} \let\:tempc|=\dfrac \pend:defII\:temp{\a:dfrac} \append:defII\:temp{\b:dfrac} \HLet\dfrac|=\:temp \NewConfigure{dfrac}{2} \let\:tempc|=\tfrac \pend:defII\:temp{\a:tfrac} \append:defII\:temp{\b:tfrac} \HLet\tfrac|=\:temp \NewConfigure{tfrac}{2} \let\:tempc|=\binom \pend:defII\:temp{\a:binom} \append:defII\:temp{\b:binom} \HLet\binom|=\:temp \NewConfigure{binom}{2} \let\:tempc|=\dbinom \pend:defII\:temp{\a:dbinom} \append:defII\:temp{\b:dbinom} \HLet\dbinom|=\:temp \NewConfigure{dbinom}{2} \let\:tempc|=\tbinom \pend:defII\:temp{\a:tbinom} \append:defII\:temp{\b:tbinom} \HLet\tbinom|=\:temp \NewConfigure{tbinom}{2} \let\:temp|=\boxed \pend:defI\:temp{\a:boxed} \append:defI\:temp{\b:boxed} \HLet\boxed|=\:temp \NewConfigure{boxed}{2} >>> \Section{Incomplete} \<body of amstex.tex\><<< \def\:temp{{\textfontii AMS}-\TeX} \HLet\AmSTeX|=\:temp >>> \<body of amstex.tex\><<< \def\linebreak{\RIfM@\mathmodeerr@\linebreak\else \ifhmode\unskip\unkern\break \a:linebreak\else \vmodeerr@\linebreak\fi\fi} \NewConfigure{linebreak}{1} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:gathered{\vcenter\bgroup \SaveMkHalignConf:g{gathered}% \Let@ \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:gathered} \HLet\endgathered|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{gathered}} \HLet\gathered|=\:temp \NewConfigure{gathered}{6} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \let\:insplit|=\insplit@ \def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit} >>> \Section{Aligned} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup \SaveMkHalignConf:g{aligned@}% \Let@ \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$&% $\m@th\displaystyle{{}#}$}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\al:gned#1{% \Configure{aligned@}{\csname a:#1\endcsname}% {\csname b:#1\endcsname}{\csname c:#1\endcsname}% {\csname d:#1\endcsname}{\csname e:#1\endcsname}% {\csname f:#1\endcsname}\pic:MkHalign{#1}} \NewConfigure{aligned@}{6} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:aligned@} \HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc \def\:temp{\al:gned{aligned}} \HLet\aligned|=\:temp \def\reg:aligned{\vcenter\reg:aligned@} \NewConfigure{aligned}{6} \HLet\endtopaligned|=\endaligned \def\:tempc{\al:gned{topaligned}} \HLet\topaligned|=\:tempc \def\reg:topaligned{\null\vtop\reg:aligned@} \NewConfigure{topaligned}{6} \HLet\endbotaligned|=\endaligned \def\:tempc{\al:gned{botaligned}} \HLet\botaligned|=\:tempc \def\reg:botaligned{\null\vtop\reg:aligned@} \NewConfigure{botaligned}{6} >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:alignedat} \HLet\endalignedat|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\al:gned{alignedat}} \HLet\alignedat|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{alignedat}{6} \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:alignedat!1{\null\vcenter\bgroup \SaveMkHalignConf:g{alignedat}% \hashtoks@{#}{\let\@lign|=\empty \doat@{!1}}\Let@ \pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}% |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 >>> \Section{Aligned At} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc!1!2\endalignat{% \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{alignat}{!2}#% {|<amstex.tex alignat get pattern|>% |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>% }} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \expandafter\HLet\csname alignat \endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{alignat}{6} >>> \<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern\><<< \def\:temp!!1!!2{\expand:after{!!1!!2}\expandafter}% \:temp |%\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}...\EndMkHalign |% >>> \<amstex.tex alignat get pattern\><<< \hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|>\xat@false |<tag for alignat amstex.tex|>% \measuring@false \Let@ {\let\@lign=\empty \attag@{!1}}% \let\allowdisplaybreak =\empty \pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}% >>> \<tag for alignat amstex.tex\><<< \def\tag{\global\tag@true\count@!1\relax\multiply\count@\tw@ \xdef\tag@{}\loop\ifnum\count@>\and@\xdef\tag@{&\tag@}% \advance\count@\m@ne \repeat\tag@}% >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc!1!2\endxalignat{% \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{xalignat}{!2}#% {|<amstex.tex alignat get pattern|>% |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>% }} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \expandafter\HLet\csname xalignat \endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{xalignat}{6} >>> \<amstex.tex xalignat get pattern\><<< \hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|>\xat@true |<tag for xalignat amstex.tex|>% \measuring@false \Let@ {\let\@lign=\empty \attag@{!1}}% \let\allowdisplaybreak =\empty \pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}% >>> \<tag for xalignat amstex.tex\><<< \def\tag{\global\tag@true\def\tag@{}\count@!1\relax \multiply\count@\tw@ \loop\ifnum\count@>\and@ \xdef\tag@{&\tag@}\advance\count@\m@ne\repeat\tag@}% >>> \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc!1!2\endxxalignat{% \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{xxalignat}{!2}#% {|<amstex.tex xxalignat get pattern|>% |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>% }} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \expandafter\HLet\csname xxalignat \endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{xxalignat}{6} >>> \<amstex.tex xxalignat get pattern\><<< \hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|> \measuring@false \Let@ {\let\@lign=\empty \xxattag@{!1}}% \let\allowdisplaybreak =\empty \pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}% >>> \`'\ifinany@' and \`'\displaybreak@' are not defined in ams* starting since 1999. \<inany@true\><<< \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef\else \inany@true\fi >>> \<displaybreak@\><<< \ifx \displaybreak@\:UnDef \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@ \else \displaybreak@ \fi >>> \<restore ams equationNO\><<< \ifx \ifinany@\:Undef \HRestore\equation \HRestore\endequation \fi >>> \<restore amsmath everydisplay\><<< \append:def\a:display{\@displaytrue} \expandafter\append:defIII\csname c:$$:\endcsname{\append:def\a:display{\@displaytrue}} >>> \Section{Multiline} \<equations of amstex.tex\><<< \let\:tempc|=\endmultline \append:def\:tempc{\b:multline} \HLet\endmultline|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\al:gned{multline}} \HLet\multline|=\:tempc \let\reg:multline|=\o:multline: \NewConfigure{multline}{4} \let\e:multline|=\empty \let\f:multline|=\empty \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\:tempc{\let\sv:halign|=\halign \def\halign!!1\crcr{% \let\halign|=\sv:halign \SaveMkHalignConf:g{multline}% \MkHalign#{|<multline amstex.tex pattern|>}}% \o:rmultline@@@:} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \HLet\rmultline@@@|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\rmultline@@@} \HLet\lmultline@@@|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig } \HLet\lendmultline@|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\lendmultline@} \HLet\rendmultline@|=\:tempc >>> \<multline amstex.tex pattern\><<< \Let@\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle\hfil{}#$}% >>> %----------------------------- amsppt.sty ----------------------- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{amsppt.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<if not amsppt.sty\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname amsppt.sty\endcsname\relax >>> \<recall amsppt.sty\><<< |<if not amsppt.sty|> \else \ifx \plainend\:UnDef \else \let\sv:end|=\end \let\end|=\plainend \fi \let\sv:logo|=\logo@ \let\logo@|=\empty \fi >>> \<amsppt.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsppt.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \HRestore\footnote \append:def\EndPreamble{\let\logo@|=\sv:logo \let\sv:logo=\empty} |<set amsppt.sty|> |<top matter of amsppt.sty|> |<everypar in amsppt.sty|> |<hfonts for amsppt.sty|> |<sectioning in amsppt.sty|> |<footnotes in amsppt.sty|> |<bib in amsppt.sty|> |<roster in amsppt.sty|> |<captions in amsppt.sty|> |<enddocument in amsppt.sty|> |<config amsppt + vanilla shared|> \Hinput{amsppt} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsppt} In older files the ams-logo is printer at the first page, possibly before \''\endmatters'. This can be a problem if the \''\EndPreamble' stuff is pushed to the second page. \<set amsppt.sty\><<< \append:def\block{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \:block \pend:def\endblock{\end:block} \fi} \NewConfigure{block}{2} >>> \Section{Captions} \<captions in amsppt.sty\><<< \append:def\@ins{\def\vspace##1{\vskip##1\relax}% \def\captionwidth##1{\captionwidth@##1\relax}} \let\:topcaption|=\topcaption \let\:botcaption|=\botcaption \def\:caption#1#2\endcaption{\a:caption {\captionfont@#1}\if\notempty{#2}.\fi\b:caption \if\notempty{#2}{\rm#2}\fi \c:caption} \def\botcaption{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:caption \else \expandafter\:botcaption \fi} \def\topcaption{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:caption \else \expandafter\:topcaption \fi} \NewConfigure{caption}{3} >>> \Section{Lists (Rosters} without the par below we get an extra \''<P>' when \''\nextii@' applies in \''\roster' \<roster in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:roster|=\roster \def\roster{\IgnorePar \let\roster:par|=\par \def\par{\let\par|=\roster:par \par \def\:tempa{\ifx \:temp\par@ \IgnorePar\leavevmode\IgnorePar\fi}% \futurelet\:temp\:tempa}% \:roster \let\ams:tem|=\item \def\item{\IgnorePar\EnditemitemList \ams:tem}% \a:roster} \pend:def\endroster{\EnditemitemList\b:roster} >>> \<roster in amsppt.sty\><<< \pend:def\itembox@{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:itembox@ \therosteritem@ \b:itembox@ \expandafter\:gobbleII\fi} >>> \<roster in amsppt.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{roster}[4]{\def\:temp{#1#2#3#4}\ifx \:temp\empty \else \def\a:roster{\ii:conf#1}\def\b:roster{#2}% \def\a:itembox@{#3}\def\b:itembox@{#4}\fi \long\def\:temp##1##2##3##4{\def\:temp{##1##2##3##4}\ifx \:temp\empty \else \def\ii:conf{\Configure{itemitem}{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}}\fi}\:temp} >>> Configure \''\item' and/or \''\itemitem', provided that at least one of the pars is not empty \<roster in amsppt.sty\><<< |<itemitem from tex|> >>> The following is from TeX4ht2. \<itemitem from tex\><<< \ifx \EnditemitemList\:UnDef |<plain+ itemitem list|> \fi >>> \Section{Bibliography} \SubSection{Introduce Hooks} \<bib in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:refstyle|=\refstyle \let\endref:|=\endref@ \def\endref@{% \pend:defI\keyformat{\a:keyformat}% \append:defI\keyformat{\b:keyformat}% \def\refstyle##1{\let\:tempa|=\keyformat \:refstyle{##1}% \ifx \:tempa\keyformat \else \pend:defI\keyformat{\a:keyformat}% \append:defI\keyformat{\b:keyformat}\fi } \def\:temp##1{% \expandafter\ifvoid\csname ##1box@\endcsname\else \expandafter\setbox\csname ##1box@\endcsname=\hbox {\csname a:##1\endcsname \expandafter\unhbox\csname ##1box@\endcsname\csname b:##1\endcsname}\fi} \ifx \MRbox@\:UnDef\else \:temp{MR}\fi \:temp{book} \:temp{bookinfo} \:temp{by} \:temp{ed} \:temp{finalinfo} \:temp{issue} \:temp{jour} \:temp{key} \:temp{lang} \:temp{miscnote} \:temp{moreref} \:temp{pages} \:temp{paper} \:temp{paperinfo} \:temp{procinfo} \:temp{publaddr} \:temp{publ} \:temp{vol} \:temp{yr} \endref: } >>> \<bib in amsppt.sty\><<< \pend:def\ref{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\a:ref} \append:def\endref{\b:ref} \pend:defIII\makerefbox{\IgnorePar} >>> \<bib in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:Refs|=\Refs \def\Refs{\bgroup \let\sv:nofrillscheck\nofrillscheck \def\nofrillscheck{% \expand:after{\let\::Refs=}\csname Refs\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname Refs\endcsname####1{% |<header of Refs|>% \let\sv:ref|=\ref \def\ref{\let\ref|=\sv:ref \a:Refs\ref}% \pend:def\endRefs{\b:Refs}\append:def\endRefs{\egroup}}% \sv:nofrillscheck}% \csname :Refs\endcsname} >>> \<header of Refs\><<< \def\:temp{####1}\ifx\:temp\empty \::Refs{}\else \::Refs{\csname ams:refs\endcsname{####1}}\fi >>> \SubSection{Define Configures for Hooks} \<bib in amsppt.sty\><<< \def\:temp#1{\edef\:tempa{\long \def\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1:\endcsname ####1####2{\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname a:#1\endcsname{####1} \def\expandafter\noexpand\csname b:#1\endcsname{####2}}}\:tempa} \ifx \MRbox@\:UnDef\else \:temp{MR}\fi \:temp{book} \:temp{bookinfo} \:temp{by} \:temp{ed} \:temp{finalinfo} \:temp{issue} \:temp{jour} \:temp{key} \:temp{lang} \:temp{miscnote} \:temp{moreref} \:temp{pages} \:temp{paper} \:temp{paperinfo} \:temp{procinfo} \:temp{publaddr} \:temp{publ} \:temp{vol} \:temp{yr} \:temp{ref} \:temp{keyformat} \:temp{Refs} >>> \SubSection{Initialize the Hooks} So far the hooks have been initialized to do nothing. \SubSection{Fix} \<bib in amsppt.sty\><<< \def\makerefbox#1#2#3{\endgraf \setbox\z@\lastbox \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\holdoverbox \ifvoid\z@\else\unhbox\z@\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\fi}% \egroup \setbox\curbox\box \@ne \ifvoid#2\else\Err@{Redundant \string#1; duplicate use, or mutually exclusive information already given}\fi \def\curbox{#2}\setbox\curbox\vbox\bgroup \hsize\maxdimen \noindent #3} >>> The original file has the code \`'\setbox\curbox\box \ifdim\wd\@ne>\z@ \@ne \else\voidb@x\fi'. That code is problematic because we can reach widths larger than can be measured by the \`'\wd' command. \Section{Sectioning} \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \def\title{\let\savedef@\title \def\title##1\endtitle{\let\title\savedef@ \global\setbox\titlebox@\vtop{\tenpoint\a:title \raggedcenter@ \frills@\uppercasetext@{##1}\endgraf\b:title}% }% \nofrillscheck\title} >>> \<config amsppt + vanilla shared\><<< \NewConfigure{title}{2} >>> The space above the title is needed to separate it from the `typset by AMS-TeX' that is automatically printed. \<sectioning in amsppt.styNO\><<< \pend:def\endproclaim{\IgnorePar} \append:def\endproclaim{\ShowPar} >>> \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \def\proclaim#1{\csname o:proclaim:\endcsname {\a:proclaim#1\b:proclaim}} \def\endproclaim{\revert@envir\endproclaim\c:proclaim \par\rm} >>> % \def\chapterno@{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\chaptercount@}} % % \def\chapter{\let\savedef@\chapter % \def\chapter##1{\let\chapter\savedef@ % \leavevmode\hskip-\leftskip % \rlap{\vbox to\z@{\vss\centerline{\eightpoint % \frills@{CHAPTER\space\afterassignment\chapterno@ % \global\chaptercount@|=}% % ##1\unskip}\baselineskip2pc\null}}\hskip\leftskip}% % \nofrillscheck\chapter} \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:specialhead|=\specialhead \def\specialhead#1\endspecialhead{\let\specialheadfont:|=\specialheadfont@ \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:specialhead}\fi \let\specialheadfont@|=\empty \csname :specialhead\endcsname \ams:specialhead{#1}\let\frills@\eat@ \endspecialhead \let\specialheadfont@|=\specialheadfont: } \let\ams:specialhead|=\specialhead \NewSection\specialhead{} \let\:temp=\specialhead \let\specialhead|=\ams:specialhead \let\ams:specialhead|=\:temp >>> \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:head|=\head \def\head#1\endhead{\let\headfont:|=\headfont@ \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:head}\fi \let\headfont@|=\empty \csname :head\endcsname \ams:head{#1}\let\frills@\eat@ \endhead \let\headfont@|=\headfont: } \let\ams:head|=\head \NewSection\head{} \let\:temp|=\head \let\head|=\ams:head \let\ams:head|=\:temp >>> \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:subhead|=\subhead \def\subhead#1\endsubhead{\let\subheadfont:|=\subheadfont@ \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:subhead}\fi \let\subheadfont@|=\empty \csname :subhead\endcsname \ams:subhead{#1}\let\frills@|=\eat@ \endsubhead \let\subheadfont@|=\subheadfont: } \let\ams:subhead|=\subhead \NewSection\subhead{} \let\:temp|=\subhead \let\subhead|=\ams:subhead \let\ams:subhead|=\:temp >>> \<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:subsubhead|=\subsubhead \def\subsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{\let\subsubheadfont:|=\subsubheadfont@ \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:subsubhead}\fi \let\subsubheadfont@|=\empty \csname :subsubhead\endcsname \ams:subsubhead{#1}\let\frills@|=\eat@ \endsubsubhead \let\subsubheadfont@|=\subsubheadfont: } \let\ams:subsubhead|=\subsubhead \NewSection\subsubhead{} \let\:temp|=\subsubhead \let\subsubhead|=\ams:subsubhead \let\ams:subsubhead|=\:temp >>> \Section{Everypar} % group on #2 for fonts % \def\HtmlPar{\if:removeindent \ShowPar \hskip-\parindent % \else \HCode{\html:par\html:src}% % \fi } \<everypar in amsppt.sty\><<< \def\par@{\ht:everypartoks@\expandafter{\the\ht:everypar}% \HtmlPar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}} \def\nobreak{\penalty\@M \ifvmode\gdef\penalty@{\global\let\penalty@\penalty\count@@@}% \ht:everypar{\global\let\penalty@\penalty \HtmlPar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Footnotes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<set amsppt.styNO\><<< \let\makefootnote@|=\vfootnote >>> \<footnotes in amsppt.styNO\><<< \let\footmarkform@|=\:gobble \let\thefootnotemark|=\footmarkform@ \def\makefootnote@#1#2{\def\footmarkform@##1{$\m@th{##1}$}% \def\FNmark{#1}\gHAdvance\FNnum |by 1 \a:footnote \b:footnote{#2}\c:footnote \let\footmarkform@\:gobble} \NewConfigure{footnote}{3} \HAssign\FNnum|=0 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Top Matter} \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:endtopmatter|=\endtopmatter \def\endtopmatter{% |<move footnotes down|>% \let\inslogo@|=\logo@ \ifx\thedate@\empty@\else |<neutralize line|>% \let\thedate:|=\thedate@ \def\thedate@{\a:date\thedate:\b:date}\fi \ifvoid\tocbox@\else \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef \setbox\tocbox@=\vtop{\IgnorePar |<amstex.tex toc|>}% \fi \fi \csname :endtopmatter\endcsname \b:topmatter } \pend:def\topmatter{\a:topmatter} \NewConfigure{topmatter}{2} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{newtocdefs}[1]{\c:def\a:newtocdefs{#1}} \let\o:newtocdefs:=\newtocdefs \def\newtocdefs{\o:newtocdefs: |<amstex.tex toc entries|>% \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef \else \a:TableOfContents \pend:def\endtoc{\c:TableOfContents}% \fi} \pend:def\toc{\SaveEndP |<extract amstex.tex toc title|>} \append:def\endtoc{\RecallEndP} \def\c:toc:{\Configure{TableOfContents}} >>> \<insert amstex.tex toc title\><<< \ifmonograph@\else \centerline{\headfont@\ignorespaces\toc:title\unskip}\nobreak \fi >>> \<extract amstex.tex toc title\><<< \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef \let\:tempc|=\FN@ \def\FN@{% \let\FN@|=\:tempc \let\:tempc|=\nextii@ \def\nextii@########1{\let\nextii@|=\:tempc \gdef\toc:title{########1}\nextii@{########1}}% \FN@}% \fi >>> If \''\a:newtocdefs' empty we go for the inlinecontent under interpretation of entries of \''\TableOfContents', if it is undefined we call directly to \''\TableOfContents' with the entries that appear in the body (instead of the content part, and we go for the body itself if \''\a:newtocdefs' is defined to a nonempty content. \<amstex.tex toc entries\><<< \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef \let\toc:list|=\empty \expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname ##1\endtitle{% \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi title}}% \expandafter\def\csname specialhead\endcsname##1\endspecialhead{% \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi specialhead}}% \expandafter\def\csname head\endcsname##1 ##2\endhead{% \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi head}}% \expandafter\def\csname subhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubhead{% \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi subhead}}% \expandafter\def\csname subsubhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubsubhead{% \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi subsubhead}}% \else \ifx \a:newtocdefs\empty \HAssign\TocCount|=0 \expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname##1\endtitle{% \toctitle{}{##1}{}}% \expandafter\def\csname specialhead\endcsname##1\endspecialhead{% \tocspecialhead{}{##1}{}}% \expandafter\def\csname head\endcsname##1 ##2\endhead{% \tochead{##1}{##2}{}}% \expandafter\def\csname subhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubhead{% \tocsubhead{##1}{##2}{}}% \expandafter\def\csname subsubhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubsubhead{% \tocsubsubhead{##1}{##2}{}}% \else \a:newtocdefs \fi \fi >>> \<amstex.tex toc\><<< |<insert amstex.tex toc title|>% \ifx \toc:list\:UnDef \def\toc:list{\TableOfContents[title,specialhead,head,% subhead,subsubhead]}% \else \pend:def\toc:list{\TableOfContents[}% \append:def\toc:list{]}% \fi \toc:list >>> \<move footnotes down\><<< \ifmonograph@\else \ifx \preabstract\relax \let\preabstract|=\empty\fi \ifx\thesubjclass@\empty@\else \let\:thesubjclass|=\thesubjclass@ \let\thesubjclass@|=\empty \pend:def\preabstract{\a:subjclass\:thesubjclass\b:subjclass}% \fi \ifx\thekeywords@\empty@\else \let\:thekeywords|=\thekeywords@ \let\thekeywords@|=\empty \pend:def\preabstract{\a:keywords\:thekeywords\b:keywords}% \fi \ifx\thethanks@\empty@\else \let\:thethanks|=\thethanks@ \let\thethanks@|=\empty \pend:def\preabstract{\a:thanks\:thethanks\b:thanks}% \fi \fi >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{subjclass}{2} \NewConfigure{thanks}{2} \NewConfigure{keywords}{2} >>> \<neutralize line\><<< \let\:predate|=\predate \def\predate{\:predate \let\sv:line|=\line \def\line{\let\line|=\sv:line\hbox}}% >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:author|=\author \def\author#1\endauthor{\:author{\a:author#1\b:author}\endauthor} >>> \<config amsppt + vanilla shared\><<< \NewConfigure{author}{2} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \let\:affil|=\affil \def\affil#1\endaffil{\:affil{\a:affil#1\b:affil}\endaffil} \NewConfigure{affil}{2} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \def\abstract{\let\savedef@\abstract \def\abstract{\let\abstract\savedef@ \setbox\abstractbox@\vbox\bgroup\IgnorePar \noindent \expandafter\everydisplay\expandafter{\expandafter \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}$$\vbox\bgroup \def\envir@end{\endabstract}\advance\hsize-2\indenti \def\usualspace{\enspace}\eightpoint \IgnorePar \noindent \frills@{{\smc \a:abstract Abstract.\b:abstract\enspace}}}% \nofrillscheck\abstract} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \append:def\abstract{\c:abstract} \pend:def\endabstract{\d:abstract} \NewConfigure{abstract}{4} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{date}{2} >>> \<top matter of amsppt.styNO\><<< \NewConfigure{toc}[5]{\c:def\a:TableOfContents{#1}% \c:def\b:TableOfContents{#2}\c:def\c:TableOfContents{#3}% \c:def\d:TableOfContents{#4}\c:def\e:TableOfContents{#5}% } \Configure{toc} {}{}{} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{EndDocument} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<enddocument in amsppt.sty\><<< \ifx \enddocument@text\:UnDef \else \pend:def\enddocument@text{\bgroup} \append:def\enddocument@text{\egroup} \fi >>> The above is to prevent spilling of fonts when hfonts are defined. Why the if below???? \<set amsppt.styNO\><<< \ifx \plainend\:UnDef \else \let\plainend|=\end \let\end|=\sv:end \fi >>> \<set amsppt.sty\><<< \def\plainend{\end} \let\end|=\sv:end >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Part{Packages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Bibliography} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{BibTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://pertsserver.cs.uiuc.edu/\string ~hull/bib2html/]{}{}bib2html\EndLink \<bibtex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % bibtex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % Usage: \input bibtex.4ht \bibtex{file.bib} % % Provides: \bibkey, \thisbib, \Configure{@...}, \Configure{...} % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% |<save cat codes|> |<bibtex body|> |<parse fields|> \:RestoreCatcodes \endinput >>> \<save cat codes\><<< \expandafter\ifx\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname\relax \expandafter\let\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname=\empty \fi \edef\bibstack{\noexpand\PushStack\expandafter\noexpand \csname Cat:Stack\endcsname \expandafter\noexpand \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname} \bibstack \expandafter\edef\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname{% \catcode`\noexpand :|=\the\catcode`:% \catcode`\noexpand "|=\the\catcode`"% \catcode`\noexpand @|=\the\catcode`@% \catcode`\noexpand _|=\the\catcode`_% \catcode`\noexpand ^|=\the\catcode`^% \catcode`\noexpand |||=\the\catcode`||% \csname no:restore\endcsname \noexpand\PopStack\expandafter\noexpand\csname Cat:Stack\endcsname \expandafter\noexpand \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname} \catcode`\:|=11 \catcode`\@|=11 \catcode`\^|=7 \catcode`\||=12 \catcode`"|=12 >>> \<bibtex body\><<< \catcode`\_=13 \gdef\bib:parse#1,{{\def_{\string_}% \xdef\bibkey{#1}\open:tag{\bib:type}{entry}\hfil\break}\cont:parse} \catcode`\_=8 \gdef\bib:eat{\bgroup \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\^^M=10 \catcode`\#=12 \a:@bibtex \csname a:@\bib:type\endcsname \ifx \thisbib\:UnDef \expandafter\bib:conteat \else \pend:defI\thisbib{\egroup}\expandafter\thisbib \fi} \NewConfigure{@bibtex}{1} \def\get:key#1 #2///{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \def\bib:tag{#1}\else \def\:temp{\get:key#1#2///}\expandafter\:temp \fi} \long\def\bib:conteat#1{\egroup {\bib:parse #1@="@"}\csname b:\bib:type\endcsname \vfil\break} \def\open:tag#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax \:warning{no configuration for #2 <#1>...</#1>}% \global\expandafter\let \csname a:#1\endcsname\empty \fi \csname a:#1\endcsname} \def\bib:scan{\ifx \:next\bgroup \expandafter\bib:eat \else \expandafter\bib:more \fi} \def\bib:more#1{\edef\bib:type{\bib:type#1}\futurelet\:next\bib:scan} \def\b:btitem#1{\egroup\def\bib:type{#1}\futurelet\:next\bib:scan} \catcode`\@=13\relax \gdef\bibtex#1{\begingroup \def@{\bgroup \catcode`\@=12\b:btitem}% \catcode`\@=13\relax \input #1\endgroup} \catcode`\@=11\relax >>> \<parse fields\><<< \def\cont:parse{\futurelet\:next\cont:parseY} \def\cont:parseY{% \expandafter\ifx \space\:next \expandafter \def\expandafter\:temp\space{\cont:parse}% \else \let\:temp\cont:parseX \fi \:temp} \long\def\cont:parseX#1={%% \expandafter\get:key#1 ///\futurelet\:next\parse:value} \def\parse:value{% \expandafter\ifx \space\:next \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\space{\futurelet \:next\parse:value}% \else \if "\:next \let\:temp=\parse:valueX \else \ifx \bgroup\:next \let\:temp=\parse:valueG \else \let\:temp=\parse:valueC \fi \fi \fi \:temp} \def\parse:valueC#1,{\parse:valueY{#1},} \def\parse:valueX"#1"{\parse:valueY{#1}} \def\parse:valueG#1{\parse:valueY{#1}} \def\parse:valueY#1{% \def\:temp{@}\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \else \def\:tempb{#1}\ifx \:tempb\empty\else \open:tag\bib:tag{key}% \:tempb\csname b:\bib:tag\endcsname\hfil\break \fi \expandafter\tail:parse \fi} \def\tail:parse{\futurelet\:next\tail:parseY} \def\tail:parseY{\ifx \:com\:next \def\:temp##1{\cont:parse}% \else \expandafter\ifx \space\:next \expandafter \def\expandafter\:temp\space{\tail:parse}% \else \ifx\:next\egroup \let\:temp|=\empty \else\def\:temp##1{\tail:parse}\fi \fi\fi \:temp} \let\:com=, >>> \ifHtml[\HPage{example}\Verbatim \input bibtex.4ht /usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/bibtex/bib/xampl.bib \NewConfigure{@preamble}{1} \Configure{@preamble} {\let\thisbib=\ignore} \NewConfigure{@STRING}{1} \Configure{@STRING} {\let\thisbib=\ignore} \long\def\ignore#1{} \newcommand{\noopsort}[1]{} \newcommand{\printfirst}[2]{#1} \newcommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1} \newcommand{\switchargs}[2]{#2#1} \def\temp#1{% \NewConfigure{#1}{2} \Configure{#1}% {\IgnorePar\HCode{<p class="bib-#1"> <span class="bib-key">\bibkey</span>}}% {\HCode{</p>}}} \temp{ARTICLE} \temp{BOOKLET} \temp{BOOK} \temp{INBOOK} \temp{INCOLLECTION} \temp{INPROCEEDINGS} \temp{MANUAL} \temp{MASTERSTHESIS} \temp{MISC} \temp{PHDTHESIS} \temp{PROCEEDINGS} \temp{TECHREPORT} \temp{UNPUBLISHED} \def\temp#1{% \NewConfigure{#1}{2} \Configure{#1}% {\HCode{<br /><span class="bib-#1">}}% {\HCode{</span>}}} \temp{address} \temp{author} \temp{booktitle} \temp{chapter} \temp{crossref} \temp{edition} \temp{editor} \temp{howpublished} \temp{institution} \temp{journal} \temp{key} \temp{month} \temp{note} \temp{number} \temp{organization} \temp{pages} \temp{publisher} \temp{school} \temp{series} \temp{title} \temp{type} \temp{volume} \temp{year} \bibtex{/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/bibtex/bib/xampl.bib} \end{document} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{bibtopic.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/bibtopic/]{}{}ctan bibtopic\EndLink \<bibtopic.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % bibtopic.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<bibtopic cite|> \Hinput{bibtopic} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{bibtopic} \<bibtopic cite\><<< \catcode`\:=12 \def\bt@citex[#1]#2{% Add \@extra@b@citeb to \cite \let\@citea\@empty |<a cite|>\@cite{% \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{% \@citea\let\@citea\citepunct |<sub sup cite|>% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{% \string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb \@extra@b@citeb}{% \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}% \@warning{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage\space undefined}\G@refundefinedtrue }{\bt@citesurround{|<link cite|>\citeform{\csname b@\@citeb \@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}|<end link cite|>}% }% }% }{#1}|<b cite|>} \catcode`\:=11 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Overcite} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<overcite.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % overcite.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<over cite|> \Hinput{overcite} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{overcite} \<over cite\><<< \expandafter\pend:defI\csname citen \endcsname{% \csname a:cite\endcsname \begingroup \SUBOff \SUPOff \csname pend:defI\endcsname\citeform{\cIteLink {X##1}{}}% \csname append:defI\endcsname\citeform{\EndcIteLink}% } \expandafter\append:defI\csname citen \endcsname{\endgroup \csname b:cite\endcsname} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{harvard.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<harvard.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % harvard.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config harvard|> \Hinput{harvard} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{harvard} \<config harvard\><<< \long\def\harvardcite#1#2#3#4{% \global\@namedef{HAR@fn@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#2\EndcIteLink}% \global\@namedef{HAR@an@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#3\EndcIteLink} \global\@namedef{HAR@yr@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#4\EndcIteLink} \global\@namedef{HAR@df@#1}{\csname HAR@fn@#1\endcsname} } \expandafter\let\expandafter\:harvarditem \csname \string\harvarditem\endcsname \expandafter\long\expandafter \def\csname \string\harvarditem\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4{% \let\hv:item=\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item=\hv:item \item[##1]\Link{}{X#4}\EndLink}% \:harvarditem[#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}} >>> \<config harvard\><<< \def\harvardurl#1{\Link[#1]{}{}\textit{#1}\EndLink} \renewcommand{\harvardyearparenthesis}[1]{ \renewcommand{\harvardyearleft}{\csname HAR@bl@#1\endcsname \a:harvardyear} \renewcommand{\harvardyearright}{\b:harvardyear \csname HAR@br@#1\endcsname} } \append:def\harvardyearleft{\a:harvardyear} \pend:def\harvardyearright{\b:harvardyear} \NewConfigure{harvardyear}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{jurabib.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/\string ~jberger]{}{}Home of jurabib\EndLink \<jurabib.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % jurabib.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<jurabib footnote|> |<jurabib links|> |<jurabib corrections|> \HRestore\@citex \HRestore\@bibitem \HRestore\@lbibitem \Hinput{jurabib} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{jurabib} \<jurabib links\><<< \def\hyper@jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}% \PushMacro\hyper@jblinkstart \def\hyper@jblinkstart{% \PushMacro\hyper@jblinkend \def\hyper@jblinkend{\PopMacro\hyper@jblinkend}% }} \def\hyper@jblinkend{\PopMacro\hyper@jblinkstart \b:jblink} >>> The following don't work (since 2005?) because of nested links. \Verbatim \def\hyper@jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}} \def\hyper@jblinkend{\b:jblink} \EndVerbatim But no more because of nested links. \Verbatim Definition of \@citex --------------------- \hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb} \jb@firstcitefull \hyper@jblinkend Definiton of \jb@firstcitefull ------------------------------ \hyper@jbanchorstart{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}\hyper@jbanchorend \jbincollcrossref Definition of \jbincollcrossref ------------------------------- \hyper@jblinkstart{#1}% \hyper@jblinkend \EndVerbatim Also, juralib uses links with prefixes `look@'---they are problematic because the `@' is not allowed in XML ids. \<jurabib links\><<< \def\hyper@jbanchorstart#1{\a:jbanchor{}{#1}} \def\hyper@jbanchorend{\b:jbanchor} \NewConfigure{jblink}{2} \NewConfigure{jbanchor}{2} >>> \<jurabib footnote\><<< \ifx \@footnotetext\:UnDef\else \let\ju:footnotetext|=\@footnotetext \AtBeginDocument{% \ifjb@hyper \let\ju:footnotetext|=\:UnDef \else \long\def\@footnotetext#1{{\jb@fntrue \setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}% \ju:footnotetext{#1}}}% \fi } \fi >>> \<jurabib corrections\><<< \def\:temp{$\mathord\langle$} \expandafter\HLet\csname jblangle \endcsname\:temp \def\:temp{$\mathord\rangle$} \expandafter\HLet\csname jbrangle \endcsname\:temp >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{scrjura} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<scrjura.4ht\><<< % scrjura.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2018 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<scrjura configure|> \Hinput{scrjura} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scrjura} Why is needed the \Verbatim\:qtchr\EndVerbatim instead of quotes? I don't know :( But quotes don't work \<scrjura configure\><<< \def\:qtchr{\expandafter\@gobble\string\"} \pend:def\contract@paragraph@font{\a:contract@paragraph@font} \append:def\contract@paragraph@font{\b:contract@paragraph@font\gdef\end:prevpara{}} \NewConfigure{contract@paragraph@font}{2} % \end:prevpara is needed to correctly handle paragraphs \def\end:prevpara{} \pend:def\parformat{\end:prevpara\a:parformat} \append:def\parformat{\b:parformat\global\let\end:prevpara\c:parformat} \NewConfigure{parformat}{3} % this is a modified version of original macro from scrjura.sty \renewcommand*{\ref@Par}[2]{% \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#2\endcsname\relax \ref#1{#2}% \else \begingroup % this definitions are needed to get correct content from the \csname r@#2\endcsname \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##2} \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempb \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\csname r@#2\endcsname}% \def\@tempc##1##2\@nil{##1}% \let\scrjura@separator\@gobble \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempc \csname r@#2\endcsname\noexpand\@nil}% \def\@tempc##1##2##3\@nil{##2}% \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempc \@tempa{% \protect\G@refundefinedtrue \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}% \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage \space with undefined par number}% }\noexpand\@nil}% \let\@@protect\protect \let\protect\noexpand \expandafter\edef\csname r@#2\endcsname{{\@tempa}\@tempb}% \let\protect\@@protect \ref#1{#2}% \endgroup \fi } \Css{.sentence{margin-left:2em; padding-top: .5em;}} \Css{.paragraph{margin: 1em;}} \Css{.para{margin: .5em;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{natbib.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<natbib.4ht\><<< % natbib.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \HRestore\@lbibitem \HRestore\@bibitem \ifNAT@super |<natbib htcitet|> |<natbib numbers|> \else \def\hyper@natlinkstart#1{% \let\rel:hyper|=\def \hyper@linkstart{cite}{X#1}% \def\hyper@nat@current{#1}% } \def\hyper@natlinkbreak#1#2{% \hyper@linkend#1\let\rel:hyper|=\def \hyper@linkstart{cite}{X#2}% } \def\hyper@natlinkend{\hyper@linkend} |<hyperref for natbib|> |<natbib protect edef mbox|> \fi \Hinput{natbib} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{natbib} The following protection is needed for \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage[sort&compress]{natbib} \begin{document} Single citations are fine \cite{foo}, double citations are not \cite{bar,foo}. \begin{thebibliography}{99} \bibitem[1]{foo} foofoo \bibitem[2]{bar} barbar \end{thebibliography} \end{document} \EndVerbatim when compiled with oolatex. \<natbib protect edef mbox\><<< \pend:defIII\NAT@cite{\let\mbox\o:mbox:} \pend:defIII\NAT@citenum{\let\mbox\o:mbox:} >>> The following failed on \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage [numbers,sort&compress]% {natbib} \begin{document} \section{Introduction} \label{sec:Introduction} \cite{Arantes2003b}. Here Section \ref{sec:Algorithms} presents \end{document} \EndVerbatim \<\><<< \let\o:NAT@citexnum:\NAT@citexnum \def\NAT@citexnum[#1][#2]#3{% \let\sv:mbox\mbox \let\mbox\o:mbox: \o:NAT@citexnum:[#1][#2]{#3}% \let\mbox\sv:mbox } >>> \<hyperref for natbib\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname hyper@linkstart\endcsname\relax \def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{% \a:cite% \def\:temp{#1}% \ifx\:temp\@urltype \cIteLink[#2]{}{}% \else \ifx\rel:hyper\def\cIteLink{#2}{}\else\cIteLink[\##2]{}{}\fi \fi \global\let\rel:hyper=\:UnDef } \def\hyper@linkend{\EndcIteLink\b:cite} \fi \long\def\:temp#1{}\ifx \:temp\hyper@natanchorstart \def\hyper@natanchorstart#1{\Link{}{X#1}\EndLink} \fi >>> This modification is needed since Stefan \Verb=<s.newslists@googlemail.com>= vide bug \# 178 reported that \Verb=\citet= didn't work in combination with \Verb=super= option of \Verb=natbib= package. \<natbib htcitet\><<< \def\citet{\@ifstar{\NAT@longnamestrue\ht@citet}% {\NAT@longnamesfalse\ht@citet}} >>> \<natbib numbers\><<< \def\setb:anc#1{\let\sv:anc\AnchorLabel \def\bib:anc{\Link{}{bibitem\the \c@NAT@ctr}\EndLink \gdef\bib:anc{}}% \def\AnchorLabel{\bib:anc}} \def\nb:link#1{\Protect\Link{bibitem#1}{}#1\Protect\EndLink} \def\nb@link#1{\Protect\Link{bibitem#1}{}#1\Protect\EndLink} >>> \<natbib numbers\><<< \let\nat:lbibitem\@lbibitem \def\@lbibitem{% \ifx\hyper@natanchorstart\@gobble \def\hyper@natanchorstart##1{\Link{}{bibitem\the \c@NAT@ctr}\EndLink}\fi \nat:lbibitem } >>> \<natbib numbers\><<< \catcode`\:|=12 \def\ht@citet#1{\def\NAT@num{-1}\let\NAT@last@yr\relax\let\NAT@nm\@empty \let\@citea\@empty \@for\@citeb:=#1\do{% \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}% {{\reset@font\bfseries?}\NAT@citeundefined\PackageWarning{natbib}% {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}% }% {\@citea\let\NAT@last@num\NAT@num\let\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm \NAT@parse{\@citeb}% \ifNAT@longnames\@ifundefined{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{% \let\NAT@name=\NAT@all@names \global\@namedef{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{}}{}% \fi \ifNAT@full\let\NAT@nm\NAT@all@names\else \let\NAT@nm\NAT@name \fi \NAT@nm}\Tg<sup>\nb@link{\NAT@num}\Tg</sup> \def\@citea{\unskip\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\space}% }% } \def\NAT@citexnum[#1][#2]#3{% \NAT@sort@cites{#3}% \let\@citea\@empty \@cite{\def\NAT@num{-1}\let\NAT@last@yr\relax\let\NAT@nm\@empty \@for\@citeb:=\NAT@cite@list\do {\edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}% \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{% {\reset@font\bfseries?} \NAT@citeundefined\PackageWarning{natbib}% {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}% {\let\NAT@last@num\NAT@num\let\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm \NAT@parse{\@citeb}% \ifNAT@longnames\@ifundefined{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{% \let\NAT@name=\NAT@all@names \global\@namedef{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{}}{}% \fi \ifNAT@full\let\NAT@nm\NAT@all@names\else \let\NAT@nm\NAT@name\fi \ifNAT@swa \ifnum\NAT@ctype=2\relax\@citea \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}% \NAT@test{2}\hyper@natlinkend\else \ifnum\NAT@sort>1 \begingroup\catcode`\_|=8 \ifcat _\ifnum\z@<0\NAT@num _\else A\fi \global\let\NAT@nm=\NAT@num \else \gdef\NAT@nm{-2}\fi \ifcat _\ifnum\z@<0\NAT@last@num _\else A\fi \global\@tempcnta|=\NAT@last@num \global\advance\@tempcnta |by\@ne \else \global\@tempcnta\m@ne\fi \endgroup \ifnum\NAT@nm=\@tempcnta \ifx\NAT@last@yr\relax \edef\NAT@last@yr{\@citea \csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}}% \else \edef\NAT@last@yr{--\penalty \@m\csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}}% \fi \else \NAT@last@yr \@citea \csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}% \let\NAT@last@yr\relax \fi \else \@citea \csname o:mbox:\endcsname {\ifx\hyper@natanchorstart\@gobble \Link{bibitem\NAT@num}{}\NAT@num \EndLink \else \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}\NAT@num \hyper@natlinkend \fi }% \fi \fi \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\NAT@space}% \else \ifcase\NAT@ctype\relax \ifx\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm \NAT@yrsep\penalty\@m\NAT@space\else \@citea \NAT@test{1}\ \NAT@@open \if\relax#1\relax\else#1\ \fi\fi \NAT@mbox{% \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}% \NAT@num\hyper@natlinkend}% \def\@citea{\NAT@@close\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }% \or\@citea \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}% \NAT@test{1}\hyper@natlinkend \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }% \or\@citea \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}\NAT@test{2}% \hyper@natlinkend \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }% \fi \fi }}% \ifnum\NAT@sort>1\NAT@last@yr\fi \ifNAT@swa\else\ifnum\NAT@ctype=0\if\relax#2\relax\else \NAT@cmt\ #2\fi \NAT@@close\fi\fi}{#1}{#2}} \let\@citex|=\NAT@citexnum \catcode`\:|=11 >>> \<nb link\><<< \csname nb:link\endcsname >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Languages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{babel.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://babel.alis.com:8080/]{}{}Create your own multilingual Web\EndLink \<babel.4ht\><<< % babel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<babel.def|> \Hinput{babel} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{babel} \<babel.def\><<< |<bbl@redefine|> |<bbl@redefinerobust|> |<robust babel|> \def\:temp#1{{\leavevmode #1}} \HLet\save@sf@q|=\:temp |<set@low@box|> |<arabic digits|> >>> \<set@low@box\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\HCode{<sub>}{\let\/=\empty#1}\HCode{</sub>}} \HLet\set@low@box|=\:tempc \HLet\quotedblbase|=\empty \HLet\quotesinglbase|=\empty \NewConfigure{quotedblbase}[1]{\def\n:quotedblbase:{#1}} \NewConfigure{quotesinglbase}[1]{\def\n:quotesinglbase:{#1}} \Configure{quotedblbase}{\o:quotedblbase:} \Configure{quotesinglbase}{\o:quotesinglbase:} >>> % \expandafter\def\csname glqq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#132;}} % \expandafter\def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#130;}} % this command will convert normal numbers to arabic % it fixes both babel and polyglossia version % Unicode block for Arabic numerals starts at U+0660 % the following special command inserts the XML entity % for the number, which will be converted to Unicode char % by tex4ht \<arabic digits\><<< \def\arabic:loopoverdigits#1{\ifx\relax#1\else% \ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}x066#1{59}}\a:HChar% \expandafter\arabic:loopoverdigits\fi} \def\arabicdigits#1{\arabic:loopoverdigits#1\relax} >>> \<robust babel\><<< \def\@newl@bel#1#2{{\:SUBOff\:SUPOff \@safe@activestrue \xdef\:temp{\noexpand\n:wlbl{#1}{#2}}}\:temp } \pend:defI\l:bel{\Protect\@safe@activestrue} \append:defI\l:bel{\Protect\@safe@activesfalse} >>> \<bbl@redefine\><<< \def\:tempc#1{% \edef\bbl@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}% \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\endcsname#1 \expandafter\def\csname\bbl@tempa\endcsname} \let\@c:tex|=\@citex \:tempc\@c:tex[#1]#2{% \@safe@activestrue\org@@c:tex[#1]{#2}\@safe@activesfalse} \let\@citex|=\@c:tex >>> \<robust babel\><<< \let\@b:bitem=\@bibitem \def\@bibitem#1{\@safe@activestrue \edef\:temp{\noexpand\@b:bitem{#1}}\@safe@activesfalse\:temp} >>> I don't know what this code was meant to do in the past, but it fails with the current LaTeX. It is better to not use it. See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/651631/2891]{}{} this issue\EndLink. \<not use bbl@redefinerobust\><<< \def\:tempc#1{% \edef\bbl@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname \bbl@tempa\space\endcsname\relax \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\endcsname#1 \expandafter\edef\csname\bbl@tempa\endcsname{\noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand\csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname}% \else \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\expandafter\endcsname \csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname \fi \expandafter\def\csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname} \:tempc\:ref#1{\@safe@activestrue\org@:ref{#1}\@safe@activesfalse} \let\ref|=\:ref >>> \<babel.def\><<< \def\active:prefix#1{\protect#1} \def\:temp#1{% \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect \else \bbl@afterfi\active:prefix#1\@gobble \fi} \HLet\active@prefix|=\:temp >>> \<babel.def\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\leavevmode \a:ddj} \HLet\ddj@=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{\leavevmode \a:DDJ} \HLet\DDJ@=\:tempc \NewConfigure{ddj}{1} \NewConfigure{DDJ}{1} \Configure{DDJ}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+{38}{35}x0110;}\a:HChar} \Configure{ddj}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+{38}{35}x0111;}\a:HChar} >>> \Section{csquotes} \<csquotes.4ht\><<< % csquotes.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<csquotes footnote fix|> |<csquotes display|> \Hinput{csquotes} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{csquotes} Fix for footnotes inside a blockquote environment. See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/474605/2891]{}{}this answer on TeX.sx\EndLink for details \<csquotes footnote fix\><<< \long\def\csq@bquote@i#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \csq@bquote@ii{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}} >>> Display quotes environment support. We redefine the commands used by multiple environments to insert XML tags. \<csquotes display\><<< \NewConfigure{displayquote}{4} \let\csq:bdquote\csq@bdquote \def\csq@bdquote#1#2#3#4#5{% \a:displayquote% \csq:bdquote{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% } \let\csq:edquote\csq@edquote% \def\csq@edquote{\csq:edquote\d:displayquote} \renewcommand{\mkenddispquote}[2]{#1\b:displayquote#2\c:displayquote} >>> Handle circumflex catcodes when the \Verb|early^| option is used. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{babel.sty}{babel-sty-hooks.4ht} >>> \<babel-sty-hooks.4ht\><<< % babel-sty-hooks.4ht, generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<disable early sup|> >>> \AddFile{9}{babel-sty-hooks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{CJK} %%%%%%%%%%% \<CJK.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % CJK.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<CJK config|> \Hinput{CJK} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{CJK} \<CJK config\><<< \pend:defI\CJK@input{% \edef\CJK:ccode{\catcode`\noexpand\^|=\the\catcode`\^% \catcode`\noexpand\_|=\the\catcode`\_}\catcode`\^|=7 \catcode`\_|=8} \append:defI\CJK@input{\CJK:ccode} >>> \<CJK config\><<< \long\def\CJKboldshift{0em{}\:gobble} \expandafter \pend:defI\csname CJKsymbol \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \a:CJKbold\fi} \expandafter \append:defI\csname CJKsymbol \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \b:CJKbold\fi} \expandafter \pend:defII\csname CJKsymbols \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \a:CJKbold\fi} \expandafter \append:defII\csname CJKsymbols \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \b:CJKbold\fi} \NewConfigure{CJKbold}{2} >>> \<CJK config\><<< \let\o:CJK@envStart:=\CJK@envStart \pend:defIII\CJK@envStart{% \global\let\CJK@envStart=\o:CJK@envStart: \global\let\o:CJK@envStart:=\:UnDef \Tag{CJK.enc}{##2}} \NewConfigure{CJK.enc}[2]{% \edef\:temp{\LikeRef{CJK.enc}}% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa #2\fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{arabtex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \<Arabicore.4ht\><<< % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % % Arabicore.4ht |version % % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Youssef Jabri % % % Modified by Eitan M. Gurari % % |<TeX4ht copyright|> % |<arabicore configs|> % \Hinput{Arabicore} % \endinput % >>> \AddFile{8}{Arabicore} \<arabicore.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % arabicore.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Youssef Jabri % % Modified by Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<arabicore configs|> \Hinput{arabicore} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{arabicore} \<arabicore configs\><<< \let\ht:everypar\o@everypar \Configure{Lregion}{}{} >>> %\def\bbl@arabi{\ifvmode\relax\else\HCode{<span dir="rtl">}\fi} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Farsi} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<lfeenc.4ht\><<< % lfeenc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Youssef Jabri % Modified by Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \long\def\ZWNJ{\noindent\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x200C;}\a:HChar} \Hinput{lfeenc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{lfeenc} \<cp1256.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp1256.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Youssef Jabri % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp1256 config|> \Hinput{cp1256} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp1256} \<8859-6.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % 8859-6.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Youssef Jabri % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp1256 config|> \Hinput{8859-6} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{8859-6} \<cp1256 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}} \long\def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}} \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{arabtex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<alatex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % alatex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<alatex body|> \Hinput{alatex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{alatex} \<alatex body\><<< \ifx \undefined \LaTeX \xpa \endinput \fi \endinput >>> \<\><<< \def \@footnotetext {% \let\FNmark\@thefnmark \leavevmode\vbox \bgroup \leftskip0pt {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}% \ifx \footglue \undefined \else \setbox0=\hbox \bgroup \footnotesize \fi \gdef\@makefnmark{\let\FNmark\@thefnmark \leavevmode\hbox{\gHAdvance\FNnum 1 \a:footnote}}% \ifnum \FNnum>\fn:txt \gHAssign\fn:txt\FNnum \b:footnote \let\@foot:c\c:footnote \else \a:footnotetext \b:footnotetext \let\@foot:c\c:footnotetext \fi \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}% \anc:lbl f{footnote}% \let\a:footnote\empty \a@fntext } \def\@foot{\unskip \strut \@foot:c \ht:special{t4ht@[}\egroup \ht:special{t4ht@]}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Right-to-Left Babel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<rlbabel.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % rlbabel.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<rlbabel def|> \Hinput{rlbabel} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{rlbabel} \<rlbabel def\><<< \let\ht:everypar|=\o@everypar \def\L{\protect\pL} \def\R{\protect\pR} \Configure{@:currentlabel} {\let\special\:gobble \let\protect\empty \let\o:beginL:=\empty \let\o:endL:=\empty \Configure{Lregion}{}{}% } >>> tex4ht.sty indert Rregion and Lregion end hooks within \Verb+\beginL/R+ and \Verb+\endL/R+, mainly to void the inverse produced by the elatex compiler. The latter commands are native to elatex. We need to be carefull how we configure them, since they are not always nested nicely within groups. \<rlbabel def\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:moreR\bracetext \aftergroup\endR \aftergroup\b:moreR \beginR\csname to\@rllanguagename\endcsname} \HLet\moreR|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{moreR}{2} >>> \<rlbabel def\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:moreL\bracetext \aftergroup\endL \aftergroup\b:moreL \beginL\csname from\@rllanguagename\endcsname} \HLet\moreL|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{moreL}{2} >>> \<rlbabel def\><<< \NewConfigure{$$}[3]{% \def\a:display{\bgroup#1}% \def\b:display{#2\egroup \if@rl\else \beginL\fi}% \def\c:display{#3}% \everydisplay{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef $$\a:display\everymath{}\everydisplay{}$$ \aftergroup\b:display \c:display\fi}} \let\rl:b:display\b:display \let\rl:c:display\c:display \let\rl:a:display\a:display \Configure{$$}{\rl:a:display}{\rl:b:display}{\rl:c:display} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{hebtex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.dsg.technion.ac.il/heblatex/]{}{}heblatex\EndLink Note: we should distinguish between hebrew.ldf and hebrew.sty \<hebtex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % hebtex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<hebtex body|> \Hinput{hebtex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{hebtex} \<hebtex body\><<< \let\:tempc|=\arabtext \pend:def\:tempc{\a:arabtext} \HLet\arabtext|=\:tempc \let\:tempc|=\endarabtext \pend:def\:tempc{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}} \append:def\:tempc{\b:arabtext} \HLet\endarabtext|=\:tempc \HLet\RLtext \arabtext \HLet\endRLtext \endarabtext \HLet\hebtext \arabtext \HLet\endhebtext \endarabtext \HLet\hebtex \arabtext \HLet\endhebtex \endarabtext >>> \<hebtex body\><<< \let\:tempc|=\a@arab@codes \pend:def\:tempc{% \chardef\up:de = \catcode`\^ \catcode`\^=7 \chardef\dn:de = \catcode`\_ \catcode`\_=8 } \append:def\:tempc {% \catcode`\^=\up:de \catcode`\_=\dn:de} \HLet\a@unarab@codes|=\:tempc >>> \<hebtex body\><<< \let\put@ab@x|=\:tempc \pend:def\:tempc{% \let\sv:noindent=\noindent \def\rc:noindent{\let\noindent=\sv:noindent}% \def\noindent{\rc:noindent \noindent \c:arabtext \let\sv:endgraf=\endgraf \def\endgraf{\d:arabtext\sv:endgraf \aftergroup\rc:noindent }}% } \append:def\:tempc{\let\noindent|=\sv:noindent} \HLet\put@ab@x|=\:tempc \def\:tempc {\:nbsp} \HLet\arab@space|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{arabtext}{4} >>> \<hebtex body\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:chireq} \HLet \put@chireq=\:tempc \NewConfigure{chireq}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:cholem} \HLet \put@cholem=\:tempc \NewConfigure{cholem}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:cholem} \HLet\h@cholem=\:tempc \NewConfigure{cholem}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:chpatach} \HLet \put@chpatach=\:tempc \NewConfigure{chpatach}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:chqames} \HLet \put@chqames=\:tempc \NewConfigure{chqames}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:chsegol} \HLet \put@chsegol=\:tempc \NewConfigure{chsegol}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:dagesh} \HLet\put@dagesh=\:tempc \NewConfigure{dagesh}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:meteg} \HLet\h@meteg=\:tempc \NewConfigure{meteg}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:patachf} \HLet \put@patachf=\:tempc \NewConfigure{patachf}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:patach} \HLet \put@patach=\:tempc \NewConfigure{patach}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:qameschat} \HLet\put@qameschat=\:tempc \NewConfigure{qameschat}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:qames} \HLet \put@qames=\:tempc \NewConfigure{qames}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:qibbus} \HLet\put@qibbus=\:tempc \NewConfigure{qibbus}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:rdot} \HLet\h@rdot=\:tempc \NewConfigure{rdot}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:segol} \HLet\put@segol=\:tempc \NewConfigure{segol}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:sere} \HLet \put@sere=\:tempc \NewConfigure{sere}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:shindot} \HLet\h@shindot=\:tempc \NewConfigure{shindot}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:shwa} \HLet \put@shwa=\:tempc \NewConfigure{shwa}{1} \def\:tempc{\a:sindot} \HLet\h@sindot=\:tempc \NewConfigure{sindot}{1} >>> \<abidir.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % abidir.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) 2001 Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<arabtex bidir|> \Hinput{abidir} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{abidir} \<arabtex bidir\><<< \def\a@Rinsert#1{% \leavevmode \a:RL\vbox{\everypar{}\a@sequence {#1}}\b:RL } \NewConfigure{RL}{6} >>> % % \pend:def\a@Ldimen{\expandafter\def % \expandafter\ev:disp\expandafter{\expandafter\everydisplay % \expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}\everydisplay{\IgnorePar}} % \append:def\a@Ldimen{\ev:disp} % % % \let\:tempc|=\a@RL % \pend:def\:tempc{\a:RL\bgroup % \append:defI\a@@Rinsert{\egroup\b:RL}} % \HLet\a@RL|=\:tempc \<hewrite.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % hewrite.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) 2001 Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<reverse hebrew words|> \Hinput{aparse} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{hewrite} \<reverse hebrew words\><<< \def\:temp #1#2+#3*#4<{% \def \next {\heb@mid #4}% \ifnum \act@cd = \m@qqeph \def \next {\heb@end #4}\put@b@x {\the\act@cd }% \ifhcl@s \else \put@box {\raise .6ex \hbox {\kern.05em\unhbox \ab@x \kern.05em}}% \fi \else \ifnum \act@cd = \illch@r \put@b@x {\the\act@cd }% \else \ifnum \act@cd = \hc@@ \heb@cd \hc@y \advance \heb@cd \heb@dsp \put@box {\hphantom{\char \the\heb@cd }}% \else \heb@cd \act@cd \advance \heb@cd \heb@dsp \put@b@x {\the\heb@cd }% \fi \ifhv@wel \heb@accent #2+#3*% \ifcase \act@mod \or \h@sindot \or \h@shindot \fi \if@dagesh \put@dagesh \fi \fi \fi\fi \:heblet \unhbox \ab@x \end:heblet \h@test@chr #4} \HLet\h@put@mid=\:temp >>> \<reverse hebrew words\><<< \def\:temp #1>{% \iftest@write \iftest@parse \else \a@verb (#1 )>\fi \tracingmacros = 1 \fi \a@write@hook \ifa@@write {\heb@beg #1>0+0*>\end:hebword}\fi \iftest@write \tracingmacros = 0 \fi } \HLet\heb@write=\:temp >>> \<reverse hebrew words\><<< \def\:heblet{\a:hewrite} \def\end:heblet{\b:hewrite} \let\end:hebword=\empty \:CheckOption{rl2lr}\if:Option \csname newbox\endcsname\heb:box \setbox\heb:box=\hbox{} \pend:def\:heblet{\setbox\heb:box=\hbox\bgroup} \append:def\end:heblet{\unhbox\heb:box\egroup} \def\end:hebword{\unhbox\heb:box} \else \Log:Note{to reverse the direction of Hebrew words, use the command line option `rl2lr'} \fi \NewConfigure{hewrite}{2} >>> \<aoutput.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % aoutput.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) 2001 Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<aoutput sentences|> \Hinput{aoutput} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{aoutput} \<aoutput sentences\><<< \let\:tempc|=\put@ab@x \pend:def\:tempc {% \setbox\a@tempb@x=\hbox{\c:RL \box\a@tempb@x \d:RL}} \HLet\put@ab@x|=\:tempc >>> \<aoutput sentences\><<< \:CheckOption{RL2LR}\if:Option |<reverse sentences|> \else \Log:Note{to reverse direction of RL sentences, use the command line option `RL2LR'} |<non reverse sentences|> \fi >>> \<non reverse sentences\><<< \let\:tempc|=\put@word \pend:def\:tempc{\setbox\wordb@x \hbox {\e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL }} \HLet\put@word|=\:tempc >>> \<reverse sentences\><<< \def\:tempc{% \ifa@space \putlineb@x {\unhcopy \lineb@x \arab@space \e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL}% \else \add@word \fi } \HLet\addt@line|=\:tempc \def\:tempc{% \putlineb@x {\unhbox \lineb@x \e:RL \unhbox \wordb@x \f:RL}} \HLet\add@word|=\:tempc >>> % \def\put:word {% % \setbox\wordb@x \hbox {\e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL }% % \setbox \a@tempb@x \hbox % {\unhcopy \lineb@x \ifa@space \arab@space \fi \unhcopy \wordb@x}% % \ifdim \a@limit < \wd\lineb@x \put@line \add@word \else % \ifdim \a@limit < \wd\a@tempb@x \put@line \add@word \else % \setbox \lineb@x \box \a@tempb@x % \fi\fi % } % \let\:tempc|=\a@@Rinsert % \pend:defI\:tempc{\HLet\put@word|=\put:word } % \HLet\a@@Rinsert|=\:tempc %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{koi8-r} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<koi8-r.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % koi8-r.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{koi8-r} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{koi8-r} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{latin2} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<latin2.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % latin2.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{latin2} \endinput >>> \AddFile{6}{latin2} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{frenchb.ldf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \<frenchb.4ht\><<< % % frenchb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> % |<declare frenchb shorthand|> % |<frenchb nbsp|> % \Hinput{frenchb} % \endinput % >>> \AddFile{8}{frenchb} % \<declare frenchb shorthand\><<< % \def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{% % \ifhmode % \ifdim \lastskip >\z@ \unskip \penalty \@M % \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#3\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname % \else % \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#4\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname % \fi \fi } % >>> % \<frenchb nbsp\><<< % \def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname % b:system-nbsp\endcsname} % \expandafter\HLet\csname \system@group @sh@\string ~@\endcsname=\:temp % \expandafter \ifx \csname FDP@colonspace\endcsname\relax % |<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|> % \else % |<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|> % \fi % \AtBeginDocument{% % \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} % {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ;}% % \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ;@\endcsname=\:temp % \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} % {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string !}% % \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string !@\endcsname=\:temp % \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} % {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ?}% % \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ?@\endcsname=\:temp % } % \NewConfigure{frenchb-nbsp}{2} % \NewConfigure{frenchb-thinspace}{2} % \NewConfigure{system-nbsp}{2} % >>> % \<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<< % \AtBeginDocument{% % \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@space}\string :}% % \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp % } % >>> % \<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<< % \AtBeginDocument{% % \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@colonspace}\string :}% % \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp % } % >>> % \Verbatim % \declare@shorthand{frenchb}{:}{% % \ifhmode % \ifdim\lastskip>\z@ % \unskip\penalty\@M\ % \else % \FDP@space % \fi % \fi % \string:} % \EndVerbatim % \Verbatim % \declare@shorthand{french}{:}{% % \ifhmode % \ifdim\lastskip>\z@ % \unskip\penalty\@M\Fcolonspace % \else % \FDP@colonspace % \fi % \fi % \string:} % \EndVerbatim % The following is for code such as % \Verbatim % \documentclass{article} % \usepackage[francais]{babel} % \begin{document} % \tableofcontents % \section{Ma premi{\`e}re section !} % \section{Culture : d{\'e}sillusions} % \section{Culture :d{\'e}sillusions} % \end{document} % \EndVerbatim % \<frenchb nbsp\><<< % \catcode`\:=13 % \expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=: % \expandafter\def\csname active\string % :prefix\endcsname#1{\protect#1\ifx#1:{}\fi} % \catcode`\:=11 % >>> % \`=With the package \usepackage[francais]{babel} , every `;' `:' ... % must be preceded by an unbreakable space. This works okay for the % input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable % spaces instead of one.= \<frenchb.4ht\><<< % frenchb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<declare frenchb shorthand|> |<frenchb nbsp|> |<frenchb luatex|> \Hinput{frenchb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{frenchb} \<declare frenchb shorthand\><<< \def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{% \ifhmode \ifdim \lastskip >\z@ \unskip \penalty \@M \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#3\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname \else \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#4\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname \fi \fi } >>> \<frenchb nbsp\><<< \def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname b:system-nbsp\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname \system@group @sh@\string ~@\endcsname=\:temp \expandafter \ifx \csname FDP@space\endcsname\relax |<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|> \else |<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|> \fi \AtBeginDocument{% \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ;}% \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ;@\endcsname=\:temp \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string !}% \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string !@\endcsname=\:temp \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace} {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ?}% \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ?@\endcsname=\:temp } \NewConfigure{frenchb-nbsp}{2} \NewConfigure{frenchb-thinspace}{2} \NewConfigure{system-nbsp}{2} >>> \<frenchb luatex\><<< \ifFB@luatex@punct \FB@luatex@punctfalse \fi >>> \<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@space}\string :}% \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp } >>> \<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@colonspace}\string :}% \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp } >>> \Verbatim \declare@shorthand{frenchb}{:}{% \ifhmode \ifdim\lastskip>\z@ \unskip\penalty\@M\ \else \FDP@space \fi \fi \string:} \EndVerbatim \Verbatim \declare@shorthand{french}{:}{% \ifhmode \ifdim\lastskip>\z@ \unskip\penalty\@M\Fcolonspace \else \FDP@colonspace \fi \fi \string:} \EndVerbatim The following is for code such as \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage[francais]{babel} \begin{document} \tableofcontents \section{Ma premi{\`e}re section !} \section{Culture : d{\'e}sillusions} \section{Culture :d{\'e}sillusions} \end{document} \EndVerbatim \<frenchb nbsp\><<< \catcode`\:=13 \expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=: \expandafter\def\csname active\string :prefix\endcsname#1{\protect#1\ifx#1:{}\fi} \catcode`\:=11 >>> \`=With the package \usepackage[francais]{babel} , every `;' `:' ... must be preceded by an unbreakable space. This works okay for the input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable spaces instead of one.= %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{german.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/generic/misc/german.sty]{}{}german.sty\EndLink \<german.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % german.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<set@low@box|> \Hinput{german} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{german} \<german accents\><<< \ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \def\:tempc{\csname grmn:OTumlaut\endcsname} \HLet\grmn@OTumlaut\:tempc \fi \fi >>> % \expandafter % \def\csname glqq \endcsname{\HCode{&}\HChar{35}\HCode{8222;}} % \expandafter % \def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&}\HChar{35}\HCode{8218;}} \Verbatim > A minor problem showed up with hyphenation hints. In the german > language, compound words of different languages are built with > a hyphen between them, e.g. "Select-Klausel" or "depends-Abh\"angigkeit", > to make the change of language clear (there are other reasons for > explicit hyphens, too). Since TeX does not hyphenate such compounds, > and they can get very long in german, we use a macro "" (with active > doublequote), defined as \hskip\z@skip, so TeX will hyphenate again: > Select-""Klausel, depends-""Abh"angigkeit ("a is short for \"{a}). > tex4ht translates this to a space, which makes sense since browsers > will not break the compounds without that space either. However, I'd > prefer to not have such spaces. Could this be configurable? \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{ngerman.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ngerman.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ngerman.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config ngerman|> |<set@low@box|> \Hinput{ngerman} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{ngerman} \<germanb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % germanb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config germanb|> \Hinput{germanb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{germanb} \<ngermanb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ngermanb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config ngermanb|> \Hinput{ngermanb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ngermanb} \<config germanb\><<< \def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname german@sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc \NewConfigure{german"=}{1} \Configure{german"=}{} >>> \<config germanb\><<< \def\:tempc{\csname a:german""\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname german@sh@\string"@"@\endcsname \:tempc \NewConfigure{german""}{1} \Configure{german""}{} >>> \<config ngermanb\><<< \def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname ngerman@sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc \NewConfigure{german"=}{1} \Configure{german"=}{} >>> \<config ngermanb\><<< \def\:tempc{\csname a:german""\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname ngerman@sh@\string"@"@\endcsname \:tempc \NewConfigure{german""}{1} \Configure{german""}{} >>> In bermanb.ldf, the above configurations contain \Verb!\hskip 0pt! (to avoid/allow line breaks ???). They can cause unwanted line breaks in hypertext. \HPage{example} \Verbatim \documentclass[a4paper]{article} \usepackage[german]{babel} \begin{document} X F\"ur die CFD Berechnungen wurden 3D Modelle mit 1234 Hexaeder"=E F\"ur die CFD Berechnungen wurden 3D Modelle mit 1234 Hexaederr""E \end{document} \EndVerbatim \EndHPage{} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{manju} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% See also CTAN:language/mongolian/montex/examples \<manju.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % manju.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<manju hooks|> \Hinput{manju} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{manju} \<manju hooks\><<< \renewcommand{\mabosoo}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \bosoo{{\bth #1}}\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{italian} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<italian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % italian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<italian 4ht|> \Hinput{italian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{italian} \<italian 4ht\><<< \expandafter\def\csname bbl@ap \endcsname#1{% \textormath{\textsuperscript{#1}}{{\HCode{}}\sp{\mathrm{#1}}}}% \expandafter\def\csname bbl@ped \endcsname#1{% \textormath{${\HCode{}}\sb{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@ \selectfont#1}}$}{{\HCode{}}\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{french} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<french.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % french.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \expandafter\ifx \csname @s@ORI\endcsname \relax \else |<french 4ht|> \Configure{special}{\csname @s@ORI\endcsname} \fi \Hinput{french} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{french} \<french 4ht\><<< \let\:GOfrench|=\GOfrench \def\GOfrench{\:GOfrench \let\:GOfrench|=\:UnDef% \def\@makefnmark{% \def\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand\csname ifFTY\endcsname \hbox{\noexpand\normalfont \ifx\thefootnote\relax\else \noexpand\,\fi}\expandafter \noexpand\csname fi\endcsname}\:temp \let\FNmark\@thefnmark \leavevmode\hbox{% \gHAdvance\FNnum 1 \a:footnote}}% } >>> \<french 4ht\><<< \def\:temp#1#2{\seename \/ {#1}} \ifx\see\:temp \pend:def\printindex{% \Configure{toToc}{likechapter}{chapter}% \Configure{toToc}{likesection}{section}% \let\sv:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline \def\addcontentsline{\let\addcontentsline=\sv:addcontentsline \:gobbleIII}} \append:def\printindex{% \Configure{toToc}{likechapter}{}% \Configure{toToc}{likesection}{}} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{verbatimfiles.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<verbatimfiles.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % verbatimfiles.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<verbatimfiles.sty code|> \Hinput{verbatimfiles} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{verbatimfiles} \<verbatimfiles.sty code\><<< \pend:defI\verbatimlisting{\a:verbatimlisting\bgroup \pend:def\thelineno{\c:verbatimlisting} \append:def\thelineno{\d:verbatimlisting}} \append:defI\verbatimlisting{\egroup\b:verbatimlisting} \NewConfigure{verbatimlisting}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{verbatim.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty]{}{}% verbatim.sty\EndLink \<verbatim.4ht\><<< % verbatim.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<verbatim.sty code|> \Hinput{verbatim} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{verbatim} \<verbatim.sty code\><<< \pend:def\endverbatim{\Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}} \pend:def\verbatiminput{\a:verbatiminput \list:save \begingroup \aftergroup\list:recall \aftergroup\b:verbatiminput \:gobble} \NewConfigure{verbatiminput}{2} >>> \Section{moreverb.sty} \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/moreverb.sty]{}{}% moreverb.sty\EndLink \<moreverb.4ht\><<< % moreverb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<moreverb.sty|> \Hinput{moreverb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{moreverb} \<moreverb.sty\><<< |<fix moreverb|> |<moreverb.sty shared config|> >>> \<fix moreverb\><<< \pend:def\endverbatimtab{\ht:everypar{}} \pend:def\verbatimtab{\bgroup \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{\a:verbatimtab}{\a:verbatimtab}{}{}% \let\ =\b:verbatimtab } \append:def\endverbatimtab{\egroup\IgnorePar} \NewConfigure{verbatimtab}{2} >>> \<fix moreverb\><<< \def\boxedverbatim{\verbatim} \def\endboxedverbatim{\endverbatim} >>> \<fix moreverb\><<< \let\:listinginput|=\@listinginput \def\@listinginput{\a:listinginput\begingroup \def\@verbatim{\aftergroup\endgroup\aftergroup\b:listinginput \o:@verbatim:}% \:listinginput} >>> \<moreverb.sty shared config\><<< \NewConfigure{listinginput}{2} >>> \<moreverb.sty\><<< \let\o:verbatimtabinput:=\verbatimtabinput \def\verbatimtabinput{\a:verbatimtabinput\begingroup \aftergroup\b:verbatimtabinput \let\:temp=\begingroup \def\begingroup{\let\begingroup=\:temp}% \o:verbatimtabinput:} \NewConfigure{verbatimtabinput}{2} >>> \Section{fancyvrb.sty} \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/fancyvrb.sty]{}{}% fancyvrb.sty\EndLink \<fancyvrb.4ht\><<< % fancyvrb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<fancyvrb.sty|> \Hinput{fancyvrb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{fancyvrb} \<fancyvrb.sty\><<< |<fix fancyvrb|> |<fancyvrb.sty shared config|> >>> \SubSection{Verbatim} \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \pend:def\FV@FormattingPrep{|<find color for fancyvrb|>} \append:def\FV@FormattingPrep{\a:fancyvrb% |<frames for fancyvrb|>% |<color for fancyvrb|>% } >>> \''\FV@RightListNumber' not recognized in ttct.cls with test.tex. Why? \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\FV@ListProcessLine#1{% \hbox{\c:fancyvrb \anc:lbl r{FancyVerbLine}\FV@LeftListNumber% \FV@LeftListFrame \e:fancyvrb \FancyVerbFormatLine{#1}\f:fancyvrb% \FV@RightListFrame \csname FV@RightListNumber\endcsname % \d:fancyvrb}} >>> These macros are original fancyvrb versions, we removed some penalty commands, as they resulted in unwanted blank lines. \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\FV@ListProcessLine@iii#1{% \box\@tempboxa \setbox\@tempboxa=\FV@ListProcessLine{#1}% \let\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iv} \def\FV@ListProcessLine@iv#1{% \box\@tempboxa \setbox\@tempboxa=\FV@ListProcessLine{#1}}% \def\FV@ListProcessLastLine{% \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iv \box\@tempboxa \else \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iii \box\@tempboxa \else \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@i \FV@Error{Empty verbatim environment}{}% \FV@ProcessLine{}% \fi \fi \fi} \def\FV@EndList{\FV@ListProcessLastLine \FV@EndListFrame% \IgnorePar\b:fancyvrb\par\@endparenv% \endgroup \@endpetrue} \def\FV@StepLineNo{% \FV@SetLineNo% \def\FV@StepLineNo{\SkipRefstepAnchor\refstepcounter{FancyVerbLine}}% \FV@StepLineNo} >>> The command \''\@endparenv' will complain if encounter in horizontal mode. \`'\Configure{fancyvrb} {before-env} {after-env} {before-line} {after-line} {before-text} {after-text}'---beween end points of lines, and of tex, we can have line numbers. \<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<< \NewConfigure{fancyvrb}{6} >>> \SubSection{Verb} \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% \gdef\FVC@Verb#1{% \begingroup% \FV@UseKeyValues% \let\a:fancyvrb|=\empty\FV@FormattingPrep% \FV@CatCodes% \outer\def^^M{}% \catcode`#1=12% \def\@tempa{\def\FancyVerbGetVerb####1####2}% \expandafter\@tempa\string#1{\mbox{\a:verb##2\b:verb}\endgroup}% \FancyVerbGetVerb\FV@EOL}% \endgroup >>> \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\FV@UseVerb#1{\mbox{\FV@UseKeyValues% \let\a:fancyvrb|=\empty \FV@FormattingPrep% \a:verb #1\b:verb}} >>> \SubSection{Colors} \<find color for fancyvrb\><<< \let\fv:color|=\empty \ifx \color\:UnDef\else\Configure{color}{\xdef\fv:color}\fi >>> \<color for fancyvrb\><<< \bgroup \ifx \fv:color\empty \else{% \let\HColor\fv:color \a:fancyvrbcolor% }\fi \ifx \FancyVerbFillColor\relax \else% \:fvcolor \b:fancyvrbcolor \FancyVerbFillColor|<par del|>% \fi \ifx \FancyVerbRuleColor\relax \else% \:fvcolor \c:fancyvrbcolor \FancyVerbRuleColor|<par del|>% \fi \egroup \let\FV@BeginListFrame|=\relax \let\FV@LeftListFrame|=\relax \let\FV@RightListFrame|=\relax \let\FV@EndListFrame|=\relax >>> \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\:fvcolor#1{\def\a:color##1##2|<par del|>{% \Configure{SetHColor}#1{##1}}}% >>> \<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<< \NewConfigure{fancyvrbcolor}{3} >>> Colors text/background/frame %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Frames} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<frames for fancyvrb\><<< \ifx \FV@BeginListFrame\relax\else \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \a:fancyvrbframe \fi \ifx \FV@LeftListFrame\relax\else \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \b:fancyvrbframe \fi \ifx \FV@EndListFrame\relax\else \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \c:fancyvrbframe \fi \ifx \FV@RightListFrame\relax\else \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \d:fancyvrbframe \fi >>> \<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<< \NewConfigure{fancyvrbframe}{6} >>> Frame up/left/down/right/thickness/padding We get duplications, because we don't know the order of parameters (e.g., \`'\begin{Verbatim}% [frame=single,framerule=1mm]'), and even which ones are present at all. \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \define@key{FV}{framerule}{% \@tempdima=#1\relax% \edef\FV@FrameRule{\number\@tempdima sp\relax}% {\Advance:\fancyvrbNo by 1 \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule% \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \e:fancyvrbframe}} \define@key{FV}{framesep}{% \@tempdima=#1\relax% \edef\FV@FrameSep{\number\@tempdima sp\relax}% {\Advance:\fancyvrbNo by 1 \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameSep% \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}% \f:fancyvrbframe}} >>> \SubSection{Boxed Verbatim} Verbatim within \TeX{} box. \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\FV@BVerbatimBegin{% \ht:special{t4ht@(}\begingroup% \let\a:fancyvrb\empty\IgnorePar% \FV@UseKeyValues% \FV@BeginVBox% \let\FV@ProcessLine\FV@BProcessLine% \FV@FormattingPrep% \FV@ObeyTabsInit\a:BVerbatimInput\ht:special{t4ht@)} }% \def\FV@BVerbatimEnd{\b:BVerbatimInput\ht:special{t4ht@(}\FV@EndVBox\ht:special{t4ht@)}\endgroup} \def\FV@BProcessLine#1{\hbox{\FancyVerbFormatLine% {\c:BVerbatimInput#1\d:BVerbatimInput}}} \NewConfigure{BVerbatimInput}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Verbatim in Footnores} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fix fancyvrb\><<< \def\V@@footnotetext{% \leavevmode% \vbox\bgroup% \leftskip0pt {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}% |<footnote label|>% \a:footnotetext% \b:footnotetext% \csname a:footnotebody\endcsname% \bgroup% \reset@font\footnotesize% \bgroup % \aftergroup\V@@@footnotetext % \ignorespaces% } \def\V@@@footnotetext{% \egroup% \csname b:footnotebody\endcsname% \c:footnotetext% \ht:special{t4ht@[}\egroup\ht:special{t4ht@]}% } >>> \<fix fancyvrbNO\><<< \pend:def\V@@footnotetext{% \let\FNmark|=\@thefnmark% \begingroup% \ifnum \FNnum>\fn:txt% \gHAssign\fn:txt|=\FNnum% \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\ExitHPage{\a:footnote}}}% \b:footnote \def\end:fverb{\c:footnote}% \else% \a:footnotetext \b:footnotetext \let\end:fverb|=\c:footnotetext% \fi% \:gobbleII} \append:def\V@@@footnotetext{\end:fverb\endgroup} >>> We mimic, and using components from, the standard verbatim environment of LaTeX. The \''\:gobbleII' is for getting rid of the \`'\insert\footins'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{minted} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<minted.4ht\><<< % minted.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<minted inline fixes|> |<minted background color|> |<minted background color|> |<minted input fixes|> \Hinput{minted} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{minted} Support for inline Minted listings. We need to take care of newline and space characters, as they produce unwanted white space in the generated HTML. \<minted inline fixes\><<< \NewConfigure{InlineCode}{2} % this is a hack to hide a newline that is produced, and which causes spurious space in the output \NewConfigure{MintedHideNewline}{2} \Configure{MintedHideNewline}{\HCode{}} \def\:tempa#1{% \endgroup% \begingroup% \Configure{BVerbatimInput}{\HCode{}\ht:special{t4ht@(}}% \HCode is necessary for correct paragraph handlingling {\a:MintedHideNewline}{\ht:special{t4ht@)}}{}{}% also hide newline and spurious spaces \a:InlineCode% \begingroup% \o:minted@inline@iii:{#1}\b:MintedHideNewline% \b:InlineCode% \endgroup% } \HLet\minted@inline@iii\:tempa >>> \<minted background color\><<< % support for background color in Minted listings \NewConfigure{MintedColorbg}{2} \renewenvironment{minted@colorbg}[1]{% \colorlet{shadecolor}{#1}% \extractcolorspec{shadecolor}{\:tempa}% \expandafter\convertcolorspec\:tempa{HTML}\minted:bgcolor% \a:MintedColorbg% } {\b:MintedColorbg\medskip\noindent} >>> Minted sometimes produces unexpected results. For example, << characters get translated to guilelemets. To prevent that, we define new configuration, mintedfixes, where we can redefine macrod used by Minted to produce correct results. \<minted input fixes\><<< \NewConfigure{mintedfixes}[1]{\concat:config\a:mintedfixes{#1}} \let\a:mintedfixes\empty \def\:tempa#1{\a:mintedfixes\o:minted@input:{#1}} \Configure{mintedfixes}{\def\PYGZlt{\textless}\def\PYGZgt{\textgreater}} \HLet\minted@input\:tempa >>> The breaklines option for Minted environments and commands causes source code lines to collapse into one line. We try to prevent that by basically disabling this option. As it can be declared in the preamble, we must patch the usepackage code. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{minted.sty}{minted-sty-hooks.4ht} >>> \<minted-sty-hooks.4ht\><<< % minted-sty-hooks.4ht, generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \AddToHook{package/minted/after}{% \@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{\RequirePackage{xcolor}} |<minted breaklines|> } >>> \AddFile{9}{minted-sty-hooks} We use modified version of the keyval option declaration command used by Minted, it turns the breaklines option to false when it is used. \<minted breaklines\><<< \newcommand{\:minted@def@opt@switch}[2][false]{% \define@booleankey{minted@opt@g}{#2}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{false}}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{false}} \define@booleankey{minted@opt@g@i}{#2}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@g@i:#2}{false}}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@g@i:#2}{false}} \define@booleankey{minted@opt@lang}{#2}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang :#2}{false}}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang :#2}{false}} \define@booleankey{minted@opt@lang@i}{#2}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang @i:#2}{false}}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang @i:#2}{false}} \define@booleankey{minted@opt@cmd}{#2}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@cmd:#2}{false}}% {\@namedef{minted@opt@cmd:#2}{false}}% \@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{#1}% } \:minted@def@opt@switch{breaklines} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{pythontex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pythontex.4ht\><<< % pythontex.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \def\:tempa#1{% \endgroup% \begingroup% \Configure{BVerbatimInput}{\HCode{}}{}{}{}{}\ifmmode\else\a:InlineCode\fi% \begingroup% \o:pytx@InlineMargBgroup:{#1}% \ifmmode\else\b:InlineCode\fi% \endgroup% } \HLet\pytx@InlineMargBgroup\:tempa \NewConfigure{InlineCode}{2} \Hinput{pythontex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pythontex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Slides} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Prosper} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<prosper.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % prosper.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\prosper:Hinput=\Hinput \def\Hinput#1{% \prosper:Hinput{#1}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{seminar}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\Hinput=\prosper:Hinput \input prosper-a.4ht \fi } \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{prosper} The prosper class loads the article and seminar classes, and then its own definitions. \<prosper-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % prosper-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<shared prosper code|> \expandafter\ifx \csname @tempoLimit\endcsname\relax |<pre mid 2001 prosper|> \else |<mid 2001 prosper|> \fi |<shared prosper code for hyperref|> \Hinput{prosper} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{prosper-a} The prosper class loads hyperref before tex4ht. Hence: \<shared prosper code\><<< \ifHy@texht \else \:warning{Package option `tex4ht' missing for prosper.cls. Should be present with a PPR style option: default, darkblue,...} \fi \def\:temp{tex4ht}\ifx \:temp\Style@chosen \:warning{PPR style package option missing for prosper.cls (e.g., default, darkblue).} \fi \Log:Note{if figures in slides of prosper.cls translate to empty bitmaps, adjust the G-script in tex4ht.env to handle larger page dimensions.} >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \let\orig@item\item \pend:def\enditemize{\global\let\sv:end:DL\end:DL} \append:def\enditemize{\sv:end:DL} >>> \<shared prosper code for hyperref\><<< \let\hyp:enumerate\enumerate \def\enumerate{\hyp:enumerate\@nmbrlistfalse} >>> \<pre mid 2001 prosper\><<< \def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \def\sec:typ{title}% \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty} |<prosper maketitle markup|>% |<pre mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup|>% \a:mktl \o:maketitle: \b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle\empty} >>> \<mid 2001 prosper\><<< \def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \def\sec:typ{title}% \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty} |<prosper maketitle markup|>% |<mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup|>% \a:mktl \o:maketitle: \b:mktl \egroup \let\maketitle\empty} >>> \<prosper maketitle markup\><<< \pend:def\@Title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@Title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@Author{\a:author}\append:def\@Author{\b:author}% \expandafter\ifx\csname @institution\endcsname\relax \else \ifx\@institution\@empty \else \pend:def\@institution{\a:institution}% \append:def\@institution{\b:institution}% \fi\fi >>> \<mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup\><<< \ifx\@Subtitle\@empty \else \pend:def\@Subtitle{\a:Subtitle}% \append:def\@Subtitle{\b:Subtitle}% \fi \ifx\@email\@empty \else \expandafter\pend:def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{\@email }\a:email}\append:def\@email{\b:email}% \fi >>> \<pre mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup\><<< \if\@Subtitle.\else \pend:def\@Subtitle{\a:Subtitle}% \append:def\@Subtitle{\b:Subtitle}% \fi \if\@email.\else \expandafter\pend:def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{\@email }\a:email}\append:def\@email{\b:email}% \fi >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \NewConfigure{Subtitle}{2} \NewConfigure{email}{2} \NewConfigure{institution}{2} >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \let\part=\relax \newcommand{\part}[2][\@defaultTransition]{% \begin{slide}[#1]{}% \vspace*{1.5cm}|<prospect part toc|>\@addBookmarkOnSlide{0}{#2}% \begin{center}% \fontTitle{#2}% \end{center} \end{slide}} >>> \<prospect part toc\><<< \def\Hy@temp{#2}% \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{% \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}% >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \def\tocslideentry#1#2#3{#3} >>> \<pre mid 2001 prosper\><<< \def\@addBookmarkOnSlide#1{% \def\Hy@temp{#1}% \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{% \string\tocslideentry {}{\thetrueSlideCounter} {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}% } >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \def\@addBookmarkOnSlide#1#2{% \ifnum#1=0 \def\Hy@temp{#2}% \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{% \string\tocslideentry {}{\thetrueSlideCounter} {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}% \else \@tempoLimit=#1% \advance \@tempoLimit by -1 \ifcollapsedBookmarks \@tempoLimit=-\@tempoLimit \fi \def\Hy@temp{#2}% \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{% \string\csname\space tocslideentry\string\endcsname {\number\@tempoLimit}{\thetrueSlideCounter} {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}% \fi } >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \expandafter\slide@hook\expandafter{\the \slide@hook \let\posit@Box=\empty \let\endposit@Box=\empty } \long\def\@on@overlay@one#1{} >>> \<shared prosper code\><<< \pend:defI\slidetitle{\a:slidetitle} \append:defI\slidetitle{\b:slidetitle} \NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Powerdot} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<powerdot.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % powerdot.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinclude{\input powerdot-a.4ht}{article} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{powerdot} \<powerdot-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % powerdot-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<powerdot code|> \Hinput{powerdot} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{powerdot-a} % \HRestore\maketitle A \''\relax' is prepended to the start of the definitions \`'\@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}' provided within \`'\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{...}'. \<powerdot code\><<< \pend:defI\pd@getargsandbody{% \expandafter\ifx \csname set:env:##1\endcsname\relax \expandafter\gdef\csname set:env:##1\endcsname{}% \expandafter\pend:def\csname end##1\endcsname{\relax}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let \csname end##1\expandafter\endcsname\csname end##1\endcsname \expandafter\ifx\csname before:begin##1\endcsname\relax \:warning{\string\ConfigureEnv{##1} not provided}% \fi \fi } >>> \<powerdot code\><<< \def\:tempc{% |<hooks for slide titles|>% \append:def\pd@template@slide@options{% \setkeys [pd]{template}{lfpos={}, rfpos={}, tocpos={}, stocpos={}, ntocpos={}}}% \append:def\pd@template@titleslide@options{% \setkeys [pd]{template}{lfpos={},rfpos={}}}% \o:pd@sl@de:} \HLet\pd@sl@de\:tempc \NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2} >>> \<hooks for slide titles\><<< \let\sv:rput\rput \def\rput[##1](##2)##3{\def\:temp{\pd@@titlepos}\def\:tempa{##2}% \ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\rput\sv:rput \def\:temp{\a:slidetitle\sv:rput[##1](##2){##3}\b:slidetitle}% \else \def\:temp{\sv:rput[##1](##2){##3}}% \fi \:temp }% >>> \<powerdot code\><<< \let\:item\pd@orig@item \let\pd@orig@item\@item \def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}} \def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{% \pd@closeitem \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}% \else \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% \normalcolor \fi \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type \fi \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ \normalcolor\pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% \pd@hide{#2}% \else \color\pd@@iacolor \fi \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}% \fi \pd@orig@item[#1]\@@par\leavevmode \ignorespaces } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{beamer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Beamer} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<beamer.4ht\><<< % beamer.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<shared conf beamer|> \ifx \beamer@version\:UnDef |<shared conf beamer 0.8 and 0.3|> \ifx \insertinstituteshort\:UnDef |<conf beamer 0.8|> \else |<conf beamer 0.3|> \fi \else |<conf beamer 3.01|> \fi |<conf beamer current|> \Hinput{beamer} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{beamer} \<shared conf beamer\><<< |<beamer title page|> |<beamer sections|> |<beamer toc|> |<beamer other|> >>> \<conf beamer 0.3\><<< \append:def\andtitle{\a:andtitle} \def\insttitle#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst} \def\instinst#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst\ignorespaces} >>> \<conf beamer 0.8\><<< \append:def\beamer@andtitle{\a:andtitle} \def\beamer@insttitle#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst} \def\beamer@instinst#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst\ignorespaces} >>> \<conf beamer 0.3\><<< \pend:def\titlepage{% \a:titlepage \pend:def\inserttitletitle{\a:title}% \append:def\inserttitletitle{\b:title}% \pend:def\insertauthortitle{\a:author}% \append:def\insertauthortitle{\b:author}% \pend:def\insertinstitute{\a:institute}% \append:def\insertinstitute{\b:institute}% \pend:def\insertdate{\a:date}% \append:def\insertdate{\b:date}% \pend:def\inserttitlegraphic{\a:titlegraphic}% \append:def\inserttitlegraphic{\b:titlegraphic}% } \append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage} >>> \<conf beamer 0.8\><<< \pend:def\titlepage{% \a:titlepage \pend:def\inserttitle{\a:title}% \append:def\inserttitle{\b:title}% \pend:def\insertauthor{\a:author}% \append:def\insertauthor{\b:author}% \pend:def\insertinstitute{\a:institute}% \append:def\insertinstitute{\b:institute}% \pend:def\insertdate{\a:date}% \append:def\insertdate{\b:date}% \pend:def\inserttitlegraphic{\a:titlegraphic}% \append:def\inserttitlegraphic{\b:titlegraphic}% } \append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage} >>> \<beamer title page\><<< \NewConfigure{titlepage}{2} \NewConfigure{title}{2} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \NewConfigure{institute}{2} \NewConfigure{date}{2} \NewConfigure{titlegraphic}{2} \NewConfigure{andtitle}{1} \NewConfigure{inst}{2} >>> \<beamer toc\><<< \def\addtocontents#1#2{% \add:toc{#1}{}{#2}% } \def\add:toc#1#2#3{{% \csname if:toc\endcsname{ \def\protect{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}% \edef\:tempa{|<beamer toc entry|>}\:tempa }% }} >>> \<beamer toc entry\><<< \the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry \string\toc#1{#2}{% \string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname {\FileNumber}{\cur:th\@currentlabel}{}{#3}% }{}\relax }% >>> \<beamer toc\><<< \def\tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\:TOC{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:TableOfContents \else \:TableOfContents[toc]\fi} >>> \<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \pend:def\@subsectiontemplateshaded{\a:subsectionshadedintoc} \append:def\@subsectiontemplateshaded{\b:subsectionshadedintoc} \pend:def\@subsectiontemplate{\a:subsectionintoc} \append:def\@subsectiontemplate{\b:subsectionintoc} \pend:def\sectiontemplateshaded{\a:sectionshadedintoc} \append:def\sectiontemplateshaded{\b:sectionshadedintoc} \pend:def\sectiontemplate{\a:sectionintoc} \append:def\sectiontemplate{\b:sectionintoc} >>> \<conf beamer 0.3\><<< \let\o:subsection:\subsection \def\subsection#1{% \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:subsection:{#1}% \add:toc{subsection}{\thesection.\thesubsection}{#1}}% |<cond undo delayed sect|>% } >>> \<conf beamer 0.8\><<< \let\o:@subsection:\@subsection \def\@subsection[#1]#2{% \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:@subsection:[#1]{#2}% \add:toc{subsection}{\thesection.\thesubsection}{#2}}% |<cond undo delayed sect|>% } >>> \<beamer sections\><<< \let\o:@section:\@section \def\@section[#1]#2{% \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:@section:[#1]{#2}% \add:toc{section}{\thesection}{\secname}}% |<cond undo delayed sect|>% } \let\o:untitledsubsection:\untitledsubsection \def\untitledsubsection#1{% \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:untitledsubsection:}% |<cond undo delayed sect|>% } \newtoks\sl:toks \NewConfigure{sec@slide}{2} >>> \<conf beamer 0.3\><<< \pend:def\slide{\a:sec@slide\the\sl:toks\b:sec@slide \global\sl:toks={}} >>> \<conf beamer 0.8\><<< \let\be:frameslide\frameslide \def\frameslide{\a:sec@slide\the\sl:toks\b:sec@slide \global\sl:toks={}\be:frameslide} >>> If sec@slide is configured, the section are subsection commands are transported into the slide blocks. \<cond undo delayed sect\><<< \expandafter\ifx\csname a:sec@slide\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname b:sec@slide\endcsname\relax \the\sl:toks \global\sl:toks={}% \fi\fi >>> \<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \pend:def\@beginblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle} \append:def\@beginblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle} \pend:def\@beginalertblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle} \append:def\@beginalertblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle} \pend:def\@beginexampleblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle} \append:def\@beginexampleblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle} \NewConfigure{blocktitle}{2} >>> \<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \pend:defI\frametitle{\bgroup \pend:def\@headrenderer{\a:frametitle}% \append:def\@headrenderer{\b:frametitle}% } \append:defI\frametitle{\egroup} \NewConfigure{frametitle}{2} >>> \<beamer other\><<< \pend:defI\alert{\a:alert} \append:defI\alert{\b:alert} \NewConfigure{alert}{2} \pend:defI\structure{\a:structure} \append:defI\structure{\b:structure} \NewConfigure{structure}{2} \NewConfigure{sectionshadedintoc}{2} \NewConfigure{sectionintoc}{2} \NewConfigure{subsectionshadedintoc}{2} \NewConfigure{subsectionintoc}{2} >>> \<conf beamer current\><<< \let\Hy@EveryPageAnchor\relax \def\pgf@trimright@final{0pt} \def\pgf@trimleft@final{0pt} \let\origEndP\EndP \AtBeginDocument{\def\EndP{\let\EndP\origEndP}\SaveEndP} \NewConfigure{frame}{2} \NewConfigure{frametitle}{2} \AddToHook{env/beamer@frameslide/before}{\RecallEndP\a:frame} \AddToHook{env/beamer@frameslide/after}{\b:frame} \long\def\:temp[#1]#2{% \a:frametitle% \o:beamer@@frametitle:[#1]{#2}% \b:frametitle% } \HLet\beamer@@frametitle\:temp % Beamer redefines \emph, it is necessary to insert hooks again \pend:defI\emph{\a:emph}% \append:defI\emph{\b:emph}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{beamerbasetoc} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<beamerbasetoc.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % beamerbasetoc.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \def\beamer@sectionintoc#1#2#3#4#5{} \Hinput{beamerbasetoc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{beamerbasetoc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{beamerbasefont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<beamerbasefont.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % beamerbasefont.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \expandafter\ifx \csname o:@mathrm:\endcsname\relax\else \HRestore\@mathrm \HRestore\@mathbf \HRestore\@mathsf \HRestore\@mathit \HRestore\@mathtt \fi \AtBeginDocument{% \def\:tempd#1{% \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}} \expandafter\HLet\csname @#1\endcsname|=\:tempc } \:tempd{mathbf} \:tempd{mathrm} \:tempd{mathsf} \:tempd{mathit} \:tempd{mathtt} } \Hinput{beamerbasefont} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{beamerbasefont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{seminar.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<seminar.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % seminar.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\seminar:Hinput=\Hinput \def\Hinput#1{% \seminar:Hinput{#1}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{article}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\Hinput=\seminar:Hinput \input seminar-a.4ht \fi } \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{seminar} The seminar class loads the article class, and then its own definitions. \<seminar-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % seminar-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<seminar code|> \Hinput{seminar} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{seminar-a} \<seminar code\><<< \def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{\begingroup \slide@clearpage \slidetrue \leavevmode \refstepcounter{slide}% \the\slide@hook \the\before@newslide \everyslide} \def\end@slide{\endgroup} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{slides.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<slides.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % slides.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<conf slides|> \Hinput{slides} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{slides} \<conf slides\><<< \def\btn:s{% \advance\c@slide by -1 \edef\prevCutAt{\RefFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide.\:html}}% \ifx\prevCutAt\space \let\prevCutAt=\empty \fi \advance\c@slide by 2 \edef\nextCutAt{\RefFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide.\:html}}% \ifx\nextCutAt\space \let\nextCutAt=\empty \fi } \append:def\slide{\expandafter\ifx \csname slide:\endcsname\relax \else \NextFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide .\:html}% \HPage{\a:slidename}% \bgroup\btn:s \default:bts{}{tail}% \egroup \fi} \pend:def\endslide{\expandafter\ifx \csname slide:\endcsname\relax \else \bgroup \btn:s \pend:def\b:crsbt{\Link-{}{tail\FileName}\EndLink}% \default:bts{tail}{}% \egroup\EndHPage{}\fi} \NewConfigure{slidename}{1} \Configure{slidename}{\the\c@slide} >>> \<conf slides\><<< \pend:def\maketitle{\bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}% \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}% \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}% \a:mktl } \append:def\maketitle{\b:mktl \egroup } \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{author date}[4]{% \c:def\a:author{#1}\c:def\b:author{#2}% \c:def\a:date{#3}\c:def\b:date{#4}} >>> \<conf slides\><<< \long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c@enumiii} \ifx \theenumiii\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:enumiii\@roman\c@enumiii\b:enumiii} \HLet\theenumiii\:tempc \fi \NewConfigure{enumiii}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{foils.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<foils.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % foils.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \ifx \o:listoffigures:\:UnDef \else \HRestore\listoffigures \fi \ifx \o:listoftables:\:UnDef \else \HRestore\listoftables \fi |<foils configs|> \Hinput{foils} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{foils} \<foils configs\><<< \pend:def\maketitle{\par\a:mktl\begingroup \ifx \@thanks\empty \else \pend:def\@thanks{\a:thank}% \append:def\@thanks{\b:thank}% \fi \aftergroup\b:mktl \:gobbleII } \def\@maketitle{% {\a:ttl \@title \b:ttl} {\lineskip \authorauthorskip \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\a:author \@author \b:author\end{tabular} \par } \ifx \@date\empty \else \a:date \@date \b:date \fi \par } \NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}% \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}} \NewConfigure{author date}[4]{% \c:def\a:author{#1}\c:def\b:author{#2}% \c:def\a:date{#3}\c:def\b:date{#4}} >>> \<is not foils.cls\><<< \@ifclassloaded{foils}{\:Optionfalse}{} >>>> \<foils configs\><<< \NewSection\foilhead{} \let\:foilhead|=\@foilhead \def\@foilhead[#1]#2{% \def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \:foilhead[#1]{\foilhead{\space}}% \else \:foilhead[#1]{\foilhead{#2}}\fi } \NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{\edef\auto:toc{#1}% \ifx \::foilhead\:UnDef \let\::foilhead|=\:foilhead \def\:foilhead{\:TableOfContents[\auto:toc]% \let\:foilhead|=\::foilhead \::foilhead} \fi } >>> \<foils configs\><<< \def\Str:pic{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \Picture*{}% \else \let\EndPicture\empty \fi } \let\:boldequation|=\boldequation \def\boldequation{\Str:pic \:boldequation} \append:def\endboldequation{\EndPicture} \expand:after{\let\boldequation:|=}\csname boldequation*\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname boldequation*\endcsname{\Str:pic \boldequation:} \expandafter\append:def\csname endboldequation*\endcsname{\EndPicture} % \let\:begintheorem|=\@begintheorem % \def\@begintheorem#1#2{\:begintheorem{#1}{#2.}} % \def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\:begintheorem{#1}{#2.\ [#3] }} % \def\@beginstartheorem#1{\:begintheorem{#1.}} % \def\@opargbeginstartheorem#1#2{\:begintheorem{#1.}{\ [#2] }} % \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par \begingroup \@parboxrestore \normalsize % \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par % \endgroup} \def\end@nonfloat{\end@float} >>> \<foils configs\><<< \def\:temp#1{{\stepcounter{footnote}% % \ifx \footnote\thanks \a:thank\@fnsymbol\c@footnote\b:thank % \fi \let\a:thanks\empty \let\b:thanks\empty \protected@xdef\@thanks{\noexpand\a:thanks{\@thanks\c:thank \@fnsymbol\c@footnote\d:thank #1\e:thank}\noexpand\b:thanks}% }} \HLet\thanks|=\:temp >>> Do we need the following? %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{slidesec.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<slidesec.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % slidesec.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \def\listofslides{\begingroup \section*{List of Slides}% \def\l@slide##1##2##3{% \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}% \let\l@subslide\l@slide \a:listofslides \:tableofcontents[slidesection,subslidesection]\b:listofslides \endgroup} \NewConfigure{listofslides}{2} \def\slide@heading[#1]#2{% \stepcounter{slidesection}% \:los{slidesection}{#1}% \gdef\theslideheading{#1}% \def\@tempa{#2}% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}% \makeslideheading{#2}}% \fi} \def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{% \stepcounter{slidesection}% \:los{subheading}{#1}% \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}% \def\@tempa{#2}% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname \theslidesubsection}\makeslideheading{#2}}% \fi} \def\:los#1#2{{\Link{#1-\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}{#1\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}\EndLink \protect:wrtoc \edef\:temp{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry \string\toc#1{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}{\string \csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname {\FileNumber}{#1\expandafter\the \csname c@#1\endcsname}{#1-\expandafter\the \csname c@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}{\the \c@slide}\relax}}\:temp }} \Hinput{slidesec} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{slidesec} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{texpower} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<texpower.4ht\><<< % texpower.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<undo texpower|> \Hinput{texpower} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{texpower} \<undo texpower\><<< \expandafter\def\csname\string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname[#1]{} \def\step#1{#1} \def\bstep#1{#1} \def\restep#1{#1} \let\switch=\empty \let\pause=\empty >>> \<texpower configs\><<< \def\pause{\a:pause} \NewConfigure{pause}{1} \Configure{pause} {\gHAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1 \hbox{\HCode{}}} \Configure{pause}{} \HAssign\ShipoutCount=0 \ConfigureEnv{stepcapsule} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} {}{} \pend:def\insertfirstduplicate@TP{\a:tp} \append:def\insertfirstduplicate@TP{\b:tp} \NewConfigure{tp}{2} \Configure{tp} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} \pend:def\insertsecondduplicate@TP{\a:tpp} \append:def\insertsecondduplicate@TP{\b:tpp} \NewConfigure{tpp}{2} \Configure{tpp} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} {\hbox{\HCode{}}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \let\slide=\slide: \pend:def\slide{\let\slide:\:UnDef} \Configure{AtShipout} {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \NextFile{\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html}% \HPage{\ShipoutCount}% \fi } {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \rightline{% \ifnum \ShipoutCount>1 \bgroup \HAdvance\ShipoutCount by -1 [\Link[\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html]{}{}prev\EndLink] \egroup \fi \ShipoutCount{} \ifnum \ShipoutCount<0\LikeRef{LastShipout}% \bgroup \HAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1 [\Link[\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html]{}{}next\EndLink] \egroup \fi }\EndHPage{}% \fi } \else \Configure{AtShipout} {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \HCode{}\fi } {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \HCode{<hr />}\fi} \fi \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {}{} \Configure{stepwise} {} {\IgnorePar\par\leavevmode\EndP} \Configure{@/BODY} {\relax \ifnum \FileNumber=1 \Tag{LastShipout}{\ShipoutCount}% \gHAssign\ShipoutCount=-2 \fi} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% >>> \<texpower configs\><<< \pend:def\at@shipout@once@TP{\aftergroup\:AtShipout} \def\:AtShipout#1\vtop#2{#1\vtop{\hbox{% \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \a:AtShipout \box \@cclv \b:AtShipout \gHAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1 \global\def\at@shipout@once@TP{\aftergroup\:AtShipout}}}} \NewConfigure{AtShipout}{2} \HAssign\ShipoutCount=0 \expandafter\let \expandafter \:stepwise@TP \csname \string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname \string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname [#1]#2{\:stepwise@TP[#1]{\a:stepwise#2\b:stepwise}} \NewConfigure{stepwise}{2} \pend:def\pause{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP} \append:def\pause{\par\ShowPar} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Drawing Utilities and Colors} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{xy.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<xy.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % xy.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \pend:def\xy{\a:xypic} \append:def\endxy{\b:xypic} \NewConfigure{xypic}{2} |<sup/sub in xypic|> \expandafter\ifx \csname xyv2version\endcsname\relax\else |<config xyv2|> \fi \Hinput{xy} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{xy} xypic assum catcodes of 7 and 8 for sup and sub. \<sup/sub in xypic\><<< \def\:tempa#1#2{% \def\:tempc##1{% \def\:temp{% \ifx #1\next \let\next|=^% \def\:temp########1{##1^}% \else \ifx #2\next \let\next|=_% \def\:temp########1{##1_}% \else \let\:temp|=##1\fi \fi \:temp}\futurelet\next\:temp}% } \:CheckOption{no^} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{^13} \if:Option \catcode`\^|=13 \else \catcode`\^|=12 \fi \fi \:CheckOption{no_} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{_13} \if:Option \catcode`\_|=13 \else \catcode`\_|=12 \fi \fi \:tempa^_ \catcode`\^|=7 \catcode`\_|=8 \HLet\xyFN@\:tempc >>> \<config xyv2\><<< \let\xy:diagram|=\diagram \def\diagram{\a:diagram \xy:diag} \def\xy:diag#1\enddiagram{\xy:diagram#1\enddiagram\b:diagram} \NewConfigure{diagram}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{PicTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% In pict.sty PicTex offers the following definitions \`'\def\beginpicture{\setbox\!picbox=\hbox\bgroup....} \def\endpicture{... \egroup....}', and it allows nested pictures. \<pictex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pictex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\:beginpicture|=\beginpicture \let\:endpicture|=\endpicture \def\beginpicture{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:pictex \expandafter\Picture\c:pictex{}% \def\endpicture{\:endpicture \EndPicture\b:pictex}% \fi\:beginpicture \def\beginpicture{\let\endpicture|=\:endpicture \:beginpicture}} \NewConfigure{pictex}{3} \Hinput{pictex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pictex} \Section{Diagrams.tex} By \Link[http://www.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/\string ~pt/diagrams/index.html]{}{}Paul Taylor \EndLink \<diagrams.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % diagrams.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \pend:def\CD@bC{\ifincommdiag\else \expandafter\a:diagram \fi} \append:def\CD@ED{\b:diagram} \NewConfigure{diagram}{2} \Hinput{diagrams} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{diagrams} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{PsTricks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pstricks.4ht\><<< % pstricks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht license text|> |<pstricks pspicture|> |<rput pspicture|> |<pstricks configs|> \ifx\psset@linecap\:UnDef |<pre 2006 pstricks|> \else |<shared 2006/2008 pstricks|> \ifx \pst@LaTeX@Setup\:UnDef |<since 2008 pstricks|> \else |<since 2006 pstricks|> \fi \fi \Hinput{pstricks} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pstricks} \<pst-all.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pst-all.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{pst-all} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pst-all} \<pstricks configs\><<< \pend:def\psframebox@ii{\a:pspicture} \append:def\psframebox@ii{\b:pspicture} >>> \<\><<< \long\def\:tempc#1#2{% \Picture+{}% \edef\pst@mathflag{% \ifpsmathbox\ifmmode\ifinner 1\else 2\fi\else \z@\fi\else \z@\fi}% \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% \ifcase\pst@mathflag\or$\m@th\textstyle\or$\m@th\displaystyle\fi {\pst@thisbox\the\everypsbox#2}% \ifnum\pst@mathflag>\z@$\fi}% #1\EndPicture} \HLet\pst@makenotverbbox\:tempc >>> \<pstricks pspicture\><<< \pend:def\pst@picture{\global\let\pst:EndPicture\EndPicture \let\EndPicture=\empty} \expand:after{\let\fi@star|=}\csname fi\endcsname \NewConfigure{pspicture}{2} \HAssign\ps:level=0 >>> \<pre 2006 pstricks\><<< \def\endpspicture{% \pst@killglue \endgroup \egroup \ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}% \fi \ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd \dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% \kern-\pst@dima \ifx\pst@tempa\@undefined\else \advance\pst@dimd-\pst@dimb \pst@dimd=\pst@tempa\pst@dimd \advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb \lower\pst@dimd \fi \box\pst@hbox \kern\pst@dimc}% \if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star |<pspicture img|>% \endgroup} >>> \<since 2006 pstricks\><<< \def\endpspicture{% \pst@killglue \global\pst@shift=\psk@shift% in fact of the following endgroup \endgroup \egroup \ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}% \fi \ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd \dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% \kern-\pst@dima \pst@dimd-\pst@shift \advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb \lower\pst@dimd% \box\pst@hbox% \kern\pst@dimc}% \if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star |<pspicture img|>% \endgroup% \global\psk@shift\z@% restore value } >>> \<since 2008 pstricks\><<< \def\endpspicture{% \pst@killglue % \global\pst@shift=\psk@shift% in fact of the following endgroup \endgroup \egroup \ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}% \fi \ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd \dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% \kern-\pst@dima \pst@dimd-\pst@shift \advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb \lower\pst@dimd% \box\pst@hbox% \kern\pst@dimc}% \if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star |<pspicture img|>% \endgroup% \psset@shift{0}% reset value % \global\psk@shift\z@% restore value } >>> \<pspicture img\><<< \ifnum \ps:level=0 \let\EndPicture\pst:EndPicture \global\let\pst:EndPicture=\:UnDef \a:pspicture\box\pst@hbox\b:pspicture \else \xdef\pspicture:dim{\the\wd\pst@hbox, \the\ht\pst@hbox, \the\ht\pst@hbox}% \box\pst@hbox \fi >>> \<rput pspicture\><<< \def\rput@iv(#1){\pst@killglue \gHAdvance\ps:level by 1 \pst@makebox{\gHAdvance\ps:level by -1 \rput@v{#1}}} \def\rput@v#1{\begingroup \use@par \if@star\pst@starbox\fi \pst@makesmall\pst@hbox \pst@rotate\psk@rot\pst@hbox \ifnum \ps:level=0 \expandafter\ifx \csname pspicture:dim\endcsname\relax \ht:everypar{}\psput@{#1}\pst@hbox \else |<rput fix|>% \fi \else \psput@{#1}\pst@hbox \fi \endgroup \ignorespaces} >>> A search on \`'\psput@{#1}\pst@hbox' show a few other locations needing a similar code: \''\Rput', \''\uput', and \''\cput'. When it is coming to paragraph breaks, they are all problematic (because they move text around?). \<rput fix\><<< \def\psput@cartesian##1{% \hbox to \pst@dimg{{\vbox to \pst@dimh{\vss\box##1}\hss}}}% \global\let\pspicture:dim=\:UnDef \let\sv:leavevmode=\leavevmode \def\leavevmode{% \let\leavevmode=\sv:leavevmode |<rput warning|>% \let\EndPicture\pst:EndPicture \global\let\pst:EndPicture=\:UnDef \a:pspicture \leavevmode}% \psput@{#1}\pst@hbox\b:pspicture >>> \<rput warningNO\><<< \ifdim \pst@dimg<2pt \:warning{pspicture might fail within \noexpand\rput (width=\the\pst@dimg\space height=\the\pst@dimh)}% \else \ifdim \pst@dimh<2pt \:warning{pspicture might fail within \noexpand\rput (width=\the\pst@dimg\space height=\the\pst@dimh)}% \fi\fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{epsf.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<epsf.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % epsf.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<epsf.sty|> \Hinput{epsf} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{epsf} \<epsf.sty\><<< |<fix epsf|> >>> \<fix epsf\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\def\PicName{#1}\a:epsfsetgraph \o:epsfsetgraph:{#1}\b:epsfsetgraph} \HLet\epsfsetgraph=\:tempc \NewConfigure{epsfsetgraph}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{psfig.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<psfig.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % psfig.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<verify /psfig is from psfig.sty|> \NewConfigure{psfig}{2} \def\:temp#1{{\a:psfig\o:psfig:{#1}\b:psfig}} \HLet\psfig|=\:temp \Hinput{psfig} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{psfig} \<verify /psfig is from psfig.sty\><<< \def\:temp#1{\vbox { \ps@init@parms \parse@ps@parms {#1} \compute@sizes \ifnum \@p@scost <\@psdraft { \PsfigSpecials \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss } \vss } }\else { \if@draftbox { \hbox {\fbox {\vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \vss \hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss \hss } \vss }}} }\else { \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \vss \hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{\hss } \vss } }\fi \par \par \par }\fi }} \ifx \psfig\:temp\else \expandafter\endinput \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{epsfig.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/epsfig.sty]{}{}% epsfig.sty\EndLink. \<epsfig.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % epsfig.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \NewConfigure{epsfig}{2} \def\:temp#1{{\a:epsfig\o:epsfig:{#1}\b:epsfig}} \HLet\epsfig|=\:temp \Hinput{epsfig} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{epsfig} Redefines \Verb+\psfig+ in terms of \Verb+\includegraphics+ of graphicx. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{graphics.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty]{}{}% graphics.sty\EndLink. \<graphics.4ht\><<< % graphics.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<fix graphics|> \Hinput{graphics} \endinput >>> \AddFile{4}{graphics} \<fix graphics\><<< \expandafter\let\csname includegraphics \endcsname\includegraphics \def\includegraphics{\expandafter\protect\csname includegraphics \endcsname} >>> [\HPage{example} \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage{graphicx} \begin{document} \begin{titlepage} \title{\includegraphics[width=7cm]{triangle.eps}\\ xxxx \footnote{xxxx}} \date{xxxx-yy-zz} \author{xxxx yyyy\thanks{Debian Project Official Developer}} \maketitle \end{titlepage} \end{document} \EndVerbatim \EndHPage{}] \<fix graphics\><<< \def\grf:removequote"#1"{#1} \def\grf:thrashname#1\relax{} \def\grf:fixquotes{% \@ifnextchar"{\edef\Gin@base{\expandafter\grf:removequote\Gin@base}\grf:thrashname}{\grf:thrashname}} \def\grp:warning#1{\no:bound#1(no BoundingBox)//\:warning{#1}} \def\no:bound#1(no BoundingBox)#2//{\gdef\noBoundingBox{#2}\ifx \noBoundingBox\empty \global\let\noBoundingBox\:UnDef\fi} \let\:tempc|=\Gin@setfile \pend:defIII\:tempc{\a:graphics \global\let\noBoundingBox\:UnDef \let\@latex@error|=\grp:warning \let\@ehc|=\empty} \append:defIII\:tempc{\b:graphics\grf:gobble\leavevmode grf:gobble} \HLet\Gin@setfile|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{graphics*}[2]{% \expandafter\ifx \csname :.#1\endcsname\relax \pend:defIII\n:Gin@setfile:{\csname :.#1\endcsname}% \fi \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \expandafter\let\csname :.#1\endcsname\:UnDef \else \expandafter\def\csname :.#1\endcsname{\edef\:temp{\detokenize{.#1}}% \ifx \:temp\Gin@ext \let\a:graphics|=\relax \def\G:cnfg{#2}\expandafter\grf:gobble \fi}% \fi } \NewConfigure{graphics}{2} \def\grf:gobble#1\leavevmode#2grf:gobble{% \PictureOff\expandafter\grf:fixquotes\Gin@base\relax#1\PictureOn \G:cnfg \let\G:cnfg|=\relax} \let\G:cnfg|=\relax \let\old:GreadEps\Gread@eps \def\Gread@eps#1{\old:GreadEps{"#1"}} >>> Show dimensions only for pictures that have dimensions specified explicitly or using the .xbb file \<fix graphics\><<< \def\if:boundingbox#1#2{\ifdim\Gin@req@width=\Gin@nat@width\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined#1\else#2\fi\else#1\fi} >>> We need to find bounding boxes of images. Graphics support the .xbb file that contain this information. It is necessary to provide the DeclareGraphicsRule commands for supported image formats so the .xbb file works. We execute these rules only with the default dvips driver. If user selects explicitly other drivers, it would result in a compilation error. \<fix graphics\><<< \def\Gin:defaultdriver{dvips.def} \ifx\Gin@driver\Gin:defaultdriver% \DeclareGraphicsRule{.png}{bmp}{.xbb}{} \DeclareGraphicsRule{.jpg}{bmp}{.xbb}{} \DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{bmp}{.xbb}{} \DeclareGraphicsRule{.pdf}{bmp}{.xbb}{} \DeclareGraphicsRule{.svg}{bmp}{.xbb}{} \fi >>> %\expandafter\def\csname c:graphics-file:\endcsname#1{\Gin@drafttrue % \def\Gin@setfile##1##2##3{% % \def\:temp####1####2{#1}\:temp{##3}{\Gin@base}}} %\pend:defI\Ginclude@graphics{\a:graphics} % \append:defI\Ginclude@graphics{\b:graphics} For figures of specific exytensions, we can tailor a configuration with the command \`'\Configure{graphics*}{extension}{action}'. For the other figures, we can use the configuration \`'\Configure{graphics}{before}{aafter}'. \Verbatim \Configure{epsfig} {\Configure{graphics*} {eps} {\Needs{"eps22jpg ####1 ####2"}% \Needs{File: ####2}% \def\temp{[####2]}% \Picture [\temp]{####2}}} {} \EndVerbatim Newer version \Verbatim \Configure{graphics*} {eps} { \Needs{"convert -crop 0x0 -density 110x110 -transparent '\#FFFFFF' ##3 \csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif"} \Picture[pict]{\csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif} } \Configure{graphics*} {gif} {\Picture[pict]{\csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif}} \EndVerbatim For xml \Verbatim \def\Ginclude@graphics#1{\Tg<includegraphics file="#1"/>} \def\Gin@setfile#1#2#3{% \ifx\\#2\\\Gread@false\fi \ifGin@bbox\else \ifGread@ \csname Gread@% \expandafter\ifx\csname Gread@#1\endcsname\relax eps% \else #1% \fi \endcsname{\Gin@base#2}% \else \Gin@nosize{#3}% \fi \fi \Gin@viewport@code \Gin@nat@height\Gin@ury bp% \advance\Gin@nat@height-\Gin@lly bp% \Gin@nat@width\Gin@urx bp% \advance\Gin@nat@width-\Gin@llx bp% \Gin@req@sizes \Tg<includegraphics file="#3" width="\the\Gin@req@width" height="\the\Gin@req@height"/> } \EndVerbatim Fix for XeTeX graphics - PDF inclusion doesn't work with the default driver, dvips needs to be used instead \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{graphics.sty}{graphics-hooks.4ht} >>> \<graphics-hooks.4ht\><<< % graphics-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2020-2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \ifdefined\XeTeXversion \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{graphics} \fi |<disable early sup|> >>> \AddFile{9}{graphics-hooks} The \Verb|early^| option can break some packages that changes catcode of circumflex too. We need to revert to the original definition for the package processing, and then return to the TeX4ht definition after the package is processed. \<disable early sup\><<< \ifdefined\recall:sup \recall:sup \:AtEndOfPackage{ \early:sup } \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{graphicx} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<graphicx.4ht\><<< % graphicx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<fix graphicx|> \Hinput{graphicx} \endinput >>> \AddFile{4}{graphicx} \<fix graphicx\><<< \let\Gin:esetsize\Gin@esetsize \def\Gin@esetsize{% \ifx \Gin@ewidth\Gin@exclamation \let\Gin:ewidth\Gin@ewidth \else \setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@ewidth \edef\Gin:ewidth{\the\tmp:dim}% \fi \ifx \Gin@eheight\Gin@exclamation \let\Gin:eheight\Gin@eheight \else \setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@eheight \edef\Gin:eheight{\the\tmp:dim}% \fi \Gin:esetsize } \NewConfigure{rotatebox}{2} \pend:def\Grot@box{\a:rotatebox} \append:def\Grot@box{\b:rotatebox} >>> Support for the alt key of \Verb!\includegraphics! command. \<fix graphicx\><<< \NewConfigure{GraphicsAlt}{1} \define@key{Gin}{alt}{\Configure{GraphicsAlt}{#1}} >>> The calc package redefined \`'\setlength' to allow expressions of the form `\Verb!width=.625\textwidth+5mm!'. The macros \`'Gin@ewidth' and \`'Gin@eheight' allow such values. Hence, for such macros, we should use instructions like \`'\setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@ewidth' instead of \`'\tmp:dim=\Gin@ewidth'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{graphbox} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Graphbox redefines \`'\Gin@setfile' to make some manipulations with the graphics box. We want to revert it, because it fatally breaks TeX4ht, and it isn't useful in XML anyway. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{graphbox.sty}{graphbox-hooks.4ht} >>> \<graphbox-hooks.4ht\><<< % graphbox-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \:AtEndOfPackage{% \let\Gin@setfile\old@box@Gin@setfile } >>> \AddFile{9}{graphbox-hooks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{pdfpages} \<pdfpages.4ht\><<< % pdfpages.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<pdfpages configurations|> \Hinput{pdfpages} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pdfpages} TeX4ht supports inclusion of PDF thanks to Graphicx package, we just need to make it compatible with Pdfpages. \<pdfpages configurations\><<< \define@key{Gin}{page}[]{\edef\Gin@page{#1}} \def\AM@findfile#1{% \AM@findfile@i{#1}{pdf}% \AM@findfile@ii{#1}% } \catcode`\:=12 \renewcommand\AM@output[1]{% \@for\@pages:=\AM@pagestemp\do{\includegraphics[page=\@pages]{\AM@currentdocname}} } \catcode`\:=11 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{svg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<svg.4ht\><<< % svg.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2018-2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<svg config|> \Hinput{svg} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{svg} \<svg config\><<< \renewcommand\includesvg[2][]{% % get file name with \svgpath support \svg@get@path{#2}{}% % set keys \svg@local@param@set{#1}% \if@svg@file@found% % convert supported parameters from \includesvg for use with \includegraphics \edef\svg@tempb{} \ifdim\svg@param@height>\z@\relax% \edef\svg@tempb{\svg@tempb,height=\svg@param@height}% \fi% \ifdim\svg@param@width>\z@\relax% \edef\svg@tempb{\svg@tempb,width=\svg@param@width}% \fi% \ifdim\dimexpr\svg@param@angle\p@\relax=\z@\relax\else% \edef\svg@tempb{% \svg@tempb,origin=\svg@param@origin,angle=\svg@param@angle% }% \fi% \expandafter\includegraphics\expandafter[\svg@tempb]{\svg@file@base.\svg@file@ext} \else \typeout{SVG file #1 cannot be found} \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{endfloat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<endfloat.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % endfloat.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{endfloat} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{endfloat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mfpic.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mfpic.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % mfpic.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<mfpic config|> \Hinput{mfpic} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{mfpic} \<mfpic config\><<< \expandafter \ifx\csname if@mfp@latexe\endcsname\relax |<non 2005 latex mpic|> \fi >>> \<non 2005 latex mpic\><<< \pend:def\mfpic{\a:mfpic} \append:def\endmfpic{\b:mfpic} \NewConfigure{mfpic}{2} >>> \''\opengraphsfile' is only used once in the LaTeX document. All individual pictures generated by \''\mfpic... \endmfpic' go into this single file. Therefore \''\Picture+{} ... \EndPicture' should be wrapped around \''\mfpic ... \endmfpic', %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{pb-diagram.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pb-diagram.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pb-diagram.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{pb-diagram} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pb-diagram} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{amscd.sty Commutative Diagrams (CD)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amscd.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amscd.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config amscd|> \Hinput{amscd} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{amscd} \<config amscd\><<< \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6 \def\reg:CD{% \CDat \bgroup\relax\iffalse{\fi\let\ampersand@&\iffalse}\fi \CD@true\vcenter\bgroup \let\\\math@cr\restore@math@cr\default@tag \SaveMkHalignConf:g{CD}\HRestore\noalign \MkHalign#{&$\m@th#$}% } \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \def\:tempc{\crcr \EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig \b:CD \egroup\egroup } \HLet\endCD\:tempc \def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{CD}} \HLet\CD\:temp \NewConfigure{CD}{6} >>> \<config amscd\><<< \def\:tempc#1>#2>{\ampersand@ \ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi \setboxz@h{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;{#1}\;\;$}% \ifdim\wdz@>\bigaw@\global\bigaw@\wdz@\fi \@ifnotempty{#2}{\setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;{#2}\;\;$}% \ifdim\wd\@ne>\bigaw@\global\bigaw@\wd\@ne\fi}% \ifCD@\enskip\fi \csname a: @>\endcsname \mathrel {% \mathop{\hbox to\bigaw@{\rightarrowfill@\displaystyle}}% \if !#2!\limits\sp{#1}\else \limits\sp{#1}\sb{#2}\fi}% \ifCD@\enskip\fi \ampersand@} \expandafter\HLet\csname\space @>\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{ @>}{1} >>> \<config amscd\><<< \def\:tempc#1<#2<{\ampersand@ \ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi \setboxz@h{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;\;{#1}\;$}% \ifdim\wdz@>\bigaw@ \global\bigaw@\wdz@ \fi \@ifnotempty{#2}{\setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;\;{#2}\;$}% \ifdim\wd\@ne>\bigaw@ \global\bigaw@\wd\@ne \fi}% \ifCD@\enskip\fi \csname a: @<\endcsname \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to\bigaw@{\leftarrowfill@\displaystyle}}% \if !#2!\limits\sp{#1}\else \limits\sp{#1}\sb{#2}\fi}% \ifCD@\enskip\fi \ampersand@} \expandafter\HLet\csname\space @<\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{ @<}{1} >>> \<config amscd\><<< \def\:tempc#1V#2V{\CD@check{V..V..V}{% \csname a: @V\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% \llap{$\m@th\vcenter{\hbox {$\scriptstyle#1$}}$}\Big\downarrow \rlap{$\m@th\vcenter{\hbox{$\scriptstyle#2$}}$}% \csname b: @V\endcsname{#1}{#2}% &&} \expandafter\HLet\csname\space @V\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{ @V}[2]{% \expandafter\def\csname a: @V\endcsname##1##2{#1}% \expandafter\def\csname b: @V\endcsname##1##2{#2}} \Configure{ @V}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{pgf.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pgf.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pgf.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{pgf} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pgf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{color.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Was \`'\def\color@setgroup{\begingroup \ht:special {color push \current@color }% \aftergroup \reset@color }' indirectly through \''\set@color'. It caused an extra leading line for verbatim environments. As a side comment, the \''\aftergroup' might cause an ordering problem, if html code is attached to it. \<color.4ht\><<< % color.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \expandafter\ifx \csname color:def\endcsname\relax \let\color:def\def \else \expandafter\endinput\fi \let\:temp|=\begingroup \HLet\color@setgroup|=\:temp |<def HColor|> \NewConfigure{color}{1} \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\protect\leavevmode{\protect\a:textcolor \color#1{#2}#3\protect\b:textcolor}} \HLet\@textcolor=\:tempc \NewConfigure{textcolor}{2} |<fix color|> |<boxes of color|> \Hinput{color} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{color} \<def HColor\><<< \def\HColor{\:warning{\string\Hcode{...}{...} is deprecated; Use \string\Configure{HColor}{...}{...}}\Configure{HColor}} \NewConfigure{HColor}[2]{\if !#1!|<internal HColor|>\else \expandafter\edef\csname CLR:#1\endcsname{#2}\fi} >>> \<\><<< \def\:temp#1#2{% \let\a:fcol|=\empty \let\b:fcol|=\empty \color@b@x\relax{\color#1{#2}}} \HLet\color@box|=\:temp \def\:temp#1#2#3{% \let\a:fcol|=\a:fcolorbox \let\b:fcol|=\b:fcolorbox \color@b@x{\fboxsep\z@\color#1{#2}\fbox}{\color#1{#3}}} \HLet\color@fbox|=\:temp \long\def\:temp#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa\else\leavevmode\fi {\a:fcol #1{\ifcolors@ \a:colorbox\fi \leavevmode #2% {\set@color#3}\ifcolors@ \b:colorbox\fi}}\b:fcol} \HLet\color@b@x|=\:temp >>> \<boxes of color\><<< \long\def\:temp#1#2#3{% \ifcolors@ \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa \a:colorbox \else \a:fcolorbox \fi \fi {#1{\leavevmode #2{\set@color#3}}}% \ifcolors@ \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa \b:colorbox \else \b:fcolorbox \fi \fi } \HLet\color@b@x\:temp \NewConfigure{colorbox}{2} \NewConfigure{fcolorbox}{2} >>> \<fix color\><<< \def\pagecolor{% \begingroup \a:pagecolor \let\ignorespaces\endgroup \let\set@color\set@page@color \color} \NewConfigure{pagecolor}{1} >>> \<fix color\><<< \def\:tempa[#1]#2{\a:color{#1 #2}\o:@undeclaredcolor:[#1]{#2}} \HLet\@undeclaredcolor\:tempa \pend:defI\@declaredcolor{\a:color{##1}} >>> \<fix color\><<< \NewConfigure{SetHColor}[2]{{% \expandafter\let\expandafter\:temp \csname CLR:#2\endcsname \ifx \:temp\relax \edef\:temp{#2 //}\expandafter\get:HColor\:temp \ifx \HColor\relax |<xcolor SetHColor|>% \fi \else \let\HColor=\:temp \fi \ifx \HColor\relax \:warning{missing \string\Configure{HColor}{#2}{...} (in LaTeX: \csname\string\color @#2\endcsname)}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname CLR:#2\endcsname|=\empty \else #1\fi }} >>> The first argument to SetHColor above is the XML code to be added for the color, with the color itself referenced by \''\HColor'. The second argument is the same color name as provided to \''\color' of color.sty. That is, the configuration is employed in the following manner. \Verbatim \Configure{SetHColor} {#1: XML code for color provided in \HColor} {#2: latex color name} \EndVerbatim The SetHColor typically is requsted indirectly in the following manner \Verbatim \a:color{latex color name} \EndVerbatim Where \Verb=\a:color= is similar to. \Verbatim \Configure{color} {\Configure{SetHColor} {...XML code for color provided in \HColor...}% } \EndVerbatim The \Verb=\get:HColor= does the job of looking for XML color value, and it assignes that value to \Verb=\HColor=. \<fix color\><<< \def\get:HColor#1 #2//{% \if\relax#2\relax % \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor:#1\endcsname\relax \let\HColor=\relax |<color from def|>% \else \csname HColor:#1\endcsname #2 //% \fi } \def\c:HColor:gray:{\def\HColor:gray##1 ##2//} \Configure{HColor:gray}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} \def\c:HColor:rgb:{\def\HColor:rgb##1,##2,##3 ##4//} \Configure{HColor:rgb}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} \def\c:HColor:cmyk:{\def\HColor:cmyk##1,##2,##3,##4 ##5//} \Configure{HColor:cmyk}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} >>> \<color from def\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname \relax\else \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:\endcsname\relax \else \csname colortyp:\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname \csname\string\color @#1\expandafter\endcsname \space . //% \fi \fi >>> \<internal HColor\><<< \if!#2!\let\HColor|=\relax \else \edef\HColor{#2}\fi >>> \<def HColor\><<< \def\:temp#1#2#3{% \@ifundefined{color@#2}% {\c@lor@error{model `#2'}}% {\@ifundefined{\string\color @#1}{}% {\PackageInfo{color}{Redefining color #1}}% \csname color@#2\expandafter\endcsname \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname{#3}}} \ifx \definecolor\:temp \pend:defIII\definecolor{% \expandafter\ifx\csname HColor:##2\endcsname\relax\else \csname HColor:##2\endcsname ##3 //% \edef\:temp{{HColor}{##1}{\HColor}}% \expandafter\Configure\:temp \fi} \fi >>> The \Verb!\color{red}! instruction might be problematic since it does not on its own determine the extent of the text to be colored. As a result, its effect can cross logical boundaries. That is against the philosophy of markup languages in general and of XML in particular. It is possible to implement the \Verb!\color{...}! feature but I'm not sure it is desirable to do so. I think it is preferable to expect users to use commands of the form \Verb!\textcolor{red}{...}! for code fragments. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{xcolor.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<xcolor.4ht\><<< % xcolor.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \input color.4ht |<config xcolor|> \Hinput{xcolor} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{xcolor} \<config xcolor\><<< \def\rowc@l@rs[#1]#2#3#4% {\global\rownum=\z@ \global\@rowcolorstrue \@ifxempty{#3}% {\def\@oddrowcolor{\@norowcolor}}% {\def\@oddrowcolor{\a:rowcolors{#3}% \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#3}}}}% \@ifxempty{#4}% {\def\@evenrowcolor{\@norowcolor}}% {\def\@evenrowcolor{\a:rowcolors{#4}% \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#4}}}}% \if@rowcmd \def\@rowcolors {#1\if@rowcolors \o:noalign:{\relax\ifnum\rownum<#2\@norowcolor\else \ifodd\rownum\@oddrowcolor\else\@evenrowcolor\fi\fi}% \fi}% \else \def\@rowcolors {\if@rowcolors \ifnum\rownum<#2\o:noalign:{\@norowcolor}\else #1\o:noalign:{\ifodd\rownum\@oddrowcolor\else\@evenrowcolor\fi}\fi \fi}% \fi \CT@everycr{\@rowc@lors\the\everycr}% \ignorespaces} \NewConfigure{rowcolors}{1} >>> \<config xcolor\><<< \def\@rowc@lors{\o:noalign:{\global\advance\rownum\@ne}\@rowcolors} \def\showrowcolors{\o:noalign:{\global\@rowcolorstrue}\@rowcolors} \def\hiderowcolors{\o:noalign:{\global\@rowcolorsfalse\@norowcolor}} >>> \<config xcolor\><<< \def\:temp#1#2#3{{\set@color}} \HLet\color@block\:temp \def\:temp#1#2#3{} \HLet\boxframe\:temp >>> % This isn't necessary anymore, it even could cause compilation errors % \<config xcolor\><<< % \let\XC:definec@lor\XC@definec@lor % \def\XC@definec@lor[#1]#2[#3]#4#5{% % \expandafter\ifx\csname HColor!#2\endcsname\relax\else % \csname HColor!#4\endcsname #3!//% % \edef\:temp{{HColor}{#1}{\HColor}}% % \expandafter\Configure\:temp % \fi % \XC:definec@lor[#1]{#2}[#3]{#4}{#5}% % } % >>> \<xcolor SetHColor\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname get!HColor\endcsname\relax \else \edef\:temp{#2!//}\expandafter\csname get!HColor\expandafter\endcsname\:temp \fi >>> \<config xcolor\><<< \def\strip:fin:excl#1!{#1} \expandafter\def\csname get!HColor\endcsname#1!#2//{% \def\current:color:name{#1\if!#2!\else!\strip:fin:excl#2\fi}% \if\relax#2\relax %\expandafter\ifx \csname HColor!#1\endcsname\relax \let\HColor=\relax |<xcolor from def|>% \else% \ifcsname HColor!#1\endcsname% \csname HColor!#1\endcsname #2//% \fi% \fi } \expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!gray:\endcsname{% \expandafter\def\csname HColor!gray\endcsname##1!##2//} \Configure{HColor!gray}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} \expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!rgb:\endcsname{% \expandafter\def\csname HColor!rgb\endcsname##1,##2,##3!##4//} \Configure{HColor!rgb}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} \expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!cmyk:\endcsname{% \expandafter\def\csname HColor!cmyk\endcsname##1,##2,##3,##4!##5//} \Configure{HColor!cmyk}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}} >>> \<xcolor from def\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname \relax\else \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:\endcsname\relax \else \extractcolorspec{#1\if!#2!\else!\strip:fin:excl#2\fi}\tmp:color% \expandafter\convertcolorspec\tmp:color{HTML}\tmp:color% \def\HColor{\#\tmp:color}% \Configure{HColor}{\current:color:name}{\HColor}% \csname colortyp:\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname \csname\string\color @#1\expandafter\endcsname \space .!//% \fi \fi >>> The following command can convert xcolor color specification to formusable in CSS. The color is extracted to command which needs to b passed as a second parameter. \<config xcolor\><<< \def\get:xcolorcss#1#2{% \expandafter\extractcolorspec\expandafter{#1}{\tsf:color}% \expandafter\convertcolorspec\tsf:color{HTML}\tsf:color% \edef#2{\#\tsf:color}% } >>> We need to use dvips driver with XeLaTeX \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{xcolor.sty}{xcolor-hooks.4ht} >>> \<xcolor-hooks.4ht\><<< % xcolor-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \ifdefined\XeTeXversion \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{xcolor} \fi >>> \AddFile{9}{xcolor-hooks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{framed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<framed.4ht\><<< % framed.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2017 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \NewConfigure{makeframed}{2} \def\MakeFramed#1{\a:makeframed} \def\endMakeFramed{\b:makeframed} \Hinput{framed} >>> \AddFile{9}{framed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mdframed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mdframed.4ht\><<< % mdframed.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2017-2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \NewConfigure{mdframed}{2} \NewConfigure{mdframedstyle}{1} \NewConfigure{mdframetitle}{2} \newcount\mdf:env:cnt \def\mdf:id{mdframed-\the\mdf:env:cnt} \def\mdf@trivlist#1{\global\advance\mdf:env:cnt by1\relax\a:mdframed\a:mdframedstyle% \ifdefempty{\mdf@frametitle}{}{\mdfframedtitleenv{\mdf@frametitle}\a:mdframetitle\mdf@@frametitle@use\b:mdframetitle}\let\mdf@frametitle\@empty% } \def\endmdf@trivlist{\b:mdframed} % disable frame drawing, it can be supported using CSS \def\detected@mdf@put@frame{}% \append:def\mdf@@ignorelastdescenders{\let\orig:unskip\unskip\def\unskip{\let\unskip\orig:unskip}}% \def\mdf@lrbox#1{} \def\endmdf@lrbox{} \Hinput{mdframed} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{mdframed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{tcolorbox} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<tcolorbox.4ht\><<< % tcolorbox.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2020-2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> % use custom counter that increments for every \tcolorbox \newcounter{:tcbcolcount} \def\:tempa{% \stepcounter{:tcbcolcount}% % save text and background colors for use in CSS \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolbacktitle}\:tcbcolbacktitle% \get:xcolorcss{tcbcoltitle}\:tcbcoltitle% \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolback}\:tcbcolback% \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolframe}\:tcbcolframe% \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolupper}\:tcbcolupper% % make unique ID for this box \def\:tcbcolid{tcolobox-\arabic{:tcbcolcount}} % Open box \a:tcolorbox% % set label if it exists \ifdefined\tcolorbox:label:key% \let\@currentlabel\tcolorbox:currentlabel% at this moment, \@currentlabel has wrong value \o:tcb@set@label:{\tcolorbox:label:key}% \AnchorLabel% save cross-ref destination \global\let\tcolorbox:label:key\undefined% \fi% % open title \b:tcolorbox% \kvtcb@before@title\kvtcb@title\kvtcb@after@title% % close title and open main box \c:tcolorbox% \box\tcb@upperbox% % deal with lower box, if it is set \iftcb@hasLower% \a:tcolorlowerbox% \box\tcb@lowerbox% \b:tcolorlowerbox% \fi% % We need to close box in \tcb@endboxanddraw } \HLet\tcb@drawcolorbox\:tempa % overwrite other versions of box drawing macros \HLet\tcb@drawcolorbox@standalone\:tempa % we need to close tcolorbox environment here, % in the box. otherwise, last paragraph end % would be ignored and we would get invalid XML \def\:tempb{\d:tcolorbox\o:tcb@endboxanddraw:} \HLet\tcb@endboxanddraw\:tempb % this code prevents emptying of the box title when % some Tcolorbox options are used \def\:tempb{} \HLet\tcb@detach@title@code\:tempb % require end of paragraph before Tcolorbox \long\def\:tempb[#1]{\EndP\o:tcb@@icolorbox:[#1]} \HLet\tcb@@icolorbox\:tempb \NewConfigure{tcolorbox}{4} \NewConfigure{tcolorlowerbox}{2} % we need to save current label for a later use \def\:tempa#1{% \xdef\tcolorbox:label:key{#1}% \global\let\tcolorbox:currentlabel\@currentlabel% } \HLet\tcb@set@label\:tempa |<tcolorbox minipage|> |<tcolorbox nameref|> \Hinput{tcolorbox} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{tcolorbox} this is a trick to fix issues with paragraphs where spurious end \`'</p>' tags were inserted \<tcolorbox minipage\><<< \pend:def\tcb@minipage{\SaveEndP} \pend:def\tcb@minipage@top{\SaveEndP} \pend:def\tcb@minipage@bottom{\SaveEndP} \pend:def\tcb@minipage@center{\SaveEndP} >>> This code fixes nameref support in Tcolorbox. \<tcolorbox nameref\><<< \AfterEndPreamble{% % fix \nameref support \def\:tempa#1{% \gdef\NR:Title{\a:newlabel{#1}}% \o:tcb@gettitle:{#1}% }% \HLet\tcb@gettitle\:tempa } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{dvipsnam} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<dvipsnam.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dvipsnam.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<dvipsnam 4ht|> \Hinput{dvipsnam} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{dvipsnam} \<dvipsnam 4ht\><<< \let\sv:ProvidesFile=\ProvidesFile \let\sv:DefineNamedColor=\DefineNamedColor \def\ProvidesFile#1]{} \def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{% \let\sv:HColor=\HColor \csname HColor:#3\endcsname #4 //% \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor\endcsname\relax \:warning{Improper \string\Configure{HColor:#3}}% \else \edef\HColor{\noexpand\Configure{HColor}{#2}{\HColor}}\HColor \fi \let\HColor=\sv:HColor } \input dvipsnam.def \let\ProvidesFile=\sv:ProvidesFile \let\DefineNamedColor=\sv:DefineNamedColor >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{svgnam} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<svgnam.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % svgnam.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<svgnam 4ht|> \Hinput{svgnam} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{svgnam} \<svgnam 4ht\><<< \let\sv:ProvidesFile=\ProvidesFile \let\sv:XC@definec@lor=\XC@definec@lor \def\ProvidesFile#1]{} \def\XC@definec@lor[#1]#2[#3]#4#5{% \let\sv:HColor=\HColor \csname HColor:#4\endcsname #5 //% \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor\endcsname\relax \:warning{Improper \string\Configure{HColor:#4}}% \else \edef\HColor{\noexpand\Configure{HColor}{#2}{\HColor}}\HColor \fi \let\HColor=\sv:HColor } \input svgnam.def \let\ProvidesFile=\sv:ProvidesFile \let\XC@definec@lor=\sv:XC@definec@lor >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{colortbl.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% colortbl.sty invokes color.sty, if the last package is not loaded. The same is true for array.sty. \<colortbl.4ht\><<< % colortbl.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<fix colortbl|> |<colortbl.sty shared config|> \Hinput{colortbl} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{colortbl} color.sty is obsoleted by xcolor, so we will load the latter package in order to get access to the color space conversion commands. \<fix colortbl\><<< \RequirePackage{xcolor} >>> \<fix colortbl\><<< \CT@everycr{\o:noalign:{\global\let\CT@row@color\relax}\the\everycr} >>> We use xcolor's \`|\convertcolorspec| command to convert argument of \`|\columncolor| to HTML color specification. \<fix colortbl\><<< \def\columncolor#1{{\def\current@color{#1}% \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}} \Odef\columncolor[#1]#2{{\if :#1:\def\current@color{#2}% \else \gHAdvance\tblcol:N by 1 \convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\tmp:tblcolor \Configure{HColor}{tblcol-\tblcol:N}{\#\tmp:tblcolor}% \def\current@color{tblcol-\tblcol:N}% \fi \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}% \futurelet\:temp\left:colcol} \def\left:colcol{% \ifx [\:temp \expandafter\left::colcol \fi } \def\left::colcol[#1]{ \futurelet\:temp\right:colcol } \def\right:colcol{% \ifx [\:temp \expandafter\right::colcol \fi } \def\right::colcol[#1]{} \HAssign\tblcol:N = 0 >>> We can reuse the code used in \`|\columncolor| to support also the \`|\cellcolor| command. \<fix colortbl\><<< \def\CT@cellc#1[#2]#3{{\if :#2:\def\current@color{#3}% \else \gHAdvance\tblcol:N by 1 \convertcolorspec{#2}{#3}{HTML}\tmp:tblcolor \Configure{HColor}{tblcol-\tblcol:N}{\#\tmp:tblcolor}% \def\current@color{tblcol-\tblcol:N}% \fi \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}% \futurelet\:temp\left:colcol} >>> The followning is a redefinition of a macro from array.sty \<fix colortbl\><<< \NewConfigure{@classz}{4} \pend:def\@classz{\pic:gobble\a:@classz} \append:def\@classz{\pic:gobble\b:@classz} \pend:def\insert@column{\pic:gobble\c:@classz} \append:def\insert@column{\pic:gobble\d:@classz} >>> \`'\insert@column' is used only in array. Used to have \`'\let\HRow|=\relax\let\HCol|=\relax' in \`'\pend:def\@classz', but that caused a problem in \''\multicol'. Do we still need that protection in \''\@classz'? We take \`'\Configure{@classz} {before col}{after col} {before entry}{efter entry}', where the last two need protection if their content is to expand when the item is reached. Otherwise, everything expands when the Preamble is visited. The following is a reduced definition which removes the ruler used in painting the backrounds. \<fix colortbl\><<< \def\:temp{\global\let\CT@do@color|=\relax} \HLet\CT@@do@color|=\:temp >>> The configuration: \<fix colortbl\><<< \let\::maketitle|=\o:maketitle: \def\o:maketitle:{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \NewConfigure{@classz}{4}% \Configure{@classz}{}{}{}{}% \fi \::maketitle } >>> Don't \''\CT@setup', \''\CT@row@color', and \''\CT@do@color' need also a treatment similar to \''\CT@column@color'? \SubSection{Rows} \<fix colortbl\><<< \def\rowcolor{% \o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \global\let\CT@do@color\CT@@do@color |<fixed first main body HRow value|>% \@ifnextchar[\CT@rowa\CT@rowb} \def\CT@rowa[#1]#2{% \save:color#1 #2//% \pic:gobbleII\a:rowcolor{#2}% \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#2}}% \CT@rowc} \def\CT@rowb#1{% \pic:gobbleII\a:rowcolor{#1}% \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#1}}% \CT@rowc} >>> \<fixed first main body HRow value\><<< \relax \ifx\LT@head\Un:Def\else \ifnum \HRow=0\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname lt:sv\endcsname\relax \HAssign\HRow = 1\relax \ifvoid\LT@head \ifvoid\LT@firsthead \else \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax\fi \else \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax\fi \else \HAssign\HRow = \lt:sv \relax \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax \fi \fi\fi >>> \<fix colortbl\><<< \NewConfigure{rowcolor}{1} >>> Fixes for colored hlines. The \`|\hline:color| can be used in CSS, for instance. \<fix colortbl\><<< % default hline color is black \def\hline:color{000} % save rule color in format usable in CSS \newcommand\tmp:arrayrulecolor[2][named]{% \ifvoid\@arstrutbox% test if we are inside a tabular environment \convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\:tmp\global\let\hline:color\:tmp% we are not \else% \noalign{\convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\:tmp\global\let\hline:color\:tmp}% we are \fi } \HLet\arrayrulecolor\tmp:arrayrulecolor >>> \SubSection{Utilities} This should enable use of \`|\color| command in array declaration \<fix colortbl\><<< \def\convert:colorspec#1 #2 #3 #4{% \edef\current:color{% \ifx\relax#1\relax\else% #1\ifx\relax#2\relax\else% , #2\ifx\relax#3\relax\else% , #3\ifx\relax#4\relax\else% , #4% \fi% \fi% \fi% \fi% }% } \def\save:color#1 #2//{% \convert:colorspec#2 {} {} {} {} \convertcolorspec{#1}{\current:color}{HTML}\tmp:col \def\current@color{#2} \Configure{HColor}{\current@color}{\#\tmp:col} } \def\begin:current@color{\let\sv:curcolor|=\current@color} \def\end:current@color{% \ifx \current@color\sv:curcolor \else% \expandafter\save:color\current@color//% \csname a:text-colortbl\endcsname \fi } \NewConfigure{text-colortbl}{1} \def\GET@column@color{} \def\color:ii[#1]#2#3|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1 #2}} \def\color:i#1#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1}} >>> We introduce css for color of text in a cell, only if the color changed in the cell. The last color is the that takes effect. \<\><<< \Configure{multicolumn} {}{} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<div class="multicolumn"}\HColAlign\HCode{>}% \expandafter\MUL:LMN\meaning\@preamble//} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<fix colortbl\><<< \let\ctbl:mcol|=\multicolumn \def\multicolumn#1#2#3{% \ctbl:mcol{#1}{#2}{#3}% \expand:after{\expandafter\MUL:LMN\meaning\@preamble}\MUL:PA//% \ignorespaces} { \def\MUL:PA{\gdef\MUL:PA} \def\MUL:LMN{% \catcode`\C=12 \catcode`\T=12 \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\c=12 \catcode`\o=12 \catcode`\l=12 \catcode`\r=12 \catcode`\t=12 \catcode`\e=12 \catcode`\m=12 \catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\d=12 \catcode`\i=12 \catcode`\b=12 \gdef\MUL:LMN} \MUL:LMN#1CT@color #2@tempdimb#3//{\::KOLOR{#2}} \MUL:PA{CT@color @tempdimb} } \def\::KOLOR#1{\if :#1:\else |<set to preamble color|>\fi} \def\:KOLOR{\@ifnextchar[\mc:clr{\mc:clr[]}} { \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`$=1 \catcode`$=2 \gdef\mc:clr[#1]{#2}((% \def\current@color(\if :#1:\else #1 \fi #2)% \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname )\def\:temp##1//()\:temp) ) \NewConfigure{cell-colortbl}{1} >>> \<set to preamble color\><<< \:KOLOR#1//% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{dvips} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<dvips.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dvips.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<postscript colors model|> \Hinput{dvips} \endinput >>> \AddFile{6}{dvips} \<postscript colors model\><<< |<dvips gray|> |<dvips cmyk|> |<dvips rgb|> \def\colortyp:#1 #2//{% \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname\relax \else \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname #2 //\fi} >>> % \def\colortyp:hsb:#1//{\hshow{#1}} \<dvips gray\><<< \def\colortyp:gray:#1 #2//{% \if :#1:% \colortyp:gray:#2 //% \else \HColor:gray #1 //% \fi } >>> \<dvips rgb\><<< \def\colortyp:rgb:#1 #2 #3 #4//{% \if :#1:% \colortyp:rgb:#2 #3 #4 //% \else\if :#2:% \colortyp:rgb:#1 #3 #4 //% \else\if :#3:% \colortyp:rgb:#1 #2 #4 //% \else \HColor:rgb #1,#2,#3 //% \fi\fi\fi } >>> \<dvips cmyk\><<< \def\colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #3 #4 #5//{% \if :#1:% \colortyp:cmyk:#2 #3 #4 #5//% \else\if :#2:% \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #3 #4 #5//% \else\if :#3:% \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #4 #5//% \else\if :#4:% \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #3 #5//% \else \HColor:cmyk #1,#2,#3,#4 //% \fi\fi\fi\fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{textures} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<textures.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % textures.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<textures colors model|> \Hinput{textures} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{textures} \<textures colors model\><<< \def\colortyp:cmyk:#1. #2. #3. #4. #5//{\HColor:cmyk #1,#2,#3,#4 //} \def\colortyp:rgb:#1. #2. #3. #4//{\HColor:rgb #1,#2,#3 //} \def\colortyp:#1 #2//{% \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname\relax \else \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname #2 //\fi} >>> % \def\colortyp:hsb:#1//{\hshow{#1}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{dvipdf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<dvipdf.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dvipdf.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<postscript colors model|> \Hinput{dvipdf} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{dvipdf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{dvipsone} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<dvipsone.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dvipsone.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<postscript colors model|> \Hinput{dvipsone} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{dvipsone} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{fig4tex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fig4tex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % fig4tex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<fig4tex hooks|> \Hinput{fig4tex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{fig4tex} \<fig4tex hooks\><<< \ifx \AtBeginDocument\UnDef |<config figvisu|> \else \AtBeginDocument{|<config figvisu|>} \fi \NewConfigure{figvisu}{2} \Configure{figvisu}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} >>> \<config figvisu\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{% \let\sv:EndPicture\EndPicture \let\EndPicture\empty \o:figvisu:{#1}{#2}{#3}% \let\EndPicture\sv:EndPicture }% \HLet\figvisu\:tempc >>> \<config figvisu\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{% \let\svEndPicture\EndPicture \let\EndPicture\empty \o:figvisu:{#1}{#2}{#3}% \let\EndPicture\svEndPicture }% \HLet\figvisu\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{% \a:figvisu \raise -\dp#1 \rlap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% \edef\:temp{\the\ht#1}% \box#1% \raise \:temp \llap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% \b:figvisu } \HLet\figbox\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{% \a:figvisu \raise -\dp#1 \rlap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% \edef\:temp{\the\ht#1}% \copy#1% \raise \:temp \llap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% \b:figvisu } \HLet\figcopy\:tempc >>> As far as latex is concerned fig4tex is correct, but for tex4ht the typesetting of code occurs too early within movable boxes positional-wise. The solution to the problem results in a tiny dirt at opposite corners of the figure. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{pctex32} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pctex32.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pctex32.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<postscript colors model|> \Hinput{pctex32} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pctex32} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{overpic} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<overpic.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % overpic.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{overpic} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{overpic} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{DraTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Gif for DraTex} MOVE INTO DraTeX. The comand \`'\Draw' gives \`'\Picture*{}' and the option \`'\Draw[replacement]' gives \`'\Picture*[replacement]{}'. \<dratex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dratex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<dratex.sty|> \Hinput{dratex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{dratex} \<dratex.sty\><<< \Define\html:Draw{|<definition of /:Draw in DraTeX|>% } \let\old:Draw|=\:Draw \def\:Draw{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expand:after{|<html into /Draw|>}% \else \expandafter\old:Draw \fi } |<utilities for /:Draw|> |<arguments of Draw into IMG|> |<image maps for /Draw|> >>> To avoid cloging the memory, when possible, move the pictures to new pages. \<html into /Draw\><<< \ifvmode \vfill\break \fi \pic:cond\:GifDraw\html:Draw >>> We get into \`'\Draw...\EndDraw' with the following \''\futurelet', so we'll better ger the catcodes right. \<utilities for /:Draw\><<< \def\:GifDraw{\bgroup\:DraCatCodes \futurelet\:tempa\gif:draw} \def\gif:draw{% \ifx \:tempa[\g:fdr\g:ifdraw \else \g:fdr\gi:fdraw \fi} \def\g:ifdraw[#1]{\Picture*[#1]{ \a:@Picture{Draw}}\html:Draw} \def\gi:fdraw{\Picture*{ \a:@Picture{Draw}}\html:Draw} \def\g:fdr{\egroup\a:Draw\append:def\end:condpic{\b:Draw}\expandafter} \NewConfigure{Draw}{2} >>> \<html into /EndDraw\><<< |<measure dimension of drawing|>% \global\let\in:pic|=\empty \box\:box \end:condpic \global\let\in:pic|=\:UnDef >>> \SubSection{Dimensions} We put the picture into a box so that we will be able to measure its dimensions. Now, we must be careful not to introduce strange stuff into the box that will ruin the measurements. In DraTeX we might be less careful because spaces are ignored due to their catcode of 9. \<put picture in box\><<< \setbox\:box=>>> \<measure dimension of drawing\><<< {\:X|=\wd\:box \:Y|=\ht\:box \advance\:Y by\dp\:box \xdef\DrawWidth{\:InCons\:X}% \xdef\DrawHeight{\:InCons\:Y}% \xdef\MinDrawX{\:InCons\:LBorder}% \:X|=\:UBorder \xdef\MaxDrawy{\:InCons\:X}% }% >>> \SubSection{Definition of /Draw.../EndDraw in DraTeX} When \`'\DrawOn' is active, we have the definition \`'\def\Draw{\:Draw}'. \<definition of /:Draw in DraTeX\><<< \ifvmode \noindent\hfil\fi \global\:TeXLoc\z@ |<put picture in box|>\vbox\bgroup \begingroup \def\EndDraw{% \endgroup \:SetDrawWidth \egroup |<html into /EndDraw|>% |<image map after /Draw|>}% |<postscript for /Draw|>% \:DraCatCodes \parindent\z@ \ht:everypar{}% \linepenalty10 \leftskip\z@ \rightskip\z@ \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen \let\FigSize\:FigSize \def\Draw{\:wrn1{}}% \:CommonIID \:InDraw >>> \<postscript for /Draw\><<< \def\PsCode##1{{\Text(--\ht:special{\PsCodeSpecial##1}--)}}% >>> In DraTeX dimensions don't care about the color of the pixels, but once we go to dvips and/or convert we loose the invisible character around the visible picture. This causes a statement for improper dimensions, and so for a distortion of the picture when the dimensions are stated in \`'IMG'. To avoid this, we can put rulers \`'\hrule height 1pt \vskip2pt \vbox\bgroup' and \`'\egroup \vskip2pt \hrule height 1pt' at the start and end of the vbox that span to the full width. However, such rulers are not alway desirable. Hence, we go for the following instead of \`'\DrawIMG{ WIDTH="\DrawWidth" HEIGHT="\DrawHeight"}'. \<arguments of Draw into IMG\><<< \def\DrawIMG#1{\def\Pic:Img{ \ifx \in:pic\:UnDef \at:IMG \else \u:map#1\fi}} \DrawIMG{} \let\u:map|=\empty >>> \Section{Image Maps} Origin at left-top corner of picture. Possible options for textual links. The <A USEMAP=...> tag is ignored by drawing displayer. \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\DrawMap{% \NewHaddr\:temp \xdef\:Map{{<map name="\:temp">}}% \edef\u:map{ usemap="\:sharp\:temp" }% \NewHaddr\alt:map \def\after:dra{\EndLink \HPage[\alt:map]{}{\expandafter\map:menu\:Map}\EndHPage{}% {\expandafter\HCode\:Map}\HCode{</map>}% \let\u:map|=\empty \let\after:dra|=\empty }% \Link[\RefFile{\alt:map}]{}{}\Draw[textual map]} \let\after:dra=\empty >>> \<image map after /Draw\><<< \after:dra >>> \SubSection{Recording Rectangles} PUT warnings PUT ALT ONLy IN PLACE!!! \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \Odef\GetRectArea[#1]#2#3{{% \ifnum \Point:N>0 \MarkPoint \area:env \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0 \xdef\:Map{\:Map \rect:area{#1}\gt:crd{point:1}\gt:crd{point:2}{#2}{#3}}% \fi}} \def\rect:area#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% \trns:pt\:X{#2}\:Y{#3}% \trns:pt\:Z{#4}\:W{#5}% \Ar:a[#1 shape="rect" coords="\M:n\:X\:Z,\M:n\:Y\:W,\M:x\:X\:Z,\M:x\:Y\:W" \if "#7"\else alt="#7"\fi]{#6}} >>> \SubSection{Recording Circles} \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \Odef\GetCircleArea[#1]#2#3{{% \ifnum \Point:N>0 \MarkPoint \:distance(point:1,point:2)\tmp:dim|=\Map:x \:d|=\:Cons\tmp:dim\:d \area:env \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0 \xdef\:Map{\:Map \circle:area{#1}\gt:crd{point:1}{\:InCons\:d}{#2}{#3}}% \else\fi}} >>> \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\circle:area#1#2#3#4#5#6{% \trns:pt\:X{#2}\:Y{#3}% \Ar:a[#1 shape="circle" coords="\:X,\:Y,#4" \ifx "#6"\else alt="#6"\fi]{#5}} >>> \SubSection{Recording Polygons} \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \Odef\GetPolyArea[#1]#2#3{{% \ifnum \Point:N>0 \MarkPoint \area:env \let\:tempb|=\empty \Do(1,\Point:N){\edef\:tempb{\gt:crd{point:\the\DoReg}\:tempb}}% \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0 \xdef\:Map{\:Map\poly:area{#1}{\:tempb}{#2}{#3}}% \fi}} \def\ply:pts#1#2{% \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \trns:pt\:X{#1}\:Y{#2}% \edef\:Z{\:Z\ifx \:Z\empty\else,\fi \:X,\:Y}% \expandafter\ply:pts \fi } >>> \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\poly:area#1#2#3#4{% \let\:Z|=\empty \ply:pts#2{}{}% \Ar:a[#1 shape="poly" coords="\:Z" \ifx "#4"\else alt="#4"\fi]{#3}} >>> \SubSection{alternative Textual Menues} \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\map:menu#1{\let\rect:area|=\r:mnu \let\circle:area|=\c:mnu \let\poly:area|=\p:mnu} \def\r:mnu#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{[\Link[#1]{#6}{}#7\EndLink] } \def\c:mnu#1#2#3#4#5#6{[\Link[#1]{#5}{}#6\EndLink] } \def\p:mnu#1#2#3#4{[\Link[#1]{#3}{}#4\EndLink] } >>> \SubSection{Utilities} \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0 \def\MarkPoint{\gHAdvance\Point:N |by 1 \MarkGLoc(point:\Point:N)} \def\area:env{\def\:X##1.##2\:Y##3.##4,{{##1}{##3}}% \let\rect:area|=\relax \let\circle:area|=\relax \let\poly:area|=\relax } \def\gt:crd#1{\csname Loc\space#1:\endcsname,} >>> \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\trns:pt#1#2#3#4{% \ifnum #2<\MinDrawX \HAssign#1|=0 \else \HAssign#1 |= #2 \Advance:#1 |by -\MinDrawX \tmp:dim|=\Map:x \multiply\tmp:dim |by #1 \HAssign #1|=\:InCons\tmp:dim \fi \ifnum #4>\MaxDrawy \HAssign#3|=\MaxDrawy \else \HAssign#3|=-#4 \Advance:#3 |by \MaxDrawy \fi \tmp:dim|=\Map:y \multiply\tmp:dim |by #3 \HAssign#3|=\:InCons\tmp:dim } >>> \<image maps for /Draw\><<< \def\MapDensity(#1,#2){% \tmp:dim=#1pt \divide\tmp:dim by 72 \edef\Map:x{\the\tmp:dim}% \tmp:dim=#2pt \divide\tmp:dim by 72 \edef\Map:y{\the\tmp:dim}} \MapDensity(72,72) >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Curriculum Vitas} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{europecv.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<europecv.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % europecv.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<europecv configurations|> \Hinput{europecv} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{europecv} \<europecv configurations\><<< \expandafter\def\csname \string \ecvlanguagefooter\endcsname[#1]#2{\ecvitem [#1]{}{\quad \footnotesize {${}\sp{\hbox {\tiny #2}}$\textit {\ecv@langfooterkey }}}} \def\ecvlanguageheader#1{% {\large\textit{\ecv@assesskey}}\\ \textit{\ecv@levelkey}${}\sp{\hbox{\scriptsize#1}}$& \a:languageheader \begin{tabular}[t]{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}% m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}% m{\ecv@langparwidth}} \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{\ecv@understandkey}}% &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{\ecv@speakkey}}% &\centering\textbf{\ecv@writekey}\tabularnewline \centering\small{\ecv@listenkey} & \centering \small{\ecv@readkey} & \centering \small{\ecv@interactkey} & \centering \small{\ecv@productkey} & \tabularnewline \end{tabular}\b:languageheader \tabularnewline } \NewConfigure{languageheader}{2} >>> \<europecv configurations\><<< \expandafter\def\csname \string\ecvlanguage\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{ {\textbf{#2}} & \a:language \begin{tabular}{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}% m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}} #3 & #4 & #5 & #6 & #7\tabularnewline \midrule \end{tabular}\b:language \tabularnewline } \expandafter\def\csname \string\ecvlastlanguage\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{ {\textbf{#2}} & \a:lastlanguage \begin{tabular}{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}% m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}} #3 & #4 & #5 & #6 & #7\tabularnewline \bottomrule \end{tabular}\b:lastlanguage \tabularnewline } \pend:defII\ecvCEF{\a:ecvCEF} \append:defII\ecvCEF{\b:ecvCEF} \NewConfigure{ecvCEF}{2} \NewConfigure{language}{2} \NewConfigure{lastlanguage}{2} >>> \<europecv configurations\><<< \pend:def\europecv{|<europecv entries|>} >>> \<europecv entries\><<< \ifx\@empty\ecv@telephone\else \ifx\@empty\ecv@telephone\else \pend:def\ecv@telephone{\a:telephone} \append:def\ecv@telephone{\b:telephone} \fi \ifx\@empty\ecv@mobile\else \pend:def\ecv@mobile{\c:telephone} \append:def\ecv@mobile{\d:telephone} \fi \fi >>> \<europecv configurations\><<< \NewConfigure{telephone}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Resume.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% Due to Stephen Gildea. \<resume.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % resume.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<resume configurations|> \Hinput{resume} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{resume} \<resume configurations\><<< \pend:defI\name{\a:name} \append:defI\name{\b:name} \NewConfigure{name}{2} \def\addresses#1#2{\a:addresses\@tablebox{#1}\b:addresses \@tablebox{#2}\c:addresses} \NewConfigure{addresses}{3} \def\location#1{\a:location{#1}\b:location} \NewConfigure{location}{2} \def\:tempc{\o:llist:\def\sectiontitle##1{\item[{\bf ##1}]}} \HLet\llist\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Curve.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% A style file for resumes. \<curve.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % curve.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<curve configurations|> \Hinput{curve} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{curve} \<curve configurations\><<< \def\makeheaders@#1{% \setlength\leftheader@width{\header@scale\textwidth}% \setlength\rightheader@width{\textwidth - \leftheader@width}% \a:makeheaders \@leftheader \b:makeheaders \@rightheader \c:makeheaders} \NewConfigure{makeheaders}{3} >>> \<curve configurations\><<< \renewcommand\subrubric[1]{% \@nextentry \noalign{\gdef\@nextentry{}}% \@subrubric{\a:subrubric#1\b:subrubric}\\*} \NewConfigure{subrubric}{2} >>> \<curve configurations\><<< \def\@@rubrichead#1{\@rubricfont\a:rubrichead #1\b:rubrichead\par\vspace\rubricspace} \renewcommand\maketitle{% \a:maketitle \begin{center} \c:maketitle{\@titlefont\@title}\d:maketitle \ifx\@subtitle\@undefined\else\\% \e:maketitle\@subtitlefont\@subtitle\f:maketitle \fi \end{center} \b:maketitle \vspace\titlespace} \NewConfigure{rubrichead}{2} \NewConfigure{maketitle}{6} >>> \<curve configurations\><<< \renewcommand\@entry[2][]{% \gdef\@nextentry{}\egroup \a:key\@key{#1}\b:key&\a:prefix\@prefix\b:prefix\\} \renewcommand\@sentry[1][]{% \gdef\@nextentry{\\}\egroup \a:key\@key{#1}\b:key&\a:prefix\@prefix \b:prefix&} \renewcommand\entry{% \@nextentry \bgroup\gdef\@beforespace{-\subrubricbeforespace}% \@ifstar{\@sentry}{\@entry}} \NewConfigure{key}{2} \NewConfigure{prefix}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Small Ones} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{vowel.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<vowel.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % vowel.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<vowel config|> \Hinput{vowel} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{vowel} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{enumitem.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<enumitem.4ht\><<< % enumitem.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<enumitem config|> \Hinput{enumitem} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{enumitem} If user opens a new environment in Enumitem's "before" key, it will prevent execution of the closing command for the original environment, and generated tags will be mismatched. This code postpones execution of code from the "after" key after closing of the Enumitem environment, so it can be correctly closed. See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/642439/2891] this example what can go wrong\EndLink. \<enumitem config\><<< \AddToHook{env/enumerate/end}{\ifx\enit@after\@empty\else% \let\enit:after\enit@after \let\enit@after\@empty \let\enumerate:executed\@empty \append:def\end:DL{\enit:after} \fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{esperanto.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<esperanto.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % esperanto.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<esperanto config|> \Hinput{esperanto} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{esperanto} \<esperanto config\><<< \AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^\active} \def\:tempc{\^{h}\allowhyphens} \expandafter\HLet\csname esperanto@sh@\string^@h@\endcsname\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{IEEEtran.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<IEEEtran.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % IEEEtran.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<IEEEtran config|> \Hinput{IEEEtran} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{IEEEtran} \<IEEEtran config\><<< \let\twocolumn\onecolumn \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn \let\@restonecolfalse\@restonecoltrue >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{enumerate.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<enumerate.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % enumerate.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{enumerate} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{enumerate} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{accents.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<accents.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % accents.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config accents|> \Hinput{accents} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{accents} \<config accents\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{{% \let\cc@style\empty \a:accentset #2\b:accentset #1\c:accentset }} \HLet\accentset\:tempc \def\:tempc#1#2{{% \let\cc@style\empty \a:underaccent #2\b:underaccent #1\c:underaccent }} \HLet\underaccent\:tempc \NewConfigure{accentset}{3} \NewConfigure{underaccent}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{linguex} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<linguex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % linguex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config linguex|> \Hinput{linguex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{linguex} \<cgloss4e.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cgloss4e.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config cgloss4e|> \Hinput{cgloss4e} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cgloss4e} \<config cgloss4e\><<< \gdef\twosent#1\\ #2\\{% \getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 \\% \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 \\% \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline \hskip\glossglue \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone \c:tsent \box\wordtwo \b:tsent }% }% \testdone \ifnotdone \repeat \egroup \gl@stop} \gdef\threesent#1\\ #2\\ #3\\{% \getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 \\% \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 \\% \getwords(\linethree,\eachwordthree)#3 \\% \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% \lastword{\eachwordthree}{\linethree}{\wordthree}% \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline \hskip\glossglue \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone \c:tsent \box\wordtwo \c:tsent \box\wordthree \b:tsent }% }% \testdone \ifnotdone \repeat \egroup \gl@stop} \NewConfigure{tsent}{3} >>> \<config cgloss4e\><<< \pend:def\gll{\a:gll} \pend:def\glll{\a:gll} \NewConfigure{gll}{3} >>> \<config cgloss4e\><<< \def\:tempc{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}} \ifx \gl@stop\:tempc \def\:tempc{\b:gll\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}\c:gll} \HLet\gl@stop\:tempc \fi >>> \<config linguex\><<< \def\:tempc{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}% \global\glossfalse% \ifindex\expandafter\lookforwords\fi {} } \ifx \gl@stop\:tempc \def\gl@stop{\b:gll\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}% \c:gll \global\glossfalse% \ifindex\expandafter\lookforwords\fi {} } \fi >>> \<config linguex\><<< \ifx \o:b:\:UnDef\else \let\b\o:b: \let\o:b:\:UnDef\fi \def\:tempc.#1\par{\a:ex \o:ex:.#1\par \b:ex} \HLet\ex\:tempc \NewConfigure{ex}{2} >>> \<config linguex\><<< \def\a.{\ifindex\firstwordtrue\fi \ifnum\theExDepth=0 \unembeddedtrue \trivex.\fi \csname a:a.list\endcsname \refstepcounter{ExDepth}% \begin{list}{\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{% \ifnum\theExDepth=1 \SubExLeftBracket\alph{ABC}\SubExRightBracket% \else \ifnum\theExDepth=2 % \ifdim\currentlabel<\lessthanthousand% \ifalignSubEx \llap{\hbox to \alignSubExnegindent{\ifunembedded% \SubExLeftBracket\alph{SubExNo}\SubExRightBracket \else\SubExlabel\fi\hss}}% \else\SubExlabel\fi% \else\ifunembedded% \SubSubExLeftBracket\roman{SubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket \else\SubExlabel\fi\fi \else \ifnum\theExDepth=3 % \if@noftnote%\ifunembedded\mbox{$\bullet$!}\else \SubSubExLeftBracket\roman{SubSubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket %\fi \else\arabic{SubSubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket\fi \fi\fi\fi}}% {\labelsep\z@ \ifnum\theExDepth=2\topsep .3\Extopsep\else\topsep 0pt\fi \parsep\z@\itemsep\z@ \ifnum\theExDepth=1 % \usecounter{ABC}% \settowidth{\currentlabel}{\theExNo}% \listdecl% \else \ifnum\theExDepth=2 % \usecounter{SubExNo}% \ifalignSubEx\ifdim\currentlabel<\lessthanthousand% \leftmargin\z@\else\leftmargin=\SubExleftmargin\fi% \else\leftmargin=\SubExleftmargin\fi% \else \ifnum\theExDepth=3 \usecounter{SubSubExNo}\fi \leftmargin=\SubSubExleftmargin% \fi \labelwidth=\leftmargin% \fi}% \ifnum\theExDepth=1 \setlength{\Exlabelwidth}{4em}\fi% %previous line added 2000/12/22 \b.} \NewConfigure{a.list}{1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Covington} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<covington.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % covington.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config covington|> \Hinput{covington} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{covington} \<config covington\><<< \pend:defI\sentence{\a:sentence} \append:defI\sentence{\b:sentence} \NewConfigure{sentence}{2} >>> \<config covington\><<< \bgroup \catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 % 12 = other |<covington twosent|> |<covington threesent|> \egroup \NewConfigure{tsent}{3} \pend:def\gll{\a:gll} \pend:def\glll{\a:gll} \NewConfigure{gll}{3} \def\:tempc{\b:gll\end{flushleft}\c:gll} \HLet\glend\:tempc >>> \<config covington\><<< \def\glt{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\smallskip\a:glt} \NewConfigure{glt}{1} \def\gln{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\hfill\a:gln} \NewConfigure{gln}{1} >>> \<covington twosent\><<< \gdef\twosent#1^^M#2^^M% {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M% \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M% \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline \hskip\glossglue \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone \c:tsent \box\wordtwo \b:tsent }% }% \testdone \ifnotdone \repeat \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss } >>> \<covington threesent\><<< \gdef\threesent#1^^M#2^^M#3^^M% {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M% \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M% \getwords(\linethree,\eachwordthree)#3 ^^M% \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% \lastword{\eachwordthree}{\linethree}{\wordthree}% \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline \hskip\glossglue \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone \c:tsent \box\wordtwo \c:tsent \box\wordthree \b:tsent }% }% \testdone \ifnotdone \repeat \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{pst-jtree} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<pst-jtree.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pst-jtree.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config pst-jtree|> \Hinput{pst-jtree} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pst-jtree} \<config pst-jtree\><<< \pend:def\jtree@a{\csname a:jtree\endcsname\Picture+[jtree]{}} \append:def\endjtree{\EndPicture \csname b:jtree\endcsname} \NewConfigure{jtree}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{diagram (chess)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<diagram.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % diagram.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config diagram|> \let\:EndIgnore\relax \def\:Ignore{\bgroup \catcode`\\=12 \long\def\:temp##1:EndIgnore{\egroup}\:temp } \ifx \setboardwidth\:UnDef \expandafter\:Ignore\fi |<config diagram 08|> \:EndIgnore \ifx \setboardwidth\:UnDef \else \expandafter\:Ignore\fi |<config diagram 95|> \:EndIgnore \Hinput{diagram} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{diagram} \<config diagram 95\><<< \def\@dia@stipulation{% \a:stipulation \bgroup% \stipfont% \hbox{% \a:piececounter \if@show@computer% C\if@computer +\else --\fi \fi% \iffigcnt% \if@show@computer\ \ \fi{} (\the\w@cnt+\the\b@cnt \ifnum\z@<\n@cnt+\the\n@cnt\fi)% \fi% \b:piececounter \if@stipulation \c:stipulation\the \stipulation@tk \d:stipulation\fi \ifx@twins \@dia@twins\fi% \ifx@cond \@dia@condition\fi% }% \egroup% \b:stipulation } >>> \<config diagram 08\><<< \def\@dia@stipulation{% \if@stipulation% \a:stipulation \bgroup% \stipfont% \c:stipulation \the\stipulation@tk \d:stipulation \ifx@twins% \let\below@newline\@twinskip% \@dia@twins% \else\ifx@cond% \let\below@newline\@twinskip% \@dia@condition% \fi\fi% \egroup% \b:stipulation \let\below@newline\newline% \else% \x@twinsfalse% \x@condfalse% \let\below@newline\relax% \fi% } \def\put@count{% % First we build the box with the figure count \ifthenelse{\boolean{piececounter}}{% \a:piececounter \if@show@computer% C\if@computer +\else --\fi \ \ \fi% (\arabic{cpd@whitePieces}+\arabic{cpd@blackPieces}% \ifthenelse{\value{cpd@neutralPieces}>0}{+\arabic{cpd@neutralPieces}}{})% \b:piececounter }{}% } >>> \<config diagram 95\><<< \def\put@plane{% % We might want gridchess \if@stdgrid% \@stdgrid% \fi% % Let us first set the fieldframes \if@fieldframe% \let\@action\read@square% \let\plane@job\set@frame% \@addToPlane\fieldframe@tk% \fi% % Then we should add the gridlines \if@gridlines% \let\@action\read@plane% \let\plane@job\@selGrid% \@addToPlane\gridlines@tk% \else% \if@stereo% \stereo@center% \fi% \fi% % Now we should clear the board \clear@board% % Let us now parse the list of pieces \if@pieces% \let\@action\p@rsepieces% \let\piece@job\l@@k\let\plane@job\set@piece% \@parseTokenlist\pieces@tk,% \fi% % Now we clear all fields, which are given using \nofields \if@nofields% \let\@action\read@square% \let\plane@job\set@nofield% \@parseTokenlist\nofields@tk,% \fi% \global\setbox\plane@box=\hbox{ % Now we can put the pieces to the board \vbox{\IgnorePar\box\plane@box}% \vbox{% \a:diagram \chessfont% \baselineskip=\z@\lineskip=\z@% \@rows=\rows@max% \multiply\@rows by \lines@max% \loop% \advance\@rows -\lines@max% \tmp:cnt=\@rows \divide\tmp:cnt by 8 \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \edef\HRow{\the\tmp:cnt}% \c:diagram \put@line\@rows \d:diagram \ifnum\@rows>\z@\repeat% \b:diagram }% }% } >>> \<config diagram 08\><<< \def\put@plane{% % We might want gridchess \if@stdgrid% \@stdgrid% \fi% % Let us first set the fieldframes \if@fieldframe% \let\@action\read@square% \let\plane@job\set@frame% \@addToPlane\fieldframe@tk% \fi% % Now we set text to all squares which are given using \fieldtext \if@fieldtext% \let\@action\p@rsetext% \let\plane@job\set@text% \@addToPlane\fieldtext@tk% \fi% % Then we should add the gridlines \if@gridlines% \let\@action\read@plane% \let\plane@job\@selGrid% \@addToPlane\gridlines@tk% \else% \if@stereo% \stereo@center% \fi% \fi% % Now we should clear the board \clear@board% % Let us now parse the list of pieces \if@pieces% \let\@action\p@rsepieces% \let\piece@job\l@@k\let\plane@job\set@piece% \@parseTokenlist\pieces@tk,% \fi% % Now we clear all fields, which are given using \nofields \if@nofields% \let\@action\read@square% \let\plane@job\set@nofield% \@parseTokenlist\nofields@tk,% \fi% % Now we can put the pieces to the board \global\setbox\plane@box=\hbox{% \vbox{\rlap{\box\plane@box}}% \vbox{% \a:diagram \chessfont% \baselineskip=\z@\lineskip=\z@% \@rows=\rows@max% % \multiply\@rows by \lines@max% \loop% % \advance\@rows -\lines@max% % \put@line\@rows% % Remove \put@line in future versions \advance\@rows \m@ne% \tmp:cnt=\@rows \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \edef\HRow{\the\tmp:cnt}% \c:diagram \put@row\@rows \d:diagram \ifnum\@rows>\z@\repeat% \b:diagram }% }% } >>> \<config diagram 95\><<< \def\put@line#1{% \lin@\z@% \help@b=#1\advance\help@b\brd@ff% \hbox{% \if@stereo% \ifnum\current@plane>\z@% \ifnum\@rows=12% \llap{\raise .5\sq@width\hbox{\boardfont c6\ }}% \fi% \fi% \fi% \hbox to \z@{\vbox to \sq@width{}}% \loop% \tmp:cnt=\lin@ \advance\tmp:cnt by 1\relax \edef\HCol{\the\tmp:cnt}% \e:diagram \ifnum\count\help@b=\m@ne\wF% \else \char\count\help@b\fi% \advance\lin@\@ne\advance\help@b\@ne% \f:diagram \ifnum\lin@<\lines@max\repeat% }% } >>> What \Verb+\put@line+ of the 08 version does? \<config diagram 08\><<< \def\put@row#1{% \lin@\z@% \help@b=#1% \advance\help@b\brd@ff% \hbox{% \if@stereo% \ifnum\current@plane>\z@% \ifnum\@rows=12% \llap{\raise .5\sq@width\hbox{\boardfont c6\ }}% \fi% \fi% \fi% \hbox to \z@{\vbox to \sq@width{}}% \set@current@square@index{\lin@}{#1}% \loop% \tmp:cnt=\lin@ \advance\tmp:cnt by 1\relax \edef\HCol{\the\tmp:cnt}% \e:diagram \get@current@square@value% \ifthenelse{\value{cpd@current@square@value}=\m@ne}% {\wF}% {\char\value{cpd@current@square@value}}% % \ifnum\count\help@b=\m@ne\wF% % \else\char\count\help@b\fi% \advance\lin@\@ne% \addtocounter{cpd@current@square@index}{1}% % \advance\help@b\@ne% \f:diagram \ifnum\lin@<\lines@max\repeat% }% } >>> \<config diagram\><<< \inner@frame = 0pt \outer@frame = 0pt \NewConfigure{diagram}{6} \NewConfigure{stipulation}{4} \NewConfigure{piececounter}{2} \pend:def\@dia@authors{\ifauth@r \a:authors\fi} \append:def\@dia@authors{\ifauth@r \b:authors \fi} \NewConfigure{authors}{2} \pend:def\@dia@condition{\if@condition \a:condition\fi} \append:def\@dia@condition{\if@condition \b:condition \fi} \NewConfigure{condition}{2} \pend:def\@dia@solution{\a:solution} \append:def\@dia@solution{\b:solution } \NewConfigure{solution}{2} \pend:def\@dia@award{\if@award\a:award\fi} \append:def\@dia@award{\if@award\b:award\fi } \NewConfigure{award}{2} \pend:def\@dia@dedic{\if@dedication\a:dedic\fi} \append:def\@dia@dedic{\if@dedication\b:dedic \fi} \NewConfigure{dedic}{2} \pend:def\@dia@number{\ifdi@no\a:number\fi} \append:def\@dia@number{\ifdi@no\b:number\fi} \NewConfigure{number}{2} \pend:def\@dia@twins{\ifauth@r \a:twins\fi} \append:def\@dia@twins{\ifauth@r \b:twins\fi} \NewConfigure{twins}{2} \pend:def\@dia@remark{\ifauth@r \a:remark\fi} \append:def\@dia@remark{\ifauth@r \b:remark \fi} \NewConfigure{remark}{2} \pend:def\dia@above{\a:above} \append:def\dia@above{\b:above } \NewConfigure{above}{2} \pend:def\dia@below{\a:below} \append:def\dia@below{\b:below } \NewConfigure{below}{2} \pend:def\@dia@correction{\if@correction\a:correction\fi} \append:def\@dia@correction{\if@correction\b:correction\fi } \NewConfigure{correction}{2} \def\putsol{\immediate\closeout\s@lfd\input\jobname.sol}%\cl@arsol} \pend:def\putsol{\HAssign\solNum=0} \def\showlabel#1{\if@develop\a:showlabel\hbox{\labelfont#1}\b:showlabel\fi} \NewConfigure{showlabel}{2} \def\@dia@solution{% \bgroup% \parindent\z@% \csname a:sol-title\endcsname {\bf \noindent\if@label\showlabel{\the\label@tk}\fi \csname a:sol-number\endcsname \the\number@tk \csname b:sol-number\endcsname) % \ifauth@r% \csname a:sol-author\endcsname \ifnormal@names% \the\aut@tk% \else% {\@notfirstfalse% We are the first one \let\@action=\@solname% \@parseTokenlist\aut@tk;}:% \fi% \csname b:sol-author\endcsname \fi% }% \if@develop\if@judgement\a:judgement\the\judgement@tk\b:judgement\fi\fi% \csname b:sol-title\endcsname \par% \the\sol@tk\par% \if@comment\the\comment@tk\par\fi% \egroup% } \NewConfigure{judgement}{2} \NewConfigure{sol-number}{2} \NewConfigure{sol-author}{2} \NewConfigure{sol-title}{2} \def\@dia@source{% {\if@source% \a:source \sourcefont% \if@sourcenr\the\sourcenr@tk\ \fi \the\source@tk% \a:date \ifnum\from@month>\z@% \if@day% \ \ \the\day@tk .\write@month\from@month% \else% \ \ \write@month\from@month% \fi% \ifnum\to@month>\z@ -\write@month\to@month\fi% \if@day .\else /\fi% \else% \ \ % \fi% \if@year\the\year@tk\fi% \b:date \if@issue /\a:issue\the\issue@tk\b:issue\fi% \if@pages ,\ \a:pages\the\pages@tk\b:pages\fi% \par% \b:source \fi}% } \NewConfigure{source}{2} \NewConfigure{source}{2} \NewConfigure{date}{2} \NewConfigure{issue}{2} \NewConfigure{pages}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{subeqnarray} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<subeqnarray.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % subeqnarray.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config subeqnarray|> \Hinput{subeqnarray} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{subeqnarray} \<config subeqnarray\><<< \def\:tempc {\stepcounter{equation}\anc:lbl r{equation}% \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% \global\c@subequation\@ne \global\@eqnswtrue\m@th \global\@eqcnt\z@\let\\\@subeqncr \def\dd:subeqnarray{\a:subeqnarray \global\let\sv:eqhro=\HRow \gHAssign\HRow=0 \gdef\dd:subeqnarray{\d:subeqnarray}}% \let\halign\TeXhalign \subeqn@start \bgroup \dd:subeqnarray \gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \c:subeqnarray \HAssign\HCol=1 \e:subeqnarray$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@skip{##}$\f:subeqnarray \@eqnsel &\global\@eqcnt\@ne \HAssign\HCol=2 \hfil\e:subeqnarray${##}$\f:subeqnarray\hfil &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \HAssign\HCol=3 \e:subeqnarray$\displaystyle{##}$\f:subeqnarray \hfil \tabskip\@centering &\global\@eqcnt\thr@@ \HAssign\HCol=4 \hbox to\z@\bgroup\hss \e:subeqnarray##\f:subeqnarray\egroup\tabskip\z@skip\cr} \HLet\subeqnarray\:tempc \def\:tempc{\@@subeqncr \o:noalign:{\d:subeqnarray\b:subeqnarray \global\let\HRow=\sv:eqhro}\egroup$$\global\@ignoretrue} \HLet\endsubeqnarray\:tempc \def\:tempc{\let\@tempa\relax \ifcase\@eqcnt \def\@tempa{& & &}\or \def\@tempa{& &} \or \def\@tempa{&}\else \let\@tempa\@empty \@latexerr{Too many columns in subeqnarray environment}\@ehc\fi \@tempa \if@eqnsw\@subeqnnum \SkipRefstepAnchor\refstepcounter{subequation}\fi \global\@eqnswtrue\global\@eqcnt\z@\cr} \HLet\@@subeqncr\:tempc \NewConfigure{subeqnarray}{6} >>> \<config subeqnarray\><<< \def\slabel#1{% \@bsphack \if@filesw {\let\thepage\relax \def\protect{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}% \a:@newlabel \append:def\label:addr{\thesubequation}% \Make:Label{\label:addr}{}% \edef\@tempa{\write\@auxout{\string \newlabel{#1}{{\a:newlabel\thesubequation}{\thepage}}}}% \expandafter}\@tempa \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi \fi\@esphack} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{eurosym} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<eurosym.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % eurosym.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config eurosym|> \Hinput{eurosym} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{eurosym} \<config eurosym\><<< \def\:temp{\a:geneuro} \expandafter\HLet\csname geneuro \endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{geneuro}{1} \def\:temp{\a:geneuronarrow} \expandafter\HLet\csname geneuronarrow \endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{geneuronarrow}{1} \def\:temp{\a:geneurowide} \expandafter\HLet\csname geneurowide \endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{geneurowide}{1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{SIunits} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<SIunits.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % SIunits.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config SIunits|> \Hinput{SIunits} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{SIunits} \<config SIunits\><<< \expandafter\def\csname power\endcsname#1#2{\ensuremath {\SI@fstyle {#1}\sp {\SI@fstyle {#2}}}} \expandafter\def\csname squared\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {2}}}} \expandafter\def\csname cubed\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {3}}}} \expandafter\def\csname rpsquared\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {-2}}}} \expandafter\def\csname rpcubed\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {-3}}}} \def\:tempc{\a:degree} \HLet\degree\:tempc \NewConfigure{degree}{1} \Configure{degree} {\ensuremath {\SI@fstyle {\no@qsk \ensuremath {\sp{\circ }}}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Siunitx} \<siunitx.4ht\><<< % siunitx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \Hinput{siunitx} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{siunitx} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Ushort} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<sistyle.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % sistyle.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config sistyle|> \Hinput{sistyle} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{sistyle} \<config sistyle\><<< \def\:tempc{{\a:thousandsep}} \HLet\SI@thousandsep\:tempc \NewConfigure{thousandsep}{1} \Configure{thousandsep}{\,} >>> \<config sistyle\><<< \def\SI@numexp#1#2{% \SI@ifempt{#1}{}{% \def\SI@tmpb{#1}% \ifx\SI@tmpb\SI@p@tst\ensuremath{+}\else \ifx\SI@tmpb\SI@m@tst\ensuremath{-}\else \SI@realp{#1}{}\SI@prod% \fi\fi}% \ifmmode {10}\sp{\SI@realp{#2}{}}% \else {10}\textsuperscript{\SI@realp{#2}{}}% \fi } >>> \<config sistyle\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \@ifpackageloaded{textcomp}{}{% \def\degC{% \ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp {\circ}\kern-\scriptspace C}}% \def\degF{% \ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp {\circ}\kern-\scriptspace F}}% \def\arcdeg{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\circ}}}% }% \def\:tempc{\a:degC}% \HLet\degC\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:degF}% \HLet\degF\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:arcdeg}% \HLet\arcdeg\:tempc \def\arcsec{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\prime\prime}}}% \def\:tempc{\a:arcsec}% \HLet\arcsec\:tempc \def\arcmin{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\prime}}}% \def\:tempc{\a:arcmin}% \HLet\arcmin\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:ohm}% \HLet\ohm\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:micro}% \HLet\micro\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:angstrom}% \HLet\angstrom\:tempc } \NewConfigure{degC}{1} \Configure{degC}{\o:defC:} \NewConfigure{degF}{1} \Configure{degF}{\o:defF:} \NewConfigure{arcdeg}{1} \Configure{arcdeg}{\o:arcdeg:} \NewConfigure{arcsec}{1} \Configure{arcsec}{\o:arcsec:} \NewConfigure{arcmin}{1} \Configure{arcsec}{\o:arcmin:} \NewConfigure{ohm}{1} \Configure{ohm}{\o:ohm:} \NewConfigure{micro}{1} \Configure{micro}{\o:micro:} \NewConfigure{angstrom}{1} \Configure{angstrom}{\o:angstrom:} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Ushort} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ushort.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ushort.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config ushort|> \Hinput{ushort} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ushort} \<config ushort\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:ushort \o:ushort:{#1}\b:ushort} \HLet\ushort\:tempc \NewConfigure{ushort}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:ushortw \o:ushortw:{#1}\b:ushortw} \HLet\ushortw\:tempc \NewConfigure{ushortw}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:ushortd \o:ushortd:{#1}\b:ushortd} \HLet\ushortd\:tempc \NewConfigure{ushortd}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:ushortdw \o:ushortdw:{#1}\b:ushortdw} \HLet\ushortdw\:tempc \NewConfigure{ushortdw}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:ushortdline \o:ushortdline:{#1}\b:ushortdline} \HLet\ushortdline\:tempc \NewConfigure{ushortdline}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Chapterbib} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<chapterbib.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % chapterbib.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<disable chapterbib|> \Hinput{chapterbib} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{chapterbib} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{microtype.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<microtype.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % microtype.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<disable microtype|> \Hinput{microtype} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{microtype} \<disable microtype\><<< \MT@protrusionfalse \MT@expansionfalse \let\MT@setupfont\relax \let\microtypesetup\@gobble \renewcommand{\UseMicroTypeSet}[2][]{} \renewcommand{\SetProtrusion}[3][]{} \renewcommand{\SetExpansion}[3][]{} \ifx \textls\UnDef\else \renewcommand{\textls}[2][]{#2} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Bm.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<bm.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % bm.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<bm configurations|> \Hinput{bm} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{bm} \<bm configurations\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\expandafter\a:bm\csname o:bm :\endcsname{#1}\b:bm} \expandafter\HLet\csname bm \endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{bm}{2} >>> The bm commands produces bold printing by overprinting the characters with small shifting. %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Beton.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<beton.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % beton.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<beton configurations|> \Hinput{beton} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{beton} \<beton configurations\><<< \AtBeginDocument {\let\@setfontsize =\beton@old@setfontsize \let\beton@new@setfontsize=\beton@old@setfontsize} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{everyshi(pment)} \<everyshi.4ht\><<< % everyshi.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<everyshi configurations|> \Hinput{everyshi} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{everyshi} \<everyshi configurations\><<< \let\@EveryShipout@Init\empty >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{quoting.4ht} \<quoting.4ht\><<< % quoting.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2015 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \newtoks\quoting@parht \NewConfigure{quoting}{2} \Configure{quoting} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<blockquote>}\HtmlParOn} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</blockquote>}\HtmlParOn\par} \ConfigureEnv{quoting} {\quoting@parht=\everypar% \a:quoting\par\ShowPar} {\par% \b:quoting% \everypar=\quoting@parht\par\ShowPar} {}{} \ConfigureList{quoting}{}{} {% \everypar=\quoting@parht\par\ShowPar% }{} \endinput \Hinput{quoting} >>> \AddFile{9}{quoting} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{titling} \<titling.4ht\><<< % tex4ht.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<titling configurations|> \Hinput{titling} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{titling} \<titling configurations\><<< \let\titling:maketitle\maketitle \def\new:titling:maketitle{\titling:maketitle\let\maketitle\new:titling:maketitle} \def\maketitle{\new:titling:maketitle} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{appendix} \<appendix.4ht\><<< % appendix.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \renewcommand{\@chap@pppage}{% \chapter*{\appendixpagename} } \renewcommand{\@sec@pppage}{% \section*{\appendixpagename} \nobreak \@afterheading } \ifdefined\theHchapter\else\newcommand\theHchapter{\Alph{chapter}}\fi \ifdefined\theHsection\else\newcommand\theHsection{\Alph{section}}\fi \Hinput{appendix} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{appendix} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{res} \<res.4ht\><<< % res.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinclude{\input res-a.4ht}{article} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{res} \<res-a.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % res-a.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<res cfg|> \Hinput{res} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{res-a} \<res cfg\><<< \def\section{\no:section} \csname pend:def\endcsname\endresume{% \csname d:section\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname d:section\endcsname\empty } \Configure{section} {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname a:boxed-section\endcsname \else \csname a:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi } {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname b:boxed-section\endcsname \else \csname b:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi } {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname c:boxed-section\endcsname \else \csname c:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi } {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname d:boxed-section\endcsname \else \csname d:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi } \NewConfigure{overlapped-section}{4} \NewConfigure{boxed-section}{4} >>> \<res cfg\><<< \let\:temp\empty \ifx \print@name\@printcentername \def\:temp{\let\print@name\@printcentername} \fi \ifx \print@name\@linename \def\:temp{\let\print@name\@linename} \fi |<center name|> |<line name|> \:temp \NewConfigure{centername}{2} \NewConfigure{centeraddresses}{5} \NewConfigure{linename}{2} \NewConfigure{lineaddress}{3} >>> \<center name\><<< \def\@printcentername{\begingroup \a:centername\hbox{\@tablebox{\namefont\@name}}\b:centername \@ifundefined{@addressone}{}{% \@ifundefined{@addresstwo}{ \a:centeraddresses \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addressone}}\b:centeraddresses }{ \c:centeraddresses \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addressone}}\d:centeraddresses \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addresstwo}}\e:centeraddresses }% }% \endgroup} >>> \<line name\><<< \def\@linename{\begingroup \def\\{, }% \a:linename{\namefont\@name}\b:linename \@ifundefined{@addressone}{}{% \a:lineaddress\hbox{\@addressone}\b:lineaddress \hbox{\@addresstwo}\c:lineaddress } \endgroup} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{algorithmic} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<algorithmic.4ht\><<< % algorithmic.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<algorithmic cfg|> \Hinput{algorithmic} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{algorithmic} \<algorithmic cfg\><<< \append:def\algorithmicthen{% \ConfigureEnv{ALC@if} {\a:ALCif} {\b:ALCif} {}{}% } \append:def\algorithmicelse{% \ConfigureEnv{ALC@if} {\c:ALCif} {\d:ALCif} {}{}% } \NewConfigure{ALCif}{4} \pend:defI\algorithmiccomment{\a:algorithmiccomment} \append:defI\algorithmiccomment{\b:algorithmiccomment} \NewConfigure{algorithmiccomment}{2} \let\ALC:item=\ALC@item \def\ALC@item[#1]{\ALC:item[\a:ALCitem #1\b:ALCitem]} \NewConfigure{ALCitem}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{algorithmicx} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<algorithmicx.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % algorithmicx.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<algorithmicx cfg|> \Hinput{algorithmicx} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{algorithmicx} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{algorithm} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<algorithm.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % algorithm.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<algorithm cfg|> \Hinput{algorithm} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{algorithm} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{booktabs.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<booktabs.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % booktabs.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \ifx \@BTfnslthree\:UnDef |<pre booktabs 2003|> \else \def\:temp{\hrule \@height \@thisrulewidth\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} \ifx \@BTnormal\:temp |<pre booktabs 2005|> \else |<booktabs 2005|> \fi |<booktabs 2003|> \fi |<shared booktabs|> \Hinput{booktabs} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{booktabs} \<shared booktabs\><<< \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \@ifnextchar[{\@addspace}{\@addspace[\defaultaddspace]}} \HLet\addlinespace=\:temp >>> \<pre booktabs 2005\><<< \def\@BTnormal{\hbox{\cur:rule}\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} \def\@cmidrulea{\multispan\@cmidla&\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \hfill \cr} \def\@cmidruleb{\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \hfill \cr} >>> \<booktabs 2005\><<< \def\:tempc{% %{\CT@arc@\hrule\@height\@thisrulewidth}% \hbox{\cur:rule}\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} \HLet\@BTnormal\:tempc \def\:tempc{% \multispan\@cmidla&\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \unskip\hskip\cmrkern@l% %{\CT@arc@\leaders\hrule \@height\@thisrulewidth\hfill}% \hskip\cmrkern@r\cr}% \HLet\@cmidrulea\:tempc \def\:tempc{% \multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \unskip\hskip \cmrkern@l% %{\CT@arc@\leaders\hrule \@height\@thisrulewidth\hfill}% \hskip\cmrkern@r\cr}% \HLet\@cmidruleb\:tempc >>> \<booktabs 2003\><<< \def\gobble:if#1\fi{} \let\:tempc\toprule \pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \let\cur:rule\a:toprule \gobble:if} \HLet\toprule=\:tempc \NewConfigure{toprule}{1} \let\:tempc\midrule \pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \let\cur:rule\a:midrule \gobble:if} \HLet\midrule=\:tempc \NewConfigure{midrule}{1} \let\:tempc\bottomrule \pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \let\cur:rule\a:bottomrule \gobble:if} \HLet\bottomrule=\:tempc \NewConfigure{bottomrule}{1} >>> \<booktabs 2003\><<< \def\@@BLTrule(#1){\@setrulekerning{#1}% \global\@cmidlb\LT@cols \ifnum0=`{\fi}% \@cmidruleb \o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} >>> \<pre booktabs 2003\><<< \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \let\A:midrule=\a:midrule \@ifnextchar[{\@midrule}{\@midrule[\lightrulewidth]}} \HLet\midrule=\:temp \def\:temp[#1]{\o:@midrule:[\z@\A:midrule]} \HLet\@midrule=\:temp \NewConfigure{midrule}{1} \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \@ifnextchar[{\@toprule}{\@toprule[\heavyrulewidth]}} \HLet\toprule=\:temp \def\:temp[#1]{\o:@toprule:[\z@\a:toprule]} \HLet\@toprule=\:temp \NewConfigure{toprule}{1} \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \let\A:midrule=\a:bottomrule \@ifnextchar[{\@midrule}{\@midrule[\heavyrulewidth]}} \HLet\bottomrule=\:temp \NewConfigure{bottomrule}{1} >>> \<shared booktabs\><<< \def\:temp#1#2#3{\o:noalign:{\a:specialrule}} \HLet\specialrule=\:temp \NewConfigure{specialrule}{1} \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi \@ifnextchar[{\@cmidrule}{\@cmidrule[\cmidrulewidth]}} \HLet\cmidrule=\:temp \NewConfigure{cmidrule}{1} \def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\relax}} \HLet\morecmidrules=\:temp \NewConfigure{morecmidrules}{1} >>> \<booktabs 2003\><<< \def\@@@cmidrule[#1-#2]#3#4{\global\@cmidla#1\relax \global\advance\@cmidla\m@ne \ifnum\@cmidla>0\global\let\@gtempa\@cmidrulea\else \global\let\@gtempa\@cmidruleb\fi \global\@cmidlb#2\relax \global\advance\@cmidlb-\@cmidla \global\@thisrulewidth=#3 \@setrulekerning{#4} \ifnum\@lastruleclass=\z@\vskip \aboverulesep\fi \ifnum0=`{\fi}\@gtempa \o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@xcmidrule} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{tocloft.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Just turn off tocloft tables of contents. For details, see \Link[http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/190991/2891]{}{} this item on TeX.sx\EndLink and the \Link[http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/bugs/?220]{}{}tex4ht bug report\EndLink. Contributed by Michal Hoftich. \<tocloft.4ht\><<< % tocloft.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2014-2015 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<tocloft.sty|> \Hinput{tocloft} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{tocloft} \<tocloft.sty\><<< \@cftnctoctrue >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{minitoc.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<minitoc.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % minitoc.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<minitoc.sty|> \Hinput{minitoc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{minitoc} \<minitoc.sty\><<< |<minitoc.sty Configure|> \let\minitoc:\minitoc@ \def\minitoc@[#1]{% \a:minitoc@ \minitoc:[#1] \b:minitoc@ } \NewConfigure{minitoc@}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Part tocs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\parttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\parttoc:ttl \a:parttoc \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:parttoc \ptifont \ptctitle\d:parttoc}% \end:parttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,|<parttoc members|>}\b:parttoc}\par} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\partlof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\partlof:ttl \a:partlof \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:partlof \ptifont \plftitle\d:partlof}% \end:parttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lof}\b:partlof}\par} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\partlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\partlot:ttl \a:partlot \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:partlot \ptifont \plttitle\d:partlot}% \end:parttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lot}\b:partlot}\par} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Mini Tocs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\minitoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minitoc:ttl \a:minitoc \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minitoc \mtifont \mtctitle\d:minitoc} \end:minitoc \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,|<minitoc members|>}\b:minitoc}\par} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\minilof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilof:ttl \a:minilof \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilof \mtifont \mlftitle\d:minilof} \end:minitoc \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lof}\b:minilof}\par} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\minilot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilot:ttl \a:minilot \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilot \mtifont \mlttitle\d:minilot} \end:minitoc \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lot}\b:minilot}\par} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Sect tocs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fix minitoc\><<< \ifx \stc@ssect\:UnDef \else |<sect toc / lof / lot|> \fi >>> \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \def\secttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\secttoc:ttl \a:secttoc \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:secttoc\stifont \stctitle\d:secttoc}% \end:secttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,|<secttoc members|>}\b:secttoc}\par} >>> \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \def\sectlof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlof:ttl \a:sectlof \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlof\stifont \slftitle\d:sectlof}% \end:secttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lof}\b:sectlof}\par} >>> \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \def\sectlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlot:ttl \a:sectlot \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlot\stifont \slttitle\d:sectlot}% \end:secttoc \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lot}\b:sectlot}\par} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Restore Pre-Minitoc Definitions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \let\no@ssect=\stc@ssect >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \let\no@schapter=\mtc@schapter \let\no@spart=\ptc@spart >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Entries for Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<parttoc members\><<< chapter,appendix,% \ifnum 1>\c@parttocdepth \else section,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@parttocdepth \else subsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@parttocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@parttocdepth \else paragraph,\fi \ifnum 5>\c@parttocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz% >>> \<minitoc members\><<< \ifnum \z@>\c@minitocdepth\else section,\fi \ifnum 1>\c@minitocdepth \else subsection,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@minitocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@minitocdepth \else paragraph,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@minitocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz% >>> \<secttoc members\><<< \ifnum 1>\c@secttocdepth \else subsection,\fi \ifnum 2>\c@secttocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi \ifnum 3>\c@secttocdepth \else paragraph,\fi \ifnum 4>\c@secttocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Start and Points for Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\strt:minitoc#1{% \par \let\old:toc=\:doTocEntry \def\:doTocEntry{\HAdvance\TocCount by 1 \ifnum \TocCount=\TitleCount \let\doTocEntry=\old:toc\fi \:gobbleIV}% \edef\:temp{[#1]}\expandafter\:tableofcontents\:temp} >>> \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \def\end:sectmem{\end:minimem,section,likesection,} \def\end:secttoc{% \def\tocsection{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \def\toclikesection{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \end:minitoc } >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\end:minimem{\end:partmem,chapter,likechapter,appendix} \def\end:minitoc{% \def\tocchapter{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \def\toclikechapter{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \def\tocappendix{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \end:parttoc } >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\end:partmem{part,likepart} \def\end:parttoc{% \def\tocpart{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% \def\toclikepart{\endinput\:gobbleIII}% } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Package Options} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Verbatim % positioning would have been nicer here, but currently it % is too slow % d -default (initially l but can be changed by % set in doparttoc), l (left), c (center), r (right), % e, n empty/none \EndVerbatim \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\mini:opt#1#2{\def\TocOption{#1}\def\:temp{d}\ifx \:temp\TocOption \let\TocOption|=#2\fi} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \let\gobble:n=\:gobble \let\gobble:e=\:gobble \let\gobble:d=\:gobbleIII >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\doparttoc@[#1]{\def\parttoc:ttl{#1}} \def\parttoc:ttl{l} \def\dominitoc@[#1]{\def\minitoc:ttl{#1}} \def\minitoc:ttl{l} >>> \<sect toc / lof / lot\><<< \def\dosecttoc@[#1]{\def\secttoc:ttl{#1}} \def\secttoc:ttl{l} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\dopartlot@[#1]{\def\partlot:ttl{#1}} \def\partlot:ttl{l} \def\dominilot@[#1]{\def\minilot:ttl{#1}} \def\minilot:ttl{l} \def\dosectlot@[#1]{\def\sectlot:ttl{#1}} \def\sectlot:ttl{l} >>> \<fix minitoc\><<< \def\dopartlof@[#1]{\def\partlof:ttl{#1}} \def\partlof:ttl{l} \def\dominilof@[#1]{\def\minilof:ttl{#1}} \def\minilof:ttl{l} \def\dosectlof@[#1]{\def\sectlof:ttl{#1}} \def\sectlof:ttl{l} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5 \SubSection{Html Configuration} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<minitoc.sty Configure\><<< \NewConfigure{minitoc}{4} \NewConfigure{parttoc}{4} \NewConfigure{secttoc}{4} \NewConfigure{minilof}{4} \NewConfigure{partlof}{4} \NewConfigure{sectlof}{4} \NewConfigure{minilot}{4} \NewConfigure{partlot}{4} \NewConfigure{sectlot}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{gloss} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/gloss/]{}{}ctan\EndLink \Verbatim > latex sample > bibtex sample.gls > latex sample > latex sample \EndVerbatim \<gloss.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % gloss.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% |<shared gloss|> |<2002 gloss|> \Hinput{gloss} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{gloss} \<shared gloss\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:glosslist\o:glosslist:} \HLet\glosslist=\:tempc \append:def\endglosslist{\b:glosslist} \renewcommand\setglosslabel[1]{% \def\gls@label##1##2##3{\def\gls@short{##3}% \c:glosslist #1\d:glosslist }} \NewConfigure{glosslist}{4} \NewConfigure{gloss}{2} >>> \<2002 gloss\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \def\gls@hyperlink#1#2{\a:gloss{#1}{}#2\b:gloss}% \def\gls@raisedlink#1{\gls:raisedlink#1}} \def\gls:raisedlink#1#2#3{% \c:glosslist\a:GlossAnchor{}{#2}\b:GlossAnchor \let\gls:label=\gls@label \def\gls@label##1##2##3{\gls:label{##1}{##2}{##3}% \let\gls@label=\gls:label \d:glosslist }% } \Configure{gloss} {\Link} {\EndLink} \NewConfigure{GlossAnchor}{2} \Configure{GlossAnchor} {\Link} {\EndLink} >>> \<pre 2002 gloss\><<< \pend:def\glso@default{\append:def\glso@word{% \def\:tempc{% \let\gls@refpage=\gls:refpage \csname gls@refpage\endcsname \let\gls:printtext=\gls@printtext \let\gls@printtext=\gls:prtxt }% \ifx \gls@refpage\:tempc \else \ifx \gls:refpage\:UnDef \let\gls:refpage=\gls@refpage \fi \let\gls@refpage=\:tempc \fi }} \def\gls:prtxt#1\fi{\a:gloss \gls:printtext#1\b:gloss\fi} >>> \<pre 2002 gloss\><<< \let\o:glossitem:=\glossitem \def\glossitem#1{\gdef\GlossLabel{#1}\o:glossitem:{#1}} \expandafter\let\csname glossitem*\endcsname\glossitem >>> \<pre 2002 gloss\><<< \pend:defIII\gls@label{\c:glosslist} \append:defIII\gls@label{\d:glosslist} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{dsfont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<dsfont.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dsfont.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{dsfont} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{dsfont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{afterpage} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<afterpage.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % afterpage.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config afterpage|> \:warning{afterpage.sty not supported} \Hinput{afterpage} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{afterpage} \<config afterpage\><<< \let\clearpage\AP@clearpage \pend:def\clearpage{\IgnorePar} \let\enddocument\AP@enddocument \AtBeginDocument{% \long\def\afterpage#1{#1}% \let\AP@\empty } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{euler} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<euler.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % euler.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<euler configs|> \Hinput{euler} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{euler} \<euler configs\><<< \let\mathbf=\un:Def \let\mathsf=\un:Def \let\mathit=\un:Def \let\mathtt=\un:Def \AtBeginDocument{% \def\:tempd#1{% \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}% \expandafter\HLet\csname @#1\endcsname\:tempc } \:tempd{mathbf}% \:tempd{mathsf}% \:tempd{mathit}% \:tempd{mathtt}% } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{eucal} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<eucal.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % eucal.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{eucal} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{eucal} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{longdiv} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<longdiv.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % longdiv.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<longdiv.sty|> \Hinput{longdiv} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{longdiv} \<longdiv.sty\><<< \def\longdiv#1#2{{% \def\showdig{\edef\temp{&{\the\scratch}}\temp\cr &{\the\rtot}\cr}% \global\rtot=#1\relax \count0=\rtot\divide\count0by#2\edef\quotient{\the\count0}% \def\temp##1{\ifx##1\temp\else \noexpand\dodig ##1\expandafter\temp\fi}% \edef\routine{\expandafter\temp\quotient\temp}% \def\dodig##1{\global\multiply\gpten by10\relax}\global\gpten=1\relax\routine \def\dodig##1{\global\divide\gpten by10\relax \scratch =\gpten \multiply\scratch by##1\relax \multiply\scratch by#2\relax \global\advance\rtot-\scratch \relax \ifnum\scratch>0 \showdig \fi }% \a:longdiv \long:div{#2}\b:longdiv }} \catcode`\#=13 \catcode`\@=6 \def\long:div@1{\halign{#&#\cr &\quotient\cr @1&\the\rtot\cr \routine \cr }} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\@=11 \NewConfigure{longdiv}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Indexes} \SubSection{index.sty} \<index.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % index.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<index shared|> \expandafter\ifx \csname @vwritefile\endcsname\relax |<index 4.01beta|> \else |<index 3.02|> \fi \Hinput{index} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{index} \Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/index.sty]{}{}% index.sty\EndLink \<index 4.01beta\><<< \pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}% \edef\:temp{\write\@auxout{% \string\@writefile{##1}{\expandafter\string\a:idxmake{\RefFileNumber \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}}}\:temp } \pend:def\printindex{\def\indexname{\the\@nameuse{idxtitle@\@indextype}}} |<index 4.1beta warning|> >>> \<index 4.1beta ext I\><<< \expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\idx:extI \csname idx@#1\endcsname//% >>> \<index 4.1beta ext II\><<< \expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\idx:extII \csname idx@#1\endcsname//% >>> \<index 4.1beta warning\><<< \bgroup \catcode`\:=12 \expandafter\gdef\csname idx:extI\endcsname#1:#2//{#1} \expandafter\gdef\csname idx:extII\endcsname#1:#2:#3//{#2} \egroup >>> \<index 3.02\><<< \pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}% \edef\:temp{\write\@auxout{% \string\@vwritefile{##1}{\expandafter\string\a:idxmake{\RefFileNumber \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}}}\:temp } >>> \<index shared\><<< \ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef \NewConfigure{makeindex}{1} \Configure{makeindex}{} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{multind.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<multind.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % multind.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<multind.sty|> \Hinput{multind} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{multind} \Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/multind.sty]{}{}% multind.sty\EndLink \<multind.sty\><<< \pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\@ifundefined{##1@idxfile}{}{\html:addr \hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}% \edef\:temp{\expandafter \write\csname ##1@idxfile\endcsname{\string \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber \FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}}}\:temp }} \ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef \NewConfigure{makeindex}{1} \Configure{makeindex}{} \fi \def\printindex#1#2{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi {\def\indexname{#2}\@input{#1.ind}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{imakeidx.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<imakeidx.4ht\><<< % imakeidx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<imakeidx.sty|> \Hinput{imakeidx} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{imakeidx} This code would be used with the splitindex option, but it seems index handling is already done, so it is not useful. \<imakeidx-do-not-use\><<< \def\:temp#1#2#3{\html:addr% \hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}% \protected@write\@indexfile{}% {\string\beforeentry{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}} \o:imki@wrindexentryunique:{#1}{#2}{#3}% } \HLet\imki@wrindexentryunique\:temp >>> Patch the index writting commands to introduce the index destination and link to the destination to the idx file \<imakeidx.sty\><<< \def\:temp#1#2#3{\html:addr% \hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}% \expandafter\protected@write\csname#1@idxfile\endcsname{}% {\string\beforeentry{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}}% \o:imki@wrindexentrysplit:{#1}{#2}{#3}% } \HLet\imki@wrindexentrysplit\:temp \ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef \NewConfigure{makeindex}{}\Configure{makeindex}{} \fi >>> Support for the intoc option of Imakeidx: \<imakeidx.sty\><<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ind:defs\imki@maybeaddtotoc} >>> Prevent the automatic index compilation, the index produced by tex4ht needs a special treatment. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{imakeidx.sty}{imakeidx-hooks.4ht} >>> \<imakeidx-hooks.4ht\><<< % imakeidx-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \PassOptionsToPackage{noautomatic}{imakeidx} >>> \AddFile{9}{imakeidx-hooks} \<index haddr\><<< d|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{tugboat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<tugboat.4ht\><<< % tugboat.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<tugboat cfg|> |<tugboat cmn|> \Hinput{tugboat} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{tugboat} \<tugboat cfg\><<< \let\:tempb\head \Def:Section\head{}{#1} \let\:head\head \let\head\:tempb \def\@domainhead{\:head{\the\@argument}} \let\:tempb\subhead \Def:Section\subhead{}{#1} \let\:subhead\subhead \let\subhead\:tempb \def\@dosubhead{\:subhead{\the\@argument}} \let\:tempb\subsubhead \Def:Section\subsubhead{}{#1} \let\:subsubhead\subsubhead \let\subsubhead\:tempb \def\@dosubsubhead{\:subsubhead{\the\@argument}} >>> \<tugboat cfg\><<< \let\o:figure:\figure \def\figure{\bgroup \a:figure \o:figure:} \append:def\endfigure{\b:figure\egroup} \NewConfigure{figure}{2} >>> \<tugboat cfg\><<< \pend:def\endverbatim{% \append:def\@beforeverbinline{\a:verb}% \pend:def\@afterverbinline{\b:verb}% \append:def\@beforeverbdisplay{\a:verbatim}% \pend:def\@afterverbdisplay{\b:verbatim}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\pre:everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar}% \append:def\@altdisplaystyle{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\the\everypar}% \ifx \:temp\pre:everypar \else \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}% \fi }% } \pend:def\verbatim{\bgroup \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}} \append:def\endverbatim{\egroup} \let\:setupverbatim\setupverbatim \def\setupverbatim{\:setupverbatim \let\:ruled\empty\def\ruled{\def\:ruled{-ruled}}} \let\:ruled\empty \NewConfigure{verbatim}{2} \NewConfigure{verb}{2} >>> \<tugboat cfg\><<< \let\:beginlist\@beginlist \def\@beginlist{% \ifx\@liststyle\@displaystyle \Configure{list} {\csname a:display-list\endcsname} {\csname b:display-list\endcsname} {\csname c:display-list\endcsname} {\csname d:display-list\endcsname}% \else \Configure{list} {\csname a:inline-list\endcsname} {\csname b:inline-list\endcsname} {\csname c:inline-list\endcsname} {\csname d:inline-list\endcsname}% \fi \a:list \begingroup \:beginlist \let\:tagform=\tagform \def\tagform##1{\c:list\:tagform{##1}\d:list}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\the\everypar}% \ifx \:temp\pre:everypar \else \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}% \fi \def\colsep{\ignoreendline}% } \append:def\endlist{\b:list\endgroup} \NewConfigure{list}{4} \NewConfigure{display-list}{4} \NewConfigure{inline-list}{4} >>> \<tugboat rtitle\><<< \a:rtitle \rtitlex\qquad \midrtitle \b:rtitle >>> \<tugboat cfg\><<< \NewConfigure{rtitle}{2} \let\rtitle\empty \let\rfoot\empty \global\SecTitletrue \pend:def\article{|<tugboat rtitle|>\ifx\thetitle\relax \else \pend:defI\thetitle{\a:title}% \append:defI\thetitle{\b:title}% \fi } \NewConfigure{title}{2} \pend:defI\theauthor{\a:author} \append:defI\theauthor{{}\b:author} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \pend:defI\theaddress{\a:address} \append:defI\theaddress{{}\b:address} \NewConfigure{address}{2} \pend:defI\thenetaddress{\a:netaddress} \append:defI\thenetaddress{{}\b:netaddress} \NewConfigure{netaddress}{2} \pend:def\@defaultauthorlist{\a:authorlist\:defaultauthorlist} \append:def\@defaultauthorlist{\b:authorlist} \def\:defaultauthorlist{% \let\@defaultauthorlist\empty \count@=\authornumber \loop \ifnum\count@>0 \expandafter\pend:def\csname theauthor\number\count@\endcsname{\a:author}% \expandafter\append:def\csname theauthor\number\count@\endcsname{\b:author}% \advance\count@ by -1 \repeat } \NewConfigure{authorlist}{2} >>> \<tugboat cmn\><<< \append:def\makesignature{\egroup} \pend:def\makesignature{\bgroup \pend:def\@signature{% \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}% \a:signature}% \append:def\@signature{\b:signature}% \let\sv:rightline\rightline \def\rightline{\let\rightline=\sv:rightline}% } \NewConfigure{signature}{2} \pend:def\signaturemark{\a:signaturemark} \append:def\signaturemark{\b:signaturemark} \NewConfigure{signaturemark}{2} >>> \<tugboat cmn\><<< \def\v@lx{\gdef\volx{Volume~\a:volno\volno\b:volno ~(\a:volyr\volyr\b:volyr), No.~\a:issno\issno\b:issno}} \NewConfigure{issno}{2} \NewConfigure{volyr}{2} \NewConfigure{volno}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{ltugboat, ltugproc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ltugboat.4ht\><<< % ltugboat.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \@ifclassloaded{ltugproc}{}{% \@ifpackageloaded{ltugproc}{}{\Hinclude{\input ltugboat-a.4ht}{article}} \InputIfFileExists{tugboat.dates}% } \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ltugboat} \<ltugboat-a.4ht\><<< % ltugboat-a.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<ltugboat cfg|> \Hinput{ltugboat} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ltugboat-a} \<ltugboat cfg\><<< \def\TB@nolimelabel{} \long\def\:temp#1{{\a:textSMC \o:textSMC:{#1}\b:textSMC}} \HLet\textSMC|=\:temp \NewConfigure{textSMC}{2} >>> \<ltugboat cfg\><<< \pend:defI\theauthor{\a:author} \append:defI\theauthor{{}\b:author} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \pend:defI\theaddress{\a:address} \append:defI\theaddress{{}\b:address} \NewConfigure{address}{2} \pend:defI\thenetaddress{\a:netaddress} \append:defI\thenetaddress{{}\b:netaddress} \NewConfigure{netaddress}{2} \pend:defI\thePersonalURL{\a:PersonalURL} \append:defI\thePersonalURL{{}\b:PersonalURL} \NewConfigure{PersonalURL}{2} \pend:def\signaturemark{\a:signaturemark} \append:def\signaturemark{{}\b:signaturemark} \NewConfigure{signaturemark}{2} \pend:def\@makesectitle{\ifSecTitle \a:sectitle} \append:def\@makesectitle{\b:sectitle \else\par\fi} \NewConfigure{sectitle}{2} >>> \<ltugboat cfg\><<< \long\def\:tempc[#1]{\a:makesignature\bgroup \pend:def\@signature{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\a:signature}\csname o:\string\makesignature:\endcsname[#1]\egroup \b:makesignature} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\makesignature\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{makesignature}{2} \NewConfigure{signature}{1} >>> \<ltugboat cfg\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:titlex\o:rtitlex:\b:titlex} \HLet\rtitlex\:tempc \NewConfigure{titlex}{2} >>> \<ltugproc.4ht\><<< % ltugproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinclude{\input ltugboat-a.4ht \input ltugproc-a.4ht}{article} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ltugproc} \<ltugproc-a.4ht\><<< % ltugproc-a.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<ltug proc|> \Hinput{ltugproc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ltugproc-a} \<ltug proc\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \def\theauthor####1{\expandafter \ifx \csname theauthor####1\endcsname\relax \else \a:author\csname theauthor####1\endcsname\b:author \fi}% \if@abstract \expandafter\abstract@toks\expandafter{\expandafter \a:abstract \the\abstract@toks}% \expandafter\abstract@toks\expandafter{% \the\abstract@toks \b:abstract}% \fi } \NewConfigure{abstract}{2} >>> \<ltug proc\><<< \pend:def\TITLEfont{% \if@abstract \aftergroup\abstract:head\fi } \def\abstract:head{% \let\tug:centerline\centerline \def\centerline##1{% \a:abstractHead \tug:centerline{##1}\b:abstractHead \let\centerline\centerline:tug }% } \NewConfigure{abstractHead}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mls.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % mls.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<mls hooks|> |<mlstrans hooks|> |<mlsgalig hooks|> |<temporary mls accents patch|> \Hinput{mls} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{mls} \<temporary mls accents patch\><<< \expandafter\HLet\csname OT1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname \csname n:":\endcsname \HRestore\" >>> \<mls hooks\><<< \Configure{writetoc} {\let\SetDocumentEncodingNeutral\relax \let\SetDocumentEncodingLMC\relax \let\SetDocumentEncodingBicig\relax \let\mnr\relax \let\mbc\relax \let\blr\relax \let\rnm\relax } \renewcommand{\mbosoo}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \bosoo{{\bcg #1}}\fi} >>> \<mlstrans hooks\><<< \pend:def\do@galiglist{\let\mls:sp=\ \let\ =\sp:c } \append:def\end@galiglist{\let\ =\mls:sp} >>> \<mlsgalig hooks\><<< \pend:def\do@mlsgalig{\let\mls:sp=\ \let\ =\sp:c } \append:def\end@mlsgalig{\let\ =\mls:sp} \pend:def\prettify@mls{\let\mls:sp=\ \let\ =\sp:c } \append:def\prettify@mls{\let\ =\mls:sp} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{rotating} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<rotating.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % rotating.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config rotating|> \Hinput{rotating} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{rotating} \<config rotating\><<< \def\@xrotfloat#1[#2]{\@float{#1}[#2]} \def\end@rotfloat{\end@float} \def\endsidewaysfigure{\end@float} \def\endsidewaystable{\end@float} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{boxedminipage} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<boxedminipage.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % boxedminipage.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<boxedminipage configs|> \Hinput{boxedminipage} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{boxedminipage} \<boxedminipage configs\><<< \let\o:@iboxedminipage:=\@iboxedminipage \def\@iboxedminipage[#1]{\o:@iboxedminipage:[b]} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{ulem} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ulem.4ht\><<< % ulem.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<ulem sty|> \Hinput{ulem} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ulem} We use different configurations, depending on the fact if we are inside math mode or not. Configurations in math mode are named after the command with the "-math" suffix. \<ulem sty\><<< \def\:ulemchoose#1#2{\relax\ifmmode\csname a:#1-math\endcsname#2\csname b:#1-math\endcsname\else\csname a:#1\endcsname#2\csname b:#1\endcsname\fi} \NewConfigure{uline}{2} \NewConfigure{uline-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uline}{#1}} \HLet\uline\:tempa \NewConfigure{uuline}{2} \NewConfigure{uuline-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uuline}{#1}} \HLet\uuline\:tempa \NewConfigure{sout}{2} \NewConfigure{sout-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{sout}{#1}} \HLet\sout\:tempa \NewConfigure{xout}{2} \NewConfigure{xout-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{xout}{#1}} \HLet\xout\:tempa \NewConfigure{uwave}{2} \NewConfigure{uwave-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uwave}{#1}} \HLet\uwave\:tempa \NewConfigure{dashuline}{2} \NewConfigure{dashuline-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{dashuline}{#1}} \HLet\dashuline\:tempa \NewConfigure{dotuline}{2} \NewConfigure{dotuline-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{dotuline}{#1}} \HLet\dotuline\:tempa \def\:temp{\z@} \HLet\ULthickness\:temp >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{cancel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<cancel.4ht\><<< % cancel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<cancel config|> \Hinput{cancel} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cancel} \<cancel config\><<< \def\:cancelchoose#1#2{\relax\ifmmode\csname a:#1-math\endcsname#2\csname b:#1-math\endcsname\else\csname a:#1\endcsname#2\csname b:#1\endcsname\fi} \NewConfigure{cancel}{2} \NewConfigure{cancel-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{cancel}{#1}} % \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:cancelmath#1\b:cancelmath\else\a:cancel#1\b:cancel\fi} \HLet\cancel\:tempa \NewConfigure{bcancel}{2} \NewConfigure{bcancel-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{bcancel}{#1}} % \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:bcancelmath#1\b:bcancelmath\else\a:bcancel#1\b:bcancel\fi} \HLet\bcancel\:tempa \NewConfigure{xcancel}{2} \NewConfigure{xcancel-math}{2} \def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{xcancel}{#1}} % \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:xcancelmath#1\b:xcancelmath\else\a:xcancel#1\b:xcancel\fi} \HLet\xcancel\:tempa \NewConfigure{cancelto}{3} \def\:tempa#1#2{\a:cancelto#1\b:cancelto#2\c:cancelto} \HLet\cancelto\:tempa >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{go} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<go.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % go.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<go sty|> \Hinput{go} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{go} \<go sty\><<< \let\o:pos:=\pos \def\pos#1#2=#3#4{\let\empty=\ht:empty \o:pos:{#1}{#2}=#3{#4}\def\empty{}} \let\o:showdiagram:=\showdiagram \def\showdiagram#1-#2-#3 {\a:showdiagram\let\empty=\ht:empty \o:showdiagram:#1-#2-#3 \def\empty{} \b:showdiagram} \let\o:inidiagram:=\inidiagram \def\inidiagram#1-#2-#3 {\let\empty=\ht:empty \o:inidiagram:#1-#2-#3 \def\empty{}} \NewConfigure{showdiagram}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{paralist} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<paralist.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % paralist.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<paralist hooks|> \Hinput{paralist} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{paralist} \<paralist hooks\><<< \:CheckOption{enum}\if:Option \HRestore\@roman \HRestore\@Roman \fi >>> \<pifont.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % pifont.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{pifont} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{pifont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{listings} \<listings.4ht\><<< % listings.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<listings sty|> |<lstmisc sty|> \Hinput{listings} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{listings} We use Xcolor's features to extract color information for syntax highlighting. We need to load it if it isn't used yet \<listings sty\><<< \@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{% \RequirePackage{xcolor} } >>> For some reason we need the followng version of \`|\@makecaption| in order to get correct cross-references. There were duplicate IDs sometimes. \<listings sty\><<< \def\lst@makecaption#1#2{\cptA: #1\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi \cptC: #2\cptD:} >>> I don't know why there used to be clearing of math environment, it disabled listings option to work correctly. Also patching of \`|\lsthk@EveryLine| should be done in every call to this command. \<listings sty\><<< \newif\iflstnest \append:defII\lst@EnterMode{% \ifx \lsthk:EveryLine\:UnDef \let\lsthk:EveryLine\lsthk@EveryLine \fi \ifx \lsthk:EveryLine\lsthk@EveryLine \pend:def\lsthk@EveryLine{\c:listings \def\dd:listings{\d:listings\let\dd:listings\empty}}% \fi \append:def\lsthk@EveryPar{\dd:listings}% \iflstnest\else \a:listings\fi\bgroup %\Configure{$}{}{}{}% \aftergroup\lst:EnterMode } \def\lst:EnterMode{\iflstnest\else\b:listings\fi\egroup} \NewConfigure{listings}{4} \let\dd:listings=\empty >>> Configure listings: befoe env, after env, before ln, between \# and content. \<listings sty\><<< \append:defI\lst@Init{\csname a:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnesttrue} \pend:def\lst@DeInit{\csname b:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnestfalse} \NewConfigure{listings-init}{2} >>> \<listings sty\><<< \lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{% \Configure{listings}{}{}{}{}% \a:lstinline \bgroup \aftergroup\b:lstinline\aftergroup\egroup } \NewConfigure{lstinline}{2} >>> \<listings sty\><<< \pend:defI\lst@MakeCaption{% \let\lst:addcontentsline\addcontentsline \def\addcontentsline{\gHAdvance\TitleCount by 1 \lst:addcontentsline}% } \append:defI\lst@MakeCaption{% \let\addcontentsline\lst:addcontentsline } >>> \<lstmisc sty\><<< \HLet\lst@frameInit=\empty \HLet\lst@frameExit=\empty >>> Configure list of listings \<listings sty\><<< \ConfigureToc{lol} {}{\empty}{}{\newline} \lst@UserCommand\lstlistoflistings{\bgroup% \ifdefined\chapter\chapter*{\lstlistlistingname}\else\section*{\lstlistlistingname}\fi% \TableOfContents[lol]% \egroup} >>> \<listings sty\><<< \def\:tempa{% \ifx\lst@OutputBox\@gobble\else \the\everypar \fi \global\advance\lst@newlines\m@ne \lst@newlinetrue }% \HLet\lst@NewLine\:tempa \def\:tempa#1{ \begingroup% \lsthk@PreSet\gdef\lst@intname{#1}% \expandafter\lstset\expandafter{\lst@set}% \lsthk@DisplayStyle% \catcode\active=\active% \a:lstinputlisting\ht:special{t4ht@[}\lst@Init\relax \let\lst@gobble\z@% \lst@SkipToFirst% \lst@ifprint \def\lst@next{\input{#1}}% \else \let\lst@next\@empty \fi% \ht:special{t4ht@]}\lst@next\ht:special{t4ht@[}\lst@DeInit\ht:special{t4ht@]}% \b:lstinputlisting% \endgroup} \HLet\lst@InputListing\:tempa \NewConfigure{lstinputlisting}{2} >>> \<listings sty\><<< \def\:tempa#1{% \setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst@currstyle{\kern#1}}}% \global\advance\lst@currlwidth \wd\z@ \tmp:dim=#1 \let\:tempc=\empty \loop \ifdim \tmp:dim>\a:lst@Kern \advance \tmp:dim by -\a:lst@Kern \advance \tmp:dim by -\b:lst@Kern \append:def\:tempc{\:nbsp}% \repeat \setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst@currstyle{\:tempc}}}% \lst@OutputBox\z@} \HLet\lst@Kern\:tempa >>> Configure lst@Kern: character width, inter character space size \<listings sty\><<< \NewConfigure{lst@Kern}{2} \Configure{lst@Kern}{0.499em}{0.1em} \def\lst@outputspace{\HCode{ }} >>> Test cases: \List{*} \item \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage{listings} \begin{document} \lstset{language=C} \lstinputlisting[caption=my caption]{a.c} \end{document} \EndVerbatim a.c \Verbatim main() { /* hello * there */ return 0; } \EndVerbatim \EndList %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{fancyhdr} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The Fancyhdr package breaks the sectioning support, it is necessary to suppress the fancy page style. \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/511350/2891]{}{}More info\EndLink. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{fancyhdr.sty}{fancyhdr-hooks.4ht} >>> \<fancyhdr-hooks.4ht\><<< % fancyhdr-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \:AtEndOfPackage{% \def\ps@fancy{}% } >>> \AddFile{9}{fancyhdr-hooks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{fancyhdr} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<tasks.4ht\><<< % tasks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \ExplSyntaxOn % generate normal \item for tasks instead of coffins \cs_set_protected:Npn \__tasks_task_fourht:nnn #1#2#3 {\item[#1]{\__tasks_setup: #2 {#3}}} \cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tasks_task_fourht:nnn {VVV} \HLet\__tasks_task:nnn\__tasks_task_fourht:nnn \HLet\__tasks_task:VVV\__tasks_task_fourht:VVV \ExplSyntaxOff \Hinput{tasks} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{tasks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{alphanum} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<alphanum.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % alphanum.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<alphanum sty|> \Hinput{alphanum} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{alphanum} \<alphanum sty\><<< \append:def\J@SetCurrent{\global\let\jura:currentlabel=\@currentlabel} \Configure{@newlabel} {\ifx \jura:currentlabel\:UnDef \else \let\@currentlabel=\jura:currentlabel \global\let\jura:currentlabel=\:Undef \fi } >>> \<alphanum sty\><<< \renewcommand*{\ref}{% \@ifstar{\@tempswatrue\J@ref}{\@tempswafalse\J@ref}} \renewcommand*{\J@refX}[1]{% \bgroup \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##2}% \edef\:temp{#1}% \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##1}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\rEfLiNK#1{\:temp}}% \def\rEfLiNK##1##2##3{\noexpand\rEfLiNK {##1}{\noexpand\J@refXX##3}}% \edef\:temp{\:temp}% \expandafter \egroup \:temp } >>> \<alphanum sty\><<< \renewcommand*{\J@ShortToc}[1]{\stepcounter{lvl\alph{tiefe}}\J@Number\ % \addcontentsline{toc}{liketoclvl\alph{tiefe}}% {\protect\numberline{\J@Number}#1}% \csname lvl\alph{tiefe}mark\endcsname{#1}\@gobblecr} >>> \<alphanum sty\><<< \let\no@toclvla\toc \let\no@toclvlb\toc \let\no@toclvlc\toc \let\no@toclvld\toc \let\no@toclvle\toc \let\no@toclvlf\toc \let\no@toclvlg\toc \let\no@toclvlh\toc \let\no@toclvli\toc \let\no@toclvlj\toc \let\no@toclvlk\toc \let\no@toclvll\toc \Def:Section\toclvla{\arabic{lvla}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlb{\arabic{lvlb}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlc{\arabic{lvlc}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvld{\arabic{lvld}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvle{\arabic{lvle}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlf{\arabic{lvlf}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlg{\arabic{lvlg}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlh{\arabic{lvlh}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvli{\arabic{lvli}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlj{\arabic{lvlj}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvlk{\arabic{lvlk}}{#1} \Def:Section\toclvll{\arabic{lvll}}{#1} \let\no:toclvla\toclvla \let\no:toclvlb\toclvlb \let\no:toclvlc\toclvlc \let\no:toclvld\toclvld \let\no:toclvle\toclvle \let\no:toclvlf\toclvlf \let\no:toclvlg\toclvlg \let\no:toclvlh\toclvlh \let\no:toclvli\toclvli \let\no:toclvlj\toclvlj \let\no:toclvlk\toclvlk \let\no:toclvll\toclvll \def\toclvla{\rdef:sec{toclvla}} \def\toclvlb{\rdef:sec{toclvlb}} \def\toclvlc{\rdef:sec{toclvlc}} \def\toclvld{\rdef:sec{toclvld}} \def\toclvle{\rdef:sec{toclvle}} \def\toclvlf{\rdef:sec{toclvlf}} \def\toclvlg{\rdef:sec{toclvlg}} \def\toclvlh{\rdef:sec{toclvlh}} \def\toclvli{\rdef:sec{toclvli}} \def\toclvlj{\rdef:sec{toclvlj}} \def\toclvlk{\rdef:sec{toclvlk}} \def\toclvll{\rdef:sec{toclvll}} \def\toc{\csname toclvl\alph{tiefe}\endcsname} >>> \<\><<< \let\no@toc\toc \Def:Section\toc{\the\c@tiefe}{#1} \let\no:toc\toc \def\toc{\rdef:sec{toc}} >>> % \let\no@liketoc\J@ShortToc % \Def:Section\liketoc{\the\c@tiefe}{#1} % \let\no:liketoc\liketoc % \let\liketoc\:UnDef % \def\J@ShortToc{\rdef:sec{liketoc}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{lineno} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://sunsite.sut.ac.jp/pub/archives/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/supported/lineno]{}{}lineno\EndLink \<lineno.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % lineno.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\:tempc\linelabel \pend:defI\:tempc{\let\sv:efloat|=\end@float \HRestore\end@float } \append:defI\:tempc{\let\end@float|=\sv:efloat } \HLet\linelabel\:tempc \def\:tempc{\@tempdima\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv \sbox\@tempboxa{\hbox to\z@{\a:lineno\makeLineNumber\b:lineno}}% \stepcounter{linenumber}% \dp\@tempboxa=\@tempdima\ht\@tempboxa=\z@ \nointerlineskip\kern-\@tempdima\box\@tempboxa \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar\else \@tempcnta\outputpenalty \advance\@tempcnta -\linenopenalty \penalty\@tempcnta \fi } \HLet\MakeLineNo\:tempc \NewConfigure{lineno}{2} \Hinput{lineno} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{lineno} \Section{errata} \<errata.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % errata.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \renewenvironment{erratalist} {\begin{longtable}{rp{2cm}lp{10cm}l}} {\endgobble\end{longtable}} \Hinput{errata} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{errata} \Section{epigraph} \Link[http://sunsite.bcc.bilkent.edu.tr/pub/tex/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/supported/epigraph/]{}{}sunsite\EndLink \<epigraph.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % epigraph.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<epigraph conf|> \Hinput{epigraph} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{epigraph} \<epigraph conf\><<< \renewcommand{\epigraphhead}[2][95]{{% \a:epigraphhead#2\b:epigraphhead}} \NewConfigure{epigraphhead}{2} \NewConfigure{epirule}{1} \renewcommand{\epigraph}[2]{{\vspace{\beforeepigraphskip} \a:epigraph {#1}\ifdim\epigraphrule>\z@ \a:epirule \else \par\fi \b:epigraph {#2}\c:epigraph \vspace{\afterepigraphskip}}} \renewcommand{\qitem}[2]{\item {\a:qitem {#1}\ifdim\epigraphrule>\z@ \a:epirule \else \par\fi \b:qitem {#2}\c:qitem}} \NewConfigure{epigraph}{3} \NewConfigure{qitem}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{float.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<float.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % float.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<float sty|> \ifx \floatevery\:Undef |<pre 2001/11/08 v1.3d float|> \else |<since 2001/11/08 v1.3d float|> \fi \Hinput{float} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{float} \<pre 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<< \let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat \def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]% \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\end@float\egroup}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend \expandafter\def\csname end#1*\endcsname{\end@dblfloat\egroup}% \fi } >>> \<since 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<< \let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat \def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]% \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\end@float}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend \expandafter\def\csname end#1*\endcsname{\end@dblfloat}% \fi } >>> \<float sty\><<< \def\caption{\:CheckOption{refcaption}\if:Option \SkipRefstepAnchor \fi \refstepcounter\@captype \@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}} \let\:tempc\listof \pend:defII\:tempc{\begingroup \expandafter\ifx \csname toc\@nameuse{ext@##1}\endcsname\relax \ConfigureToc{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}{\par}{ }{}{}% \fi \edef\@starttoc{\noexpand \:tableofcontents[\@nameuse{ext@##1}]\noexpand\:gobble}} \append:defII\:tempc{\endgroup} \HLet\listof\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{floatflt.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<floatflt.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % floatflt.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<floatflt sty|> \Hinput{floatflt} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{floatflt} \<floatflt sty\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \edef\oldeverypar{\noexpand\HtmlPar\the\everypar}} >>> \<floatflt sty\><<< \def\:temp{% \let\:setbox=\setbox \def\setbox{\let\:temp=\:temp \let\setbox=\:setbox \def\:temp####1={\a:floatingfigure}\:temp}% \o:floatingfigure:} \HLet\floatingfigure=\:temp \def\endfloatingfigure{\egroup\b:floatingfigure\par} \NewConfigure{floatingfigure}{2} >>> The following might be problematic with a caption % \Configure{floatingfigure} % {\HCode{<span class="floatflt-\ifoddpages o\else e\fi % \theOptionTest">}\IgnorePar} % {\HCode{</span>}} % \Css{.floatflt-e0 img{float:left}} % \Css{.floatflt-e1 img{float:left}} % \Css{.floatflt-e2 img{float:right}} % \Css{.floatflt-o0 img{float:left}} % \Css{.floatflt-o1 img{float:left}} % \Css{.floatflt-o2 img{float:right}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{fancybox.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<fancybox.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % fancybox.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<fancybox hooks|> \Hinput{fancybox} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{fancybox} \<fancybox hooks\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{\begingroup #1\relax \hbox{{#2}}\endgroup} \HLet\@ovalbox\:tempc \HLet\doublebox|=\ovalbox \HLet\shadowbox|=\ovalbox \pend:defI\VerbBox{\a:VerbBox} \append:def\end@VerbBox{\b:VerbBox} \NewConfigure{VerbBox}{2} \pend:def\shadowbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:shadowbox}{\b:shadowbox}} \NewConfigure{shadowbox}{2} \pend:def\ovalbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:ovalbox}{\b:ovalbox}} \NewConfigure{ovalbox}{2} \pend:def\Ovalbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:Ovalbox}{\b:Ovalbox}} \NewConfigure{Ovalbox}{2} \pend:def\doublebox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:doublebox}{\b:doublebox}} \NewConfigure{doublebox}{2} >>> \<fancybox hooks\><<< \def\Btrivlist#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@Btrivlist{#1}}{\@Btrivlist{#1}[]}} \def\@Btrivlist#1[#2]{% \@Blistrestore \let\\=\@Btrivlistcr \a:Btrivlist \expandafter\edef\csname Btrivlist-dir\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand\csname \if#1la\else\if#1rc\else b\fi\fi :Btrivlist-dir\endcsname }% \fb@beginvbox{#2}% \TeXhalign\bgroup \hfil \c:Btrivlist \ignorespaces##\unskip \d:Btrivlist \if#1r\@empty\else\hfil\fi\cr} \def\endBtrivlist{\crcr\egroup \egroup\b:Btrivlist\if@pboxsw$\fi} \NewConfigure{Btrivlist}{4} \NewConfigure{Btrivlist-dir}[1]{% \if :#1:\else \expandafter\Btrivlist:dir\fi {#1}} \def\Btrivlist:dir#1#2{\expandafter\def \csname\if#1la\else\if#1rc\else b\fi\fi :Btrivlist-dir\endcsname{#2}% \csname c:Btrivlist-dir:\endcsname} >>> \<fancybox hooks\><<< \def\@Blist#1#2[#3]{% \ifnum\@listdepth>5 \@toodeep \else \global\advance\@listdepth\@ne \fi \itemindent\z@ \csname @list\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname \def\@itemlabel{#1}% \let\makelabel\@mklab \@nmbrlistfalse \@Blistrestore \let\\=\@Blistcr \let\item\Bitem \@Bitemswfalse #2\relax \gdef\dd:Blist{\global\let\dd:Blist=\d:Blist}\a:Blist \fb@beginvbox{#3}% \TeXhalign\bgroup \dd:Blist\c:Blist\e:Blist \ignorespaces##\f:Blist &\e:Blist\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfil\f:Blist\cr} \def\endBlist{\crcr\egroup \egroup\dd:Blist\b:Blist\if@pboxsw$\fi \global\advance\@listdepth\m@ne} \NewConfigure{Blist}{6} >>> \<fancybox hooks\><<< \let\Beqnarray=\eqnarray \let\endBeqnarray=\endeqnarray >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{adjustbox.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<adjustbox.4ht\><<< % adjustbox.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019-2022 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignTop}{1} \NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignMiddle}{1} \NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignCenter}{1} \NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignBottom}{1} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@t{\a:AdjustboxValignTop} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@t{\a:AdjustboxValignTop} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@T{\a:AdjustboxValignTop} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@M{\a:AdjustboxValignMiddle} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@m{\a:AdjustboxValignMiddle} \pend:defI\adjbox@valign@c{\a:AdjustboxValignCenter} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@b{\a:AdjustboxValignBottom} \pend:def\adjbox@valign@B{\a:AdjustboxValignBottom} % make an unique ID for each adjustbox environment \newcounter{adjustbox@4ht} \def\update:adjustbox:id{\stepcounter{adjustbox@4ht}\def\AdjustboxId{adjustbox-\arabic{adjustbox@4ht}}} \NewConfigure{Adjustbox}{2} \def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\update:adjustbox:id\a:Adjustbox\o:adjbox@@frame:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\b:Adjustbox } \HLet\adjbox@@frame\:tempa % suppress trying to draw the frame \def\adjbox@boxframe#1#2#3{} % patch macro that collects adjustbox contents and draw box. we disable this functionality, as all % of this should be handled by CSS % keys are set, so it should be possible to extract colors or frame size in theory \long\def\:temp#1#2{% % copy of definitions from \@adjustbox, to prevent compilation errors \edef\adjbox@line{\the\inputlineno}% \let\collectbox@mode\relax \let\collectbox@noindent\relax \let\adjbox@collectbox\@collectbox \let\adjbox@begininnercode\@empty \let\adjbox@endinnercode\@empty \chardef\adjbox@innerlevel\z@ \update:adjustbox:id\adjbox@setkeys{#1}\a:Adjustbox #2\b:Adjustbox\endgroup} \HLet\@adjustbox\:temp % definitions for macros % we don't save any colors and just use one configuration for all box types. \def\:tempa#1{\update:adjustbox:id\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox} \HLet\@bgcolorbox\:tempa \def\:tempa#1#2#3{\update:adjustbox:id\leavevmode\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox} \HLet\@foregroundbox\:tempa \def\:tempa#1#2#3{\update:adjustbox:id\leavevmode\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox} \HLet\@backgroundbox\:tempa \Hinput{adjustbox} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{adjustbox} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{awesomebox.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<awesomebox.4ht\><<< % awesomebox.4ht % Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<awesomebox config|> \Hinput{awesomebox} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{awesomebox} \<awesomebox config\><<< \NewConfigure{awesomebox}{3} \newcounter{awesomebox:cnt} \RenewDocumentCommand \awesomebox { O{abvrulecolor} O{} o m m m +m }{% \stepcounter{awesomebox:cnt}% \def\awesomebox@id{awesomebox-\arabic{awesomebox:cnt}}% \extractcolorspec{#1}{\awesomebox@rule@color}% \expandafter\convertcolorspec\awesomebox@rule@color{HTML}\awesomebox@rule@color% \a:awesomebox% \IfValueTF {#3}% { #3 \\ #2 \textcolor{#6}{\Huge#5}\b:awesomebox #7 #2}% { #2 \textcolor{#6}{\Huge#5}\b:awesomebox #7 #2}% \c:awesomebox% } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{alltt.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<alltt.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % alltt.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<fix alltt|> |<alltt.sty shared config|> \Hinput{alltt} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{alltt} \<fix alltt\><<< \append:def\alltt{% \def\:tempa{\ifx\:temp\par \everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\everypar \expandafter{\the\ht:everypar}}\fi}% \futurelet\:temp\:tempa} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{lb.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Verbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % lb.sty, version 1.8 vom 18.07.95 % style file fuer die reihe 'Lehrbuch' % copyright by International Thomson Publishing GmbH % autorin: luzia dietsche % email: x68@dante.de %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \EndVerbatim \<lb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % lb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> % For lb.sty, International Thomson Publishing GmbH % \input{lb.4ht} into cfg file \catcode`\@=11 \catcode`\:=11 \pend:defII\@makechapterhead{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox} \append:defII\@makechapterhead{\egroup} \pend:defI\@makechapterheadOhneArg{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox} \append:defI\@makechapterheadOhneArg{\egroup} \pend:defII\@makeschapterhead{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox} \append:defII\@makeschapterhead{\egroup} \pend:defI\@makeschapterheadOhneArg{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox} \append:defI\@makeschapterheadOhneArg{\egroup} \def\@makechapterheadOhneArg#1{} \catcode`\@=12 \catcode`\:=12 \Hinput{lb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{lb} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{latin1.def} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<latin1.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % latin1.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config textdegree|> \let\mathonesuperior=\:UnDef \providecommand{\mathonesuperior}{{\sp1}} \let\maththreesuperior=\:UnDef \providecommand{\maththreesuperior}{{\sp3}} \let\mathtwosuperior=\:Undef \providecommand{\mathtwosuperior}{{\sp2}} \Hinput{latin1} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{latin1} \<config textdegree\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:textdegree} \expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname=\:tempc \NewConfigure{textdegree}{1} \Configure{textdegree}{{\ensuremath{{\sp\circ}}}} >>> % \expandafter\def\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname{{\sp\circ}} % \def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}} % \def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}} % \def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{utf8.def} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<utf8.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % utf8.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \def\UTFviii:two@octets#1#2{\string#1\string#2} \Configure{@newlabel}{\HLet\UTFviii@two@octets\UTFviii:two@octets} \Hinput{utf8} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{utf8} The above is to preserve characters in `sensitive' locations: \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage{ngerman} \usepackage{hyperref} \begin{document} X \autoref{fig:add_todo} \begin{figure}[hbt!] \caption{Für X} \label{fig:add_todo} \end{figure} \end{document} \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{utf8x.def} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Note: the following file is requested by ucs.4ht and loaded outside the normal tex4ht environmet so, in particular, catcode are not set for it. \<utf8x.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % utf8x.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config utf8x|>% % \Hinput{utf8x} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{utf8x} \<config utf8x\><<< \bgroup \def\temp#1{% \ifnum \count255<224 \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1{% \string#1\string##1}% \else\ifnum \count255<240 \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1##2{% \string#1\string##1\string##2}% \else \ifnum \count255<245 \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1##2##3{% \string#1\string##1\string##2\string##3}% \fi\fi\fi \edef\tempa{% \noexpand\Configure{@newlabel}{\noexpand\let\noexpand #1\expandafter \noexpand\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname}}% \tempa } \count255=194\relax \loop\ifnum\count255<245\relax \catcode\count255\active \begingroup \uccode`\~\count255% \uccode`\u`\u% \uppercase{% \endgroup \temp{~}}% \advance\count255by1\relax \repeat \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname a:@newlabel\expandafter \endcsname\csname a:@newlabel\endcsname \egroup >>> What is the difference between \`'\uccode`\~\count255 %SPACE' and \Verbatim \uccode`\~\count255% \uccode`\u`\u% \EndVerbatim utf8x.def has both. The above is to preserve characters in `sensitive' locations: \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage{ucs} \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \usepackage{ngerman} \usepackage{hyperref} \begin{document} X \autoref{fig:add_todo} \begin{figure}[hbt!] \caption{Für X} \label{fig:add_todo} \end{figure} \end{document} \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{ucs.def} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ucs.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ucs.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \AtBeginDocument{% \ifx\restore@utf@viii@actives\undefined \else \input utf8x.4ht \fi} % \Hinput{ucs} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{ucs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{acm-proc-article-sp.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.acm.org/sigs/pubs/proceed/template.html]{}{}files\EndLink \<acm_proc_article-sp.4ht\><<< % acm_proc_article-sp.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<config acm-proc-article-sp|> \Hinput{acm-proc-article-sp} \endinput >>> \AddFile[acm_proc_article-sp]{9}{acm-proc-article-sp} \<sig-alternate.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % sig-alternate.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \input acm_proc_article-sp.4ht |<config sig-alternate|> \Hinput{sig-alternate} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{sig-alternate} The above style files, and provided example, are a little weirds at points. \List{*} \item + Strange accents \`'\affaddr{The Th{\large{\sf{\o}}}rv{$\ddot{\mbox{a}}$}ld Group}\\' \item Empty picture in copyrightspace of acm-proc-article-sp \item The definition \''\@ptsize{}' is improper---it should provide a number \item No defintion for \''\@xtitlenote'. Used in \''\def\titlenote{\@ifnextchar[\@xtitlenote' \item \''\newfont' provides a tex font; not a latex font. Hence, for instance, the braces in \''\confname{\the\conf}' are useless (and misleading for the human eyes). \item Missing \''\def\endthebibliography{\endlist}' \item Use \Verbatim \def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} \def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} \EndVerbatim instead of \Verbatim \def\thesubsubsection{{\subsecfnt\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}} \def\theparagraph{{\subsecfnt\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}} \EndVerbatim We don't know where they go (in tex4ht they may arrive to attributes of \''<a>' elements. \EndList \<config sig-alternate\><<< \def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} \def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} \def\endthebibliography{\endlist} >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \catcode`\:=12 \def\@citex#1[#2]#3{% \let\@citea\@empty \csname a:cite\endcsname \@cite{% \@for\@citeb:=#3\do{% \@citea \def\@citea{#1 }% \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@iden\@citeb}% \if@filesw \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}% \fi \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{% {\bf ?}% \@warning{% Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage\space undefined% }% }% {\cIteLink {X\@citeb}{}\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\EndcIteLink}% }% }{#2}% \csname b:cite\endcsname } \catcode`\:=11 >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \def\qed:sym{\leavevmode\a:qed } \def\:temp{\qed:sym \global\@qededtrue } \HLet\qed|=\:temp \NewConfigure{qed}{1} \def\endfigure{\end@float} \def\endtable{\end@float} \def\:temp#1{\a:email{#1}} \HLet\email=\:temp \def\c:email:{\def\a:email##1} \Configure{email}{\o:email:{#1}} |<config makecaption|> >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item\sv:item \item[##1]\b:newtheorem}% \a:newtheorem %\AutoRefstepAnchor \o:@ydefthm:} \HLet\@ydefthm\:temp \def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>% \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:newtheorem}% \a:newtheorem %\AutoRefstepAnchor \o:@begindef:} \HLet\@begindef\:temp \def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>% \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:proof}% \a:proof \o:@proof:} \HLet\@proof\:temp \def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>% \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:proof}% \a:proof \o:@xproof:} \HLet\@xproof\:temp \append:def\endproof{\c:proof} \NewConfigure{proof}{3} >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \pend:def\@maketitle{% \let\thefootnote=\no:thefootnote \let\@makefnmark=\no:@makefnmark \pend:def\@title{\a:title}\append:def\@title{\b:title}% \edef\:temp{\the\subtitletext}% \ifx \:temp\empty \else \edef\:temp{\subtitletext={\noexpand\a:subtitle \the\subtitletext\noexpand\b:subtitle}}\:temp \fi \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty} \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{}{\a:author}{\b:author} \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}% \ifx \@thanks\empty\else \pend:def\@thanks{\a:thanks}\append:def\@thanks{\b:thanks}% \fi } \NewConfigure{title}{2} \NewConfigure{subtitle}{2} \NewConfigure{thanks}{2} \NewConfigure{author}{2} \pend:def\maketitle{% \let\no:thefootnote=\thefootnote \let\no:@makefnmark=\@makefnmark \a:maketitle \bgroup |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% } \append:def\maketitle{\egroup \b:maketitle } \NewConfigure{maketitle}{2} \def\titlenote{\@ifnextchar[\@xtitlenote{% \global\advance\titlenotecount by 1 \let\acm:@footnotetext=\@footnotetext \let\acm:thefootnote=\thefootnote \long\def\@footnotetext####1{% \let\@footnotetext=\acm:@footnotetext {\reset@font\footnotesize \@footnotetext{####1}}\let\thefootnote=\acm:thefootnote}% \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\titlenotecount}% \footnote}} \pend:def\abstract{\titlenotecount=0 } >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \NewConfigure{toappear}{2} \def\@copyrightspace{\ifx \@toappear\empty \else \a:toappear{% |<toappear parts|>% \crnotice{\@toappear}}\b:toappear \fi} \NewConfigure{boilerplate}{2} \NewConfigure{conf}{2} \NewConfigure{confinfo}{2} \NewConfigure{copyrightetc}{2} >>> \<toappear parts\><<< \edef\:temp{\the\conf}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \edef\:temp{\conf={\noexpand\a:conf\the\conf\noexpand\b:conf}}\:temp \fi \edef\:temp{\the\confinfo}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \edef\:temp{\confinfo={\noexpand \a:confinfo\the\confinfo\noexpand\b:confinfo}}\:temp \fi \edef\:temp{\the\copyrightetc}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \edef\:temp{\copyrightetc={\noexpand \a:copyrightetc\the\copyrightetc\noexpand\b:copyrightetc}}\:temp \fi >>> \<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<< |<html late parts|> |<html late sections|> |<subsections for book / report / article|> |<subsubsections for book / report / article|> |<paragraphs for book / report / article|> \let\acm:sect|=\no@sect \def\no@sect#1#2#3{\acm:sect{#1}{#2}{#3\relax\let\@svsec|=\empty}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{endnotes.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<endnotes.4ht\><<< % endnotes.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<fix endnotes|> \Hinput{endnotes} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{endnotes} \<fix endnotes\><<< \HAssign\endnote:N=0 \def\endnoteN{\endnote:N} \def\:tempc{\addtoendnotes {\def\string\endnoteN{\endnote:N}}\o:@endnotetext:} \HLet\@endnotetext=\:tempc \def\@makeenmark{% \gHAdvance\endnote:N by 1 \hbox{\textsuperscript{\a:makeenmark\@theenmark\b:makeenmark}}} \NewConfigure{makeenmark}{2} \def\enoteformat{\rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parindent=1.8em \leavevmode\llap{\hbox{\textsuperscript{\@theenmark}}}} \def\:tempc{\bgroup \pend:def\enoteformat{\a:enoteformat}% \append:def\enoteformat{\b:enoteformat}% \a:theendnotes \o:theendnotes: \b:theendnotes \egroup} \HLet\theendnotes=\:tempc \NewConfigure{theendnotes}{2} \NewConfigure{enoteformat}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{2up} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<2up.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % 2up.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<conf 2up|> \Hinput{2up} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{2up} \<conf 2up\><<< \ifx \enddocument\:UnDef \else \pend:def\enddocument{% \let\twoupclearpage=\empty \append:def\@enddocumenthook{\clearpage \twoup@eject}% } \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{web} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<web.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % web.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \let\web:startsection=\@startsection \def\@startsection{\def\@seccntformat##1{}\web:startsection} \def\maketitle{{% |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>% \a:mktl \pend:def\webversion{\a:webversion}% \append:def\webversion{\b:webversion}% \pend:def\webtitle{\a:webtitle}% \append:def\webtitle{\b:webtitle}% \pend:def\webauthor{\a:webauthor}% \append:def\webauthor{\b:webauthor}% \pend:def\webuniversity{\a:webuniversity}% \append:def\webuniversity{\b:webuniversity}% \o:maketitle: \b:mktl}} \NewConfigure{maketitle}[2]{\def\a:mktl{#1}\def\b:mktl{#2}} \NewConfigure{webauthor}{2} \NewConfigure{webtitle}{2} \NewConfigure{webuniversity}{2} \NewConfigure{webversion}{2} |<def HColor|> \Hinput{web} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{web} \<exerquiz.4ht\><<< % exerquiz.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \def\Rect#1{#1} \ifx \pdf@rect\:UnDef \newsavebox{\pdf@box} \def\pdf@rect#1{\leavevmode #1} \fi \NewConfigure{javascript}{1} \let\sv:tocsection|=\tocsection \def\tocsection{\let\toclikesection|=\:gobbleIII \sv:tocsection} \def\hypertarget#1#2{\Link{}{#1}\EndLink#2} \def\hyperlink#1#2{\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink} \append:def\exercise{\Link{}{page.ex\the@exno}\EndLink } \pend:def\endsolution@sq{\def\thepage{ex\the@exno}} \let\:shortquiz|=\shortquiz \def\shortquiz{\gHAdvance\:onClick by 1 \Link{}{page.qz\:onClick}\EndLink \:shortquiz \pend:def\endsolution@sq{\def\thepage{qz\:onClick}}} \pend:def\include@quizsolutions{% \let\sv:newpage|=\newpage \append:def\newpage{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}} \append:def\include@solutions{% \let\noindent|=\sv:noindent} |<configure answers|> \Hinput{exerquiz} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{exerquiz} \<configure answers\><<< \HAssign\:onClick = 0 \HAssign\Prob:N = 0 \HAssign\Quiz:N = 0 \append:def\shortquiz{\pend:def\answers{\gHAdvance\Prob:N by 1 \let\:NAME|=\empty}} \let\:@quiz|=\@quiz \def\@quiz*#1#2{% \if #1f \let\c:quiz|=\C:quiz\fi \:@quiz*{#1}{#2}% \pend:defI\answers{\gHAdvance\Prob:N by 1 \let\:NAME|=\empty}} \pend:def\quiz{% \let\:bqlabel|=\bqlabel \def\bqlabel{\IgnorePar\EndP \Tg<form action="." class="quiz" id="thisform\Quiz:N">% \Tg<input value="\:bqlabel" type="reset" onClick='\c:quiz' />}% \let\:eqlabel|=\eq@eqlabel \def\eq@eqlabel{\IgnorePar\EndP \Tg<input type="button" value="\:eqlabel" onClick='\a:javascript \d:quiz' />% \ifeq@nocorrections\else \Tg<input type="button" value="\eq@CA" name="correct\Quiz:N" onClick='\a:javascript \e:quiz' />% \fi }% \gHAdvance\Quiz:N by 1 \gHAssign\Prob:N=0 \ShowPar } \append:def\endquiz{\let\eq@eqlabel|==\:eqlabel \Tg</form>\Tag{ans-\Quiz:N}{\Prob:N}} |<configure shortquiz|> |<configure quiz|> |<configure quiz*|> \LinkCommand\js:link{input,,,, /} \LinkCommand\js:Link{input,onClick='\a:javascript \noexpand\:tempa href(\noexpand\:gobble,,, /} \def\js:click#1#2#3{\ifnum #3=0 \js:link[ type="button" value="#2"\Hnewline class="onClickClass" onClick='\a:javascript #1' name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N" \:NAME]{}{}% \else \def\:tempa{#1}% \js:Link[ );' type="button" value="#2"\Hnewline name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N" class="onClickClass" \:NAME]{\@qzsolndest}{}% \fi } >>> \<configure shortquiz\><<< \pend:def\shortquiz{\leavevmode \Tg<form action="." class="shortquiz">\IgnorePar} \append:def\endshortquiz{\Tg</form>}{}{} \def\Ans@i#1{\stepcounter{quizno}{ \ifx#11 \js:click{\b:shortquiz}{\a:shortquiz}{\ifx \@qzsolndest\empty 0\else 1\fi}% \else \js:click{\c:shortquiz}{\a:shortquiz}{0}% \fi }}% \NewConfigure{shortquiz}{3} \pend:defII\ReturnTo{\noindent\a:ReturnTo} \append:defII\ReturnTo{\b:ReturnTo} \NewConfigure{ReturnTo}{2} >>> \<configure quiz\><<< \def\Ans@l#1{\stepcounter{quizno}% \ifnum #1=1 \def\:NAME{ id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" }\fi \def\ANS{#1}% \js:click{\b:quiz}{\a:quiz}{0}} \NewConfigure{quiz}{5} >>> \<configure quiz*-NOPE\><<< \def\Ans@f#1{\stepcounter{quizno}% \def\ANS{#1}% \Tg<input type="radio" \ifnum #1=1 id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" \fi name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N" class="onClickClass" onClick='\a:javascript \a:ANS' />} \NewConfigure{quiz*}[1]{\def\a:ANS{#1}} \Configure{quiz*}{} >>> \<configure quiz*\><<< \def\Ans@f#1{\stepcounter{quizno}% \ifnum #1=1 \def\:NAME{ id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" }\fi \def\ANS{#1}% \js:click{\B:quiz}{\A:quiz}{0}} \NewConfigure{quiz*}[3]{\def\A:quiz{#1}\def\B:quiz{#2}\def\C:quiz{#3}} \Configure{quiz*}{}{}{} >>> We must fix some exerquiz issues before we load the package itself. \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{exerquiz.sty}{exerquiz-hooks.4ht} >>> \<exerquiz-hooks.4ht\><<< % exerquiz-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \ifdefined\headerps@out\else% \def\headerps@out#1{}% \fi % \AtBeginDocument{\let\origa:Form\a:Form\let\a:Form\relax} % \AtEndDocument{\let\b:Form\relax} % \AtEndOfPackage{\AtBeginDocument{\let\a:form\origa:Form}} >>>\AddFile{9}{exerquiz-hooks} \Section{hyperxmp.sty} We want to prevent execution of PDF related commands from Hyperxmp. \<hyperxmp.4ht\><<< % hyperxmp.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \renewcommand*{\hyxmp@use@first@valid}[3]{} \let\hyxmp@embed@packet\relax \Hinput{hyperxmp} \endinput >>>\AddFile{9}{hyperxmp} \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{hyperxmp.sty}{hyperxmp-hooks.4ht} >>> It seems that pdfffedback primitive is defined in the DVI mode in LuaTeX. This results in package loading error with the Hyperxmp package. We make it temporarily undefined, in order to prevent execution of the failing code. \<hyperxmp-hooks.4ht\><<< % hyperxmp-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> % package redefinitions \let\orig:pdffeedback\pdffeedback \let\pdffeedback\@undefined \:AtEndOfPackage{ \let\pdffeedback\orig:pdffeedback } >>>\AddFile{9}{hyperxmp-hooks} \Section{datetime2.sty} \<add to usepackage\><<< \Configure{PackageHooks}{datetime2.sty}{datetime2-hooks.4ht} >>> It seems that pdfffedback primitive is defined in the DVI mode in LuaTeX. This results in package loading error with the Datetime2 package. We make it temporarily undefined, in order to prevent execution of the failing code. \<datetime2-hooks.4ht\><<< % datetime2-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> % package redefinitions \let\orig:pdffeedback\pdffeedback \let\pdffeedback\@undefined \:AtEndOfPackage{ \let\pdffeedback\orig:pdffeedback } >>>\AddFile{9}{datetime2-hooks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{breqn.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<breqn.4ht\><<< % breqn.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<breqn environments|> |<breqn commands|> \Hinput{breqn} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{breqn} Breqn defines some environments, but their use ends with fatal errors with TeX4ht. We redefine them to use standard LaTeX math environments instead. We will lose some functionality, but fatal error is a worse possibility. \<breqn environments\><<< \renewenvironment{dmath*}[1][]{\[}{\]} \renewenvironment{dmath}[1][]{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}} \renewenvironment{dsuspend}{}{\par} % enumerate equation for \begin{dseries} \def\@dseries[#1]{% \if\eq@hasNumber% \refstepcounter{equation}% \fi \begingroup% \a:equation% \ignorespaces% } % mimic the equatio environment \def\end@dseries{% \b:equation \if\eq@hasNumber% (\arabic{equation})% \fi% \c:equation% } % this macro prints spurious equation number to the document, so we just reset it \def\grp@finish{% \setbox\GRP@wholebox\vbox{% \let\breqn@elt\eqgrp@elt \the\GRP@queue }% \unvbox\GRP@wholebox } % the \EQ@displayinfo is used by other commands, it isn't useful in the HTML conversion \def\eq@nulldisplay{% \xdef\EQ@displayinfo{% \relax}% } >>> \<breqn commands\><<< %% commands % fix wrong handling of fonts in \condition \newcommand\:condition@a[2][\conditionpunct]{% \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip % BRM Added \mbox{#1}% \hskip\conditionsep \ \if@tempswa\mbox{#2}\else\mbox{$\textmath@setup #2$}\fi \endgroup } \HLet\condition@a\:condition@a >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{nicefrac.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<nicefrac.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % nicefrac.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config nicefrac|> \Hinput{nicefrac} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{nicefrac} \<config nicefrac\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]#2#3{\a:nicefrac#1{#2}\b:nicefrac#1{#3}\c:nicefrac} \expandafter\HLet\csname\string\@UnitsNiceFrac\space\endcsname\:tempc \expandafter\HLet\csname\string\@UnitsUglyFrac\space\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{nicefrac}{3} \Configure{nicefrac}{}{/}{} >>> \Section{fontmath.ltx} \<config fontmath.ltx utilities\><<< \def\relbar{\mathrel-} >>> \Section{multicol.sty} \<multicol.4ht\><<< % multicol.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \append:def\set@floatcmds{\let\end@dblfloat|=\end@float} \def\slocitlum#1{\let\endslocitlum|=\empty \end{slocitlum}} |<multicols config|> \Hinput{multicol} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{multicol} \<multicols config\><<< \def\mcolnum{1} \def\multicols#1{% \bgroup \par \col@number=#1 \def\mcolnum{#1} \@ifnextchar[{\mult@cols}{\mult@cols[]}%] } \def\mult@@cols#1[#2]{#1\ignorespaces\mult:cols} \def\endmulticols{\egroup\par } \def\columnbreak{\a:columnbreak} \NewConfigure{columnbreak}{1} \Configure{columnbreak}{auto} % break-before, break-after, break-inside %----------------------------------------- % auto always avoid left right page column avoid-page % avoid-column \def\columngap{\a:columngap} \NewConfigure{columngap}{1} \Configure{columngap}{\the\columnsep} % dimen normal (1em) \def\columnrulewidth{\a:columnrulewidth} \NewConfigure{columnrulewidth}{1} \Configure{columnrulewidth}{\the\columnseprule} % thin medium thick dimen \def\columnrulecolor{\a:columnrulecolor} \NewConfigure{columnrulecolor}{1} \Configure{columnrulecolor}{\#555} % legal color \def\columnrulestyle{\a:columnrulestyle} \NewConfigure{columnrulestyle}{1} \Configure{columnrulestyle}{outset} % none % No border. % *hidden % Same as 'none', but in the collapsing border model, also inhibits % any other border (see the section on border conflicts). % dotted % The border is a series of dots. % dashed % The border is a series of short line segments. % solid % The border is a single line segment. % double % The border is two solid lines. The sum of the two lines and the % space between them equals the value of 'border-width'. % groove % The border looks as though it were carved into the canvas. % ridge % The opposite of 'groove': the border looks as though it were % coming out of the canvas. % *inset % In the separated borders model, the border makes the entire box % look as though it were embedded in the canvas. In the collapsing % border model, drawn the same as 'ridge'. % *outset % In the separated borders model, the border makes the entire box % look as though it were coming out of the canvas. In the collapsing % border model, drawn the same as 'groove'. \def\columnspan{\a:columnspan} \NewConfigure{columnspan}{1} \Configure{columnspan}{none} % none all \def\columnfill{\a:columnfill} \NewConfigure{columnfill}{1} \Configure{columnfill}{balance} % auto balance \NewConfigure{multicols}{1} \Configure{multicols}{columns} % CSS needs to be written for every column count \NewConfigure{multicolscss}{1} \def\:wr:mcol:css{\a:multicolscss } % this configuration should configure HTML code inserted for multicols environment \NewConfigure{multicolscolumn}{2} \def\mult:cols{\a:multicolscolumn% \expandafter\ifx\csname .\a:multicols-\mcolnum\endcsname\relax% \:wr:mcol:css \expandafter\gdef\csname .\a:multicols-\mcolnum\endcsname{1}% \fi\ShowPar\par} \append:def\endmulticols{\b:multicolscolumn} >>> \Section{lettrine.sty} % Lettrine \<lettrine.4ht\><<< % lettrine.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2012-2018 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<config lettrine|> \Hinput{lettrine} \endinput >>> \AddFile{2}{lettrine} \<config lettrine\><<< \NewConfigure{lettrine}{7} \define@key{L}{ante}{\def\LH:ante{#1}}% \define@key{L}{findent}{\def\LH:findent{#1}}% \define@key{L}{lhang}{\def\LH:lhang{#1}}% \define@key{L}{lines}{\def\LH:lines{#1}}% \def\reset:LH:keys{\let\LH:ante\@empty \def\LH:lines{2}% \def\LH:lhang{0}% \def\LH:findent{0pt}} \reset:LH:keys % \def\@lettrine[#1]#2#3{\setkeys{L}{#1}% \def\HlettrineChar{#2}% \def\HlettrineString{#3}% \a:lettrine \ifx\LH:ante\@empty\else\f:lettrine\LH:ante\g:lettrine\fi \c:lettrine \HCode{<span class="lettrine-}#2\HCode{">}#2\HCode{</span>} \b:lettrine\d:lettrine#3\e:lettrine \reset:LH:keys} % % a: before lettrine % b: after lettrine % c: before letter % d: between letter and string % e: after string % f: before ante % g: after ante % \Configure{lettrine} {\HCode{<span class="lettrine">}} {\HCode{</span>}} % {\HCode{<span class="lettrine-letter">}} {\HCode{</span><span class="lettrine-line">}} {\HCode{</span>}} % {\HCode{<span class="lettrine-ante">}} {\HCode{</span>}} % % Define default Css % \Css{.lettrine{float: left; line-height: 0.7; margin-left: -0.1em; margin-bottom: -.5em; margin-right: 0.2em; }} \Css{.lettrine-ante{vertical-align: top;}} \Css{.lettrine-letter{font-style: normal; font-size: 4em; color: gray;}} % \Css{.lettrine-A{margin-right: 0.3em;}} \Css{.lettrine-A + .lettrine-line{margin-left: -0.4em;}} \Css{.lettrine-J{line-height: 1; margin-right: 0;}} \Css{.lettrine-H, .lettrine-I, .lettrine-N, .lettrine-U{margin-right: 0;}} \Css{.lettrine-V{margin-right: -0.3em;}} \Css{.lettrine-V + .lettrine-line{margin-left: 0.3em;}} \Css{.lettrine-Q{padding-bottom: 1em;margin-top: -0.6em;}} \Css{.lettrine-line{font-variant: small-caps;}} \Css{p.indent{text-indent: 0em;}} >>> \Section{osudeG.sty} \<recall osudeGNO\><<<< \def\:temp{\ht:everypar={\setbox0=\lastbox\ht:everypar={}}} \ifx \NoindentAfter\:temp % \def\restore:osudeG{\let\restore:osudeG|=\:UnDef} % \def\:temp#1{{\accent"7D #1}}\ifx \:temp\H % \else \:tmp{H}\estore:osudeG \fi \fi >>> DON'T remove the equal signs from the definition of \''\:temp' below. \<osudeG.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % osudeG.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<osudeG.sty|> \Hinput{osudeG} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{osudeG} \<osudeG.sty\><<< \HRestore\H \def\NoindentAfter{\ht:everypar|={\HtmlPar \setbox0|=\lastbox\ht:everypar|={\HtmlPar}}} \let\SOverline|=\overline \let\Overline|=\overline >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{parallel.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<parallel.4ht\><<< % parallel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<parallel.sty|> \Hinput{parallel} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{parallel} \<parallel.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{ParallelLText}{2} \NewConfigure{ParallelRText}{2} \renewcommand\ParallelRText[1]{\a:ParallelRText#1\b:ParallelRText} \renewcommand\ParallelLText[1]{\a:ParallelLText#1\b:ParallelLText} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{skak.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<skak.4ht\><<< % skak.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2017 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<skak.sty|> \Hinput{skak} \endinput >>> \<skak.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{SkakBoard}{2} \pend:def\showboard{\a:SkakBoard} \append:def\showboard{\b:SkakBoard} >>> \AddFile{9}{skak} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{chessboard.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<chessboard.4ht\><<< % chessboard.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<chessboard.sty|> \Hinput{chessboard} \endinput >>> \<chessboard.sty\><<< \NewConfigure{chessboard}{2} % this should put configurable hooks around \newchessgame % contents printed by this command should be printed to image \newcommand\Save:TikzPict{\let\old:a:tikzpicture\a:tikzpicture\let\old:b:tikzpicture\b:tikzpicture\let\a:tikzpicture\relax\let\b:tikzpicture\relax} \newcommand\Restore:TikzPict{\let\a:tikzpicture\old:a:tikzpicture\let\b:tikzpicture\old:b:tikzpicture} \newcommand\:tempaboard[1][]{\a:chessboard\o:chessboard:[#1]\b:chessboard} % \HLet\chessboard\:tempaboard \Configure{chessboard}{\Picture*{}\Save:TikzPict}{\Restore:TikzPict\EndPicture} >>> \AddFile{9}{chessboard} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{texmate.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<texmate.4ht\><<< % texmate.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<texmate.sty|> \Hinput{texmate} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{texmate} \<texmate.sty\><<< % fix incorrect handling of pictures \NewConfigure{makediagramsfix}{2} \renewcommand*\:tempa[1]{\a:makediagramsfix\o:@toD:{#1}\b:makediagramsfix} \HLet\@toD\:tempa % add some markup for diagrams \NewConfigure{makediagrams}{2} \renewcommand*\:tempa[1][\@diagramsbuilt]{\a:makediagrams\o:makediagrams:[#1]\b:makediagrams} \HLet\makediagrams\:tempa >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{menukeys.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<menukeys.4ht\><<< % menukeys.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> % use the following Configuration to patch all defined styles (not commands!) \NewConfigure{defmenukey}[1]{% % define \Configure{menukey<stylename>} - it will be used to insert \Picture+ ... \EndPicture \NewConfigure{menukey#1}{2} % insert hooks into style's pre and post macros \expandafter\pend:def\csname tw@style@#1@pre\endcsname{\csname a:menukey#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\append:def\csname tw@style@#1@post\endcsname{\csname b:menukey#1\endcsname}% % use pictures by default for the style configuration \Configure{menukey#1}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture} } \Configure{defmenukey}{menus} \Configure{defmenukey}{paths} \Configure{defmenukey}{roundedkeys} \Configure{defmenukey}{roundedmenus} \Configure{defmenukey}{angularmenus} \Configure{defmenukey}{typewriterkeys} \Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepaths} \Configure{defmenukey}{pathswithfolder} \Configure{defmenukey}{shadowedangularkeys} \Configure{defmenukey}{pathswithblackfolder} \Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepathswithfolder} \Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepathswithblackfolder} \Hinput{menukeys} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{menukeys} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{vanilla.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Old amstex.sty: 1985, 1986 BY MICHAEL SPIVAK \<vanilla.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % vanilla.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<vanilla.sty|> |<config amsppt + vanilla shared|> |<config vanilla.sty utilities|> |<config vanilla.sty shared|> \Hinput{vanilla} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{vanilla} \<vanilla.sty\><<< \expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname{\title@true \bgroup \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign \let\\|=\cr\a:title \halign\bgroup\tenbf\hfill\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfill\cr} \def\endtitle{\cr\egroup\b:title\egroup} \expandafter\def\csname author\endcsname{\bgroup \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign \let\\|=\cr\a:author \halign to \hsize\bgroup\smc\hfill\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfill\cr} \def\endauthor{\cr\egroup\b:author\egroup} \expandafter\let\csname heading\endcsname|=\empty \expandafter\let\csname endheading\endcsname|=\empty \NewSection\heading{} \let\x:heading=\heading \def\heading#1\endheading{{\let\cr|=\space \let\\|=\space \x:heading{#1}}} \expandafter\let\csname subheading\endcsname|=\empty \NewSection\subheading{} \expandafter\def\csname proclaim\endcsname#1{\medbreak\a:proclaim \noindent\smc\ignorespaces #1\unskip.\b:proclaim \enspace\sl\ignorespaces} \expandafter\def\csname endproclaim\endcsname{\c:proclaim\medskip\rm} \expandafter\def\csname demo\endcsname#1{\par \a:demo \noindent{\smc\ignorespaces#1\unskip\enspace}\b:demo \rm \ignorespaces} \expandafter\def\csname enddemo\endcsname{\c:demo\par} \NewConfigure{demo}{3} \def\footnote{\let\@sf=\empty\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor =\the\spacefactor}\/\fi \futurelet\next\footnote@} \def\footnote@{\ifx"\next\let\next\footnote@@\else \let\next\footnote@@@\fi\next} \def\footnote@@"#1"#2{% \gHAdvance\FNnum 1 \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty \def\:temp##1[##2]##3{##1[##2]{*}}\expandafter\:temp \fi \HPageButton[fn\FNnum]{#1}\BeginHPage[fn\FNnum]{ }{#2}\EndHPage{}} \HAssign\FNnum |= 0 \def\footnote@@@#1{% \HPageButton[nf\the\footmarkcount@]{$^{\number\footmarkcount@}$}% \BeginHPage[nf\the\footmarkcount@]{ } {{\HCode{<sup>}{\number\footmarkcount@}\HCode{</sup>}}{#1}\global \advance\footmarkcount@ by 1}\EndHPage{}} >>> \<vanilla.sty\><<< \def\brute:halign{\let\:HAlign|=\halign \let\:NOalign|=\noalign \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign \let\sv:Row=\HRow \let\sv:Col=\HCol \def\HRow{0}} \def\endbrute:halign#1{% \csname d:#1\endcsname\csname b:#1\endcsname \global\let\HRow|=\sv:Row \global\let\HCol|=\sv:Col} \def\abt:hlgn#1{\csname\ifnum \HRow=0 a\else d\fi :#1\endcsname \g:Advance\HRow by 1 \gdef\HCol{1}% \csname c:#1\endcsname\csname e:#1\endcsname\let\halign|=\:HAlign \let\noalign|=\:NOalign} \def\bbt:hlgn#1{\g:Advance \HCol by 1 \csname e:#1\endcsname\let\halign|=\:HAlign \let\noalign|=\:NOalign} \def\:temp{\vcenter\bgroup \brute:halign \vspace@\Let@\openup\jot\m@th\ialign \bgroup \strut\hfil\abt:hlgn{aligned}% $\displaystyle{##}$\f:aligned &\bbt:hlgn{aligned}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:aligned\hfil\crcr} \HLet\aligned|=\:temp \def\:temp{\crcr\egroup \endbrute:halign{aligned}\egroup} \HLet\endaligned|=\:temp \NewConfigure{aligned}{6} >>> \<vanilla.sty\><<< \def\:temp{\vcenter\bgroup\Let@\vspace@ \brute:halign \normalbaselines \m@th\ialign\bgroup\hfil\abt:hlgn{matrix}$##$\f:matrix\hfil&&\quad\hfil \bbt:hlgn{matrix}$##$\f:matrix\crcr \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}} \HLet\matrix|=\:temp \def\:temp{\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\egroup \endbrute:halign{matrix}\egroup} \HLet\endmatrix|=\:temp \NewConfigure{matrix}{6} >>> \<vanilla.sty\><<< \def\:temp{\left\{\,\vcenter\bgroup\vspace@ \brute:halign \normalbaselines\openup\jot\m@th \Let@\ialign\bgroup\abt:hlgn{cases}$##$\f:cases \hfil&\quad\bbt:hlgn{cases}$##$\f:cases\hfil\crcr} \HLet\cases|=\:temp \def\:temp{\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\egroup \endbrute:halign{cases}\egroup\right.} \HLet\endcases|=\:temp >>> \<vanilla.sty\><<< \def\ralign@#1\endalign{\displ@y\Let@\tabskip\centering \append:def\f:align{\ifx \dn:hlgn\:UnDef \else \global\let\dn:hlgn=\:UnDef \endbrute:halign{align}\fi}% \brute:halign \halign{\abt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle {##}$\f:align&\bbt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:align &\bbt:hlgn{align}\hbox{(\rm##\unskip)}\f:align\crcr #1\global\let\dn:hlgn|=\empty\crcr}} \def\lalign@ #1\endalign{\displ@y\Let@\tabskip\centering \append:def\f:align{\ifx \dn:hlgn\:UnDef \else \global\let\dn:hlgn=\:UnDef \endbrute:halign{align}\fi}% \brute:halign \halign{\abt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle {##}$\f:align&\bbt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:align &\bbt:hlgn{align}\hbox{(\rm##\unskip)}\f:align\crcr #1\global\let\dn:hlgn=|\empty\crcr}} \NewConfigure{align}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{ProTex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{ProTex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ProTex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ProTex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<load protex|> |<config protex|> \if:latex |<latex protex|>\fi |<program ref protex|> \Hinput{ProTex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ProTex} \<program ref protex\><<< \:CheckOption{prog-ref}\if:Option \let\oc:frag:href\frag:href \def\frag:href#1#2{% \expandafter \ifx \csname cw:ofile-#1\endcsname \relax \oc:frag:href{#1}{#2}% \else \HCode {<\tag:A \:newlnch \HREF: "\csname cw:ofile-#1\endcsname "#2>}% \fi } \let\oc:OutputCodE=\OutputCodE \def\OutputCodE\<#1\>{{% \Tag{ofile-)0Z:#1}{#1}% \let\OutputCode=\oc:OutputCode \oc:OutputCodE\<#1\>}} \let\oc:OutputCode=\OutputCode \def\OutputCode#1\<#2\>{% \def\foo##1[##2]##3//{##1.##2}% \Tag{ofile-)0Z:#2}{\foo#2#1[java]//}% \oc:OutputCode#1\<#2\>} \else \Log:Note{for pointers to code files from root fragments use the command line option 'prog-ref'} \fi >>> \<load protex\><<< \let\c:ProTex:=\:UnDef \let\protex:sv\:RestoreCatcodes \let\protex:sav\:CheckOption \catcode`\:=12 \input ProTex.sty \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\AlProTex \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname a:ProTex\endcsname} \catcode`\:=11 \let\:RestoreCatcodes\protex:sv \let\:CheckOption\protex:sav \def\:CheckProtexOption#1{ \let\protex:sv=\Preamble \let\Preamble=\a:ProTex \:CheckOption{#1} \let\Preamble=\protex:sv } >>> \<config protex\><<< \:CheckProtexOption{[[]]}\if:Option \NewConfigure{FrameCode}[2]{% \def\a:FrameCode{#1}\def\b:FrameCode{#2}% \def\:FrameCode##1{\ifvmode\vfill\break\fi \vtop{\a:FrameCode ##1\b:FrameCode}}} \fi >>> \<config protex\><<< \let\tivt:ModifyAppendCode=\ModifyAppendCode \def\ModifyAppendCode#1{% \tivt:ModifyAppendCode{#1}\a:ModifyAppendCode} \NewConfigure{ModifyAppendCode}[1]{% \concat:config\a:ModifyAppendCode{#1}} \Configure{ModifyAppendCode}{} >>> \<config protex\><<< \let\tivt:ModifyOutputCode=\ModifyOutputCode \def\ModifyOutputCode#1{\tivt:ModifyOutputCode{#1}% \pend:def\ProTexMssg{\Configure{Needs}{File: \:FileName}\Needs{}}% \a:ModifyOutputCode } \NewConfigure{ModifyOutputCode}[1]{% \concat:config\a:ModifyOutputCode{#1}} \Configure{ModifyOutputCode}{} >>> \<config protex\><<< \let\tivt:ModifyShowCode=\ModifyShowCode \def\ModifyShowCode#1{\tivt:ModifyShowCode{#1}\a:ModifyShowCode} \NewConfigure{ModifyShowCode}[1]{% \concat:config\a:ModifyShowCode{#1}} \Configure{ModifyShowCode}{} >>> \<latex protex\><<< \AtBeginDocument{\let\la:ref=\ref} \Configure{ModifyAppendCode} {\let\ref\relax} \Configure{ModifyShowCode} {\let\ref\prtx:ref} \catcode`$=1 \catcode`$=2 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \def\prtx:ref#1{#2}(\la:ref(#2)) \catcode`$=12 \catcode`$=12 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 >>> \<config protex\><<< \def\frnt:ttl#1{{\parindent=0pt \htmlprotex:par {\expandafter\ifx \csname ListCounter\endcsname\relax \else \:removeindentfalse \fi \leavevmode}% \PortTitle{#1}\:AppendSign}\a:protex } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{HT4 STY} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Outline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<th4.4ht\><<< % th4.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \ifHtml \:CheckOption{javascript} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option |<javascript|> \else \Log:Note{for javascript support, use the command line option `javascript'} \fi \:CheckOption{java} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option |<java|> \else \Log:Note{for java support, use the command line option `java'} \fi \:CheckOption{image-maps} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option |<image maps|> \else \Log:Note{for image maps support, use the command line option `image-maps'} \fi \:CheckOption{frames-} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{frames}\fi \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option |<frames|> \Log:Note{for frames support, use the command line option `frames-' or `frames'} \fi \:CheckOption{ShowFont} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option |<show font|> \fi \fi \:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option \edef\:temp{\meaning\everypar} \edef\:tempa{\string\everypar} \ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\ht:everypar|=\everypar \fi |<inline verbatim|> |<general tex-sty configure utilities|> |<TeX4ht divs|> |<TeX4ht lists|> \def\Verbatim{\par\V:rbatim} \def\c:Verbatim:{\Configure{HVerbatim}} \expandafter\def\csname c:Verbatim+:\endcsname {\Configure{HVerbatim+}} \if:latex \else |<TeX4ht tocs|> \ifHtml |<html TeX4ht tocs|> \fi\fi \ifHtml |<tex-sty configure utilities|> |<tex-sty shared Configure|> |<html TeX4ht divs|> |<html TeX4ht lists|> |<html sty of TeX4ht|> |<HTable|> |<postscript draw|> |<draw sty|> |<th4 indexes|> % \expand:after{\Hinput{th4}} \else |<non-html TeX4ht lists|> |<non-html sty of TeX4ht|> |<elements for lists|> |<non-html lists|> |<non-html sty Verbatim|> |<non-html blocks for divs|> |<non-html tex divs|> |<non-html tex settabs|> |<non-html tex env|> |<non-html tex-only env|> |<non-html inline verbatim|> \fi \fi \ifHtml \expand:after{\Hinput{th4}}\fi \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{th4} % \AddFile{9}{th4-frames} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{ShowFont} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<show font\><<< \:CheckOption{ShowFont} \if:Option |<HObey for ShowFont|> \def\ShowFont#1{{\ifx \sevenrm\Undef \let\sevenrm|=\rm\fi \Picture*{ \a:@Picture{ShowFont}}\begingroup \HObey % Variants of Knuth's macros \postdisplaypenalty=-10000 \global\tmp:cnt=0 #1 \tabskip0.06\hsize |<definitions for ShowFont|>% \halign to\hsize\bgroup |<halign for ShowFont|>% \egroup \EndHObey \endgroup \EndPicture}} |<showfont + unicode|> \fi >>> \<showfont + unicode\><<< \csname newread\endcsname\in:strm \def\Uii:{\expandafter\Uii:o\in:buf xxxxxxxxx;} \def\Uii:o#1x#2#3#4xxxx;{#2#3} \catcode`\@=6 \catcode`\#=12 \def\Uiv:{\expandafter\Uiv:o\in:buf '&#xxxxxxxxx;} \def\Uiv:o@1'&#x@2@3@4@5@6xxxx;{@2@3@4@5} \catcode`\@=11 \catcode`\#=6 \def\:gobbleM#1->{} \def\Uni:symbols{\ifnum \char:n<256 \HCode{\Hnewline<tr><td>}\char:n{}\HCode{</td>} \bgroup \catcode`\#=12 \catcode`\\=12 \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\~=12 % \ifeof\in:strm \else \read\in:strm to\in:buf \ifeof\in:strm \gHAssign\char:n=256 \else \def\:temp{\par} \ifx\in:buf\:temp\else \edef\:tempa{\Uiv:}\def\:temp{xxxx} \ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\:tempa=\:gobble \else \let\:tempa=\empty\fi \HCode{<td>} \:tempa{\Picture{http://charts.unicode.org/Unicode.charts% /Small.Glyphs/\Uii:/U\Uiv:.gif}} \HCode{</td><td>} \:tempa{\Picture{http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-math/chap6/glyphs/% \Uii:/U\Uiv:.gif}} \HCode{</td><td>}{\font:nm\char\char:n} \HCode{</td><td>}{\font:nm \Picture+{}\char \char:n\EndPicture} \HCode{</td><td class="htf">}\:tempa\Uiv: \:tempa\:gobble{\tt\expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning\in:buf} \HCode{</td>} \fi\fi%\fi \egroup \HCode{</tr>} \HAdvance\char:n by 1 \expandafter\Uni:symbols\fi} \def\ShowFontU#1#2{% \font\font:nm=#2 \openin\in:strm=#1\relax \ifeof\in:strm \writesixteen{.........can't open #1}\else \read\in:strm to\in:buf\relax \HAssign\char:n=0 \HCode{<table class="unicodes" border="1"><tr> <td>char<br\xml:empty>number</td> <td>unicode<br\xml:empty>org</td> <td>ams<br\xml:empty>org</td> <td>htf +<br\xml:empty>browser</td> <td>actual<br\xml:empty>(la)tex<br\xml:empty>symbol</td> <td>htf<br\xml:empty>entry</td> </tr>} \Uni:symbols \HCode{</table>} \Css{.unicodes{border:solid 1px;}} \Css{.unicodes td{text-align:center;}} \Css{.unicodes td.htf{text-align:left;}} \fi \closein\in:strm} >>> \<definitions for ShowFont\><<< \def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\tmp:cnt}% \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi \box0\global\advance\tmp:cnt by1 }% >>> \<definitions for ShowFont\><<< \def\cr:line{\cr \noalign{\nointerlineskip} \multispan{17}\hrulefill& \cr \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}% \def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}% \def\chartLine##1{\hbox to 13.8pt{\hfil\sevenrm ##1 }}% >>> \<definitions for ShowFont\><<< \HAssign\:tempc|=0 \def\:tempd{\chartLine\:tempc \vrule &\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\cr:line \noalign{\nointerlineskip}% \gHAdvance\:tempc by 8 \ifnum \:tempc<256 \expandafter\:tempd \fi}% >>> \<halign for ShowFont\><<< |<chartstrut|>##\tabskip\z@ plus10pt& &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr \lower6.5pt\null \chartLine{}\vrule &\sevenrm 0&&\sevenrm 1&&\sevenrm 2&&\sevenrm 3&&\sevenrm 4&&\sevenrm 5&&\sevenrm 6&&\sevenrm 7&\cr:line \:tempd \cr >>> \<chartstrut\><<< \lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}% >>> \<HObey for ShowFont\><<< \def\HObey{\SaveEverypar \par \ht:everypar{}% {\parindent|=\z@ \leftskip|=\z@ \leavevmode \HCode{ <table \Hnewline \:zbsp{HObey} width="100\%"><tr class="HObey"><td\Hnewline class="HObey"><pre class="HObey">}\par}} \def\EndHObey{\HCode{</pre>}\IgnoreIndent \end:TTT \RecallEverypar} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{showfonts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<showfonts.4ht\><<< % showfonts.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % Compile this style file and check the log file for % instructions on how to use it. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \newcount\i \def\cont{\ifnum \i<256 \expandafter\next \fi } \def\showfonts{\vfill\break \def\row{\tt \the\i}\let\ttl=\empty \i=0 \addcol} \def\addcol#1{\if !#1!% \def\next{\row \cr \global\advance\i by 1 \cont } \i=0 \ifx \HCode\UnDef \expandafter\halign \else \expandafter\TeXhalign \fi {&##\quad\cr\ttl\cr\cont \cr} \par \hrule\par \else \edef\ttl{\ttl}% \expandafter\font \csname x\the\i\endcsname=#1 \expandafter\let\csname row\the\i\endcsname=\row \edef\row{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname row\the\i\endcsname & \csname x\the\i\endcsname \char\i} \advance\i by 1 \expandafter\addcol \fi } \ifx \section\undefined \writesixteen{-----------------------------------------------} \writesixteen{|| This style file provides the command} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\showfonts {font1} ... {fontN} {}} \writesixteen{|| for exhibiting fonts.} \writesixteen{|| } \writesixteen{|| Example:} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\documentclass{article}} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\input showfonts.4ht} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\begin{document}} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\showfonts {cmr10}{cmtt10} {}} \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\end{document}} \writesixteen{-----------------------------------------------} \def\next{% \csname bye\endcsname \documentclass {article} \begin {document} \end {document} } \expandafter\next \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Frames} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Frames} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<frames\><<< \def\HorFrames{\def\:tempa{cols}\:Frames} \def\VerFrames{\def\:tempa{rows}\:Frames} \Odef\:Frames[#1]#2{% \PushStack\Frm:Stc{</frameset>}% \HCode{<frameset\Hnewline \:tempa="#2" #1>}} \def\NoFrames{% \PopStack\Frm:Stc\:temp \PushStack\Frm:Stc{</body></noframes></frameset>} \HCode{<noframes><body>}} \def\EndFrames{\PopStack\Frm:Stc\:tempc \HCode{\:tempc}} \Odef\Frame[#1]#2{{\def\HREF:{ src=}\def\tag:A{frame}% \def\empty:lnk{ /}\Link[#1]{#2}{}}} >>> Frames may be external or embedded. The embeded don't need alternative for browsers that don't recognize them. \<framesNO\><<< \def\p:Frames{\csname |<live|>\file:id\endcsname \xdef:cs{|<live|>\file:id}{|<noframes noexpand|>|</HCode NOFRAMES|>}% \let\:Frames|=\sb:Frames \sb:Frames } \let\:Frames|=\p:Frames \Odef\sb:Frames[#1]#2{\HCode{<frameset\Hnewline \:tempa="#2" #1>}} >>> FrameSet can get the onLoad attribute. \<initiate frames\><<< \let\:Frames|=\p:Frames >>> The \''\noexpand' below is for getting the same definition as \`'\def\:temp{|</HCode NOFRAMES|>}' above. \<noframes noexpand\><<< \noexpand >>> \</HCode NOFRAMES\><<< \HCode{<noframes>}% >>> \<framesNO\><<< \def\end:frames{\b:BODY\noexpand\HCode{\expandafter \ifx \csname |<live|>\file:id\endcsname\:temp </noframes></frameset> \fi}\b:HTML} >>> \SubSection{Image Maps} A broweser that recognizes image maps ignores \`'<A>' tags on images that point to maps. \SubSection{In General} \<image maps\><<< \Odef\Ar:a[#1]#2{{\def\tag:A{area}\Link[#1 ]{#2}{}\EndLink}} >>>> \<NewHaddr fix\><<< \def\:temp##1-{##1-imap}% \edef\:tempA{\expandafter\:temp\:tempA}% >>> \<image maps\><<< \Odef\Map[#1]#2#3{% \def\:tempd{\Map:[#1]{#2}{#3}}% \rm:attr{#1}\ifx \:tempB\empty |<IMG from /Map|>\fi \:tempd} \def\in:mp#1=#2=#3==#4|<par del|>#5{\IMG:LINK{#1}{#4#5}{#2}{#3}} \def\rm:attr#1{\edef\:tempB{\noexpand\rm:atr#1 |<par del|>}\:tempB} \def\rm:atr#1 #2|<par del|>{\def\:tempB{#1}} \Odef\Map:[#1]#2#3{% \NewHaddr\:tempA |<NewHaddr fix|>% \NewHaddr\alt:map |<IMG from /Map.../EndMap|>% \HCode{<map\Hnewline name="\GetHname\:tempA" id="imap-\:tempA">}% \def\EndMap{% \HPage[\alt:map]{}{\let\set:mp|=\st:mp \:Map}\EndHPage{}% \HCode{</map>}% \let\u:map|=\empty}} \let\set:mp|=\relax \def\st:mp#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \else [\Link[#1]{#2}{}#3\EndLink] \fi } >>> \<IMG from /Map.../EndMap\><<< \def\:temp{#3}\ifx \:temp\:empty\else \rm:attr{#1}% \Tag{|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#3}{\alt:map=\:tempA=#2==\:tempB}\fi \edef\:tempB{\noexpand\IMG:LINK{\noexpand\alt:map}{#1}}\:tempB \:tempA{#2}\let\:Map|=\empty >>> \<IMG from /Map\><<< \expand:after{\let\:tempc|=}\csname cw:|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#2\endcsname \ifx\:tempc\relax\else \edef\:tempd{\noexpand\in:mp\:tempc|<par del|>{#1}}% \def\:temp{#3}\ifx \:temp\empty\else \Tag{|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#3}{\:tempc}% \fi \fi >>> \<image maps\><<< \def\IMG:LINK#1#2#3#4{\Link[\RefFile{#1}]{}{}% {\def\tag:A{img}\def\HREF:{src=}\def\empty:lnk{/}% \Link[#2 alt="textual map" usemap="\GetHref#3"]{#4}{}}\EndLink} >>> \<auto tag\><<< )>>> %\SubSection{Shapes} \<image maps\><<< \def\RectArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{\M:nMx#1,}\def\:tempb{rect}\Are:} \def\CircleArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{#1}\def\:tempb{circle}\Are:} \def\PolyArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{#1}\def\:tempb{poly}\Are:} \def\M:nMx#1,#2,#3,#4,{\M:n{#1}{#3},% \M:n{#2}{#4},\M:x{#1}{#3},\M:x{#2}{#4}} >>> \<image maps\><<< \Odef\Are:[#1]#2#3{% \xdef\:Map{\:Map\set:mp{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \Ar:a[#1\Hnewline shape="\:tempb"\Hnewline coords="\:tempa"\Hnewline alt="#3"]{#2}\egroup} >>> \SubSection{For /Draw} %\SubSection{Making the request} \<image maps\><<< \def\M:n#1#2{\ifnum #1<#2 #1\else #2\fi} \def\M:x#1#2{\ifnum #1<#2 #2\else #1\fi} >>> \SubSection{JavaScript} The following provide for \`'\javascript{...}' and \`'\JavaScript ...\EndJavascript' Commands. \<javascript\><<< \ScriptCommand{\JavaScript}{\vbox\bgroup \linepenalty|=1000 \NoFonts \Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\nobreak\space}% \A:JavaScript }{\B:JavaScript \EndNoFonts \ht:special{t4ht@(}\egroup \ht:special{t4ht@)}} \NewConfigure{JavaScript}[2]{\def\A:JavaScript{\ht:everypar{}#1}% \def\B:JavaScript{#2}} >>> \<javascript\><<< \def\javascript#1{\b:jv#1\e:jv} \def\b:jv{\begingroup \vrb:tt \leftskip|=\z@ \parindent|=\z@ \Configure{HVerbatim}{}{}{}{}\Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{ }% \NoFonts \A:JavaScript \ht:special{t4ht@@}} \def\e:jv{\ht:special{t4ht@@}% \B:JavaScript\EndNoFonts\endgroup} >>> The typewriter font is needed to prevent \TeX{} from performing ?gator (e.g., fi into one character). \<java\><<< \Odef\Applet[#1]#2{\Appl:[#1]#2,,,|<par del|>} \def\Appl:[#1]#2,#3,#4,#5|<par del|>{% \def\:temp{#3}\def\LastApplet{#4}% \HCode{<applet code="#2.class" \ifx \:temp\empty \else width="#3" \fi \ifx \LastApplet\empty \else HEIGHT="#4" \fi #1\Hnewline >}% \xdef\LastApplet{#2}\Applet:Needs{#2}} \def\EndApplet{\HCode{</applet>}} \def\AppletInfo{\def\Applet:Needs##1} \AppletInfo{\Needs-{needs #1.class}} >>> \SubSection{?} \<non-html sty Verbatim\><<< \def\Verb:sp{\phantom{x}} \let\Verb:boln|=\empty \let\Verb:eoln|=\empty \Configure{VerbatimEnv} {\medskip \parskip|=0pt} {\smallskip } \let\vrb:tt|=\tt >>> %\SubSection{In Line Verbatim} \<inline verbatim\><<< |<common inline verbatim|> \ifHtml |<html inline verbatim|> \fi >>> \<common inline verbatim\><<< \def\Verb{\bgroup \no:catcodes0{255}{12}\catcode`\ = 10 \catcode`\^^M = 10 \catcode`\^^I = 10 \leavevmode \:ctgs} >>> \<html inline verbatim\><<< \def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt ##1}\egroup}\:eat } >>> \Section{Indexes} \<th4 indexes\><<< \:CheckOption{index} \if:Option |<indexes|> \fi >>> An entry takes the form \`'\--#1/#2/#3/'. The first parameter \`'#1' is the major entry, the second parameter \`'#2' is the secodary entry, and the third parameter \`'#3' is a range entry (empty, the character \`'<', or the character \`'>'). The current approach is a variant of the definition in section 17.8 of Writing with TeX. It uses a direct approach in which the full entries and subentries are recorded at each location, and so eliminating the need for the \''<tag>'. It also eliminates the format entry, but one can always merge this entry into the range entry by employing an appropriate encoding scheme. \<indexes\><<< \let\mi:nus=\- \def\-{\futurelet\:temp\:idxentry} \def\:idxentry{\ifx \:temp- \expandafter\:addidx \else\expandafter\mi:nus\fi} \def\:addidx-#1/#2/#3/{{\def\:ii{#2}% |<html index target|>% \ifx\:ii\empty \edef\:temp{\write\:idx{\string\--{#1}{ }{#3}% {|<html index source|>}\relax}}% \else \edef\:temp{\write\:idx{\string\--{#1}{#2}{#3}% {|<html index source|>}\relax}}% \fi \:temp}} >>> The relax at the end of each line is a `comment' for eliminating the spaces at the end of the lines. \<indexes\><<< \csname newwrite\endcsname\:idx \openout\:idx=\jobname.idx >>> \SubSection{Listing} Entries are collected into \`'\jobname.idx', processed externally, and loaded from \`'\jobnmae.xdi'. We load an index with a command of the form \`'\Index' \<indexes\><<< \def\Index{% \def\--{\IndexEntry}% \openin15=\jobname.xdi \ifeof15 \write\:idx{ \pageno=\the\pageno} \else {\a:index \input \jobname.xdi \b:index } \fi} >>> \<indexes\><<< \def\IndexEntry#1#2#3#4{% \gdef\:temp{#1}\let\:tempa|=\empty \ifx \:temp\prev:A \gdef\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\prev:B \let\:tempa|=\relax \fi\fi \ifx \:tempa\relax ,\else \gdef\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\prev:A \else \c:index #1\d:index\fi \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\space \else \hfill\break \e:index#2\f:index\fi \fi \g:index #4\h:index \gdef\prev:A{#1}\gdef\prev:B{#2}% } \NewConfigure{index}{8} >>> \SubSection{Fonts} The fonts \`'\indextt', \`'\indexrm' are used in indexes, and they are introduced with the command \''\IndexFonts'. \<indexes\><<< \ifx \IndexFonts\:UnDef \def\IndexFonts{% \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8.0pt depth3.0pt width0pt} \font\ninerm=cmr9 \font\ninebf=cmbx9 \font\ninesl=cmsl9 \font\nineit=cmti9 \font\ninett=cmtt9 \font\ninei =cmmi9 \font\ninesy=cmsy9 \font\nineex=cmex10 \textfont0=\ninerm \textfont1=\ninei \textfont2=\ninesy \textfont3=\nineex \scriptfont3=\nineex \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex \textfont\bffam=\ninebf \textfont\slfam=\ninesl \textfont\itfam=\ninei \textfont\ttfam=\ninett \def\rm{\fam=0 \ninerm}% \def\bf{\fam=\bffam\ninebf}% \def\sl{\fam=\slfam\ninesl}% \def\it{\fam=\itfam\nineit}% \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam\ninett}% \def\cal{\fam=2}% \def\mit{\fam=1}% \skewchar\ninei =127 \skewchar\ninesy =46 \rm \baselineskip=11pt } \fi >>> \SubSection{Hypertext Tags} \<html index target\><<< \csname a:--\endcsname >>> \<html index source\><<< \csname b:--\endcsname >>> \<indexes\><<< \NewConfigure{--}{2} \Configure{--} {\html:addr \Link-{}{|<idx htag|>\last:haddr}\EndLink} {\string\csname\space :gobble\string\endcsname{\html:lbl}% \string\Link[\FileName]{|<idx htag|>\last:haddr}{}\folio \string\EndLink } >>> The \`'\string\csname :gobble\string\endcsname{\html:lbl}%' is for preserving source-ordering when identical key are present. We can't put \''\:gobble' explicitly because `:' is loaded with cat code 12. \<idx htag\><<< index>>> \Section{Not html to be connected} \<non-html blocks for divs\><<< \def\:StartSec#1#2#3{% |<BeforeEvery hook|>% \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax \else \csname a:#1\endcsname{#3}% \fi \:Ttle{#1}{#2}{\csname #1:ttl\endcsname{#3}}% \expandafter\ifx \csname b:#1\endcsname\relax \else \csname b:#1\endcsname{#3}% \fi |<Every hook|>% } \let\html:addr|=\empty \let\protect:wrtoc|=\empty \let\html:tocsec |=\empty \let\html:sectoc|=\empty >>> \<not-html blocks for divs\><<< \def\html:sectoc#1{|<typeset the not-html sec title|>} \def\html:tocsec#1{#1} >>> \<typeset the not-html sec title\><<< \csname InsertTitle\endcsname{#1}% >>> \<not-html blocks for divs\><<< \expandafter\let\csname c:TocAt*:\endcsname|=\:gobbleII \let\c:TocAt:|=\:gobbleII \let\a:dTocAt|=\empty \let\b:dTocAt|=\empty \let\a:TocAt|=\empty \let\b:TocAt|=\empty >>> |<not-html local env|> |<not-html TeX4ht local env|> \<not-html TeX4ht local env\><<< \let\begin:Verb|=\empty \let\Verb:boln|=\empty \let\end:Verb|=\empty >>> \<non-html inline verbatim\><<< \def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt ##1}\egroup}\:eat} >>> \<not-html local env\><<< \let\HObey|=\empty \let\EndHObey|=\empty >>> |<not-html gif|> \<not-html gif\><<< \def\:img{% \ifx *\:temp \def\:temp##1{\:img}% \else \ifx +\:temp \def\:temp##1{\:img}% \else \ifx [\:temp \def\:temp[##1]{\:img}% \else \let\:temp\:gobble \fi \fi \fi \:temp} >>> \<not-html gif\><<< \let\:Gif|=\:gobble \def\:GifText[#1]{\:gobble} \let\P:ctureCount|=\relax \let\Gif|=\:gobble \let\EndPicture|=\empty \def\im:g[#1]#2{} >>> |<not-html debug|> |<not-html tocs|> |<def not-html /TableOfContents|> \<def not-html /TableOfContents\><<< \def\:TableOfContents[#1]{{% \def\TocCount{0}% |<interpretation for entries|>% \def\:Ttle##1##2##3{}% \parindent|=\z@ \catcode`\@|=11 \catcode`\:|=11 \csname :BeforeTOC\endcsname \input \jobname.4ct \csname :BotTOC\endcsname \bigskip \csname :AfterTOC\endcsname }} >>> |<not html Configure's|> \Section{Sectioning} % \def\TeX{TeX} \<TeX4ht divs\><<< |<TeX4ht (like)ch and app|> |<TeX4ht (like)sec|> |<TeX4ht subsec|> |<TeX4ht parts|> >>> \<html TeX4ht divs\><<< |<html TeX4ht subsec|> |<html TeX4ht parts|> >>> \SubSection{Chapter, LikeChapter, Appendix} In its default setting, \TeX{} contributes an indentation of size \''\parindent' to each paragraph. The following code is introduced for the removal of the indentation that is first encountered after the switch \''\:removeindent' is set to be true. (also in boo: condition=>switch + not if...) \<TeX4ht divs\><<< \ht:everypar{\if:nopar \hskip -\parindent \ShowPar \fi}>>> \<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \Def:Section\Chapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1} \Def:Section\LikeChapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1} \Def:Section\Appendix{\theChapterCounter}{#1} >>> %\SubSection{Prefix to Title} \<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \NewConfigure{Chapter}[4]{% \Configure:Sec {Chapter}{#3}% {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}% {|<modify ch counter|>#1}{#2}} \NewConfigure{Appendix}[4]{% \Configure:Sec {Appendix}{#3}% {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}% {|<modify app counter|>#1}{#2}} \NewConfigure{LikeChapter}[4]{% \Configure:Sec {LikeChapter}{#3}% {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}% {|<modify like ch counter|>#1}{#2}} >>> \<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \Configure{Chapter}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{} \Configure{Appendix}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{} \Configure{LikeChapter}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{} \def\:chprefix#1{% \global\:chapterstrue \bgroup \def\InsertTitle{\uppercase}% \ShowIndent \ChapterFonts \leavevmode {|<headline and footline from ch|>}% \vskip20mm \rightskip|=\z@ plus 0.7\hsize \ChapterFonts\bf |<typeset ch/like/app num|>% } >>> %\SubSection{Postfix to Title} \<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \def\b:Chapter#1{\bigskip\vskip10mm \egroup \IgnorePar } \let\b:LikeChapter|=\b:Chapter \let\b:Appendix|=\b:Chapter >>> The command \''\leavevmode' introduces a blank line before the introduction of the vertical space. The command is needed because \TeX{} removes the vertical spaces that appear at the top of the HPages. The value of \''\rightskip' is adjusted to allow for ragged margin on the right, and so to decrease the probability of getting hyphenated words in the title. Moreover, the paragraph that the title makes must be completed before leaving the braced group, because the values that \''\baselineskip' and \''\righskip' hold at the end of the paragraph are the ones that count. A task that is achieved here with \''\bigskip'. %\SubSection{Fonts} \<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \ifx\ChapterFonts\:UnDef \font\:ChFont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep5 \def\ChapterFonts{\let\bf|=\:ChFont \baselineskip|=29.85pt} \fi >>> The command \''\magstep'$\,i\/$ increases the size of the characters by a factor of $(1.2)^i$. On the other hand, the normal distance between base lines is 12pt. Hence, the motivation for increasing this distance to 29.85pt \hbox{(${}=\hbox{12}\cdot\hbox{(1.2)}^5$pt)}. %\SubSection{Counters} \''\ChapterCounter' is 0 for \''\LikeChapter', positive for \''\Chapter', and negative for \''\Appendix'. To allow for the appearance of the title commands within groups, the changes to variables \''\ChapterCounter' and \''\SectionCounter' are made global. \<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \gHAssign\ChapterCounter|=0 \def\theChapterCounter{% \ifnum \ChapterCounter>0 \ChapterCounter \else \ifnum \ChapterCounter<0 \:Alph{-\ChapterCounter}\fi\fi} >>> \<modify ch counter\><<< \ifnum \ChapterCounter<1 \gdef\ChapterCounter{1}% \else \gHAdvance\ChapterCounter |by 1 \fi \ifnum \pageno<0 \global\pageno|=1 \fi |<Ch subcounters|>% >>> \<modify app counter\><<< \ifnum \pageno<0 \global\pageno|=1 \fi \ifnum \ChapterCounter<0 \gHAdvance\ChapterCounter |by -1 \else \gdef\ChapterCounter{-1}\fi |<Ch subcounters|>% >>> \<modify like ch counter\><<< \gHAssign\ChapterCounter|=0 |<Ch subcounters|>% >>> \<Ch subcounters\><<< \gHAssign\SectionCounter|=0 >>> Do we want the following public? If so then also \`'\alph'. \<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \def\:Alph#1{\ifcase #1\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z\else \fi} >>> \<typeset ch/like/app num\><<< \ifnum \ChapterCounter=0 \def\uppercase##1{##1}% \else \noindent \ifnum \ChapterCounter>0 \theChapter \else \theAppendix \fi \vskip10mm \fi \noindent >>> %\SubSection{Hooks} \<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<< \BeforeEveryChapter{\:clearpage} \BeforeEveryLikeChapter{\:clearpage} \BeforeEveryAppendix{\:clearpage} >>> \SubSection{Sections and Like Sections} \<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<< \Def:Section\Section{\theSectionCounter}{#1} \Def:Section\LikeSection{}{#1} >>> % \SubSection{Prefix to Title} The titles of the sections are typesetted as regular paragraphs with the left margins adjusted to make a space for the level numbers. \<non-html TeX4ht (like)sec\><<< \Configure{Section}{}{}{}{\par \egroup\IgnorePar\medskip\IgnorePar} \def\a:Section#1{\:SctnPrfx{#1}1} \def\a:LikeSection#1{\:SctnPrfx{#1}0} \let\b:LikeSection|=\b:Section \def\:SctnPrfx#1#2{% \bgroup \:bigskip \ShowPar \SectionFonts \bf \rightskip \z@ plus 0.5\hsize \ifnum #2=1 |<Section number|>% \else \parindent|=\z@ \leavevmode \fi {|<headline from section|>}% } >>> \<Section number\><<< \gHAdvance\SectionCounter |by 1 \def\:temp{\theSection \hskip 0.7em }% \setbox0|=\hbox{\:temp}% \advance \leftskip |by \wd0 \parindent -\wd0 \:temp >>> \<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<< \def\theSection{\theSectionCounter} >>> % \SubSection{Postfix to Title} The \''\par' is inserted before the \''\nobreak' to provide for a vertical mode before the latter command is inserted. The motivation for the latter command is to prohibit a HPage break immediately after the title. % \SubSection{Fonts} \<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<< \ifx \SectionFonts\:UnDef \font\:SecBF=cmbx10 scaled \magstep3 \font\:SecTT=cmtt10 scaled \magstep3 \def\SectionFonts{\let\tt|=\:SecTT \let\bf|=\:SecBF \baselineskip|=20.74pt} \fi >>> % \SubSection{Counters} \<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<< \gHAssign\SectionCounter|=0 \def\theSectionCounter{% \ifnum \ChapterCounter=0 \else \theChapterCounter.\fi \SectionCounter } >>> % \Section{SubSections} \<TeX4ht subsec\><<< \Def:Section\SubSection{}{#1} >>> % \SubSection{Prefix and Postfix to Title} \<non-html TeX4ht subsec????\><<< \def\a:subsection#1{ \bgroup \:bigskip \ShowPar \rightskip=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize \leavevmode \SubSectionFonts\bf } >>> \<non-html TeX4ht subsec\><<< \Configure{SubSection}{}{}{}{\par \egroup \nobreak \medskip \IgnorePar \ignorespaces} \def\a:SubSection#1{\bgroup \:bigskip \:noparfalse \noindent \rightskip=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize \SubSectionFonts\bf } >>> % \SubSection{Fonts} \<TeX4ht subsec\><<< \ifx\SubSectionFonts\:UnDef \font\:SubSecFont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep2 \def\SubSectionFonts{\let\bf|=\:SubSecFont \baselineskip|=17.28pt} \fi >>> \SubSection{Parts} \<TeX4ht parts\><<< \Def:Section\Part{}{#1} >>> % \SubSection{Prefix to Title} \<non-html TeX4ht parts\><<< \Configure{Part}{}{}{% \bgroup \:clearpage \:HPageBeforePart \ChapterFonts \bf \headline={\hfil}% \footline={\hfil}% \baselineskip|=1.3\baselineskip \leftskip|=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize \rightskip|=\leftskip \leavevmode\vfill \leavevmode\break \def\InsertTitle{\uppercase}% }{% \vfill \vfill \vfill \vfill \leavevmode\break \:HPageAfterPart \newpage \IgnorePar \egroup \ignorespaces } >>> \<TeX4ht parts\><<< \def\OddPartHPage{% \def\:HPageBeforePart{\ifodd \pageno \else \leavevmode\ \newpage\fi}% \def\:HPageAfterPart{\newpage\leavevmode\ }} \def\:NoOddChapterHPage{\def\:HPageBeforePart{}\def\:HPageAfterPart{}} \:NoOddChapterHPage >>> \SubSection{Headers and Footers} \<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<< \headline={\:HeaderNumFont \botmark \ifodd\pageno \:rightheader \else \:leftheader \fi } \footline={\:HeaderNumFont \hfil \:footer \hfil} \gdef\:leftheader{\hfil} \gdef\:rightheader{\hfil} \gdef\:footer{\folio} \let\::uppercase|=\uppercase \def\:uppercase#1{{\:HeaderTitleFont \::uppercase{#1}}} >>> % \SubSection{From Chapters} We don't know under what condition \''\mark' and \''\topinsert' will expand. \<headline and footline from ch\><<< \:HeaderFonts \gdef\:ChHeader{\noexpand\folio\hfil \:uppercase{#1}}% \xdef\:StrtChNo{\the\pageno}% \xdef\:leftheader{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno\hfil \noexpand\else\:ChHeader\noexpand\fi}% \xdef\:footer{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno\folio \noexpand\fi}% \xdef\:rightheader{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno \hfil \noexpand\else \:uppercase{#1}\hfil\noexpand\folio \noexpand\fi}% \mark{}% >>> First mark for current HPage. The second is for the following HPages, until we get a section header. The empty \''\mark' ensures that the ones from a sections will not change the definition of \''\:rightheader' in first HPage of the chapter (when \''\firtmark' is the choice) and that nothing will propogate from previous HPages. The \''\write', and \''\mark'(?), commands introduce whatsis so we want them in horizontal mode to avoid extra spaces. Also, for correct HPage numbers, and for correct timing of headers, we want the \''\:toc' and \''\mark' to be inserted after we get to horizontal mode. % \SubSection{From Sections} \<headline from section\><<< \:HeaderFonts \if:chapters \mark{% \gdef\noexpand\:rightheader{% \noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno \hfil \noexpand\else \ifnum \SectionCounter>0 \:uppercase{\theSectionCounter}\space\space \fi \:uppercase{#1}\hfil\noexpand\folio \noexpand\fi}% }% \fi >>> We also have to take into consideration that sections present with no chapters. Hence, the following definition, and in the above \''\:rightheader' is defined before \''\:leftheader'. \<headers and footers\><<< \gdef\:ChHeader{\:rightheader}>>> % \SubSection{Fonts} \`'\:HeaderFonts{cmr8}{cmr10}'---first font to sections and chapters fonts, and seconf font for HPage numbers. We want \`'\:HeaderNumFont' and \`'\:HeaderTitleFont' to be hard wired to a specific font because otherwise fonts taht are in effect when the HPages are submitted will take effect (\''\rm', for instance, is not a font). \<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<< \ifx \:HeaderNumFont\:UnDef \font\eightrm=cmr8 \font\eighttt=cmtt8 \def\HeaderFonts#1#2#3{% \let\:HeaderNumFont|=#1 \let\:HeaderTitleFont|=#2 \def\:HeaderFonts{#3}} \HeaderFonts\tenrm\eightrm{\def\tt{\eighttt}} \fi >>> \SubSection{Logical Cross-References for TeX4ht} \TagSec{dvtg} \<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<< \def\TagCh#1{\Tag{#1|<Ch tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}} \def\RefCh#1{Chapter\ \Ref{#1|<Ch tag|>}} \def\TagApp#1{\Tag{#1|<Ap tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}} \def\RefApp#1{Appendix\ \Ref{#1|<Ap tag|>}} \def\TagSec#1{\Tag{#1|<Sec tag|>}{\theSectionCounter}} \def\RefSec#1{Section\ \Ref{#1|<Sec tag|>}} >>> \<html TeX4ht divs\><<< \def\TagCh#1{\Tag{#1|<Ch tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}\Tag {#1|<hCh tag|>}{\:curch}} \def\RefCh#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hCh tag|>}}{}Chapter\ \Ref {#1|<Ch tag|>}\EndLink} \def\TagApp#1{\Tag{#1|<Ap tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}\Tag {#1|<hAp tag|>}{\:curch}} \def\RefApp#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hAp tag|>}}{}Appendix\ \Ref {#1|<Ap tag|>}\EndLink} \def\TagSec#1{\Tag{#1|<Sec tag|>}{\theSectionCounter}\Tag {#1|<hSec tag|>}{\:cursec}} \def\RefSec#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hSec tag|>}}{}Section\ \Ref {#1|<Sec tag|>}\EndLink} >>> \<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App\><<< \xdef\:curch{|<section html addr|>}% >>> \<html TeX4ht divs\><<< \def\TagPage#1{% \Link{}{page#1}\EndLink\Tag{#1}{}} \def\RefPage#1{\Link{page#1}{}\Ref{#1}\EndLink} >>> \<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<< \def\TagPage#1{\Tag{#1}{}} \def\RefPage{\Ref} >>> %\SubSection{Standard} \<Ch tag\><<< (C >>> \<Ap tag\><<< (A >>> \<Sec tag\><<< (S >>> \<hAp tag\><<< (a >>> \<hCh tag\><<< (c >>> \<hSec tag\><<< (s >>> \Section{Tables of Contents} \SubSection{Invoked Tables of Contents} A table is communicated from one compilation to another through an auxiliary file. \<TeX4ht tocs\><<< \def\TableOfContents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\:TOC{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:TableOfContents \else \:TableOfContents[Part,Chapter,LikeChapter,Appendix,% Section,LikeSection]\fi} >>> \<config plain utilities\><<< \NewConfigure{TableOfContents}{5} >>> % \SubSection{Interpretation for the Entries} \<html TeX4ht tocs\><<< \def\tocPart#1#2#3{\IgnorePar\HCode{<div align="center">}#2\HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent}% \def\tocChapter#1#2#3{% |<indentations from Chapter|>% \par\ignorespaces #1 #2\par } \def\tocLikeChapter{\tocChapter} \def\tocAppendix{\tocChapter} \def\tocSection#1#2#3{% |<indentations from Section|>% \par\tocSection:idnt \ignorespaces #1 #2\par}% \def\tocLikeSection{\tocSection} \def\tocSubSection#1#2#3{\par\csname tocSubSection:idnt\endcsname \ignorespaces #1 #2\par} >>> A self-modifying definition like \`'\def\tocChapter{... \def\tocChapter##1##2##3{\par\ignorespaces ##1 ##2\par}% \tocChapter }' can be harmful when \''\TocAt' commands are used. \<indentations from Chapter\><<< \ifx \tocSubSection:idnt\:UnDef \def\tocSection:idnt{\ }% \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ \ }% \fi >>> \<indentations from Section\><<< \ifx \tocSubSection:idnt\:UnDef \let\tocSection:idnt|=\empty \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ }% \else \ifx \SubSection:idnt\:UnDef |% warning?|% \let\tocSection:idnt|=\empty \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ }% \fi \fi >>> \<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<< \def\tocPart#1#2#3{\sl \medskip \hfil #2\par\nobreak}% \def\tocChapter#1#2#3{\medskip \:ChapNum{#1}#2\hfill \:pagenum{#3}\penalty1000} \let\tocLikeChapter|=\tocChapter \let\tocAppendix|=\tocChapter \def\tocSection#1#2#3{% \:ChapNum{\relax}% \:SectNum{#1}#2\TocDotfill\:pagenum{#3}} \let\tocLikeSection|=\tocSection \def\tocSubSection#1#2#3{% \phantom{xxxx}% \:ChapNum{\relax}\:SectNum{\relax}$\bullet$ #2\TocDotfill\:pagenum{#3}} \def\:BeforeTOC{{\let\TocLikeChapter|=\empty \LikeChapter{Contents}}} >>> A \`'\nobreak=\penalty10000' can be a problem for chapters, because it may cause too much stretching of spaces when there are no sections in between. A \`'\penalty1000' seems to be good enough to avoid HPage breaks when sections are close enough. \<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<< \def\TocDotfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hfil.\hfil}\hfill} >>> The prefix \''\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hfil.\hfil}' of \''\hfill' asks the command \''\hfill' to fill the void with multiple copies of the content of the horizontal box (instead of just with white space). \<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<< \def\:ChapNum#1{\bf\leavevmode \def\:test{#1}% \ifx \:test\empty \def\uppercase{}\else \hbox to 1.7em{#1\hfil}% \fi}% \def\:SectNum#1{\rm \def\:test{#1}% \ifx \:test\empty \else \hbox to 2.5em{#1\hfil}% \fi}% \def\:pagenum#1{\hbox to 1.7em{\hfil #1}\par} >>> \<html tocsNO\><<< \def\:ChapNum#1{\leavevmode \def\:test{#1}% \ifx \:test\empty \def\uppercase{}\else {#1\space}% \fi}% \def\:SectNum#1{\rm \def\:test{#1}% \ifx \:test\empty \else {#1\space}% \fi}% \def\:pagenum#1{}% >>> \Section{Lists} \SubSection{Non Html TeX4ht} % \SubSection{Starting} \<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\List#1{% \def\:tempa##1##2{% \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \def\:tempb{\L:st{##1}}\fi \def\:tempB{##2}}% \def\:tempb{\L:st{#1}}\def\:tempA{#1}\def\:tempB{ord}% \:tempa\:ord1% \:tempa{\:ord}{a}% \:tempa{\:alph}{A}% \:tempa{\:Alph}{i}% \:tempa{\:roman}{I}% \:tempa{\:Roman}{disc}% \:tempa{$\bullet$}{circle}% \:tempa{$\circle$}{square}% \:tempa{\vrule depth \z@ height 1ex width 1ex}{}% \:tempa{\:lbl}{}% \:tempb } \def\L:st#1{\par \nobreak {\advance \medskipamount |by -\parskip \:medskip}% \:noparfalse \Begin:Block{List}% |<non-html List items|>% |<lbls for items|>% \advance \leftskip |by 1.5em \parindent|=0em |<items of List|>% } >>> The interparagraph space that \''\parskip' contributes is introduced when a new paragraph (i.e., horizontal mode) is entered. Within a list we don't want the first item to introduce such vertical space in addition to the one introduced by the head of the list. Hence, we before the first item, \''\parskip' give 0 cotribution. Also, we want the space around the list (together with parskip) to equal medskip. \`'\par\:bigskip' instead of just \''\:bigskip' allows a \''\nobreak' before the end of the lis. e.g., \''\def\LineIndent{\EveryItem={\hskip-0.75em}}' % \SubSection{Ending} \<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\EndList{\par \End:Block{List}% {\advance\medskipamount |by -\parskip \:medskip}} >>> % \SubSection{Items} \<items of List\><<< \HAssign\ListCounter|=0 \def\item{% \par \leavevmode \parskip|=\:ListParSkip \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1 \the\EveryItem}% >>> \<TeX4ht lists\><<< \expandafter\csname newtoks\endcsname\EveryItem >>> \<TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\ListParSkip{\def\:ListParSkip} \ifHtml \ListParSkip{\HtmlPar} \fi >>> \<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<< \expandafter\csname newskip\endcsname\ListParSkip \def\:ListParSkip{\ListParSkip} \ListParSkip|=4.5pt plus 1.5pt minus 1.5pt >>> % \SubSection{Labels} \<items of List\><<< \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\:lbl}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \EveryItem={\hskip-1.5em\:ListItem}% \else \EveryItem={|<Alph|>% \llap{#1\hskip 0.5em}}\fi >>> \<lbls for items\><<< \lbl:tm >>> \<TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\lbl:tm{% \def\:ord{\a:Item\ListCounter\b:Item}% \def\:roman{\a:Item\romannumeral\ListCounter\b:Item}% \def\:alph{{\Advance: \ListCounter |by 96 \a:Item \char\ListCounter\b:Item}}% \def\:Roman{\a:Item\uppercase{\romannumeral\ListCounter}\b:Item}% \def\:Alph{{\Advance: \ListCounter |by 64 \a:Item \char\ListCounter\b:Item}}% } \def\:lbl#1{\a:Item#1\b:Item} >>> \<general tex-sty configure utilities\><<< \long\def\c:Item:#1#2{\c:def\a:Item{#1}\c:def\b:Item{#2}} >>> \<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\:ListItem#1{\:lbl{#1}\hskip 0.5em\ignorespaces} >>> A global \''\Configure{Item}' is not that good of an idea when nested lists are present. \<non-html List items\><<< \Configure{Item}{}{.}% >>> In its default setting, \`'\:lbl' has the meaning of identity+period. % \SubSection{Named Groups} \<general tex-sty configure utilities\><<< \def\Begin:Block#1{\begingroup \def\:EndBlock{#1}} \def\End:Block#1{% \expandafter\ifx \csname :EndBlock\endcsname\relax \:warning{Block #1 is already closed}% \else \def\:test{#1}% \ifx \:test\:EndBlock \endgroup \else \:warning{End environment #1 within environment \:EndBlock?}% \fi\fi}>>> \SubSection{Html TeX4ht} \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\List#1{\begingroup {\hfil\break\IgnorePar}% \HAssign\ListCounter|=0 |<set html list type|>% |<lbls for items|>% } >>> \<set html list type\><<< \let\:temp|=\empty \def\:tempA{#1}% \def\:tempB{ord}% \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \let\:temp|=\:tempA \def\:tempB{1}\fi \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{a}\fi \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{A}\fi \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{i}\fi \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{I}\fi \let\item|=\:LIitem \ifx \:tempA\:tempB |<enumerated list|>% \let\a:List|=\c:OList \else \def\:tempB{}% \ifx \:tempA\:tempB |<def list|>% \else \def\:tempB{button}% \ifx \:tempA\:tempB |<button list|>% \else |<marked list|>% \let\a:List|=\c:UList \fi\fi\fi >>> % \SubSection{Enumerated and Marked Lists} \<enumerated list\><<< {\a:OList}% \def\EndList{\b:OList\endgroup }% >>> The \`'hbox' is for preserving vr mode. The grouping is for preserving \`'ignorepar'. \<marked list\><<< \a:UList \def\EndList{\b:UList\endgroup }% >>> \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \NewConfigure{OList}{3} \NewConfigure{UList}{3} \NewConfigure{DList}{4} >>> \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \let\:UL:|=\empty \def\:LIitem{% {\parindent=0pt\leavevmode}\:noparfalse \ht:everypar{\Li:Par}% \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1 \a:List } >>> % \SubSection{Labeled (=Definition) Lists} \<def list\><<< \a:DList \let\item|=\:DLitem \let\End:dd|=\empty \def\EndList{\b:DList\endgroup }% >>> Lynx doesn't like \`'\leavemode' alone because vertical mode produces \`'<DD><DT>' and the empty body of \`'<DD>' is not handled nicely there. Hence, the \`'{\ht:everypar{\HCode{<P>}}\leavevmode}'. \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\:DLitem#1{% \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1 \c:DList #1\d:DList \ht:everypar{\Li:Par}% } >>> \<set html list type\><<< \let\Li:Par|=\:ListParSkip \ht:everypar{\if:nopar \else \HtmlPar\fi}% >>> \SubSection{Button Lists} \Verbatim | +----+ | +----+ | HPage - 1 +----+ | +----+ | HPage - 2 +----+ | +----+ | HPage - 3 +----+ | +----+ | \EndVerbatim \<button list\><<< \a:buttonList \let\Item|=\It:em \edef\but:file{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}% \ifx \but:file\empty \edef\but:file{\j:bname tmp.\:html}\fi \def\ALL:file##1.##2|<par del|>{\def\ALL:file{##1-}}% \NewFileName\all:file \expandafter\ALL:file\all:file.|<par del|>% \HPage<\all:file>{}\IgnorePar \let\item|=\B:item \def\EndList{% \ifnum \ListCounter>1 \l:Bd{#1}\fi \EndHPage{}% \b:buttonList \endgroup }% >>> Set browser-title for the above HPage? % was % \SaveEverypar \FileStream[ ] % \EndFileStream\all:file \RecallEverypar % \SubSection{item} For simple HPage: \`'\item{...}...'. \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\B:item#1{% \ifnum \ListCounter>0 \l:Bd{#1}\fi \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1 \FileStream\but:file \Recall:Link\bt:fl \Recall:HPage\hpg:fl \Recall:HPageTag\hptg:fl \L:Ba{#1}\Link[\all:file]{\ALL:file \ListCounter}{\ALL:file\ListCounter}% \L:Bb{#1}\EndLink \L:Bc{#1}\FileStream\all:file \Save:Link\bt:fl \Save:HPage\hpg:fl \Save:HPageTag\hptg:fl \l:Ba{#1}\Link[\but:file]{\ALL:file \ListCounter}{\ALL:file\ListCounter}% \l:Bb{#1}\EndLink \l:Bc{#1}\HtmlEnv} >>> % \SubSection{Item} For sensitive code: \`'\Item...\ContItem...'. \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \def\It:em{\bgroup \csname no:catcodes\endcsname0{255}{12}% \catcode`\^^I=13\relax\:Itm} \bgroup \global\let\:grp|=\egroup \def\:temp{% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname0{255}{12} \catcode`\/|=0 \catcode`\{|=1 \catcode`\}|=2 \catcode`\#|=6 \catcode`\:|=11 \catcode`\g|=11 \catcode`\r|=11 \catcode`\p|=11 \gdef\:Itm } \:temp#1\ContItem{/:grp/g:rp{#1}}/:grp \catcode`\^^I=13 \def\g:rp#1{% \immediate\openout15=\jobname.tmp {\newlinechar`\^^M \def^^I{\space\space}% \immediate\write15{\string\ignorespaces\space#1}}% \immediate\closeout15 \B:item{\input \jobname.tmp}} \catcode`\^^I=10 >>> % \SubSection{Configure} Style for HPages. \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \NewConfigure{buttonList}[5]{\def\a:buttonList{#1}% \def\b:buttonList{#2}% \def\L:Ba##1{#3}\def\L:Bb##1{#5}\def\L:Bc##1{#4}} >>> \`'\Configure{buttonList} {before-external-list} {after-external-list} {before-external-anchor} {after-external-anchor} {external-anchor}'. \<html TeX4ht lists\><<< \NewConfigure{buttonList+}[4]{% \def\l:Ba##1{#1}\def\l:Bb##1{#4}\def\l:Bc##1{#2}\def\l:Bd##1{#3}} >>> \`'\Configure{buttonList+}{before-internal-anchor} {after-internal-anchor} {internal-anchor}'. The {before-item}, {after-item}, and {anchor}, get the item content \''#1' for a parameter. \Section{Html Tables} We need the \''\HTable{...}' version for handling TeX tables and for not modifying \`'&' with other catcode or replacement command. Otherwise, \''\HTable...\EndHtable' are better because that don't ask for expandable stuff. \<HTable\><<< \def\HTable{% \let\:TR|=\empty \let\TABLE:|=\empty \futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE} >>> Defining the \''\HTable' in terms of \''\halign' is problematic for a few reasons. \List{1} \item Paragraph breaks are treated as space characters within \''\halign'. Defining\''\par' to equal \''\the\ht:everypar' causes multiple calls to \''\ht:everypar'. \item Don't know how to get the \''</TABLE>' in place. \item Well, so far I \ifHtml[\HPage{got}\Verbatim \Odef\HTable[#1]{\futurelet\:temp\:HTable} \def\:HTable{\ifx \:temp\bgroup \def\:temp##1{\H:Table##1\EndHTable}\else \let\:temp=\H:Table \fi \:temp} \def\H:Table{\begingroup \a:HTable\special{t4ht=<TABLE \T:HTable:>}% \let\sv:Col=\HCol \HAssign\HCol = 0 \let\sv:Row=\HRow \HAssign\HRow = 0 \TeXhalign\bgroup \ifnum \HCol>0\special{t4ht=</TR>}\fi\:HtblR \:Hentry##\End:Hentry&&\:Hentry ##\End:Hentry\cr} \def\EndHTable{\cr\egroup \End:HtblR \ht:special{t4ht=</TABLE>}\b:HTable \global\let\HCol=\sv:Col \global\let\HRow=\sv:Row \endgroup} \def\:HtblR{\gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \ht:special{t4ht=<tr \R:HTable:>}} \def\End:HtblR{\special{t4ht=</tr>}} \Odef\:Hentry[#1]{\gHAdvance\HCol by 1 \ht:special{t4ht=<td \D:HTable:>}\bgroup } \def\End:Hentry{\egroup\special{t4ht=</td>}} \def\c:HTable:#1#2#3#4#5{\c:def\a:HTable{#1}\c:def\b:HTable{#2}% \c:def\T:HTable:{#3}\c:def\R:HTable:{#4}\c:def\D:HTable:{#5}} \Configure{HTable}{}{}{}{}{} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi \item What about paragraph breaks in independent HTable? Are we loosing them as is the case in the following example. \ifHtml[\HPage{??}\Verbatim \documentclass{book} \input DraTex.sty \input AlDraTex.sty \input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html,next,HTable,sections-,fonts} \input ProTex.sty \AlProTex{llo,<<<>>>,`,NoShow} \def\Example{\begingroup \Contribute{HTable}{border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="100\%"} \HTable^/\Code\xxxx{}<<<} \def\EndExample{{\ShowOn \advance\leftskip by -3em \let\extra=\empty \let\extraB=\empty \ShowCode-\xxxx} \def\@##1@{##1} \OutputCode[tmp]\xxxx \&~\&[/BGCOLOR="\#FFFFCC"] \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}\input xxxx.tmp \CR \EndHTable \endgroup \let\extra=\empty \let\extraB=\empty \let\comments=\empty} \Contribute{HTable}{WIDTH="100\%"} % \HPage{+}\ShowFile{xxxx.tmp}\EndHPage{}\CR \Define\Color(3){{ \Text(--\special{ps:~#1~#2~#3~setrgbcolor}--)}} \def\@#1@{\HCode{<FONT COLOR="\#0000FF"><STRONG>}% #1\HCode{</STRONG></FONT>}} \ShowOff \HShowCode{}{}{}{\HCode{</A>...<A>}}{} \NewSection\Slide{$\bullet$~#2 } \Configure{Slide}{\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}{} \CutAt{Slide,part} \NewSection\likeslide{} \cOnfigure{likeslide}{\IgnorePar\HCode{}}{} \CutAt{likeslide,Slide} \Configure{crosslinks}{[}{] }{next}{prev}{}{}{}{} \Configure{crosslinks+}{}{[\Link[\RefFile {toc}]{}{}toc\EndLink]\par\ShowPar} {\par\ShowPar}{[\Link[\RefFile{toc}]{}{}toc\EndLink]} \begin{document} \EndPreamble %---------------------- start here ------------------------- % \DrawOff \HCode{<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">} \part{A Demonstration of TeX4ht} Eitan M. Gurari\HCode{<BR>}Ohio State Univ The 18th Annual Meeting of the\HCode{<BR>} TeX Users Group\HCode{<P>} July 28 - August 1, 1997\HCode{<BR>} San Francisco, California \HCode{</DIV>} \HCode{<BR>}\HCode{<BR>}\HCode{<BR>} Note: The following slides refer to LaTeX. However, the demonstration applies also to other TeX-based styles. {\tt http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/\HCode{<BR>} \string~gurari/tug97/} \NextNewFileName{\jobname-toc.html} \likeslide{} \TagFile{toc} \tableofcontents[Slide] \Slide{TeX4ht as a Converter} \Code\semilatex{}<<< \def\documentclass#1{} \let\oldbegin=\begin \def\begin#1{\def\tempa{#1}\def\tempb{document}\ifx \tempa\tempb \else \def\temp{\oldbegin{#1}}\expandafter\temp \fi} \let\oldend=\end \def\end#1{\def\tempa{#1}\def\tempb{document}\ifx \tempa\tempb \else \def\temp{\oldend{#1}}\expandafter\temp \fi} \def\input#1\EndPreamble{\ShowPar} >>> \Code\extra{}<<< `semilatex >>> \Example `extra\documentclass {article} \title{Psalms} \author{131:1} `@\input tex4ht.sty@ `@\Preamble{html}@ \begin{document} `@\EndPreamble@ \maketitle My heart is not haughty, nor mine eyes lofty: neither do I exercise myself in great matters, or in things too high for me. \end{document} >>> \EndExample \end{document} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi Also, do we have consistent behavior between TeX and LaTeX here? \EndList \SubSection{Character Options after /HTable} \<HTable\><<< \def\T:ABLE{% \ifx \bgroup\:temp \let\:temp|=\HT:ble \else \ifx [\:temp \let\:temp|=\HT:ble \else |<character options for TABLE|>% \fi \fi \:temp} \def\TA:BLE#1{% \let\:tempb|=\:TR \al:gn\:TR#1% \ifx \:tempb\:TR \expand:after{\HT:ble#1}% \else \expand:after{\futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}\fi } >>> We stay above for all the characters before the caption. % \SubSection{Options for TABLE} \<character options for TABLE\><<< \let\:tempb|=\TA:BLE \ifx B\:temp \edef\TABLE:{\HTable:B \TABLE:}% \def\:tempb##1{\futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}% \fi \HTable:brdr P{cellpadding}% \HTable:brdr S{cellspacing}% \let\:temp|=\:tempb >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\HTable:brdr#1#2{\ifx #1\:temp \def\:tempb##1{\afterassignment\:tempa\tmp:cnt|=}% \def\:tempa{% \edef\TABLE:{#2="\the\tmp:cnt" \TABLE:}% \futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE }% \fi} >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\arg:HTable#1#2{% \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty \else \expandafter\def\csname HTable:\string#1\endcsname{#2}% \expandafter\arg:HTable \fi } \NewConfigure{HTable+}[2]{\arg:HTable{#1}{#2}} >>> % \SubSection{Option on Entries} The options are inserted into the entries. \<HTable\><<< \def\al:gn#1#2{% \add:TD#1<#2{\csname HTable:<\endcsname }% \add:TD#1>#2{\csname HTable:>\endcsname }% \add:TD#1-#2{\csname HTable:-\endcsname }% \add:TD#1^#2{\csname HTable:\string^\endcsname }% \add:TD#1||#2{\csname HTable:||\endcsname }% \add:TD#1_#2{\csname HTable:\string_\endcsname }% \add:TD#1=#2{\csname HTable:=\endcsname }% } \def\add:TD#1#2#3#4{\chardef\:temp|=`#2 \chardef\:tempa|=`#3 \ifnum \:temp=\:tempa\edef#1{#1\space #4}\fi} \let\:TR|=\empty >>> The above is superior to \`'\def\add:TD#1#2#3#4{\ifx #2#3\edef#1{#1\space #4}\fi}' because it is indepndent of category codes and \`'_' and \`'^', for instance, may change their meaning. \SubSection{Open Table} \<HTable\><<< \def\HT:ble{\bgroup \let\sv:row|=\HRow \let\sv:col|=\HCol \gHAssign\HRow|=1 \gHAssign\HCol|=0 \htbl: } >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\htbl:{% \let\GetInt|=\Get:Int \let\GetArg|=\Get:Arg \a:HTable |<script at start of tables|>% \c:HTable\hfil\break \ht:everypar{}\futurelet\:temp\tbl:bd } \NewConfigure{HTable}{6} >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\EndHTable{% \end:cell \d:HTable \b:HTable \global\let\HRow|=\sv:row \global\let\HCol|=\sv:col \egroup |<nullify script|>} >>> % \SubSection{Type of Table?} \<HTable\><<< \def\tbl:bd{\ifx \:temp\bgroup \let\tbl:typ|=\tbl:bdy \else \ifx /\:temp \def\tbl:typ##1{\env:tbl}% \else \let\tbl:typ|=\env:tbl \fi \fi \tbl:typ } \long\def\tbl:bdy#1{% \def\hfil{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \space \else\:hfil\fi}% \def\hfill{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \space \else\:hfill\fi}% \expandafter\let\csname cr\endcsname|=\:cr \:HTable#1&\EndH:Table } \let\:hfil|=\hfil \let\:hfill|=\hfill >>> Without the restructuring of the hfil's TeX4ht gets cofused and looses spaces between words. \SubSection{Enviromental Tables} \<HTable\><<< \def\env:tbl{\def\&{\end:cell \TD:cell }\TD:cell } \def\CR{\end:cell \gHAdvance\HRow |by 1 \gHAssign\HCol|=0 \d:HTable\c:HTable\hfil\break \TD:cell } >>> \SubSection{Braced Tables} Extract the cells recursively. \<HTable\><<< \long\def\:HTable#1\EndH:Table{% \def\:htbend{#2}% \insert:TD#1\tok:nmath \def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \EndHTable \else \expand:after{\end:cell \:HTable#2\EndH:Table}\fi } \def\tok:nmath{\empty} \def\end:cell{\:EndHTableScript \f:HTable} >>> % \SubSection{Get Cell after /cr} \<HTable\><<< \def\:cr{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:cR \else \expandafter\:c:r\fi} \expandafter\let\csname :c:r\endcsname|=\cr \long\def\:cR#1{\relax \ifx\:htbend\empty \def\:temp{#1}% \ifx\:temp\NoArg \else \expandafter\mpty:cr\fi \else \mpty:cr \fi #1}% \def\mpty:cr{% \expand:after{\end:cell \gHAdvance\HRow |by 1 \gHAssign\HCol|=0 \d:HTable\c:HTable \insert:TD}} >>> We need global increases in Col and Row for cases like \`'\HTableScript{$}{$}'. \SubSection{Retrieve the Local Options for a Cell} % \SubSection{Find Options in Environmental Tables} \<HTable\><<< \def\TD:cell{\gHAdvance\HCol |by 1 \futurelet\:temp\TD:cll } \def\TD:cll{% \ifx [\:temp \let\:temp|=\T:D \else \expandafter\ifx\space\:temp \expand:after{\def\:temp}\space{\futurelet\:temp\TD:cll}\else \tbl:ch \fi \fi \:temp} >>> \<HTable\><<< \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\_=13 \def\tbl:ch{{\def^{\string^}\def_{\string_}% \xdef\:temp{\noexpand\T:D[\:HTbleAtt]}}} \catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\_=8 >>> % \SubSection{Find Options in Braced Tables} \<HTable\><<< \def\insert:TD{\futurelet\:tempc\TD:} \def\TD:{% \ifx \par\:tempc \def\:temp\par{\insert:TD}\go:out\:temp\fi \expandafter\ifx \space\:tempc \expand:after{\def\:temp}\space{\insert:TD}% \go:out\:temp \fi \ifx \EndH:Table\:tempc \go:out\empty\fi \gHAdvance\HCol |by 1 \chk:tblop \tbl:ch \go:out\:temp\empty \:out} \def\chk:tblop{\ifx [\:tempc \go:out\T:D \fi} >>> We want the rectangles `[...' at halign tables to be part of the entries. \<no check for [...] in HTable\><<< \let\chk:tblop|=\empty >>> % \SubSection{Get the Options} \<HTable\><<< \def\T:D[{\def\TD:typ{td}\let\TD:more|=\empty \scan:TD} \def\scan:TD#1{% \ifx ]#1\e:HTable \go:out\:HTableScript \fi \ifx /#1\def\:temp##1]{\edef\TD:more{\TD:more\space##1}\scan:TD]}% \go:out\:temp \fi \ifx H#1\def\TD:typ{th}\go:out\scan:TD\fi \ifx R#1\SP:N{rowspan}\fi \ifx C#1\SP:N{colspan}\fi \al:gn\TD:more#1% \go:out\scan:TD\empty\:out } \def\SP:N#1{% \def\:temp{\edef\TD:more{ #1="\the\tmp:cnt"\TD:more \Hnewline}\scan:TD}% \def\:tempa##1{\afterassignment\:temp \tmp:cnt|=##1}% \go:out\:tempa} >>> \SubSection{Script} \<script at start of tables\><<< \let\:EndHTableScript|=\:EndHTblScript \let\:HTableScript|=\:HTblScript \let\:HTbleAtt|=\:HTblAtt |<nullify script|>% >>> \<nullify script\><<< \let\:EndHTblScript|=\empty \let\:HTblScript|=\empty \let\:HTblAtt|=\empty >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\HTableScript{\futurelet\:temp\tblScrpt:} \def\tblScrpt:{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:tblScrpt \else \expand:after{\:tblScrpt[]}\fi } \long\def\:tblScrpt[#1]#2#3{% \def\:HTblAtt{#1}% \def\:HTblScript{#2\go:out\empty|<par del|>\:out}% \def\:EndHTblScript{#3}} |<nullify script|> >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\go:out#1{\expand:after{\g:out#1}} \long\def\g:out#1#2\:out{#1} >>> \SubSection{Scanning of Cells} \<HTable\><<< \long\def\Get:Int#1#2|<par del|>\:out{% \def\:next{% \edef\:next{\the\tmp:cnt\space}% \HAssign#1|=\:next #2|<par del|>\:out}% \afterassignment\:next \tmp:cnt } >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\DefGetArg#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#3}% \ifx \:temp\NoArg \D:fGetArg{#1}{#2}#3#3\else \D:fGetArg{#1}{#2}{#3}{}\fi } \def\D:fGetArg#1#2#3#4{% \expand:after{\long\def}\csname Get:Arg:#1:#2\endcsname##1##2!*?: \:out{% \def\:next####1#3{\def##1{####1}% |<no token?|>#4##2!*?: \:out}% \:next }} \DefGetArg{}{}{} >>> \`'\DefGetArg{}{1}\tok:nmath' tages the full entry, but it is problematic for a tail entry in a row. Use \<HTable\><<< \def\stgt:arg#1#2{% \expand:after{\let\:tempa=|}\csname Get:Arg:#1:#2\endcsname \ifx \:tempa\relax \else \let\:temp|=\:tempa \fi } \def\Get:Arg{% \let\:temp|=\Get:Arg::\stgt:arg{}\HCol \stgt:arg\HRow{}% \stgt:arg\HRow\Col \:temp} >>> \<no token?\><<< \ifx \tbl:typ\tbl:bdy \else \ifx ##1\&\let##1|=\NoArg\fi \ifx ##1\CR \let##1|=\NoArg\fi \fi >>> \<HTable\><<< \def\NoArg{\tok:nmath} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{footmisc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<footmisc.4ht\><<< % footmisc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> \long\def\@footnotetext#1{\leavevmode \vbox{%\IgnorePar \leftskip0pt {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}% \long\def\:tempc##1{\protected@edef\@currentlabel{\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}% \anc:lbl f{footnote}% \Configure{newlabel}{\cur:th\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}{\protect\p@footmisc@footnote{\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}} \a:footnotetext \o:@makefntext:{\b:footnotetext \csname a:footnotebody\endcsname {##1}\csname b:footnotebody\endcsname}\c:footnotetext }% \HLet\@makefntext\:tempc % \reset@font\footnotesize \color@begingroup \@makefntext{\ignorespaces#1}% \color@endgroup \ht:special{t4ht@[}}\ht:special{t4ht@]}} % detect if the symbol or symbol* option were used % we can detect that by testing of \thefootnote macro \edef\footmisc:thefootnote{\expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter{\thefootnote}} \edef\footmisc:symbol{\unexpanded{\fnsymbol{footnote}}} \edef\footmisc:symbolstar{\unexpanded{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}} \ifx\footmisc:thefootnote\footmisc:symbol \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}} \else \ifx\footmisc:thefootnote\footmisc:symbolstar \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}} \else \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\p@footnote{#1}} \fi \fi \Hinput{footmisc} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{footmisc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Local Drawing Environment} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<draw sty\><<< \:CheckOption{draw} \if:Option |<local draw env|> \fi >>> \<local draw env\><<< \NewConfigure{Fig}{2} \Odef\Fig[#1]{\bgroup \ifx \EndPicture\:Undef \ifx \EndFig\:Undef \def\EndFig{\b:Fig\egroup}% \def\AltFig{#1}\a:Fig \else \let\EndFig|=\egroup \fi \else \let\EndFig|=\egroup \fi \HAssign\y::=0 \def\Text##1"##2"{\raise \y:: pt \hbox to 0pt{##2\hss}\ignorespaces}% \def\Line{\afterassignment\Ln:A\tmp:cnta}% \def\Move{\afterassignment\Mv:A\tmp:cnta}\ignorespaces} \def\Ln:A{\afterassignment\Ln:B\tmp:cntb} \def\Ln:B{\bgroup \leavevmode |<diagonal line|>% \egroup \Mv:B } \def\Ln:C{\ifnum \I::<\J:: \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:dim \raise \tmp:dima \hbox{\vrule height 0.5pt depth 0.5pt width 1pt}% \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -\tmp:dim \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -1.0pt \advance\tmp:dim by \C:: \advance\tmp:dima by \D:: \Advance:\I:: by 1 \expandafter\Ln:C \fi } \def\Mv:A{\afterassignment\Mv:B\tmp:cntb} \def\Mv:B{\leavevmode \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:cnta pt \Advance:\y:: by \tmp:cntb \ignorespaces } \csname newcount\endcsname\tmp:cnta \csname newcount\endcsname\tmp:cntb \csname newdimen\endcsname\tmp:dima >>> \<diagonal line\><<< \HAssign\I::=\ifnum \tmp:cnta<0 -\fi \tmp:cnta \HAssign\J::=\ifnum \tmp:cntb<0 -\fi \tmp:cntb \ifnum \I::>\J:: \HAssign\J::=\I:: \fi \relax \ifnum \J::>0 \tmp:dim=\tmp:cnta pt \ifnum \tmp:cnta<0 \tmp:dim|=-\tmp:dim \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:cnta pt \HAdvance\y:: by \tmp:cntb \tmp:cntb|=-\tmp:cntb \fi \divide\tmp:dim by \J:: \edef\C::{\the\tmp:dim}% \tmp:dima=\tmp:cntb pt \divide\tmp:dima by \J:: \edef\D::{\the\tmp:dima}% \tmp:dima|= \y:: pt \HAssign\I::|=-1 \tmp:dim|=\z@ \Ln:C \ifnum \tmp:cnta>0 \else \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -\tmp:cnta pt \fi\fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{PostScript} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<postscript draw\><<< \ifHtml \:CheckOption{postscript} \if:Option |<postscript|> |<special|> \fi \fi >>> \<postscript\><<< \expandafter\def\csname i:0\endcsname{0} \expandafter\def\csname i:1\endcsname{1} \expandafter\def\csname i:2\endcsname{2} \expandafter\def\csname i:3\endcsname{3} \expandafter\def\csname i:4\endcsname{4} \expandafter\def\csname i:5\endcsname{5} \expandafter\def\csname i:6\endcsname{6} \expandafter\def\csname i:7\endcsname{7} \expandafter\def\csname i:8\endcsname{8} \expandafter\def\csname i:9\endcsname{9} \def\i:A{10} \let\i:a|=\i:A \def\i:B{11} \let\i:b|=\i:B \def\i:C{12} \let\i:c|=\i:C \def\i:D{13} \let\i:d|=\i:D \def\i:E{14} \let\i:e|=\i:E \def\i:F{15} \let\i:f|=\i:F \def\Hex:Frac#1#2{\tmp:cnt|=\csname i:#1\endcsname \multiply\tmp:cnt by 16 \advance\tmp:cnt\csname i:#2\endcsname \multiply\tmp:cnt by 100 \divide\tmp:cnt by 255 \edef\:temp{\ifnum \tmp:cnt>99 1.0\else 0.\the\tmp:cnt\fi}} \def\df:clr#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\Hex:Frac#2#3\let#1|=\:temp \Hex:Frac#4#5\edef#1{ #1 \:temp}% \Hex:Frac#6#7\edef#1{#1 \:temp\space setrgbcolor }} \def\DefPsColor#1#2{\df:clr#1#2} |<delay postscript|>% >>> \<delay postscript\><<< \let\PsCode|=\relax >>> \<special\><<< \ifx \PsCodeSpecial\:UnDef \def\PsCodeSpecial{ps:}\fi >>> % \SubSection{Karked Locations} \<postscript\><<< \def\MarkPsLoc(#1){% \PsCode{ currentpoint /Psy#1 exch def /PsX#1 exch def }} \def\RecallPsLoc(#1){ PsX#1 Psy#1 } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %\SubSection{LaTeX-Oriented Commands} \<tex-sty configure utilities\><<< |<latex,sty math del|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Marginal Notes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \def\Margin{\HCode{<table \Hnewline align="right"><tr><td \Hnewline>}} \def\EndMargin{\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} >>> Remove the above!!!!!! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Multi-Columns} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \''\HColumns[contribute-TABLE,contribute-TD]{i}'; Given count of column in \''\HCol' \<html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \def\add:col{\Advance:\:cols |by -1 \HAdvance\HCol |by 1\relax \ifnum \:cols>0 \c:Cols \vsplit0 to \tmp:dim \d:Cols \expandafter\add:col \fi} >>> \<html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \NewConfigure{Columns}{4} \def\c:Cols{\edef\sv:dim{\the\tmp:dim}\c:Columns} \def\d:Cols{\d:Columns \tmp:dim|=\sv:dim } \def\ColMag#1{\tmp:dim |= #1\tmp:dim} >>> \<html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \def\Columns#1{% \a:Columns \HAssign\:cols|=#1 \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup \divide\hsize |by #1 } \def\EndColumns{\egroup \HAssign\HCol|=0 \tmp:dim|=\ht0 \advance\tmp:dim |by \dp0 \divide\tmp:dim |by \:cols \add:col \c:Cols \box0 \d:Cols \b:Columns} >>> \<non-html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \let\Columns|=\:gobble \let\EndColumns|=\empty >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<non-html sty of TeX4ht\><<< \def\:bigskip{% \ifvmode \ifdim \lastskip<\bigskipamount \vskip -\lastskip \bigskip \fi \else \bigskip\fi} \def\:medskip{% \ifvmode \ifdim \lastskip<\medskipamount \vskip -\lastskip \medskip \fi \else \medskip\fi} \def\:smallskip{% \ifvmode \ifdim \lastskip<\smallskipamount \vskip -\lastskip \smallskip \fi \else \smallskip \fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{OpenOffice} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Writer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.hj-gym.dk/\string ~hj/writer2latex/]{}{}writer2latex\EndLink \<writer.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % writer.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<writer configs|> \Hinput{writer} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{writer} \<writer configs\><<< \let\wl:begin=\begin \def\begin#1{% \wl:env#1style//% \wl:begin{#1}} \def\wl:env#1style#2//{\relax\if!#1!\wl:styleenv#2//\fi}% \def\wl:styleenv#1style#2//{% \expandafter\ifx\csname before:begin style#1\endcsname\relax \config:wlenv{style#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname before:begin style#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname before:begin style#1\endcsname \expandafter\append:def\csname style#1\endcsname{\wl:css{style#1}}% \fi } \def\wl:css#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname css:#1\endcsname\relax \global\expandafter\let\csname css:#1\endcsname\def \config:wlcss{#1}% \fi } \NewConfigure{WriterEnv}[2]{% \def\config:wlenv##1{#1}% \def\config:wlcss##1{#2}% } \Configure{WriterEnv}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{mdwtools} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{mdwlist} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mdwlist.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % mdwlist.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<mdwlist hooks|> \Hinput{mdwlist} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{mdwlist} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{sverb} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<sverb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % sverb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<sverb hooks|> \Hinput{sverb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{sverb} \<sverb hooks\><<< \def\sv@demosmp{\par\a:demo \raggedright \vbox\bgroup} \def\sv@demoemp{\par\unpenalty\unskip \egroup\b:demo} \NewConfigure{demo}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{syntax} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<syntax.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % syntax.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config syntax|> \Hinput{syntax} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{syntax} \<config syntax\><<< \let\o:sb:=_ \def\:temp{\ifmmode \expandafter \pr:sb \else \expandafter \sys:sb \fi } \HLet\sb\:temp \AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\_\active} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Part{Latex and TeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Symbol Decorations} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Non-Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<text symbolsNO\><<< \def\AA{{\Protect\Tivht@AA}} \def\aa{{\Protect\Tivht@aa}} \def\Tivht@AA{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:AA\else \leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex% \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A\fi} \def\Tivht@aa{% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \HChar{229}\else \accent23a\fi } \NewConfigure{AA}{1} \Configure{AA}{\HChar{197}} >>> A previous definition \Verb+\def\aa{{\Protect\:aa}}+ was problematic because \Verb+\:aa+ got into an aux file which got loaded with `:' in catcode 13. \<text symbolsNO\><<< \def\vdots{\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{vdots}} \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}\EndPicture} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Math symbols} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \<latex math symbols\><<< \def\ProtectedMathSymbol#1#2{% \def\:temp{{\math:sym#1{#2}}}% \expandafter\HLet\csname #2 \endcsname\:temp \NewConfigure{#2}{1}\Configure{#2}{\csname o:#2 :\endcsname}} >>> \<latex math symbols\><<< \def\EncMathSymbol#1#2#3{% \NewConfigure{#2}{1}% \edef\:tempc{#3\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname}% \def\:temp{{\math:sym#1{#2}}}% \expandafter\HLet \csname \:tempc\endcsname\:temp \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{#2}{\expandafter\noexpand \csname \:tempc\endcsname}}\:temp } \EncMathSymbol\mathop{l}{OT1} \EncMathSymbol\mathop{L}{OT1} >>> \<latex math symbols\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{mathellipsis} \MathSymbol\mathord{hbar} >>> \<latex ltoutenc\><<< \def\:tempc{\a:textellipsis} \expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textellipsis\endcsname\:tempc \NewConfigure{textellipsis}{1} \edef\:temp{% \noexpand\Configure{textellipsis}{\expandafter\noexpand \csname o:?\string\textellipsis:\endcsname}} \:temp >>> \<plain math symbols\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{l} \MathSymbol\mathop{longleftarrow} \MathSymbol\mathop{longrightarrow} \MathSymbol\mathop{L} \MathSymbol\mathrel{buildrelover} >>> % \def\ifno:mathchar#1#2{% % \def\:tempb##1"##2///{##1}% % \edef\:tempa{\expandafter\:tempb\meaning#1"///}% % \edef\:tempc{\string\mathchar}% % \ifx \:tempa\:tempc \else #2\fi %} %\ifno:mathchar \<fontmath + plain classes\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{angle} \MathSymbol\mathop{cong} \MathSymbol\mathop{vdots} \MathSymbol\mathop{ldots} \MathSymbol\mathrel{Longleftrightarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{Longrightarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{bowtie} \MathSymbol\mathrel{cdots} \MathSymbol\mathrel{ddots} \MathSymbol\mathrel{doteq} \MathSymbol\mathrel{hookleftarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{hookrightarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{leftrightharpoons} \MathSymbol\mathrel{longleftrightarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{longmapsto} \MathSymbol\mathrel{mapsto} \MathSymbol+\mathrel{mid} \MathSymbol\mathrel{models} \MathSymbol\mathrel{neq} \let\ne|=\neq \def\c:ne:{\Configure{neq}} \MathSymbol\mathrel{notin} \MathSymbol\mathrel{rightleftharpoons} >>> \<config fontmath.ltx shared\><<< \ProtectedMathSymbol\mathop{longleftarrow} \ProtectedMathSymbol\mathop{longrightarrow} >>> \<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{dotsc} \MathSymbol\mathop{dotso} \MathSymbol\mathrel{longleftarrow} \MathSymbol\mathrel{longrightarrow} >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \MathSymbol\mathrel{@cdots} \MathSymbol\mathop{doteq} \def\n:doteq:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{doteq}\nolimits} \HLet\dotsb@=\@cdots \HLet\intdots@=\@cdots \HRestore\cdots >>> % \HLet\dotsb=\cdots % \HLet\dotsm=\dotsb \<amsmath.sty\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{iint} \def\n:iint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iint}\nolimits} \MathSymbol\mathop{iiint} \def\n:iiint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iiint}\nolimits} \MathSymbol\mathop{iiiint} \def\n:iiiint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iiiint}\nolimits} \MathSymbol\mathop{idotsint} \def\n:idotsint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{idotsint}\nolimits} >>> \<config fontmath\><<< \MathSymbol\mathop{int} \def\n:int:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{int}\nolimits} >>> Where \`'\def\rightleftharpoons{\m:CondPicture{\mathrel{\mathpalette\rlh@{}}}{}}' came in for the first time. It is in amstex but not in latex or tex. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{MkHalign-Based Symbols} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% We had a definition like \`'\def\overbrace#1{{\m:CondPicture{% \mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} \downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}{}}}' which should have something like \`'' but it seems like there is no need for it anymore. Similarly for \`'\underbrace', \''\overrightarrow', \''\overleftarrow', and \''\angle'. \<over/under fontmath\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:overrightarrow \o:overrightarrow:{#1}\b:overrightarrow} \HLet\overrightarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{overrightarrow}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftarrow \o:overleftarrow:{#1}\b:overleftarrow} \HLet\overleftarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{overleftarrow}{2} >>> \<plain math\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:overrightarrow \o:overrightarrow:{#1}\b:overrightarrow} \HLet\overrightarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{overrightarrow}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftarrow \o:overleftarrow:{#1}\b:overleftarrow} \HLet\overleftarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{overleftarrow}{2} >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:underrightarrow \o:underrightarrow:{#1}\b:underrightarrow} \HLet\underrightarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{underrightarrow}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\a:underleftarrow \o:underleftarrow:{#1}\b:underleftarrow} \HLet\underleftarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{underleftarrow}{2} >>> \<amsmath.sty\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftrightarrow \o:overleftrightarrow:{#1}\b:overleftrightarrow} \HLet\overleftrightarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{overleftrightarrow}{2} \def\:tempc#1{\a:underleftrightarrow \o:underleftrightarrow:{#1}\b:underleftrightarrow} \HLet\underleftrightarrow|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{underleftrightarrow}{2} >>> \<plain, fontmath, amstex\><<< \def\:temp#1{\a:overbrace \mathop{\hbox{\b:overbrace $\o:overbrace:{#1}$\c:overbrace}}\limits} \HLet\overbrace|=\:temp \NewConfigure{overbrace}{3} \def\:temp#1{\a:underbrace \mathop{\hbox{$\b:underbrace \o:underbrace:{#1}\c:underbrace$}}\limits} \HLet\underbrace|=\:temp \NewConfigure{underbrace}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{New Accents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% For non-pictorial accents \''\c', \''\b', and \''\d', we want just the accented part. The default definitions provide an alternative options. In the last two cases, the \''\accent' command uses faked access number. \<revised accent definitions\><<< \def\:temp#1{{\accent24 #1}} \let\c:accent|=\c \HLet\c:accent|=\:temp \let\c|=\c:accent >>> \<revised latex accent definitions\><<< \def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rmfamily\accent0 \next#1}} \let\b:accent|=\b \HLet\b:accent|=\:temp \let\b|=\b:accent \def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rmfamily\accent1 \next#1}} \let\d:accent|=\d \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp \let\d|=\d:accent >>> \<revised plain accent definitions\><<< \def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rm\accent0 \next#1}} \let\b:accent|=\b \HLet\b:accent|=\:temp \let\b|=\b:accent \def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rm\accent1 \next#1}} \let\d:accent|=\d \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp \let\d|=\d:accent >>> The last two faked fonts, similar to the definition of \''\t' in plain.tex. There, however, we have \''\the\textfont1' instead of \''\rm' and \''\rmfamily', which doesn't work in LaTeX for some reasons (what are the reasons?). \Section{Accents through `accents' Configurations} When \''\hat{foo}' is encountered, a search is made for an \`'??-i' that equals \`'foo' in the given accent table. If found, do-found is executed; otherwise, do-not-found is executed. The do-found can reference the ??-out through \`'#1'. The do-not-found can reference the old definition of \`'\hat' through \`'#1' and the foo through \`'#2'. \<accents\><<< \NewConfigure{accents}[2]{\def\a:accents##1##2{#1}% \def\b:accents##1##2##3{#2}} >>> \List{*} \item \`'\HChar{...}' sends forward a character to the next printable char (can be refined to specific characters). That is, it uses the character of the command, with the decoration of the character that follows. \item \`'\special{t4ht@+...}' sends forward a string to the next printable chr \EndList The space in the definition of \`'\check:sc' is to deal with caese like \`'cmcsc10 at 14.4pt'. \<temp patch for accents on small capsPRE-CSS\><<< \def\check:sc#1 #2|<par del|>{\Check:sc#1} \def\Check:sc#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9*{% \gdef\Check:sc##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9*{% {\if #1##1\if #2##2\if ##3#3\if ##4#4\if ##5#5\if ##6#6\if ##7#7% \if ##8#8\aftergroup\sc:reg:ac\else \sc:digits#8##8|<par del|>\fi \else \sc:digits#7##7#8##8|<par del|>\fi \else \sc:digits#6##6#7##7#8##8|<par del|>\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}} {\scshape\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\check:sc \expandafter\fontname\expandafter\font \space |<par del|>xxxxxxxx*} \def\get:sc{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\check:sc \expandafter\fontname\expandafter\font \space |<par del|>xxxxxxxx*} \def\sc:reg:ac#1#2#3{\nxt:srch {#3}aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVxXyYzZ\i I\j J% {}{}//{#1}{#2}} \def\nxt:srch#1#2{\if #1#2\expandafter\:found \else\expandafter\not:found\fi{#1}} \def\:found#1#2#3//#4#5{\a:textscaccent#4{#5}{#2}\b:textscaccent} \def\not:found#1#2#3{\if !#3!\expandafter\endnot:found \else\expandafter\nxt:srch\fi{#1}{#3}} \def\endnot:found#1#2//#3#4{#3{#4}{#1}} |<sc digits|> \let\acp:csv=\acp:c \def\acp:c#1#2{\get:sc\acp:csv{#1}{#2}} \NewConfigure{textscaccent}{2} >>> The checking for digits is needed for cases like \`'eccc1000' vesrus \`'eccc1200'. Eg.g, \Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \begin{document} \textsc{Po\'e} \Large \textsc{Po\'e} \end{document} \EndVerbatim \<sc digits\><<< \def\sc:digits#1#2|<par del|>{% \sc:dig{0}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{1}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{2}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{3}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{4}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{5}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{6}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{7}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{8}{#1}{#2}% \sc:dig{9}{#1}{#2}} \def\sc:dig#1#2#3{% \if #1#2\if !#3!\aftergroup\sc:reg:ac \expandafter\no:sc \else \expandafter\sc:digits\fi #3|<par del|>% \fi } \def\no:sc#1|<par del|>{} >>> The second operands must be a single parameter macro. The previous to the last field must be empty, and the last one is not used. The following put characters over each other and indirectly takes care of \''\b', \''\d', and \`'\ooalign'. \<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign\><<< \def\:temp#1{\leavevmode\a:oalign\o:oalign:{#1}\b:oalign} \HLet\oalign|=\:temp \NewConfigure{oalign}{2} >>> \Section{Math Classes to Symbols} \SubSection{Type 5: Math Close} \SubSection{Type 1: Op} Can come in characters \`'\mathchardef\coprod="1360 \mathchardef\bigvee="1357 \mathchardef\bigwedge="1356 \mathchardef\biguplus="1355 \mathchardef\bigcap="1354 \mathchardef\bigcup="1353 \mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits} \mathchardef\prod="1351 \mathchardef\sum="1350 \mathchardef\bigotimes="134E \mathchardef\bigoplus="134C \mathchardef\bigodot="134A \mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits} \mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346 \mathchardef\smallint="1273' or as functions \''\mathop{\rm log}',.... In plain.tex, the \''\limits' and \''\nolimits' are used only after \''\mathop'. Without the following we get a complain from \`'$\arctan (2)$' about \''\nolimits' not following the operator immediately in \`'fonts' mode. This is so because the definition \`'\arctan ->\mathop {\rm arctan}\nolimits ' gets output of code from \''\rm'. \<html math and non-math symbols???\><<< \def\:temp{\nopic:gobble\o:nolimits:} \HLet\nolimits|=\:temp \def\:temp{\nopic:gobble\o:limits:} \HLet\limits|=\:temp >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Type 6 is for punctuation (\''\mathpunc', in LaTeX), and type 7 is ``variable ord''. \`'latex.ltx:\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\operator@font mod}\,\,#1)} ' ??? %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Soul} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<soul.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % soul.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<soul hooks|> \Hinput{soul} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{soul} \<soul hooks\><<< \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textcaps \endcsname#1{\a:textcaps #1\b:textcaps} \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname texthl \endcsname#1{\a:texthl \SOUL@hlcolor{#1}\b:texthl} \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textso \endcsname#1{\a:textso #1\b:textso} \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textst \endcsname#1{\a:textst \SOUL@stcolor{#1}\b:textst} \expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textul \endcsname#1{\a:textul \SOUL@ulcolor{#1}\b:textul} \NewConfigure{textcaps}{2} \NewConfigure{texthl}{2} \NewConfigure{textso}{2} \NewConfigure{textst}{2} \NewConfigure{textul}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Underline and Overline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \''\ovrline' and \''\undeline' are not macros so they can't be redefined with \''\pend:defI'. \<plain math\><<< \def\:temp#1{\relax \ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:underline\hbox{$#1$}\b:underline} \HLet\underline|=\:temp \NewConfigure{underline}{2} >>> Some environments call \Verb+\@@underline+ directly, so we want this macro also to be defined directly. However, this macro always appears within math mode, so deine also \Verb+\underline+ directly. \<latex math\><<< \def\underline#1{% \relax \ifmmode\o:@@underline:{#1}% \else $\o:@@underline:{\hbox{#1}}\m@th$\relax\fi} \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:underline \o:@@underline:{#1}\b:underline} \HLet\@@underline|=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:underline \o:underline:{#1}\b:underline} \HLet\underline|=\:tempc \NewConfigure{underline}{2} >>> \<plain,latex math\><<< \def\:temp#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi \a:overline\hbox{$|<empty base for sub/sup|>#1$}\b:overline} \HLet\overline|=\:temp \NewConfigure{overline}{2} >>> \<empty base for sub/sup\><<< {\HCode{}}>>> \Section{MathJax} \<latex math\><<< \NewConfigure{MathjaxSource}{1} >>> \Section{Space Characters} We have the definition \`'\def~{\penalty \@M \ }' in TeX, and in LaTeX it is also defined through \`'\ '. The relax is to avoid end-of-line for the control character. \<config latex.ltx shared\><<< \let\sp:c|=\ |<latex,plain sp|> \def\:nbsp{\ifx\EndPicture\:UnDef\protect\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}\a:HChar\else\leavevmode\nobreak\ \fi} \def\:ensp{\protect\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2002{59}}\a:HChar} \HLet\nobreakspace\:nbsp >>> \<config plain shared\><<< \let\sp:c|=\space |<latex,plain sp|>% \def\:nbsp{\ifx\EndPicture\:UnDef\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}\a:HChar\else\leavevmode\nobreak\ \fi} \def\:ensp{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2002{59}}\a:HChar} >>> \<latex,plain sp\><<< \def\ {\relax\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:sp \else \sp:c\fi} \NewConfigure{ }[1]{\def\:temp{#1}% \ifx \:temp\empty \let\a:sp|=\sp:c\else\def\a:sp{#1}\fi} \Configure{ }{\:nbsp} >>> % \leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string }x Had \`'\let\sp:c|=\ \relax', but manual of TeXproject didn't accept it. %%%%%%%%%%% \Part{TeX Formats} %%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Plain} %%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Outline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<plain.4ht\><<< % plain.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<exit if already loaded|> |<record ams definitions|> |<elements for divs|> |<tex divisions|> |<fontmath + plain classes|> |<plain, amsmath, amstex|> |<elements for lists|> |<html lists|> |<html tex divs|> |<plain vfootnote|> |<html tex settabs|> |<html tex halign|> |<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign|> |<html local env|> |<more html tex|> |<html tex env|> |<html tex floats|> |<html TeX4ht local env|> \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option |<revised accent definitions|> |<revised plain accent definitions|> |<new accents|> \else |<accents|> \fi |<text symbols|> |<shared plain,eplain|> |<config plain utilities|> |<plain,latex utilities|> |<config plain shared|> |<config plain-latex shared|> |<plain,latex bordermatrix|> |<displaylines|> |<plain,latex math symbols|> |<plain math symbols|> |<plain math|> |<plain halign-based math|> |<plain,latex math|> |<html plain|> |<html plain+|> |%keep last in html mode|% \Hinput{plain} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{plain} \<html plain\><<< \footline={\hfil} \headline={\hfil} >>> \<eplain config\><<< \footline={\hfil} \headline={\hfil} |<date utility|> >>> \<plain,latex utilities\><<< |<date utility|> >>> \<date utility\><<< \tmp:cnt|=\time \divide\tmp:cnt |by 60 \edef\:temp{\the\tmp:cnt} \multiply\tmp:cnt |by -60 \advance\tmp:cnt |by \time \edef\:today{\the\year-\ifnum \month<10 0\fi \the\month-\ifnum \day<10 0\fi\the\day \space\ifnum \:temp<10 0\fi \:temp :\ifnum \tmp:cnt<10 0\fi\the\tmp:cnt :00} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{TeX: Eqalign} \<plain eqalign pattern\><<< $\displaystyle{#}$&$\displaystyle{{}#}$% >>> \<plain halign-based math\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalign}{#1}} \HLet\eqalign|=\:tempc \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:eqalign!1{\null\vcenter{\m@th \Mk:ialign:egroup {|<plain eqalign pattern|>}{eqalign}{!1}#{}}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \NewConfigure{eqalign}{6} >>> \<plain halign-based math\><<< \def\Mk:ialign:egroup#1#2#3#4#5{% % \csname a:#2\endcsname \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef |<SaveMkHalignConfig|>#5\RecallTeXcr \MkHalign#4{#1}#3\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \else \csname o:#2:\endcsname{#3}% \fi % \csname b:#2\endcsname } >>> Test: \Verbatim \csname tex4ht\endcsname $\eqalign{ 1111&2222\cr }$ \bye \EndVerbatim \SubSection{TeX: eqalignno} \<plain eqalignno pattern\><<< $\@lign\displaystyle{#}$% &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}#}$% &\hbox{$\@lign#$}% >>> \<plain halign-based math\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalignno}{#1}} \HLet\eqalignno|=\:tempc \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:eqalignno!1{\Mk:ialign:egroup {|<plain eqalignno pattern|>}{eqalignno}{!1}#{}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \NewConfigure{eqalignno}{6} \def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign}{}{}} >>> \SubSection{TeX: leqalignno} \<plain halign-based math\><<< \def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{leqalignno}{#1}} \HLet\leqalignno|=\:tempc \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6 \def\reg:leqalignno!1{\Mk:ialign:egroup {|<plain eqalignno pattern|>}{leqalignno}{!1}#{}} \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 \NewConfigure{leqalignno}{6} >>> \SubSection{Tabbing} LaTeX disables: \`'\tabs', \`'\tabsdone', \''settabs', \''\+', \''\tabset', \''\cleartabs', and \''\settabs'. No need for \`'\:CheckOption{settabs-} \if:Option \else ....\fi' because we can use \`'\Configure{settabs}{}{}{}{}{}'. The following is from plain TeX. The following is for \`'\outer\def\+{\settabs}'. \<html tex settabs\><<< \def\gt:tab{\def\:temp##1.##2//{##1}\tmp:dim|=\m:tab\wd\z@} |<set a settabs element|> |<set a settabs row|> >>> \<config plain utilities\><<< \def\E:tabalign#1{\def\e:tabalgn{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef #1\fi}} \def\c:settabs:{\c:def\:tempa{settabs}\futurelet\:temp\:tblgn} >>> \<html tex settabs\><<< \pend:def\settabs{\e:tabalgn} >>> The \''\leavevmode' below save from paragraph breaks between lines. \`'\Configure{settabs}[dec const]' for table magnified by the given decimal constant. \`'\Configure{settabs}{at-settabs}{at \+}{at \cr}{before elem}{after elem}' for user-defined configuration. The \`'at-settabs' is useful for tables \`'\settabs..\+..\cr\+..\cr...' that are defined within dedicated groups. \<set a settabs element\><<< \def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup |<last col; no dim|>% \else\hss\egroup |<col dim|>% \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% \ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}% \else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi \global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \c:tabalgn \fi \box\z@ \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \d:tabalgn \fi} >>> \<col dim\><<< \edef\TabWidth{\expandafter\:temp\the\tmp:dim//}% >>> \<last col; no dim\><<< \let\TabWidth|=\empty >>> \<set a settabs row\><<< \def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs \global\setbox\tabsdone\null \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup \ifus@ \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:tabalgn \fi \unvbox\z@\lastbox \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \b:tabalgn \fi \fi\endgroup \setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}% \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse |<ialign|>\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr} >>> \Verbatim \ifx \us@false\:UnDef \def\:tempa{\expandafter\let\csname ifus@\endcsname|=} \expandafter\:tempa\csname iftrue\endcsname \fi \EndVerbatim \''\ialign' stands for initialized \''\halign'. \<ialign\><<< \everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\TeXhalign >>> \Section{Discrete Structures} \SubSection{Sections and Proclaims} \<config plain shared\><<< \expandafter\let\csname beginsection\endcsname\relax \NewSection\beginsection{}{} \let\begin:section\beginsection \expand:after{\csname outer\endcsname\def}\csname beginsection\endcsname#1\par{\smallskip \message{#1}\begin:section{#1}\smallskip\noindent} >>> \<config plain shared\><<< \edef\:temp{\let\noexpand\o:proclaim:|=\expandafter\noexpand \csname proclaim\endcsname}\:temp \expandafter\def\csname proclaim\endcsname#1. #2\par{\medbreak \a:proclaim\noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}\b:proclaim {\sl#2\par}\c:proclaim\medskip} \NewConfigure{proclaim}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Items} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<plain+ env\><<< \def\textindent#1{\indent \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\hbox \else\expandafter\llap\fi {{#1\enspace}}\ignorespaces} >>> Extra braces for fonts. % \SubSection{item} \<plain+ env\><<< \def\:temp#1{\:ilist \let\:ilist|=\empty \def\EnditemList{\end:ilist \let\EnditemList|=\empty}% \a:item {#1}\b:item} \HLet\item|=\:temp \long\def\c:item:#1#2#3#4{ \let\EnditemList|=\empty \c:def\:ilist{#1} \c:def\end:ilist{#2\c:def\:iilist{#1}} \c:def\a:item{#3} \c:def\b:item{#4}} >>> If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to introduce \''\EnditemList'. \SubSection{itemitem} \<plain+ itemitem list\><<< \def\:temp#1{\:iilist \let\:iilist|=\empty \def\EnditemitemList{\end:iilist \let\EnditemitemList|=\empty}% \a:iitem {#1}\b:iitem} \HLet\itemitem|=\:temp \long\def\c:itemitem:#1#2#3#4{ \let\EnditemitemList|=\empty \c:def\:iilist{#1}% \c:def\end:iilist{#2\c:def\:iilist{#1}} \c:def\a:iitem{#3} \c:def\b:iitem{#4}} >>> If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to introduce \''\EnditemitemList'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{/Line} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Why \''\centerline' are defined also for latex and non-sty env, but \''\line' not. Check \''\a:leftline' and \''\b:leftline' before making any change in \''\line'. \<plain+ env\><<< \pend:def\line{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \hbox{\ht:everypar{}\a:line}\fi} >>> The \`'\hbox' on the group is required for preserving vertical modes. \<config plain utilities\><<< \NewConfigure{line}{1} >>> \SubSection{Centerline, Leftline, Rightline} The original for the following is \`'\def\centerline#1{\line{\hss#1\hss}}'. We replace the \''\line' with \''\hbox', because the earlier produces html code of itself, and surrounding horizontal space from its definition as \''\hbox to \hsize'. Similarly is the case for \''\leftline' and \''\rightline'. \<html tex env\><<< \pend:defI\centerline{\pic:gobble\cnt:a} \append:defI\centerline{\pic:gobble\cnt:b} \pend:defI\leftline{\pic:gobble\lft:a} \append:defI\leftline{\pic:gobble\lft:b} \pend:defI\rightline{\pic:gobble\a:rightline} \append:defI\rightline{\pic:gobble\b:rightline} >>> In the \`'sty' mode we have the following configuration. Otherwise, the configuration is empty. \<config plain utilities\><<< \NewConfigure{centerline}[2]{\c:def \cnt:a{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\cnt:b{\b:leftline{#2}}} \NewConfigure{leftline}[2]{\c:def \lft:a{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\lft:b{\b:leftline{#2}}} \NewConfigure{rightline}[2]{\c:def \a:rightline{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\b:rightline{\b:leftline{#2}}} \long\def\a:leftline#1{{\ht:everypar{}#1}\expandafter\hbox\:gobble} \long\def\b:leftline#1{{\ht:everypar{}#1}} >>> \Section{Other} \<more html tex\><<< \let\makeheadline|=\empty \let\makefootline|=\empty >>> \SubSection{Plain +} \<html plain+\><<< \:CheckOption{plain-} \if:Option \else \Log:Note{for reduced implementation, use the command line option `plain-'} |<plain+ env|> |<plain+ itemitem list|> \fi >>> \SubSection{Narrower} \<plain+ env\><<< \pend:def\narrower{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \aftergroup\b:narrower \a:narrower \fi} >>> \<config plain utilities\><<< \NewConfigure{narrower}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{manmac} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<manmac.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % manmac.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<manmac hooks|> |<manmac chapter|> |<manmac demo|> |<manmac config|> \Hinput{manmac} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{manmac} \<manmac config\><<< \def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{\sp}\else\let\next=\beginxref\fi\next} {\catcode`\^=\active \global\let ^=\specialhat } >>> \<manmac hooks\><<< \proofmodefalse \let\setcornerrules\empty \let\o:exercise:=\exercise \let\exercise\:UnDef \def\exercise{\a:exercise \csname o:exercise:\endcsname\b:exercise} \NewConfigure{exercise}{2} \pend:def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\aftergroup\par\:gobble} \def\checkequals#1#2{} \append:def\beginlines{\everypar{\strut\HtmlPar}} \outer\def\begindisplay{\o:obeylines:\startdisplay} {\catcode`\#=13 \catcode`\@=6 \catcode`\^=7 \o:obeylines:\gdef\startdisplay@1 {\catcode`\^^M=5@1\bgroup % \Configure{MkHalign}% {\csname a:manmac-display\endcsname}% {\csname b:manmac-display\endcsname}% {\csname c:manmac-display\endcsname}% {\csname d:manmac-display\endcsname}% {\csname e:manmac-display\endcsname}% {\csname f:manmac-display\endcsname}% \let\par\endgraf % \MkHalign#{\indent#\hfil&&\qquad#\hfil}}} \outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\EndMkHalign\egroup} \NewConfigure{manmac-display}{6} \outer\def\begintt{\a:ttenv \bgroup\let\par=\endgraf \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@ \catcode`\||=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish} {\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\||=0 ||catcode`||\=\other % ||o:obeylines: % end of line is active ||gdef||ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1||vbox{#2}||endgroup||egroup ||b:ttenv}} \NewConfigure{ttenv}{2} >>> \<manmac hooks\><<< \pend:def\d@nger{\medbreak\a:danger\:gobble} \append:def\d@nger{\aftergroup\b:danger} \pend:def\dd@nger{\medbreak\a:ddanger\:gobble} \append:def\dd@nger{\aftergroup\b:ddanger} \NewConfigure{danger}{2} \NewConfigure{ddanger}{2} >>> \<manmac chapter\><<< \def\:tempc#1 #2#3. #4\par{\vfill\break \ifodd\pageno \advancepageno\fi \let\SV:halign\halign \let\halign\TeXhalign \let\title:page\def \bb:chapter \global\let\bb:chapter=\b:chapter \a:chapter \c:chapter \o:beginchapter:{#1} {#2}{#3}. {#4}\par \d:chapter \let\halign\SV:halign } \HLet\beginchapter\:tempc >>> \<manmac chapter\><<< \expandafter\let\expandafter\:endchapter\csname endchapter\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname endchapter\endcsname{% \let\title:page\:UnDef \bb:chapter \global\let\bb:chapter=\empty \csname :endchapter\endcsname \everypar{\sl\HtmlPar}} \pend:def\at:docend{\bb:chapter} \let\bb:chapter=\empty \NewConfigure{chapter}{4} >>> \<manmac chapter\><<< \pend:def\titlepage{% \ifx \title:page\def \else \let\title:page\:UnDef \bb:chapter \a:titlepage \global\let\bb:chapter=\b:titlepage \fi } \NewConfigure{titlepage}{2} >>> \<manmac hooks\><<< \catcode`\!6 \catcode`\#13 \def\:tempc!1!2{% !1=width, !2=text \vtop{% \Configure{MkHalign}\a:sampleglue\b:sampleglue\c:sampleglue % \d:sampleglue\e:sampleglue\f:sampleglue \MkHalign#{\hfil#}!2\cr\EndMkHalign}} \HLet\sampleglue\:tempc \catcode`\!12 \catcode`\#6 \NewConfigure{sampleglue}{6} >>> \<\><<< \expandafter\let\expandafter\:beginmathdemo\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname{\bgroup \expandafter\everydisplay\expandafter{\expandafter \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}% \csname :beginmathdemo\endcsname } \expandafter\let\expandafter\:endmathdemo\csname endmathdemo\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname endmathdemo\endcsname{% \csname :endmathdemo\endcsname\egroup} >>> \<manmac demo\><<< \catcode`\#=13 |<manmac math demo|> \catcode`\#=6 \expandafter\def\csname endmathdemo\endcsname{\EndMkHalign\egroup} >>> \<manmac math demo\><<< \expandafter\def\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname{\par\bgroup \Configure{MkHalign}\a:mathdemo\b:mathdemo\c:mathdemo \d:mathdemo\e:mathdemo\f:mathdemo \MkHalign#{#\hfil&$#$\hfil}} \NewConfigure{mathdemo}{6} >>> \<manmac math demo\><<< \outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo {\par\bgroup \Configure{MkHalign}\a:displaymathdemo \b:displaymathdemo \c:displaymathdemo \d:displaymathdemo \e:displaymathdemo \f:displaymathdemo \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 160pt{#\hfil}&$\displaystyle{#}$\hfil}} \NewConfigure{displaymathdemo}{6} >>> \<manmac math demo\><<< \outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{\par\bgroup \Configure{MkHalign}\a:longmathdemo \b:longmathdemo \c:longmathdemo \d:longmathdemo \e:longmathdemo \f:longmathdemo \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 210pt{#\hfil}&$#$\hfil}} \NewConfigure{longmathdemo}{6} >>> \<manmac math demo\><<< \outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo {\par\bgroup \Configure{MkHalign}\a:longdisplaymathdemo \b:longdisplaymathdemo \c:longdisplaymathdemo \d:longdisplaymathdemo \e:longdisplaymathdemo \f:longdisplaymathdemo \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 210pt{#\hfil}&$\displaystyle{#}$\hfil}} \NewConfigure{longdisplaymathdemo}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{mex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mex.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % mex.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{mex} \endinput >>> \AddFile{8}{mex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{eplain} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<eplain.4ht\><<< % eplain.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> |<shared plain,eplain|> |<eplain hooks|> |<eplain listing|> |<eplain bbl|> |<eplain toc|> |<eplain index|> |<eplain dates|> |<eplain vfootnote|> |<eplain lists|> |<eplain cols|> |<eplain config|> \Hinput{eplain} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{eplain} \<eplain bbl\><<< \def\@citedef#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname \@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{\a:cite\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink\b:cite}} \NewConfigure{cite}{2} \def\biblabelprint#1{% \noindent \hbox to \biblabelwidth{% \biblabelprecontents \a:bibitem \bgroup \def\csname##1##2##3{##2}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Link{}{#1}}% \expandafter\egroup \:temp \biblabelcontents{#1}% \EndLink \b:bibitem \biblabelpostcontents }% \kern\biblabelextraspace }% \NewConfigure{bibitem}{2} >>> \<eplain bbl\><<< \def\:tempc{% \let\:bblhook\bblhook \append:def\bblhook{\expandafter\everypar \expandafter{\the\everypar \HtmlPar}}% \a:bibliography \o:@readbblfile: \b:bibliography \let\bblhook\:bblhook} \HLet\@readbblfile=\:tempc \NewConfigure{bibliography}{2} >>> \<eplain hooks\><<< \pend:def\flushleft{\a:flushleft} \append:def\flushleft{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:flushleft}} \pend:def\@endflushleft{\b:flushleft} \NewConfigure{flushleft}{3} \pend:def\flushright{\a:flushright} \append:def\flushright{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:flushright}} \pend:def\@endflushright{\b:flushright} \NewConfigure{flushright}{3} \pend:def\center{\a:center} \append:def\center{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:center}} \pend:def\@endcenter{\b:center} \NewConfigure{center}{3} >>> \<eplain cols\><<< \catcode`\:=12 \def\makecolumns#1/#2: {\par \begingroup \@columndepth = #1 \advance\@columndepth by #2 \advance\@columndepth by -1 \divide \@columndepth by #2 \@linestogoincolumn = \@columndepth \@linestogo = #1 \currentcolumn = 1 \def\@endcolumnactions{% \ifnum \@linestogo<2 \the\crtok \egroup \csname b:makecolumns\endcsname \endgroup \par \else \global\advance\@linestogo by -1 \ifnum\@linestogoincolumn<2 \global\advance\currentcolumn by 1 \global\@linestogoincolumn = \@columndepth \expandafter\gdef\csname :makecolumn\endcsname{\csname c:makecolumns\endcsname \expandafter\global\expandafter\let \csname :makecolumn\endcsname\empty}\the\crtok \else &\global\advance\@linestogoincolumn by -1 \fi \fi }% \makeactive\^^M \letreturn \@endcolumnactions \@columnwidth = \hsize \advance\@columnwidth by -\parindent \divide\@columnwidth by #2 \penalty\abovecolumnspenalty \noindent \csname a:makecolumns\endcsname \valign\bgroup &\hbox to \@columnwidth{\strut \hsize = \@columnwidth \csname d:makecolumns\endcsname ##\csname e:makecolumns\endcsname \csname :makecolumn\endcsname \hfil}\cr } \catcode`\:=11 \let\:makecolumn=\empty \NewConfigure{makecolumns}{5} >>> \<eplain cols\><<< \def\@columns#1{\def\NumColumns{#1}\a:columns\singlecolumn \ifx \@ndcolumns\relax \let\@ndcolumns=\empty \fi \append:def\@ndcolumns{\b:columns}} \NewConfigure{columns}{2} >>> \<eplain index\><<< \pend:defII\@idxwrite{% \csname if@\@idxprefix indexfileopened\endcsname \else \expandafter\immediate\openout\csname @\@idxprefix indexfile\endcsname = \indexfilebasename.\@idxprefix dx \expandafter\global\csname @\@idxprefix indexfileopenedtrue\endcsname \fi \warn:idx{\jobname}\html:addr \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}{}% \edef\:temp{\write\expandafter\noexpand\csname @\@idxprefix indexfile\endcsname{\string \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber \FileNumber}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{}}}\:temp } |<theindex warning|> \ind:defs >>> \<eplain hooks\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{% \html:addr \o:definexref:{#1}{\Protect \Link{xref\last:haddr}{}#2\Protect\EndLink}{#3}% \Link{}{xref\last:haddr}\EndLink } \HLet\definexref\:tempc >>> \<eplain lists\><<< \NewConfigure{li}{2} \def\@finli{% \a:li \ifnum\itemnumber=1 \else \interitemskip \fi \printitem \b:li \ifx\@optionalarg\empty \else \expandafter\writeitemxref\expandafter{\@optionalarg}% \fi \advance\itemnumber by 1 \advance\itemletter by 1 \advance\itemromannumeral by 1 \ignorespaces } \NewConfigure{numberedlist}{4} \append:def\numberedlist{\a:numberedlist \Configure{li}{\c:numberedlist}{\d:numberedlist}} \pend:def\endnumberedlist{\b:numberedlist} \NewConfigure{orderedlist}{4} \append:def\orderedlist{\a:orderedlist \Configure{li}{\c:orderedlist}{\d:orderedlist}} \pend:def\endorderedlist{\b:orderedlist} \NewConfigure{unorderedlist}{4} \append:def\unorderedlist{\a:unorderedlist \Configure{li}{\c:unorderedlist}{\d:unorderedlist}} \pend:def\endunorderedlist{\b:unorderedlist} >>> \<eplain listing\><<< \def\listing#1{\par \begingroup \a:listing \@setuplisting \setuplistinghook \input #1 \b:listing \endgroup }% \append:def\linenumberedlisting{% \everypar = {\advance\lineno by 1 \HtmlPar \printlistinglineno}} \NewConfigure{listing}{2} >>> \<eplain toc\><<< \pend:defI\readcontentsfile{\a:contents} \append:defI\readcontentsfile{\b:contents} \NewConfigure{contents}{2} >>> \<eplain toc\><<< \def\tocchapterentry#1#2{\line{\bf \a:tocchapterentry #1\b:tocchapterentry #2\c:tocchapterentry}}% \def\tocsectionentry#1#2{\line{\sl \a:tocsectionentry #1\b:tocsectionentry #2\c:tocsectionentry}}% \def\tocsubsectionentry#1#2{\line{\rm \a:tocsubsectionentry #1\b:tocsubsectionentry #2\c:tocsubsectionentry}}% \NewConfigure{tocchapterentry}{3} \NewConfigure{tocsectionentry}{3} \NewConfigure{tocsubsectionentry}{3} >>> \<eplain toc\><<< \HAssign\toc:N=0 \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \def\:temp##1{% \o:writenumberedcontentsentry:{#1}{#2}% {\Link{toc-##1}{}#3\EndLink}{#4}}% \expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\toc:N}% \Link{}{toc-\toc:N}\EndLink \gHAdvance\toc:N by 1 } \HLet\writenumberedcontentsentry=\:tempc >>> \<eplain dates\><<< \let\:tempc\monthname \pend:def\:tempc{\a:monthname} \append:def\:tempc{\b:monthname} \HLet\monthname\:tempc \let\:tempc\fullmonthname \pend:def\:tempc{\a:monthname} \append:def\:tempc{\b:monthname} \HLet\fullmonthname\:tempc \NewConfigure{monthname}{2} \let\:tempc\timestring \pend:def\:tempc{\a:timestring} \append:def\:tempc{\b:timestring} \HLet\timestring\:tempc \NewConfigure{timestring}{2} \let\:tempc\timestamp \pend:def\:tempc{\a:timestamp} \append:def\:tempc{\b:timestamp} \HLet\timestamp\:tempc \NewConfigure{timestamp}{2} \let\:tempc\today \pend:def\:tempc{\a:today} \append:def\:tempc{\b:today} \HLet\today\:tempc \NewConfigure{today}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{ConTeXt} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% texexec try [--pdf]; psc texexec try ; mk4ht xhcontext try \Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main\string _Page]{}{}wiki\EndLink{} (\Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE]{}{}wiki tables\EndLink{}) \Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/]{}{}home\EndLink{} (\Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/general/manuals/mp-cb-en.pdf]{}{}manual\EndLink), \Link[http://www.berenddeboer.net/tex/LaTeX2ConTeXt.pdf]{}{}LaTeX in proper ConTeXt\EndLink, \Link[http://www.tug.org/ftp/texlive/Contents/live/texmf/doc/context-omega/context-help.html]{}{}fonts\EndLink \Link[http://dictionaries.travlang.com/DutchEnglish/]{}{}Dutch dictionary\EndLink \Link[http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/]{}{}math in context\EndLink{} (see mathalign.tex/.pdf) \Verbatim Words need replacement: > formulenummer > plaatsblok placefloat > doplaatskopnummer placeheadnumber > tekst/teskt text > commando command > nummercommando numbercommand > sectie section > opelkaar packed > plaats samengesteldelijst place combinedlist > inhoud content \EndVerbatim \<context.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % context.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<context with special chars|> \catcode`\!=11 \catcode`\?=11 |<utilities for context|> |<context page-txt|> |<context page-flt|> |<context core-sec|> |<context core-job|> |<context core-sys|> |<context core-spa|> |<context core-lst|> |<context core-itm|> |<context core-des|> |<context core-ver|> |<context core-flt|> |<context core-fig|> |<context core-mat|> |<context thrd-tab, core-tab|> |<context core-tbl|> |<context core-reg|> |<context core-log|> |<context core-ref|> |<context core-ps|> |<context core-rul|> |<context core-ntb|> |<context core-mis|> |<context core-not|> |<context core-buf|> |<context hooks|> |<context supp-mps|> \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\?=12 \Hinput{context} \endinput >>> \AddFile{7}{context} \<m-tex4ht.tex\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % m-tex4ht.tex |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \input tex4ht.sty \appendtoks \Preamble{\env{opt-arg},,xhtml}\EndPreamble \to \everystarttext \endinput >>> \<context core-ps \><<< \def\dostopcolormode{\special {\b:color}} \def\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3{\special{\a:color{#1}{#2}{#3}}} \def\dostartgraymode#1{\special{\a:color{#1}{#1}{#1}}} \def\dostopgraymode{\special {\b:color}} \def\dostartgraycolormode#1{\special{\a:color{#1}{#1}{#1}}} %%% \def\dostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4{\special{t4ht=color cmyk #1 #2 #3 #4}} \NewConfigure{color}[2]{\def\a:color##1##2##3{#1}\def\b:color{#2}} \Configure{color}{}{} \newif\ifshowcolor \showcolorfalse \Configure{color} {\ifshowcolor t4ht=<span style="color:rgb(#1,#2,#3)">\fi} {\ifshowcolor t4ht=</span>\fi} >>> \<context core-rul\><<< \def\:tempc{\dontshowcomposition \a:framed \box\framebox \b:framed \egroup \egroup } \HLet\stoplocalframed\:tempc \NewConfigure{framed}{2} >>> \<context core-mis\><<< % \appendtoks \let\o:forgetall:\forgetall \append:def\forgetall{\expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar % \ifnum\textlevel>0 \ifx\EndPicture\:Undef \HtmlPar\fi % \fi }} % \to \everystarttext \def\:temp{\everybeforeshipout\bgroup\let\forgetall\o:forgetall: } \expandafter\:temp\the\everybeforeshipout} >>> \<context hooks\><<< \tmp:cnt\normaltime \divide\tmp:cnt 60 \edef\:temp{\the\tmp:cnt} \multiply\tmp:cnt -60 \advance\tmp:cnt \normaltime \edef\:today{\the\normalyear-\ifnum \normalmonth<10 0\fi \the\normalmonth-\ifnum \normalday<10 0\fi\the\normalday \space\ifnum \:temp<10 0\fi \:temp :\ifnum \tmp:cnt<10 0\fi\the\tmp:cnt :00} >>> \<context page-txt\><<< \headertextcontent={} \footertextcontent={} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Buffers} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-buf\><<< \def\dodoprocessTEXbuffer[#1][#2]{% |<add buffer config|>% \csname a:##1-buffer\endcsname \getvalue{\??bu#1\c!before}% \dobuffer{16}[#2]\readjobfile \getvalue{\??bu#1\c!after}% \csname b:#1-buffer\endcsname } \NewConfigure{-buffer}{2} >>> \<add buffer config\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1-buffer:\endcsname\relax \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1-buffer}{2} to equal \string\Configure{buffer}{...}{...}}% \NewConfigure{#1-buffer}{2}% \Configure{#1-buffer}{\a:buffer}{\b:buffer}% \fi >>> \<context core-buf\><<< \NewConfigure{buffer}{2} >>> \Verbatim ConTeXt has a bug in its caption numbers. For the code \starttext \placefigure[here][fig:1]{One}{xx} \placefigure[here][fig:2]{Two}{xxx} \stoptext texexec file: xx Figure 1 One xxx Figure 0 Two ^ texexec --pdf file: |___________ wrong xx Figure 1 One xxx Figure 2 Two \EndVerbatim %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Footnotes} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-not\><<< \def\dostartnote% nog gobble als in pagebody {\bgroup \settrue\processingnote \iftypesettinglines \ignorelines \fi |<context footnote mark|>% \ignorespaces \a:footnote \bgroup \penalty\notepenalty \forgetall \setnotebodyfont \redoconvertfont \bgroup {\ifx\lastnotenumber\empty \else |<context footnote target mark|>% \fi |<context footnote id|>}% \aftergroup\dostopnote \let\next} >>> \<context core-not\><<< \def\dostopnote{% \egroup \b:footnote \egroup \kern\notesignal\relax} \NewConfigure{footnote}{4} \NewConfigure{footnotemark}{2} >>> \<context footnote mark\><<< \begingroup \a:footnotemark \let\rawreference\:gobbleII \ifnotesymbol \dolastnotesymbol \else \unskip\unskip \globallet\lastnotesymbol\dolastnotesymbol \fi \b:footnotemark \endgroup >>> \<context footnote target mark\><<< \c:footnote \preparefullnumber{\??vn\currentnote}\lastnotenumber\preparednumber \doifelse{\noteparameter\c!interaction}\v!no {\noteparameter\c!numbercommand {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!nextpage\v!previouspage}}% {\gotobox{\noteparameter\c!command {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!nextpage\v!previouspage}}% [\s!fnt :f:\internalfootreference]}% \d:footnote >>> \<context footnote id\><<< \doifelse{\noteparameter\c!interaction}\v!no {\ifconditional\pagewisenotes \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt :t:\internalfootreference}{}% \fi}% {\rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt :t:\internalfootreference}{}}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Sectioning} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-sys\><<< \NewConfigure{sectie}{2} >>> \<context sec title env\><<< \edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -ko}% \verify:config\cur:Name{sectie}% \csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname \def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc \def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc >>> \<context chapter name\><<< \v!chapter >>> \<context section name\><<< \v!section >>> \<context subsection name\><<< \v!subsection >>> \<context subsubsection name\><<< \v!subsubsection >>> \<context subsubsubsection name\><<< \v!subsubsubsection >>> \<context subsubsubsubsection name\><<< \v!subsubsubsubsection >>> \<context chapter name pre 2005\><<< \v!hoofdstuk >>> \<context section name pre 2005\><<< \v!paragraaf >>> \<context subsection name pre 2005\><<< \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<context subsubsection name pre 2005\><<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<context subsubsubsection name pre 2005\><<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<context subsubsubsubsection name pre 2005\><<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<context core-sec\><<< \let\:doplaatskopnummertekst=\doplaatskopnummertekst \def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax \plaatskop:warning{#1}% \else |<gobble context sectioning head|>% \fi \:doplaatskopnummertekst{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax \else |<recover context sectioning head|>% \fi } >>> \<gobble context sectioning head\><<< \expandafter\let\expandafter\:tekstcommando \csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando \expandafter\endcsname \csname teskt:#1\endcsname >>> \<recover context sectioning head\><<< \expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando\endcsname \:tekstcommando >>> \<gobble context sectioning head\><<< \expandafter\let\expandafter\:nummercommando \csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname \:gobble >>> \<recover context sectioning head\><<< \expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname \:nummercommando >>> \<gobble context sectioning head\><<< \ifdisplaysectionhead \def\if:displaysectionhead{\displaysectionheadtrue}% \displaysectionheadfalse \else \def\if:displaysectionhead{\displaysectionheadfalse}% \fi >>> \<recover context sectioning head\><<< \if:displaysectionhead >>> \<context core-sec\><<< \def\plaatskop:warning#1{\expandafter \ifx \csname warn:#1\endcsname\relax \:warning{Unconfigured `#1'}% \expandafter\let\csname warn:#1\endcsname=\def \fi } >>> \<context core-sec name\><<< \:tempd{|<context chapter name|>} \:tempd{|<context section name|>} \:tempd{|<context subsection name|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsection name|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsubsection name|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name|>} >>> \<context core-sec name pre 2005\><<< \:tempd{|<context chapter name pre 2005|>} \:tempd{|<context section name pre 2005|>} \:tempd{|<context subsection name pre 2005|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsection name pre 2005|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsubsection name pre 2005|>} \:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name pre 2005|>} >>> \<context core-sec ????\><<< \let\:tempb=\part \Def:Section\part{\finalsectionnumber}{#1} \let\teskt:part=\part \let\part=\:tempb >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{Head Placement} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-sec\><<< \pend:defI\beginheadplacement{% \expandafter\ifx \csname c:##1-head:\endcsname\relax \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{##1-head}{3} to equal \string\Configure{headplacement}{...}{...}{...}}% \NewConfigure{##1-head}{3}% \Configure{##1-head}% {\a:headplacement}{\b:headplacement}{\c:headplacement}% \fi \csname c:##1-head\endcsname} \pend:defII\endheadplacement{\csname a:##1-head\endcsname} \append:defII\endheadplacement{\csname b:#1-head\endcsname} \NewConfigure{headplacement}{3} \Configure{headplacement}{}{}{\IgnorePar} >>> % \??ko#1\c!numbercommand % \??ko#1\c!textcommand \<context core-sec\><<< \def\:tmp#1{% \let\:tempb=#1% \Def:Section#1{\finalsectionnumber}{##1}% \expandafter\let \csname teskt:\expandafter\:gobble\string #1\endcsname=#1% \let#1=\:tempb } \def\:tempd#1{% |<config core-sec|>% \edef\:temp{#1}% \expandafter\:tmp\csname \:temp\endcsname } |<context core-sec name|> >>> \<config core-sec\><<< \NewConfigure{#1-ko}{2} \NewConfigure{#1-head}{3} \Configure{#1-head} {} {\csname teskt:#1\endcsname{\text:headplacement}} {% \Configure{#1-ko}{}{}% \expandafter\def\csname \??ko #1\c!numbercommand \endcsname{\gdef\deepnummber:headplacement}% \expandafter\def\csname \??ko #1\c!deeptextcommand \endcsname{\gdef\text:headplacement}% \IgnorePar } >>> \<\><<< \ifx \v!paragraaf\:UnDef |<context core-sec name|> |<context core-sec 2005|> \else |<context core-sec name pre 2005|> \fi >>> \<context core-sec 2005 \><<< \let\o:endheadplacement\endheadplacement \def\endheadplacement#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax \o:endheadplacement{#1}{#2}% \else \def\marking[##1]##2{\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\expandafter \endcsname\csname ##1\endcsname##2\fi}% \csname teskt:#1\endcsname{#2}% \fi } >>> The following is for mark-less (number-less) sectioning commands. \<context core-sec \><<< %%%%%% pre 2005 \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \ifverhoognummer \ifplaatskop \ifkopnummer \else \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:\v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname\relax \:warning{Sectioning \expandafter\string \csname \v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname ?}% \else \let\sv:endheadplacement\endheadplacement \def\endheadplacement##1##2{% \global\let\endheadplacement\sv:endheadplacement \setbox0=\hbox{}\endheadplacement{#1}{#4}% \def\finalsectionnumber{}% \csname teskt:\v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname{#3}% }% \fi\fi\fi\fi \o:doplaatskoptekst:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% } \ifx \doplaatskoptekst\:UnDef\else \HLet\doplaatskoptekst\:tempc \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Table of Contents} %%%%%%%%%%%%% Requested through \Verb+\completecontent+ and \Verb+\placecontent+. \<context core-lst\><<< \let\:doplaatssamengesteldelijst\doplaatssamengesteldelijst \def\doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{% \ifx #1\v!inhoud \expand:after{\TableOfContents[|<context default toc entries|>]}% \else \expand:after{\:doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]}% \fi } \NewConfigure{placecontent}[5]{% \def\a:tableofcontents{#1}% \def\b:tableofcontents{#2}% \def\c:tableofcontents{#3}% \def\d:tableofcontents{#4}% \def\e:tableofcontents{#5}} \Configure{placecontent}{}{}{}{}{} >>> \<context default toc entries\><<< part,chapter,section,subsection,subsubsection,% subsubsubsection,subsubsubsubsection% >>> \<context core-lst\><<< \def\dovolledigesamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{% \expandafter\ifx \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname \relax \expandafter\let \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname \empty \:warning{No configuration for `#1' (\expandafter\:gobble\string#1) head}% \fi \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname \expanded{\systemsuppliedtitle[#1]{\noexpand\headtext{#1}}}% \csname b:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname \doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]} >>> NOTE: REPLACE > plaats samengesteldelijst WITH place combinedlist \<context core-lst\><<< \NewConfigure{contenthead}[2]{% \def\a:v!inhoud:head{#1}\def\b:v!inhoud:head{#2}} \Configure{contenthead}{}{} >>> NOTE: REPLACE inhoud WITH content \<context list element\><<< \edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -li}% \verify:config\cur:Name{listelement}% |%lijstelement|% \csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname \def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc \def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc >>> \<context core-lst\><<< \NewConfigure{listelement}{2} \pend:def\dobeginoflist{\a:dolist} \append:def\doendoflist{\b:dolist} \NewConfigure{dolist}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Index} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-reg\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]#2#3{% \o:doprocesspageregister:[#1]{#2}{#3}% \def\:temp{\v!index}\ifx \:temp\currentregister \a:index \fi } \HLet\doprocesspageregister\:tempc \NewConfigure{index}{1} >>> \<context core-reg\><<< \NewConfigure{index-env}{2} \ifx \c!voor\:UnDef \else %%%%%% pre 2005 \expandafter\pend:def\csname \??id\v!index\c!voor\endcsname{\everypar{\HtmlPar}} \fi \ifx \c!na\:UnDef \else %%%%%% pre 2005 \expandafter\append:def\csname \??id\v!index\c!na\endcsname{\everypar{\HtmlPar}} \fi \ifx \c!commando\:UnDef \else %%%%%% pre 2005 \expandafter\pend:defI\csname \??id\v!index\c!commando\endcsname{\a:indexchar} \expandafter\append:defI\csname \??id\v!index\c!commando\endcsname{\b:indexchar} \fi \NewConfigure{indexchar}{2} >>> \<context core-reg\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\s!ind}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \a:indexpage\o:gotonextinternal:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% \else \o:gotonextinternal:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% \fi } \HLet\gotonextinternal\:tempc \def\c:indexpage:{\def\a:indexpage##1##2##3##4##5} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Floats} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-flt\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax |<add contex float configuration|>% \fi \csname a:#1\endcsname |<save everyinsidefloat|>% \expandafter\everyinsidefloat\expandafter{% \the\everyinsidefloat \restore:every \aftergroup\restore:every \expandafter \aftergroup\csname b:#1\endcsname |<EndP at end of float box|>% }% \o:dodocomplexplaatsblok:[#1]} \HLet\dodocomplexplaatsblok=\:tempc \NewConfigure{plaatsblok}{2} >>> NOTE: REPLACE plaatsblok WITH placefloat \<save everyinsidefloat\><<< \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\everyinsidefloat}% \def\restore:every{\expandafter\everyinsidefloat \expandafter{\the\tmp:toks}}% >>> \<EndP at end of float box\><<< \everyvbox{\everyvbox{}\bgroup \aftergroup\EndP\aftergroup\egroup}% \def\:tempc##1##2{% \let\dowithnextboxcontent\o:dowithnextboxcontent: \dowithnextboxcontent{##1}{\everyvbox{}##2}% }% \HLet\dowithnextboxcontent\:tempc >>> \<add contex float configuration\><<< \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2} initialized to \string\Configure{plaatsblok}}% \NewConfigure{#1}{2} \global\expandafter\let\csname c:#1:\expandafter\endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname \expandafter\gdef\csname a:#1\endcsname{\a:plaatsblok}% \expandafter\gdef\csname b:#1\endcsname{\b:plaatsblok}% >>> \<context core-flt\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \o:putcompletecaption:{#1}% {\a:caption#2\b:caption}% {\c:caption#3\d:caption}{#4}} \HLet\putcompletecaption\:tempc \NewConfigure{caption}{4} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Figures} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-fig\><<< \def\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]{% \doifsomething{#3}% {\bgroup \def\textunderscore{_}% brrr, temp hack \calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% \calculateexternalscreenfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% \a:externalfigure{#3}% \egroup}} \NewConfigure{externalfigure}{1} >>> Toc of figures: \<context core-fig\><<< \NewConfigure{figure-li}[4]{% \expandafter\def\csname a:figure-li\endcsname{% #1% \def\:tempc####1####2{#2\o:limitatedlistentry:{####1}{####2}#3}% \HLet\limitatedlistentry\:tempc }% \expandafter\def\csname b:figure-li\endcsname{#4}% } \Configure{figure-li}{}{}{}{} \NewConfigure{title-ko}{2} >>> Captions: \<context core-fig\><<< \NewConfigure{-@@kjfigure}{2} >>> \<context page-flt\><<< \def\dodocomplexplacefloat[#1][#2][#3]#4% {\flushnotes \flushsidefloats \ifsomefloatwaiting \doifinsetelse\v!always{#2} {\showmessage\m!floatblocks5\empty} {\expanded{\doifcommonelse{#2}{\flushfloatslist}}\doflushfloats \donothing}% \fi \ifmargeblokken \doifinset\v!margin{#2}\endgraf \fi \global\insidefloattrue \a:placefloat \begingroup \ifmargeblokken \doifinset\v!margin{#2}{\hsize\@@mbwidth}% \fi \the\everyinsidefloat \let\@@extrafloat\empty \presetmorefloatvariables{#2}% \aftergroup \b:placefloat \dowithnextboxcontent {\setlocalfloathsize \getvalue{\??fl#1\c!inner}% \fuzzysnappingfalse \postponenotes} % new {\doifvaluesomething{\??fl#1\c!criterium} {\ifdim\wd\nextbox>\getvalue{\??fl#1\c!criterium}\relax \edef\forcedfloatmethod{\executeifdefined {\??fl#1\c!fallback}\v!here}% \fi}% \xdocompletefloat{#1}{#3}{#1}{#2}{#1}{#4}% \doifnotinset\v!text{#2}{\carryoverpar\endgroup}% \global\sidefloatdownshift \zeropoint \global\sidefloatextrashift\zeropoint \ifparfloat \doifinset\v!reset{#2}\forgetsidefloats \doinhibitblank \fi}% \vbox} \NewConfigure{placefloat}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Item Groups} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-itm\><<< \def\:tempc[#1][#2]{\o:redostartitemgroup:[#1][#2]% \verify:config{\currentitemgroup-group}{itemgroup}% \csname a:\currentitemgroup-group\endcsname} \HLet\redostartitemgroup=\:tempc \pend:def\stopitemgroup{% \csname b:\currentitemgroup-group\endcsname} \NewConfigure{itemgroup}{2} >>> \<context core-itm\><<< \pend:def\dolistitem{\HLet\noindent\item:noindent} \append:def\dolistitem{% \csname b:|<itemize group type|>-item\endcsname} \def\item:noindent#1\strutdepth{#1\strutdepth \let\noindent\o:noindent: \verify:config{|<itemize group type|>-item}% {|<itemize type|>-listitem}% \csname a:|<itemize group type|>-item\endcsname}% \NewConfigure{head-listitem}{2} \NewConfigure{symbol-listitem}{2} \NewConfigure{other-listitem}{2} \NewConfigure{itemize-group}{2} \NewConfigure{itemize-other-item}{2} >>> \<itemize type\><<< \ifconditional\headlistitem \ifconditional\symbollistitem symbol% \else head% \fi \else \ifconditional\symbollistitem symbol% \else other% \fi \fi >>> \<\><<< \ifconditional\headlistitem head\else \ifconditional\symbollistitem symbol\else other\fi\fi >>> \<itemize group type\><<< \currentitemgroup -|<itemize type|>% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-ver\><<< \pend:defI\dostarttyping{\a:typing} \append:defI\initializetyping{% \aftergroup\b:typing \def\obeyedspace {\d:typing}% \def\obeyedline{}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{\c:typing}{\c:typing}{}{}% } \NewConfigure{typing}{4} >>> The configurations fail to recognize empty lines. Why?? \Verbatim \def\obeyedline{\HCode{<br />}} \def\obeyedspace{\HCode{\string&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{x00A0;}} \EndVerbatim \<context core-ver\><<< \let\o:dodotypefile:=\dodotypefile \def\dodotypefile{\a:typing \o:dodotypefile:} >>> \<\><<< \let\o:dodotypefile:=\dodotypefile \def\dodotypefile[#1]{% \expandafter\ifx\csname c:\??tp#1:\endcsname\relax \NewConfigure{\??tp#1}{4}% \Configure{\??tp#1}% {\a:typefile}% {\b:typefile}% {\c:typefile}% {\d:typefile}% \expandafter\pend:def \csname \??tp#1\c!before\endcsname{% \csname a:\??tp#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\append:def \csname \??tp#1\c!before\endcsname{% \csname b:\??tp#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\pend:def \csname \??tp#1\c!after\endcsname{% \csname c:\??tp#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\append:def \csname \??tp#1\c!after\endcsname{% \csname d:\??tp#1\endcsname}% \:warning{Introducing implicit configurations for \??tp#1}% \fi \o:dodotypefile:[#1]} \NewConfigure{typefile}{4} \Configure{typefile} {} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="typefile">}% \def\verb:par{\gdef\verb:par{\HCode{<br />}}}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {} \Css{div.typefile { white-space: nowrap; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Pictures} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context supp-mps\><<< \long\def\:temp{\begingroup \obeyMPlines \dostartMPcode} \ifx \startMPcode\:temp \pend:def \startMPcode{% \let\:temp\begingroup \def\begingroup{\let\begingroup\:temp \a:MPcode \begingroup \aftergroup\b:MPcode }% } \fi \NewConfigure{MPcode}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Tables: bTABLE} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-ntb\><<< \def\begintbl {\doglobal\newcounter\colTBL \doglobal\newcounter\rowTBL \doglobal\decrement\rowTBL \tabskip\zeropoint \TeXhalign\bgroup \registerparoptions \ignorespaces\ifnum\rowTBL=0 \a:bTABLE\else\d:bTABLE\fi \c:bTABLE\e:bTABLE##\f:bTABLE\unskip&& \ignorespaces\e:bTABLE##\f:bTABLE\unskip\cr} \def\endtbl {\o:noalign:{\d:bTABLE\b:bTABLE}\egroup} \NewConfigure{bTABLE}{6} >>> \<context core-ntb\><<< \def\begintblrow {\o:noalign: {\doglobal\increment\rowTBL \doglobal\newcounter\colTBL}% \nexttblcol} \def\endtblrow{\crcr \o:noalign: {\nointerlineskip \allowbreak \bgroup % protect local vars \@@tblsplitafter \egroup }} \def\spanTBL#1#2% {\scratchcounter\gettblcol{#1}{#2}\relax \ifnum\scratchcounter>\zerocount \advance\scratchcounter \minusone % \dorecurse\scratchcounter{\appendtoks\spantblcol\to\tbltoks}% \dorecurse\scratchcounter{\appendtoks\skiptblcol\to\tbltoks}% \appendtoks\nexttblcol\to\tbltoks \fi} >>> \<context core-ntb\><<< \let\o:settbltxt:\settbltxt \def\settbltxt{% \edef\:tempc{\maximumrow}\HAdvance\:tempc by -1 \expandafter\edef\csname bTBL\:tempc,\currentcol \endcsname{{\csname\@@tbl\c!ny\endcsname}{\csname\@@tbl\c!nx\endcsname}}% \o:settbltxt: } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Verbatim [c] \cc:table \c:tableCell ##\d:tableCell \tabskip \LeftTabskip & [g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil \s topglobalTABLEcolor \tabskip 8.81241pt plus 1.5fil minus 4.4062pt\relax \d:tabl eCell & [a-R] \hfil \a:tableCell \raggedleft ##\b:tableCell \empty & [g-|] \g:tableCell \hf il \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil \stopglobalTABLEcol or \relax \h:tableCell & [a-R] \hfil \a:tableCell \raggedleft ##\b:tableCell \empty & [g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil \s topglobalTABLEcolor \relax \h:tableCell & [a-L] \empty \a:tableCell \raggedright ##\f :tableCell \hfil & [g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4 \!taLTU ##\hfil \stopglobalTABLEcolor \relax \h:tableCell & [a-P] \hfil \a:tableCell \BeginTableParBox {1.25in}##\EndTableParBox \b:tableCell \hfil & [g-|] \g:tableCell \ hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil \stopglobalTABLEc olor \relax \h:tableCell \tabskip \RightTabskip & [e] \e:tableCell ##\f:tableCell \ tabskip 0pt \cr a: cell-1 c: cell-2 e: cell-3 g: cell-4 \EndVerbatim THe c-cells seem to be ignored \<context with special chars\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\putVBorder{\expandafter\put:VBorder\VBorder</>!*?: } \def\put:VBorder#1</#2>#3!*?: {\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \HCode{\VBorder}% \def\:temp{#1}\ifx\:temp\empty \else\HCode{</colgroup>}\fi \HCode{<colgroup><col/></colgroup>}% \else \def\:temp{\put:VBorder#3!*?: }\expandafter\:temp\fi } %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% >>> currentTABLEcolumn, maxTABLEcolumn \<context thrd-tab, core-tab\><<< \gdef\cc:table{\c:table} \NewConfigure{tableCell}{5} \def\showbaselines {\testrulewidth\defaulttestrulewidth \EveryPar{\HtmlPar\ruledbaseline}} \NewConfigure{table}{6} \def\:tempc{% \ifnum \!taColumnNumber>0 \expandafter\!taDataColumnTemplate\expandafter {\expandafter\a:tableCell \the\!taDataColumnTemplate\x:tableCell}% \expandafter\let\expandafter\:temp \csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\!taDataColumnTemplate \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter {\expandafter\:temp \the\!taDataColumnTemplate\x:tableCell}% \expandafter\let\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname\:UnDef \fi \o:!tfAdjoinPriorColumn: } \HLet\!tfAdjoinPriorColumn=\:tempc \def\!ttDoHalign {\baselineskip \zeropoint \lineskiplimit\zeropoint \lineskip \zeropoint \tabskip \zeropoint \HRestore\noalign \a:table \TeXhalign \the\!taTableSpread \bgroup \span\the\!taPreamble } \def\finishTABLE {\chuckTABLEautorow \unskip\dd:table\crcr \egroup \b:table \expandafter\:gobble \EndTable \global\intablefalse \egroup} \def\finishTABLErow {\dd:table\crcr \TABLEnoalign {\nobreak \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown \setTABLEerror\TABLEunknown \globalletempty\checkTABLEautorow \globalletempty\chuckTABLEautorow \global\currentTABLEcolumn\zerocount}} \def\endofTABLEline[#1][#2->#3]#4#5% {\ifx#2#3\else \writestatus\m!TABLE{\string#2\space changed into \string#3}% \fi \iftracetables \bgroup \tttf\space \ifnum\TABLEerror=\TABLEunknown \ifx#2#3\else\string#2->\fi \else ->% \fi \color[#1]{\string#3}% \ifsplittables\space\the\TABLEmaxheight/\the\TABLEheight\fi \ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty \space\TABLEgraylinestatus \else \space\TABLEgraylineerror \fi \egroup \else\ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty \else \fi\fi \globalletempty\TABLEgraylinestatus \globalletempty\TABLEgraylineerror \expandafter\normalTABLElineformat#4#5\dd:table\crcr \TABLEnoalign{\nobreak\global\setTABLEactiontrue}} \def\!ttDoZero#1{\dd:table\cr} \def\!ttDoPlus#1#2#3{% #1 eats the + \AugmentedTableStrut{#2}{#3}% \dd:table\cr} % DO STANDARD: Insert standard table strut \def\!ttDoStandard{% \StandardTableStrut \dd:table\cr} \def\!tfFinishFormat{% \ifnum \TracingFormats>0 \!thMessage{% \space \space r: \the\!taOldRuleColumnTemplate \tabskip \the\RightTabskip}% \!thMessage{% \space *c: ##\tabskip 0pt} \fi \ifnum \!taColumnNumber<2 \!thError{% \ifnum \!taColumnNumber=0 No \else Only 1 \fi "||"}% {\!thReadErrorMsg\!tfTooFewBarsA ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!tfTooFewBarsB ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!tkFixIt}% \fi \!thToksEdef\!taPreamble={% \noexpand\cc:table \noexpand \b:tableCell ####\noexpand\x:tableCell\tabskip\LeftTabskip & \the\!taPreamble \tabskip\RightTabskip & \noexpand\c:tableCell ####\noexpand\x:tableCell \tabskip 0pt \noexpand\cr}% \ifnum \TracingFormats>1 \!thMessage{Preamble=\the\!taPreamble} \fi \ifnum \TracingFormats>2 \!thMessage{Row Of Widths="\!tfRowOfWidths"} \fi \!taBeginFormatfalse % Intercepts "||", tabskips, and "." \catcode`\||=13 \catcode`\"=13 \!ttDoHalign} \def\!tfSetVrule {\!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate= {\noexpand\d:tableCell \noexpand\hfil \noexpand\startglobalTABLEcolor % added \noexpand\vrule \noexpand\!thWidth \ifnum\!tgCode=\plusone \ifx\!tgValue\empty \the\LineThicknessFactor \else \!tgValue \fi \!taLTU \else \!tgValue \fi ####% \noexpand\hfil \noexpand\stopglobalTABLEcolor % added \the\!taRuleColumnTemplate \relax \noexpand\x:tableCell }% \!tfAdjoinPriorColumn} \NewConfigure{VBorder}{4} \HAssign\NewGroup=0 \HAssign\Next:TableNo=0 \HAssign\ar:cnt=0 \let\:mALIGN\empty \let\hT:D\empty \pend:defI\ReadFormatKeys{% \expandafter\ifx\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname{% \let\:mALIGN\empty \def\hT:D{\csname \string ##1:T:D\endcsname}}% \fi \:FormatKey } \let\:FormatKey=\empty \NewConfigure{FormatKey}[2]{% \def\:temp{#1#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \let\:FormatKey=\empty \else \append:def\:FormatKey{\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa #2% \fi }% \fi } \Configure{FormatKey}{l}{\add:ar<} \Configure{FormatKey}{r}{\add:ar>} \Configure{FormatKey}{c}{\add:ar-} \Configure{FormatKey}{p}{\d:VBorder} \Configure{FormatKey}{||}{\b:VBorder} \pend:def\BeginFormat{\add:ar-} \let\HAlign=\empty \def\add:ar#1{\HAdvance\ar:cnt by 1 \def\ch:class{#1}% \c:VBorder \edef\HAlign{\HAlign 0 \ar:cnt\space #1 }} \def\!ttDoZero#1{\dd:table\cr} \def\!ttDoPlus#1#2#3{% \AugmentedTableStrut{#2}{#3}% \dd:table \cr} \def\!ttDoStandard{% \StandardTableStrut \dd:table \cr} \def\normalTABLElongrule{\a:TABLElongrule} \NewConfigure{TABLElongrule}{1} \def\simpleTableHL{\a:TableHL} \NewConfigure{TableHL}{1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Tables: Tabulate} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-tbl\><<< \expandafter\def\csname \e!start\v!tabulate\endcsname{% \csname a:\v!tabulate\endcsname \bgroup \expandafter\aftergroup\csname b:\v!tabulate\endcsname \HRestore\noalign \let\halign\TeXhalign \dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate} \NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{2} >>> \<context core-tbl\><<< \catcode`\||=13 \def\nexttabulate#1||% {\chardef\tabulatealign\@@tabulatealign \chardef\tabulatemodus\zerocount \chardef\tabulatedimen\zerocount \tabulatebefore \emptytoks \tabulateafter \emptytoks \tabulatebmath \emptytoks \tabulateemath \emptytoks \tabulatefont \emptytoks \tabulatesettings\emptytoks \global\advance\tabulatecolumns\plusone \letvalue{\@@tabsetups@@\the\tabulatecolumns}\donothing \settabulatepreamble#1\relax\relax % permits i without n \ifcase\tabulatemodus\relax \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\empty} {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\empty} {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\tabulatehss} {\tabulate:endcol\empty} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\tabulatehss} {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss} \fi \or % fixed width \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip} {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\bskip\tabulateraggedright } {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\bskip\tabulateraggedleft } {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip\tabulateraggedcenter} {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \fi \or % auto width \global\advance\nofautotabulate\plusone \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip} {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\bskip\tabulateraggedright } {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\bskip\tabulateraggedleft } {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip\tabulateraggedcenter} {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \fi \or % simple \dodosettabulatepreamble {{-}\xbskip} {\tabulate:endcol\xeskip} \fi \futurelet\next\donexttabulate} \catcode`\||=11 >>> \<context core-tbl\><<< \let\o:dodosettabulatepreamble=\dodosettabulatepreamble \def\dodosettabulatepreamble#1#2{% \let\tabulate:col=\relax \let\tabulate:endcol=\relax \edef\:temp{\tabulate:col{\the\tabulatecolumns}}% \expandafter\o:dodosettabulatepreamble \expandafter{\expandafter{\:temp #1}}{#2}% \let\tabulate:col=\tabulate:Col \let\tabulate:endcol=\tabulate:Endcol } \def\tabulate:Col#1#2{\def\HCol{#1}% \edef\HRow{\noftabulatelines}\def\HAlign{#2}% \ifnum #1=1 \ifnum \noftabulatelines=0 \else \csname d:\v!tabulate\endcsname\fi \csname c:\v!tabulate\endcsname \fi \csname e:\v!tabulate\endcsname} \def\tabulate:Endcol{\csname f:\v!tabulate\endcsname} >>> \<context core-tbl\><<< \expandafter\def\csname \e!start\v!tabulate\endcsname{% \csname a:\v!tabulate\endcsname \bgroup \expandafter\aftergroup\csname d:\v!tabulate\endcsname \expandafter\aftergroup\csname b:\v!tabulate\endcsname \HRestore\noalign \let\halign\TeXhalign \dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate} \NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-mat\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\relax\mathematics{{\a:frac{#1{#2}}\b:frac \over\c:frac{#1{#3}}\d:frac}}} \HLet\dofrac\:tempc \NewConfigure{frac}{4} >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \let\normalreqno\eqno \let\normalleqno\leqno >>> \'+(#1,#2)=outer(ref,sub) (#3,#4)=inner(ref,sub)+ \<context core-mat\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \a:formulenummer \o:dododoformulenummer:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% \b:formulenummer} \HLet\dododoformulenummer\:tempc \NewConfigure{formulenummer}{2} \Configure{formulenummer} {\HCode{<span class="formulenummer">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.formulenummer {width:20\%; float:right;}} >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \pend:def\startdisplaymath{\a:displaymath} \append:def\stopdisplaymath{\b:displaymath} \NewConfigure{displaymath}{2} \Configure{displaymath} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="displaymath">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.displaymath {text-align:center;}} >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \NewConfigure{-@@fm}{2} >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \def\:tempc#1% {\ifmmode \displ@y \global\chardef\mathnumberstatus\plusone % \vcenter\bgroup \def\finishalignno{\f:mtable\d:mtable\b:mtable\crcr \egroup\egroup}% \else \def\finishalignno{\f:mtable\d:mtable\b:mtable\crcr \egroup}% \fi #1% \TeXhalign \@EA \bgroup \the\scratchtoks\crcr} \HLet\dobothaligneqalignno\:tempc >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \let\:tempc\dointertext \pend:defI\:tempc{\a:intertext} \append:defI\:tempc{\b:intertext} \HLet\dointertext\:tempc \NewConfigure{intertext}{2} >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \def\:tempc[#1][#2]% {% \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax \Configure{mtable} {\a:mathalignment} {\b:mathalignment} {\c:mathalignment} {\d:mathalignment} {\e:mathalignment} {\f:mathalignment}% \else \Configure{mtable} {\csname a:#1\endcsname} {\csname b:#1\endcsname} {\csname c:#1\endcsname} {\csname d:#1\endcsname} {\csname e:#1\endcsname} {\csname f:#1\endcsname}% \fi \pushmacro\doalignNC \edef\currentmathalignment{#1}% \doifassignmentelse{#2}{\setupmathalignment[#1][#2]}\donothing \def\NC{\doalignNC }% \global\let\doalignNC\dodoalignNC \def\EQ{\HCode{}&=}% \def\NR{\f:mtable&\e:mtable \global\let\doalignNC \dodoalignNC \doxxdoubleempty\doalignNR}% % \def\notag{\def\\{\HCode{}&\crcr}}% \doifelse{#2}{*}{\def\\{\HCode{}&\crcr}}% {\def\\{\HCode{}&\doalignNR[+][]\crcr}}% % \eqaligncolumn\zerocount \a:mtable \c:mtable \e:mtable \processcommacommand [\mathalignmentparameter\c!align] {\advance\eqaligncolumn\plusone\doseteqaligncolumn}% takes argument % \global\eqaligncolumn\plusone \numberedeqalign} \HLet\dostartmathalignment\:tempc >>> \<context core-mat\><<< \def\:tempc{\gdef\doalignNC##1{\f:mtable&\e:mtable ##1}} \HLet\dodoalignNC\:tempc \def\:tempc[#1][#2]% {\donestedformulanumber{#1}{#2}\f:mtable\d:mtable \c:mtable\e:mtable\crcr} \HLet\doalignNR\:tempc \NewConfigure{mtable}{6} \NewConfigure{mathalignment}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Spacing} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-spa\><<< \append:def\crlf{\ifhmode \a:crlf\fi} \NewConfigure{crlf}{1} >>> \<context core-spa\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \o:complexstartsmaller:[#1]% \a:narrower\bgroup\aftergroup\b:narrower\aftergroup\egroup} \HLet\complexstartsmaller\:tempc \NewConfigure{narrower}{2} >>> \<context core-spa\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{% \o:doalignline:{|<open doalign|>}{|<close doalign|>}} \HLet\doalignline\:tempc \NewConfigure{midaligned}{2} \NewConfigure{leftaligned}{2} \NewConfigure{rightaligned}{2} >>> \<open doalign\><<< \ifx #1\hss \ifx #2\hss\a:midaligned \else \a:rightaligned \fi \else \a:leftaligned \fi >>> \<close doalign\><<< \ifx #1\hss \ifx #2\hss\b:midaligned \else \b:rightaligned \fi \else \b:leftaligned \fi \hss >>> \<context core-spa\><<< \def\:tempc#1{% \def\last:Attributes{#1}% \ifx \last:Attributes\empty \else |<do at start attributes|>% \let\last:Attributes=\empty \fi \o:dostartattributes:{#1} } \HLet\dostartattributes\:tempc >>> \<do at start attributes\><<< \get:curName\??be \ifx \cur:Name\empty \get:curName\??li \ifx \cur:Name\empty \get:curName\??ly \ifx \cur:Name\empty \get:curName\??ko \ifx \cur:Name\empty |<another context env|>% \else |<context sec title env|>% \fi \else |<context layout env|>% \fi \else |<context list element|>% \fi \else |<start stop env|>% \fi >>> \<context core-sys\><<< \NewConfigure{layout}{2} >>> \<context layout env\><<< \edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -ly}% \verify:config\cur:Name{layout}% \csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname \def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc \def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc >>> \<context core-sys\><<< \NewConfigure{context-attr}{2} >>> \<another context env\><<< \edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -\last:Attributes}% \verify:config\cur:Name{context-attr}% \csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname \def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc \def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc >>> \<context core-spa\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \o:dostartopelkaar:[#1]% \verify:config{\currentregister-env}{null-default-env}% \csname a:\currentregister-env\endcsname } \HLet\dostartopelkaar\:tempc %%%%%% pre 2005 \ifx \stopopelkaar\:UnDef \else \pend:def\stopopelkaar{% \csname b:\currentregister-env\endcsname } \fi >>> NOTE: REPLACE opelkaar WITH packed %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{System Macros} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-sys\><<< \NewConfigure{startstop}{2} >>> \<start stop env\><<< \verify:config\cur:Name{startstop}% \csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname \def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc \def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}% \HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc >>> \<context core-sec\><<< \expand:after{\let\o:normalend}\csname normalend\endcsname \expandafter\def\csname normalend\endcsname{\HtmlEnv \at:docend \csname export:hook\endcsname \csname o:normalend\endcsname} >>> \<utilities for context\><<< \def\get:curName#1{% \ifx \last:Attributes\empty \let\cur:Name\empty \else \bgroup \let#1=\empty \edef\:temp{\def\noexpand\:temp{\last:Attributes}}% \expandafter \egroup\:temp \edef\:tempa{\last:Attributes}% \edef\cur:Name{\ifx\:temp\:tempa\else\:temp\fi}% \fi } \let\last:Attributes=\empty >>> \<utilities for context\><<< \def\verify:config#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2}}% \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2{}% \else \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2} to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[2]{% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}% }}\:temp \Configure{#1}{}{}% \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname \fi \fi } >>> \<utilities for context\><<< \def\verify:configIII#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{3}}% \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2##3{}% \else \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{3} to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}{...}}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[3]{% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname c:#2\endcsname}% }}\:temp \Configure{#1}{}{}{}% \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname \fi \fi } >>> \<utilities for context\><<< \def\verify:configIV#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{4}}% \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2##3##4{}% \else \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{4} to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}{...}{...}}% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[4]{% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname c:#2\endcsname}% \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname d:#1\endcsname{\expandafter \noexpand\csname d:#2\endcsname}% }}\:temp \Configure{#1}{}{}{}{}% \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname \fi \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Descriptions} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-des\><<< \def\normal@@definitiewoord#1[#2]#3#4{% \verify:config{#1-des}{description-word}% \csname a:#1-des\endcsname \doattributes {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}{#4}}% \csname b:#1-des\endcsname \rawreference\s!def{#2}{#3}} \NewConfigure{description-word}{2} >>> \<context core-des\><<< \def\@@somedefinitie#1[#2]#3{% \dowithpar {\bgroup \verify:configIII{#1-item}{description-item}% \csname a:#1-item\endcsname \executedoordefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}\csname b:#1-item\endcsname }% {\csname c:#1-item\endcsname \@@stopdefinitie{#1}}} \def\@@startsomedefinitie#1[#2]#3{% \bgroup \verify:configIII{#1-item}{description-item}% \csname a:#1-item\endcsname \BeforePar{% \executedoordefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}\csname b:#1-item\endcsname}\bgroup \expandafter\aftergroup \csname c:#1-item\endcsname\aftergroup\egroup \GotoPar} \NewConfigure{description-item}{3} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Cross Referencing} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-ref\><<< \NewConfigure{-@@ur}{2} \NewConfigure{pubs-li}{2} >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \catcode`\:=12 \expandafter\def\csname :temp\endcsname{\def\redospecialfrom[##1::##2]} \catcode`\:=11 \:temp {\ifundefined{\v!file :::#1}% \tttf[#1]% \else \def\doexternaldocument##1##2##3{\a:externaldocument [##1]{}{}\goto{##3}[#1::#2]\b:externaldocument}% \csname\v!file :::#1\endcsname \fi } \NewConfigure{externaldocument}{2} >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \def\:tempc[#1][#2]{% \o:docite:[#1][#2]% \expandafter\ifx \csname o:bib\@@citedefault ref:\endcsname\relax \expandafter\global\expandafter\let \csname o:bib\@@citedefault ref:\endcsname = \empty \:warning{No configuration is available for \expandafter \string \csname bib\@@citedefault ref\endcsname}% \fi } \HLet\docite\:tempc \ifx \dotypesetapublication\:UnDef\else \pend:defI\dotypesetapublication{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink} \fi >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthoryearref:[#1]\EndLink } \HLet\bibauthoryearref\:tempc >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \bibalternative\v!left \bgroup \let\v!left=\empty \let\v!right=\empty \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthoryearsref:[#1]\EndLink \egroup \bibalternative\v!right } \HLet\bibauthoryearsref\:tempc >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \bibalternative\v!left \bgroup \let\v!left=\empty \let\v!right=\empty \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthorref:[#1]\EndLink \egroup \bibalternative\v!right } \HLet\bibauthorref\:tempc >>> \<context core-ref\><<< \def\:tempc[#1]{% \bibalternative\v!left \bgroup \let\v!left=\empty \let\v!right=\empty \Link{#1}{}\o:bibyearref:[#1]\EndLink \egroup \bibalternative\v!right } \HLet\bibyearref\:tempc >>> \<\><<< \def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% {\bgroup \global\advance\crossreferencenumber \plusone\relax \if#1-\if#2:% \let\referenceprefix\empty \xdef\lastreference{#3}% \else % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space \fi\else % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space \fi \ifx\lastreference\empty \else \doiffirstreferenceoccurance\lastreference {\thisisdestination{\referenceprefix\lastreference}}% \referentieinfo>\lastreference \edef\:temp{#6}% \edef\dododowritereference {\writeutilitycommand {\mainreference{\referenceprefix}{\lastreference}{#4}% {#5}{\ifx\:temp\empty\else \mk:ref#6\fi}}}% \dododowritereference \fi \egroup \a:Tagreference } \def\mk:ref#1#2{% {\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#1}}% {\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#2}}} >>> \<context core-refOUT\><<< \def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% {\bgroup \global\advance\crossreferencenumber \plusone\relax \if#1-\if#2:% \let\referenceprefix\empty \xdef\lastreference{#3}% \else % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space \fi\else % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space \fi \ifx\lastreference\empty \else \doiffirstreferenceoccurance\lastreference {\thisisdestination{\referenceprefix\lastreference}}% \referentieinfo>\lastreference \edef\:temp{#6}% \edef\dododowritereference {\writeutilitycommand {\mainreference{\referenceprefix}{\lastreference}{#4}% {#5}{\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#6}}}}% \dododowritereference \fi \egroup \a:Tagreference } >>> \<context core-refOUT\><<< \def\rEfLiNK#1#2{\Protect\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink} \pend:defI\rawdoifinsetelse{\let\rEfLiNK\secondoftwoarguments} >>> \<context core-refOUT\><<< \NewConfigure{Tagreference}{1} \Configure{Tagreference} {\ifvmode \vbox{\Link{}{\lastreference}\EndLink\EndP}% \else \hbox{\Link{}{\lastreference}\EndLink}\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Logos} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<context core-log\><<< \def\:tempc{ConTeXt} \HLet\ConTeXt\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Part{Xhtml} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Xhtml} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure 4ht\><<< \ConfigureHinput>>> \<end configure 4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \endinput\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%>>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{amsopn} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amsopn.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % amsopn.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<amsopn hooks|> \Hinput{amsopn} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{amsopn} \<amsopn hooks\><<< \expandafter\pend:defIII\csname qopname \endcsname{\a:qopname} \NewConfigure{qopname}{1} \ifx \nmlimits@\o:displaylimits: \def\:tempc{\displaylimits} \HLet\nmlimits@\:tempc \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Languages and encodings} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Latex records current encoding in \`'\cf@encoding'. \<cp850.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp850.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp850 config|> \Hinput{cp850} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp850} \<cp850 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}} \long\def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}} \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} >>> \<cp852.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp852.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp852 config|> \Hinput{cp852} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp852} \<cp852 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> >>> \<cp862.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp862.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp862 config|> \Hinput{cp862} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp862} \<cp862 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} \long\def\mathordmasculine{{\sp o}} \long\def\mathordfeminine{{\sp a}} >>> \<cp1250.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp1250.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp1250 config|> \Hinput{cp1250} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp1250} \<cp1250 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> >>> \<cp1252.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp1252.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp1252 config|> \Hinput{cp1252} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp1252} \<cp1252 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} \long\def\mathordmasculine{{\sp o}} \long\def\mathordfeminine{{\sp a}} >>> \<cp437.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp437.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp437 config|> \Hinput{cp437} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp437} \<cp437 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} \long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} >>> \<cp437de.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp437de.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp437de config|> \Hinput{cp437de} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp437de} \<cp437de config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} \long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} >>> \<cp865.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % cp865.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<cp865 config|> \Hinput{cp865} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{cp865} \<cp865 config\><<< |<config textdegree|> \long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} \long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} >>> \<norsk.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % norsk.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{norsk} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{norsk} \<polish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % polish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{polish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{polish} \<polski.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % polski.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<load ot4enc if needed|> \Hinput{polski} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{polski} \<load ot4enc if needed\><<< \def\:temp{OT4}\ifx \:temp\encodingdefault \def\:tempa#1#2{% \def\:tempb##1{% \def\:temp####1##1####2//{\def\:temp{####2}}% \expandafter\:temp\@filelist##1//% } \edef\:temp{\noexpand\:tempb{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \:gobble\expandafter\string \csname #1\endcsname .#2}}% \:temp} \:tempa{ot4enc}{def} \ifx \:temp\empty \:tempa{ot4cmr}{fd} \ifx \:temp\empty \else \input ot4enc.4ht \fi \fi \fi >>> \<portuges.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % portuges.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{portuges} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{portuges} \<romanian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % romanian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{romanian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{romanian} We must prevent russian.ldf from loading EU1 or EU2 font encoding. Declarationf for Cyrillics characters are loaded with XeLaTeX \<russianb.4ht\><<< % russianb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \if@uni@ode \DeclareRobustCommand{\cyrillictext}{% \language\l@russian}% \fi \ifdefined\XeTeXrevision% \xeuniuseblock{Cyrillic}% \fi% \Hinput{russianb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{russianb} \<scottish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % scottish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{scottish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{scottish} \<slovak.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % slovak.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<config slovak|> \Hinput{slovak} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{slovak} \<config slovak\><<< \edef\:temp{\noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^} \catcode`\^=13 \AtBeginDocument{ \def^{\ifmmode \expandafter \pr:sp \else \expandafter \sys:sp \fi } } \:temp >>> \<slovene.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % slovene.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{slovene} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{slovene} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{spanish.ldf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<spanish.4ht\><<< % spanish.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<spanish defs|> \Hinput{spanish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{spanish} The following is needed to compensate for the extra \''\relax\space' in \''\def\protect##1{\string\protect\string##1\relax\space}'. \<spanish defsNO\><<< \Configure{writetoc} {\def\:writetoc{\protect\@umlaut}\ifx \"\:writetoc \def\"{\string\"}% \fi \def\:writetoc{\protect\@tilde}\ifx \~\:writetoc \def\~{\string\~}% \fi \def\:writetoc{\protect\@acute}\ifx \'\:writetoc \def\'{\string\'}% \fi } \bgroup \catcode`\"=13 \def\:temp{\Configure{writetoc}{\add:protect"\add:protect\>}} \expandafter\egroup \:temp >>> \<spanish defs\><<< \expandafter\def\csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname #1{\leavevmode \hbox{\csname a:spanish"#1\endcsname}} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space a} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@a@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"a}{1} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space o} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@o@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"o}{1} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space e} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@e@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"e}{1} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space A} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@A@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"A}{1} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space O} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@O@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"O}{1} \edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space E} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@E@\endcsname=\:temp \NewConfigure{spanish"E}{1} >>> \<spanish defs\><<< \edef\:tempc{\expandafter\noexpand \csname spanish:'shorthand\endcsname\space i} \expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string'@i@\endcsname=\:tempc \NewConfigure{spanish'i}{1} \def\:tempc{\csname a:spanish'i\endcsname} \expandafter\HLet\csname \string\OT1\string\'-i\endcsname\:tempc >>> \<spanish defs\><<< \AtBeginDocument{ \def\:tempc{\a:guillemotright} \HLet\guillemotright\:tempc \def\:tempc{\a:guillemotleft} \HLet\guillemotleft\:tempc } \NewConfigure{guillemotright}{1} \Configure{guillemotright}{\o:guillemotright:} \NewConfigure{guillemotleft}{1} \Configure{guillemotleft}{\o:guillemotright:} >>> \<spanish defs\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3{% \expandafter\:text@composite@x \csname OT1\string#1\endcsname#3\@empty} \HLet\es@accent\:tempc \def\:text@composite@x#1#2{% \expandafter\ifx \csname \string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx \csname \string#1- :\endcsname\relax \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:gobble \else \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \csname \string#1- :\endcsname \fi \else \expandafter\:gobble \fi {#2}% } \def\chk:acc#1#2#3{% \if !#2!\expandafter\:gobbleIII \else \if \noexpand#1\noexpand#2% \a:es@accents#3\b:es@accents \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gob:accc \else \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\chk:acc \fi \fi {#1}% } \def\gob:accc#1{\gob:acc} \def\gob:acc#1#2{\if !#2!\expandafter\gobe:acc \else \expandafter\gob:acc\fi } \expandafter\ifx\csname documentclass\endcsname\relax\then \def\gobe:acc#1\@text@composite#2\@text@composite#3{} \else \let\gobe:acc=\:gobble \fi \NewConfigure{es@accent}[2]{\expandafter \def\csname #1- :\endcsname##1{\chk:acc{##1}#2{}{}}} \NewConfigure{es@accents}{2} >>> \<spanish defs\><<< \AtBeginDocument{% \def\bbl@umlauta{\ifx \EndPicture \:UnDef \expandafter \n:bbl@umlauta: \else \expandafter \o:bbl@umlauta: \fi }% } >>> This is necessary to fix clash between mathml option and some definitions in Spanish babel. \<spanish defs\><<< \let\orig:nolimits\nolimits \let\nolimits\o:nolimits: \AtBeginDocument{\let\nolimits\orig:nolimits} >>> % \def\@text@composite#1#2#3\@text@composite{% % \writesixteen{....\string#1-\string#2...\expandafter % \meaning\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname}% % \expandafter\@text@composite@x % \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname} \<swedish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % swedish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{swedish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{swedish} \<turkish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % turkish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{turkish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{turkish} \<ukraineb.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ukraineb.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{ukraineb} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{ukraineb} \<usorbian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % usorbian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{usorbian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{usorbian} \<welsh.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % welsh.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{welsh} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{welsh} \<hebrew.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % hebrew.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<hebrew ldf|> \Hinput{hebrew} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{hebrew} \<hebrew ldf\><<< \def\hebdate#1#2#3{% \a:moreR\beginR\a:moreL\beginL\number#1\endL\b:moreL\ \bet\hebmonth{#2} \a:moreL\beginL\number#3\endL\b:moreL\endR\b:moreR} \def\@@hebrew#1{\a:moreR\beginR{{\tohebrew#1}}\b:moreR\endR} >>> \<austrian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % austrian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{austrian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{austrian} \<catalan.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % catalan.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{catalan} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{catalan} \<croatian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % croatian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{croatian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{croatian} \<czech.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % czech.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \let\clqq\quotedblbase \Hinput{czech} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{czech} \<danish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % danish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{danish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{danish} \<dutch.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % dutch.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{dutch} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{dutch} \<english.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % english.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{english} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{english} \<esperant.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % esperant.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{esperant} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{esperant} \<estonian.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % estonian.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{estonian} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{estonian} \<finnish.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % finnish.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{finnish} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{finnish} \<francais.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % francais.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{francais} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{francais} \<galician.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % galician.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \Hinput{galician} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{galician} \<greek.4ht\><<< % greek.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari |<TeX4ht copywrite|> \Configure{AtBeginDocument} {\immediate\write\@mainaux{\catcode`\string\^=7}} {} \ifdefined\XeTeXrevision% \renewcommand*{\greekfontencoding}{OT1} \xeuniuseblock{Greek} \fi \ifdefined\luatexversion \renewcommand*{\greekfontencoding}{OT1} \fi \Hinput{greek} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{greek} grrek.sty sends \`'\catcode`^^9f\active' into the aux file. Hence the change of \`'^' into catcode 7. The aux file is loaded within group, so the above changes are local. \<magyar.4ht\><<< % magyar.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2018 TeX Users Group |<TeX4ht license text|> |<magyar fixes|> \Hinput{magyar} \endinput >>> \AddFile{5}{magyar} \<magyar fixes\><<< \def\magyar:third:arg#1#2#3{#3} \def\@@magyar@firsthfuzz#1#2\hfuzz{\bgroup\magyar:third:arg#1\egroup} \def\@@magyar@firstarg#1#2\hbox${\magyar:third:arg#1}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Exams} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<exam.4ht\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % exam.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \ifx \ps@examheadings\:unDef |<start skip|> \fi \:temp |<hook Meer exam|> \Hinput{exam} |<end skip|> \ifx \@checkqueslevel\:unDef |<start skip|> \fi \:temp |<hook Hirschhorn' exam|> \Hinput{exam} |<end skip|> \ifx \@OneKeyHook\:unDef |<start skip|> \fi \:temp |<hook Alexanders' exam|> \Hinput{exam} |<end skip|> \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{exam} \<start skip\><<< \bgroup \catcode`\%=12 \def\:temp{\catcode`\\=9 \catcode`\#=9 \:tempa} \long\def\:tempa#1%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end:skip{\egroup} \else \let\:temp\empty >>> \<end skip\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end:skip >>> \SubSection{Philip Hirschhorn} \Link[http://www-math.mit.edu/\string ~psh/]{}{}home\EndLink{} (\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exam/]{}{}ctan\EndLink) \<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<< \let\exam:questions=\questions \def\questions{% \let\exam:list=\list \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}% \exam:questions } \pend:def\endquestions{% \let\exam:list=\endlist \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}} \let\exam:parts=\parts \def\parts{% \let\exam:list=\list \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}% \exam:parts } \pend:def\endparts{% \let\exam:list=\endlist \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}} \let\exam:subparts=\subparts \def\subparts{% \let\exam:list=\list \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}% \exam:subparts } \pend:def\endsubparts{% \let\exam:list=\endlist \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}} >>> \<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<< \long\def\uplevel#1{\par\a:uplevel{#1}\b:uplevel\par} \long\def\fullwidth#1{\par\a:fullwidth{#1}\b:fullwidth\par} \NewConfigure{uplevel}{2} \NewConfigure{fullwidth}{2} >>> \<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<< \def\@setpoints{% \if@placepoints \if@pointsinmargin \a:setpoints(\@points\@marginpointname)\b:setpoints \else \a:setpoints(\@points\@pointname)\b:setpoints \fi \@placepointsfalse \fi } \NewConfigure{setpoints}{2} >>> \SubSection{Hans van der Meer's class} \Link[http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exams/]{}{}Hans van der Meer's class\EndLink \<hook Meer exam\><<< \pend:defI\scorebox{\a:scorebox} \append:defI\scorebox{\b:scorebox} \NewConfigure{scorebox}{2} >>> \SubSection{<Alexanders' Exam} \Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/examdesign/]{}{}Alexanders' exam\EndLink \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< |<alex hook utilities|> |<hooks for section types|> \pend:def\@enddocumenthook{{\tt \tmp:cnt=1 \seed:hooks }} >>> \<alex hook utilities\><<< \def\seed:hooks{% \ifnum \tmp:cnt>\c@section \else |<trace exam data|>% |<type-oriented hooks|> \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \expandafter\seed:hooks \fi } >>> \<type-oriented hooks\><<< \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname \@shortanswer |<hooks for shortanswer|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fixed |<hooks for fixed|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fillin |<hooks for fillin|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fillinstar |<hooks for fillinstar|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@MC |<hooks for MC|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@MCstar |<hooks for MCstar|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname \@shortanswerstar |<hooks for shortanswerstar|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname \@truefalse |<hooks for truefalse|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname \@truefalsestar |<hooks for truefalsestar|> \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fixedstar |<hooks for fixedstar|> \fi >>> \<hooks for shortanswer\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<hooks for section heads|>% |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% >>> \<hooks for shortanswerstar\><<< |<cond head and inst hooks|>% >>> % \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% % |<hooks for answers|>% \<hooks for fixed\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<hooks for section heads|>% |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% >>> \<hooks for fixedstar\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<cond head and inst hooks|>% >>> \<hooks for fillin\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<hooks for section heads|>% |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% >>> \<hooks for fillinstar\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<cond head and inst hooks|>% >>> \<hooks for MC\><<< \def\:temp{|<reconfigure multiplechoice|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<hooks for section heads|>% |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% >>> MC stands for multi-choice \<hooks for MCstar\><<< \def\:temp{|<reconfigure multiplechoice|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<cond head and inst hooks|>% >>> \<hooks for truefalse\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<hooks for section heads|>% |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% >>> \<hooks for truefalsestar\><<< \def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}% |<hooks for answers|>% |<cond head and inst hooks|>% >>> \<cond head and inst hooks\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\relax \else |<hooks for section heads|>% \fi \expandafter\ifx \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\relax \else |<hooks on instruction preamble|>% \fi >>> \<hooks for section heads\><<< \expandafter\pend:def\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname{% \gdef\beforesectsep{0pt \a:sectiontitle \global\let\beforesectsep\sv:beforesectsep}% \gdef\aftersectsep{0pt \b:sectiontitle \global\let\aftersectsep\sv:aftersectsep}% }% \global\expandafter \let\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\expandafter\endcsname \csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \NewConfigure{sectiontitle}{2} >>> \<alex hook utilities\><<< \let\sv:beforesectsep\beforesectsep \let\sv:aftersectsep\aftersectsep >>> \<hooks on instruction preamble\><<< \expandafter\pend:def \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname{\a:instructions}% \expandafter\append:def \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname{\b:instructions\par}% \global\expandafter\let \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \expandafter\endcsname \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname >>> \<hooks for answers\><<< \global \csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \endcsname \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\:temp \the\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname} >>> \<redef blank\><<< \ifx \blank\:UnDef \:warning{tex4ht encountered a problem with \csname type@sec\current@section\endcsname} \else \ifanswer \ifcblanks \def\blank####1{\a:answer ####1\b:answer}% \fi \ifpblanks \def\blank####1{\a:answer ####1\b:answer}% \fi \else \ifcblanks \pend:defI\blank{\a:question} \append:defI\blank{\b:question} \fi \ifpblanks \pend:defI\blank{\a:question} \append:defI\blank{\b:question} \fi \fi \fi >>> \<redef truefalse answer\><<< \pend:defI\@separator{\def\@tfitem{% \ifanswer \item[\a:answer \csname tf@sol\current@question\endcsname\b:answer]% \else \item \fi}}% >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \NewConfigure{answer}{2} \NewConfigure{question}{2} >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \pend:defI\MCfont{\a:MCfont} \append:defI\MCfont{\b:MCfont} \NewConfigure{MCfont}{2} >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \Configure{MCfont} {\HCode{<span class="MCfont">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{dt .MCfont {text-decoration:underline;}} >>> \<reconfigure multiplechoice\><<< \boxfalse >>>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \NewConfigure{instructions}{2} >>> \<trace exam data\><<< \section:data >>> \<alex hook utilities\><<< \def\section:data{ \par[\the\tmp:cnt] \par [qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] \expandafter\meaning\csname qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname : \expandafter \edef\expandafter \:temp\expandafter {\expandafter \the\csname qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname} \meaning\:temp \par [qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] \expandafter\meaning\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname : \expandafter \edef\expandafter \:temp\expandafter {\expandafter \the\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname} \meaning\:temp \par [inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] \expandafter\meaning\csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname \par [head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] \expandafter\meaning\csname head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname \par [type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] \expandafter\meaning\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname \par [sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed] \expandafter\meaning\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname \par ****************************************\par } \let\section:data=\empty >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \pend:def\@examtopmatter{\bgroup \pend:def\namedata{\let\hrulefill=\empty \a:namedata}% \append:def\namedata{\b:namedata}% \pend:def\classdata{\a:classdata}% \append:def\classdata{\b:classdata}% \let\examtop=\empty \let\endexamtop=\empty \begin{examtop}} \append:def\@examtopmatter{% \end{examtop} \egroup\bigskip} \NewConfigure{classdata}{2} \NewConfigure{namedata}{2} >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \pend:def\@keytopmatter{\bgroup \let\keytop=\empty \let\endkeytop=\empty \begin{keytop}} \append:def\@keytopmatter{% \end{keytop} \egroup\bigskip} >>> \<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< \append:def\frontmatter@wrap@up{% \ifx\@frontmattertext\relax \else \pend:def\@frontmattertext{\a:frontmatter} \append:def\@frontmattertext{\b:frontmatter} \fi } \NewConfigure{frontmatter} {2} >>> %% begin comment. 29/09/2016 (dg) %% mktex4ht.4ht is generated by cond4ht.4ht %% Remove file generation from tex4ht-4ht.tex %% Detaching mktex4ht.cnf, mktex4ht-cnf.tex is read instead. %% end \def\Skipmkfilename{\csname BYE\endcsname\endinput} \input cond4ht.4ht %------------------------------------------------------- \let\OPO=\OutputCodE \def\OutputCodE\<#1\>{% \openin15=\HOME/#1 % \ifeof15 \Needs{"ln -s #1 \HOME/#1"} \ifeof15 \Needs{"cp -f #1 \HOME#1"} \writesixteen{"cd \HOME; ln -s \SOURCE/#1 . ; cd \SOURCE"} \fi \closein15 \OPO\<#1\>} \OutFiles \OutputCodE\<m-tex4ht.tex\> \OutputCodE\<usepackage.4ht\> \OutputCodE\<showfonts.4ht\> \OutputCodE\<idxmake.4ht\> \OutputCodE\<bibtex.4ht\> \OutputCodE\<fontspec-4ht.lua\> \bye

<<< \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else |\section*{\contentsname}% |% \fi\fi \:tableofcontents} >>> \<<< \def\tableofcontents{% \ifx\contentsname\empty \else |\chapter*{\contentsname}% |% \fi \:tableofcontents} >>> Without the following, the chapter*/section* introduces the cutat configuration for the \''\tableofcontents' \<<< % >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \edef\:TOC{% \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents \noexpand\else \noexpand\Auto:ent{|}% \noexpand\fi} | >>> \<<< \def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC} \def\Auto:ent#1{% \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef #1\else \auto:toc \fi]} \auto:toc \global\let\auto:toc|=\:UnDef } >>> \<<< \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{\if@filesw \begingroup \no:lbl:idx \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect \@temptokena{\thepage}% |\@tempa \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi\endgroup\fi} >>> The redefinition of \''\addcontentsline' should preserve vertical mode. The following is the modification to the original def. \<<< \def\:tempb{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \ifx \:tempb\:tempa |% \hbox{\Link{}{\:tempb}\EndLink}% \edef\@tempa{|}% \else |% \gHAdvance\TitleCount by 1|%% |% \hbox{\Link{}{|\last:haddr}\EndLink}% \edef\@tempa{|}% \fi >>> \<<< \html:addr >>> \<<< \csname if:toc\endcsname{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry \string\toc#1{}{\string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname {\FileNumber}{|\last:haddr}{}{#3}}{\the\@temptokena}\relax}}% >>> \<<< \csname if:toc\endcsname{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry \string\toc#2{}{\string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname {\FileNumber}{\:tempb}{}{#3}}{\the\@temptokena}\relax}}% >>> In the above link, \List{disc} \item Originally we didn't have a file name in \`'[...]', and it caused a problem in parent-children relationships. So we introduced Without \`'[\RefFileNumber\FileNumber]' the cross link is not recognized in parents-childred relationships. \item Then it turned out that some browsers reload the current page if the file name is mentioned, so we removed the reference to the page name \<<< \edef\:tempb{|

}% >>> Instead of \<\><<< \NewHaddr\:tempb >>> \item Do the parent-children relationships still work? \EndList \<<< \write \@auxout{\string\@writefile{#1}{\protect \contentsline{#2}{#3}{\the\@temptokena}}}% >>> The command \''\addvspace' may appear at start of list of tables and it must be reached in vertical mode (see list tables -- lot). The following goes also into non-core latex. Do we need \`' \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%' in the following? \<<< \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \ifx \:temp\:tempa \@input{\jobname.4ct}% \else \@input{\jobname.#1}% \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} >>> \Section{Default Choice of Entries for TOC's} \<<< \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,\fi \else \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>0 section,\fi \fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>1 subsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>2 subsubsection,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>3 paragraph,\fi \ifnum \c@tocdepth>4 subparagraph,\fi UnDFexyz>>> \Verbatim The paper output looks like this: The paper output looks like this: 5 Miscellaneous 5.1 Changing ... ... 5.5 Timer quirks References The MSIE and Netscape output looks like this: 5 Miscellaneous 5.1 Changing ... ... 5.5 Timer quirks References About this document \EndVerbatim \<<< \def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents} >>> \Section{Extra entries to Toc} \<<< \pend:defIII\addcontentsline{% \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \gHAdvance\TitleCount 1 \fi } >>> \Section{Configurations} \<<< \NewConfigure{tableofcontents}{5} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Content in Margins} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Margin Notes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\:tempc{\@ifnextchar [\:xmpar{\:xmpar[]}} \HLet\marginpar\:tempc \long\def\:xmpar[#1]#2{\a:marginpar{#2}\b:marginpar} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{marginpar}{2} >>> \ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim Nope. DIV is not the one to use. Alan, if you know TeX, think \marginpar{...}. I want to stuff a box somewhere, linked to the location in the text where the item appears. I don't want to break the text that contains the material in question. Now Mr. Freedom X, recall that while a box inline is not recommended in HTML 4, it isn't illegal, either. I'm not talking SGML here, Alan. http://www.indrev.com Right of nature what.The right of nature, which writers commonly call jus naturale, is the liberty each man hath to use his own power as he will himself for the preservation of his own nature—that is to

Liberty what. to the proper signification of the word, the absence of external impediments; which impediments may oft take away part of a man's power to do what he would, but cannot hinder him from using the power left him according as his judgement and reason shall dictate to him. and law, Difference of right and law.yet they ought to be distinguished, because right consists in liberty to do, or to forbear; whereas law determines and binds to one of them: so that law and right differ as much as obligation and liberty, which in one and the same matter are inconsistent. \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Picture Insertions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % picins.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari % | | \Hinput{picins} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{picins} \<<< \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% \def\parpicOpt{#5}% \old@par \a:parpic #7\b:parpic \old@par } \NewConfigure{parpic}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Chapter{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Lost Spaces} The following has the definition \''\def\@{\spacefactor\@m}' in latex, and it causes a loss of spaces in tex4ht. \<<< \let\@|=\empty >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Accents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The following was for \`'/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty' and files like \`'/n/candy/0/tex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/latin1.def'. But 2022 release of LaTeX don't need special handling of \`'\@tabacckcludge', the accents works even when we remove the following redefinitions. What is more serious is that these redefinitions of MakeUppercase and MakeLowercase don't change text case anymore, and it also causes compilation error for the \`'\chapter' command. So we need to disable it even if it was useful in some older documents. \<<< \let\:tabacckludge|=\@tabacckludge \def\@tabacckludge#1{\csname #1\endcsname} \long\def\:temp#1{\bgroup \let\@tabacckludge|=\:tabacckludge \csname o:MakeUppercase :\endcsname{#1}\egroup} \expandafter\HLet\csname MakeUppercase \endcsname|=\:temp \long\def\:temp#1{\bgroup \let\@tabacckludge|=\:tabacckludge \csname o:MakeLowercase :\endcsname{#1}\egroup} \expandafter\HLet\csname MakeLowercase \endcsname|=\:temp >>> The following is the reasoning why the previous lines were included in the first place: \Verbatim > Really, [latin1] redefines "=E1" as {\@tabacckludge'a}, and TeX4ht is > not compatible with this. But this is a minor problem: hacking the > file latin1.def I can change {\@tabbackludge'a} for {\'a}, whith lends > to a correct output with TeX4ht (an even in a normal compilation under > LaTeX). I redefined \@tabacckludge to handle the problem for TeX4ht. I don't yet fully understand the purpose of \@tabacckludge, but I guess that changing latin1.def will cause font problems in standard mode. \EndVerbatim \ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim \documentclass{article} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html} \begin{document} \EndPreamble \catcode`\@=11 \string Z {\@tabacckludge'Z} /// {\string \i {\@tabacckludge`\i} /// � 252 � 253 \end{document} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi \Verbatim > I send to you my ..... file attached, but in order to test it > you'll ned an instalation of the EC fonts. These fonts, as you > probably know, are an extension of the Computer Modern fonts, with 256 > characters which include all the accented letters (tha are usual in > european languages). For using these fonts it is only required to: > > \usepackage{t1enc} > > Automagically, when you use in your document \'a, this generates in > the .dvi a character with code 225, instead of putting an accent over > the character code 97 (a), as in the Computer Modern font. This is an > advantage for hyphenating words containing accented characters. TeXht > redefines this behaviour, but I guess that this is not important, > since in HTML words are not hyphenated. > > In addition I use \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}, in order to make the > typing less painful. With this package I can type "=E1", and this letter > is translated to \'a (which in turn is translated in a single > character code if you use the EC fonts).=20 \EndVerbatim \ifHtml[\HPage{nedd to be fixed}\Verbatim \documentclass{book} % \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \usepackage{t1enc} \input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html} \begin{document} \EndPreamble \def\x{ � (252) � (253)} % -------------------------------- \x ======== \Picture*{} \x \EndPicture{} \end{document} \EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi LaTeX temporarily reassigngs other meaning in tables and elsewhere to \'=\``=, \'+\=+, and \'+\``+. Make sure that the followin appear after their redefinition in TeX4ht so that they will carry the desired meaning. \<<< \let\@acci|=\' \let\@accii|=\` \let\@acciii|=\= >>> \<<< \def\:tempc#1{% \if '#1\let\:temp=\@acci \else \if `#1\let\:temp=\@accii \else \if =#1\let\:temp=\@acciii \else \def\:temp{\@tabacckludge#1}\fi\fi\fi \:temp} \HLet\a\:tempc >>> The \'\a' command is a compensantion for the missing cases of \'=\``=, \'+\=+, and \'+\``+ used as \'=\a``=, \'+\a=+, and \'+\a``+, respectively. In LaTeX it is defined to equal \''\@tabacckludge'. %%%%%%%%%%%%% \SubSection{nomencl} %%%%%%%%%%%%% Compilation: \Verbatim latex test makeindex test.nlo -s nomencl.ist -o test.nls htlatex test \EndVerbatim \<<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % nomencl.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari % | \Hinput{nomencl} \endinput >>> \AddFile{9}{nomencl} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{List-Tocs of Figures and Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The following is for the list of figures/tables. \<<< \def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces} >>> The added \''\par' after \''\a:listof' is to avoid problems in an environment that should be entered in vertical mode, at least for the case of \''\addvspace'. % \@ifclassloaded{amsproc}{\:Optionfalse}{\:Optiontrue} % \@ifclassloaded{amsbook}{\:Optionfalse}{} % \@ifclassloaded{amsart}{\:Optionfalse}{} % \if:Option \<<< \def\@starttoc#1{% \begingroup \makeatletter \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}% \a:listof\par \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}% \b:listof \if@filesw \expandafter\expandafter\csname newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax \fi \global\@nobreakfalse \endgroup} >>> Was \`'\pend:defI\@starttoc{\par}' \SubSection{Configurations} The following is for book.cls, article.cls,... \<<< \NewConfigure{listof}{6} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{/input Command} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \pend:defI\@iinput{\egroup} \let\o:iinput:|=\@iinput \def\@iinput{\bgroup \catcode`\_=12 \o:iinput:} >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\bgroup \catcode`\_=12 \la:include} \def\la:include#1{\egroup \o:include:{#1}} \HLet\include\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Section{Fonts (latex.ltx + fontmath.4ht)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< % fontmath.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari | | | | | | \Hinput{fontmath} \endinput >>> \AddFile{2}{fontmath} \<<< | | >>> % fontmath.ltx:\DeclareMathAlphabet {\mathit}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{it} % fontmath.ltx:\SetMathAlphabet\mathit{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it} % % latex209.def:\let\mathit\undefined % latex209.def:\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathit{italic} % % oldlfont.sty:\let\mathit\undefined % oldlfont.sty:\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet\mathit{italic} Fonts can create problems in edef environments. The following definition is to get protection in titles taht go to the top of hypertext pages. The \`'\text...' belong to latex.ltx. \<<< \def\:same#1{#1} \def\no:fonts{\more:no \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect } \def\more:no{% \let\footnote|=\:gobble \let\ |=\space } >>> Definitions like \Verb'\def\mathbf#1{\a:mathbf#1\b:mathbf}' must take care of commands like \Verb'\bf'. The latter commands in effect tranform the \Verb'\mathbf' commands into old fashion \Verb'$\bf R$'. \<<< \def\choose:mfont#1{\ifx \math@bgroup \relax \expandafter\old:mfont \else \expandafter\new:mfont \fi {#1}} \def\old:mfont#1{\csname o:@#1:\endcsname} | \:tempd{mathbf} \:tempd{mathrm} \:tempd{mathsf} \:tempd{mathit} \:tempd{mathtt} >>> \<<< \def\new:mfont#1#2{% \csname a:#1\endcsname \csname o:#1@@:\endcsname {#2}\csname b:#1\endcsname } \def\:temp{\protect \@mathtt} \ifx \mathtt\:temp |

\else
   |<2005 fontmath|>
\fi
>>>

\<<<
\def\:tempd#1{%
   \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{%
       \noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand
            \csname #1@@\endcsname}
   \expandafter\edef\csname #1@@\endcsname{%
       \noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand
       \csname @#1\endcsname}
   \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}
   \expandafter\HLet\csname #1@@\endcsname\:tempc
   \NewConfigure{#1}{2}%
}
>>>

\<2005 fontmath\><<<
\def\:tempd#1{%
   \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{%
       \noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand
            \csname #1@@\endcsname}
   \expandafter\edef\csname #1@@\endcsname{%
       \noexpand\protect \expandafter\noexpand
       \csname #1\space\endcsname}
   \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}
   \expandafter\HLet\csname #1@@\endcsname\:tempc
   \NewConfigure{#1}{2}%
}
>>>

The following configuration break, for instance, with the following
source due to  dynamic  change of fonts.

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article} 
\begin{document} 
prima  {\boldmath $\mathrm{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}^{14}C}$} 
 
seconda   {\boldmath $\mathsf{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}^{15}C}$} 
 
terza   {\boldmath $\mathrm{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}^{16}C}$} 
 
quarta   {\boldmath $\mathsf{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}^{17}C}$} 
 
 quinta   {$\mathtt{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}^{18}C}$} 
\end{document} 
\EndVerbatim

\<<<
\def\new:mfont#1#2{%
      \csname a:#1\endcsname
      \csname o:@#1:\endcsname
  {#2}\csname b:#1\endcsname   
}    
\def\:tempd#1{%
   \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}
   \expandafter\HLet\csname @#1\endcsname|=\:tempc
   \NewConfigure{#1}{2}%
}
>>>

The \Verb+\csname mv@\math@version \endcsname+ showas the installed 
math macros. The following modification might also become handy.

\Verbatim
\def\install@mathalphabet#1{%
  \expandafter\ifx \csname o:\expandafter\:gobble\string #1:\endcsname\relax
     \:warning{\expandafter\:gobble\string #1 not configured}%
     \expand:after{\gdef#1}%
  \else
     \expand:after{\expandafter\gdef\csname o:\expandafter
         \:gobble\string #1:\endcsname}%
  \fi
}
\EndVerbatim

\Verbatim

The issue of font decoration in math is currently problematic.   

*  In unicode, decorated symbols get distinguished codes if 
   the decoration implies special math meaning.  Consequently,
   symbols with `meaningful' decorations should be embedded 
   in decorated unicode entries, whereas `meaningless' decorations
   should be set through style sheets (e.g., css or xslt). 

*  The behavior of latex doesn't seem to always be meaningful, for
   instance, \mathbf in the following example.

     \documentclass{amsart}
        \RequirePackage{bm}
     \begin{document}
     
       \def\x{ A + \alpha + \Delta }
     
       $ \x            $ \par       % none in bold
       $ \bm{ \x }     $ \par       % all in bold
       $ \mathbf{ \x } $            % just A and Delta in bold
     
     \end{document}
     
*   The decorations by \bm, I think, should be considered meaningless.
    Currently they can't be realized through style sheets, because the
    browsers don't seem to support such capabilities for mathml.

*   A few cases, like \mathbb, seem to have `meaningful' decorations.
    So tex4ht tries to implement these decorations.
\EndVerbatim

\<<<
\NewConfigure{texttt}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:texttt :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:texttt \csname o:texttt :\endcsname{##1}\b:texttt}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname texttt \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:texttt{#1}\c:def\b:texttt{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textit}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textit :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textit \csname o:textit :\endcsname{##1}\b:textit}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textit \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textit{#1}\c:def\b:textit{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textrm}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textrm :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textrm \csname o:textrm :\endcsname{##1}\b:textrm}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textrm \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textrm{#1}\c:def\b:textrm{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textup}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textup :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textup \csname o:textup :\endcsname{##1}\b:textup}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textup \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textup{#1}\c:def\b:textup{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textsl}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textsl :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textsl \csname o:textsl :\endcsname{##1}\b:textsl}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textsl \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textsl{#1}\c:def\b:textsl{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textsf}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textsf :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textsf \csname o:textsf :\endcsname{##1}\b:textsf}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textsf \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textsf{#1}\c:def\b:textsf{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textbf}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textbf :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textbf \csname o:textbf :\endcsname{##1}\b:textbf}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textbf \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textbf{#1}\c:def\b:textbf{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textsc}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:textsc :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:textsc \csname o:textsc :\endcsname{##1}\b:textsc}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname textsc \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:textsc{#1}\c:def\b:textsc{#2}}
\NewConfigure{emph}[2]{\expandafter\ifx \csname o:emph :\endcsname\relax
  \long\def\:temp##1{{\a:emph \csname o:emph :\endcsname{##1}\b:emph}}%
  \expandafter\HLet\csname emph \endcsname|=\:temp  
  \fi \c:def\a:emph{#1}\c:def\b:emph{#2}}
>>>

\<<<
\def\:temp#1#2|{\def\:temp{#1}}
\expandafter\:temp\usepackage|
\def\:tempa{\@latex@e@error}
\ifx \:temp\:tempa \else
   |
\fi
>>>


\<<<
\def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\tmp:toks{#1{#2}}%
   \long\expandafter\edef\csname #4 \endcsname{\the\tmp:toks
        {\expandafter\noexpand
   \csname o:\expandafter\:gobble\string #3:\endcsname}}}
\def\:temp#1{%
  \expandafter\ifx \csname #1 \endcsname\relax\else
     \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:tempa\csname #1 \endcsname{#1}%
  \fi
}
\:temp{rm}
\:temp{sf}
\:temp{tt}
\:temp{bf}
\:temp{it}
>>>

I don't really understand what the above code does. Is it really necessary anymore?
The short font commands are deprecated for quite some time, KOMA classes removed them
and this definition causes issues with it.

Michal, October 2018

Just disable the old font commands patching for now.

% \<<<
% |
% >>>
% 
% \<<<
% |       
% >>>

The else part is for compabibility when the \`'fonts' option is 
inactive.

\ifHtml[\HPage{comment}\Verbatim
you probably don't want the `fonts' in \Preamble.  It is an ugly, and
not 100% safe, creature left over from the time fonts got their
support just from the from the .sty files.  Now the support comes from
tex4ht.c, based on the font information available in the dvi files.

\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\Section{Hfonts}

\ifHtml[\HPage{test data}\Verbatim

\documentclass{article}

\input tex4ht.sty
\Preamble{html,3,next,fonts}
\begin{document}
\EndPreamble

The mathit needs a, preferable built-in, Protect.

\section{What is $\mathit{mathit}$?}

section one.

$\mathit{NONE-mathit}$\par
$\mathrm{NONE-mathrm}$\par
$\mathsf{NONE-mathsf}$\par
$\mathbf{NONE-mathbf}$\par
$\mathtt{NONE-mathtt}$\par
\par
\textbf{NONE-textbf}\par
\textit{NONE-textit}\par
\textrm{NONE-textrm}\par
\textsc{NONE-textsc}\par
\textsf{NONE-textsf}\par
\textsl{NONE-textsl}\par
\texttt{NONE-texttt}\par

\section{What is \textit{textit}?}

test

\end{document}

\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

How about the following ones?

\`'
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textnormal}{\normalfont}
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textmd}{\mdseries}
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\textup}{\upshape}
\DeclareTextFontCommand{\emph}{\em}'

\ifHtml[\HPage{why the extra x? in latex}\Verbatim

\Draw  \Large \baselineskip=0.8\baselineskip
   \TreeSpec(n,\Node & r,\SRectNode)()()
   \TreeAlign(H,-1,0)(0,0,0)
   \MinNodeSize(1,30)
\TreeSpace(S,30,10)  \NodeMargin(5,10)
\Tree()(
   1,n,s~~o~~u~~r~~c~~e//
   1,r,{TeX} //
   1,n,d\strut~~v\strut~~i\strut //
   2,r,{tex4ht} //
   0,n,{h\rlap{tml}}
   & 1,n,i\strut~~v\strut~~d\strut  //
   1,r,{dvi}~~{to}~~{gif}//
   0,n,g~~i~~f//
)
\EndDraw
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\SubSection{Parbox}

Hide an artificial  math.

\<<<
\long\def\:temp#1#2[#3]#4#5{%
  \leavevmode
  \@pboxswfalse
  \setlength\@tempdima{#4}%
  \@begin@tempboxa\vbox{\hsize\@tempdima\@parboxrestore#5\@@par}%
    \ifx|#2\else
    \ifx|#2\else
      \setlength\@tempdimb{#2}%
      \def\@parboxto{to\@tempdimb}%
    \fi\fi
     \def\v:TBL{#1}%
    \if#1b\vbox
    \else\if #1t\vtop
    \else\ifmmode\vcenter
    \else\@pboxswtrue |$\vcenter
    \fi\fi\fi
    \@parboxto{\let\hss\vss\let\unhbox\unvbox
       \csname bm@#3\endcsname}%
    \if@pboxsw \m@th$\fi
  \@end@tempboxa}
\HLet\@iiiparbox|=\:temp
>>>

\<<<
\expandafter\everymath\expandafter{\expandafter
           \everymath\expandafter{\the\everymath}}%
>>>

\<<<
\@empty >>>

\<<<
\relax >>>

\Chapter{latex209.def}

\<<<
% latex209.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|
\let\:fnsymbol\@fnsymbol
\def\@fnsymbol#1{{\hbox{$\:fnsymbol{#1}$}}}
\Hinput{latex209}
>>>        \AddFile{5}{latex209}

         
\Chapter{Sectioning Commands}

   

\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim

 >   (5.5.2.1) "likesection" instead of "section*"? Technically I don't
 > see offhand why this non-intuitive substitution should be necessary.

I always hated this part, and I hope I'll have enough time to fix it
before the text will go out of my hand for publication.
(Historically, I introduced the \like... commands to save the users
employing code like \expandafter\foo\csname ...*\endcsname.  I suspect
that historical reason is not valid anymore.)

-eitan

CAN'T, e.g., :

\Css{.sectionHead, .likesectionHead {
   text-align:right;
   font-family: cursive;
   border-bottom:solid 2px; }}

\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\Section{Parts}

\<<<
\ifx \part\:UnDef\else  
   |
\fi
>>>

\<<<
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
      \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}%
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
    \else
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
    \fi
    \csname @endpart\endcsname}
>>>

The \''\@endpart' is not defined for \`'article' class.

The above is LaTeX's def without the output of titles.

\<<<
\let\:tempb|=\part
\Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1} 
\let\:part|=\part
\let\part|=\:tempb
\let\no@part|=\@part
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
   {\let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
>>>

\<<<
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1} 
\let\:likepart|=\likepart
\let\likepart|=\:UnDef
\let\no@spart|=\@spart
\def\@spart#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likepart{#1}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Verbatim
\renewcommand\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
\renewcommand\theparagraph     {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
\renewcommand\thesubparagraph  {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
\EndVerbatim

\Section{Chapters, Appendixes, and Like Chapters}

We can test for \''\@chapter', but not fo   \''\chapter', to
check whether the unit exists. fancyheadings.sty
changes the latter into \''\relax'.

\<<<
\let\:tempb|=\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1} 
\let\:chapter|=\chapter
\let\chapter|=\:tempb
\def\@makechapterhead#1{}
\let\no@chapter|=\@chapter
\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
   |%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}}
>>>

\<<<
\Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1} 
\let\:likechapter|=\likechapter
\let\likechapter|=\:UnDef
\let\no@schapter|=\@schapter
\def\@schapter#1{%
   |%
   {\let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likechapter{#1}}
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@appendix|=\appendix
\Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1} 
\let\:appendix|=\appendix
\def\appendix{%
   \def\@chapter[##1]##2{%
      |%
      {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}%
      \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}%
   \no@appendix}
>>>

\<<<
\def\Toc:Title#1{\gdef\TocTitle{#1}%
  \ifx\TocTitle\empty \global\let\TocTitle|=\:UnDef\fi}
>>>

If defined, the \''\TocTitle' carries  the info in the
square brackets of \`'\@chapter[##1]##2{...',
\`'\@section[##1]##2{...', etc.

\Verbatim
> I discovered that TeX4ht uses some literal strings, like "Chapter"
> for the name of the chapters. This causes an incompatibility with
> the package Babel (for typesetting documents in other languages than
> english). LaTeX uses the command \chaptername for storing the string
> "Chapter", and babel redefines this command in a convenient way for
> each language (in spanish, \chaptername is "Cap\'{\i}tulo"). Since
> TeX4ht does not use the \chaptername, its output is always
> "Chapter", which is inconvenient for non-english users. I don't know
> if TeX4ht uses other literal strings, I only noticed this one.
\EndVerbatim

\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
book.cls:\newcommand\contentsname{Contents}
book.cls:\newcommand\listfigurename{List of Figures}
book.cls:\newcommand\listtablename{List of Tables}
book.cls:\newcommand\bibname{Bibliography}
book.cls:\newcommand\indexname{Index}
book.cls:\newcommand\figurename{Figure}
book.cls:\newcommand\tablename{Table}
book.cls:\newcommand\partname{Part}
book.cls:\newcommand\chaptername{Chapter}
book.cls:\newcommand\appendixname{Appendix}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\Section{Sections and Like Sections}

\<<<
\ifx \section\:UnDef\else  
   |
\fi
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@section|=\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesection \fi}{#1} 
\let\no:section|=\section
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
\Def:Section\likesection{}{#1} 
\let\:likesection|=\likesection
\let\likesection|=\:UnDef
>>>

\SubSection{Configurations}

%\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth
%    \else \thesection \space \fi#1}

\Section{SubSections}

\<<<
|
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@subsection|=\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsection|=\subsection
\def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1} 
\let\:likesubsection|=\likesubsection
\let\likesubsection|=\:UnDef
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Configurations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

% \Configure{subsectionTITLE+}
%   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth
%    \else \thesubsection \space \fi#1}

\Section{SubSubSections}

\<<<
|
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@subsubsection|=\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsubsection|=\subsubsection
\def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1} 
\let\:likesubsubsection|=\likesubsubsection
\let\likesubsubsection|=\:UnDef
>>>

\SubSection{Configurations}

\`'' might use too small chars

% \Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}
%   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth
%    \else \thesubsubsection \space \fi#1}

\Section{Paragraphs and Sub-Paragraphs}

\<<<
|
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@paragraph|=\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \theparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:paragraph|=\paragraph
\def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}}
\Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1} 
\let\:likeparagraph|=\likeparagraph
\let\likeparagraph|=\:UnDef
>>>

\<<<
\let\no@subparagraph|=\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subparagraph|=\subparagraph
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
\Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1} 
\let\:likesubparagraph|=\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph|=\:UnDef
>>>

\SubSection{Configurations}

\<<<
\ifx\bf\:UnDef 
   \def\bf{\normalfont\bfseries}
\fi
>>>

\Section{Options 1, 2, 3 for LaTeX}

\''\:tempa' is everywhere, so we use it to conditionally call
to \''\tableofcontents' throug attachments points when tex4ht
any of the options is on.

\<<<
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
      \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
   \else
      \edef\auto:toc{#1}%
         \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef
            \let\au:StartSec|=\:StartSec   
            \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents
               \global\let\auto:toc|=\:UnDef \:StartSec}%
            \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}%
   \fi  \fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Encodings}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{t2benc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% t2benc.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|
\Hinput{t2benc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{t2benc}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ot4enc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ot4enc.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|
\Hinput{ot4enc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ot4enc}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pd1enc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pd1enc.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|
\Hinput{pd1enc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pd1enc}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{inputenc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% inputenc.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|

\def\temp#1{\o:IeC:{\protect#1}}
\HLet\IeC=\temp

\Hinput{inputenc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{4}{inputenc}

Needed in, for instance, the definition \''\IeC {\^\i }' of \^i under
\''\edef'.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{More LaTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{/listoffigures and /listoftables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<<<
\let\:tempc|=\listoffigures
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup}
\HLet\listoffigures|=\:tempc
\let\:tempc|=\listoftables
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup}
\HLet\listoftables|=\:tempc
>>>

\<<<
\NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2} 
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}  
>>>

\Section{Newline and Vspace}

Latex uses vrule for vertical spaces within paragraph.  In orser
not to break paragraphs, we put line breaks.  So, for instance, 
centered paragraphs retain their shapes.

\`'\\[...]' and \''\\*[...]', in normal mode, are
 implied from \''\@xnewline', and in turn on \`'\newline' and \''\vspace'.
More recent definitions of latex rely on \''\@gnewline'.

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}  
\begin{document}  
  
Try \\[1mm]| this.
  
\end{document}  
\EndVerbatim

\<<<
\ifx \@gnewline\:UnDef
   \append:def\newline{\ifhmode \a:newline\fi}
   \def\@newline[#1]{\ifhmode\unskip
          \tmp:dim=#1\relax
          \ifdim \tmp:dim>0.98\smallskipamount \a:newline\fi
      \fi\vspace{#1}\newline}
\else   
   \let\:tempc\@gnewline
   \pend:defI\:tempc{\ht:special{t4ht@[}}
   \append:defI\:tempc{\ht:special{t4ht@]}\ifhmode \a:newline\fi}
   \HLet\@gnewline\:tempc
   \def\:temp[#1]{{\ifhmode\unskip
          \tmp:dim=#1\relax
          \ifdim \tmp:dim>0\smallskipamount \a:newline\fi  
          \let\a:newline|=\empty
      \fi\vspace{#1}\o:@newline:[#1]}}
   \HLet\@newline|=\:temp
\fi
>>>

The recent latex.ltx file introduced the code

\Verbatim
   \global\let\if@newlist\@@if@newlist
\EndVerbatim

at the end of the \''\@outputpage' macro.  In the case of plain latex, I
suspect, the task of this code is to avoid extra vertical space before
a list which starts at the top of a page.  This effect is achieved by
having the \''\if@newlist' changing to false from true at the page break.

In the case of tex4ht, the side effect of losing the list header
caused also the loss of the code \'''.

Latex 200 introduces \`'\global\let\if@newlist\@@if@newlist' at the
end of the \''\@outputpage' routine.
Without the following, we loose start of new lists at top of pages. 

\<<<
\ifx \@@if@newlist\:UnDef \else
  \pend:def\@outputpage{\expandafter\global \expandafter\let
      \expandafter\@@if@newlist\csname if@newlist\endcsname}
\fi
>>>

\<<<
\NewConfigure{newline}{1}
>>>

We can't play with the following because we may get extra \''
's
for paragraph breaks \'''.

\Verbatim
    \let\:vspace|=\@vspace
    \let\:vspacer|=\@vspacer
    \def\@vspace#1{\vsp:br{#1}\:vspace{#1}}
    \def\@vspacer#1{\vsp:br{#1}\:vspacer{#1}}
    \def\vsp:br#1{\ifhmode 
          \ifdim #1>0.98\smallskipamount \HCode{
}\fi
       \fi }
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Title Page}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%      \Configure{@classz}{}{}{}{}%

\<<<
\let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup 
   |%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef  
      \def\sec:typ{title}%
      \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
      \Configure{newpage}{}%
      \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
      |%
      \Configure{HBorder}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}%
      \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{\e:mktl}
        {\bgroup |}{\egroup}
      \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}%
      |%
      \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
      \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
      \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
      |</and for maketitle|>%
   \fi 
   \pic:gobble\a:mktl  \o:maketitle:  \pic:gobble\b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty}
>>>

\<maketable save tabular\><<<
\let\a:tabular:sv|=\a:tabular \let\b:tabular:sv|=\b:tabular
\let\c:tabular:sv|=\c:tabular \let\d:tabular:sv|=\d:tabular
\let\e:tabular:sv|=\e:tabular \let\f:tabular:sv|=\f:tabular
\let\before:begintabular:sv|=\before:begintabular
>>>

\<maketable recall tabular\><<<
\let\a:tabular|=\a:tabular:sv \let\b:tabular|=\b:tabular:sv
\let\c:tabular|=\c:tabular:sv \let\d:tabular|=\d:tabular:sv
\let\e:tabular|=\e:tabular:sv \let\f:tabular|=\f:tabular:sv
\let\before:begintabular|=\before:begintabular:sv
>>>

Old latex files need \''\no:fonts', but not new ones.---wrong, as far as writing to toc in 0.0?

\</and for maketitle\><<<
\def\and{\a:and}
>>>

\<redefine maketitle\><<<
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>

\`'<H..>' with nested fonts doesn't work nicely in NetScape.

\ifHtml[\HPage{more}\Verbatim
\documentstyle{article}

\title{A B and C}
\author{X \and Y}

\input tex4ht.sty \Preamble{html}
        \begin{document}
     \EndPreamble

 \maketitle

\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\Section{Multi Columns}

\SubSection{xx}

\Verbatim
\CssFile
P.border {  clear: both ; }
span.tcgroup { width: 80\% ; display: block ; float: left ; }
span.title {  padding-left: 10\% ;  width: 100\% ; }
span.nodisp {display: none ; }
span.jrnl {   padding-left: 20\% ;  width: 100\% ; }
span.altgroup {   width: 18\% ;  display: block ;  float: right }
.filesize {   width: 100\% ;  font-style: italic ;  float: left ; }
.artlinks {   width: 100\% ;  clear: left ; }
\EndCssFile

\HCode{
<P class="border">
  <span class="author">xx, xx<span class="nodisp">,</span></span>
  <span class="tcgroup">
  <span class="title"><span class="nodisp">"</span>Toward a 
       xyz<span class="nodisp">,"</span></span>
  <span class="jrnl">74 <cite>abc.</cite> (1969): 12-51<span class="nodisp">.</span></span>
</span>
<span class="altgroup">
   <span 
       class="filesize"><em>107k</em></span><span class="nodisp">,</span>
   <span class="artlinks">[<A HREF=uuu.html>HTML</A>]\ [<A 
      HREF=foo.rtf>RTF</A>]</span>
</span>
</P>
}

\EndVerbatim

\SubSection{xx}

\Verbatim

DIV.left
     {                        
      width: 33%;
      float: left;
      text-align: left;
      padding:  0 1em 0 1em;
          
     }
DIV.middle
     {
      width: 33%;
      float: left;
      text-align: left;
      padding: 0 1em 0 1em;
     }
DIV.right
     {
      width: 33%;
      float: left;
      text-align: left;
      padding: 0 1em 0 1em;
     }
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{LaTeX Classes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Book.cls, Report.cls, Article.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<book / report / article\><<<
  |<html report, article, book|>
  |<latex report,... shared config|>
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{memoir}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{memoir}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<memoir.4ht\><<<
% memoir.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\input book.4ht
\input verse.4ht
\input booktabs.4ht
\let\columnlines\empty

|<memoir cfg|>
\ifx \memgobble\:UnDef
   |<memoir pre 2008|>
\else 
   |<memoir 2008|>
   |<mempatch cfg|>
\fi
\Hinput{memoir}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{memoir}

\<memoir cfg\><<<
\let\rm\empty
\let\sf\empty
\let\tt\empty
\let\bf\empty
\let\it\empty

\renewcommand*{\@memoldfonterr}[3]{}
\renewcommand*{\@memoldfontwarn}[3]{}


\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}%
    \global\let\f@rtoc\f@rtoc
    \ifx\f@rtoc\empty\gdef\f@rtoc{#2}\fi
    \global\let\f@rhdr\f@rhdr  }%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{\f@rtoc}\:chapter{#2}}
>>>

Memoir supports starred version ot the TOC command

\<memoir cfg\><<<
\def\:tempc{\@ifstar\o:tableofcontents:\o:tableofcontents:}
\HLet\tableofcontents\:tempc
>>>

Support for the \Verb=\book= command
\<memoir cfg\><<<
\Def:Section\book{\thebook}{#1}
>>>

Memoir reimplements abstract.sty 

\<memoir cfg\><<<
|<abstract.sty conf|>
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{abstract}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<abstract.4ht\><<<
% abstract.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<abstract.sty conf|>
\Hinput{abstract}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{8}{abstract}

\<abstract.sty conf\><<<
\NewConfigure{abstracttitle}{2}
\newenvironment{abstracttitle4ht}{\a:abstracttitle}{\b:abstracttitle\par\noindent}
% get rid of all extra <span> elements introduced by smaller font size
% \renewcommand{\abstracttextfont}{\normalfont}
% \renewcommand{\abstractnamefont}{\normalfont}
% use our dummy environment to insert tags around the abstract title
\renewcommand{\absnamepos}{abstracttitle4ht}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{verse}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<verse.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% verse.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<verse cfg|>
\Hinput{verse}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{verse}

\<verse cfg\><<<
\def\@vsptitle[#1]#2{%
  |<memoir verse title|>%
  \a:poemtitle
  \addcontentsline{toc}{\poemtoc}{#1}
  \poemtitlemark{#1}%
  \b:poemtitle
  \@vstypeptitle{#2}%
  \c:poemtitle
  \@afterheading}
\def\@vssptitle#1{%
  \a:likepoemtitle
  \@vstypeptitle{#1}%
  \b:likepoemtitle
  \@afterheading}
\NewConfigure{poemtitle}{3}
\NewConfigure{likepoemtitle}{2}
>>>

\<verse cfg\><<<   
\pend:def\@vscentercr{%
   \let\incr:vsline\incr@vsline
   \def\incr@vsline{\let\incr@vsline\incr:vsline}%
}
\pend:def\start@vsline{\a:verseline  \incr@vsline}
\renewcommand{\@vsifbang}[1]{\@ifnextchar !{%
   \b:verseline\incr@vsline \@firstoftwo{#1}}}
\expand:after{\let\sv:verse}\csname \string\verse\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname \string\verse\endcsname[#1]{%
   \let\:temp\refstepcounter
   \def\refstepcounter##1\let{\let\refstepcounter\:temp\let}%
   \sv:verse[#1]%
   \a:verseline  |<memoir verse counter|>%
   \setcounter{poemline}{0}%
   \setcounter{vslineno}{1}%
   \incr@vsline
}
\NewConfigure{verseline}{2}
>>>

\<memoir verse counter\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname c@verse\endcsname\relax \else
   \refstepcounter{verse}%
\fi
>>>

\<memoir verse title\><<<
\csname phantomsection\endcsname
>>>

\<verse cfg\><<<   
\pend:defI\flagverse{\a:flagverse}
\append:defI\flagverse{\b:flagverse}
\NewConfigure{flagverse}{2}
>>>

\<memoir pre 2008\><<<
\pend:defI\getthelinenumber{%
   \let\sv:thepoemline\thepoemline
   \pend:def\thepoemline{\a:poemline}%
   \append:def\thepoemline{\b:poemline}}
\append:defI\getthelinenumber{\let\thepoemline\sv:thepoemline}
>>>

\<memoir 2008\><<<
\pend:defII\getthelinenumber{%
   \let\sv:thepoemline\thepoemline
   \pend:def\thepoemline{\a:poemline}%
   \append:def\thepoemline{\b:poemline}}
\append:defII\getthelinenumber{\let\thepoemline\sv:thepoemline}
>>>

\<memoir cfg\><<<
\NewConfigure{poemline}{2}
>>>

\<memoir cfg\><<<
\NewConfigure{legend}{2}
\renewcommand\legend[1]{\a:legend #1\b:legend}
>>>

There is a clash between Memoir and Hyperref, as it uses the
Hfootnote counter, which isn't declared. 

\<memoir cfg\><<<
\@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
\ifHy@hyperfootnotes
\Hy@hyperfootnotesfalse
\newcounter{Hfootnote}
\fi
}{}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mempatch}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mempatch.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% mempatch.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<mempatch cfg|>
\Hinput{mempatch}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{mempatch}

\<mempatch cfg\><<<
\let\no@Msect\M@sect
\NewConfigure{@sec @ssect}[1]{%
   \def\rdef:sec##1{#1\csname no@##1\endcsname}}
\:CheckOption{sections-}     \if:Option
   \Configure{@sec @ssect}{}
\else
   \Configure{@sec @ssect}{%
      |<sv Sc, sec, ssec|>\let\:Sc|=\:gobble
      |<redf memior sec|>%
      |<redf sec|>%
      |<redf ssec|>\IgnorePar}
\fi
>>>

\<redf memior sec\><<<
\def\M@sect##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7][##8]##9{%
   |<disable @seccntformat|>%
   \let\M@sect\no@Msect   \xdef\c:secnumdepth{##2}%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII \let\mark\:gobble
    \no@Msect{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}][{##8}]{}}%
   |<recall Sc, sec, ssec|>%
   |<restore @seccntformat|>%
   \HtmlEnv    \Toc:Title{##8}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##9}}%
>>>

\<sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\sv:Msect|=\M@sect
>>>

\<recall Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\M@sect|=\sv:Msect
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{revtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[ftp://ftp.aip.org/revtex]{}{}REVTeX 3.0 from the American Institute of Physics,\EndLink,
\Link[http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/]{}{}REVTeX 4 Home Page\EndLink

\<revtex4.4ht\><<<
% revtex4.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2002. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<revtex4 configs|>
\Hinput{revtex4}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{revtex4}

\<aps.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% aps.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<aps configs|>
\Hinput{aps}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{aps}

\<revsymb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% revsymb.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<revsymb configs|>
\Hinput{revsymb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{revsymb}

\<revsymb configs\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathrel{REV@lesssim } 
\MathSymbol\mathrel{REV@gtrsim } 
\MathSymbol\mathord{openone } 
\MathSymbol\mathrel{altsuccsim } 
\MathSymbol\mathrel{altprecsim } 
\MathSymbol\mathrel{corresponds } 
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
|<@array@array@new group|>
|<@array@ltx group|>
>>>

\List{}

\item{@array@array@new group}

\Verbatim
 \let\@array    \@array@array@new 
 \let\@@array   \@array 
 \let\@tabular  \@tabular@array@new 
 \let\@tabarray \@tabarray@array@new 
 \let\array     \array@array@new 
 \let\endarray  \endarray@array@new 
 \let\endtabular\endtabular@array@new 
 \let\@mkpream  \@mkpream@array@new 
 \let\@classx   \@classx@array@new 
 \let\@arrayacol\@arrayacol@ltx 
 \let\@tabacol  \@tabacol@ltx 
 \let\insert@column\insert@column@array@new 
 \expandafter\let\csname endtabular*\endcsname\endtabular 
 \let\@arraycr  \@arraycr@new 
 \let\@xarraycr \@xarraycr@new 
 \let\@xargarraycr\@xargarraycr@new 
 \let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr@new 
\EndVerbatim

\item{@array@ltx group}

\Verbatim
 \let\@array\@array@ltx 
 \let\multicolumn\multicolumn@ltx 
 \let\@tabular\@tabular@ltx 
 \let\@tabarray\@tabarray@ltx 
 \let\array\array@ltx 
 \let\endarray\endarray@ltx 
 \let\endtabular\endtabular@ltx 
 \let\@mkpream\@mkpream@ltx 
 \let\@addamp\@addamp@ltx 
 \let\@arrayacol\@arrayacol@ltx 
 \let\@tabacol\@tabacol@ltx 
 \let\@arrayclassz\@arrayclassz@ltx 
 \let\@tabclassiv\@tabclassiv@ltx 
 \let\@arrayclassiv\@arrayclassiv@ltx 
 \let\@tabclassz\@tabclassz@ltx 
 \let\@classv\@classv@ltx 
 \let\hline\hline@ltx 
 \let\@tabularcr\@tabularcr@ltx 
 \let\@xtabularcr\@xtabularcr@ltx 
 \let\@xargarraycr\@xargarraycr@ltx 
 \let\@yargarraycr\@yargarraycr@ltx
\EndVerbatim

\EndList

\<@array@array@new group\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
%\hshow{@array@array@new--222}%
  |<init conds for @mkpream|>% 
  \@tempdima\ht\strutbox 
  \advance\@tempdima by\extrarowheight 
  \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{}% 
  \begingroup 
     \@mkpream{#2}% 
     \xdef\@preamble{%
        |<ialign for html @array|>}%     
     |<globalize ar:cnt for array.sty|>%
  \endgroup 
  \@arrayleft 
  \@nameuse{@array@align@#1}% 
     \def\v:TBL{#1}%
     \m@th 
     \let\\\@arraycr \let\tabularnewline\\\let\par\@empty 
     \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
       \SaveMkHalignConfig 
       |<@array configuration for MkHalign|>%
       |<modefied @array config|>%
     \else \let\@sharp|=##\fi  
     \set@typeset@protect 
     \lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@ 
     \@preamble\array@row@pre
}
\HLet\@array@array@new\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@ltx group\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2{%
%\hshow{@array@ltx-22}% 
  |<init conds for @mkpream|>%
  \setbox\@arstrutbox\hbox{}%  
  \@nameuse{@array@align@#1}% 
     \@mkpream{#2}% 
     \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter=\expandafter{\@preamble}%
     \edef\@preamble{%
       \everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\noexpand\MkHalign\noexpand\@sharp
       {\the\tmp:toks \tabskip\z@skip}%
     }%     
     \def\v:TBL{#1}%
     \let\tabularnewline\\\let\par\@empty 
     \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
       \SaveMkHalignConfig 
       |<@array configuration for MkHalign|>%
       |<modefied @array config|>%
     \else \let\@sharp|=##\fi  
     \set@typeset@protect 
     \lineskip\z@skip\baselineskip\z@skip 
     \ifhmode \@preamerr\z@ \@@par\fi 
     \@preamble\array@row@pre
}
\HLet\@array@ltx\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@array@new group \><<<
\def\:tempc{%
%\hshow{@tabular@array@new--22}%
  |<set hooks of tabular|>%
  \o:@tabular@array@new:
}
\HLet\@tabular@array@new\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@ltx group \><<<
\def\:tempc{% 
  |<set hooks of tabular|>%
%\hshow{@tabular@ltx--22}%
  \o:@tabular@ltx:
}
\HLet\@tabular@ltx\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@array@new group\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
%\hshow{array@array@new--22}%
   |<set hooks of array|>%
   \o:array@array@new:} 
\HLet\array@array@new=\:tempc 
\def\:tempc{\relax \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi
   \enda:rray}
\HLet\endarray@array@new\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@ltx group\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
%\hshow{array@ltx-2}%
   |<set hooks of array|>%
   \o:array@ltx:} 
\HLet\array@ltx=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\relax 
   \ifx \HCol\:UnDef \else \ifnum\HCol=1 \a:endarray\fi \fi
   \crcr\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \EndMkHalign
   \else \egroup\fi \egroup}
\HLet\endarray@ltx\:tempc
>>>

\<@array@ltx group\><<<
\long\def\:temp#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}\a:multicolumn \begingroup  
%\hshow{multicolumn@ltx--2}%
  |<add Row.Col<-> to new:span|>%
  \def\@sharp{\c:multicolumn#3\d:multicolumn}\set@typeset@protect
  \let\@startpbox\@@startpbox\let\@endpbox\@@endpbox
  \@arstrut \@preamble\hbox{}\endgroup \b:multicolumn \ignorespaces}
\HLet\multicolumn@ltx|=\:temp
>>>

\<@array@ltx group\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:hline}
\HLet\hline@ltx|=\:temp
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\let\twocolumngrid\onecolumngrid   
\let\@twocolumntrue\@twocolumnfalse   
\@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw    
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\titleblock@produce{% 
 \a:mktl \par
 \begingroup 
     \pend:def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{%
        \pend:def\@AAC@list{\a:author}%
        \append:def\@AAC@list{\b:author}%
     }%
     \ifx \@date\empty\else
        \pend:def\@date{\a:date}%
        \append:def\@date{\b:date}%
     \fi
     \ifx \@received\empty\else
        \pend:def\@received{\a:received}%
        \append:def\@received{\b:received}%
     \fi
     \ifx \@revised\empty\else
        \pend:def\@revised{\a:revised}%
        \append:def\@revised{\b:revised}%
     \fi
     \ifx \@accepted\empty\else
        \pend:def\@accepted{\a:accepted}%
        \append:def\@accepted{\b:accepted}%
     \fi
     \ifx \@accepted\empty\else
        \pend:def\@published{\a:published}%
        \append:def\@published{\b:published}%
     \fi
  \let\footnote\footnote@latex 
  \let\@makefnmark\@makefnmark@latex 
  \let\@footnotemark\@footnotemark@latex 
  \let\thefootnote\frontmatter@thefootnote 
  \global\c@footnote\z@ 
  \let\@makefnmark\frontmatter@makefnmark 
  \frontmatter@setup 
  \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
  \par \a:ttl \label{FirstPage}\par 
  \frontmatter@title@produce 
  \b:ttl \par
  \groupauthors@sw{% 
   \frontmatter@author@produce@group 
  }{% 
   \frontmatter@author@produce@script 
  }% 
  \par \a:RRAPformat\par
  \frontmatter@RRAPformat{% 
   \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@date}% 
   \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@received}% 
   \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@revised}% 
   \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@accepted}% 
   \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@published}% 
  }% 
  \par\b:RRAPformat
  \frontmatter@abstract@produce
  \showPACS@sw{%
     \pend:defI\@pacs@produce{\par\a:pacs\par}%
     \append:defI\@pacs@produce{\par\b:pacs\par}%
  }{}% 
  \@pacs@produce\@pacs 
  \showKEYS@sw{%
     \pend:defI\@keywords@produce{\par\a:keywords\par}%
     \append:defI\@keywords@produce{\par\b:keywords\par}%
  }{}% 
  \@keywords@produce\@keywords 
  \par 
  \a:frontpagefootnote
  \minipagefootnote@here
  \b:frontpagefootnote
  \par
  \frontmatter@finalspace 
  |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
 \endgroup 
 \b:mktl \par
}% 
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\append:def\minipagefootnote@pick{%
  |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
}
\append:def\ruledtabular{%
  |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\NewConfigure{RRAPformat}{2}
\NewConfigure{received}{2}
\NewConfigure{revised}{2}
\NewConfigure{accepted}{2}
\NewConfigure{published}{2}
\NewConfigure{pacs}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
\NewConfigure{frontpagefootnote}{4}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\def\a:mktl{#1}\def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \def\a:ttl{#3}\def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}%
   \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}%
   \c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\append:def\abstract{\a:abstract}
\pend:def\endabstract{\b:abstract}
\NewConfigure{abstract}{2}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\o:doauthor:{\a:doauthor#1\b:doauthor}{#2}{#3}}
\HLet\doauthor\:tempc
\NewConfigure{doauthor}{2}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\do@affil@fromgroup#1#2{% 
  \@ifx{\relax#2}{}{% 
    \count@#2\relax 
    \@ifnum{\count@=\z@}{}{\a:affil#1\b:affil}% 
    \do@affil@fromgroup#1% 
}}
\NewConfigure{affil}{2} 
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\:temp{% 
  \@ifhmode{\skip@\lastskip\unskip\unpenalty\break
            \a:centercr\hskip\skip@}{}% 
}
\HLet\frontmatter@addressnewline\:temp
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\@doendnote#1#2{\bibitem{#1}\a:endnote #2\b:endnote}
\NewConfigure{endnote}{2}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\NAT@bibsetnum#1{% 
   \setlength{\topsep}{\z@}% 
   \let\sv:rEfLiNK \rEfLiNK 
   \let\rEfLiNK \@secondoftwo 
   \NATx@bibsetnum{\ref{LastBibItem}}% 
   \let\rEfLiNK \sv:rEfLiNK 
}
\long\def\frontmatter@makefntext#1{% 
 \parindent 1em
 \c:frontpagefootnote \a:footnotetext 
 \noindent 
 \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{frontmatter@\the
                                   \c@footnote}\hyper@anchorend}% 
 \@makefnmark 
 \b:footnotetext \a:footnotebody 
 #1% 
 \b:footnotebody \c:footnotetext \d:frontpagefootnote
}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\let\no@ssect@ltx=\@ssect@ltx
\def\@ssect@ltx#1#2#3#4#5{\:Sc3
   \no@ssect@ltx{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\:Sc4#5\:Sc2}\HtmlEnv}
\let\no@sect@ltx=\@sect@ltx
\def\@sect@ltx#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
   \xdef\c:secnumdepth{#2}\:Sc3
   \no@sect@ltx{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}[#7]{\:Sc4#8\:Sc2}\HtmlEnv}

\:CheckOption{sections-}     \if:Option 
   \Configure{@sec @ssect}{}
\else      
   \Configure{@sec @ssect}{%
      |<revtex4: sv Sc, sec, ssec|>\let\:Sc|=\:gobble
      |<revtex4: redf sec|>%
      |<revtex4: redf ssec|>\IgnorePar}
\fi

>>>

\<revtex4: redf sec\><<<
\def\@sect@ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{%
   |<disable @seccntformat|>%
   \let\@sect@ltx=\no@sect@ltx   \xdef\c:secnumdepth{##2}%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline|=\:gobbleIII \let\mark|=\:gobble
    \no@sect@ltx{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}]{}}%
   |<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec|>%
   |<restore @seccntformat|>%
   \HtmlEnv    \Toc:Title{##7}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##8}}%
>>>

\<revtex4: redf ssec\><<<
\def\@ssect@ltx##1##2##3##4##5##6[##7]##8{%
   |<star sec title|>%
   \let\@ssect@ltx=\no@ssect@ltx
   {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}%
    \no@ssect@ltx{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}[{##7}]{}}%
   |<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec|>%
   \HtmlEnv   \csname :like#1\endcsname{##8}}%
>>>

\<revtex4: sv Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\sv:Sc=\:Sc \let\sv:sect=\@sect@ltx \let\sv:ssect@ltx=\@ssect@ltx
>>>

\<revtex4: recall Sc, sec, ssec\><<<
\let\:Sc=\sv:Sc \let\@sect@ltx=\sv:sect \let\@ssect@ltx=\sv:ssect@ltx
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
|<subsections for book / report / article|>
|<subsubsections for book / report / article|>
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\@array@align@c{% 
  \leavevmode\@ifmmode{\vcenter\bgroup}{\vbox\bgroup\aftergroup\relax}}% 
\def\@array@align@v{% 
 \@ifmmode{% 
  \@badmath 
  \vcenter\bgroup 
 }{% 
  \@ifinner{% 
   \vbox\bgroup 
  }{% 
   \@@par\bgroup 
  }% 
 }% 
}% 
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\let\widetext\empty
\let\endwidetext\empty
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{% 
    \def \@captype {#1}% 
   \:clearpage \bf:float \:clearpage 
   \begingroup 
      \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\o:end@float: 
         \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end 
         \expandafter\let\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend 
      \fi 
      \@parboxrestore 
      \reset@font  
      \normalsize   
      \everypar{\HtmlPar}% 
      \@xfloat@prep 
      \@nameuse{fp@proc@#2}% 
} 
\def\end@float{\endgroup  \:clearpage \af:float  \minipagefootnote@here} 
\let\end@dblfloat=\end@float 
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% 
  \par 
  \begingroup 
     \small\rmfamily 
     \flushing 
     \let\footnote\@footnotemark@gobble 
   {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}
  \endgroup 
  \par
}
\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
   \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\pend:def\frontmatter@abstractheading{\a:abstractheading}
\append:def\frontmatter@abstractheading{\b:abstractheading}
\NewConfigure{abstractheading}{2}
\def\preprint#1{\a:preprint #1\b:preprint}
\NewConfigure{preprint}{2}
>>>

\<revtex4 configs\><<<
\def\p@subsection     {\thesection} 
\def\p@subsubsection  {\thesection\thesubsection} 
\def\p@paragraph      {\thesection\thesubsection\thesubsubsection} 
>>>

\<aps configs\><<<
\def\bib@device#1#2{% 
  \hb@xt@#1{\hfil \phantomsection 
     \addcontentsline {toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}\refname}}}
>>>

\<aps configsNO\><<<
|<revtex3 aps math|>
|<revtex3 aps title page|>
|<revtex3 aps sections|>
|<revtex3 prabib 4ht|>
>>>

\<revtex3 prabib 4ht\><<<
\pend:def\references{\ifpreprintsty\else \ShowPar \par\noindent\fi}
>>>

\<revtex3 aps math\><<<
\def\no:make@eqnnum{\let\make@eqnnum=\empty}
\append:def\equation{%
   \def\:@currentlabel{\the\c@equation}%
   \anc:lbl r{equation}%
   \pend:def\endequation{%
     \aftergroup\aftergroup
     \aftergroup\aftergroup
     \aftergroup\aftergroup
     \aftergroup\no:make@eqnnum}}
>>>

\<revtex3 aps title page\><<<
\def\:authoraddress{%
   \let\aps:centering=\centering
   \def\centering##1\par{\aps:centering\a:address##1\b:address\par}%
   \def\nointerlineskip{\def\centering####1\par{%
          \aps:centering\a:author####1\b:author\par}}}

\NewConfigure{address}{2}

\let\o:maketitle:\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
      |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
      \def\sec:typ{title}%
      \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
      \Configure{newpage}{}%
      \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl\vskip2.5pt}%
      \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
      \pend:def\@authoraddress{\bgroup\:authoraddress }%
      \append:def\@authoraddress{\egroup }%
      \def\and{\a:and}
     \pend:def\@maketitle{\a:mktl}%
     \append:def\@maketitle{\b:mktl}%
     \o:maketitle: 
   \egroup}

\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>

\<revtex3 aps sections\><<<
   \def\@part[#1]#2{%
    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
      \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}%
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
    \else
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
    \fi
    \csname @endpart\endcsname}
\let\:tempb\part
\Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1}
\let\:part\part
\let\part\:tempb
\let\no@part\@part
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
\let\:likepart\likepart
\let\likepart\:UnDef
\let\no@spart\@spart
\def\@spart#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likepart{#1}}

   \let\no@section\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesection \fi}{\uppercase{#1}}
\let\no:section\section
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
\Def:Section\likesection{}{\uppercase{#1}}
\let\:likesection\likesection
\let\likesection\:UnDef

\let\asp:@sect\no@sect
\def\no@sect#1#2#3#4#5{\asp:@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5\let\@svsec=\empty}}

\let\no@subsection\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsection\subsection
\def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsection\likesubsection
\let\likesubsection\:UnDef

\let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection
\def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection
\let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef

\let\no@paragraph\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \theparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:paragraph\paragraph
\def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}}
\Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph
\let\likeparagraph\:UnDef
\let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
\Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef

\def\tableofcontents{%
   \ifx\contentsname\empty \else
      \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else
         %
\section*{\contentsname}%
         %
%
   \fi\fi
   \:tableofcontents}

\ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}

\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi
\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@  section,\fi
\else
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,\fi
   \ifnum \z@>\c@tocdepth\else section,\fi
\fi
\ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz}%
   \noexpand\fi}
\def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\Auto:ent#1{%
   \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef
      #1\else \auto:toc \fi]}  \auto:toc
   \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef }

\def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents}
\pend:defIII\addcontentsline{%
   \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
   \gHAdvance\TitleCount  1 \fi }
\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof
                ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces}
\def\@starttoc#1{%
  \begingroup
    \makeatletter   \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%
    \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}%
    \a:listof\par
    \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}%
    \b:listof
    \if@filesw
      \expandafter\expandafter\csname
          newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname
      \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
    \fi
    \global\@nobreakfalse
  \endgroup}

\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
      \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
   \else
      \edef\auto:toc{#1}%
         \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef
            \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec
            \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents
               \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}%
            \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}%
   \fi  \fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Polish: mwart.cls, mwrep.cls, mwbk.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwart.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mwart.4ht\><<<
% mwart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  |<mwcls configs|>
  |<mwcls maketitle|>
  |<mwcls divs|>
  |<mwcls tocs|>
  |<mwart tocs|>
\Hinput{mwart}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{mwart}

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\:o:mw@normalheading\mw@normalheading
\pend:def\mw@normalheading{\def\mw@HeadingBreakBefore{00}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\mw:sectionx\mw@sectionx
\def\mw@sectionx{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\mw:sectionx}
\append:def\mw@runinheading{%
  \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar
    \edef\:temp{\the\everypar}\ifx \:temp\empty \everypar{\HtmlPar}\fi
  }%
  \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}%
}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:section\section
\Def:Section\section{\thesection}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:section
  \let\no:section\section
  \let\section=\:temp
  \let\section:head\section@head
\Def:Section\likesection{}{#1}
  \let\:likesection\likesection
  \let\likesection\:UnDef
\def\section@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
   \expandafter\no:section \else \expandafter\:likesection\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:subsection\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\thesubsection}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:subsection
  \let\no:subsection\subsection
  \let\subsection=\:temp
  \let\subsection:head\subsection@head
\Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1}
  \let\:likesubsection\likesubsection
  \let\likesubsection\:UnDef
\def\subsection@head{\ifHeadingNumbered \expandafter\no:subsection \else 
   \expandafter\:likesubsection\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\thesubsubsection}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:subsubsection
  \let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection
  \let\subsubsection=\:temp
  \let\subsubsection:head\subsubsection@head
\Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1}
  \let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection
  \let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef
\def\subsubsection@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
   \expandafter\no:subsubsection \else \expandafter\:likesubsubsection\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:paragraph\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\theparagraph}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:paragraph
  \let\no:paragraph\paragraph
  \let\paragraph=\:temp
  \let\paragraph:head\paragraph@head
\Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1}
  \let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph
  \let\likeparagraph\:UnDef
\def\paragraph@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
   \expandafter\no:paragraph \else 
   \expandafter\:likeparagraph\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\thesubparagraph}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:subparagraph
  \let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph
  \let\subparagraph=\:temp
  \let\subparagraph:head\subparagraph@head
\Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1}
  \let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
  \let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef
\def\subparagraph@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
  \expandafter\no:subparagraph \else 
  \expandafter\:likesubparagraph\fi {\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\no:part\part
\Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:part
  \let\no:part\part
  \let\part=\:temp
  \let\part:head\part@head
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
  \let\:likepart\likepart
  \let\likepart\:UnDef
\def\part@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
   \expandafter\no:part \else \expandafter\:likepart\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<mwcls divs\><<<
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection}
>>>


MW classes redefine caption when hyperref is active. This doesn't really provide 
useful value for the HTML export, it even provides unfortunate side effect that
it introduces an error in the .xref file for each caption used in the document.
\<mwcls divs\><<<
\let\mw@caption@hyperref\@caption
>>>

\<mwart tocs\><<<
\let\mw@markandtoc=\empty
\def\tableofcontents{%
   \ifx\contentsname\empty \else
      \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else
         \Configure{toToc}{}{likesection}%
         \section*{\contentsname}%
         \Configure{toToc}{?}{likesection}%
   \fi\fi
   \:tableofcontents}
>>>

\<entries for mwart tocs\><<<
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@  section,likesection,\fi
\ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,likesubsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,likeparagraph,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,likesubparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz>>>

\<mwart tocs\><<<
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for mwart tocs|>}%
   \noexpand\fi}
>>>

\<mwcls tocs\><<<
\def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\Auto:ent#1{%
   \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef
      #1\else \auto:toc \fi]}  \auto:toc
   \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef }
\def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents}
\pend:defIII\addcontentsline{%
   \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
   \gHAdvance\TitleCount  1 \fi }
\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof
                ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces}
\def\@starttoc#1{%
  \begingroup
    \makeatletter   \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%
    \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}%
    \a:listof\par
    \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}%
    \b:listof
    \if@filesw
      \expandafter\expandafter\csname
          newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname
      \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
    \fi
    \global\@nobreakfalse
  \endgroup}
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
      \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
   \else
      \edef\auto:toc{#1}%
         \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef
            \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec
            \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents
               \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}%
            \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}%
   \fi  \fi
}
>>>

\<mwcls maketitle\><<<
\let\o:maketitle:\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
      \def\sec:typ{title}%
      \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
      \Configure{newpage}{}%
      \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
      \let\a:tabular:sv\a:tabular \let\b:tabular:sv\b:tabular
\let\c:tabular:sv\c:tabular \let\d:tabular:sv\d:tabular
\let\e:tabular:sv\e:tabular \let\f:tabular:sv\f:tabular
\let\before:begintabular:sv\before:begintabular
%
      \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{\e:mktl}
        {\bgroup \let\a:tabular\a:tabular:sv \let\b:tabular\b:tabular:sv
\let\c:tabular\c:tabular:sv \let\d:tabular\d:tabular:sv
\let\e:tabular\e:tabular:sv \let\f:tabular\f:tabular:sv
\let\before:begintabular\before:begintabular:sv
}{\egroup}
      \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}%
      %
      \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
      \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
      \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
      \def\and{\a:and}
%
   \fi
   \pic:gobble\a:mktl  \o:maketitle:  \pic:gobble\b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>

\<mwcls configs\><<<
\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
   \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%   
   {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}%
 \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}

\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}

\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}

|<book-report-article idx|>

\append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}
     

% We removed this code from base class declarations, so we can disable it here as well
% \ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else
%  \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@}
% \fi
% \def\:temp#1#2!*?: {\def\:temp{#1}}
% \expandafter\:temp\usepackage!*?: 
% \def\:tempa{\@latex@e@error}
% \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else
%    \def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\tmp:toks{#1{#2}}%
%    \long\expandafter\edef\csname #4 \endcsname{\the\tmp:toks
%         {\expandafter\noexpand
%    \csname o:\expandafter\:gobble\string #3:\endcsname}}}
% \def\:temp#1{%
%   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:tempa\csname #1 \endcsname{#1}}
% \:temp{rm}
% \:temp{sf}
% \:temp{tt}
% \:temp{bf}
% \:temp{it}

% \fi

  \let\:tempc\listoffigures
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup}
\HLet\listoffigures\:tempc
\let\:tempc\listoftables
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup}
\HLet\listoftables\:tempc

  \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2}
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwrep.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mwrep.4ht\><<<
% mwrep.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  |<mwcls configs|>
  |<mwcls maketitle|>
  |<mwcls divs|>
  |<mwrep,mwbk divs|>
  |<mwcls tocs|>
  |<mwrep,mwbk tocs|>
\Hinput{mwrep}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{mwrep}

\<mwrep,mwbk tocs\><<<
\let\mw@markandtoc=\empty
\def\tableofcontents{%
   \ifx\contentsname\empty \else
      \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else
         \Configure{toToc}{}{likechapter}%
         \chapter*{\contentsname}%
         \Configure{toToc}{?}{likechapter}%
   \fi\fi
   \:tableofcontents}
>>>

\<mwrep,mwbk divs\><<<
\let\no:chapter\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1}
  \let\:temp\no:chapter
  \let\no:chapter\chapter
  \let\chapter=\:temp
  \let\chapter:head\chapter@head
\Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1}
  \let\:likechapter\likechapter
  \let\likechapter\:UnDef
\def\chapter@head{\ifHeadingNumbered
   \expandafter\no:chapter \else \expandafter\:likechapter\fi{\HeadingText}}
>>>

\<entries for mw rep/bk tocs\><<<
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,likechapter,appendix,\fi
\ifnum \z@>\c@tocdepth\else section,likesection,\fi
\ifnum 1>\c@tocdepth \else subsection,likesubsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@tocdepth \else subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@tocdepth \else paragraph,likeparagraph,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@tocdepth \else subparagraph,likesubparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz>>>

\<mwrep,mwbk tocs\><<<
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for mw rep/bk tocs|>}%
   \noexpand\fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mwbk.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mwbk.4ht\><<<
% mwbk.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  |<mwcls configs|>
  |<mwcls maketitle|>
  |<mwcls divs|>
  |<mwrep,mwbk divs|>
  |<mwcls tocs|>
  |<mwrep,mwbk tocs|>
\Hinput{mwbk}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{mwbk}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{aa.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://www.astro.uu.nl/\string~rutten/rrtex/manuals/aa/]{}{}%
 LaTeX document class for Astronomy and Astrophysics main journal\EndLink

\<aa.4ht\><<<
% aa.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\onecolumn           
|<aa sections|>
|<aa maketitle|>
|<book-report-article caption|>
|<configure aa|>
\Hinput{aa}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{aa}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Maketitle}

\<aa maketitle\><<<
\NewConfigure{subtitle institute}[7]{%
   \c:def\a:sbttl{#1}\c:def\b:sbttl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:institute{#3}\c:def\b:institute{#4}%
   \c:def\c:institute{#5}\c:def\d:institute{#6}%
   \c:def\b:and{#7}%
}
\NewConfigure{headnote}{2}

\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\a:thanks{#2}%
   \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}\c:def\a:date{#5}%
   \c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}

\def\inst#1{\unskip$\sp{#1}$}
\def\fnmsep{\unskip$\sp,$}

\let\o:maketitle:=\@maketitle
\def\@maketitle{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
  \def\sec:typ{title}%       
  \Tag{)title)}{\@title}%
  \makeheadbox \let\makeheadbox=\empty
  \def\andname{\a:and}%
  \def\lastandname{, \a:and} 
  \if!\@headnote!\else 
    \pend:def\@headnote{\a:headnote\ignorespaces}%
    \append:def\@headnote{\b:headnote}%
  \fi
  \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl\ignorespaces}%
  \if!\@subtitle!\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}\else  
     \pend:def\@subtitle{\a:sbttl\ignorespaces}%
     \append:def\@subtitle{\b:sbttl\b:ttl}%
  \fi
  \pend:def\@author{\a:author\ignorespaces}%
  \append:def\@author{\b:author}%
  \let\o:institutename=\institutename
  \def\institutename{\a:institute  
    \pend:def\@institute{\pend:def\and{\b:and}}%
    \pend:def\theinst{\c:institute}\append:def\theinst{\d:institute}%
    \o:institutename \b:institute 
 \if!\@dedic!\else
    \pend:def\@dedic{\a:dedic}\append:def\@dedic{\b:dedic}%
 \fi
    \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}}%
  \Configure{newline}{\e:mktl}\a:mktl\o:maketitle:\b:mktl
  \relax\if!\@mail!\else
      \pend:def\@mail{\a:mail\ignorespaces}%
      \append:def\@mail{\b:mail}%
      \global\let\@mail=\@mail
  \fi
}
\let\strich|=\empty
\NewConfigure{mail}{2}
\NewConfigure{makeheadbox}{5}
\def\makeheadbox{{%
   \a:makeheadbox{\bf\@journalname\ manuscript no.}
   \b:makeheadbox{\bf Your thesaurus codes are:}
   \c:makeheadbox{\@thesaurus}
   \d:makeheadbox{\AALogo}\e:makeheadbox}}

\def\AALogo{ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS}
>>>

\Section{Sectioning}

\<aa sections\><<<
|<book / report / article cut points|>

|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
|<subsections for book / report / article|>
|<subsubsections for book / report / article|>
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>

>>>

% 
% 
% |<config article.sty utilities|>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{latex2man.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<latex2man.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% latex2man.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<latex2man defs|>
\Hinput{latex2man}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{latex2man}

\<latex2man defs\><<<
\renewcommand{\SP}{~}  
\renewcommand{\Email}[1]{\Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink}
\renewcommand{\URL}[1]{\Link[#1]{}{}\texttt{#1}\EndLink}
>>>

\Chapter{texinfo.cls}

\Link[http://www.dina.kvl.dk/DinaUnix/Info/texi/texi\string
   _toc.html]{}{}Manual\EndLink

Search for `*.texi' on my pc to find files.

Compile the following with \`'tex latex2e.texi':
\Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/info/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi]{}{}info/latex2e-help-texinfo\EndLink. 

From texinfo.tex:

\Verbatim
%   tex foo.texi
%   texindex foo.??
%   tex foo.texi
%   tex foo.texi
\EndVerbatim

Other examples:
\List{*}
\item
\Link[http://ilm.mech.unsw.edu.au/tex-archive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/]{}{}texinfo/doc\EndLink
\item
\Link[ftp://ftp.lip6.fr/pub/gnu/Manuals/]{}{}gnu/Manuals\EndLink
\EndList

\<texinfo.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% texinfo.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\let\:temp|=\o:end
        \let\o:end|=\ptexend
                \let\ptexend|=\end
                          \let\end|=\:temp
\chardef\hat|=`\^       
\let\c|=\comment
|<texinfo env|>
|<texinfo lists|>
|<texinfo titlepage|>
|<texinfo sections|>
|<texinfo index|>
|<texinfo other|>
|<texinfo tables|>
|<texinfo verbatim|>
\ifx\parseargx\:UnDef
   |<texinfo 2009|>
\else
   |<texinfo pre 2009|>
\fi
\Hinput{texinfo}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{texinfo}

\<texinfo pre 2009\><<<
\def\parsearg#1{%
  \let\next = #1%
  \begingroup
    \o:obeylines:
    \futurelet\temp\parseargx
}
>>>

\<texinfo 2009\><<<
\def\parseargusing#1#2{% 
  \def\argtorun{#2}% 
  \begingroup 
    \o:obeylines: 
    \spaceisspace 
    #1% 
    \parseargline\empty} 
>>>

\<texinfo pre 2009\><<<
\pend:defII\dosetq{\hbox{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}}
>>>

\<texinfo verbatim\><<<
\NewConfigure{group}{2}
\def\group{\a:group\begingroup
  \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
  \fi
  \def\Egroup{\egroup \endgroup \b:group }%
  \vtop\bgroup
    \everypar = {\HtmlPar}%
    \offinterlineskip
    \ifx\par\lisppar   
      \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
      \obeylines
    \fi
    \comment
}
>>>

\<texinfo tables\><<<
\NewConfigure{multitable}{6}
\pend:def\multitable{\a:multitable}
\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
  \let\sv:HRow=\HRow  \def\HRow{0}%
  \vskip\parskip  \setmultitablespacing    
  \let\item\crcr
  \global\colcount=0
  \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup 
       \d:multitable \global\let\HRow=\sv:HRow \egroup \b:multitable}%
  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable \edef\HCols{\the\colcount}%
  \everycr{\o:noalign:{\global\colcount=0\relax}}%  
  \TeXhalign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
    \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
     \IgnorePar
     \noindent
     \ifnum \colcount=1 \gHAdvance\HRow by 1
        \ifnum \HRow>1 \d:multitable\fi
        \c:multitable
     \fi
     \e:multitable\ignorespaces##\f:multitable\unskip\multistrut}\cr
}
>>>

The following is to protec the \''\code' command in immediate
environments, such as section titles submitted to toc.

\<texinfo other\><<<
\NewConfigure{example}{2}
\def\example{\a:example \begingroup
   \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup\b:example}\lisp} 
\NewConfigure{smalldisplay}{2}
\def\smalldisplay{\a:smalldisplay \begingroup
   \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smalldisplay}\display}
\NewConfigure{smallexample}{2}
\def\smallexample{\a:smallexample \begingroup
   \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smallexample}\lisp}
\NewConfigure{smallformat}{2}
\def\smallformat{\a:smallformat \begingroup
   \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smallformat}\format}
\NewConfigure{smalllisp}{2}
\def\smalllisp{\a:smalllisp \begingroup
   \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:smalllisp}\lisp}
\NewConfigure{flushleft}{2}
\def\flushleft{\a:flushleft \begingroup
   \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup \b:flushleft}\format} 
>>>

\<texinfo other\><<<
\let\o:code:=\code
\def\code{\Protect\o:code:}
\NewConfigure{pdfurl}{1}
\def\pdfurl#1{\bgroup
   \def~{\string~}\def\@{@}\let\*=\empty%
   \edef\:temp{\egroup \noexpand\a:pdfurl \noexpand\Link[#1]{}{}}\:temp
}
\def\endlink{\EndLink}
\pend:defII\refx{\Link{##1}{}}
>>>

\<texinfo env\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\csname env:#1\endcsname\o:beginxxx:{#1}}
\HLet\beginxxx|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1{%
   \bgroup 
      \removeactivespaces{#1}%
      \xdef\end:thing{\the\toks0}%
   \egroup
   \o:endxxx:{#1}%
   \csname E:\end:thing\endcsname
   \csname endenv:\end:thing\endcsname}
\HLet\endxxx|=\:tempc
\long\def\ConfigureEnv#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname env:#1\endcsname{#2}%
  \expandafter\def\csname endenv:#1\endcsname{#3}}
>>>

\<texinfo lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{itemizeitem}{2}
\def\itemizeitem{%
   \advance\itemno by 1   {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
   \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
   \csname a:itemizeitem\l:st\endcsname
   {\itemcontents}\csname b:itemizeitem\l:st\endcsname}
\let\l:st|=\empty
>>>

\<texinfo lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{enumerate}[2]{%
   \def\a:enumerate{\def\l:st{en}#1}\def\E:enumerate{#2\let\l:st=\empty}%
   \Configure{itemizeitemen}}
\NewConfigure{itemizeitemen}{2}
\pend:def\enumerate{\a:enumerate}
\let\DeleteMark|=\:gobble
\Configure{enumerate}{}{}{}{}
>>>

\<texinfo lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{itemizeitemit}{2}
\NewConfigure{itemize}[2]{%
   \def\a:itemize{\def\l:st{it}#1}\def\E:itemize{#2\let\l:st=\empty}%
   \Configure{itemizeitemit}}
\pend:def\itemize{\a:itemize}
\Configure{itemize}{}{}{}{}
>>>

\<texinfo lists\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
   \o:tablez:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}\a:table \aftergroup\b:table
}
\HLet\tablez|=\:tempc
\pend:defI\itemzzz{\c:table}
\append:defI\itemzzz{\d:table}
\NewConfigure{table}{4}
>>>

\<texinfo titlepage\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
   \a:titlepage  \o:titlepage:
   \def\titlezzz##1{\a:title\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}%
                    \b:title        \finishedtitlepagefalse}%
   \pend:defI\subtitlezzz{\a:subtitle}%
   \append:defI\subtitlezzz{\b:subtitle}%
   \pend:defI\authorzzz{\a:author}%
   \append:defI\authorzzz{\b:author}%
}
\HLet\titlepage=\:tempc

\append:def\Etitlepage{\b:titlepage}

\NewConfigure{titlepage}{2}
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
\NewConfigure{subtitle}{2}
\NewConfigure{author}{2}

\def\:temp{%
   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
   \finishedtitlepagetrue
}
\HLet\finishtitlepage=\:temp
>>>

\<texinfo sections\><<<
\def\:tempd#1#2{%
   \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname=\:UnDef
   \expandafter\Def:Section\csname #1\endcsname{#2}{##1}%
   \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname no:#1\endcsname=}\csname #1\endcsname
   \expandafter\outer\expandafter\def
      \csname #1\endcsname{\expandafter\parsearg\csname #1yyy\endcsname}%
   \def\:tempc##1{%     
     \let\sectionheading=\:gobbleIII
     \let\unnumbchapmacro=\:gobble
     \let\chapmacro=\:gobbleII 
     \let\centerchapmacro=\:gobble
     \csname o:#1zzz:\endcsname{##1}\csname no:#1\endcsname{##1}}
   \expandafter\HLet\csname #1zzz\endcsname=\:tempc}

\:tempd{chapter}{\the\chapno}
\:tempd{appendix}{\appendixletter}
\:tempd{unnumbered}{}
\:tempd{numberedsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
\let\numberedsecyyy=\secyyy
\let\o:numberedseczzz:=\seczzz
\let\seczzz=\numberedseczzz

\:tempd{appendixsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}
\:tempd{unnumberedsec}{}
\:tempd{numberedsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}
\:tempd{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}
\:tempd{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}
\:tempd{unnumberedsubsec}{}
\:tempd{numberedsubsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno
                      .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
\:tempd{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno
                          .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
\:tempd{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno
                          .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
\:tempd{unnumberedsubsubsec}{}
\setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
\NewConfigure{contents}{2}
\def\contents{\a:contents{\catcode`\\=0 
  \:TableOfContents[|<toc entries|>]}\b:contents}
>>>

\<toc entries\><<<
chapter,%
appendix,%
unnumbered,%
numberedsec,%
appendixsec,%
unnumberedsec,%
numberedsubsec,%
appendixsubsec,%
appendixsubsec,%
unnumberedsubsec,%
numberedsubsubsec,%
appendixsubsubsec,%
appendixsubsubsec,%
unnumberedsubsubsec%
>>>

\<texinfo index\><<<
\HAssign\cnt:idx=0
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
  \fi
  {%
    \count255=\lastpenalty
    {%
      \indexdummies  \escapechar=`\\
      {%
        \let\folio = 0%
        \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% 
        \def\thirdarg{#3}%
        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro    \let\subentry = \empty
        \else                       \def\subentry{ #3}%
        \fi
        {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
        \toks0 = {#2}%
        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
        \fi
        \edef\temp{%
          \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
            \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{%
                   \string\Link[\FileName]{idx-\cnt:idx}{}\the\toks0
                   \string\EndLink}}%
        }%
        \iflinks
          \ifvmode
            \skip0 = \lastskip
            \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
          \fi
          %
          \temp \hbox{\Link-{}{idx-\cnt:idx}\EndLink  }%
          \gHAdvance\cnt:idx by 1
          \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
        \fi
      }%
    }%
    \penalty\count255
  }%
}
\def\:tempc#1{\begingroup 
   \pend:def\begindoublecolumns{\a:index}%
   \append:def\enddoublecolumns{\b:index}%
   \o:doprintindex:{#1}\endgroup}
\HLet\doprintindex=\:tempc

\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup  \parindent=0pt
  \par \c:index #1\d:index  \par \endgroup}
\NewConfigure{index}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{LaTeX Documentation}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{doc.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<doc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% doc.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<doc.sty|>
\Hinput{doc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{doc}

\<doc.sty\><<<
\:CheckOption{no^} \if:Option \else
   \catcode`\^^M|=13    \def\hat:A#1^^M{\egroup}    \catcode`\^^M|=5  %
   \def\hhat:A{\bgroup \catcode`\^^M|=13 \hat:A} 
   \Configure{\string^\string^}{A}{\hhat:A}
\fi
>>>

\<doc.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{{\rmfamily B\textsc{ib}\TeX}}
\HLet\BibTeX\:temp
\def\:temp{\textsc{Plain}\TeX}
\HLet\PlainTeX\:temp
>>>

\<doc.sty\><<<
\bgroup
   \let\:temp\StopEventually
   \OnlyDescription
   \ifx \:temp\StopEventually
      \let\:temp=\empty
   \else                                   |% \AlsoImplementation |%
      \def\:temp{\long\def\StopEventually##1{##1}}    
   \fi
\expandafter \egroup \:temp
>>>

\<doc.styNO\><<<
\bgroup
   \let\:temp\StopEventually
   \OnlyDescription
   \ifx \:temp\StopEventually
      \let\:temp=\empty
   \else                                  |% \AlsoImplementation |%
      \def\:temp{\let\StopEventually=\relax }%    
   \fi
\expandafter \egroup \:temp
>>>

% \def\:temp{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\hbox{$\mathcal M$}\mathcal S$-\TeX}}
% \HLet\AmSTeX\:temp
% \def\:temp{{\rmfamily SL{\scshape i}\TeX}}
% \HLet\SliTeX\:temp

\<doc.sty\><<<
\HRestore\maketitle
>>>

\<doc.sty\><<<
\:CheckOption{broken-index} \if:Option 
  |<doc warning|>
  \pend:defI\codeline@wrindex{\if@filesw
     \title:chs{\html:addr
              \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}%
      \immediate\write\@indexfile{\string \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber
           \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th
           \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}\fi}
\else  
  \def\warn:idx#1{%
    \expandafter\ifx \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\relax
       \expandafter\global
           \expandafter\let \csname #1warn:idx\endcsname\def
       \:warning{If not done so, the index is to be processed by
        ^^J\space\space  makeindex -o #1.ind #1.idx
       }%
       {\Configure{Needs}{File: #1.4idx}\Needs{}}%
    \fi}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{holtxdoc.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<holtxdoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% holtxdoc.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<holtxdoc configs|>
\Hinput{holtxdoc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{holtxdoc}

\<holtxdoc configs\><<<
\pend:defI\HistVersion{\begingroup
   \let\sv:subsection=\subsection
   \def\subsection####1####2{####2}%
   \let\sv:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline
   \def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{%
      \sv:addcontentsline{####1}{####2}{####3}%
      \sv:subsection*}%
   \:gobble
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{src art/rep/book}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrlayer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\<scrlayer.4ht\><<<
% scrlayer.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group 
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\def\pagestyle#1{\edef\currentpagestyle{#1}}
\Hinput{scrlayer}
\endinput
>>>     \AddFile{9}{scrlayer}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrbook}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

See report at screnggu.tex

\<scrbook.4ht\><<<
% scrbook.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle
|<general scrbook|>
|<addchap confic|>
|<scr artcl, reprt, book|>
\HRestore\maketitle
|<scrbook post scr@v@2.97d|>
\Hinput{scrbook}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{scrbook}

\<scrbook post scr@v@2.97d\><<<
\renewcommand*\thesection{% 
  \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space
    \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi 
  \else 
  \thechapter.% 
  \fi 
  \@arabic\c@section 
} 
\renewcommand*\theequation{% 
  \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space
    \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi 
  \else 
  \thechapter.% 
  \fi 
  \@arabic\c@equation 
} 
\renewcommand*\thefigure{% 
  \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space 
    \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi 
  \else 
  \thechapter.% 
  \fi 
  \@arabic\c@figure 
} 
\renewcommand*\thetable{% 
  \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97d}\space
    \if@mainmatter\thechapter.\fi 
  \else 
  \thechapter.% 
  \fi 
  \@arabic\c@table 
} 
>>>

\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\Def:Section\minisec{}{#1}  
\let\:minisec=\minisec 
\def\minisec#1{\:minisec{#1}\@afterheading}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{srcartcl}

\<scrartcl.4ht\><<<
% scrartcl.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<scr old fonts|>
\input article.4ht
|<scr artcl, reprt, book|>
|<scr artcl subtitle|>
\Hinput{scrartcl}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{scrartcl}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrbook}

\<scrreprt.4ht\><<<
% scrreprt.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<general scrreprt|>
|<addchap confic|>
|<scr artcl, reprt, book|>
\Hinput{scrreprt}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{scrreprt}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{maketitle}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<general scrreprt\><<<
|<redefine maketitle|>
|<scrreprt title page|>
>>>

\<general scrbook\><<<
|<redefine maketitle|>
|<scrbook title page|>
>>>

\<scrreprt title page\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
   \cfg:maketitle
}
\def\cfg:maketitle{%
   \global\let\cfg:maketitle\empty   
   \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else
      \pend:def\@dedication{\a:dedication}%
      \append:def\@dedication{\b:dedication}%
   \fi
   |<scr def subtitle|>
}
\NewConfigure{dedication}{2}
>>>

\<scrbook title page\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
   \cfg:maketitle
}
\def\cfg:maketitle{%
   \global\let\cfg:maketitle\empty   
   \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else
      \pend:def\@dedication{\a:dedication}%
      \append:def\@dedication{\b:dedication}%
   \fi
   \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
   \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
   \def\and{\a:and}
   |<scr def subtitle|>
}
\NewConfigure{dedication}{2}
>>>

Support for subtitles:

\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\NewConfigure{subtitle}{2}
>>>

\<scr artcl subtitle\><<<
\pend:def\maketitle{%
  |<scr def subtitle|>
}
>>>

\<scr def subtitle\><<<
  \pend:def\@subtitle{\a:subtitle}
  \append:def\@subtitle{\b:subtitle}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{TOC}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<scrbook toc\><<<
|<book et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi
\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@  section,\fi
\else
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,addchap,\fi
    \ifnum \c@tocdepth>0 section,\fi
\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>1 subsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>2 subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>3 paragraph,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>4 subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz}%
   \noexpand\fi}
\def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\Auto:ent#1{%
   \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef
      #1\else \auto:toc \fi]}  \auto:toc
   \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef }

\def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents}
\pend:defIII\addcontentsline{%
   \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
   \gHAdvance\TitleCount  1 \fi }
\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof
                ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces}
\def\@starttoc#1{%
  \begingroup
    \makeatletter   \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%
    \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}%
    \a:listof\par
    \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}%
    \b:listof
    \if@filesw
      \expandafter\expandafter\csname
          newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname
      \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
    \fi
    \global\@nobreakfalse
  \endgroup}

\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
      \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
   \else
      \edef\auto:toc{#1}%
         \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef
            \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec
            \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents
               \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}%
            \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}%
   \fi  \fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\pend:defI\@makefntext{\IgnorePar}
>>>

It seems that we got the error message about old font commands again. Probably because
TeX4ht now loads before class files. We reuse the code used in Koma classes
\<scr artcl, reprt, book\><<<
\let\scr@defineobsoletefonts\thr@@
>>>

\<general scrbook\><<<
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection}
|<<book et al tocs|>

\let\:tempb\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:chapter\chapter
\let\chapter\:tempb
\def\@makechapterhead#1{}
\let\no@chapter\@chapter
\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}}
\Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1}
\let\:likechapter\likechapter
\let\likechapter\:UnDef
\let\no@schapter\@schapter
\def\@schapter#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likechapter{#1}}
\let\no@appendix\appendix
\Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:appendix\appendix
\def\appendix{%
   \def\@chapter[##1]##2{%
      |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
      {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}%
      \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}%
   \no@appendix}
|<scrbook toc|>
     
\ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else
 \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@}
\fi
|<scr old  fonts|>
  \let\:tempc\listoffigures
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup}
\HLet\listoffigures\:tempc
\let\:tempc\listoftables
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup}
\HLet\listoftables\:tempc

  \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2}
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}

\ifx \part\:UnDef\else
   \def\@part[#1]#2{%
    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
      \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}%
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
    \else
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
    \fi
    \csname @endpart\endcsname}
\let\:tempb\part
\Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1}
\let\:part\part
\let\part\:tempb
\let\no@part\@part
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
\let\:likepart\likepart
\let\likepart\:UnDef
\let\no@spart\@spart
\def\@spart#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likepart{#1}}

\fi
\ifx \section\:UnDef\else
   \let\no@section\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:section\section
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
\Def:Section\likesection{}{#1}
\let\:likesection\likesection
\let\likesection\:UnDef

\fi
\let\no@subsection\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsection\subsection
\def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsection\likesubsection
\let\likesubsection\:UnDef

\let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection
\def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection
\let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef

\let\no@paragraph\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \theparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:paragraph\paragraph
\def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}}
\Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph
\let\likeparagraph\:UnDef
\let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
\Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef

\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
   \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%   
   {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}%
 \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}

\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
|<book-report-article idx|>

\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}%
   \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}

\append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}

\ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}

\ConfigureToc{appendix} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{chapter} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
>>>

\<general scrreprt\><<<
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likepart}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likechapter}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesection}
\Configure{UndefinedSec}{likesubsection}
|<book et al tocs|>

\let\:tempb\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:chapter\chapter
\let\chapter\:tempb
\def\@makechapterhead#1{}
\let\no@chapter\@chapter
\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}}
\Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1}
\let\:likechapter\likechapter
\let\likechapter\:UnDef
\let\no@schapter\@schapter
\def\@schapter#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likechapter{#1}}
\let\no@appendix\appendix
\Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:appendix\appendix
\def\appendix{%
   \def\@chapter[##1]##2{%
      |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
      {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}%
      \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}%
   \no@appendix}

\NewConfigure{caption}[4]{\c:def\cptA:{#1}\c:def\cptB:{#2}%
   \c:def\cptC:{#3}\c:def\cptD:{#4}}
\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%   
   {\cptA: \cap:ref{#1}%
 \if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}

\pend:def\caption{\SkipRefstepAnchor}
\append:def\quote{\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
|<book-report-article idx|>
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}%
   \c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}

\append:def\quotation{\a:quotation\par\@totalleftmargin\z@}
\NewConfigure{quotation}{1}
\NewConfigure{listof}{6}

|<scrreprt toc|>
     
\ifx \@openbib@code\:UnDef \else
 \pend:def\@openbib@code{\labelsep\z@}
\fi
|<scr old fonts|>
  \let\:tempc\listoffigures
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoffigures
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lof]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoffigures \endgroup}
\HLet\listoffigures\:tempc
\let\:tempc\listoftables
\pend:def\:tempc{\begingroup \a:listoftables
   \def\@starttoc{\:tableofcontents[lot]\:gobble}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:listoftables \endgroup}
\HLet\listoftables\:tempc

  \NewConfigure{listoffigures}{2}
\NewConfigure{listoftables}{2}

\ifx \part\:UnDef\else
   \def\@part[#1]#2{%
    \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax
      \SkipRefstepAnchor \refstepcounter{part}%
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
    \else
      \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
    \fi
    \csname @endpart\endcsname}
\let\:tempb\part
\Def:Section\part{\thepart}{#1}
\let\:part\part
\let\part\:tempb
\let\no@part\@part
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@part[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
\let\:likepart\likepart
\let\likepart\:UnDef
\let\no@spart\@spart
\def\@spart#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@spart{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likepart{#1}}

\fi
\ifx \section\:UnDef\else
   \let\no@section\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:section\section
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
\Def:Section\likesection{}{#1}
\let\:likesection\likesection
\let\likesection\:UnDef
\fi
\let\no@subsection\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsection\subsection
\def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsection\likesubsection
\let\likesubsection\:UnDef
\let\no@subsubsection\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsubsection\subsubsection
\def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}}
\Def:Section\likesubsubsection{}{#1}
\let\:likesubsubsection\likesubsubsection
\let\likesubsubsection\:UnDef
\let\no@paragraph\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \theparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:paragraph\paragraph
\def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}}
\Def:Section\likeparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likeparagraph\likeparagraph
\let\likeparagraph\:UnDef
\let\no@subparagraph\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subparagraph\subparagraph
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
\Def:Section\likesubparagraph{}{#1}
\let\:likesubparagraph\likesubparagraph
\let\likesubparagraph\:UnDef
\ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likepart} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{part} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{section} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{appendix} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{chapter} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
\ConfigureToc{likechapter} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
>>>

\<scrreprt toc\><<<
|<book et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,\fi
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,appendix,addchap,\fi
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth>0 section,\fi
   \ifnum \c@tocdepth>1 subsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>2 subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>3 paragraph,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth>4 subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz}%
   \noexpand\fi}
\def\:tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\Auto:ent#1{%
   \edef\auto:toc{\noexpand\:TableOfContents[\ifx \auto:toc\:UnDef
      #1\else \auto:toc \fi]}  \auto:toc
   \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef }
\def\:tocs{\noexpand\:tableofcontents}
\pend:defIII\addcontentsline{%
   \def\:temp{##1}\def\:tempa{toc}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
   \gHAdvance\TitleCount  1 \fi }
\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\hbox{\def\numberline##1{\e:listof
                ##1\f:listof}\c:listof#4\d:listof}\ignorespaces}
\def\@starttoc#1{%
  \begingroup
    \makeatletter   \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%
    \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{toc}%
    \a:listof\par
    \@input{\jobname.\ifx \:temp\:tempa 4ct\else #1\fi}%
    \b:listof
    \if@filesw
      \expandafter\expandafter\csname
          newwrite\endcsname\csname tf@#1\endcsname
      \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
    \fi
    \global\@nobreakfalse
  \endgroup}
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx\empty\:tempa
      \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef \else \gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}\fi
   \else
      \edef\auto:toc{#1}%
         \ifx \au:StartSec\:UnDef
            \let\au:StartSec\:StartSec
            \def\:StartSec{\:tableofcontents
               \global\let\auto:toc\:UnDef \:StartSec}%
            \pend:def\:tableofcontents{\gdef\:StartSec{\au:StartSec}}%
   \fi  \fi
}
>>>

% we disabled this in the base classes, so it isn't necessary anymore
% \<scr old fonts\><<<
% \def\:temp#1#2!*?: {\def\:temp{#1}}
% \expandafter\:temp\usepackage!*?: 
% \def\:tempa{\@latex@e@error}
% \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else
%    \def\popthree#1#2#3#4{#4}
%    \def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\tmp:toks{#1{#2}}%
%    \long\expandafter\edef\csname #4 \endcsname{\the\tmp:toks
%         {\expandafter\noexpand
%   \csname o:\expandafter\expandafter\:gobble\expandafter\string \popthree#3:\endcsname}}}
% \def\:temp#1{%
%   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:tempa\csname #1 \endcsname{#1}}
% \:temp{rm}
% \:temp{sf}
% \:temp{tt}
% \:temp{bf}
% \:temp{it}

% \fi
% >>>

\<addchap confic\><<<
\ifx \@@maybeautodot\:UnDef
   |<pre 2001 addchap|>
\else
   |<2001 addchap|>
\fi
\let\:makeschapterhead=\@makeschapterhead
\def\::makeschapterhead#1{\:makeschapterhead{\normalfont\normalsize
    \:addchap {#1}}}
\pend:def\addchap{\let\@makeschapterhead\::makeschapterhead}
\pend:def\chapter{\let\@makeschapterhead\:makeschapterhead}
\let\:tempb=\addchap
\Def:Section\addchap{}{#1} 
\let\:addchap=\addchap
\let\addchap=\:tempb
\ConfigureToc{addchap} {\empty}{\ }{}{\newline}
>>>

\<pre 2001 addchap\><<<
\let\add:chap=\@addchap
\def\@addchap{%
   \let\chap:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline
   \def\addcontentsline{\let\addcontentsline\chap:addcontentsline
       \:gobbleIII }%
  \add:chap}
>>>

\<2001 addchap\><<<
\let\no@addchap\@addchap
\def\@addchap[#1]#2{%
   \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{#1}\:addchap{#2}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{letter}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<letter.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 
% letter.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<letter class|>
\Hinput{letter}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{6}{letter}

\<letter class\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:opening
   \ifx \@empty \fromaddress\else
      \pend:def\fromaddress{\a:address}%
      \append:def\fromaddress{\b:address}%
   \fi
   \ifx \@empty \toaddress\else
      \pend:def\toaddress{\a:toaddress}%
      \append:def\toaddress{\b:toaddress}%
   \fi
   \ifx \@empty \toname\else
      \pend:def\toname{\a:toname}%
      \append:def\toname{\b:toname}%
   \fi
   \pend:def\@date{\a:date}%
   \append:def\@date{\b:date}%
     \o:opening:{\a:dear#1\b:dear}%
   \b:opening}
\HLet\opening\:temp
\def\:temp#1{%
   \ifx\@empty\fromsig\else 
      \pend:def\fromsig{\a:signature}%
      \append:def\fromsig{\b:signature}%
   \fi
   \a:closing
   \o:closing:{\a:sincerely#1\b:sincerely}%
   \b:closing}
\HLet\closing\:temp
>>>

\<letter class\><<<
\pend:defI\cc{\a:cc}
\append:defI\cc{\b:cc}
\pend:defI\encl{\a:encl}
\append:defI\encl{\b:encl}
\AtBeginDocument{\let\@mlabel\@gobbletwo}
>>>

\<letter class\><<<
\NewConfigure{address}{2}
\NewConfigure{cc}{2}
\NewConfigure{closing}{2}
\NewConfigure{date}{2}
\NewConfigure{dear}{2}
\NewConfigure{encl}{2}
\NewConfigure{opening}{2}
\NewConfigure{signature}{2}
\NewConfigure{sincerely}{2}
\NewConfigure{toaddress}{2}
\NewConfigure{toname}{2}
>>>

\<letter class\><<<
\long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c@enumiii}
\ifx \theenumiii\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:enumiii\@roman\c@enumiii\b:enumiii}
   \HLet\theenumiii\:tempc
\fi
\NewConfigure{enumiii}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{elseart}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/elsevier/]{}{}elsevier\EndLink

\<elsart.4ht\><<<
% elsart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\edef\@ptsize{\ifdim \normalbaselineskip>14pt 2\else
   \ifdim \normalbaselineskip>13pt 2\else 0\fi\fi}
\input article.4ht
|<elsevier cls|>
\Hinput{elsart}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{elsart}

\<elsevier cls\><<<
\@twocolumnfalse \@TwoColumnfalse
\let\endtable|=\end@float
\let\endalgorithm|=\end@float
\let\endfigure|=\end@float
|<elsart sup|>
\def\@makecaption{\@makefigurecaption}
\long\def\@makefigurecaption#1#2{%  
{\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}
\long\def\@maketablecaption#1#2{\@tablecaptionsize
    \global \@minipagefalse
\hbox{{\cptA: |<caption and ref/tag|>\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi}{\cptC:{#2}\cptD:}}}
>>>

\<elsart sup\><<<
\def\@mpmakefnmark{\,\hbox{$\sp{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}}
\long\def\@mpmakefntext#1{\noindent
                     \hbox{$\sp{\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$} #1}
\def\itnuc#1#2{\setbox\@tempboxa=\hbox{\scriptsize\it #1}
  \def\@tempa{{}\sp{\box\@tempboxa}\!\protect\text{\it #2}}\relax
  \ifmmode \@tempa \else $\@tempa$\fi}
>>>

\<elsart sup\><<<
\def\address@fmt#1#2#3#4{\@newelemtrue
  \if@Elproofing\def\@eltag{#4}\else\def\@eltag{\theaddress}\fi
  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@address \@newelemfalse \fi
  \if@newelem \address@fmt@init \fi
  \noindent \bgroup \@addressstyle
  \a:address
  \ifnum#1=\z@
    #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$\space%
  \else
    \ifnum#1=\m@ne
      $\sp{\phantom{\mathrm{\@eltag}}}$\space #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$%
    \else
      $\sp{\mathrm{\@eltag}}\space$#3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$%
    \fi
  \fi
  \b:address
  \par \egroup}
\NewConfigure{address}{2}
>>>

\<elsart sup\><<<
\def\collab@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue
  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@collab \global\@newelemfalse \fi
  \if@newelem \collab@fmt@init \fi
  \par                                 % Start new paragraph
  {\large #3\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$}}
\def\@makefnmark{\,\hbox{$\sp{\fn@presym\mathrm{\@thefnmark}}$}\,}
\def\nuc#1#2{\relax\ifmmode{\HCode{}}\sp{#1}{\protect\text{#2}}\else
    ${\HCode{}}\sup{#1}$#2\fi}
|<elsart titles|>
>>>

\<elsart titles\><<<
\def\title@fmt#1#2{%
\@ifundefined{@runtitle}{\global\def\@runtitle{#1}}{}%
 \vspace*{12pt}             
  {\@titlesize\a:ttl #1\,\hbox{$\sp{#2}$}\b:ttl\par}%
  \vskip\@undertitleskip
\vskip24\p@  % Vertical space below title
  }
\def\subtitle@fmt#1#2{%               % No vertical space above sub-title
  {\@titlesize \a:subtitle#1\b:subtitle\,\hbox{$\sp{#2}$}}\par}
\NewConfigure{subtitle}{2}
>>>

\<elsevier cls\><<<
\pend:def\open@fm{\:gobbleIV}
\pend:def\close@fm{\gdef\:temp{\global\setbox\fm@box=\vbox{}}}
\def\endfrontmatter{%
  \ifx\@runauthor\relax
   \global\let\@runauthor\@runningauthor
  \fi
  \global\n@author=\c@author
  \global\n@collab=\c@collab \@writecount
  \global\@topnum\z@
  \thispagestyle{copyright}%            % Format rest of front matter:
  \if@preface \else                     % IF not preface THEN
  \vskip \@overhistoryskip
  \history@fmt                          % print history (received, ...)
  \newcount\c@sv@footnote
  \global\c@sv@footnote=\c@footnote     % save current footnote number
  \if@hasabstract                       % IF abstract/ keywords THEN
   \vskip \@preabstractskip     % Space above rule
%  \hrule height 0.4\p@                 % Rule above abstract/keywords
    \vskip 8\p@
    \unvbox\t@abstract                  % print abstract, if any
  \fi
  \if@haskeywords                       % IF keywords THEN
    \vskip \@overkeywordskip
    \unvbox\t@keyword                   % Keyword abstract, if any
  \fi                                   % FI
  \vskip 10\p@
%  \hrule height 0.4\p@                 % rule below abstract/keywords
  \dedicated@fmt                        % print dedication
  \vskip \@belowfmskip                  % Vertical space below frontmatter
\fi                                   % FI
  \close@fm                             % Close front matter material.
   \output@glob@notes  % Put notes at bottom of 1st page
  \global\c@footnote=\c@sv@footnote     % restore footnote number
  \global\@prefacefalse
  \global\leftskip\z@                   % Restore the normal values of
  \global\@rightskip\z@                 % \leftskip,
  \global\rightskip\@rightskip          % \rightskip and
  \global\mathsurround\sv@mathsurround  % \mathsurround.
  \let\title\relax       \let\author\relax
  \let\collab\relax      \let\address\relax
  \let\frontmatter\relax \let\endfrontmatter\relax
  \let\@maketitle\relax  \let\@@maketitle\relax
  \normal@text
}
|<elsevier thankref|>
|<elsevier abstract|>
|<elsevier keywords|>
>>>

\<elsevier abstract\><<<
\def\:temp{%
    \let\no:indent\noindent
    \def\noindent{%
       \global\let\noindent\no:indent 
       \append:def\abstractname{\aftergroup\b:abstract}%
       \a:abstract \noindent}%
    \pend:def\endabstract{\c:abstract}\o:@abstract:}
\HLet\@abstract|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{abstract}{3}
>>>

\<elsevier keywords\><<<
\def\:temp{%
    \let\no:indent\noindent
    \def\noindent{%
       \global\let\noindent\no:indent 
       \a:keyword \noindent}%
    \pend:def\endkeyword{\b:keyword}\o:keyword:}
\HLet\keyword|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{keyword}{2}
>>>

\<elsevier thankref\><<<
\def\thanks{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue
  \thanks@optarg}{\@tempswafalse\thanks@optarg[]}}
\def\thanks@optarg[#1]#2{\SkipRefstepAnchor
  \refstepcounter{footnote}
  \if@tempswa\label{#1}\else\relax\fi
  \add@tok\t@glob@notes{\els:footnotetext}%
  \add@xtok\t@glob@notes{{#1}[\the\c@footnote]}%
  \add@tok\t@glob@notes{{#2}}}
\def\els:footnotetext#1[#2]#3{%
   \footnotetext[#2]{{\def\rEfLiNK##1##2{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}%
   \ref{#1}}#3}}
\def\author@fmt#1#2#3{\@newelemtrue
  \a:author
  \if@firstauthor
  \first@author \global\@firstauthorfalse \fi
  \ifnum\prev@elem=\e@author \global\@newelemfalse \fi
  \if@newelem \author@fmt@init \fi
  \edef\@tempb{#2}\ifx\@tempb\@empty
    \hbox{{\author@font #3}}\else
    \hbox{{\author@font #3}\,$\sp{\mathrm{#2}}$}%
  \fi
  \b:author}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{American Psychological Association (APA)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<apa.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% apa.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\let\apa:Hinput=\Hinput
\def\Hinput#1{%
   \apa:Hinput{#1}%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{article}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
      \let\Hinput=\apa:Hinput
      \input apa-a.4ht
   \fi
}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{apa}

\<apa-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% apa-a.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<apa code|>
\Hinput{apa}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{apa-a}

\<apa code\><<<
\append:def\maketitle{\egroup}
\pend:def\maketitle{%
  \bgroup  
  \ConfigureEnv{figure}{\def\makebox[########1]########2{}}{}{}{}%
  \@ifundefined{@abstract}{}{%
     \pend:def\@abstract{\a:abstract}%
     \append:def\@abstract{\b:abstract}%
  }%
  \@ifundefined{@note}{}{%
     \pend:def\@note{\a:note}%
     \append:def\@note{\b:note}%
  }%
  |<apa authors|>%
}
\NewConfigure{abstract}{2}
\NewConfigure{note}{2}
\NewConfigure{affil}{2}
>>>

\<apa authors\><<<
\@ifundefined{@author}{}{%
   \pend:def\@affil{\a:affil}%
   \append:def\@affil{\b:affil}%  
}%
\@ifundefined{@authorOne}{}{%
   \pend:def\@authorOne{\a:author}%
   \append:def\@authorOne{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\@affilOne{\a:affil}%
   \append:def\@affilOne{\b:affil}% 
}%
\@ifundefined{@authorTwo}{}{%
   \pend:def\@authorTwo{\a:author}%
   \append:def\@authorTwo{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\@affilTwo{\a:affil}%
   \append:def\@affilTwo{\b:affil}%  
}%
\@ifundefined{@authorFour}{}{%
   \pend:def\@authorFour{\a:author}%
   \append:def\@authorFour{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\@affilFour{\a:affil}%
   \append:def\@affilFour{\b:affil}%  
}%
>>>

\<apa code\><<<
\def\appendix{%
  \appendixtrue
  \apaappfig                      
  \apaapptab                      
  \ifapamodejou{}{\clearpage}
  \let\old@apa@section=\leveltwo
  \newlength{\app@t@width}
  \setlength{\app@t@width}{\columnwidth}
  \addtolength{\app@t@width}{-8em}%
  \long\def\leveltwo##1{%
     \ifapamodeman{%
       \clearpage
       \setcounter{postfig}{0}
       \setcounter{posttbl}{0}
       \efloat@condopen{fff}
       \efloat@iwrite{fff}{\string\addtocounter{appendix}{1}}
       \efloat@iwrite{fff}{\string\setcounter{figure}{0}}
       \efloat@condopen{ttt}
       \efloat@iwrite{ttt}{\string\addtocounter{appendix}{1}}
       \efloat@iwrite{ttt}{\string\setcounter{table}{0}}%
      }{%
       \setcounter{figure}{0}%
       \setcounter{table}{0}%
      }%
      \refstepcounter{appendix}%
      \ifnum\c@appendix>1 \immediate\write
               \@auxout{\global\string\oneappendixfalse}\fi%
      \old@apa@section{%
             \appendixname\ifoneappendix\else~\theappendix\fi\\
             ##1%
      }%
  }%
} 
>>>

\<apa code\><<<
\append:def\seriate{\a:seriate
   \pend:def\item{\c:seriate
      \let\sp:ce=\space
      \def\space{\d:seriate\let\space=\sp:ce \space}%
}}%
\pend:def\endseriate{\b:seriate}
\NewConfigure{seriate}{4}
\def\s@title{}
\def\shorttitle#1{}
\AtBeginDocument{\def\rheadname{}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{JHEP.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://jhep.sissa.it/]{}{}http://jhep.sissa.it/\EndLink

\<JHEP.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% JHEP.4ht                              |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
   |<config JHEP|>
\Hinput{JHEP}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{JHEP}

\<config JHEP\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
|<subsections for book / report / article|>
|<subsubsections for book / report / article|>
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>
\let\acm:sect|=\no@sect
\def\no@sect#1#2#3{\acm:sect{#1}{#2}{#3\relax\let\@svsec|=\empty}}
>>>

\<config JHEP\><<<
\def\@maketitle{%
\if@preprint
  \a:preprint{\tiny Preprint typeset in JHEP style. -  
    \if@hyper{HYPER VERSION}   \else{PAPER VERSION}\fi }
  \normalsize\hfill
  \begin{tabular}[t]{r}\@preprint\end{tabular}% 
  \b:preprint  
\else      
\if@proc  
   \a:conference \copy\conf@box \b:conference \logo {\tiny PROCEEDINGS}
\else
  \a:received \unhbox\rece@box \b:received
  \a:accepted \unhbox\acce@box \b:accepted  \logo
  {\tiny \if@hyper{HYPER VERSION}\else{PAPER VERSION}\fi}
\fi\fi\null
   \a:title   {\LARGE \sffamily \bfseries \@title}\b:title
   \a:author{\normalsize \bfseries \sffamily \@author }\b:author
   \ifvoid\abstract@box \else
      \a:abstract\vbox{\unhbox\abstract@box}\b:abstract
   \fi
   \a:keywords\@keywords\b:keywords 
   \ifx\dedic@box\:UnDef\else \a:dedicated\dedic@box\b:dedicated \fi
}
>>>

\<config JHEP\><<<
\def\auto:maketitle{{%   
  \global\let\auto:maketitle=\empty
  \def\JHEP:toc{\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
     \if@todotoc \tableofcontents \fi
     \@todotocfalse \@preprintfalse
     \gdef\tableofcontents{}%
     \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
  }%
  \pend:def\@maketitle{\aftergroup\JHEP:toc}%
  |<auto@maketitle footnotes|>%
  \auto:mktitle
  \global\let\auto:mktitle=\empty
}}
\let\auto:mktitle=\auto@maketitle
\let\auto@maketitle=\empty
\NewConfigure{@BODY}[1]{\concat:config\a::@BODY{#1}}  
\let\a::@BODY=\a:@BODY
\def\a:@BODY{\a::@BODY \auto:maketitle }
>>>

\<auto@maketitle footnotes\><<<
\let\JHEP:sva=\begingroup
\def\begingroup{\let\begingroup=\JHEP:sva
  \begingroup 
    \let\JHEP:sva=\@makefnmark
    \let\JHEP:svb=\@makefntext
    \let\JHEP:svc=\newpage
    \def\newpage{%
       \let\@makefnmark=\JHEP:sva
       \let\@makefntext=\JHEP:svb
       \let\newpage=\JHEP:svc
       \newpage  }}
>>>

\<config JHEP\><<<
\NewConfigure{abstract}{2}
\NewConfigure{accepted}{2}
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
\NewConfigure{conference}{2}
\NewConfigure{dedicated}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
\NewConfigure{preprint}{2}
\NewConfigure{received}{2}
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
\renewcommand{\href}[2]{\bgroup\let~\H@tilde
                        \if@hyper\Link-[#1]{}{}\fi
                        {#2}\egroup\if@hyper\EndLink\fi}
\renewcommand{\name}[1]{\if@hyper\Link-{}{#1}\EndLink\fi}
\renewcommand{\base}[1]{\if@hyper\bgroup\let~\H@tilde
                        \HCode{<base href="#1" />}\egroup\fi}
>>>

\<config JHEP\><<<
\pend:defI\label{\bgroup\@hyperfalse}
\append:defI\label{\egroup}
\pend:defI\ref{\bgroup\@hyperfalse}
\append:defI\ref{\egroup}
\pend:defI\pageref{\bgroup\@hyperfalse}
\append:defI\pageref{\egroup}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{TextBook}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

 
By Igor A. Kotelnikov. Not available in the public domain?

%%   \OutputCodE\<TextBook.4ht\>

\<TextBook.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% TextBook.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\def\thesection {\@arabic\c@section}
\def\@seccntformat#1{\S\csname the#1\endcsname\quad}
\input book.4ht

\ConfigureToc{section}
  {\HCode{<span class="sectionToc">}\S}
  {~}
  {}
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
  {\HCode{<span class="subsectionToc">}~~\S}
  {~}
  {}
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection}
  {\HCode{<span
       class="subsubsectionToc">}~~~~\S}
  {~}
  {}
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}

\Hinput{TextBook}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{TextBook}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{combine}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<combine.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% combine.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<combine cfg|>
\Hinput{combine}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{combine}

\<combine cfg\><<<
\append:def\setuppapers{%
   \expandafter\let\csname :ref\endcsname\c@lbref
   \expandafter\let\csname o:ref\endcsname\c@lbref
   \def\ref{\expandafter\Protect\csname ::ref\endcsname}%
}
\def\c@lblabel#1{\@bsphack
  \bgroup
  \a:@newlabel
  \protected@write\@auxout{}%
    {\string\newlabel{#1}{{\csname a:newlabel\endcsname
     \@currentlabel}{\csname a:newlabel\endcsname \thecolpage}}}%
  \egroup
  \@esphack}
>>>

\<combine cfg\><<<
\long\def\:tempc#1{%
   \PushMacro\at:docend    \let\at:docend=\empty
   \PushMacro\export:hook  \let\export:hook\empty
   \gHAdvance\:mpNum by 1
   \HAssign\minipageNum=\:mpNum \relax 
   \o:import:{#1}%
   \PopMacro\at:docend  
   \PopMacro\export:hook
}
\HLet\import\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{letters}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{g-brief}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<g-brief.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% g-brief.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<g-brief hooks|>
\Hinput{g-brief}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{g-brief}

\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\def\ps@firstpage{%
  \ifcase \@ptsize\relax \normalsize \or \small \or \footnotesize \fi
  \def\@oddhead{|<g-brief head|>}
  \def\@oddfoot{|<g-brief foot|>}}
\NewConfigure{letterfoot}{3}
\NewConfigure{letterhead}{5}
>>>

\<g-brief head\><<<
\a:letterhead
  \ifklassisch \textsl{\quad\name}\else \textsc{\quad\name}\fi
\b:letterhead
  \normalsize 
  \ifklassisch 
     \begin{tabular}{r} \textsl{\strasse} \quad \\ 
       \ifx \zusatz\empty \else \textsl{\zusatz}\quad \\\fi 
       \textsl{\ort}\quad 
       \ifx \land\empty \else \\ \textsl{\land}\quad \fi
     \end{tabular} 
  \else 
     \begin{tabular}{r} 
       \textsc{\strasse}\quad \\ 
       \ifx \zusatz\empty \else \textsc{\zusatz}\quad \\ \fi 
       \textsc{\ort}\quad 
       \ifx \land\empty \else \\ \textsc{\land}\quad \fi 
     \end{tabular}%
  \fi
\c:letterhead
 \bgroup
 \scriptsize \ifx \retouradresse\empty
          \textrm{\name\ $\cdot$\ \strasse\ $\cdot$\ \ort \ifx
              \land\empty \else \ $\cdot$\ \land \fi } \else
            \textrm{\retouradresse} \fi
 \egroup
\d:letterhead
 \ifx \postvermerk\empty
          \else \textbf{\postvermerk} \par  \fi
\adresse
\e:letterhead
>>>

\<g-brief foot\><<<
\def\istsprache{german}
\a:letterfoot
\bgroup   \footnotesize
   \begin{tabular}{ll}
     \ifx \telefon\empty \else \telefontex & \telefon \\ \fi \ifx
     \telefax\empty \else \telefaxtext & \telefax \\ \fi \ifx
     \telex\empty \else \telextext & \telex \\ \fi \ifx
     \email\empty \else \emailtext & \email \\ \fi \ifx
     \http\empty \else \httptext & \http \\ \fi \
   \end{tabular}%
\egroup
\b:letterfoot
   \begin{tabular}{ll}
     \ifx \bank\empty \else \ifx \blz\empty \else \ifx
     \konto\empty \else \banktext & \bank \\ & \blztext \space \blz
     \\ & \kontotext \space \konto \\ \ \fi \fi \fi
   \end{tabular}%
\c:letterfoot
>>>

\<insert g-brief head\><<<
\ifx\zusatz\empty\else
   \pend:def\zusatz{\a:zusatz}
   \append:def\zusatz{\b:zusatz}
\fi
\ifx\land\empty\else
   \pend:def\land{\a:land}
   \append:def\land{\b:land}
\fi
\ifx\strasse\empty\else
   \pend:def\strasse{\a:strasse}
   \append:def\strasse{\b:strasse}
\fi

\ifx\ort\empty\else
   \pend:def\ort{\a:ort}
   \append:def\ort{\b:ort}
\fi

\ifx\postvermerk\empty\else
   \pend:def\postvermerk{\a:postvermerk}
   \append:def\postvermerk{\b:postvermerk}
\fi
\ifx\retouradresse\empty\else
   \pend:def\retouradresse{\a:retouradresse}
   \append:def\retouradresse{\b:retouradresse}
\fi
\par \ps@firstpage \@oddhead \let\@oddhead=\empty
>>>  

\<insert g-brief foot\><<<
\ifx\email\empty\else
   \pend:def\email{\a:email}
   \append:def\email{\b:email}
\fi
\ifx\telefon\empty\else
   \pend:def\telefon{\a:telefon}
   \append:def\telefon{\b:telefon}
\fi
\ifx\telefax\empty\else
   \pend:def\telefax{\a:telefax}
   \append:def\telefax{\b:telefax}
\fi
\ifx\telex\empty\else
   \pend:def\telex{\a:telex}
   \append:def\telex{\b:telex}
\fi
\ifx\http\empty\else
   \pend:def\http{\a:http}
   \append:def\http{\b:http}
\fi
\ifx\bank\empty\else
   \pend:def\bank{\a:bank}
   \append:def\bank{\b:bank}
\fi
\ifx\blz\empty\else
   \pend:def\blz{\a:blz}
   \append:def\blz{\b:blz}
\fi
\ifx\konto\empty\else
   \pend:def\konto{\a:konto}
   \append:def\konto{\b:konto}
\fi
\par \ps@firstpage \@oddfoot\let\@oddfoot=\empty
>>>  

\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def\csname g-brief\endcsname{%
 \bgroup |<insert g-brief head|>\egroup
   \csname a:g-brief\endcsname
   \ifx \betreff\empty \else 
      \pend:def\betreff{\a:betreff}%
      \append:def\betreff{\b:betreff}%
   \fi
   \ifx \anrede\empty \else
      \pend:def\anrede{\a:anrede}%
      \append:def\anrede{\b:anrede}%
   \fi
}
\expandafter\append:def\csname g-brief\endcsname{%
   \csname b:g-brief\endcsname
}
>>>

\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def\csname endg-brief\endcsname{%
   \csname c:g-brief\endcsname
   |<hooks for g-brief tail|>}
\expandafter\append:def\csname endg-brief\endcsname{%
   \csname d:g-brief\endcsname
   \bgroup |<insert g-brief foot|>\egroup
}
\NewConfigure{g-brief}{4}
>>>

\<hooks for g-brief tail\><<<
\ifx\gruss\empty \else
   \pend:def\gruss{\a:gruss}%
   \append:def\gruss{\b:gruss}%
\fi
\ifx\unterschrift\empty \else
   \pend:def\unterschrift{\a:unterschrift}%
   \append:def\unterschrift{\b:unterschrift}%
\fi
\ifx\anlagen\empty \else
   \pend:def\anlagen{\a:anlagen}%
   \append:def\anlagen{\b:anlagen}%
\fi
\ifx\verteiler\empty \else
   \pend:def\verteiler{\a:verteiler}%
   \append:def\verteiler{\b:verteiler}%
\fi
>>>

\<g-brief hooks\><<<
\pend:def\datumtext{\a:datumtext}
\append:def\datumtext{\b:datumtext}
\NewConfigure{datumtext}{2}

\pend:def\datum{\a:datum}
\append:def\datum{\b:datum}
\NewConfigure{datum}{2}

\NewConfigure{anrede}{2}
\NewConfigure{betreff}{2}

\pend:def\sprache{\a:sprache}
\append:def\sprache{\b:sprache}                        

\NewConfigure{gruss}{2}
\NewConfigure{unterschrift}{2}
\NewConfigure{anlagen}{2}
\NewConfigure{verteiler}{2}
 
\NewConfigure{sprache}{2}

\pend:def\telefontex{\a:telefontex}
\append:def\telefontex{\b:telefontex}
\NewConfigure{telefontex}{2}

\pend:def\telefaxtext{\a:telefaxtext}
\append:def\telefaxtext{\b:telefaxtext}
\NewConfigure{telefaxtext}{2}

\pend:def\telextext{\a:telextext}
\append:def\telextext{\b:telextext}
\NewConfigure{telextext}{2}

\pend:def\emailtext{\a:emailtext}
\append:def\emailtext{\b:emailtext}
\NewConfigure{emailtext}{2}

\pend:def\httptext{\a:httptext}
\append:def\httptext{\b:httptext}
\NewConfigure{httptext}{2}

\pend:def\banktext{\a:banktext}
\append:def\banktext{\b:banktext}
\NewConfigure{banktext}{2}

\pend:def\blztext{\a:blztext}
\append:def\blztext{\b:blztext}
\NewConfigure{blztext}{2}

\pend:def\betrefftext{\a:betrefftext}
\append:def\betrefftext{\b:betrefftext}
\NewConfigure{betrefftext}{2}

\pend:def\ihrzeichentext{\a:ihrzeichentext}
\append:def\ihrzeichentext{\b:ihrzeichentext}
\NewConfigure{ihrzeichentext}{2}

\pend:def\ihrschreibentext{\a:ihrschreibentext}
\append:def\ihrschreibentext{\b:ihrschreibentext}
\NewConfigure{ihrschreibentext}{2}

\pend:def\meinzeichentext{\a:meinzeichentext}
\append:def\meinzeichentext{\b:meinzeichentext}
\NewConfigure{meinzeichentext}{2}

\pend:def\unserzeichentext{\a:unserzeichentext}
\append:def\unserzeichentext{\b:unserzeichentext}
\NewConfigure{unserzeichentext}{2}

\NewConfigure{anlagen}{2}
\NewConfigure{adresse}{2}
\NewConfigure{bank}{2}
\NewConfigure{blz}{2}
\NewConfigure{email}{2}
\NewConfigure{gruss}{2}
\NewConfigure{grussskip}{2}
\NewConfigure{http}{2}
\NewConfigure{ihrschreiben}{2}
\NewConfigure{ihrzeichen}{2}
\NewConfigure{konto}{2}
\NewConfigure{land}{2}
\NewConfigure{meinzeichen}{2}
\NewConfigure{name}{2}
\NewConfigure{ort}{2}
\NewConfigure{postvermerk}{2}
\NewConfigure{retouradresse}{2}
\NewConfigure{strasse}{2}
\NewConfigure{telefax}{2}
\NewConfigure{telefon}{2}
\NewConfigure{telex}{2}
\NewConfigure{unterschrift}{2}
\NewConfigure{verteiler}{2}
\NewConfigure{zusatz}{2}

\pend:def\name{\a:name}
\append:def\name{\b:name}
>>>

\<???\><<<
   \pend:def\meinzeichen{\a:meinzeichen}
   \append:def\meinzeichen{\b:meinzeichen}

   \pend:def\ihrzeichen{\a:ihrzeichen}
   \append:def\ihrzeichen{\b:ihrzeichen}

 
\ifx\anlagen\empty\else
   \pend:def\anlagen{\a:anlagen}
   \append:def\anlagen{\b:anlagen}
\fi

\ifx\adresse\empty\else
   \pend:def\adresse{\a:adresse}
   \append:def\adresse{\b:adresse}
\fi

\ifx\gruss\empty\else
   \pend:def\gruss{\a:gruss}
   \append:def\gruss{\b:gruss}
\fi

\ifx\grussskip\empty\else
   \pend:def\grussskip{\a:grussskip}
   \append:def\grussskip{\b:grussskip}
\fi

\ifx\ihrschreiben\empty\else
   \pend:def\ihrschreiben{\a:ihrschreiben}
   \append:def\ihrschreiben{\b:ihrschreiben}
\fi

\ifx\unterschrift\empty\else
   \pend:def\unterschrift{\a:unterschrift}
   \append:def\unterschrift{\b:unterschrift}
\fi
\ifx\verteiler\empty\else
   \pend:def\verteiler{\a:verteiler}
   \append:def\verteiler{\b:verteiler}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ltxguide}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ltxguide.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ltxguide.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<ltxguide cfg|>
\Hinput{ltxguide}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ltxguide}

\<ltxguide cfg\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\hbox {\a:m\it #1\b:m}}
\HLet\m\:tempc
\NewConfigure{m}{2}
\Configure{m} {$\langle $} {$\rangle $}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Ext article/book/report/proc/letter}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<extarticle.4ht\><<< 
% extarticle.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  \input article.4ht
  |<extarticle cfg|> 
\Hinput{extarticle} \endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{9}{extarticle} 
 
\<extarticle cfg\><<< 
|<common extcls cfg|>
>>> 

\<extbook.4ht\><<< 
% extbook.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|> 
  \input book.4ht
  |<extbook cfg|> 
\Hinput{extbook} \endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{9}{extbook} 
 
\<extbook cfg\><<< 
|<common extcls cfg|>
>>> 

\<extletter.4ht\><<< 
% extletter.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|> 
  \input letter.4ht
  |<extletter cfg|> 
\Hinput{extletter} \endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{9}{extletter} 
 
\<extletter cfg\><<< 
|<common extcls cfg|>
>>> 

\<common extcls cfg\><<<
\ifnum\@ptsize>12\relax
\renewcommand\@ptsize{10}
\input{size\@ptsize.clo}
\fi
>>>

\<extproc.4ht\><<< 
% extproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|> 
  \input proc.4ht
  |<extproc cfg|> 
\Hinput{extproc} \endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{9}{extproc} 
 
\<extproc cfg\><<< 
 
>>> 

\<extreport.4ht\><<< 
% extreport.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2005. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|> 
  \input report.4ht
  |<extreport cfg|> 
\Hinput{extreport} \endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{9}{extreport} 
 
\<extreport cfg\><<< 
 
>>> 

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{AMS}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Chapter{AMS ART, PROC, BOOK classes}

%----------------------------- amsart.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsart.cls}

Calls:
amsgen.sty,
amsmath.sty,
amstext.sty,
amsbsy.sty,
amsopn.sty,
amsfonts.sty,
and amsthm.sty.

\<amsart.4ht\><<<
% amsart.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\pend:defII\@starttoc{\par}
|<config book-report-article utilities|>
|<ams art, proc, book|>
|<ams art, proc|>
|<ams art|>
|<redefine ams maketitle|>
|<title page of amsart.cls|>
|<sections of amsart.cls|>
|<table/figure of amsart.cls|>
|<tocs of amsart.cls|>
|<latex options 1, 2, 3|>     |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|%
\Hinput{amsart}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsart}

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
|<ams divisions|>
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\let\:setaddresses=\@setaddresses
\def\@setaddresses{\bgroup
   \pend:def\addresses{%
     |<ams addresses|>%
   }%
  \a:addresses \:setaddresses \b:addresses\egroup }
\NewConfigure{addresses}{2}
\NewConfigure{address}{3}
\NewConfigure{curraddr}{3}
\NewConfigure{email}{3}
\NewConfigure{urladdr}{3}
>>>

\<ams addresses\><<<
\let\:address=\address
\def\address########1########2{%
  \@ifnotempty{########2}{%
     \def\:temp{########1}\ifx \:temp\empty
        \:address{}{\a:address\b:address########2\c:address}%
     \else              
        \:address{\a:address 
              ########1}{\b:address########2\c:address}%
     \fi }}%
\let\:curraddr=\curraddr
\def\curraddr########1########2{%
  \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:curraddr
      \:curraddr{########1}{\b:curraddr########2\c:curraddr}%
}}%
\let\:email=\email
\def\email########1########2{%
  \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:email
      \:email{########1}{\b:email########2\c:email}%
}}%
\let\:urladdr=\urladdr
\def\urladdr########1########2{%
  \@ifnotempty{########2}{\a:urladdr
      \:urladdr{########1}{\b:urladdr########2\c:urladdr}%
}}%
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\pend:def\@settranslators{\a:translators\bgroup
   \def\and{\unskip{ } \d:translators and~\c:translators\ignorespaces}%
   \def\andify{\nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \and}{\unskip, \and}}% 
   \pend:def\@translators{\c:translators}%
   \append:def\@translators{\d:translators}%
}
\append:def\@settranslators{\egroup\b:translators}
\NewConfigure{translators}{4}
>>>

The followwin applies only to amsart 2000/06/02 v2.07    and on

\<ams art + book + proc\><<<
\ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else
   |<shared ams thm/cls|>
   |<ams 2000 art + book + proc|>
\fi
>>>

\<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<<
\def\:tempc{\ifmmode \mathqed \else
    \leavevmode \a:qed\hbox {\qedsymbol}\b:qed\fi} 
\expandafter\HLet\csname qed \endcsname=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{qed}{2}
>>>

%   \def\:temp{\a:newtheorem \:thm}
%   \HLet\@thm=\:temp
%   \append:defI\deferred@thm@head{\b:newtheorem  
%      \ifx \c:newtheorem\empty\else
%         \:warning{amsart.4ht requires empty 3rd argument 
%             in \string\Configure{newtheorem}}%
%        \fi
%  %      \ignorespaces}
  
  
  
  % \HRestore\listoffigures
  % \HRestore\listoftables

\<table/figure of amsart.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end@float}
\def\endfigure{\end@float}
>>>

%----------------------------- amsbook.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsbook.cls}

Calls:
amsgen.sty,
amsmath.sty,
amstext.sty,
amsbsy.sty,
amsopn.sty,

and amsthm.sty.

\<amsbook.4ht\><<<
% amsbook.4ht |version, generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
   \pend:defII\@starttoc{\par}
|<config book-report-article utilities|>
|<ams art, proc, book|>
|<ams proc, book|>
|<ams book|>
|<redefine ams maketitle|>
|<title page of amsbook.cls|>
|<sections of amsbook.cls|>
|<table/figure of amsbook.cls|>
|<tocs of amsbook.cls|>
|<latex options 1, 2, 3|>     |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|%
\Hinput{amsbook}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsbook}

% \HRestore\listoffigures
% \HRestore\listoftables

\<tocs of amsbook.cls\><<<
|<latex et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsbook.cls|>}\noexpand\fi}
|<report,book tocs|>
>>>

\<entries for tocs of amsbook.cls\><<<
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2 part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne chapter,likechapter,appendix,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >1 subsection,likesubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz
>>>

\<table/figure of amsbook.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end@float}
\def\endfigure{\end@float}
>>>

%----------------------------- amsproc.cls -----------------------
\Section{amsproc.cls}

Calls:
amsgen.sty,
amsmath.sty,
amstext.sty,
amsbsy.sty,
amsopn.sty,

and amsthm.sty.

\<amsproc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

|<config book-report-article utilities|>
|<ams art, proc, book|>
|<ams proc, book|>
|<ams art, proc|>
|<redefine ams maketitle|>
\pend:defII\@starttoc{\par}
|<title page of amsproc.cls|>
|<sections of amsproc.cls|>
|<table/figure of amsproc.cls|>
|<tocs of amsproc.cls|>
|<latex options 1, 2, 3|>     |%after tocs, divs, and cuts|%
\Hinput{amsproc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsproc}

\<tocs of amsproc.cls\><<<
|<latex et al tocs|>
|<article et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsproc.cls|>}\noexpand\fi}
|<article tocs|>
>>>

\<entries for tocs of amsproc.cls\><<<
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne part,likepart,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@ section,likesection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >1 subsection,likesubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,likesubsubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz
>>>

\<table/figure of amsproc.cls\><<<
\def\endtable{\end@float}
\def\endfigure{\end@float}
>>>

\<title page of amsproc.clsNO\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
  \Configure{footnotetext}
    {\IgnorePar\HPage{\a:dagger}}%
    {\EndHPage{}}%
}
\NewConfigure{dagger}{1} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Title Page}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<redefine ams maketitle\><<<
\let\o:maketitle:|=\maketitle
\def\maketitle{\bgroup 
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef  
      \def\sec:typ{title}%
      |<title for TITLE|>%
      |<maketitle defs|>%
   \fi 
   \pic:gobble\a:mktl  \o:maketitle:  \pic:gobble\b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle|=\empty}
>>>

\<ams art + proc\><<<
\pend:def\@settitle{\a:ttl}       
\append:def\@settitle{\b:ttl\par}
>>>

\<ams book\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
   \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}%    
   \append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
}
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
>>>

\<ams art\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
     \pend:def\newpage{\IgnorePar}%
     \let\after:maketitle=\empty
     |<@ maketitle art|>%
     |<@ maketitle defs|>}
>>>

\<ams proc, book\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
     \pend:def\newpage{\IgnorePar}%
     \let\after:maketitle=\empty
     |<@ maketitle defs|>}
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<< 
\append:def\@maketitle{\a:@maketitle\after:maketitle\b:@maketitle}
\long\def\end:maketitle#1#2{\ifx #1\empty \else
   \expandafter\let\csname :\string #1\endcsname=#1
   \let#1=\empty
   \append:def\after:maketitle{\expand:after{\let#1=}\csname
        :\string #1\endcsname#2}\fi}
\NewConfigure{@maketitle}{2}
>>>

The tags \''\a:@maketitle' and \''\b:@maketitle' enclose setdate,
subjclass, keywords, addresses 

\<@ maketitle art\><<<
\ifx\@date\empty\else
  \end:maketitle\@date{\a:date\@setdate\b:date}\fi
>>>

\<ams art + proc\><<<
\pend:defI\@setauthors{\a:author \bgroup
   \def\andify{\nxandlist{\unskip, }{\unskip{} \and}{\unskip, \and}}%
   \def\@no@lnbk ########1[########2]{\a:newline}}
\append:defI\@setauthors{\egroup \b:author\par}
>>>

\<ams book\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
   \pend:def\authors{\a:author|</and for maketitle|>}%    
   \append:def\authors{\b:author}%
}
>>>

\<maketitle defs\><<<
\pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
|</and for maketitle|>%
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\HRestore\thanks
\let\@adminfootnotes\relax
\def\:thanks#1{\par \a:thanks#1\@addpunct.\b:thanks}
\NewConfigure{thanks author date and}[8]{%
   \c:def\a:thanks{#1}\c:def\b:thanks{#2}\c:def\a:author{#3}\c:def\b:author{#4}%
   \c:def\a:date{#5}\c:def\b:date{#6}\c:def\a:and{#7}\c:def\e:mktl{#8}}
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\NewConfigure{subjclass}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
>>>

\<@ maketitle defs\><<<   |% order important |%
\end:maketitle\@subjclass{\a:subjclass\@setsubjclass\b:subjclass}%
\end:maketitle\@keywords{\a:keywords\@setkeywords\b:keywords}%
\end:maketitle\@setthanks{\let\thanks=\:thanks\thankses}%
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\pend:def\@setabstracta{\ifvoid\abstractbox
   \else\a:setabstract \fi}
\append:def\@setabstracta{\ifvoid\abstractbox
   \else\b:setabstract \fi}
\NewConfigure{setabstract}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Sectioning}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

The latex classes use \`'\@sec' and \`'\@ssect' for defining sections
and starred sections.  The ams classes use only the first feature for
both types of classes, but assume negative depth \''\@m' for the depth
of starred sections (tex4ht records the level value in
\''\c:secnumdepth').  Hence, the \`'like' versions of the sectioning
comamnds are (currently?) not provided for the ams classes. The
\''\Configure{@sec @ssect}' is needed only for the \''@sec'; a
configuration for \''@ssect' is ignored.

\<sections of amsart.cls\><<<
|<ams art + book + proc|>
|<ams art + proc|>
|<ams no@sect|>
>>>

\<sections of amsbook.cls\><<<
|<ams art + book + proc|>
|<chapters for book / report|>
|<ams no@sect|>
>>>

\<sections of amsproc.cls\><<<
|<ams art + book + proc|>
|<ams art + proc|>
|<ams no@sect|>
>>>

\<ams no@sect\><<<
\def\no@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
  \edef\@toclevel{\ifnum#2=\@m 0\else\number#2\fi}%
  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \let\@secnumber\@empty
  \else \@xp\let\@xp\@secnumber\csname the#1\endcsname
        \refstepcounter{#1}\fi
  \let\@svsec|=\empty
  \let\@svsechd|=\empty
  \global\@nobreaktrue
  \@xsect{#5}}
\let\@ssect=\relax 
>>>

\<ams art + proc\><<<
\let\no@part|=\part
\Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thepart \fi}{#1} 
\let\no:part|=\part
\def\part{\rdef:sec{part}}
>>>

\<ams book\><<<
\let\:tempb\part
\Def:Section\part{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2 \the\c@part\fi}{#1}
\let\:part\part
\let\part\:tempb
\let\no@part\@part
\def\@part[#1]#2{%
   \gdef\c:secnumdepth{-2}%
   \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \refstepcounter{part}\fi
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:part{#2}}
\Def:Section\likepart{}{#1}
\let\:likepart\likepart
\let\likepart\:UnDef
\let\no@spart\@spart
\def\@spart#1{\HtmlEnv \:likepart{#1}}
>>>

\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no@section|=\section
\Def:Section\section{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesection \fi}{#1} 
\let\no:section|=\section
\def\section{\rdef:sec{section}}
>>>

\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no@subsection|=\subsection
\Def:Section\subsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsection|=\subsection
\def\subsection{\rdef:sec{subsection}}
>>>

\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no@subsubsection|=\subsubsection
\Def:Section\subsubsection{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubsubsection \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subsubsection|=\subsubsection
\def\subsubsection{\rdef:sec{subsubsection}}
>>>

\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no@paragraph|=\paragraph
\Def:Section\paragraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \theparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:paragraph|=\paragraph
\def\paragraph{\rdef:sec{paragraph}}
>>>

\<ams divisions\><<<
\let\no@subparagraph|=\subparagraph
\Def:Section\subparagraph{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \else
   \thesubparagraph \fi}{#1}
\let\no:subparagraph|=\subparagraph
\def\subparagraph{\rdef:sec{subparagraph}}
>>>

\<ams art, proc, book\><<<
\pend:defI\@seccntformat{%
  \def\@secnumpunct{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>0
     \expandafter\ifx\csname the##1\endcsname\relax \else. \fi\fi}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables Of Contents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ams art, proc\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
   \ifx\contentsname\empty \else
      \ifx\contentsname\:UnDef \else
%         \Configure{toToc}{}{section}%
         |<protect from TocAt|>\section*{\contentsname}%
         |<end protect from TocAt|>%
%         \Configure{toToc}{?}{section}%
   \fi\fi
   \:tableofcontents}
>>>

\<ams book\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{%
   \ifx\contentsname\empty \else
%      \Configure{toToc}{}{likechapter}%
      |<protect from TocAt|>\chapter*{\contentsname}%
      |<end protect from TocAt|>%
%      \Configure{toToc}{?}{likechapter}%
   \fi
   \:tableofcontents}
>>>

\<tocs of amsart.cls\><<<
|<latex et al tocs|>
\edef\:TOC{%
   \noexpand\ifx [\noexpand\:temp
      \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\:TableOfContents
   \noexpand\else
      \noexpand\Auto:ent{|<entries for tocs of amsart.cls|>}\noexpand\fi}
>>>

\<entries for tocs of amsart.cls\><<<
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\m@ne part,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@  section,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >1    subsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >2 subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >3 paragraph,\fi
\ifnum \c@tocdepth >4 subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amsldoc.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Calls:

\<amsldoc.4ht\><<<
% amsldoc.4ht (|version), , generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\def\<#1>{\textit{$\mathord\langle$#1\/$\mathord\rangle$}}
|<qed symbol|>
\Hinput{amsldoc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsldoc}

\Chapter{amsdtx.cls}

\<amsdtx.4ht\><<<
% amsdtx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<amsdtx hooks|>
\let\amsdtx:Hinput=\Hinput
\def\Hinput#1{%
   \let\Hinput=\amsdtx:Hinput \Hinput{#1}%
   |<restore amsdtx|>%
   \Hinput{amsdtx}}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{amsdtx}

\<restore amsdtx\><<<
\let\maketitle\o:maketitle:
>>>

\<amsdtx hooks\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{\bgroup
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
      \def\sec:typ{title}%
      \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
      \Configure{newpage}{}%
      \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
      \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{\e:mktl}{}{}%
      \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}%
      \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
      \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
      \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
      \def\and{\a:and}
   \fi
   \pic:gobble\a:mktl}
\append:def\@maketitle{\pic:gobble\b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
>>>

%----------------------------- amsthm.sty -----------------------
\Chapter{amsthm.sty}

\<amsthm.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsthm.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<body of amsthm.sty|>
|<theorem in amsthm.sty|>
\Hinput{amsthm}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsthm}

\<body of amsthm.sty\><<<
|<qed symbol|>
>>>

\<qed symbol\><<<
\def\qed:sym{%
  \leavevmode\Picture+[Q.E.D.]{}\o:qedsymbol:\EndPicture
  \SavePicture\qed:sym[Q.E.D.] }
\def\:temp{\qed:sym }
\MathSymbol\mathop{qedsymbol}
>>>

\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<  
\ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else
   \expandafter\dth@everypar\expandafter{%
     \the\dth@everypar
     \edef\:temp{\the\ht:everypar}\ifx \:temp\empty
        \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}\ShowPar
     \fi 
   }%
   |<revised begintheorem|>
\fi
>>>

\<revised begintheorem\><<<
\def\deferred@thm@head#1{%
  \if@inlabel \indent \par \fi |% eject a section head if one is pending|%
  \if@nobreak
    \adjust@parskip@nobreak
  \else
    \addpenalty\@beginparpenalty
    \addvspace\@topsep
    \addvspace{-\parskip}%
  \fi
  \global\@inlabeltrue
  \ht:everypar\dth@everypar
  \let\sv:newtheorem=\b:newtheorem \let\b:newtheorem=\empty
  \item[\normalfont#1]% 
  \let\b:newtheorem=\sv:newtheorem \b:newtheorem \ignorespaces
}
>>>

The old version of amsthm used \`'\item[\normalfont#1]' instead
of \`'\sbox\@labels{\normalfont#1}'--it is preferable for tex4ht,
in case the lemma starts with something like \`'\begin{equation}'.

The following code is for the cases that the \''\refstercounter'
is ignored in \''\@thm'.

\<theorem in amsthm.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{\ShowRefstepAnchor\o:@begintheorem:}
\HLet\@begintheorem|=\:temp
|<shared ams thm/cls|>
>>>

\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<  
\def\:temp#1{%
   \def\:temp{#1}%
   \edef\:temp{\expandafter\eorem:syle  \meaning\:temp|<par del|>}%
   \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tmp:sv\csname th@\:temp\endcsname
   \def\:tempa##1{%
      \expandafter\append:def\csname th@##1\endcsname{%
         \expandafter\let\csname th@##1\endcsname=\@tmp:sv 
         \let\thm:headnl=\thmheadnl
         \pend:def\thmheadnl{\let\thmheadnl\thm:headnl \b:newtheorem}%
         \append:def\thmheadnl{\expandafter
             \ht:everypar\expandafter{\the\ht:everypar 
             \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}}}%
   \expandafter\:tempa\expandafter{\:temp}%
   \let\sv:trivlist=\trivlist
   \def\trivlist{\let\trivlist\sv:trivlist \let\sv:trivlist\:unDef
      \a:newtheorem \trivlist}%
   \aftergroup\c:newtheorem
   \:thm{#1}}
\HLet\@thm\:temp
\HRestore\@endtheorem
>>>

The @thm appends its setting to  the hook of theoremstyle:

\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
\bgroup
\def\bgroup{\catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\t=11 }
\catcode`\/=0
\catcode`\@=12
\catcode`\h=12
\catcode`\\=12
/catcode`/t=12
/edef~{/def/noexpand/eorem:syle##1\th@##2 |<par del|>{##2}}
/bgroup
\expandafter\egroup ~
>>>

\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
\long\def\:temp[#1]{\par\a:proof
    \csname o:\string\proof :\endcsname[#1]\b:proof}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\proof \endcsname=\:temp
\append:def\endproof{\c:proof}
\NewConfigure{proof}{3}
>>>

\Verbatim
   \newtheoremstyle{note}% name
     {3pt}%      Space above
     {3pt}%      Space below
     {}%         Body font
     {}%         Indent amount (empty = no indent, \parindent = para indent)
     {\itshape}% Thm head font
     {:}%        Punctuation after thm head
     {.5em}%     Space after thm head: `` `` = normal interword space;
           %       \newline = linebreak
     {}%         Thm head spec (can be left empty, meaning `normal')
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ams....sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amsbsy.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amsbsy.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsbsy.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<amsbsy.sty|>
\Hinput{amsbsy}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsbsy}

\<amsbsy.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\begingroup
  \setboxz@h{\thinmuskip0mu
    \medmuskip\m@ne mu\thickmuskip\@ne mu
    \setbox\tw@\hbox{$#1\m@th$}\kern-\wd\tw@
    ${}#1{}\m@th$}%
  \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\let\noexpand\binrel@@
    \ifdim\wdz@<\z@ \noexpand\mathbin
    \else\ifdim\wdz@>\z@ \noexpand\mathrel
    \else \relax\fi\fi}%
  \@tempa
}
\HLet\binrel@\:tempc
>>>

\<amsbsy.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
  \a:pmb\binrel@@{\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}}\b:pmb
} 
\HLet\pmb@\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
  \leavevmode\a:pmb\hbox{#3}\b:pmb
} 
\HLet\pmb@@\:tempc
\NewConfigure{pmb}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amssymb.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amssymb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amssymb.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{amssymb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{amssymb}

%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Ams Structures}
%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{AMS for Plain}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Verbatim
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsart.cls
Document Class: amsart 1995/02/23 v1.2b
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsgen.sty)
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsmath.sty
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amstext.sty)
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsbsy.sty)
(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsopn.sty))

(/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/amslatex/amsthm.sty))
\EndVerbatim

/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/base/book.cls

\<record ams definitions\><<<
\def\:tmp#1#2{%
   \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname ams:#1\endcsname|=}%
      \csname #1\endcsname
   \pend:def#2{%
      \expand:after{\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname|=}%
          \csname ams:#1\endcsname}}
   |<recall amstex.tex|>
   |<recall amsppt.sty|>
   |<recall osudeG|> 
>>>

%----------------------------- amsmath.sty -----------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amsmath.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\SubSection{OutLine}

\<amsmath.4ht\><<<
% amsmath.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\HRestore\cases
\HRestore\matrix
\HRestore\pmatrix
|<restore amsmath everydisplay|>
|<config amsmath.sty utilities|>
|<config amsmath.sty shared|>
|<body of amsmath.sty|>
|<equations of amsmath.sty|>
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
   |<accents of amsmath.sty|>
\fi
|<amsmath.sty|>
|<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|>
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
   |<amsmath 1999|>
\else
   \:warning{ams files too old for TeX4ht}
\fi
\Hinput{amsmath}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsmath}

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\pend:def\subequations{\SkipRefstepAnchor }
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{boldsymbol}{2}
\pend:defI\boldsymbol{\a:boldsymbol}
\append:defI\boldsymbol{\b:boldsymbol}
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\hdots@for#1#2{\multicolumn{#2}c% 
  {\m@th \hdots:for{#1}\hfil}}
\def\hdots:for#1{\dotsspace@1.5mu\mkern-#1\dotsspace@ 
   \xleaders\hbox{$\m@th\mkern#1\dotsspace@.\mkern#1\dotsspace@$}% 
           \hfill 
   \mkern-#1\dotsspace@}
\NewConfigure{hdotsfor}[1]{\def\a:hdotsfor##1{#1}}
\let\a:hdotsfor=\hdots:for
\def\:tempc{\a:hdotsfor}
\HLet\hdots:for\:tempc
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname tmp:muskip\endcsname\relax
   \csname newmuskip\endcsname \tmp:muskip
\fi
\expandafter\def\csname tmspace \endcsname#1#2#3{%
  \ifmmode
    \bgroup 
      \tmp:muskip #1#2\edef\mathglue{\the\tmp:muskip}%
      \tmp:dim #1#3\edef\textspace{\the\tmp:dim}\a:tmspace
    \egroup
  \else \kern #1#3\fi \relax
}
\edef\:tempc{\noexpand\protect
             \expandafter\noexpand\csname tmspace \endcsname}
\HLet\tmspace=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{tmspace}{1}       
\Configure{tmspace}{\mskip\mathglue}
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HRestore\over
\def\:tempc{\pic:gobble\a:over \o:@@over: \pic:gobble\b:over}
\HLet\@@over\:tempc
\HRestore\atop
\def\:tempc{\pic:gobble\a:atop \o:@@atop: \pic:gobble\b:atop}
\HLet\@@atop\:tempc
\def\::above{\pic:gobble\a:above \o:@@above:\tmp:dim
            \pic:gobble\b:above }
\def\:above{\afterassignment\::above}
\def\:tempc{\Protect\:above \tmp:dim=}
\HLet\@@above\:tempc
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HRestore\abovewithdelims
\def\::abovewithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:abovewithdelims 
   \o:@@abovewithdelims:#1#2\tmp:dim\pic:gobble\b:abovewithdelims}
\def\:abovewithdelims#1#2{\def\:temp{\::abovewithdelims#1#2}%
   \afterassignment\:temp\tmp:dim}
\def\:tempc{\Protect\:abovewithdelims }
\HLet\@@abovewithdelims\:tempc
\NewConfigure{abovewithdelims}{2}
\HRestore\overwithdelims
\def\:overwithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:overwithdelims 
   \o:@@overwithdelims:#1#2\pic:gobble\b:overwithdelims}
\def\:tempc{\Protect\:overwithdelims}
\HLet\@@overwithdelims\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overwithdelims}{2}
\HRestore\atopwithdelims
\def\:atopwithdelims#1#2{\pic:gobble\a:atopwithdelims 
   \o:@@atopwithdelims:#1#2\pic:gobble\b:atopwithdelims}
\def\:tempc{\Protect\:atopwithdelims}
\HLet\@@atopwithdelims\:tempc
\NewConfigure{atopwithdelims}{2}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:underarrow@
   \hbox{$\m@th#2#3$}\b:underarrow@
   \hbox{#1#2}\c:underarrow@
}
\HLet\underarrow@\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:overarrow@
   \hbox{#1#2}\b:overarrow@
   \hbox{$\m@th#2#3$}\c:overarrow@
}
\HLet\overarrow@\:tempc
\NewConfigure{underarrow@}{3}
\NewConfigure{overarrow@}{3}
>>>

The following was needed to hide paragraph breaks in \`'math' option,
due to a \''\vtop' in the macro definition.

\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty DEPRECATED\><<<
\def\:temp{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\o:overarrow@:}
\HLet\overarrow@|=\:temp
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\measure@
\pend:defI\:tempc{\bgroup
   \RecallTeXcr \HRestore\noalign \let\EndPicture\empty
   \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \let\span|=\:span  \HRestore\begin 
   \HRestore\end   \a:measure@ }
\append:defI\:tempc{\egroup}
\HLet\measure@|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{measure@}{1}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\HLet\savealignstate@|=\empty
\renewcommand{\n:smash:}[2][tb]{%
  \def\smash@{#1}%
  \ifmmode\@xp\o:mathpalette:\@xp\mathsm@sh\else
        \@xp\makesm@sh\fi{#2}}
>>>

\<body of amsmath.styNO\><<<
\append:defI\collect@body{\let\halign\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign}
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\ltx@label|=\lb:l
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\Mathaccent:|=\mathaccent@
\def\mathaccent@#1#2{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef 
     \DN@{\Picture+{}\Mathaccent:{#1}{#2}\EndPicture}%
  \else\DN@{\Mathaccent:{#1}{#2}}\fi\next@}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{\a:overset\binrel@{#2}%
  \binrel@@{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits^{#1}}\b:overset}
\HLet\overset|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{overset}{2}
\def\:temp#1#2{\a:underset\binrel@{#2}%
  \binrel@@{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits_{#1}}\b:underset}
\HLet\underset|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{underset}{2}
|<plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex|>
>>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\a:boxed\leavevmode
   \vbox{\m@th$\displaystyle#1$}\b:boxed}} 
\HLet\boxed|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{boxed}{2}
>>>

%\edef\:temp{%
%   \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^
%   \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_ }

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\newcommand\:temp:xrightarrow[2][]{\a:xrightarrow {\o:xrightarrow:[#1]{#2}}\b:xrightarrow}
\HLet\xrightarrow|=\:temp:xrightarrow
\NewConfigure{xrightarrow}{2}
\newcommand\:temp:xleftarrow[2][]{\a:xleftarrow {\o:xleftarrow:[#1]{#2}}\b:xleftarrow}
\HLet\xleftarrow|=\:temp:xleftarrow
\NewConfigure{xleftarrow}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Fractions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname genfrac \endcsname#1#2#3#4{%
  \def\@tempa{#1#2}%
  \edef\@tempb{\@nx\@genfrac\@mathstyle{#4}%
    \expandafter\noexpand\csname @@\ifx @#3@over\else above\fi
    \ifx\@tempa\@empty \else withdelims\fi\endcsname}%
  \@tempb{#1#2#3}}
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5{{\a:genfrac#1\b:genfrac{\c:genfrac#4#2#3\relax
   {\d:genfrac#5\e:genfrac}}\f:genfrac}}
\HLet\@genfrac|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{genfrac}{6}
\HRestore\frac
\def\:temp#1#2{{\a:frac\begingroup
   #1\endgroup\b:frac \@@over \c:frac #2\d:frac}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname frac \endcsname\:temp
>>>

\<tcilatex fractions\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:dfrac:{\a:dfrac#1\b:dfrac}{\c:dfrac#2\d:dfrac}}
\HLet\dfrac|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{dfrac}{4}
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:tfrac:{\a:tfrac#1\b:tfrac}{\c:tfrac#2\d:tfrac}}
\HLet\tfrac|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{tfrac}{4}
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:binom:{\a:binom#1\b:binom}{\c:binom#2\d:binom}}
\HLet\binom|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{binom}{4}
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:dbinom:{\a:dbinom#1\b:dbinom}{\c:dbinom#2\d:dbinom}}
\HLet\dbinom|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{dbinom}{4}
\def\:tempc#1#2{\o:tbinom:{\a:tbinom#1\b:tbinom}{\c:tbinom#2\d:tbinom}}
\HLet\tbinom|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{tbinom}{4}
>>>

\<\><<<
\let\n:frac:|=\:UnDef
\DeclareRobustCommand{\n:frac:}[2]{|<amsamth.sty frac|>}    
\def\:temp#1#2{{\a:frac\begingroup
   #1\endgroup\b:frac \@@over \c:frac #2\d:frac}}
\HLet\frac|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{frac}{4}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\let\:tempc\maketag@@@
\pend:defI\:tempc{\a:maketag}
\append:defI\:tempc{\b:maketag}
\NewConfigure{maketag}{2}
\HLet\maketag@@@\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{align}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\math@cr@@[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi \iffalse}\fi\math@cr@@@
   \o:noalign:{\vskip#1\relax}}
>>>

The above had also \`+\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}}+ in it, but it cause
two extra   rows in subarray.

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:align!1!2{%
   |<inany@true|>  \inalign@true |<displaybreak@|>\intertext@
   \ifingather@\else\displ@y@\fi\Let@  \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align
   \ifxxat@\else \let\tag\tag@in@align \fi
   \let\label\label@in@display !1% set st@r
   \ifst@rred\else \global\@eqnswtrue  \fi   \measure@{!2}%
   \global\row@\z@ \tabskip\eqnshift@ 
   |<clean span|>%
   |<halign amsmath align|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<halign amsmath align\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{\align:type}\HRestore\noalign
\MkHalign#{|<amsmath align pattern|>}!2%
>>>

\<amsmath align pattern\><<<
\span
   &\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$%
   &\@lign$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$%
>>>

We need to clean  the \''\c:halign' and \''\d:halign' around the
\''\span'.

\<clean span\><<<
\Configure{PauseMkHalign}
  {\Configure{PauseMkHalign}{}{}{}{}\expandafter\clean:span}{}{}{}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\clean:span#1\c:halign{%
  \TeXhalign \bgroup \:span}
>>>

% \restore@math@cr

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
   |<since 1999 endalign|>
\else
   |<until 1999 endalign|>
\fi
\HLet\endalign|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{\align:type}} 
\HLet\align@|=\:tempc
>>>

\<since 1999 endalign\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
        \math@cr
    \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\align:type\endcsname
    \ifingather@  \restorealignstate@  \egroup \nonumber 
      \ifnum0=`{\fi\iffalse}\fi%
    \else         $$\fi
    \global\@ignoretrue
}
>>>

\<until 1999 endalign\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
        \math@cr
    \EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\align:type\endcsname
    \ifingather@  \restorealignstate@  \egroup \nonumber 
      \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
    \else         $$\fi
    \global\@ignoretrue
}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.styNO\><<<
\NewConfigure{align}{6}
\NewConfigure{align*}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
|<ams align config util|>
\def\:tempc#1{%
   \expandafter\pend:def\csname #1\endcsname{\def\align:type{#1}}%
   \NewConfigure{#1}[6]{\Config:alg{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}{#1}}%
   \Configure{#1}{}{}{}{}{}{}%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{align}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\else
      \@xp\let\csname reg:#1\endcsname|=\reg:align
      \@xp\let\csname end#1\endcsname|=\endalign
   \fi }
\:tempc{alignat}
\:tempc{alignat*}
\:tempc{xalignat}
\:tempc{xalignat*}
\:tempc{xxalignat}
\:tempc{align}
\:tempc{align*}
\:tempc{flalign}
\:tempc{flalign*}
\pend:defIII\start@align{\Configure{$$}{}{}{}}             
>>>

\<ams align config util\><<<
\def\Config:alg#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
   \expandafter\c:def\csname a:#7\endcsname{\global
      \let\sv:amps|=\add:amps #1}%
   \expandafter\c:def\csname b:#7\endcsname{#2\global
      \let\add:amps|=\sv:amps}%
   \expandafter\c:def\csname c:#7\endcsname{#3}%
   \expandafter\c:def\csname d:#7\endcsname{#4}%
   \expandafter\c:def\csname e:#7\endcsname{\expandafter\align:td
      \expandafter{\csname f:#7\endcsname}{#5}{#6}}%
}
\def\align:td#1#2#3{\iftag@ 
     \ifnum \add:amps>0
        \gHAdvance\add:amps |by -1   \gHAdvance\HCol |by -1
        \global\let#1|=\empty 
        \ifnum \add:amps=0 \gHAdvance\HCol|=1 #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi     
     \else #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi
   \else \gHAssign\add:amps|=\HCol\relax #2\gdef#1{#3}\fi}%
>>>

The \`'align' environment set labels by rewriting the row
with empty entry, and adding the abel in an extra entry. That
is, with a format of the form
\`'align-\label=&....maxfields@-1....&latex-\label'.  The machinary is
within \''\add@amps'.

%     \let\:tempa|=\:temp
%     \def\:temp!!!!1\egroup{\:tempa !!!!1\EndMkHalign}%

Without  the \''\HRestore\noalign' we get infinite loop. Where? Why?

\<sub/sup base\><<<
{\HCode{}}%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Aligned}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<EQUATIONS of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:align!1!2{%
   |<inany@true|>  \inalign@true |<displaybreak@|>\intertext@
   \ifingather@\else\displ@y@\fi\Let@  \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@align
   \ifxxat@\else \let\tag\tag@in@align \fi
   \let\label\label@in@display !1% set st@r
   \ifst@rred\else \global\@eqnswtrue  \fi   \measure@{!2}%
   \global\row@\z@ \tabskip\eqnshift@ 
   |<clean span|>%
   |<halign amsmath align|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:start@aligned!1!2{%
   \savecolumn@ 
   \vcenter \bgroup
        \maxfields@!2\relax
        \ifnum\maxfields@>\m@ne 
            \multiply\maxfields@\tw@ 
            \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@alignedat 
        \else 
            \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@aligned 
        \fi
        \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne 
        \default@tag 
        \global\column@\z@ 
   |<halign amsmath aligned|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<halign amsmath aligned\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{start@aligned}\HRestore\noalign
\MkHalign#{&\column@plus $\m@th\displaystyle{{\HCode{}}#}$%
           &\column@plus $\m@th\displaystyle{{\HCode{}}#}$}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\al:gned#1{%
   \Configure{start@aligned}{\csname a:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname b:#1\endcsname}{\csname c:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname d:#1\endcsname}{\csname e:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname f:#1\endcsname}\pic:MkHalign{#1}}
\NewConfigure{start@aligned}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \restorecolumn@
    \egroup  \b:start@aligned}
\HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{%
  \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt 
  \futurelet\:temp\aligned:a}
\def\aligned:a{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\aligned:b
   \else \def\:temp{\aligned:b[c]}\expandafter\:temp \fi}
\def\aligned:b[#1]{%   
   \al:gned{aligned}{#1}\m@ne}
\HLet\aligned|=\:temp
\def\reg:aligned{\reg:start@aligned}
\NewConfigure{aligned}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{\futurelet\:temp\alignedat:a}
\def\alignedat:a{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\alignedat:b
   \else \def\:temp{\alignedat:b[c]}\expandafter\:temp \fi}
\def\alignedat:b[#1]{%
    \let\@testopt\alignsafe@testopt 
    \al:gned{alignedat}{#1}\m@ne}
\HLet\alignedat|=\:temp
\def\reg:alignedat{\reg:start@aligned}
\NewConfigure{alignedat}{6}
>>>

% \def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
%     \RecallMkHalignConfig \restorecolumn
%     \egroup \b:start@aligned}
% \HLet\endalignedat|=\:tempc

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Gathered}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:gathered[!1]{%
  \RIfM@\else 
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{gathered}}% 
  \fi 
  \null  \vcenter\bgroup 
    \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr 
    |<ialign gathered|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<ialign gathered\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{gathered}%|%\HRestore\noalign|%
\MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:gathered}
\HLet\endgathered|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{gathered}} 
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\gathered\endcsname|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{gathered}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{multline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

The environment of AmsLaTeX are being scanned as parameters of
\''\collect@@body'.  Hence, the featured of TeX4ht introduced to
\''\halign' are nulled there. 

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:multline!1{%
  |<inany@true|>    \Let@
  \@display@init{\global\advance\row@\@ne \global\dspbrk@lvl\m@ne}%
  |<displaybreak@|>    \restore@math@cr    \let\tag\tag@in@align
  \global\tag@false \global\let\raise@tag\@empty   |% \mmeasure@{#1}%|%
  \let\tag\gobble@tag |<multline label|>%
  |<halign amsmath multline|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<halign amsmath multline\><<<
\ifst@rred
  \expandafter\let\csname e:multline*\endcsname|=\empty
  \expandafter\let\csname f:multline*\endcsname|=\empty
\fi
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{multline\ifst@rred *\fi}\HRestore\noalign
\MkHalign#{\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle|<sub/sup base|>#$}}!1%
>>>

\<multline label\><<<
\ifst@rred  \let\label\@gobble  \else
   \stepcounter{equation}%
   \def\label{\let\cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel
      \def\:@currentlabel{\ifx \cnt:currentlabel\@currentlabel
      \the\c@equation\else \@currentlabel\fi}%
      \anc:lbl r{equation}\ltx@label}%
   \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@equation}%
\fi
>>>

\<multline tag\><<<
\ifst@rred\else
   \e:multline\csname a:multline-num\endcsname
   \tagform@\theequation\csname b:multline-num\endcsname\f:multline
\fi 
>>>

%    \e:multline(\theequation)\f:multline

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{|<multline tag|>\math@cr \EndMkHalign 
   \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:multline\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname
   $$\global\@ignoretrue  }
\HLet\endmultline|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{multline\ifst@rred *\fi}} 
\HLet\multline@|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{multline}{6}
\NewConfigure{multline-num}{2}
\@xp\let\csname reg:multline*\endcsname|=\reg:multline
\@xp\let\csname endmultline*\endcsname|=\endmultline
\NewConfigure{multline*}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{gather}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:gather!1{%
   \ingather@true  |<gather 1999|>%
   \let\tag\tag@in@align  \let\label\label@in@display 
   \intertext@ \displ@y@
   \Let@  \let\math@cr@@@\math@cr@@@gather  |%\gmeasure@{#1}%|%
   \global\shifttag@false    \global\row@\@ne
  |<halign amsmath gather|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<gather 1999\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
   \let\split\insplit@   \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@
\else
   \inany@true
\fi
>>>

\<halign amsmath gather\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{gather\ifst@rred *\fi}\HRestore\noalign
\MkHalign#{|<amsmath gather pattern|>}!1%
>>>

\<amsmath gather pattern\><<<
\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$}%
&\hbox{|<sub/sup base|>#}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\math@cr \EndMkHalign 
   \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:gather\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname
   $$\global\@ignoretrue  }
\HLet\endgather|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\pic:MkHalign{gather\ifst@rred *\fi}} 
\HLet\gather@|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{gather}{6}
\@xp\let\csname reg:gather*\endcsname|=\reg:gather
\@xp\let\csname endgather*\endcsname|=\endgather
\NewConfigure{gather*}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
  \def\intertext##1{%
    \ifvmode\else\\\@empty\fi
    \noalign{%
      \penalty\postdisplaypenalty\vskip\belowdisplayskip
      \vbox{\normalbaselines
        \ifdim\linewidth=\columnwidth
        \else \parshape\@ne \@totalleftmargin \linewidth
        \fi
       \a:intertext \noindent##1\b:intertext\par}%
      \penalty\predisplaypenalty\vskip\abovedisplayskip%
    }%
}}
\HLet\intertext@=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{intertext}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Roots}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HLet\leftroot|=\:gobble
\HLet\uproot|=\:gobble
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<accents of amsmath.sty\><<<
\HLet\Hat|=\hat
\HLet\Check|=\check
\HLet\Tilde|=\tilde
\HLet\Acute|=\acute
\HLet\Grave|=\grave
\HLet\Dot|=\dot
\HLet\Ddot|=\ddot
\HLet\Breve|=\breve
\HLet\Bar|=\bar
\HLet\Vec|=\vec
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Smallmatrix}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:smallmatrix{%
  \vcenter\bgroup \Let@\restore@math@cr\default@tag
  |<ialign amsmath smallmatrix|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<ialign amsmath smallmatrix\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{smallmatrix}%|%\HRestore\noalign|%
\MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle#$&&%
           $\m@th\scriptstyle#$}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:smallmatrix}
\HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{smallmatrix}} 
\HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{substack}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\pend:defI\substack{\a:substack}
\append:defI\substack{\b:substack}
\NewConfigure{substack}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{subarray}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:subarray!1{%
  \vcenter\bgroup
  \Let@ \restore@math@cr \default@tag
  \baselineskip\fontdimen10 \scriptfont\tw@
  \advance\baselineskip\fontdimen12 \scriptfont\tw@
  \lineskip\thr@@\fontdimen8 \scriptfont\thr@@
  |<ialign amsmath subarray|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<ialign amsmath subarray\><<<
\let\e:subarray|=\empty \let\f:subarray|=\empty 
\everycr{}\SaveMkHalignConf:g{subarray}%|%\HRestore\noalign|%
\MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle#$}%
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:subarray}
\HLet\endsubarray|=\:tempc
\def\:temp#1{\def\Hlcr{#1}\pic:MkHalign{subarray}{#1}} 
\HLet\subarray|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{subarray}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{split}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{split}{6}
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc{%
   \vbox\bgroup
        |<insplit 1999|>%
        \Let@  \restore@math@cr  \default@tag \everycr{}\a:split
        \SaveMkHalignConf:g{split}\HRestore\noalign
        \MkHalign#{|<amsmath split pattern|>}}
\HLet\insplit@|=\:tempc
                                    \catcode`\#|=6 \catcode`\!|=12
\def\:tempc{%
   \crcr\EndMkHalign \b:split \egroup }
\HLet\endsplit|=\:tempc
>>>

\<insplit 1999\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
   \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne 
\fi
>>>

\<amsmath split pattern\><<<
 $\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$%
&$\m@th\displaystyle{|<sub/sup base|>#}$%
>>>

\<amsmath 1999\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\gather@split
\append:defIII\:tempc{%
   \def\endmathdisplay@a{%
     \math@cr \EndMkHalign
     \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:gather\ifst@rred *\fi\endcsname    
     \egroup |%on \vcenter\bgroup|%
   }%
}
\HLet\gather@split|=\:tempc
>>>

The split environment looks like 
  \`'\begin{split}...\begin{split}...\end{split}...\endmathdisplay@a'.
The folowing tries to compensate for the above extra openning split 
environment.   

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\Configure{@begin}
  {split}
  {\relax
   \ifx  \split\insplit@ \else 
   \def\choose:begin{\global\let\choose:begin\@firstoftwo
                     \@secondoftwo}%
   \fi
  }
>>>

The split environment still has
\HPage{problems}
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}  
   \usepackage{amsmath}  
\begin{document}  
 
 
\begin{equation*}  
    \begin{split}   
     a & = b \\   
       & = c   
    \end{split} 
\end{equation*} 
 
\hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} 
 
$$ 
   \begin{split}  
    a & = b \\  
      & = c  
   \end{split}  
%\def\foo{\math@cr \black@ \totwidth@ \egroup    
%      \egroup}  
%\hshow{endmathdisplay@a} 
% \foo 
$$
 
 
\hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} 
 
\[ 
   \begin{split}  
    a & = b \\  
      & = c  
   \end{split}  
\]    
 
\hshow{---------------------------------------------------------------} 
 
\begin{displaymath}  
    \begin{split}   
     a & = b \\   
       & = c   
    \end{split} 
\end{displaymath} 
 
\end{document}   
\EndVerbatim
\EndHPage{example}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Equations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{equations}[2]{\def\pic:equa{#1}\def\pic:equb{#2}}
>>>

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\str:pic{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
      \expandafter\Picture\pic:equa{ \pic:equb}%
   \else \let\EndPicture|=\empty  \fi
   \let\halign|=\TeXhalign}
>>>

% \<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
% \def\:tempa{\a:eqnum\print@eqnum\b:eqnum}
% \HLet\print@eqnum\:tempc
% \NewConfigure{eqnum}{2}
% >>>

\<body of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:eqref\o:eqref:{#1}\b:eqref}
\NewConfigure{eqref}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\make@df@tag@@#1{%
  \gdef\df@tag{\maketag@@@{#1}\def\@currentlabel{#1}\gdef\ams:delete:tag{}%
               |<def :currentlabel for make@df@tag|>%
               \anc:lbl r{}%
}}
\def\make@df@tag@@@#1{\gdef\df@tag{\tagform@{#1}%
  \toks@\@xp{\p@equation{#1}}\edef\@currentlabel{\the\toks@}%
  |<def :currentlabel for make@df@tag|>%
  \anc:lbl r{}%
  }}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Gauss Style}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<gauss.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% gauss.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config gauss|>
\Hinput{gauss}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{gauss}

\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{\def\g@environment{#1matrix}%
   \begin{\g@environment}%
   \begin{g@matrix}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\gmatrix\endcsname=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{%
   \end{g@matrix}%
   \end{\g@environment}%
   \let\matrix\@empty
   \let\endmatrix\@empty
}
\HLet\endgmatrix=\:tempc
>>>

\<config gauss\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:g@matrix{%
\hbox\bgroup 
  \global\g@maxrow@old\g@maxrow 
  \global\g@maxcol@old\g@maxcol 
  \global\g@maxrow0% 
  \global\g@maxcol0% 
  \let\rowops\g@east 
  \let\colops\g@north 
  \vbox\bgroup 
   \def\\{\mathstrut\cr\global\advance\g@maxrow1\relax}% 
   \global\let\g@endregion\g@endmatrix 
   \global\g@tab=2\arraycolsep 
  |<ialign g@matrix|>}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<ialign g@matrix\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{g@matrix}%|%\HRestore\noalign|%
\MkHalign#{\g@prae#\g@post&&%
           \kern\g@tab\g@prae#\g@post}%
>>>

\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
 \g@endregion
 \global\g@maxrow\g@maxrow@old 
 \global\g@maxcol\g@maxcol@old 
 \global\let\g@endregion\g@endmatrix 
 \global\let\rowops\g@east 
 \global\let\colops\g@north 
}
\HLet\endg@matrix|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{g@matrix}} 
\HLet\g@matrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{gmatrix}[6]{%
   \def\a:g@matrix {#1}%
   \def\b:g@matrix {#2}%
   \def\c:g@matrix {#3}%
   \def\d:g@matrix {#4}%
   \def\e:g@matrix {#5}%
   \def\f:g@matrix {#6}%
}
\Configure{gmatrix}{}{}{}{}{}{}
>>>

\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc{% 
   \crcr\EndMkHalign
   \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup \egroup
   \b:g@matrix
   \global\let\colops\g@north
}
\HLet\g@endmatrix\:tempc
>>>

\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc{% 
 \g@endregion  
 \def\swap{\g@east@arrow11\rowswapfromlabel\rowswaptolabel} 
 \def\add{\g@east@arrow01\rowaddfromlabel\rowaddtolabel} 
 \let\mult\g@east@mult 
 \gdef\rowops{\PackageError{gauss}%
                 {Two sets of row operations were specified in % 
                  just one matrix. This is not allowed.}} 
 \gdef\g@endregion{\b:rowops \egroup}% 
 \hbox\bgroup \a:rowops
} 
\HLet\g@east\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5[#6]#7#8{%
   \ifnum #1=#2\relax
      \hbox{$\a:swap #7\b:swap #8\c:swap$}%
   \else
      \hbox{$\a:add #7\b:add #8\c:add$}%
   \fi
}
\HLet\g@east@arrow@b\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
   \hbox{$\a:mult #1\b:mult #2\c:mult$}%
}
\HLet\g@east@mult\:tempc
\NewConfigure{rowops}{2}
>>>

\<config gauss\><<<
\def\:tempc{% 
 \g@endregion 
 \gdef\colops{\PackageError{gauss} 
   {Two sets of column operations are specified in % 
    just one matrix. This is not allowed.}}% 
 \gdef\g@endregion{\b:colops \egroup}% 
 \def\swap{\g@north@arrow11\colswapfromlabel\colswaptolabel}% 
 \def\add{\g@north@arrow01\coladdfromlabel\coladdtolabel}% 
 \let\mult\g@north@mult 
 \hbox\bgroup \a:colops
} 
\HLet\g@north\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5[#6]#7#8{%
   \ifnum #1=#2\relax
      \hbox{$\a:swap #7\b:swap #8\c:swap$}%
   \else
      \hbox{$\a:add #7\b:add #8\c:add$}%
   \fi
}
\HLet\g@north@arrow@b\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
   \hbox{$\a:mult #1\b:mult #2\c:mult$}%
}
\HLet\g@north@mult\:tempc
\NewConfigure{colops}{2}
\NewConfigure{mult}{3}
\NewConfigure{swap}{3}
\NewConfigure{add}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Fonts}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amsfonts.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsfonts.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<amsfonts sty|>
\Hinput{amsfonts}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsfonts}

\<amsfonts sty\><<<<
\NewConfigure{mathbb}{2}  
\def\:temp#1{{\a:mathbb \o:@mathbb:{#1}\b:mathbb}}
\HLet\@mathbb\:temp
>>>

\<amsfonts sty\><<<<
\NewConfigure{mathfrak}{2}  
\def\:temp#1{{\a:mathfrak \o:@mathfrak:{#1}\b:mathfrak}}
\HLet\@mathfrak\:temp
>>>

Commands like \''\rm' need low level implemetation through 
dynamic configurations of symbols decorations at the htf source 
(e.g., \Verb+${\textbf abc}XX\bf abc \mathbf ab\mathbb{C}d\mathsf{C}$+).

%%%%%%%%%%%
amstext.sty
%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amstext.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amstext.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\def\:tempc#1{\hbox{\a:text#1\b:text}}
\HLet\text@|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{text}{2}

\Hinput{amstext}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amstext}

%----------------------------- amstex.sty -----------------------
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amstex.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Note that \`'\Let@' stands for \`'\let\\=\cr\', and so it should be
placed after the definition of \`'\cr' is recalled in halign tables.

\<amstex loads amsmath\><<<
 \input amsmath.4ht  
>>>

\<amstex1.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amstex1.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
% amstex.sty

\if@compatibility \else 
   |<amstex loads amsmath|>
   \expandafter\endinput
\fi            

\let\ltx@label|=\lb:l
|<body of amstex.sty|>
|<equations of amstex.sty|>
|<label of amstex.sty|>
|<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|>
|<config amstex1 utilities|>
|<config amstex1 shared|>
|<plain, fontmath, amstex|>
\Hinput{amstex1}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amstex1}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Aligned}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

We need the \`'\vtop' within \`'\[...\]' because of the
extra math environment taht we insert.

\<equations of amstex1\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup
  \vspace@\Let@ \everycr{}%
  \SaveMkHalignConf:g{aligned:type}%|%\HRestore\noalign|%
  \MkHalign#{|<amstex1 aligned@ pattern|>}%
}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\<amstex1 aligned@ pattern\><<<
$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$&%
$\m@th\displaystyle{{}#}$%
>>>

\<equations of amstex1\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
   \RecallMkHalignConfig \csname b:\aligned:type\endcsname \egroup}
\HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{aligned@}} 
\HLet\aligned@|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{aligned}{6}
\NewConfigure{topaligned}{6}
\NewConfigure{botaligned}{6}
\pend:def\topaligned{\def\aligned:type{topaligned}}
\pend:def\botaligned{\def\aligned:type{botaligned}}
\pend:def\aligned{\def\aligned:type{aligned}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{braket}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<braket.4ht\><<<
% braket.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<braket sty|>
\Hinput{braket}
>>> \AddFile{9}{braket}

\<braket sty\><<<
\def\ket#1{\ensuremath{\left.||{#1}\right\rangle}}
\def\braket#1{\ensuremath{\left\langle{#1}\right\rangle}}
\def\Bra#1{\left\langle#1||\right.}
\def\Ket#1{\left.||#1\right\rangle}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{mathtools}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mathtools.4ht\><<<
% mathtools.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<mathtools sty|>
\edef\cat:underscore{%
   \noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\_=\the\catcode`\_ }
\catcode`\_=11
|<mathtools sty underscore|>
\cat:underscore
\Hinput{mathtools}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{mathtools}


\<mathtools sty\><<<
\ifx \o:endgathered:\:UnDef\else 
   \HRestore\endgathered 
\fi
\def\shortintertext{\intertext} 
>>>

\<mathtools sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{{\csname a:prescript\endcsname}\sp{#1}\sb{#2}} 
\expandafter\HLet\csname prescript \endcsname=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{prescript}{1} 
\Configure{prescript}{\HCode{<mrow class="prescript"></mrow>}} 
>>>

\<mathtools sty underscore\><<<
\def\MT_gathered_pre:{} 
      \def\MT_gathered_post:{} 
      \def\MT_gathered_env_end:{} 
                                    \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6
\def\reg:MT_gathered_env[!1]{%
  \RIfM@\else
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{MT_gathered_env}}%
  \fi
  \null  \vcenter\bgroup
    \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr
    \SaveMkHalignConf:g{MT_gathered_env}%
\MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}%
}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:MT_gathered_env}
\HLet\endMT_gathered_env\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{MT_gathered_env}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\MT_gathered_env\endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{MT_gathered_env}{6}
>>>

\<mathtools sty underscore\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{{\m@th#1{#2}}} 
\HLet\MT_cramped_internal:Nn\:tempc
>>>

\<mathtools sty\><<<
\renewenvironment{dcases}[1][c]{%   
  \RIfM@\else   
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}%   
  \fi   
  \left\lbrace   
  \vcenter \bgroup   
      \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr   
      \spread@equation   
      \ialign\bgroup   
        \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil&\quad$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil\strut@   
        \crcr   
}   
{\endaligned\right.}   
                                    \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6
\def\reg:dcases[!1]{%
  \RIfM@\else
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{dcases}}%
  \fi
  \vcenter\bgroup
    \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr
    \SaveMkHalignConf:g{dcases}%
    \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$&\quad$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$}%
}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:dcases \right.}
\HLet\enddcases\:tempc
\def\:temp{\left\lbrace   \pic:MkHalign{dcases}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\dcases\endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{dcases}{6}
>>>

\<mathtools sty\><<<
\renewenvironment{dcases*}[1][c]{%   
  \RIfM@\else   
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}%   
  \fi   
  \left\lbrace   
  \vcenter \bgroup   
      \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr   
      \spread@equation   
      \ialign\bgroup   
        \strut@$\m@th\displaystyle{##}$\hfil&\quad{##}\hfil\strut@   
        \crcr   
}   
{\endaligned\right.}   
                                    \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6
\expandafter\def\csname reg:dcases*\endcsname[!1]{%
  \RIfM@\else
      \nonmatherr@{\begin{dcases*}}%
  \fi
  \vcenter\bgroup
    \Let@ \chardef\dspbrk@context\@ne \restore@math@cr
    \SaveMkHalignConf:g{dcases*}%
    \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{\HCode{}}#$\quad&#}%
}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\csname b:dcases*\endcsname \right.}
\expandafter\HLet\csname enddcases*\endcsname\:tempc
\def\:temp{\left\lbrace   \pic:MkHalign{dcases*}}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\dcases*\endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{dcases*}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

The \''\label'  gets a definition that differs a little than the one in LaTeX, and is more complicated because of cases like in the example:
\Verbatim
\documentclass[fleqn]{article}

\title{Test of subequations environment}
\author{mjd}

\usepackage[noamsfonts]{amstex}
\numberwithin{equation}{section}

\newcommand{\env}[1]{{\normalfont\texttt{#1}}}

   \begin{document}

`\section{Prime equation numbers}

Here is a,b,c sub-numbering.
\begin{subequations}{a}
\begin{eqnarray}
A&=&B\\
D&=&C \label{e:middle}\\
E&=&F
\end{eqnarray}
\end{subequations}
That was produced with the \env{eqnarray} environment; the middle line
was labeled as \eqref{e:middle}.

First an equation.
\begin{equation}\label{e:previous}
A=B
\end{equation}
That was equation \eqref{e:previous}.

\begin{equation}%
\tag{\ref{e:previous}$'$}
\label{e:prevprime}
C=D
\end{equation}

 And that was equation \eqref{e:prevprime}.

First an equation.
\begin{subequations}{a}
\begin{xalignat}{2}
\label{xalignat:a}A+B&=B&     B&=B+A\\
\label{xalignat:b}C&=D+E&     C\oplus D&=E\\
\label{xalignat:c}E&=F&       E'&=F'
\end{xalignat}
\end{subequations}

Label check: that was \eqref{xalignat:a}, \eqref{xalignat:b}, and
\eqref{xalignat:c}.

\end{document}
\EndVerbatim

Note that the above fails if \''\@currentlabel' has a \`'\Link[]...'.

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\append:defI\subequations{\cur:lbl{}\let\cur:lbl|=\:gobble \ignorespaces}
>>>

With the exception of \''\subequations', the \''\refstepcounter'
of LaTeX is not used.  The following is to compensate for
the lost  \''\Link'.

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\let\:stepcounter|=\stepcounter
\append:defI\stepcounter{%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef\else \def\:temp{equation}\def\:tempa{#1}%
   \ifx\:temp\:tempa 
      \edef\:currentlabel{E\the\c@equation}\let\cur:lbl|=\:gobble
      \edef\cur:th{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}%
      \edef\:temp{\noexpand\AfterPicture{\noexpand\a:eqno\noexpand
         \Make:Label{\cur:th \:currentlabel}{}%
         \noexpand\html:addr}}\:temp
      \let\stepcounter|=\:stepcounter
   \fi\fi }
>>>

\<haddr prefix\><<<
x>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\let\:insplit|=\insplit@
\def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit}
>>>

Place the number with the equation; not under.

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{eqn}[1]{\def\a:eqno{#1}}
>>>

% \pmatrix    def \matrix   def \endpmatrix
% \bmatrix    def \matrix   def \endbmatrix
% \vmatrix    def \matrix   def \endvmatrix
% \Vmatrix    def \matrix   def \endVmatrix

% \equation    def \gather     def \endgather

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\gather{\a:gather}
\append:def\endgather{\b:gather}
\@xp\pend:def\csname gather*\endcsname{\Picture*{}}
\@xp\append:def\csname endgather*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
\NewConfigure{gather}{2}
>>>

In amslatex.sty, equation is defined in terms of  gather.

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\equation{\bgroup \let\tagform@|=\:gobble}
\append:def\endequation{\egroup}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\align{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endalign{\EndPicture}
\@xp\pend:def\csname align*\endcsname{\Picture*{}}
\@xp\append:def\csname endalign*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
>>>

%\let\ltx@label=\lb:l

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:defI\alignat{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endalignat{\EndPicture}
\expandafter\pend:defI\csname alignat*\endcsname{\Picture*{}}
\expandafter\append:def\csname endalignat*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:defI\xalignat{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endxalignat{\EndPicture}
\expandafter\pend:defI\csname xalignat*\endcsname{\Picture*{}}
\expandafter\append:def\csname endxalignat*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:defI\xxalignat{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endxxalignat{\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\alignedat{\Picture*{}$}
\append:def\endalignedat{$\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\gathered{\Picture*{}$}
\append:def\endgathered{$\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\pend:def\multline{\Picture*{}}
\append:def\endmultline{\EndPicture}
\expandafter\pend:def\csname multline*\endcsname{\Picture*{}}
\expandafter\append:def\csname endmultline*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.sty\><<<
\let\:smallmatrix=\smallmatrix
\def\smallmatrix{\Picture*{}$\:smallmatrix}
\append:def\endsmallmatrix{$\EndPicture}
>>>

\<body of amstex.sty\><<<
|<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty|>
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Springer Lecture Notes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science

\Link[http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-book.html]{}{}springer\EndLink,
\Link[http://www.springer.de/comp/lncs/authors.html]{}{}Information
for Authors\EndLink.

We have llncs.cls for latex2e, and llncs.sty for latex2.9.

llncs.cls loads article.cls and then its definitions. Hence,
llncs.4ht asks article.4ht to load the definitions in llncs-a.4ht

\<llncs.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% llncs.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinclude{\input llncs-a.4ht}{article}    
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{llncs}

\<llncs-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% llncs-a.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\ifx \:UnDef 
  |<llcns sty|>
\else
  |<llcns cls|>
\fi
\let\:spthm|=\@spthm
\def\@spthm{|<seed begin theorem|>\:spthm}
\Hinput{llncs}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{llncs-a}

\<llcns sty\><<<
\let\ll:maketitle|=\@maketitle
\def\@maketitle{%
   \ll:maketitle \Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}\Configure{newpage}{}}
>>>

\<llcns cls\><<<
\let\ll:maketitle|=\@maketitle
\def\@maketitle{%
   \let\sva:author\a:author  \def\a:author{\protect\sva:author}%
   \let\svb:author\b:author  \def\b:author{\protect\svb:author}%
   \ll:maketitle \Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}\Configure{newpage}{}}
>>>

\<llcns cls\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:email\o:email:{#1}\b:email}
\HLet\email\:tempc
\NewConfigure{email}{2}
\def\:tempc{%
  \pend:def\@institute{\a:institute}%
  \append:def\@institute{\b:institute}%
  \o:institutename:
}
\HLet\institutename\:tempc
\NewConfigure{institute}{2}
>>>

\<llcns cls\><<<
\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{\a:newtheorem#3\trivlist
   \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]\b:newtheorem}
>>>

\<lncse.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% llncse.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinclude{\input lncse-a.4ht}{article}    
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{lncse}

\<lncse-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% llncse-a.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<lncse title page|>
  |<lncse theorems|>
  |<lncse chapter|>
\Hinput{lncse}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{lncse-a}

\<lncse title page\><<<
\ifx \o:@maketitle:\UnDef
  \let\o:@maketitle:\@maketitle
\fi
\def\@maketitle{%
   \pend:def\@title{\Protect\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\Protect\b:ttl}
   \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
   \pend:def\@author{\Protect\a:author}\append:def\@author{\Protect\b:author}%
   \def\and{\a:and}%
   \a:mktl \o:@maketitle: \b:mktl
}
\let\maketitle\o:maketitle:
\def\institutename{\par
 \begingroup
 \parskip=\z@
 \parindent=\z@
 \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
 \def\and{\c:institute \stepcounter{@inst}\c:inst
           $\sp{\the@inst}$\d:inst \ignorespaces}%
 \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\everypar{}\@institute}%
 \ifnum\value{@inst}>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$\sp{88}$\enspace}%
                 \else\setbox0=\hbox{$\sp{8}$\enspace}\fi
 \ignorespaces \a:institute
 \ifnum\value{@inst}=1\relax  \else
   \setcounter{footnote}{\c@@inst}%
   \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
   \c:inst ${\sp\the@inst}$\d:inst
 \fi
 \@institute \b:institute\par
 \endgroup}
\def\inst#1{\unskip\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst}
\def\fnmsep{\unskip$\sp,$}
\NewConfigure{institute}{3}
\NewConfigure{inst}{4}
>>>

\<lncse theorems\><<<
\def\:Thm{\o:@Thm:}
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
   \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item\sv:item
                  \item[##1]\b:newtheorem}%
   \a:newtheorem\AutoRefstepAnchor
   \:Thm }
\HLet\@Thm\:temp
>>>

% \ifx \@chapapp\:UnDef
%   \def\@chapapp{\chaptername}
%   \def\chaptername{Chapter}
%   \def\appendixname{Appendix}
%   \newcommand*\chaptermark[1]{}
% \fi

\<lncse chapter\><<<
\let\:tempb\chapter
\Def:Section\chapter{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:chapter\chapter
\let\chapter\:tempb
\def\@makechapterhead#1{}
\let\no@chapter\@chapter
\def\@chapter[#1]#2{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   {\SkipRefstepAnchor \let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@chapter[#1]{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \Toc:Title{#1}\:chapter{#2}}
\Def:Section\likechapter{}{#1}
\let\:likechapter\likechapter
\let\likechapter\:UnDef
\let\no@schapter\@schapter
\def\@schapter#1{%
   {\let\addcontentsline\:gobbleIII\no@schapter{}}%
   \HtmlEnv   \:likechapter{#1}}
\let\no@appendix\appendix
\Def:Section\appendix{\thechapter}{#1}
\let\:appendix\appendix
\def\appendix{%
   \def\@chapter[##1]##2{%
      |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
      {\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}\no@chapter[##1]{}}%
      \HtmlEnv \Toc:Title{##1}\:appendix{##2}}%
   \no@appendix}
>>>

%--------------------------------- amstex.tex -------------------

\Chapter{amstex.tex}

\`'/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/amstex/base/amstex.tex'

\Section{Outline}

\<amstex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amstex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
% amstex.tex
\HRestore\cases \HRestore\matrix  \HRestore\pmatrix
|<body of amstex.tex|>
|<equations of amstex.tex|>
|<config amstex.tex utilities|>
|<config amstex.tex shared|>
|<amstex.tex matrix|>
|<amstex.tex align|>
|<amstex.tex cases|>
\Hinput{amstex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amstex}

\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:text{\ifx \a:math\:UnDef\else
    \let\:temp|=\everymath
    \def\everymath##1{\let\everymath|=\:temp\append:def\a:math{##1}}%
  \fi
  \o:text@:{#1}}\b:text}
\HLet\text@|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{text}{2}
>>>

\Section{Sub/Sub scripts}

\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\Sb#1\endSb{\sb{\a:multilimits
   \multilimits@#1\endSb\b:multilimits}}
\def\Sp#1\endSp{\sp{\a:multilimits
   \multilimits@#1\endSp\b:multilimits}}
\def\multilimits@{\bgroup\vspace@\Let@
 \baselineskip\fontdimen10 \scriptfont\tw@
 \advance\baselineskip\fontdimen12 \scriptfont\tw@
 \lineskip\thr@@\fontdimen8 \scriptfont\thr@@
 \lineskiplimit\lineskip  \let\halign|=\TeXhalign
 \vbox\bgroup\ialign\bgroup\hfil\c:multilimits
    $\m@th\scriptstyle{##}$\d:multilimits\hfil\crcr}
\NewConfigure{multilimits}{4}
>>>

\Section{Format}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
                                      \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\format:!1\\{\def\preamble@{!1}%
   \hashtoks@{#}%
   \def\l{$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$\hfil}%
   \def\c{\hfil$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$\hfil}%
   \def\r{\hfil$\m@th\the\hashtoks@$}%
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{format}%  
   \edef\preamble@@{\:span\preamble@}%
   |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}}
                                      \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig
   \iffalse{\fi\ifnum`}=0 \fi\format:}     
\HLet\format|=\:tempc
\let\:format|=\format
\let\format|=\o:format:
\let\MkHformat=\empty
\def\:tempc{\def\format{\global\let\format|=\o:format: \:format}}
\HLet\MkHformat|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{format}{6}
>>>

\Section{Align}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1\endalign{%%
  \Mk:ialign:end
   {|<amstex.tex align pattern|>}{align}{!1}#%
     {|<amstex.tex align env|>}}  
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\expandafter\HLet\csname align \endcsname|=\:tempc
\expandafter\HLet\csname align \space\endcsname|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{align}{6}
>>>

\<amstex.tex align env\><<<
\global\and@\z@
\ifingather@\append:def\T:halign{\global\and@\z@}\fi
\Let@\tabskip\centering@
>>>

\<amstex.tex align pattern\><<<
$\m@th\displaystyle{\@lign#}$\global\advance\and@\@ne       
&$\m@th\displaystyle{{}\@lign#}%
          $\global\advance\and@\@ne\tabskip\z@skip
&\hbox\bgroup\@lign\maketag@#\maketag@\egroup\tabskip\z@skip
>>>

\Section{Gather}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1\endgather{\Mk:ialign:end
   {|<amstex.tex gather pattern|>}{gather}{!1}#{}}  
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\expandafter\HLet\csname gather \endcsname|=\:tempc
\expandafter\HLet\csname gather \space\endcsname|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{gather}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\Mk:ialign:end#1#2#3#4#5{%
   \csname a:#2\endcsname
     \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef        
        |<SaveMkHalignConfig|>#5\RecallTeXcr
        \MkHalign#4{#1}#3\crcr\EndMkHalign
        \RecallMkHalignConfig 
     \else
        \expand:after{\csname o:#2:\endcsname #3}\csname end#2\endcsname
     \fi
   \csname b:#2\endcsname
}
>>>

\<SaveMkHalignConfig\><<<
\SaveMkHalignConfig
\Configure{MkHalign}
  {} {}
  {\csname c:#2\endcsname} {\csname d:#2\endcsname }
  {\csname e:#2\endcsname}
  {\csname f:#2\endcsname }%
>>>

\<amstex.tex gather pattern\><<<
$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$%
&\maketag@#\maketag@
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%GATHER

\Section{Matrix}

\<amstex.tex matrix\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:matrix{\vcenter\bgroup
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{matrix}%
   \Let@ 
   \MkHalign#{$\m@th#$&&$\m@th#$}}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:matrix}
\HLet\endmatrix|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{matrix}} 
\HLet\matrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{matrix}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.texNO\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:smallmatrix \o:smallmatrix:}
\HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp
\let\:tempc|=\endsmallmatrix
\append:def\:tempc{\b:smallmatrix}
\HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{2}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:smallmatrix{\vcenter\bgroup
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{smallmatrix}%
   \Let@ 
   \MkHalign#{$\m@th\scriptstyle{#}$&&$\m@th
                    \scriptstyle{#}$}}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:smallmatrix}
\HLet\endsmallmatrix|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{smallmatrix}} 
\HLet\smallmatrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{smallmatrix}{6}
>>>

\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\def\pic:MkHalign#1{%
  \csname a:#1\endcsname
  \ifx \EndPicture\:Undef
     \expandafter\expandafter\csname reg:#1\endcsname
  \else 
     \vtop\bgroup$$  
     \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\bgroup 
         \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\csname
              o:#1:\endcsname\egroup}%
         \csname o:#1:\endcsname}%
      \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\csname
          o:end#1:\endcsname$$\egroup
         \csname b:#1\endcsname}\expandafter
                               \expandafter\csname o:#1:\endcsname
  \fi}
>>>

\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
\def\SaveMkHalignConf:g#1{\SaveMkHalignConfig
   \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{MkHalign} {} {}
     {\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1\endcsname} 
     {\expandafter\noexpand\csname d:#1\endcsname }
     {\expandafter\noexpand\csname e:#1\endcsname 
        \noexpand\RecallMkHalignConfig}
     {\expandafter\noexpand\csname f:#1\endcsname }}\:temp}
>>>

% \global\let\TailTD|=\:UnDef

\<amstex.tex matrix\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\pmatrix
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:pmatrix}
\HLet\pmatrix|=\:tempc
\let\:tempc|=\endpmatrix
\append:def\:tempc{\b:pmatrix}
\HLet\endpmatrix|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{pmatrix}{2}
>>>

\Section{Align}

\SubSection{Cases}

%  \def\cases{\bgroup\spreadmlines@\jot\left\{\,\matrix\format\l&\quad\l\\}
%  \def\endcases{\endmatrix\right.\egroup}

\<amstex.tex cases\><<<
\pend:def\cases{\a:cases\MkHformat}
\append:def\endcases{\b:cases}
\NewConfigure{cases}{2}
>>>

\Section{Others}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\bmatrix
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:bmatrix}
\HLet\bmatrix|=\:tempc
\let\:tempc|=\endbmatrix
\append:def\:tempc{\b:bmatrix}
\HLet\endbmatrix|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{bmatrix}{2}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\pend:def\vmatrix{\a:vmatrix}
\append:def\endvmatrix{\b:vmatrix}
\NewConfigure{vmatrix}{2}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\pend:def\Vmatrix{\a:Vmatrix}
\append:def\endVmatrix{\b:Vmatrix}
\NewConfigure{Vmatrix}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{amstex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\frac
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:frac}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:frac}
\HLet\frac|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{frac}{2}
\let\:tempc|=\dfrac
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:dfrac}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:dfrac}
\HLet\dfrac|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{dfrac}{2}
\let\:tempc|=\tfrac
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:tfrac}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:tfrac}
\HLet\tfrac|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{tfrac}{2}
\let\:tempc|=\binom
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:binom}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:binom}
\HLet\binom|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{binom}{2}
\let\:tempc|=\dbinom
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:dbinom}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:dbinom}
\HLet\dbinom|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{dbinom}{2}
\let\:tempc|=\tbinom
\pend:defII\:temp{\a:tbinom}
\append:defII\:temp{\b:tbinom}
\HLet\tbinom|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{tbinom}{2}
\let\:temp|=\boxed
\pend:defI\:temp{\a:boxed}
\append:defI\:temp{\b:boxed}
\HLet\boxed|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{boxed}{2}
>>>

\Section{Incomplete}

\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:temp{{\textfontii AMS}-\TeX}
\HLet\AmSTeX|=\:temp
>>>

\<body of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\linebreak{\RIfM@\mathmodeerr@\linebreak\else
 \ifhmode\unskip\unkern\break \a:linebreak\else
 \vmodeerr@\linebreak\fi\fi}
\NewConfigure{linebreak}{1}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:gathered{\vcenter\bgroup
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{gathered}%
   \Let@ 
   \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$}}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:gathered}
\HLet\endgathered|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{gathered}} 
\HLet\gathered|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{gathered}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:insplit|=\insplit@
\def\insplit@{\let\halign|=\TeXhalign \:insplit}
>>>

\Section{Aligned}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:aligned@{\bgroup
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{aligned@}%
   \Let@ 
   \MkHalign#{$\m@th\displaystyle{#}$&%
              $\m@th\displaystyle{{}#}$}}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
\def\al:gned#1{%
   \Configure{aligned@}{\csname a:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname b:#1\endcsname}{\csname c:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname d:#1\endcsname}{\csname e:#1\endcsname}%
       {\csname f:#1\endcsname}\pic:MkHalign{#1}}
\NewConfigure{aligned@}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:aligned@}
\HLet\endaligned|=\:tempc
\def\:temp{\al:gned{aligned}}
\HLet\aligned|=\:temp
\def\reg:aligned{\vcenter\reg:aligned@}
\NewConfigure{aligned}{6}
\HLet\endtopaligned|=\endaligned
\def\:tempc{\al:gned{topaligned}}
\HLet\topaligned|=\:tempc
\def\reg:topaligned{\null\vtop\reg:aligned@}
\NewConfigure{topaligned}{6}
\HLet\endbotaligned|=\endaligned
\def\:tempc{\al:gned{botaligned}}
\HLet\botaligned|=\:tempc
\def\reg:botaligned{\null\vtop\reg:aligned@}
\NewConfigure{botaligned}{6}
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign 
    \RecallMkHalignConfig \egroup\b:alignedat}
\HLet\endalignedat|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\al:gned{alignedat}}
\HLet\alignedat|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{alignedat}{6}
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6    
\def\reg:alignedat!1{\null\vcenter\bgroup
   \SaveMkHalignConf:g{alignedat}%
   \hashtoks@{#}{\let\@lign|=\empty \doat@{!1}}\Let@
   \pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}%
   |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12 
>>>

\Section{Aligned At}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endalignat{%   
  \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{alignat}{!2}#%
     {|<amstex.tex alignat get pattern|>%
      |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>%
     }}
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\expandafter\HLet\csname alignat \endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{alignat}{6}
>>>

\<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern\><<<
\def\:temp!!1!!2{\expand:after{!!1!!2}\expandafter}%
\:temp       |%\MkHalign#{\preamble@@}...\EndMkHalign |%
>>>

\<amstex.tex alignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|>\xat@false  
|<tag for alignat amstex.tex|>%
\measuring@false \Let@
{\let\@lign=\empty \attag@{!1}}%
\let\allowdisplaybreak  =\empty
\pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}%
>>>

\<tag for alignat amstex.tex\><<<
\def\tag{\global\tag@true\count@!1\relax\multiply\count@\tw@
   \xdef\tag@{}\loop\ifnum\count@>\and@\xdef\tag@{&\tag@}%
                \advance\count@\m@ne \repeat\tag@}%
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endxalignat{%   
  \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{xalignat}{!2}#%
     {|<amstex.tex alignat get pattern|>%
      |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>%
     }}
\catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\expandafter\HLet\csname xalignat \endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{xalignat}{6}
>>>

\<amstex.tex xalignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|>\xat@true  
|<tag for xalignat amstex.tex|>%
\measuring@false \Let@
{\let\@lign=\empty \attag@{!1}}%
\let\allowdisplaybreak  =\empty
\pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}%
>>>

\<tag for xalignat amstex.tex\><<<
\def\tag{\global\tag@true\def\tag@{}\count@!1\relax
  \multiply\count@\tw@
  \loop\ifnum\count@>\and@
     \xdef\tag@{&\tag@}\advance\count@\m@ne\repeat\tag@}%
>>>

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
                                  \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc!1!2\endxxalignat{%   
  \Mk:ialign:end{\preamble@@}{xxalignat}{!2}#%
     {|<amstex.tex xxalignat get pattern|>%
      |<expand amstex.tex ...alignat pattern|>%
     }}
                                  \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\expandafter\HLet\csname xxalignat \endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{xxalignat}{6}
>>>

\<amstex.tex xxalignat get pattern\><<<
\hashtoks@{#}|<inany@true|> \measuring@false \Let@
{\let\@lign=\empty \xxattag@{!1}}%
\let\allowdisplaybreak  =\empty
\pend:def\preamble@@{\:span}%
>>>

\`'\ifinany@' and \`'\displaybreak@' are not defined in ams* starting 
since 1999.

\<inany@true\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef\else  \inany@true\fi  
>>>

\<displaybreak@\><<<
\ifx \displaybreak@\:UnDef
   \chardef\dspbrk@context\z@  
\else
   \displaybreak@
\fi
>>>

\<restore ams equationNO\><<<
\ifx \ifinany@\:Undef
  \HRestore\equation
  \HRestore\endequation
\fi
>>>

\<restore amsmath everydisplay\><<<
\append:def\a:display{\@displaytrue}
\expandafter\append:defIII\csname
    c:$$:\endcsname{\append:def\a:display{\@displaytrue}}
>>>

\Section{Multiline}

\<equations of amstex.tex\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\endmultline
\append:def\:tempc{\b:multline}
\HLet\endmultline|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\al:gned{multline}}
\HLet\multline|=\:tempc
\let\reg:multline|=\o:multline:
\NewConfigure{multline}{4}  
\let\e:multline|=\empty
\let\f:multline|=\empty
                                    \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\:tempc{\let\sv:halign|=\halign
   \def\halign!!1\crcr{%
      \let\halign|=\sv:halign
      \SaveMkHalignConf:g{multline}%
      \MkHalign#{|<multline amstex.tex pattern|>}}%
   \o:rmultline@@@:}
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\HLet\rmultline@@@|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\rmultline@@@}
\HLet\lmultline@@@|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\crcr\EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig }
\HLet\lendmultline@|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\lendmultline@}   
\HLet\rendmultline@|=\:tempc
>>>

\<multline amstex.tex pattern\><<<
\Let@\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle\hfil{}#$}%
>>>

%----------------------------- amsppt.sty -----------------------

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{amsppt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<if not amsppt.sty\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname amsppt.sty\endcsname\relax
>>>

\<recall amsppt.sty\><<<
|<if not amsppt.sty|> \else
   \ifx  \plainend\:UnDef \else
      \let\sv:end|=\end  \let\end|=\plainend
   \fi
   \let\sv:logo|=\logo@  \let\logo@|=\empty
\fi
>>>

\<amsppt.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsppt.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\HRestore\footnote
\append:def\EndPreamble{\let\logo@|=\sv:logo \let\sv:logo=\empty}
|<set amsppt.sty|>
|<top matter of amsppt.sty|>
|<everypar in amsppt.sty|>
|<hfonts for amsppt.sty|>
|<sectioning in amsppt.sty|>
|<footnotes in amsppt.sty|>
|<bib in amsppt.sty|>
|<roster in amsppt.sty|>
|<captions in amsppt.sty|>
|<enddocument in amsppt.sty|>
|<config amsppt + vanilla shared|>
\Hinput{amsppt}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsppt}

In older files the ams-logo is printer at the first page, 
possibly before \''\endmatters'. This can be a problem if 
the \''\EndPreamble' stuff is pushed to the second page.

\<set amsppt.sty\><<<
\append:def\block{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \:block 
  \pend:def\endblock{\end:block} \fi}
\NewConfigure{block}{2}
>>>

\Section{Captions}

\<captions in amsppt.sty\><<<
\append:def\@ins{\def\vspace##1{\vskip##1\relax}%
  \def\captionwidth##1{\captionwidth@##1\relax}}
\let\:topcaption|=\topcaption
\let\:botcaption|=\botcaption

\def\:caption#1#2\endcaption{\a:caption
  {\captionfont@#1}\if\notempty{#2}.\fi\b:caption
  \if\notempty{#2}{\rm#2}\fi \c:caption}

\def\botcaption{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:caption
  \else \expandafter\:botcaption \fi}
\def\topcaption{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:caption
  \else \expandafter\:topcaption \fi}

\NewConfigure{caption}{3}
>>>

\Section{Lists (Rosters}

without the par below we get an extra \''<P>' when \''\nextii@' applies in \''\roster'

\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:roster|=\roster
\def\roster{\IgnorePar
   \let\roster:par|=\par  
   \def\par{\let\par|=\roster:par \par
      \def\:tempa{\ifx \:temp\par@  \IgnorePar\leavevmode\IgnorePar\fi}%
      \futurelet\:temp\:tempa}%
   \:roster   \let\ams:tem|=\item
   \def\item{\IgnorePar\EnditemitemList \ams:tem}%
   \a:roster}
\pend:def\endroster{\EnditemitemList\b:roster}
>>>

\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
\pend:def\itembox@{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
   \a:itembox@ \therosteritem@ \b:itembox@ \expandafter\:gobbleII\fi}
>>>

\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{roster}[4]{\def\:temp{#1#2#3#4}\ifx \:temp\empty
   \else \def\a:roster{\ii:conf#1}\def\b:roster{#2}%
         \def\a:itembox@{#3}\def\b:itembox@{#4}\fi
   \long\def\:temp##1##2##3##4{\def\:temp{##1##2##3##4}\ifx \:temp\empty
      \else 
      \def\ii:conf{\Configure{itemitem}{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}}\fi}\:temp}
>>>

 Configure \''\item' and/or \''\itemitem', provided that at least one of the pars is not empty 

\<roster in amsppt.sty\><<<
|<itemitem from tex|>
>>>

The following is from TeX4ht2.

\<itemitem from tex\><<<
\ifx \EnditemitemList\:UnDef
   |<plain+ itemitem list|>
\fi
>>>

\Section{Bibliography}

\SubSection{Introduce Hooks}

\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:refstyle|=\refstyle
\let\endref:|=\endref@
\def\endref@{%
  \pend:defI\keyformat{\a:keyformat}%
  \append:defI\keyformat{\b:keyformat}%
  \def\refstyle##1{\let\:tempa|=\keyformat \:refstyle{##1}%
    \ifx \:tempa\keyformat  \else
       \pend:defI\keyformat{\a:keyformat}%
       \append:defI\keyformat{\b:keyformat}\fi  }
  \def\:temp##1{%
     \expandafter\ifvoid\csname ##1box@\endcsname\else
       \expandafter\setbox\csname ##1box@\endcsname=\hbox
          {\csname a:##1\endcsname \expandafter\unhbox\csname
            ##1box@\endcsname\csname b:##1\endcsname}\fi}
  \ifx \MRbox@\:UnDef\else  \:temp{MR}\fi
  \:temp{book}
  \:temp{bookinfo}
  \:temp{by}
  \:temp{ed}
  \:temp{finalinfo}
  \:temp{issue}
  \:temp{jour}
  \:temp{key}
  \:temp{lang}
  \:temp{miscnote}
  \:temp{moreref}
  \:temp{pages}
  \:temp{paper}
  \:temp{paperinfo}
  \:temp{procinfo}
  \:temp{publaddr}
  \:temp{publ}
  \:temp{vol}
  \:temp{yr}
  \endref: }
>>>

\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\pend:def\ref{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\a:ref}
\append:def\endref{\b:ref}
\pend:defIII\makerefbox{\IgnorePar}
>>>

\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:Refs|=\Refs
\def\Refs{\bgroup
   \let\sv:nofrillscheck\nofrillscheck
   \def\nofrillscheck{%
      \expand:after{\let\::Refs=}\csname Refs\endcsname
      \expandafter\def\csname Refs\endcsname####1{%
         |<header of Refs|>%
         \let\sv:ref|=\ref \def\ref{\let\ref|=\sv:ref \a:Refs\ref}%
         \pend:def\endRefs{\b:Refs}\append:def\endRefs{\egroup}}%
      \sv:nofrillscheck}%
   \csname :Refs\endcsname}
>>>

\<header of Refs\><<<
\def\:temp{####1}\ifx\:temp\empty \::Refs{}\else
   \::Refs{\csname ams:refs\endcsname{####1}}\fi 
>>>

\SubSection{Define Configures for Hooks}

\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\edef\:tempa{\long
   \def\expandafter\noexpand\csname c:#1:\endcsname
   ####1####2{\def\expandafter\noexpand\csname a:#1\endcsname{####1}
          \def\expandafter\noexpand\csname b:#1\endcsname{####2}}}\:tempa}
\ifx \MRbox@\:UnDef\else  \:temp{MR}\fi
\:temp{book}
\:temp{bookinfo}
\:temp{by}
\:temp{ed}
\:temp{finalinfo}
\:temp{issue}
\:temp{jour}
\:temp{key}
\:temp{lang}
\:temp{miscnote}
\:temp{moreref}
\:temp{pages}
\:temp{paper}
\:temp{paperinfo}
\:temp{procinfo}
\:temp{publaddr}
\:temp{publ}
\:temp{vol}
\:temp{yr}
\:temp{ref}
\:temp{keyformat}
\:temp{Refs}
>>>

\SubSection{Initialize the Hooks}

So far the hooks have been initialized to do nothing.

\SubSection{Fix}

\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\makerefbox#1#2#3{\endgraf
  \setbox\z@\lastbox
  \global\setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\holdoverbox
    \ifvoid\z@\else\unhbox\z@\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\fi}%
  \egroup
  \setbox\curbox\box \@ne
  \ifvoid#2\else\Err@{Redundant \string#1; duplicate use, or
     mutually exclusive information already given}\fi
  \def\curbox{#2}\setbox\curbox\vbox\bgroup \hsize\maxdimen \noindent
  #3}
>>>

The original file has the code \`'\setbox\curbox\box \ifdim\wd\@ne>\z@ \@ne \else\voidb@x\fi'.  That code is problematic because we can reach widths
larger than can be measured by the \`'\wd' command.

\Section{Sectioning}

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\title{\let\savedef@\title
  \def\title##1\endtitle{\let\title\savedef@
    \global\setbox\titlebox@\vtop{\tenpoint\a:title
      \raggedcenter@ \frills@\uppercasetext@{##1}\endgraf\b:title}%
  }%
  \nofrillscheck\title}
>>>

\<config amsppt + vanilla shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
>>>

The space above the title is needed to separate it from the `typset by AMS-TeX'
that is automatically printed.

\<sectioning in amsppt.styNO\><<<
\pend:def\endproclaim{\IgnorePar}
\append:def\endproclaim{\ShowPar}
>>>

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\proclaim#1{\csname o:proclaim:\endcsname
   {\a:proclaim#1\b:proclaim}}
\def\endproclaim{\revert@envir\endproclaim\c:proclaim \par\rm}
>>>

% \def\chapterno@{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\chaptercount@}}
% 
% \def\chapter{\let\savedef@\chapter
%   \def\chapter##1{\let\chapter\savedef@
%   \leavevmode\hskip-\leftskip
%    \rlap{\vbox to\z@{\vss\centerline{\eightpoint
%    \frills@{CHAPTER\space\afterassignment\chapterno@
%        \global\chaptercount@|=}%
%    ##1\unskip}\baselineskip2pc\null}}\hskip\leftskip}%
%  \nofrillscheck\chapter}

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:specialhead|=\specialhead
\def\specialhead#1\endspecialhead{\let\specialheadfont:|=\specialheadfont@ 
   \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:specialhead}\fi
   \let\specialheadfont@|=\empty
   \csname :specialhead\endcsname 
   \ams:specialhead{#1}\let\frills@\eat@ \endspecialhead
   \let\specialheadfont@|=\specialheadfont: }
\let\ams:specialhead|=\specialhead
\NewSection\specialhead{}
\let\:temp=\specialhead  \let\specialhead|=\ams:specialhead
\let\ams:specialhead|=\:temp
>>>

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:head|=\head
\def\head#1\endhead{\let\headfont:|=\headfont@ 
   \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:head}\fi
   \let\headfont@|=\empty
   \csname :head\endcsname 
   \ams:head{#1}\let\frills@\eat@ \endhead
   \let\headfont@|=\headfont: }
\let\ams:head|=\head
\NewSection\head{}
\let\:temp|=\head \let\head|=\ams:head
\let\ams:head|=\:temp
>>>

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:subhead|=\subhead
\def\subhead#1\endsubhead{\let\subheadfont:|=\subheadfont@ 
   \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:subhead}\fi
   \let\subheadfont@|=\empty  \csname :subhead\endcsname 
   \ams:subhead{#1}\let\frills@|=\eat@ \endsubhead
   \let\subheadfont@|=\subheadfont: }
\let\ams:subhead|=\subhead
\NewSection\subhead{}
\let\:temp|=\subhead \let\subhead|=\ams:subhead
\let\ams:subhead|=\:temp
>>>

\<sectioning in amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:subsubhead|=\subsubhead
\def\subsubhead#1\endsubsubhead{\let\subsubheadfont:|=\subsubheadfont@ 
   \ifx \ams:refs\:UnDef \def\ams:refs{\rm\ams:subsubhead}\fi
   \let\subsubheadfont@|=\empty  \csname :subsubhead\endcsname 
   \ams:subsubhead{#1}\let\frills@|=\eat@ \endsubsubhead
   \let\subsubheadfont@|=\subsubheadfont: }
\let\ams:subsubhead|=\subsubhead
\NewSection\subsubhead{}
\let\:temp|=\subsubhead \let\subsubhead|=\ams:subsubhead
\let\ams:subsubhead|=\:temp
>>>

\Section{Everypar}

% group on #2 for fonts
%  \def\HtmlPar{\if:removeindent \ShowPar \hskip-\parindent
%     \else      \HCode{\html:par\html:src}%
%     \fi }

\<everypar in amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\par@{\ht:everypartoks@\expandafter{\the\ht:everypar}%
   \HtmlPar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}
\def\nobreak{\penalty\@M
  \ifvmode\gdef\penalty@{\global\let\penalty@\penalty\count@@@}%
  \ht:everypar{\global\let\penalty@\penalty
    \HtmlPar \ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}\fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Footnotes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<set amsppt.styNO\><<<
\let\makefootnote@|=\vfootnote
>>>

\<footnotes in amsppt.styNO\><<<
\let\footmarkform@|=\:gobble
\let\thefootnotemark|=\footmarkform@
\def\makefootnote@#1#2{\def\footmarkform@##1{$\m@th{##1}$}%
  \def\FNmark{#1}\gHAdvance\FNnum |by 1 
  \a:footnote \b:footnote{#2}\c:footnote \let\footmarkform@\:gobble}
\NewConfigure{footnote}{3}
\HAssign\FNnum|=0
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Top Matter}

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:endtopmatter|=\endtopmatter
\def\endtopmatter{%
   |<move footnotes down|>%
  \let\inslogo@|=\logo@
  \ifx\thedate@\empty@\else
     |<neutralize line|>%
     \let\thedate:|=\thedate@
     \def\thedate@{\a:date\thedate:\b:date}\fi
  \ifvoid\tocbox@\else   \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef 
     \setbox\tocbox@=\vtop{\IgnorePar
        |<amstex.tex toc|>}%
  \fi \fi
  \csname :endtopmatter\endcsname \b:topmatter }
\pend:def\topmatter{\a:topmatter}
\NewConfigure{topmatter}{2}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{newtocdefs}[1]{\c:def\a:newtocdefs{#1}}
\let\o:newtocdefs:=\newtocdefs
\def\newtocdefs{\o:newtocdefs:
   |<amstex.tex toc entries|>%
   \ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef
   \else \a:TableOfContents
       \pend:def\endtoc{\c:TableOfContents}%
   \fi}
\pend:def\toc{\SaveEndP
   |<extract amstex.tex toc title|>}
\append:def\endtoc{\RecallEndP}
\def\c:toc:{\Configure{TableOfContents}}
>>>

\<insert amstex.tex toc title\><<<
\ifmonograph@\else
   \centerline{\headfont@\ignorespaces\toc:title\unskip}\nobreak
\fi
>>>

\<extract amstex.tex toc title\><<<
\ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef 
   \let\:tempc|=\FN@
   \def\FN@{%
      \let\FN@|=\:tempc 
      \let\:tempc|=\nextii@
      \def\nextii@########1{\let\nextii@|=\:tempc 
         \gdef\toc:title{########1}\nextii@{########1}}%
      \FN@}%
\fi
>>>

If \''\a:newtocdefs' empty we go for the inlinecontent
under interpretation of entries of \''\TableOfContents',
if it is undefined we call directly to \''\TableOfContents' with
the entries that appear in the body (instead of the content part,
and we go for the body itself if \''\a:newtocdefs' is defined to a
nonempty content.  

\<amstex.tex toc entries\><<<
\ifx \a:newtocdefs\:UnDef
   \let\toc:list|=\empty
   \expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname  ##1\endtitle{%
       \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi title}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname specialhead\endcsname##1\endspecialhead{%
       \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi specialhead}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname head\endcsname##1 ##2\endhead{%
       \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi head}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname subhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubhead{%
       \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi subhead}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname subsubhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubsubhead{%
       \xdef\toc:list{\ifx \toc:list\empty\else ,\fi subsubhead}}%
\else \ifx \a:newtocdefs\empty
   \HAssign\TocCount|=0
   \expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname##1\endtitle{%
         \toctitle{}{##1}{}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname specialhead\endcsname##1\endspecialhead{%
         \tocspecialhead{}{##1}{}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname head\endcsname##1 ##2\endhead{%
         \tochead{##1}{##2}{}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname subhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubhead{%
         \tocsubhead{##1}{##2}{}}%
   \expandafter\def\csname subsubhead\endcsname##1 ##2\endsubsubhead{%
         \tocsubsubhead{##1}{##2}{}}%
\else
   \a:newtocdefs
\fi \fi
>>>

\<amstex.tex toc\><<<
|<insert amstex.tex toc title|>%
\ifx \toc:list\:UnDef
  \def\toc:list{\TableOfContents[title,specialhead,head,%
                       subhead,subsubhead]}%
\else
   \pend:def\toc:list{\TableOfContents[}%
   \append:def\toc:list{]}%
\fi 
\toc:list
>>>

   \<move footnotes down\><<<
\ifmonograph@\else
  \ifx \preabstract\relax \let\preabstract|=\empty\fi
  \ifx\thesubjclass@\empty@\else
     \let\:thesubjclass|=\thesubjclass@   \let\thesubjclass@|=\empty
     \pend:def\preabstract{\a:subjclass\:thesubjclass\b:subjclass}%
  \fi
  \ifx\thekeywords@\empty@\else
     \let\:thekeywords|=\thekeywords@   \let\thekeywords@|=\empty
     \pend:def\preabstract{\a:keywords\:thekeywords\b:keywords}%
  \fi
  \ifx\thethanks@\empty@\else
      \let\:thethanks|=\thethanks@    \let\thethanks@|=\empty
     \pend:def\preabstract{\a:thanks\:thethanks\b:thanks}%
  \fi
\fi
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{subjclass}{2}
\NewConfigure{thanks}{2}
\NewConfigure{keywords}{2}
>>>

\<neutralize line\><<<
\let\:predate|=\predate
\def\predate{\:predate
   \let\sv:line|=\line \def\line{\let\line|=\sv:line\hbox}}%
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:author|=\author
\def\author#1\endauthor{\:author{\a:author#1\b:author}\endauthor}
>>>

\<config amsppt + vanilla shared\><<<
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\let\:affil|=\affil
\def\affil#1\endaffil{\:affil{\a:affil#1\b:affil}\endaffil}
\NewConfigure{affil}{2}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\abstract{\let\savedef@\abstract
  \def\abstract{\let\abstract\savedef@
    \setbox\abstractbox@\vbox\bgroup\IgnorePar \noindent
      \expandafter\everydisplay\expandafter{\expandafter
      \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}$$\vbox\bgroup
      \def\envir@end{\endabstract}\advance\hsize-2\indenti
      \def\usualspace{\enspace}\eightpoint 
          \IgnorePar \noindent \frills@{{\smc 
          \a:abstract Abstract.\b:abstract\enspace}}}%
  \nofrillscheck\abstract}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\append:def\abstract{\c:abstract}
\pend:def\endabstract{\d:abstract}
\NewConfigure{abstract}{4}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{date}{2}
>>>

\<top matter of amsppt.styNO\><<<
\NewConfigure{toc}[5]{\c:def\a:TableOfContents{#1}%
   \c:def\b:TableOfContents{#2}\c:def\c:TableOfContents{#3}%
   \c:def\d:TableOfContents{#4}\c:def\e:TableOfContents{#5}%
}
\Configure{toc} {}{}{} {}{}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{EndDocument}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<enddocument in amsppt.sty\><<<
\ifx \enddocument@text\:UnDef \else
   \pend:def\enddocument@text{\bgroup}
   \append:def\enddocument@text{\egroup}
\fi
>>>

The above is to prevent spilling of fonts when hfonts are defined.

Why the if below????

\<set amsppt.styNO\><<<
\ifx  \plainend\:UnDef \else
   \let\plainend|=\end   \let\end|=\sv:end
\fi
>>>

\<set amsppt.sty\><<<
\def\plainend{\end}   \let\end|=\sv:end
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Packages}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Bibliography}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{BibTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://pertsserver.cs.uiuc.edu/\string ~hull/bib2html/]{}{}bib2html\EndLink

\<bibtex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% bibtex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Usage:  \input bibtex.4ht  \bibtex{file.bib}                   %
% Provides: \bibkey, \thisbib, \Configure{@...}, \Configure{...} %
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|<save cat codes|>
|<bibtex body|>
|<parse fields|>
\:RestoreCatcodes
\endinput
>>>

\<save cat codes\><<<
\expandafter\ifx\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname\relax
    \expandafter\let\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname=\empty
\fi
\edef\bibstack{\noexpand\PushStack\expandafter\noexpand
    \csname Cat:Stack\endcsname
    \expandafter\noexpand \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname}
\bibstack
\expandafter\edef\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname{%
   \catcode`\noexpand :|=\the\catcode`:%
   \catcode`\noexpand "|=\the\catcode`"%
   \catcode`\noexpand @|=\the\catcode`@%
   \catcode`\noexpand _|=\the\catcode`_%
   \catcode`\noexpand ^|=\the\catcode`^%
   \catcode`\noexpand |||=\the\catcode`||%
   \csname no:restore\endcsname
   \noexpand\PopStack\expandafter\noexpand\csname Cat:Stack\endcsname
        \expandafter\noexpand \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname}
\catcode`\:|=11 \catcode`\@|=11   \catcode`\^|=7 \catcode`\||=12
\catcode`"|=12
>>>

\<bibtex body\><<<
\catcode`\_=13
\gdef\bib:parse#1,{{\def_{\string_}%
   \xdef\bibkey{#1}\open:tag{\bib:type}{entry}\hfil\break}\cont:parse}
\catcode`\_=8
\gdef\bib:eat{\bgroup \catcode`\@=12  \catcode`\^^M=10 \catcode`\#=12
   \a:@bibtex \csname a:@\bib:type\endcsname
   \ifx \thisbib\:UnDef \expandafter\bib:conteat
   \else \pend:defI\thisbib{\egroup}\expandafter\thisbib \fi}
\NewConfigure{@bibtex}{1}
\def\get:key#1 #2///{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \def\bib:tag{#1}\else
      \def\:temp{\get:key#1#2///}\expandafter\:temp
   \fi}
\long\def\bib:conteat#1{\egroup
  {\bib:parse #1@="@"}\csname b:\bib:type\endcsname \vfil\break}
\def\open:tag#1#2{%
  \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax
     \:warning{no configuration for #2 <#1>...</#1>}%
     \global\expandafter\let \csname a:#1\endcsname\empty
  \fi \csname a:#1\endcsname}    
\def\bib:scan{\ifx \:next\bgroup \expandafter\bib:eat
   \else \expandafter\bib:more \fi}
\def\bib:more#1{\edef\bib:type{\bib:type#1}\futurelet\:next\bib:scan}

\def\b:btitem#1{\egroup\def\bib:type{#1}\futurelet\:next\bib:scan}

\catcode`\@=13\relax
\gdef\bibtex#1{\begingroup
     \def@{\bgroup \catcode`\@=12\b:btitem}%
   \catcode`\@=13\relax
   \input #1\endgroup}
\catcode`\@=11\relax
>>>

\<parse fields\><<<
\def\cont:parse{\futurelet\:next\cont:parseY}
\def\cont:parseY{%
   \expandafter\ifx \space\:next
       \expandafter       \def\expandafter\:temp\space{\cont:parse}%
   \else \let\:temp\cont:parseX \fi \:temp}
\long\def\cont:parseX#1={%%
   \expandafter\get:key#1 ///\futurelet\:next\parse:value}
\def\parse:value{%
   \expandafter\ifx \space\:next
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\space{\futurelet
           \:next\parse:value}%
   \else \if "\:next   \let\:temp=\parse:valueX
   \else
      \ifx \bgroup\:next \let\:temp=\parse:valueG
      \else \let\:temp=\parse:valueC  \fi
   \fi \fi \:temp}
\def\parse:valueC#1,{\parse:valueY{#1},}
\def\parse:valueX"#1"{\parse:valueY{#1}}
\def\parse:valueG#1{\parse:valueY{#1}}
\def\parse:valueY#1{%
   \def\:temp{@}\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \else
     \def\:tempb{#1}\ifx \:tempb\empty\else \open:tag\bib:tag{key}%
        \:tempb\csname b:\bib:tag\endcsname\hfil\break
     \fi
     \expandafter\tail:parse
   \fi}
\def\tail:parse{\futurelet\:next\tail:parseY}
\def\tail:parseY{\ifx \:com\:next  \def\:temp##1{\cont:parse}%
   \else \expandafter\ifx \space\:next
       \expandafter       \def\expandafter\:temp\space{\tail:parse}%
   \else \ifx\:next\egroup \let\:temp|=\empty
         \else\def\:temp##1{\tail:parse}\fi
   \fi\fi \:temp}
\let\:com=,
>>>

\ifHtml[\HPage{example}\Verbatim
\input bibtex.4ht

/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/bibtex/bib/xampl.bib

\NewConfigure{@preamble}{1}
\Configure{@preamble}  {\let\thisbib=\ignore}
\NewConfigure{@STRING}{1}
\Configure{@STRING}  {\let\thisbib=\ignore}
\long\def\ignore#1{}

\newcommand{\noopsort}[1]{} 
\newcommand{\printfirst}[2]{#1} 
\newcommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1}
\newcommand{\switchargs}[2]{#2#1}
\def\temp#1{%
   \NewConfigure{#1}{2}
   \Configure{#1}%
      {\IgnorePar\HCode{<p class="bib-#1">
           <span class="bib-key">\bibkey</span>}}%
      {\HCode{</p>}}}

\temp{ARTICLE}
\temp{BOOKLET}
\temp{BOOK}
\temp{INBOOK}
\temp{INCOLLECTION}
\temp{INPROCEEDINGS}
\temp{MANUAL}
\temp{MASTERSTHESIS}
\temp{MISC}
\temp{PHDTHESIS}
\temp{PROCEEDINGS}
\temp{TECHREPORT}
\temp{UNPUBLISHED}

\def\temp#1{%
  \NewConfigure{#1}{2}
  \Configure{#1}%
     {\HCode{<br /><span class="bib-#1">}}%
     {\HCode{</span>}}}
\temp{address}
\temp{author}
\temp{booktitle}
\temp{chapter}
\temp{crossref}
\temp{edition}
\temp{editor}
\temp{howpublished}
\temp{institution}
\temp{journal}
\temp{key}
\temp{month}
\temp{note}
\temp{number}
\temp{organization}
\temp{pages}
\temp{publisher}
\temp{school}
\temp{series}
\temp{title}
\temp{type}
\temp{volume}
\temp{year}

\bibtex{/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/bibtex/bib/xampl.bib}

\end{document}
\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{bibtopic.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/bibtopic/]{}{}ctan bibtopic\EndLink

\<bibtopic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% bibtopic.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<bibtopic cite|>
\Hinput{bibtopic}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{bibtopic}

\<bibtopic cite\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\bt@citex[#1]#2{%  Add \@extra@b@citeb to \cite
    \let\@citea\@empty
    |<a cite|>\@cite{%
        \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
            \@citea\let\@citea\citepunct |<sub sup cite|>%
      \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
            \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{%
                \string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
            \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb \@extra@b@citeb}{%
                \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
                \@warning{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage\space
                undefined}\G@refundefinedtrue
            }{\bt@citesurround{|<link cite|>\citeform{\csname b@\@citeb
                \@extra@b@citeb\endcsname}|<end link cite|>}%
            }%
        }%
    }{#1}|<b cite|>}
\catcode`\:=11
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Overcite}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<overcite.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% overcite.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<over cite|>
\Hinput{overcite}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{overcite}

\<over cite\><<<
\expandafter\pend:defI\csname citen \endcsname{%
   \csname a:cite\endcsname
   \begingroup \SUBOff \SUPOff 
      \csname pend:defI\endcsname\citeform{\cIteLink {X##1}{}}%
      \csname append:defI\endcsname\citeform{\EndcIteLink}%
    }
\expandafter\append:defI\csname citen \endcsname{\endgroup
      \csname b:cite\endcsname}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{harvard.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<harvard.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% harvard.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config harvard|>
\Hinput{harvard}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{harvard}

\<config harvard\><<<
\long\def\harvardcite#1#2#3#4{%
  \global\@namedef{HAR@fn@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#2\EndcIteLink}%
  \global\@namedef{HAR@an@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#3\EndcIteLink}
  \global\@namedef{HAR@yr@#1}{\cIteLink{X#1}{}#4\EndcIteLink}
  \global\@namedef{HAR@df@#1}{\csname HAR@fn@#1\endcsname}
}
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:harvarditem
          \csname \string\harvarditem\endcsname
\expandafter\long\expandafter
   \def\csname \string\harvarditem\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4{%
    \let\hv:item=\item 
    \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item=\hv:item
                   \item[##1]\Link{}{X#4}\EndLink}%
    \:harvarditem[#1]{#2}{#3}{#4}}
>>>

\<config harvard\><<<
\def\harvardurl#1{\Link[#1]{}{}\textit{#1}\EndLink}
\renewcommand{\harvardyearparenthesis}[1]{
  \renewcommand{\harvardyearleft}{\csname HAR@bl@#1\endcsname
                                  \a:harvardyear}
  \renewcommand{\harvardyearright}{\b:harvardyear
                                   \csname HAR@br@#1\endcsname}
}
\append:def\harvardyearleft{\a:harvardyear}
\pend:def\harvardyearright{\b:harvardyear}
\NewConfigure{harvardyear}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{jurabib.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://userpage.fu-berlin.de/\string
        ~jberger]{}{}Home of jurabib\EndLink

\<jurabib.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% jurabib.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<jurabib footnote|>
|<jurabib links|>
|<jurabib corrections|>
\HRestore\@citex  
\HRestore\@bibitem
\HRestore\@lbibitem

\Hinput{jurabib}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{jurabib}

\<jurabib links\><<<
\def\hyper@jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}%
   \PushMacro\hyper@jblinkstart 
   \def\hyper@jblinkstart{%
      \PushMacro\hyper@jblinkend
      \def\hyper@jblinkend{\PopMacro\hyper@jblinkend}%
    }}
\def\hyper@jblinkend{\PopMacro\hyper@jblinkstart \b:jblink} 
>>>

The following don't work (since 2005?) because of nested links.

\Verbatim
\def\hyper@jblinkstart#1{\a:jblink{#1}{}}
\def\hyper@jblinkend{\b:jblink}
\EndVerbatim

But no more because of nested links.

\Verbatim
Definition of \@citex
---------------------
    \hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb} 
        \jb@firstcitefull 
    \hyper@jblinkend

Definiton of \jb@firstcitefull
------------------------------
 \hyper@jbanchorstart{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}\hyper@jbanchorend

 \jbincollcrossref

Definition of \jbincollcrossref
-------------------------------
   \hyper@jblinkstart{#1}% 

   \hyper@jblinkend
\EndVerbatim

Also, juralib uses links with prefixes `look@'---they are problematic because
the `@' is not allowed in XML ids.

\<jurabib links\><<<
\def\hyper@jbanchorstart#1{\a:jbanchor{}{#1}}
\def\hyper@jbanchorend{\b:jbanchor}
\NewConfigure{jblink}{2}   
\NewConfigure{jbanchor}{2} 
>>>

\<jurabib footnote\><<<
\ifx \@footnotetext\:UnDef\else
   \let\ju:footnotetext|=\@footnotetext
   \AtBeginDocument{%
      \ifjb@hyper
          \let\ju:footnotetext|=\:UnDef
      \else 
          \long\def\@footnotetext#1{{\jb@fntrue
             \setcounter{jb@cites@in@footnote}{0}%
             \ju:footnotetext{#1}}}%
      \fi
   }
\fi
>>>

\<jurabib corrections\><<<
\def\:temp{$\mathord\langle$}
\expandafter\HLet\csname jblangle \endcsname\:temp
\def\:temp{$\mathord\rangle$}
\expandafter\HLet\csname jbrangle \endcsname\:temp
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{scrjura}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<scrjura.4ht\><<< 
% scrjura.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex 
% Copyright 2018 TeX Users Group 
|<TeX4ht license text|> 
|<scrjura configure|>
\Hinput{scrjura} 
\endinput 
>>> \AddFile{9}{scrjura}

Why is needed the \Verbatim\:qtchr\EndVerbatim instead of quotes? I don't know :(
But quotes don't work

\<scrjura configure\><<<
\def\:qtchr{\expandafter\@gobble\string\"}

\pend:def\contract@paragraph@font{\a:contract@paragraph@font} 
\append:def\contract@paragraph@font{\b:contract@paragraph@font\gdef\end:prevpara{}} 

\NewConfigure{contract@paragraph@font}{2}

% \end:prevpara is needed to correctly handle paragraphs
\def\end:prevpara{}
\pend:def\parformat{\end:prevpara\a:parformat} 
\append:def\parformat{\b:parformat\global\let\end:prevpara\c:parformat} 

\NewConfigure{parformat}{3}


% this is a modified version of original macro from scrjura.sty
\renewcommand*{\ref@Par}[2]{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#2\endcsname\relax
    \ref#1{#2}%
  \else
    \begingroup
      % this definitions are needed to get correct content from the \csname r@#2\endcsname
      \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##2}
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempb
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
        \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobble\csname r@#2\endcsname}%
      \def\@tempc##1##2\@nil{##1}%
      \let\scrjura@separator\@gobble
      \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempc
        \csname r@#2\endcsname\noexpand\@nil}%
      \def\@tempc##1##2##3\@nil{##2}%
      \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tempc
        \@tempa{%
          \protect\G@refundefinedtrue
          \nfss@text{\reset@font\bfseries ??}%
          \@latex@warning{Reference `#2' on page \thepage \space
            with undefined par number}%
        }\noexpand\@nil}%
      \let\@@protect\protect
      \let\protect\noexpand
      \expandafter\edef\csname r@#2\endcsname{{\@tempa}\@tempb}%
      \let\protect\@@protect
      \ref#1{#2}%
    \endgroup
  \fi
}
 \Css{.sentence{margin-left:2em; padding-top: .5em;}}
 \Css{.paragraph{margin: 1em;}}
 \Css{.para{margin: .5em;}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{natbib.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<natbib.4ht\><<<
% natbib.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\HRestore\@lbibitem
\HRestore\@bibitem
\ifNAT@super
   |<natbib htcitet|>
   |<natbib numbers|>
\else
  \def\hyper@natlinkstart#1{%
    \let\rel:hyper|=\def  \hyper@linkstart{cite}{X#1}%
    \def\hyper@nat@current{#1}%
  }
  \def\hyper@natlinkbreak#1#2{%
    \hyper@linkend#1\let\rel:hyper|=\def \hyper@linkstart{cite}{X#2}%
  }
  \def\hyper@natlinkend{\hyper@linkend}
  |<hyperref for natbib|>
  |<natbib protect edef mbox|>
\fi
\Hinput{natbib}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{natbib}

The following protection is needed for

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}  
   \usepackage[sort&compress]{natbib}  
\begin{document}  
  
Single citations are fine \cite{foo},  
double citations are not \cite{bar,foo}.  
  
\begin{thebibliography}{99}  
\bibitem[1]{foo} foofoo  
\bibitem[2]{bar} barbar  
\end{thebibliography}  
\end{document}  
\EndVerbatim

when compiled with oolatex.

\<natbib protect edef mbox\><<<
\pend:defIII\NAT@cite{\let\mbox\o:mbox:}
\pend:defIII\NAT@citenum{\let\mbox\o:mbox:}
>>>

The following failed on

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}  
 
  \usepackage 
      [numbers,sort&compress]% 
      {natbib}  
 
\begin{document}  
  
\section{Introduction} \label{sec:Introduction}  
  
\cite{Arantes2003b}. Here 
  
Section \ref{sec:Algorithms} presents  
  
\end{document}  
\EndVerbatim

\<\><<<
\let\o:NAT@citexnum:\NAT@citexnum
\def\NAT@citexnum[#1][#2]#3{%
   \let\sv:mbox\mbox
   \let\mbox\o:mbox:
   \o:NAT@citexnum:[#1][#2]{#3}%
   \let\mbox\sv:mbox
}
>>>

\<hyperref for natbib\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname hyper@linkstart\endcsname\relax
   \def\hyper@linkstart#1#2{%
     \a:cite%
     \def\:temp{#1}%
     \ifx\:temp\@urltype
       \cIteLink[#2]{}{}%
     \else
       \ifx\rel:hyper\def\cIteLink{#2}{}\else\cIteLink[\##2]{}{}\fi
     \fi  \global\let\rel:hyper=\:UnDef
   }
   \def\hyper@linkend{\EndcIteLink\b:cite}
\fi
\long\def\:temp#1{}\ifx \:temp\hyper@natanchorstart
   \def\hyper@natanchorstart#1{\Link{}{X#1}\EndLink}
\fi
>>>

This modification is needed since Stefan
\Verb=<s.newslists@googlemail.com>= vide bug \# 178 reported that
\Verb=\citet= didn't work in combination with \Verb=super= option of
\Verb=natbib= package.

\<natbib htcitet\><<<
\def\citet{\@ifstar{\NAT@longnamestrue\ht@citet}%
          {\NAT@longnamesfalse\ht@citet}}
>>>

\<natbib numbers\><<<
\def\setb:anc#1{\let\sv:anc\AnchorLabel
   \def\bib:anc{\Link{}{bibitem\the
      \c@NAT@ctr}\EndLink \gdef\bib:anc{}}%
   \def\AnchorLabel{\bib:anc}}
\def\nb:link#1{\Protect\Link{bibitem#1}{}#1\Protect\EndLink}
\def\nb@link#1{\Protect\Link{bibitem#1}{}#1\Protect\EndLink}
>>>

\<natbib numbers\><<<
\let\nat:lbibitem\@lbibitem
\def\@lbibitem{%
  \ifx\hyper@natanchorstart\@gobble 
     \def\hyper@natanchorstart##1{\Link{}{bibitem\the
      \c@NAT@ctr}\EndLink}\fi
  \nat:lbibitem
}
>>>

\<natbib numbers\><<<
\catcode`\:|=12
  \def\ht@citet#1{\def\NAT@num{-1}\let\NAT@last@yr\relax\let\NAT@nm\@empty
     \let\@citea\@empty
     \@for\@citeb:=#1\do{%  
      \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}% 
       {{\reset@font\bfseries?}\NAT@citeundefined\PackageWarning{natbib}%
         {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
       }%
       {\@citea\let\NAT@last@num\NAT@num\let\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm
        \NAT@parse{\@citeb}%
        \ifNAT@longnames\@ifundefined{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
          \let\NAT@name=\NAT@all@names
          \global\@namedef{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{}}{}%
        \fi
        \ifNAT@full\let\NAT@nm\NAT@all@names\else
         \let\NAT@nm\NAT@name
        \fi
        \NAT@nm}\Tg<sup>\nb@link{\NAT@num}\Tg</sup>
        \def\@citea{\unskip\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\space}%
       }%
}
\def\NAT@citexnum[#1][#2]#3{%
 \NAT@sort@cites{#3}%
 \let\@citea\@empty
  \@cite{\def\NAT@num{-1}\let\NAT@last@yr\relax\let\NAT@nm\@empty
    \@for\@citeb:=\NAT@cite@list\do
    {\edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
     \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi
     \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
       {\reset@font\bfseries?}
        \NAT@citeundefined\PackageWarning{natbib}%
       {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
     {\let\NAT@last@num\NAT@num\let\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm
      \NAT@parse{\@citeb}%
      \ifNAT@longnames\@ifundefined{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{%
        \let\NAT@name=\NAT@all@names
        \global\@namedef{bv@\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}{}}{}%
      \fi
      \ifNAT@full\let\NAT@nm\NAT@all@names\else
        \let\NAT@nm\NAT@name\fi
      \ifNAT@swa
       \ifnum\NAT@ctype=2\relax\@citea
        \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}%
            \NAT@test{2}\hyper@natlinkend\else
       \ifnum\NAT@sort>1
         \begingroup\catcode`\_|=8
            \ifcat _\ifnum\z@<0\NAT@num _\else A\fi
              \global\let\NAT@nm=\NAT@num \else \gdef\NAT@nm{-2}\fi
            \ifcat _\ifnum\z@<0\NAT@last@num _\else A\fi
              \global\@tempcnta|=\NAT@last@num
              \global\advance\@tempcnta |by\@ne
            \else \global\@tempcnta\m@ne\fi
         \endgroup
         \ifnum\NAT@nm=\@tempcnta
           \ifx\NAT@last@yr\relax
             \edef\NAT@last@yr{\@citea
                \csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}}%
           \else
             \edef\NAT@last@yr{--\penalty
                \@m\csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}}%
           \fi
         \else
           \NAT@last@yr \@citea \csname o:mbox:\endcsname{|<nb link|>\NAT@num}%
           \let\NAT@last@yr\relax
         \fi
       \else
         \@citea \csname o:mbox:\endcsname
               {\ifx\hyper@natanchorstart\@gobble 
                    \Link{bibitem\NAT@num}{}\NAT@num
                    \EndLink
                \else
                    \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}\NAT@num
                    \hyper@natlinkend
                \fi
               }%
       \fi
       \fi
       \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\NAT@space}%
      \else
        \ifcase\NAT@ctype\relax
          \ifx\NAT@last@nm\NAT@nm \NAT@yrsep\penalty\@m\NAT@space\else
          \@citea \NAT@test{1}\ \NAT@@open
          \if\relax#1\relax\else#1\ \fi\fi \NAT@mbox{%
          \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}%
          \NAT@num\hyper@natlinkend}%
          \def\@citea{\NAT@@close\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }%
        \or\@citea
          \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}%
           \NAT@test{1}\hyper@natlinkend
          \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }%
        \or\@citea
          \hyper@natlinkstart{\@citeb\@extra@b@citeb}\NAT@test{2}%
           \hyper@natlinkend
          \def\@citea{\NAT@sep\penalty\@m\ }%
        \fi
      \fi
      }}%
      \ifnum\NAT@sort>1\NAT@last@yr\fi
      \ifNAT@swa\else\ifnum\NAT@ctype=0\if\relax#2\relax\else
      \NAT@cmt\ #2\fi \NAT@@close\fi\fi}{#1}{#2}}
 \let\@citex|=\NAT@citexnum
\catcode`\:|=11
>>>

\<nb link\><<<
\csname nb:link\endcsname
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Languages}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{babel.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://babel.alis.com:8080/]{}{}Create your own multilingual Web\EndLink

\<babel.4ht\><<<
% babel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

|<babel.def|>
\Hinput{babel}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{babel}

\<babel.def\><<<
|<bbl@redefine|>
|<bbl@redefinerobust|>
|<robust babel|>
\def\:temp#1{{\leavevmode #1}}
\HLet\save@sf@q|=\:temp
|<set@low@box|>
|<arabic digits|>
>>>

\<set@low@box\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\HCode{<sub>}{\let\/=\empty#1}\HCode{</sub>}}
\HLet\set@low@box|=\:tempc
\HLet\quotedblbase|=\empty
\HLet\quotesinglbase|=\empty
\NewConfigure{quotedblbase}[1]{\def\n:quotedblbase:{#1}}
\NewConfigure{quotesinglbase}[1]{\def\n:quotesinglbase:{#1}}
\Configure{quotedblbase}{\o:quotedblbase:}
\Configure{quotesinglbase}{\o:quotesinglbase:}
>>>

% \expandafter\def\csname glqq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#132;}}
% \expandafter\def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&\#130;}}

% this command will convert normal numbers to arabic
% it fixes both babel and polyglossia version
% Unicode block for Arabic numerals starts at U+0660
% the following special command inserts the XML entity
% for the number, which will be converted to Unicode char
% by tex4ht
\<arabic digits\><<<
\def\arabic:loopoverdigits#1{\ifx\relax#1\else%
\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}x066#1{59}}\a:HChar%
\expandafter\arabic:loopoverdigits\fi}
\def\arabicdigits#1{\arabic:loopoverdigits#1\relax}
>>>

\<robust babel\><<<
\def\@newl@bel#1#2{{\:SUBOff\:SUPOff \@safe@activestrue 
   \xdef\:temp{\noexpand\n:wlbl{#1}{#2}}}\:temp }
\pend:defI\l:bel{\Protect\@safe@activestrue}
\append:defI\l:bel{\Protect\@safe@activesfalse}
>>>

\<bbl@redefine\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
  \edef\bbl@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%
  \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\endcsname#1
  \expandafter\def\csname\bbl@tempa\endcsname}
\let\@c:tex|=\@citex
\:tempc\@c:tex[#1]#2{%
  \@safe@activestrue\org@@c:tex[#1]{#2}\@safe@activesfalse}
\let\@citex|=\@c:tex
>>>

\<robust babel\><<<
\let\@b:bitem=\@bibitem
\def\@bibitem#1{\@safe@activestrue
  \edef\:temp{\noexpand\@b:bitem{#1}}\@safe@activesfalse\:temp}
>>>


I don't know what this code was meant to do in the past, but it fails 
with the current LaTeX. It is better to not use it.
See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/651631/2891]{}{} this issue\EndLink.
\<not use bbl@redefinerobust\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
  \edef\bbl@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname \bbl@tempa\space\endcsname\relax
    \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\endcsname#1
    \expandafter\edef\csname\bbl@tempa\endcsname{\noexpand\protect
      \expandafter\noexpand\csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname}%
  \else
    \expandafter\let\csname org@\bbl@tempa\expandafter\endcsname
                    \csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname
  \fi
  \expandafter\def\csname\bbl@tempa\space\endcsname}
\:tempc\:ref#1{\@safe@activestrue\org@:ref{#1}\@safe@activesfalse}
\let\ref|=\:ref
>>>

\<babel.def\><<<
\def\active:prefix#1{\protect#1}
\def\:temp#1{%
  \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
  \else
    \bbl@afterfi\active:prefix#1\@gobble
  \fi}
\HLet\active@prefix|=\:temp
>>>

\<babel.def\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\leavevmode \a:ddj}
\HLet\ddj@=\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1{\leavevmode \a:DDJ}
\HLet\DDJ@=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{ddj}{1}
\NewConfigure{DDJ}{1}
\Configure{DDJ}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+{38}{35}x0110;}\a:HChar}
\Configure{ddj}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+{38}{35}x0111;}\a:HChar}
>>>


\Section{csquotes}

\<csquotes.4ht\><<<
% csquotes.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex 
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group 
|<TeX4ht license text|> 
|<csquotes footnote fix|>
|<csquotes display|>
\Hinput{csquotes}
\endinput
>>>   \AddFile{7}{csquotes}

Fix for footnotes inside a blockquote environment.

See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/474605/2891]{}{}this answer on TeX.sx\EndLink
for details

\<csquotes footnote fix\><<<
\long\def\csq@bquote@i#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
\csq@bquote@ii{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}
>>>     

Display quotes environment support. We redefine the commands used by multiple
environments to insert XML tags.

\<csquotes display\><<<
\NewConfigure{displayquote}{4}
\let\csq:bdquote\csq@bdquote
\def\csq@bdquote#1#2#3#4#5{%
\a:displayquote%
\csq:bdquote{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
}

\let\csq:edquote\csq@edquote%
\def\csq@edquote{\csq:edquote\d:displayquote}

\renewcommand{\mkenddispquote}[2]{#1\b:displayquote#2\c:displayquote}
>>>

Handle circumflex catcodes when the \Verb|early^| option is used.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{babel.sty}{babel-sty-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<babel-sty-hooks.4ht\><<<
% babel-sty-hooks.4ht, generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<disable early sup|>
>>> 
\AddFile{9}{babel-sty-hooks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{CJK}
%%%%%%%%%%%

\<CJK.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% CJK.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.             Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<CJK config|>
\Hinput{CJK}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{CJK}

\<CJK config\><<<
\pend:defI\CJK@input{%
   \edef\CJK:ccode{\catcode`\noexpand\^|=\the\catcode`\^%
      \catcode`\noexpand\_|=\the\catcode`\_}\catcode`\^|=7 \catcode`\_|=8}
\append:defI\CJK@input{\CJK:ccode}
>>>

\<CJK config\><<<
\long\def\CJKboldshift{0em{}\:gobble}
\expandafter
  \pend:defI\csname CJKsymbol \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \a:CJKbold\fi}
\expandafter
  \append:defI\csname CJKsymbol \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \b:CJKbold\fi}
\expandafter
  \pend:defII\csname CJKsymbols \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \a:CJKbold\fi}
\expandafter
  \append:defII\csname CJKsymbols \endcsname{\ifCJK@bold@ \b:CJKbold\fi}
\NewConfigure{CJKbold}{2}
>>>

\<CJK config\><<<
\let\o:CJK@envStart:=\CJK@envStart
\pend:defIII\CJK@envStart{%
   \global\let\CJK@envStart=\o:CJK@envStart:
   \global\let\o:CJK@envStart:=\:UnDef
   \Tag{CJK.enc}{##2}}
\NewConfigure{CJK.enc}[2]{%
   \edef\:temp{\LikeRef{CJK.enc}}%
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa  #2\fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{arabtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

% \<Arabicore.4ht\><<<
% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% % Arabicore.4ht                          |version %
% % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Youssef Jabri               %
% %                            Modified by Eitan M. Gurari %
% |<TeX4ht copyright|>
% |<arabicore configs|>
% \Hinput{Arabicore}
% \endinput
% >>>        \AddFile{8}{Arabicore}

\<arabicore.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% arabicore.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Youssef Jabri               %
%                            Modified by Eitan M. Gurari %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<arabicore configs|>
\Hinput{arabicore}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{arabicore}

\<arabicore configs\><<<
\let\ht:everypar\o@everypar
\Configure{Lregion}{}{} 
>>>

%\def\bbl@arabi{\ifvmode\relax\else\HCode{<span dir="rtl">}\fi} 

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Farsi}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<lfeenc.4ht\><<<
% lfeenc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Youssef Jabri
% Modified by Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  \long\def\ZWNJ{\noindent\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x200C;}\a:HChar} 
\Hinput{lfeenc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{lfeenc}

\<cp1256.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp1256.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Youssef Jabri               %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp1256 config|>
\Hinput{cp1256}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp1256}

\<8859-6.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% 8859-6.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Youssef Jabri               %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp1256 config|>
\Hinput{8859-6}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{8859-6}

\<cp1256 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}} 
\long\def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}} 
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{arabtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<alatex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% alatex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.             Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<alatex body|>
\Hinput{alatex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{alatex}

\<alatex body\><<<
\ifx \undefined \LaTeX \xpa \endinput \fi
\endinput
>>>

\<\><<<
\def \@footnotetext {% 
   \let\FNmark\@thefnmark
   \leavevmode\vbox
   \bgroup 
      \leftskip0pt
      {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}%
      \ifx \footglue \undefined    \else 
         \setbox0=\hbox \bgroup    \footnotesize
      \fi
      \gdef\@makefnmark{\let\FNmark\@thefnmark
            \leavevmode\hbox{\gHAdvance\FNnum  1
               \a:footnote}}%
      \ifnum \FNnum>\fn:txt
         \gHAssign\fn:txt\FNnum
         \b:footnote  \let\@foot:c\c:footnote
      \else
         \a:footnotetext \b:footnotetext \let\@foot:c\c:footnotetext
      \fi
      \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}%
      \anc:lbl f{footnote}%
      \let\a:footnote\empty
      \a@fntext }
\def\@foot{\unskip \strut \@foot:c
   \ht:special{t4ht@[}\egroup \ht:special{t4ht@]}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Right-to-Left Babel}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<rlbabel.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% rlbabel.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<rlbabel def|>
\Hinput{rlbabel}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{rlbabel}

\<rlbabel def\><<<
\let\ht:everypar|=\o@everypar
\def\L{\protect\pL}
\def\R{\protect\pR}
\Configure{@:currentlabel}
  {\let\special\:gobble
   \let\protect\empty
   \let\o:beginL:=\empty
   \let\o:endL:=\empty
   \Configure{Lregion}{}{}%
  }
>>>

tex4ht.sty indert  Rregion  and Lregion end hooks within
\Verb+\beginL/R+ and \Verb+\endL/R+, mainly to void the 
inverse produced by the elatex compiler. The latter commands are
native to elatex. We need to be carefull how we configure them, since
they are not always nested nicely within groups.

   
\<rlbabel def\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:moreR\bracetext \aftergroup\endR 
  \aftergroup\b:moreR \beginR\csname
  to\@rllanguagename\endcsname}
\HLet\moreR|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{moreR}{2}
>>>

\<rlbabel def\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:moreL\bracetext \aftergroup\endL 
  \aftergroup\b:moreL \beginL\csname
  from\@rllanguagename\endcsname}
\HLet\moreL|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{moreL}{2}
>>>

\<rlbabel def\><<<
\NewConfigure{$$}[3]{%
   \def\a:display{\bgroup#1}%
   \def\b:display{#2\egroup \if@rl\else \beginL\fi}%
   \def\c:display{#3}%
   \everydisplay{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
        $$\a:display\everymath{}\everydisplay{}$$
              \aftergroup\b:display \c:display\fi}}
\let\rl:b:display\b:display
\let\rl:c:display\c:display
\let\rl:a:display\a:display
\Configure{$$}{\rl:a:display}{\rl:b:display}{\rl:c:display}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{hebtex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://www.dsg.technion.ac.il/heblatex/]{}{}heblatex\EndLink

Note: we should distinguish between
 hebrew.ldf and   hebrew.sty

\<hebtex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% hebtex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<hebtex body|>
\Hinput{hebtex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{hebtex}

\<hebtex body\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\arabtext
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:arabtext}
\HLet\arabtext|=\:tempc
\let\:tempc|=\endarabtext
\pend:def\:tempc{\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:arabtext}
\HLet\endarabtext|=\:tempc
\HLet\RLtext  \arabtext     \HLet\endRLtext  \endarabtext
\HLet\hebtext \arabtext     \HLet\endhebtext \endarabtext
\HLet\hebtex  \arabtext     \HLet\endhebtex  \endarabtext 
>>>

\<hebtex body\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\a@arab@codes
\pend:def\:tempc{%
    \chardef\up:de = \catcode`\^   \catcode`\^=7
    \chardef\dn:de = \catcode`\_   \catcode`\_=8 }
\append:def\:tempc {%
   \catcode`\^=\up:de  \catcode`\_=\dn:de}
\HLet\a@unarab@codes|=\:tempc
>>>

\<hebtex body\><<<
\let\put@ab@x|=\:tempc
\pend:def\:tempc{%
   \let\sv:noindent=\noindent
   \def\rc:noindent{\let\noindent=\sv:noindent}%
   \def\noindent{\rc:noindent  \noindent   \c:arabtext
      \let\sv:endgraf=\endgraf 
      \def\endgraf{\d:arabtext\sv:endgraf \aftergroup\rc:noindent }}%
}
\append:def\:tempc{\let\noindent|=\sv:noindent}
\HLet\put@ab@x|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc {\:nbsp}
\HLet\arab@space|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{arabtext}{4}
>>>

\<hebtex body\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:chireq} \HLet \put@chireq=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{chireq}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:cholem} \HLet \put@cholem=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{cholem}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:cholem} \HLet\h@cholem=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{cholem}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:chpatach} \HLet \put@chpatach=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{chpatach}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:chqames} \HLet \put@chqames=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{chqames}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:chsegol} \HLet \put@chsegol=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{chsegol}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:dagesh} \HLet\put@dagesh=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{dagesh}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:meteg} \HLet\h@meteg=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{meteg}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:patachf} \HLet \put@patachf=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{patachf}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:patach} \HLet \put@patach=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{patach}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:qameschat} \HLet\put@qameschat=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{qameschat}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:qames} \HLet \put@qames=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{qames}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:qibbus} \HLet\put@qibbus=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{qibbus}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:rdot} \HLet\h@rdot=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{rdot}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:segol} \HLet\put@segol=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{segol}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:sere} \HLet \put@sere=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{sere}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:shindot} \HLet\h@shindot=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{shindot}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:shwa} \HLet \put@shwa=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{shwa}{1}
\def\:tempc{\a:sindot} \HLet\h@sindot=\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{sindot}{1}
>>>

\<abidir.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% abidir.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) 2001             Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<arabtex bidir|>
\Hinput{abidir}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{abidir}

\<arabtex bidir\><<<
\def\a@Rinsert#1{%
  \leavevmode \a:RL\vbox{\everypar{}\a@sequence {#1}}\b:RL }
\NewConfigure{RL}{6}
>>>

% 
% \pend:def\a@Ldimen{\expandafter\def
%    \expandafter\ev:disp\expandafter{\expandafter\everydisplay
%    \expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}\everydisplay{\IgnorePar}}
% \append:def\a@Ldimen{\ev:disp}
% 
% 
% \let\:tempc|=\a@RL
% \pend:def\:tempc{\a:RL\bgroup 
%    \append:defI\a@@Rinsert{\egroup\b:RL}}
% \HLet\a@RL|=\:tempc

\<hewrite.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% hewrite.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) 2001             Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<reverse hebrew words|>
\Hinput{aparse}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{hewrite}

\<reverse hebrew words\><<<
\def\:temp #1#2+#3*#4<{% 
   \def \next {\heb@mid #4}%
   \ifnum \act@cd = \m@qqeph
      \def \next {\heb@end #4}\put@b@x {\the\act@cd }%
      \ifhcl@s \else \put@box {\raise .6ex \hbox
         {\kern.05em\unhbox \ab@x \kern.05em}}%              
      \fi 
   \else \ifnum \act@cd = \illch@r
      \put@b@x {\the\act@cd }%
   \else
      \ifnum \act@cd = \hc@@ 
         \heb@cd \hc@y \advance \heb@cd \heb@dsp
         \put@box {\hphantom{\char \the\heb@cd }}%
      \else   \heb@cd \act@cd \advance \heb@cd \heb@dsp
         \put@b@x {\the\heb@cd }%
      \fi
      \ifhv@wel \heb@accent #2+#3*%
         \ifcase \act@mod \or \h@sindot \or \h@shindot \fi
         \if@dagesh \put@dagesh \fi
      \fi      
   \fi\fi
   \:heblet \unhbox \ab@x \end:heblet
   \h@test@chr #4}
\HLet\h@put@mid=\:temp
>>>

\<reverse hebrew words\><<<
\def\:temp #1>{% 
 \iftest@write \iftest@parse \else \a@verb (#1 )>\fi
   \tracingmacros = 1 \fi
   \a@write@hook
   \ifa@@write {\heb@beg #1>0+0*>\end:hebword}\fi
   \iftest@write \tracingmacros = 0
 \fi }
\HLet\heb@write=\:temp
>>>

\<reverse hebrew words\><<<
\def\:heblet{\a:hewrite}
\def\end:heblet{\b:hewrite}
\let\end:hebword=\empty
\:CheckOption{rl2lr}\if:Option
   \csname newbox\endcsname\heb:box
   \setbox\heb:box=\hbox{}
   \pend:def\:heblet{\setbox\heb:box=\hbox\bgroup}
   \append:def\end:heblet{\unhbox\heb:box\egroup}
   \def\end:hebword{\unhbox\heb:box}
\else
   \Log:Note{to reverse the direction of 
       Hebrew words, use the command line option `rl2lr'}
\fi
\NewConfigure{hewrite}{2} 
>>>

\<aoutput.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% aoutput.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) 2001             Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<aoutput sentences|>
\Hinput{aoutput}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{aoutput}

\<aoutput sentences\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\put@ab@x
\pend:def\:tempc {%
   \setbox\a@tempb@x=\hbox{\c:RL \box\a@tempb@x \d:RL}}
\HLet\put@ab@x|=\:tempc
>>>

\<aoutput sentences\><<<
\:CheckOption{RL2LR}\if:Option
  |<reverse sentences|>
\else
  \Log:Note{to reverse direction of RL sentences, 
          use the command line option `RL2LR'}
  |<non reverse sentences|>
\fi
>>>

\<non reverse sentences\><<<
\let\:tempc|=\put@word
\pend:def\:tempc{\setbox\wordb@x \hbox {\e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL }}
\HLet\put@word|=\:tempc
>>>

\<reverse sentences\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
   \ifa@space \putlineb@x
       {\unhcopy \lineb@x \arab@space \e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL}%
   \else \add@word   \fi }
\HLet\addt@line|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc{% 
   \putlineb@x {\unhbox \lineb@x \e:RL \unhbox \wordb@x  \f:RL}}
\HLet\add@word|=\:tempc
>>>

% \def\put:word {%
%    \setbox\wordb@x \hbox {\e:RL \unhcopy \wordb@x \f:RL }%
%    \setbox \a@tempb@x \hbox
%    {\unhcopy \lineb@x \ifa@space \arab@space \fi \unhcopy \wordb@x}%
%    \ifdim \a@limit < \wd\lineb@x \put@line \add@word \else 
%    \ifdim \a@limit < \wd\a@tempb@x \put@line \add@word \else 
%       \setbox \lineb@x \box \a@tempb@x
%    \fi\fi 
% }
%    \let\:tempc|=\a@@Rinsert
%    \pend:defI\:tempc{\HLet\put@word|=\put:word }
%    \HLet\a@@Rinsert|=\:tempc

 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{koi8-r}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<koi8-r.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% koi8-r.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{koi8-r}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{koi8-r}

 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{latin2}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<latin2.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% latin2.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{latin2}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{6}{latin2}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{frenchb.ldf}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

% \<frenchb.4ht\><<<
% % frenchb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
% |<TeX4ht copyright|>
% |<declare frenchb shorthand|>
% |<frenchb nbsp|>
% \Hinput{frenchb}
% \endinput
% >>>        \AddFile{8}{frenchb}

% \<declare frenchb shorthand\><<<
% \def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{%
%   \ifhmode
%      \ifdim \lastskip >\z@ \unskip \penalty \@M
%         \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#3\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname
%      \else
%         \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#4\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname
%   \fi \fi }
% >>>

% \<frenchb nbsp\><<<
% \def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname 
%                   b:system-nbsp\endcsname}
% \expandafter\HLet\csname \system@group @sh@\string ~@\endcsname=\:temp
% \expandafter \ifx \csname FDP@colonspace\endcsname\relax
%   |<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|>
% \else
%   |<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|>
% \fi
% \AtBeginDocument{%
%  \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
%                               {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ;}%
%  \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ;@\endcsname=\:temp
%  \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
%                               {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string !}%
%  \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string !@\endcsname=\:temp
%  \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
%                               {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ?}%
%  \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ?@\endcsname=\:temp
% }
% \NewConfigure{frenchb-nbsp}{2}
% \NewConfigure{frenchb-thinspace}{2}
% \NewConfigure{system-nbsp}{2}
% >>>

% \<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
% \AtBeginDocument{%
%  \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@space}\string :}%
%  \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp
% }
% >>>

% \<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
% \AtBeginDocument{%
%  \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@colonspace}\string :}%
%  \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp
% }
% >>>

% \Verbatim
% \declare@shorthand{frenchb}{:}{%
%     \ifhmode
%       \ifdim\lastskip>\z@
%         \unskip\penalty\@M\
%       \else
%         \FDP@space
%       \fi
%     \fi
%     \string:}
% \EndVerbatim

% \Verbatim
% \declare@shorthand{french}{:}{%
%     \ifhmode
%       \ifdim\lastskip>\z@
%         \unskip\penalty\@M\Fcolonspace
%       \else
%         \FDP@colonspace
%       \fi
%     \fi
%     \string:}
% \EndVerbatim

% The following is for code such as 

% \Verbatim
%  \documentclass{article}
%   \usepackage[francais]{babel}
%  \begin{document}

%  \tableofcontents
 
%  \section{Ma premi{\`e}re section !}
 
%  \section{Culture : d{\'e}sillusions}

%  \section{Culture :d{\'e}sillusions} 
%  \end{document}
% \EndVerbatim

% \<frenchb nbsp\><<<
% \catcode`\:=13
% \expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=:
% \expandafter\def\csname active\string
%     :prefix\endcsname#1{\protect#1\ifx#1:{}\fi}
% \catcode`\:=11
% >>>

% \`=With the package \usepackage[francais]{babel} , every `;' `:' ...
%  must be preceded by an unbreakable space.  This works okay for the
%  input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable
%  spaces instead of one.=

\<frenchb.4ht\><<<
% frenchb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<declare frenchb shorthand|>
|<frenchb nbsp|>
|<frenchb luatex|>
\Hinput{frenchb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{frenchb}

\<declare frenchb shorthand\><<<
\def\frenchb:shorthand#1#2#3#4{%
  \ifhmode
     \ifdim \lastskip >\z@ \unskip \penalty \@M
        \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#3\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname
     \else
        \csname a:#1-#2\endcsname#4\csname b:#1-#2\endcsname
  \fi \fi }
>>>

\<frenchb nbsp\><<<
\def\:temp{\leavevmode \nobreak \csname a:system-nbsp\endcsname\ \csname 
                  b:system-nbsp\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \system@group @sh@\string ~@\endcsname=\:temp
\expandafter \ifx \csname FDP@space\endcsname\relax
  |<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|>
\else
  |<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb|>
\fi
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
                              {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ;}%
 \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ;@\endcsname=\:temp
 \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
                              {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string !}%
 \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string !@\endcsname=\:temp
 \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{thinspace}
                              {\thinspace }{\FDP@thinspace}\string ?}%
 \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string ?@\endcsname=\:temp
}
\NewConfigure{frenchb-nbsp}{2}
\NewConfigure{frenchb-thinspace}{2}
\NewConfigure{system-nbsp}{2}
>>>

\<frenchb luatex\><<<
\ifFB@luatex@punct
\FB@luatex@punctfalse
\fi
>>>

\<pre 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@space}\string :}%
 \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp
}
>>>

\<since 2001/09/09 v1.5g frenchb\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
 \def\:temp{\frenchb:shorthand{frenchb}{nbsp}{\ }{\FDP@colonspace}\string :}%
 \expandafter\HLet\csname\language@group @sh@\string :@\endcsname=\:temp
}
>>>

\Verbatim
\declare@shorthand{frenchb}{:}{%
    \ifhmode
      \ifdim\lastskip>\z@
        \unskip\penalty\@M\
      \else
        \FDP@space
      \fi
    \fi
    \string:}
\EndVerbatim

\Verbatim
\declare@shorthand{french}{:}{%
    \ifhmode
      \ifdim\lastskip>\z@
        \unskip\penalty\@M\Fcolonspace
      \else
        \FDP@colonspace
      \fi
    \fi
    \string:}
\EndVerbatim

The following is for code such as 

\Verbatim
 \documentclass{article}
  \usepackage[francais]{babel}
 \begin{document}

 \tableofcontents
 
 \section{Ma premi{\`e}re section !}
 
 \section{Culture : d{\'e}sillusions}

 \section{Culture :d{\'e}sillusions} 
 \end{document}
\EndVerbatim

\<frenchb nbsp\><<<
\catcode`\:=13
\expandafter\let\csname protect\string:\endcsname=:
\expandafter\def\csname active\string
    :prefix\endcsname#1{\protect#1\ifx#1:{}\fi}
\catcode`\:=11
>>>

\`=With the package  \usepackage[francais]{babel} , every `;' `:' ...
 must be preceded by an unbreakable space.  This works okay for the
 input `a:' and `a :', but for `a~:' TeX4ht introduces _2_ unbreakable
 spaces instead of one.=



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{german.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/generic/misc/german.sty]{}{}german.sty\EndLink

\<german.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% german.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<set@low@box|>
\Hinput{german}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{german}

\<german accents\><<<
\ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else
   \:CheckOption{new-accents}        \if:Option  \else
      \def\:tempc{\csname grmn:OTumlaut\endcsname}
      \HLet\grmn@OTumlaut\:tempc
\fi \fi
>>>

% \expandafter
%   \def\csname glqq \endcsname{\HCode{&}\HChar{35}\HCode{8222;}}
% \expandafter
%    \def\csname glq \endcsname{\HCode{&}\HChar{35}\HCode{8218;}}

\Verbatim

> A minor problem showed up with hyphenation hints. In the german
> language, compound words of different languages are built with
> a hyphen between them, e.g. "Select-Klausel" or "depends-Abh\"angigkeit", 
> to make the change of language clear (there are other reasons for
> explicit hyphens, too). Since TeX does not hyphenate such compounds,
> and they can get very long in german, we use a macro "" (with active
> doublequote), defined as \hskip\z@skip, so TeX will hyphenate again:
> Select-""Klausel, depends-""Abh"angigkeit ("a is short for \"{a}).
> tex4ht translates this to a space, which makes sense since browsers
> will not break the compounds without that space either. However, I'd
> prefer to not have such spaces. Could this be configurable?

\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ngerman.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ngerman.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ngerman.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config ngerman|>
|<set@low@box|>
\Hinput{ngerman}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{ngerman}

\<germanb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% germanb.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config germanb|>
\Hinput{germanb}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{germanb}

\<ngermanb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ngermanb.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config ngermanb|>
\Hinput{ngermanb}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{ngermanb}

\<config germanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname german@sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc 
\NewConfigure{german"=}{1}
\Configure{german"=}{}
>>>

\<config germanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\csname a:german""\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname german@sh@\string"@"@\endcsname \:tempc 
\NewConfigure{german""}{1}
\Configure{german""}{}
>>>

\<config ngermanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\penalty \@M -\csname a:german"=\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ngerman@sh@\string"@=@\endcsname \:tempc 
\NewConfigure{german"=}{1}
\Configure{german"=}{}
>>>

\<config ngermanb\><<<
\def\:tempc{\csname a:german""\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ngerman@sh@\string"@"@\endcsname \:tempc 
\NewConfigure{german""}{1}
\Configure{german""}{}
>>>

In bermanb.ldf, the above configurations contain  \Verb!\hskip 0pt!
(to avoid/allow line breaks ???). They can cause unwanted line
breaks in hypertext.

\HPage{example}
\Verbatim
\documentclass[a4paper]{article}  
\usepackage[german]{babel}  
\begin{document}  
X  
  
F\"ur  
die  
CFD  
Berechnungen  
wurden  
3D Modelle  
mit  
1234 Hexaeder"=E  
 
F\"ur  
die  
CFD  
Berechnungen  
wurden  
3D Modelle  
mit  
1234 Hexaederr""E  
 
  
\end{document}  
\EndVerbatim

\EndHPage{}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{manju}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

See also
CTAN:language/mongolian/montex/examples

\<manju.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% manju.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<manju hooks|>
\Hinput{manju}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{manju}

\<manju hooks\><<<
\renewcommand{\mabosoo}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
     \bosoo{{\bth #1}}\fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{italian}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<italian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% italian.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<italian 4ht|>
\Hinput{italian}
\endinput
>>>       \AddFile{7}{italian}

\<italian 4ht\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname bbl@ap \endcsname#1{%
  \textormath{\textsuperscript{#1}}{{\HCode{}}\sp{\mathrm{#1}}}}%
\expandafter\def\csname bbl@ped \endcsname#1{%
   \textormath{${\HCode{}}\sb{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@
        \selectfont#1}}$}{{\HCode{}}\sb{\mathrm{#1}}}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{french}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<french.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% french.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\expandafter\ifx \csname @s@ORI\endcsname \relax 
\else 
   |<french 4ht|>
   \Configure{special}{\csname @s@ORI\endcsname}
\fi
\Hinput{french}
\endinput
>>>       \AddFile{7}{french}

\<french 4ht\><<<
\let\:GOfrench|=\GOfrench
\def\GOfrench{\:GOfrench \let\:GOfrench|=\:UnDef%
  \def\@makefnmark{%
     \def\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand\csname ifFTY\endcsname
                \hbox{\noexpand\normalfont
                   \ifx\thefootnote\relax\else
                              \noexpand\,\fi}\expandafter
                             \noexpand\csname fi\endcsname}\:temp
     \let\FNmark\@thefnmark
     \leavevmode\hbox{%
        \gHAdvance\FNnum  1 \a:footnote}}%
}
>>>

\<french 4ht\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{\seename \/ {#1}}
\ifx\see\:temp
   \pend:def\printindex{%
      \Configure{toToc}{likechapter}{chapter}%         
      \Configure{toToc}{likesection}{section}%
      \let\sv:addcontentsline=\addcontentsline
      \def\addcontentsline{\let\addcontentsline=\sv:addcontentsline
         \:gobbleIII}}
   \append:def\printindex{%
      \Configure{toToc}{likechapter}{}%         
      \Configure{toToc}{likesection}{}}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Verbatim}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{verbatimfiles.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<verbatimfiles.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% verbatimfiles.4ht                     |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<verbatimfiles.sty code|>
\Hinput{verbatimfiles}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{verbatimfiles}

\<verbatimfiles.sty code\><<<
\pend:defI\verbatimlisting{\a:verbatimlisting\bgroup
    \pend:def\thelineno{\c:verbatimlisting}
    \append:def\thelineno{\d:verbatimlisting}}
\append:defI\verbatimlisting{\egroup\b:verbatimlisting}
\NewConfigure{verbatimlisting}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{verbatim.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty]{}{}%
verbatim.sty\EndLink

\<verbatim.4ht\><<<
% verbatim.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<verbatim.sty code|>
\Hinput{verbatim}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{verbatim}

\<verbatim.sty code\><<<
\pend:def\endverbatim{\Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}}
\pend:def\verbatiminput{\a:verbatiminput \list:save \begingroup
   \aftergroup\list:recall \aftergroup\b:verbatiminput
   \:gobble}
\NewConfigure{verbatiminput}{2}
>>>

\Section{moreverb.sty}

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/moreverb.sty]{}{}%
moreverb.sty\EndLink

\<moreverb.4ht\><<<
% moreverb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

|<moreverb.sty|>
\Hinput{moreverb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{moreverb}

\<moreverb.sty\><<<
|<fix moreverb|>
|<moreverb.sty shared config|>
>>>

\<fix moreverb\><<<
\pend:def\endverbatimtab{\ht:everypar{}}
\pend:def\verbatimtab{\bgroup
  \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}%
  \Configure{HtmlPar}{\a:verbatimtab}{\a:verbatimtab}{}{}%
  \let\ =\b:verbatimtab }
\append:def\endverbatimtab{\egroup\IgnorePar}
\NewConfigure{verbatimtab}{2}
>>>

\<fix moreverb\><<<
\def\boxedverbatim{\verbatim}
\def\endboxedverbatim{\endverbatim}
>>>

\<fix moreverb\><<<
\let\:listinginput|=\@listinginput
\def\@listinginput{\a:listinginput\begingroup
   \def\@verbatim{\aftergroup\endgroup\aftergroup\b:listinginput
      \o:@verbatim:}%
   \:listinginput}
>>>

\<moreverb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{listinginput}{2} 
>>>

\<moreverb.sty\><<<
\let\o:verbatimtabinput:=\verbatimtabinput
\def\verbatimtabinput{\a:verbatimtabinput\begingroup  
   \aftergroup\b:verbatimtabinput
   \let\:temp=\begingroup
   \def\begingroup{\let\begingroup=\:temp}%
   \o:verbatimtabinput:}
\NewConfigure{verbatimtabinput}{2}
>>>

\Section{fancyvrb.sty}

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/tools/fancyvrb.sty]{}{}%
fancyvrb.sty\EndLink

\<fancyvrb.4ht\><<<
% fancyvrb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

  |<fancyvrb.sty|>
\Hinput{fancyvrb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{fancyvrb}

\<fancyvrb.sty\><<<
 |<fix fancyvrb|>
   |<fancyvrb.sty shared config|>
>>>

\SubSection{Verbatim}

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\pend:def\FV@FormattingPrep{|<find color for fancyvrb|>}
\append:def\FV@FormattingPrep{\a:fancyvrb%
   |<frames for fancyvrb|>%
   |<color for fancyvrb|>%
}
>>>

\''\FV@RightListNumber' not recognized in ttct.cls with test.tex. Why?

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV@ListProcessLine#1{%
    \hbox{\c:fancyvrb \anc:lbl r{FancyVerbLine}\FV@LeftListNumber%
      \FV@LeftListFrame \e:fancyvrb \FancyVerbFormatLine{#1}\f:fancyvrb%
      \FV@RightListFrame \csname FV@RightListNumber\endcsname %
          \d:fancyvrb}}
>>>

These macros are original fancyvrb versions, we removed some penalty commands,
as they resulted in unwanted blank lines.

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV@ListProcessLine@iii#1{%
  \box\@tempboxa
  \setbox\@tempboxa=\FV@ListProcessLine{#1}%
  \let\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iv}
\def\FV@ListProcessLine@iv#1{%
  \box\@tempboxa
  \setbox\@tempboxa=\FV@ListProcessLine{#1}}%
\def\FV@ListProcessLastLine{%
  \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iv
    \box\@tempboxa
  \else
    \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@iii
      \box\@tempboxa
    \else
      \ifx\FV@ProcessLine\FV@ListProcessLine@i
        \FV@Error{Empty verbatim environment}{}%
        \FV@ProcessLine{}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi}


\def\FV@EndList{\FV@ListProcessLastLine  \FV@EndListFrame%
  \IgnorePar\b:fancyvrb\par\@endparenv%
  \endgroup   \@endpetrue}
\def\FV@StepLineNo{%
  \FV@SetLineNo%
  \def\FV@StepLineNo{\SkipRefstepAnchor\refstepcounter{FancyVerbLine}}%
  \FV@StepLineNo}
>>>

The command 
\''\@endparenv' will complain if encounter in horizontal mode.

\`'\Configure{fancyvrb}
   {before-env} {after-env} {before-line} {after-line} {before-text}
   {after-text}'---beween end points of lines, and of tex, we can have
   line numbers.

\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrb}{6}
>>>

\SubSection{Verb}

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M=\active%
\gdef\FVC@Verb#1{%
  \begingroup%
    \FV@UseKeyValues%
    \let\a:fancyvrb|=\empty\FV@FormattingPrep%
    \FV@CatCodes%
    \outer\def^^M{}%
    \catcode`#1=12%
    \def\@tempa{\def\FancyVerbGetVerb####1####2}%
    \expandafter\@tempa\string#1{\mbox{\a:verb##2\b:verb}\endgroup}%
    \FancyVerbGetVerb\FV@EOL}%
\endgroup
>>>

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV@UseVerb#1{\mbox{\FV@UseKeyValues%
   \let\a:fancyvrb|=\empty \FV@FormattingPrep%
   \a:verb #1\b:verb}}
>>>

\SubSection{Colors}

\<find color for fancyvrb\><<<
\let\fv:color|=\empty 
  \ifx \color\:UnDef\else\Configure{color}{\xdef\fv:color}\fi
>>>

\<color for fancyvrb\><<<
\bgroup
  \ifx \fv:color\empty \else{%
     \let\HColor\fv:color \a:fancyvrbcolor%
  }\fi
  \ifx \FancyVerbFillColor\relax \else%
     \:fvcolor \b:fancyvrbcolor \FancyVerbFillColor|<par del|>%
  \fi
  \ifx \FancyVerbRuleColor\relax \else%
     \:fvcolor \c:fancyvrbcolor \FancyVerbRuleColor|<par del|>%
  \fi
\egroup
\let\FV@BeginListFrame|=\relax
\let\FV@LeftListFrame|=\relax
\let\FV@RightListFrame|=\relax
\let\FV@EndListFrame|=\relax
>>>

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\:fvcolor#1{\def\a:color##1##2|<par del|>{%
   \Configure{SetHColor}#1{##1}}}%
>>>

\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrbcolor}{3}    
>>>

Colors text/background/frame

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Frames}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<frames for fancyvrb\><<<
\ifx \FV@BeginListFrame\relax\else
   \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \a:fancyvrbframe
\fi
\ifx \FV@LeftListFrame\relax\else
   \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \b:fancyvrbframe
\fi
\ifx \FV@EndListFrame\relax\else
   \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \c:fancyvrbframe
\fi
\ifx \FV@RightListFrame\relax\else
   \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \d:fancyvrbframe
\fi
>>>

\<fancyvrb.sty shared config\><<<
\NewConfigure{fancyvrbframe}{6}    
>>>

Frame up/left/down/right/thickness/padding

We get duplications, because we don't know the order of parameters
(e.g., \`'\begin{Verbatim}% [frame=single,framerule=1mm]'), and even
which ones are present at all.

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\define@key{FV}{framerule}{%
  \@tempdima=#1\relax%
  \edef\FV@FrameRule{\number\@tempdima sp\relax}%
  {\Advance:\fancyvrbNo by 1   \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameRule%
   \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \e:fancyvrbframe}}
\define@key{FV}{framesep}{%
  \@tempdima=#1\relax%
  \edef\FV@FrameSep{\number\@tempdima sp\relax}%
  {\Advance:\fancyvrbNo by 1    \tmp:dim=\FV@FrameSep%
   \edef\HSize{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \f:fancyvrbframe}}
>>>

\SubSection{Boxed Verbatim}

Verbatim within \TeX{} box.

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\FV@BVerbatimBegin{%
  \ht:special{t4ht@(}\begingroup%
    \let\a:fancyvrb\empty\IgnorePar%
    \FV@UseKeyValues%
    \FV@BeginVBox%
    \let\FV@ProcessLine\FV@BProcessLine%
    \FV@FormattingPrep%
    \FV@ObeyTabsInit\a:BVerbatimInput\ht:special{t4ht@)}
}%
\def\FV@BVerbatimEnd{\b:BVerbatimInput\ht:special{t4ht@(}\FV@EndVBox\ht:special{t4ht@)}\endgroup}
\def\FV@BProcessLine#1{\hbox{\FancyVerbFormatLine%
   {\c:BVerbatimInput#1\d:BVerbatimInput}}}   
\NewConfigure{BVerbatimInput}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Verbatim in Footnores}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fix fancyvrb\><<<
\def\V@@footnotetext{%
\leavevmode%
   \vbox\bgroup%
      \leftskip0pt {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}%
      |<footnote label|>%
      \a:footnotetext%
      \b:footnotetext%
      \csname a:footnotebody\endcsname%
      \bgroup%
          \reset@font\footnotesize%
          \bgroup %
             \aftergroup\V@@@footnotetext %
             \ignorespaces%
}
\def\V@@@footnotetext{%
      \egroup%
      \csname b:footnotebody\endcsname%
      \c:footnotetext%
   \ht:special{t4ht@[}\egroup\ht:special{t4ht@]}%
}
>>>

\<fix fancyvrbNO\><<<
\pend:def\V@@footnotetext{%
   \let\FNmark|=\@thefnmark%
   \begingroup%
   \ifnum \FNnum>\fn:txt%
      \gHAssign\fn:txt|=\FNnum%
      \def\@makefnmark{\hbox{\ExitHPage{\a:footnote}}}%
      \b:footnote \def\end:fverb{\c:footnote}%
   \else%
      \a:footnotetext \b:footnotetext \let\end:fverb|=\c:footnotetext%
   \fi%
   \:gobbleII}
\append:def\V@@@footnotetext{\end:fverb\endgroup}
>>>

We mimic, and using components from, the standard verbatim environment
of LaTeX.  The \''\:gobbleII' is for getting rid of the
\`'\insert\footins'.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{minted}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%


\<minted.4ht\><<<
% minted.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

|<minted inline fixes|>
|<minted background color|>
|<minted background color|>
|<minted input fixes|>

\Hinput{minted}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{minted}

Support for inline Minted listings. We need to take care of
newline and space characters, as they produce unwanted white space
in the generated HTML.

\<minted inline fixes\><<<
\NewConfigure{InlineCode}{2}
% this is a hack to hide a newline that is produced, and which causes spurious space in the output
\NewConfigure{MintedHideNewline}{2} 
\Configure{MintedHideNewline}{\HCode{<!--}}{\HCode{-->}}

\def\:tempa#1{%
  \endgroup%
  \begingroup%
  \Configure{BVerbatimInput}{\HCode{}\ht:special{t4ht@(}}% \HCode is necessary for correct paragraph handlingling
  {\a:MintedHideNewline}{\ht:special{t4ht@)}}{}{}% also hide newline and spurious spaces
  \a:InlineCode%
  \begingroup%
  \o:minted@inline@iii:{#1}\b:MintedHideNewline%
  \b:InlineCode%
  \endgroup%
}

\HLet\minted@inline@iii\:tempa
>>>

\<minted background color\><<<
% support for background color in Minted listings
\NewConfigure{MintedColorbg}{2}
\renewenvironment{minted@colorbg}[1]{%
  \colorlet{shadecolor}{#1}%
  \extractcolorspec{shadecolor}{\:tempa}%
  \expandafter\convertcolorspec\:tempa{HTML}\minted:bgcolor%
  \a:MintedColorbg%
  }
  {\b:MintedColorbg\medskip\noindent}
>>>

Minted sometimes produces unexpected results. For example, << characters 
get translated to guilelemets. To prevent that, we define new configuration,
mintedfixes, where we can redefine macrod used by Minted to produce correct
results.

\<minted input fixes\><<<
\NewConfigure{mintedfixes}[1]{\concat:config\a:mintedfixes{#1}}
\let\a:mintedfixes\empty

\def\:tempa#1{\a:mintedfixes\o:minted@input:{#1}}

\Configure{mintedfixes}{\def\PYGZlt{\textless}\def\PYGZgt{\textgreater}}

\HLet\minted@input\:tempa

>>>

The breaklines option for Minted environments and commands causes source code
lines to collapse into one line. We try to prevent that by basically disabling
this option.

As it can be declared in the preamble, we must patch the usepackage code.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{minted.sty}{minted-sty-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<minted-sty-hooks.4ht\><<<
% minted-sty-hooks.4ht, generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\AddToHook{package/minted/after}{%
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{\RequirePackage{xcolor}}
|<minted breaklines|>
}
>>> 
\AddFile{9}{minted-sty-hooks}


We use modified version of the keyval option declaration command used by
Minted, it turns the breaklines option to false when it is used.

\<minted breaklines\><<<
\newcommand{\:minted@def@opt@switch}[2][false]{%
  \define@booleankey{minted@opt@g}{#2}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{false}}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{false}}
  \define@booleankey{minted@opt@g@i}{#2}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@g@i:#2}{false}}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@g@i:#2}{false}}
  \define@booleankey{minted@opt@lang}{#2}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang :#2}{false}}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang :#2}{false}}
  \define@booleankey{minted@opt@lang@i}{#2}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang @i:#2}{false}}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@lang\minted@lang @i:#2}{false}}
  \define@booleankey{minted@opt@cmd}{#2}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@cmd:#2}{false}}%
    {\@namedef{minted@opt@cmd:#2}{false}}%
  \@namedef{minted@opt@g:#2}{#1}%
}
\:minted@def@opt@switch{breaklines}
>>>


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pythontex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%


\<pythontex.4ht\><<<
% pythontex.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\def\:tempa#1{%
  \endgroup%
  \begingroup%
  \Configure{BVerbatimInput}{\HCode{}}{}{}{}{}\ifmmode\else\a:InlineCode\fi%
  \begingroup%
  \o:pytx@InlineMargBgroup:{#1}%
  \ifmmode\else\b:InlineCode\fi%
  \endgroup%
}

\HLet\pytx@InlineMargBgroup\:tempa

\NewConfigure{InlineCode}{2}

\Hinput{pythontex}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pythontex}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Slides}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Prosper}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<prosper.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% prosper.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\let\prosper:Hinput=\Hinput
\def\Hinput#1{%
   \prosper:Hinput{#1}%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{seminar}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
      \let\Hinput=\prosper:Hinput
      \input prosper-a.4ht
   \fi
}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{prosper}

The prosper class loads the article and seminar classes, and then its
own definitions.

\<prosper-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% prosper-a.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<shared prosper code|>
\expandafter\ifx  \csname @tempoLimit\endcsname\relax
   |<pre mid 2001 prosper|>
\else
   |<mid 2001 prosper|>
\fi
|<shared prosper code for hyperref|>
\Hinput{prosper}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{prosper-a}

The prosper class loads hyperref before tex4ht. Hence:

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\ifHy@texht \else
   \:warning{Package option `tex4ht' missing for prosper.cls. Should
      be present with a PPR style option: default, darkblue,...}
\fi
\def\:temp{tex4ht}\ifx \:temp\Style@chosen
   \:warning{PPR style package option missing for prosper.cls
             (e.g., default, darkblue).}
\fi
\Log:Note{if figures in slides of prosper.cls
   translate to empty bitmaps, adjust the G-script in tex4ht.env  
   to handle larger page dimensions.}
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\let\orig@item\item
\pend:def\enditemize{\global\let\sv:end:DL\end:DL}
\append:def\enditemize{\sv:end:DL}
>>>

\<shared prosper code for hyperref\><<<
\let\hyp:enumerate\enumerate
\def\enumerate{\hyp:enumerate\@nmbrlistfalse}
>>>

\<pre mid 2001 prosper\><<<
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \def\sec:typ{title}%
   \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
   |<prosper maketitle markup|>%
   |<pre mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup|>%
   \a:mktl  \o:maketitle:  \b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
>>>

\<mid 2001 prosper\><<<
\def\maketitle{\bgroup
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \def\sec:typ{title}%
   \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
   |<prosper maketitle markup|>%
   |<mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup|>%
   \a:mktl  \o:maketitle:  \b:mktl
   \egroup \let\maketitle\empty}
>>>

\<prosper maketitle markup\><<<
\pend:def\@Title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@Title{\b:ttl}%
\pend:def\@Author{\a:author}\append:def\@Author{\b:author}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname @institution\endcsname\relax \else
   \ifx\@institution\@empty \else
      \pend:def\@institution{\a:institution}%
      \append:def\@institution{\b:institution}%
\fi\fi
>>>

\<mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup\><<<
\ifx\@Subtitle\@empty \else
   \pend:def\@Subtitle{\a:Subtitle}%
   \append:def\@Subtitle{\b:Subtitle}%
\fi
\ifx\@email\@empty \else
   \expandafter\pend:def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{%
       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{\@email
                               }\a:email}\append:def\@email{\b:email}%
\fi
>>>

\<pre mid 2001 prosper maketitle markup\><<<
\if\@Subtitle.\else
   \pend:def\@Subtitle{\a:Subtitle}%
   \append:def\@Subtitle{\b:Subtitle}%
\fi
\if\@email.\else
   \expandafter\pend:def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{%
       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@email\expandafter{\@email
                               }\a:email}\append:def\@email{\b:email}%
\fi
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\NewConfigure{Subtitle}{2}
\NewConfigure{email}{2}
\NewConfigure{institution}{2}
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\let\part=\relax
\newcommand{\part}[2][\@defaultTransition]{%
  \begin{slide}[#1]{}%
    \vspace*{1.5cm}|<prospect part toc|>\@addBookmarkOnSlide{0}{#2}%
    \begin{center}%
      \fontTitle{#2}%
    \end{center}
  \end{slide}}
>>>

\<prospect part toc\><<<
\def\Hy@temp{#2}%
\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{%
   \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}%
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\def\tocslideentry#1#2#3{#3}
>>>

\<pre mid 2001 prosper\><<<
\def\@addBookmarkOnSlide#1{%
   \def\Hy@temp{#1}%
   \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{%
      \string\tocslideentry
      {}{\thetrueSlideCounter}
      {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}%
}
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\def\@addBookmarkOnSlide#1#2{%
  \ifnum#1=0
    \def\Hy@temp{#2}%
    \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{%
       \string\tocslideentry
       {}{\thetrueSlideCounter}
       {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}%
  \else
    \@tempoLimit=#1%
    \advance \@tempoLimit by -1
    \ifcollapsedBookmarks
       \@tempoLimit=-\@tempoLimit
    \fi
    \def\Hy@temp{#2}%
    \addcontentsline{toc}{slide}{%
       \string\csname\space tocslideentry\string\endcsname
       {\number\@tempoLimit}{\thetrueSlideCounter}
       {\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\Hy@temp}}%
  \fi
}
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\expandafter\slide@hook\expandafter{\the \slide@hook
   \let\posit@Box=\empty
   \let\endposit@Box=\empty
}
\long\def\@on@overlay@one#1{}
>>>

\<shared prosper code\><<<
\pend:defI\slidetitle{\a:slidetitle}
\append:defI\slidetitle{\b:slidetitle}
\NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 
\Section{Powerdot} 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 
 
 
 
\<powerdot.4ht\><<< 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%   
% powerdot.4ht                          |version % 
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Eitan M. Gurari         % 
|<TeX4ht copyright|> 
  \Hinclude{\input powerdot-a.4ht}{article}  
\endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{8}{powerdot} 
 
 
 
 
\<powerdot-a.4ht\><<< 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%   
% powerdot-a.4ht                        |version % 
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Eitan M. Gurari         % 
|<TeX4ht copyright|> 
  |<powerdot code|> 
\Hinput{powerdot} 
\endinput 
>>>        \AddFile{8}{powerdot-a} 
 
% \HRestore\maketitle 

A \''\relax' is prepended to the start of the definitions
\`'\@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}' provided within
\`'\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{...}'.

\<powerdot code\><<< 
\pend:defI\pd@getargsandbody{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname set:env:##1\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\gdef\csname set:env:##1\endcsname{}%
      \expandafter\pend:def\csname end##1\endcsname{\relax}%
      \expandafter\global\expandafter\let
               \csname end##1\expandafter\endcsname\csname end##1\endcsname
      \expandafter\ifx\csname before:begin##1\endcsname\relax
          \:warning{\string\ConfigureEnv{##1} not provided}%
    \fi \fi
}
>>>

\<powerdot code\><<< 
\def\:tempc{%
  |<hooks for slide titles|>%
  \append:def\pd@template@slide@options{%
       \setkeys [pd]{template}{lfpos={}, rfpos={},
              tocpos={}, stocpos={}, ntocpos={}}}%
  \append:def\pd@template@titleslide@options{%
                  \setkeys [pd]{template}{lfpos={},rfpos={}}}%
  \o:pd@sl@de:}
\HLet\pd@sl@de\:tempc
\NewConfigure{slidetitle}{2}
>>>

\<hooks for slide titles\><<<
\let\sv:rput\rput
\def\rput[##1](##2)##3{\def\:temp{\pd@@titlepos}\def\:tempa{##2}%
   \ifx \:temp\:tempa        
       \let\rput\sv:rput 
       \def\:temp{\a:slidetitle\sv:rput[##1](##2){##3}\b:slidetitle}%
   \else
       \def\:temp{\sv:rput[##1](##2){##3}}%
   \fi \:temp
}%
>>>

\<powerdot code\><<< 
\let\:item\pd@orig@item
\let\pd@orig@item\@item 
\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}} 
\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{% 
  \pd@closeitem 
  \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else 
    \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ 
      \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}% 
    \else 
      \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% 
      \normalcolor 
    \fi 
    \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type 
  \fi 
  \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ 
    \normalcolor\pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% 
    \pd@hide{#2}% 
  \else 
    \color\pd@@iacolor 
  \fi 
  \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else 
    \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}% 
  \fi 
  \pd@orig@item[#1]\@@par\leavevmode \ignorespaces
} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{beamer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Beamer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<beamer.4ht\><<<
% beamer.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<shared conf beamer|>
\ifx \beamer@version\:UnDef
   |<shared conf beamer 0.8 and 0.3|>
   \ifx \insertinstituteshort\:UnDef
      |<conf beamer 0.8|>
   \else 
      |<conf beamer 0.3|>
   \fi
\else
   |<conf beamer 3.01|>
\fi
|<conf beamer current|>
\Hinput{beamer}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{beamer}

\<shared conf beamer\><<<
|<beamer title page|>
|<beamer sections|>
|<beamer toc|>
|<beamer other|>
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\append:def\andtitle{\a:andtitle}
\def\insttitle#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst}
\def\instinst#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst\ignorespaces}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\append:def\beamer@andtitle{\a:andtitle}
\def\beamer@insttitle#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst}
\def\beamer@instinst#1{\a:inst$\sp{#1}$\b:inst\ignorespaces}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
   \a:titlepage
   \pend:def\inserttitletitle{\a:title}%
   \append:def\inserttitletitle{\b:title}%
   \pend:def\insertauthortitle{\a:author}%
   \append:def\insertauthortitle{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\insertinstitute{\a:institute}%
   \append:def\insertinstitute{\b:institute}%
   \pend:def\insertdate{\a:date}%
   \append:def\insertdate{\b:date}%
   \pend:def\inserttitlegraphic{\a:titlegraphic}%
   \append:def\inserttitlegraphic{\b:titlegraphic}%
}
\append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
   \a:titlepage
   \pend:def\inserttitle{\a:title}%
   \append:def\inserttitle{\b:title}%
   \pend:def\insertauthor{\a:author}%
   \append:def\insertauthor{\b:author}%
   \pend:def\insertinstitute{\a:institute}%
   \append:def\insertinstitute{\b:institute}%
   \pend:def\insertdate{\a:date}%
   \append:def\insertdate{\b:date}%
   \pend:def\inserttitlegraphic{\a:titlegraphic}%
   \append:def\inserttitlegraphic{\b:titlegraphic}%
}
\append:def\titlepage{\b:titlepage}
>>>

\<beamer title page\><<<
\NewConfigure{titlepage}{2}
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
\NewConfigure{institute}{2}
\NewConfigure{date}{2}
\NewConfigure{titlegraphic}{2}
\NewConfigure{andtitle}{1}
\NewConfigure{inst}{2}
>>>

\<beamer toc\><<<
\def\addtocontents#1#2{%
   \add:toc{#1}{}{#2}%
}
\def\add:toc#1#2#3{{%
   \csname if:toc\endcsname{
      \def\protect{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}%
      \edef\:tempa{|<beamer toc entry|>}\:tempa
   }%
}}
>>>

\<beamer toc entry\><<<
\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry
   \string\toc#1{#2}{%
      \string\csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname
            {\FileNumber}{\cur:th\@currentlabel}{}{#3}%
   }{}\relax
}%
>>>      

\<beamer toc\><<<
\def\tableofcontents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\:TOC{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:TableOfContents
          \else \:TableOfContents[toc]\fi}
>>>

\<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\@subsectiontemplateshaded{\a:subsectionshadedintoc}
\append:def\@subsectiontemplateshaded{\b:subsectionshadedintoc}
\pend:def\@subsectiontemplate{\a:subsectionintoc}
\append:def\@subsectiontemplate{\b:subsectionintoc}
\pend:def\sectiontemplateshaded{\a:sectionshadedintoc}
\append:def\sectiontemplateshaded{\b:sectionshadedintoc}
\pend:def\sectiontemplate{\a:sectionintoc}
\append:def\sectiontemplate{\b:sectionintoc}

>>>

\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\let\o:subsection:\subsection
\def\subsection#1{%
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter
   {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:subsection:{#1}%
    \add:toc{subsection}{\thesection.\thesubsection}{#1}}%
   |<cond undo delayed sect|>%
}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\let\o:@subsection:\@subsection
\def\@subsection[#1]#2{%
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter
   {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:@subsection:[#1]{#2}%
    \add:toc{subsection}{\thesection.\thesubsection}{#2}}%
   |<cond undo delayed sect|>%
}
>>>

\<beamer sections\><<<
\let\o:@section:\@section
\def\@section[#1]#2{%
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter
   {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:@section:[#1]{#2}%
    \add:toc{section}{\thesection}{\secname}}%
   |<cond undo delayed sect|>%
}

\let\o:untitledsubsection:\untitledsubsection
\def\untitledsubsection#1{%
   \expandafter\global\expandafter\sl:toks\expandafter
   {\the\sl:toks\leavevmode \o:untitledsubsection:}%
   |<cond undo delayed sect|>%
}

\newtoks\sl:toks
\NewConfigure{sec@slide}{2}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\slide{\a:sec@slide\the\sl:toks\b:sec@slide 
   \global\sl:toks={}}
>>>

\<conf beamer 0.8\><<<
\let\be:frameslide\frameslide
\def\frameslide{\a:sec@slide\the\sl:toks\b:sec@slide
   \global\sl:toks={}\be:frameslide}
>>>

If sec@slide is configured, the section are subsection commands are
transported into the slide blocks.

\<cond undo delayed sect\><<<
\expandafter\ifx\csname a:sec@slide\endcsname\relax 
   \expandafter\ifx\csname b:sec@slide\endcsname\relax
       \the\sl:toks \global\sl:toks={}%
\fi\fi
>>>

\<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<<
\pend:def\@beginblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle}
\append:def\@beginblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle}
\pend:def\@beginalertblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle}
\append:def\@beginalertblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle}
\pend:def\@beginexampleblocktemplate{\a:blocktitle}
\append:def\@beginexampleblocktemplate{\b:blocktitle}
\NewConfigure{blocktitle}{2}
>>>

\<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<<
\pend:defI\frametitle{\bgroup
   \pend:def\@headrenderer{\a:frametitle}%
   \append:def\@headrenderer{\b:frametitle}%
}
\append:defI\frametitle{\egroup}
\NewConfigure{frametitle}{2}
>>>

\<beamer other\><<<
\pend:defI\alert{\a:alert}
\append:defI\alert{\b:alert}
\NewConfigure{alert}{2}
\pend:defI\structure{\a:structure}
\append:defI\structure{\b:structure}
\NewConfigure{structure}{2}
\NewConfigure{sectionshadedintoc}{2}
\NewConfigure{sectionintoc}{2}
\NewConfigure{subsectionshadedintoc}{2}
\NewConfigure{subsectionintoc}{2}
>>>

\<conf beamer current\><<<
\let\Hy@EveryPageAnchor\relax
\def\pgf@trimright@final{0pt}
\def\pgf@trimleft@final{0pt}
\let\origEndP\EndP
\AtBeginDocument{\def\EndP{\let\EndP\origEndP}\SaveEndP}


\NewConfigure{frame}{2}
\NewConfigure{frametitle}{2}
\AddToHook{env/beamer@frameslide/before}{\RecallEndP\a:frame}
\AddToHook{env/beamer@frameslide/after}{\b:frame}

\long\def\:temp[#1]#2{%
\a:frametitle%
\o:beamer@@frametitle:[#1]{#2}%
\b:frametitle%
}

\HLet\beamer@@frametitle\:temp
% Beamer redefines \emph, it is necessary to insert hooks again

\pend:defI\emph{\a:emph}%
\append:defI\emph{\b:emph}%

>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{beamerbasetoc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<beamerbasetoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% beamerbasetoc.4ht                     |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
   \def\beamer@sectionintoc#1#2#3#4#5{}
\Hinput{beamerbasetoc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{beamerbasetoc}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{beamerbasefont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<beamerbasefont.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% beamerbasefont.4ht                    |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\expandafter\ifx \csname o:@mathrm:\endcsname\relax\else
   \HRestore\@mathrm
   \HRestore\@mathbf
   \HRestore\@mathsf
   \HRestore\@mathit
   \HRestore\@mathtt
\fi
\AtBeginDocument{%
\def\:tempd#1{%
   \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}
   \expandafter\HLet\csname @#1\endcsname|=\:tempc
}
\:tempd{mathbf}
\:tempd{mathrm}
\:tempd{mathsf}
\:tempd{mathit}
\:tempd{mathtt}
}
\Hinput{beamerbasefont}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{beamerbasefont}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{seminar.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<seminar.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% seminar.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\let\seminar:Hinput=\Hinput
\def\Hinput#1{%
   \seminar:Hinput{#1}%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{article}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
      \let\Hinput=\seminar:Hinput
      \input seminar-a.4ht
   \fi
}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{seminar}

The seminar class loads the article class, and then its own definitions.

\<seminar-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% seminar-a.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<seminar code|>
\Hinput{seminar}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{seminar-a}

\<seminar code\><<<
\def\begin@slide[#1,#2]{\begingroup
   \slide@clearpage   \slidetrue \leavevmode   \refstepcounter{slide}%
   \the\slide@hook   \the\before@newslide
   \everyslide}
\def\end@slide{\endgroup}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{slides.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<slides.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% slides.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<conf slides|>
\Hinput{slides}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{slides}

\<conf slides\><<<
\def\btn:s{%
   \advance\c@slide by -1   
   \edef\prevCutAt{\RefFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide.\:html}}%
   \ifx\prevCutAt\space \let\prevCutAt=\empty \fi
   \advance\c@slide by 2   
   \edef\nextCutAt{\RefFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide.\:html}}%
   \ifx\nextCutAt\space \let\nextCutAt=\empty \fi
}
\append:def\slide{\expandafter\ifx  \csname slide:\endcsname\relax \else
    \NextFile{\jobname-sl\the\c@slide .\:html}%
    \HPage{\a:slidename}%
     \bgroup\btn:s \default:bts{}{tail}%
      \egroup
   \fi}
\pend:def\endslide{\expandafter\ifx  \csname slide:\endcsname\relax \else
  \bgroup \btn:s
     \pend:def\b:crsbt{\Link-{}{tail\FileName}\EndLink}%
     \default:bts{tail}{}%
   \egroup\EndHPage{}\fi}
\NewConfigure{slidename}{1}
\Configure{slidename}{\the\c@slide}
>>>

\<conf slides\><<<
\pend:def\maketitle{\bgroup
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \pend:def\@title{\a:ttl}\append:def\@title{\b:ttl}%
   \pend:def\@date{\a:date}\append:def\@date{\b:date}%
   \pend:def\@author{\a:author}\append:def\@author{\b:author}%
   \a:mktl }
\append:def\maketitle{\b:mktl \egroup }
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{author date}[4]{%
   \c:def\a:author{#1}\c:def\b:author{#2}%
   \c:def\a:date{#3}\c:def\b:date{#4}}
>>>

\<conf slides\><<<
\long\def\:tempc{\@roman \c@enumiii}
\ifx \theenumiii\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:enumiii\@roman\c@enumiii\b:enumiii}
   \HLet\theenumiii\:tempc
\fi
\NewConfigure{enumiii}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{foils.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<foils.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% foils.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\ifx \o:listoffigures:\:UnDef \else
   \HRestore\listoffigures
\fi
\ifx \o:listoftables:\:UnDef \else
   \HRestore\listoftables
\fi
|<foils configs|>
\Hinput{foils}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{foils}

 
\<foils configs\><<<
\pend:def\maketitle{\par\a:mktl\begingroup 
   \ifx \@thanks\empty \else
      \pend:def\@thanks{\a:thank}% 
      \append:def\@thanks{\b:thank}% 
   \fi
   \aftergroup\b:mktl \:gobbleII
}
\def\@maketitle{%
   {\a:ttl \@title \b:ttl} 
   {\lineskip \authorauthorskip 
    \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\a:author \@author \b:author\end{tabular} 
    \par
   } 
   \ifx \@date\empty \else
      \a:date \@date \b:date
   \fi
   \par
} 
\NewConfigure{maketitle}[4]{\c:def\a:mktl{#1}\c:def\b:mktl{#2}%
   \c:def\a:ttl{#3}\c:def\b:ttl{#4}}
\NewConfigure{author date}[4]{%
   \c:def\a:author{#1}\c:def\b:author{#2}%
   \c:def\a:date{#3}\c:def\b:date{#4}}
>>>

\<is not foils.cls\><<<
\@ifclassloaded{foils}{\:Optionfalse}{}
>>>>

\<foils configs\><<<
\NewSection\foilhead{}
\let\:foilhead|=\@foilhead
\def\@foilhead[#1]#2{%
   \def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \:foilhead[#1]{\foilhead{\space}}%
   \else \:foilhead[#1]{\foilhead{#2}}\fi  }
\NewConfigure{tableofcontents*}[1]{\edef\auto:toc{#1}%
   \ifx \::foilhead\:UnDef
      \let\::foilhead|=\:foilhead
      \def\:foilhead{\:TableOfContents[\auto:toc]%
          \let\:foilhead|=\::foilhead \::foilhead}
   \fi
}
>>>

 

\<foils configs\><<<
\def\Str:pic{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef  \Picture*{}%
   \else \let\EndPicture\empty  \fi }
\let\:boldequation|=\boldequation
\def\boldequation{\Str:pic \:boldequation}
\append:def\endboldequation{\EndPicture}
\expand:after{\let\boldequation:|=}\csname boldequation*\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname boldequation*\endcsname{\Str:pic \boldequation:}
\expandafter\append:def\csname endboldequation*\endcsname{\EndPicture}
% \let\:begintheorem|=\@begintheorem
% \def\@begintheorem#1#2{\:begintheorem{#1}{#2.}}
% \def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\:begintheorem{#1}{#2.\ [#3] }}
% \def\@beginstartheorem#1{\:begintheorem{#1.}}
% \def\@opargbeginstartheorem#1#2{\:begintheorem{#1.}{\ [#2] }}
% \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par \begingroup \@parboxrestore \normalsize
% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
% \endgroup}
\def\end@nonfloat{\end@float}
>>>

\<foils configs\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\stepcounter{footnote}%
%   \ifx \footnote\thanks
      \a:thank\@fnsymbol\c@footnote\b:thank
%   \fi
   \let\a:thanks\empty    \let\b:thanks\empty
   \protected@xdef\@thanks{\noexpand\a:thanks{\@thanks\c:thank
     \@fnsymbol\c@footnote\d:thank #1\e:thank}\noexpand\b:thanks}%
}}
\HLet\thanks|=\:temp
>>>

Do we need the following?

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{slidesec.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<slidesec.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% slidesec.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\def\listofslides{\begingroup
  \section*{List of Slides}%
  \def\l@slide##1##2##3{%
    \slide@undottedcline{\slidenumberline{##3}{##2}}{}}%
  \let\l@subslide\l@slide   \a:listofslides
  \:tableofcontents[slidesection,subslidesection]\b:listofslides
  \endgroup}
\NewConfigure{listofslides}{2} 
\def\slide@heading[#1]#2{%
  \stepcounter{slidesection}%
  \:los{slidesection}{#1}%
  \gdef\theslideheading{#1}%
  \def\@tempa{#2}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
    {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname
        p@slidesection\endcsname\theslidesection}%
      \makeslideheading{#2}}%
  \fi}

\def\slide@subheading[#1]#2{%
  \stepcounter{slidesection}%
  \:los{subheading}{#1}%
  \gdef\theslidesubheading{#1}%
  \def\@tempa{#2}%
  \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
    {\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@slidesubsection\endcsname
      \theslidesubsection}\makeslideheading{#2}}%
  \fi}

\def\:los#1#2{{\Link{#1-\expandafter\the\csname
     c@#1\endcsname}{#1\expandafter\the\csname
     c@#1\endcsname}\EndLink
\protect:wrtoc
   \edef\:temp{\the\:tokwrite{\string\doTocEntry
       \string\toc#1{\expandafter\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}{\string
      \csname\space a:TocLink\string\endcsname
   {\FileNumber}{#1\expandafter\the
    \csname c@#1\endcsname}{#1-\expandafter\the
    \csname c@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}{\the
    \c@slide}\relax}}\:temp
 }}

\Hinput{slidesec}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{slidesec}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{texpower}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<texpower.4ht\><<<
% texpower.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
 |<undo texpower|>
\Hinput{texpower}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{texpower}

\<undo texpower\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname\string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname[#1]{}
\def\step#1{#1}
\def\bstep#1{#1}
\def\restep#1{#1}
\let\switch=\empty
\let\pause=\empty
>>>

\<texpower configs\><<<
\def\pause{\a:pause}
\NewConfigure{pause}{1}
\Configure{pause}
   {\gHAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1
     \hbox{\HCode{<!--[(\ShipoutCount) pause PPPPPPPPPPPP-->}}}

\Configure{pause}{}

\HAssign\ShipoutCount=0

\ConfigureEnv{stepcapsule}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- step, l. \the\inputlineno -->}}}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- /step, l. \the\inputlineno-->}}}
   {}{}

\pend:def\insertfirstduplicate@TP{\a:tp}
\append:def\insertfirstduplicate@TP{\b:tp}

\NewConfigure{tp}{2}

\Configure{tp}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- first, l. \the\inputlineno -->}}}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- /first, l. \the\inputlineno-->}}}

\pend:def\insertsecondduplicate@TP{\a:tpp}
\append:def\insertsecondduplicate@TP{\b:tpp}

\NewConfigure{tpp}{2}

\Configure{tpp}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- second, l. \the\inputlineno -->}}}
   {\hbox{\HCode{<!-- /second, l. \the\inputlineno -->}}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option
  \let\slide=\slide:
  \pend:def\slide{\let\slide:\:UnDef}
  \Configure{AtShipout}
   {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 
       \NextFile{\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html}%
       \HPage{\ShipoutCount}%
    \fi
   }
   {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \rightline{%
         \ifnum \ShipoutCount>1
         \bgroup
             \HAdvance\ShipoutCount by -1
             [\Link[\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html]{}{}prev\EndLink]
         \egroup
         \fi
         \ShipoutCount{}
         \ifnum \ShipoutCount<0\LikeRef{LastShipout}%
         \bgroup
             \HAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1
             [\Link[\jobname-sl\ShipoutCount.\:html]{}{}next\EndLink]
         \egroup
         \fi
       }\EndHPage{}%
    \fi
   }
\else
  \Configure{AtShipout}
     {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \HCode{<!--[\ShipoutCount]-->}\fi }
     {\ifnum\ShipoutCount>0 \HCode{<!--[/\ShipoutCount]--><hr />}\fi}
\fi
\ConfigureEnv{slide}
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
   {}{}
\Configure{stepwise}
   {}
   {\IgnorePar\par\leavevmode\EndP}
\Configure{@/BODY}
   {\relax \ifnum \FileNumber=1 
      \Tag{LastShipout}{\ShipoutCount}%
      \gHAssign\ShipoutCount=-2 
    \fi}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
>>>

\<texpower configs\><<<
\pend:def\at@shipout@once@TP{\aftergroup\:AtShipout}
\def\:AtShipout#1\vtop#2{#1\vtop{\hbox{%
  \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
  \a:AtShipout
     \box \@cclv
  \b:AtShipout
  \gHAdvance\ShipoutCount by 1
  \global\def\at@shipout@once@TP{\aftergroup\:AtShipout}}}}

\NewConfigure{AtShipout}{2}

\HAssign\ShipoutCount=0
\expandafter\let \expandafter \:stepwise@TP
                      \csname \string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname \string\@stepwise@TP\endcsname
       [#1]#2{\:stepwise@TP[#1]{\a:stepwise#2\b:stepwise}}

\NewConfigure{stepwise}{2}

\pend:def\pause{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
\append:def\pause{\par\ShowPar}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Drawing Utilities and Colors}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xy.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<xy.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% xy.4ht                                |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\pend:def\xy{\a:xypic}
\append:def\endxy{\b:xypic}
\NewConfigure{xypic}{2}
|<sup/sub in xypic|>
\expandafter\ifx \csname xyv2version\endcsname\relax\else 
   |<config xyv2|>
\fi
\Hinput{xy}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{xy}

xypic assum catcodes of 7 and 8 for sup and sub.

\<sup/sub in xypic\><<<
\def\:tempa#1#2{%
   \def\:tempc##1{%
     \def\:temp{%
       \ifx #1\next \let\next|=^%
                    \def\:temp########1{##1^}%
       \else
          \ifx #2\next \let\next|=_%
                       \def\:temp########1{##1_}%
          \else  \let\:temp|=##1\fi
       \fi
       \:temp}\futurelet\next\:temp}%
   }
\:CheckOption{no^} \if:Option   \else
   \:CheckOption{^13} \if:Option   \catcode`\^|=13
                      \else        \catcode`\^|=12 \fi
\fi
\:CheckOption{no_} \if:Option   \else
   \:CheckOption{_13} \if:Option   \catcode`\_|=13
                      \else        \catcode`\_|=12 \fi
\fi
\:tempa^_
\catcode`\^|=7
\catcode`\_|=8
\HLet\xyFN@\:tempc
>>>

\<config xyv2\><<<
\let\xy:diagram|=\diagram
\def\diagram{\a:diagram \xy:diag}
\def\xy:diag#1\enddiagram{\xy:diagram#1\enddiagram\b:diagram}
\NewConfigure{diagram}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{PicTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

In pict.sty

PicTex offers the following definitions
\`'\def\beginpicture{\setbox\!picbox=\hbox\bgroup....}
\def\endpicture{...  \egroup....}',  and it allows nested pictures.

\<pictex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pictex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

   \let\:beginpicture|=\beginpicture
   \let\:endpicture|=\endpicture
   \def\beginpicture{%
      \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
          \a:pictex   \expandafter\Picture\c:pictex{}%
          \def\endpicture{\:endpicture \EndPicture\b:pictex}%
      \fi\:beginpicture \def\beginpicture{\let\endpicture|=\:endpicture
                                          \:beginpicture}}
   \NewConfigure{pictex}{3}
   \Hinput{pictex}

\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pictex}

\Section{Diagrams.tex}

By
\Link[http://www.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/\string
~pt/diagrams/index.html]{}{}Paul  Taylor \EndLink

\<diagrams.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% diagrams.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\pend:def\CD@bC{\ifincommdiag\else \expandafter\a:diagram \fi}
\append:def\CD@ED{\b:diagram}
\NewConfigure{diagram}{2}
   \Hinput{diagrams}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{diagrams}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{PsTricks}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<pstricks.4ht\><<<
% pstricks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<pstricks pspicture|>
|<rput pspicture|>
|<pstricks configs|>
\ifx\psset@linecap\:UnDef
   |<pre 2006 pstricks|>
\else
   |<shared 2006/2008 pstricks|>
   \ifx \pst@LaTeX@Setup\:UnDef
      |<since 2008 pstricks|>
   \else
      |<since 2006 pstricks|>
   \fi
\fi
\Hinput{pstricks}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pstricks}

\<pst-all.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pst-all.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{pst-all}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pst-all}

\<pstricks configs\><<<
\pend:def\psframebox@ii{\a:pspicture}
\append:def\psframebox@ii{\b:pspicture}
>>>

\<\><<<
\long\def\:tempc#1#2{% 
  \Picture+{}%
    \edef\pst@mathflag{% 
       \ifpsmathbox\ifmmode\ifinner 1\else 2\fi\else \z@\fi\else \z@\fi}% 
    \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% 
         \ifcase\pst@mathflag\or$\m@th\textstyle\or$\m@th\displaystyle\fi 
         {\pst@thisbox\the\everypsbox#2}% 
         \ifnum\pst@mathflag>\z@$\fi}% 
   #1\EndPicture} 
\HLet\pst@makenotverbbox\:tempc
>>>

\<pstricks pspicture\><<<
\pend:def\pst@picture{\global\let\pst:EndPicture\EndPicture
    \let\EndPicture=\empty}
\expand:after{\let\fi@star|=}\csname fi\endcsname
\NewConfigure{pspicture}{2}
\HAssign\ps:level=0
>>>

\<pre 2006 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{%
\pst@killglue
\endgroup
\egroup
\ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else   
   \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr
        {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}%
\fi
\ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd
\dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb
\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{%
\kern-\pst@dima
\ifx\pst@tempa\@undefined\else
\advance\pst@dimd-\pst@dimb
\pst@dimd=\pst@tempa\pst@dimd
\advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb
\lower\pst@dimd
\fi
\box\pst@hbox
\kern\pst@dimc}%
\if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star
|<pspicture img|>%
\endgroup}
>>>

\<since 2006 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{% 
  \pst@killglue 
  \global\pst@shift=\psk@shift% in fact of the following endgroup 
  \endgroup 
  \egroup 
  \ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else 
     \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr
        {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}%
  \fi 
  \ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd 
  \dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb 
  \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% 
    \kern-\pst@dima 
    \pst@dimd-\pst@shift 
    \advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb 
    \lower\pst@dimd% 
    \box\pst@hbox% 
    \kern\pst@dimc}% 
  \if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star
  |<pspicture img|>%
  \endgroup% 
  \global\psk@shift\z@% restore value 
} 
>>>

\<since 2008 pstricks\><<<
\def\endpspicture{% 
  \pst@killglue 
%  \global\pst@shift=\psk@shift% in fact of the following endgroup 
  \endgroup 
  \egroup 
  \ifdim\wd\pst@hbox=\z@\else 
     \:warning{Hidden \string\@pstrickserr
        {Extraneous space in the pspicture environment}}%
  \fi 
  \ht\pst@hbox=\pst@dimd 
  \dp\pst@hbox=-\pst@dimb 
  \setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{% 
    \kern-\pst@dima 
    \pst@dimd-\pst@shift 
    \advance\pst@dimd\pst@dimb 
    \lower\pst@dimd% 
    \box\pst@hbox% 
    \kern\pst@dimc}% 
  \if@star\setbox\pst@hbox=\hbox{\clipbox@@\z@}\fi@star
  |<pspicture img|>%
  \endgroup% 
  \psset@shift{0}% reset value 
%  \global\psk@shift\z@% restore value 
} 
>>>

\<pspicture img\><<<
\ifnum \ps:level=0
   \let\EndPicture\pst:EndPicture
   \global\let\pst:EndPicture=\:UnDef
   \a:pspicture\box\pst@hbox\b:pspicture 
\else
   \xdef\pspicture:dim{\the\wd\pst@hbox,
         \the\ht\pst@hbox, \the\ht\pst@hbox}%
   \box\pst@hbox
\fi
>>>

\<rput pspicture\><<<
\def\rput@iv(#1){\pst@killglue \gHAdvance\ps:level by 1
     \pst@makebox{\gHAdvance\ps:level by -1 \rput@v{#1}}} 
\def\rput@v#1{\begingroup
   \use@par
   \if@star\pst@starbox\fi
   \pst@makesmall\pst@hbox
   \pst@rotate\psk@rot\pst@hbox 
   \ifnum \ps:level=0
      \expandafter\ifx \csname pspicture:dim\endcsname\relax
         \ht:everypar{}\psput@{#1}\pst@hbox 
      \else
         |<rput fix|>%
      \fi
   \else
      \psput@{#1}\pst@hbox 
   \fi
\endgroup \ignorespaces}
>>>

A search on \`'\psput@{#1}\pst@hbox' show a few other locations
needing a similar code: \''\Rput', \''\uput', and \''\cput'.
When it is coming to paragraph breaks, they are all problematic
(because they move text around?).

\<rput fix\><<<
\def\psput@cartesian##1{%
   \hbox to \pst@dimg{{\vbox to \pst@dimh{\vss\box##1}\hss}}}%
\global\let\pspicture:dim=\:UnDef
\let\sv:leavevmode=\leavevmode
\def\leavevmode{%
   \let\leavevmode=\sv:leavevmode    
   |<rput warning|>%
   \let\EndPicture\pst:EndPicture
   \global\let\pst:EndPicture=\:UnDef
   \a:pspicture \leavevmode}%
\psput@{#1}\pst@hbox\b:pspicture
>>>

\<rput warningNO\><<<
\ifdim \pst@dimg<2pt  
   \:warning{pspicture might fail within \noexpand\rput 
        (width=\the\pst@dimg\space height=\the\pst@dimh)}%
\else \ifdim \pst@dimh<2pt
   \:warning{pspicture might fail within \noexpand\rput 
        (width=\the\pst@dimg\space height=\the\pst@dimh)}%
\fi\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{epsf.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<epsf.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% epsf.4ht                              |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

 |<epsf.sty|>
\Hinput{epsf}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{epsf}

\<epsf.sty\><<<
   |<fix epsf|>
>>>

\<fix epsf\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\def\PicName{#1}\a:epsfsetgraph
   \o:epsfsetgraph:{#1}\b:epsfsetgraph}
\HLet\epsfsetgraph=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{epsfsetgraph}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{psfig.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<psfig.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% psfig.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<verify /psfig is from psfig.sty|>

\NewConfigure{psfig}{2}
\def\:temp#1{{\a:psfig\o:psfig:{#1}\b:psfig}}
\HLet\psfig|=\:temp
\Hinput{psfig}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{psfig}

\<verify /psfig is from psfig.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\vbox { \ps@init@parms \parse@ps@parms {#1} \compute@sizes \ifnum
\@p@scost <\@psdraft { \PsfigSpecials \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \hbox
to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss } \vss } }\else { \if@draftbox { \hbox {\fbox
{\vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \vss \hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss \hss }
\vss }}} }\else { \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{ \vss \hbox to \@p@srwidth
sp{\hss } \vss } }\fi \par \par \par }\fi }}

\ifx \psfig\:temp\else \expandafter\endinput \fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{epsfig.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/epsfig.sty]{}{}%
epsfig.sty\EndLink.

\<epsfig.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% epsfig.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\NewConfigure{epsfig}{2}
\def\:temp#1{{\a:epsfig\o:epsfig:{#1}\b:epsfig}}
\HLet\epsfig|=\:temp
\Hinput{epsfig}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{epsfig}

Redefines \Verb+\psfig+ in terms of \Verb+\includegraphics+ of graphicx.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{graphics.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[/n/ship/0/packages/tetex/teTeX/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty]{}{}%
graphics.sty\EndLink.

\<graphics.4ht\><<<
% graphics.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

   |<fix graphics|>
\Hinput{graphics}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{4}{graphics}

\<fix graphics\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname includegraphics \endcsname\includegraphics
\def\includegraphics{\expandafter\protect\csname includegraphics \endcsname}
>>>

[\HPage{example}
\Verbatim
\documentclass{article} 
\usepackage{graphicx} 
 
\begin{document} 
 
\begin{titlepage} 
 
\title{\includegraphics[width=7cm]{triangle.eps}\\ 
 xxxx 
\footnote{xxxx}} 
\date{xxxx-yy-zz} 
\author{xxxx yyyy\thanks{Debian Project Official Developer}}  
\maketitle 
 
\end{titlepage} 
 
 
\end{document} 
\EndVerbatim
\EndHPage{}]

\<fix graphics\><<<
\def\grf:removequote"#1"{#1}
\def\grf:thrashname#1\relax{}
\def\grf:fixquotes{%
    \@ifnextchar"{\edef\Gin@base{\expandafter\grf:removequote\Gin@base}\grf:thrashname}{\grf:thrashname}}
\def\grp:warning#1{\no:bound#1(no BoundingBox)//\:warning{#1}}
\def\no:bound#1(no BoundingBox)#2//{\gdef\noBoundingBox{#2}\ifx
   \noBoundingBox\empty \global\let\noBoundingBox\:UnDef\fi}
\let\:tempc|=\Gin@setfile
\pend:defIII\:tempc{\a:graphics
    \global\let\noBoundingBox\:UnDef
    \let\@latex@error|=\grp:warning \let\@ehc|=\empty}
\append:defIII\:tempc{\b:graphics\grf:gobble\leavevmode grf:gobble}
\HLet\Gin@setfile|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{graphics*}[2]{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname :.#1\endcsname\relax
      \pend:defIII\n:Gin@setfile:{\csname :.#1\endcsname}%
   \fi
   \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty
     \expandafter\let\csname :.#1\endcsname\:UnDef
   \else
     \expandafter\def\csname :.#1\endcsname{\edef\:temp{\detokenize{.#1}}%
        \ifx \:temp\Gin@ext  \let\a:graphics|=\relax
           \def\G:cnfg{#2}\expandafter\grf:gobble \fi}%
   \fi }
\NewConfigure{graphics}{2}
\def\grf:gobble#1\leavevmode#2grf:gobble{%
   \PictureOff\expandafter\grf:fixquotes\Gin@base\relax#1\PictureOn \G:cnfg \let\G:cnfg|=\relax}
\let\G:cnfg|=\relax

\let\old:GreadEps\Gread@eps
\def\Gread@eps#1{\old:GreadEps{"#1"}}
>>>

Show dimensions only for pictures that have dimensions specified explicitly or using the .xbb file

\<fix graphics\><<<
\def\if:boundingbox#1#2{\ifdim\Gin@req@width=\Gin@nat@width\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined#1\else#2\fi\else#1\fi}
>>>

We need to find bounding boxes of images. Graphics support the .xbb file that contain this information.
It is necessary to provide the DeclareGraphicsRule commands for supported image formats so 
the .xbb file works. We execute these rules only with the default dvips driver. If user selects explicitly
other drivers, it would result in a compilation error. 


\<fix graphics\><<<
\def\Gin:defaultdriver{dvips.def}
\ifx\Gin@driver\Gin:defaultdriver%
\DeclareGraphicsRule{.png}{bmp}{.xbb}{}
\DeclareGraphicsRule{.jpg}{bmp}{.xbb}{}
\DeclareGraphicsRule{.gif}{bmp}{.xbb}{}
\DeclareGraphicsRule{.pdf}{bmp}{.xbb}{}
\DeclareGraphicsRule{.svg}{bmp}{.xbb}{}
\fi
>>>

%\expandafter\def\csname c:graphics-file:\endcsname#1{\Gin@drafttrue
%   \def\Gin@setfile##1##2##3{%
%     \def\:temp####1####2{#1}\:temp{##3}{\Gin@base}}}
%\pend:defI\Ginclude@graphics{\a:graphics}
% \append:defI\Ginclude@graphics{\b:graphics}

For figures of specific exytensions, we can tailor a configuration
with the command
\`'\Configure{graphics*}{extension}{action}'.  For the other figures,
we can use the configuration
\`'\Configure{graphics}{before}{aafter}'.  

\Verbatim
\Configure{epsfig}
  {\Configure{graphics*}
    {eps}
    {\Needs{"eps22jpg ####1 ####2"}%
     \Needs{File:           ####2}%
     \def\temp{[####2]}%
     \Picture       [\temp]{####2}}}
 {}
\EndVerbatim

Newer version

\Verbatim

\Configure{graphics*}
    {eps}
    { \Needs{"convert -crop 0x0 -density 110x110 -transparent
                '\#FFFFFF' ##3 \csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif"}
      \Picture[pict]{\csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif}
    }

\Configure{graphics*}
    {gif}
    {\Picture[pict]{\csname Gin@base\endcsname.gif}}

\EndVerbatim

For xml

\Verbatim
\def\Ginclude@graphics#1{\Tg<includegraphics file="#1"/>}
\def\Gin@setfile#1#2#3{%
  \ifx\\#2\\\Gread@false\fi
  \ifGin@bbox\else
    \ifGread@
      \csname Gread@%
         \expandafter\ifx\csname Gread@#1\endcsname\relax
           eps%
         \else
           #1%
         \fi
      \endcsname{\Gin@base#2}%
    \else
      \Gin@nosize{#3}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \Gin@viewport@code
  \Gin@nat@height\Gin@ury bp%
  \advance\Gin@nat@height-\Gin@lly bp%
  \Gin@nat@width\Gin@urx bp%
  \advance\Gin@nat@width-\Gin@llx bp%
  \Gin@req@sizes
  \Tg<includegraphics file="#3" width="\the\Gin@req@width"
        height="\the\Gin@req@height"/>
}

\EndVerbatim


Fix for XeTeX graphics - PDF inclusion doesn't work with the default driver, 
dvips needs to be used instead

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{graphics.sty}{graphics-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<graphics-hooks.4ht\><<<
% graphics-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2020-2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{graphics}
\fi
|<disable early sup|>
>>> \AddFile{9}{graphics-hooks}

The \Verb|early^| option can break some packages that changes catcode of 
circumflex too. We need to revert to the original definition for the package
processing, and then return to the TeX4ht definition after the package 
is processed.

\<disable early sup\><<<
\ifdefined\recall:sup
\recall:sup
\:AtEndOfPackage{
  \early:sup
}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{graphicx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<graphicx.4ht\><<<
% graphicx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
   |<fix graphicx|>
\Hinput{graphicx}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{4}{graphicx}

\<fix graphicx\><<<
\let\Gin:esetsize\Gin@esetsize
\def\Gin@esetsize{%
   \ifx \Gin@ewidth\Gin@exclamation
      \let\Gin:ewidth\Gin@ewidth
   \else
      \setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@ewidth
      \edef\Gin:ewidth{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \fi
   \ifx \Gin@eheight\Gin@exclamation
      \let\Gin:eheight\Gin@eheight
   \else
      \setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@eheight
      \edef\Gin:eheight{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \fi
   \Gin:esetsize
}

\NewConfigure{rotatebox}{2}
\pend:def\Grot@box{\a:rotatebox}
\append:def\Grot@box{\b:rotatebox}

>>>

Support for the alt key of \Verb!\includegraphics! command.

\<fix graphicx\><<<
\NewConfigure{GraphicsAlt}{1}
\define@key{Gin}{alt}{\Configure{GraphicsAlt}{#1}}
>>>

The calc package redefined \`'\setlength' to allow expressions of the
form `\Verb!width=.625\textwidth+5mm!'.  The macros \`'Gin@ewidth' and
\`'Gin@eheight' allow such values.  Hence, for such macros, we should
use  instructions like \`'\setlength\tmp:dim\Gin@ewidth'  instead of 
\`'\tmp:dim=\Gin@ewidth'.


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{graphbox}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Graphbox redefines \`'\Gin@setfile'  to make some manipulations with the
graphics box. We want to revert it, because it fatally breaks TeX4ht, and 
it isn't useful in XML anyway.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{graphbox.sty}{graphbox-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<graphbox-hooks.4ht\><<<
% graphbox-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\:AtEndOfPackage{%
  \let\Gin@setfile\old@box@Gin@setfile
}
>>> \AddFile{9}{graphbox-hooks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{pdfpages}
\<pdfpages.4ht\><<<
% pdfpages.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<pdfpages configurations|>
\Hinput{pdfpages} 
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{pdfpages}

TeX4ht supports inclusion of PDF thanks to Graphicx package, we just need 
to make it compatible with Pdfpages.

\<pdfpages configurations\><<<
\define@key{Gin}{page}[]{\edef\Gin@page{#1}}

\def\AM@findfile#1{%
  \AM@findfile@i{#1}{pdf}%
  \AM@findfile@ii{#1}%
}
\catcode`\:=12
\renewcommand\AM@output[1]{%
  \@for\@pages:=\AM@pagestemp\do{\includegraphics[page=\@pages]{\AM@currentdocname}}
}
\catcode`\:=11
>>>


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{svg}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<svg.4ht\><<<
% svg.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2018-2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<svg config|>
\Hinput{svg}
\endinput
>>>  \AddFile{9}{svg}

\<svg config\><<<
\renewcommand\includesvg[2][]{%
  % get file name with \svgpath support
  \svg@get@path{#2}{}%
  % set keys
  \svg@local@param@set{#1}%
  \if@svg@file@found%
    % convert supported parameters from \includesvg for use with \includegraphics
    \edef\svg@tempb{}
    \ifdim\svg@param@height>\z@\relax%
      \edef\svg@tempb{\svg@tempb,height=\svg@param@height}%
    \fi%
    \ifdim\svg@param@width>\z@\relax%
      \edef\svg@tempb{\svg@tempb,width=\svg@param@width}%
    \fi%
    \ifdim\dimexpr\svg@param@angle\p@\relax=\z@\relax\else%
      \edef\svg@tempb{%
        \svg@tempb,origin=\svg@param@origin,angle=\svg@param@angle%
      }%
    \fi%
    \expandafter\includegraphics\expandafter[\svg@tempb]{\svg@file@base.\svg@file@ext}
  \else
    \typeout{SVG file #1 cannot be found}
  \fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{endfloat}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<endfloat.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% endfloat.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{endfloat}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{endfloat}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mfpic.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mfpic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% mfpic.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<mfpic config|>
\Hinput{mfpic}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{mfpic}

\<mfpic config\><<<
\expandafter \ifx\csname if@mfp@latexe\endcsname\relax
   |<non 2005 latex mpic|>
\fi
>>>

\<non 2005 latex mpic\><<<
\pend:def\mfpic{\a:mfpic}
\append:def\endmfpic{\b:mfpic}
\NewConfigure{mfpic}{2}
>>>

\''\opengraphsfile' is only used once in the LaTeX document. All
individual pictures generated by \''\mfpic... \endmfpic' go
into this single file.  Therefore \''\Picture+{} ... \EndPicture' should
be wrapped around \''\mfpic ...  \endmfpic',

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pb-diagram.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<pb-diagram.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pb-diagram.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{pb-diagram}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pb-diagram}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{amscd.sty Commutative Diagrams (CD)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amscd.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amscd.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config amscd|>
\Hinput{amscd}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{amscd}

 
\<config amscd\><<<
                                    \catcode`\#13 \catcode`\!6  
\def\reg:CD{% 
  \CDat  
  \bgroup\relax\iffalse{\fi\let\ampersand@&\iffalse}\fi  
  \CD@true\vcenter\bgroup 
     \let\\\math@cr\restore@math@cr\default@tag  
\SaveMkHalignConf:g{CD}\HRestore\noalign  
   \MkHalign#{&$\m@th#$}% 
} 
                                    \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12  
\def\:tempc{\crcr 
  \EndMkHalign\RecallMkHalignConfig \b:CD \egroup\egroup  
}  
\HLet\endCD\:tempc 
\def\:temp{\pic:MkHalign{CD}}  
\HLet\CD\:temp 
\NewConfigure{CD}{6} 
>>>

\<config amscd\><<<
\def\:tempc#1>#2>{\ampersand@  
  \ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi  
  \setboxz@h{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;{#1}\;\;$}%  
  \ifdim\wdz@>\bigaw@\global\bigaw@\wdz@\fi  
  \@ifnotempty{#2}{\setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;{#2}\;\;$}%  
    \ifdim\wd\@ne>\bigaw@\global\bigaw@\wd\@ne\fi}%  
  \ifCD@\enskip\fi  
  \csname a: @>\endcsname
  \mathrel {% 
      \mathop{\hbox to\bigaw@{\rightarrowfill@\displaystyle}}%  
      \if !#2!\limits\sp{#1}\else \limits\sp{#1}\sb{#2}\fi}% 
 \ifCD@\enskip\fi \ampersand@}   
\expandafter\HLet\csname\space @>\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{ @>}{1}
>>>

\<config amscd\><<<
\def\:tempc#1<#2<{\ampersand@ 
  \ifCD@ \global\bigaw@\minCDarrowwidth \else \global\bigaw@\minaw@ \fi 
  \setboxz@h{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;\;{#1}\;$}% 
  \ifdim\wdz@>\bigaw@ \global\bigaw@\wdz@ \fi 
  \@ifnotempty{#2}{\setbox\@ne\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle\;\;{#2}\;$}% 
    \ifdim\wd\@ne>\bigaw@ \global\bigaw@\wd\@ne \fi}% 
  \ifCD@\enskip\fi 
  \csname a: @<\endcsname
    \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to\bigaw@{\leftarrowfill@\displaystyle}}% 
      \if !#2!\limits\sp{#1}\else \limits\sp{#1}\sb{#2}\fi}% 
  \ifCD@\enskip\fi \ampersand@} 
\expandafter\HLet\csname\space @<\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{ @<}{1}
>>>

\<config amscd\><<<
\def\:tempc#1V#2V{\CD@check{V..V..V}{%
  \csname a: @V\endcsname{#1}{#2}}%
  \llap{$\m@th\vcenter{\hbox 
  {$\scriptstyle#1$}}$}\Big\downarrow 
  \rlap{$\m@th\vcenter{\hbox{$\scriptstyle#2$}}$}%
  \csname b: @V\endcsname{#1}{#2}%
  &&}
\expandafter\HLet\csname\space @V\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{ @V}[2]{%
   \expandafter\def\csname a: @V\endcsname##1##2{#1}%
   \expandafter\def\csname b: @V\endcsname##1##2{#2}}
\Configure{ @V}{}{}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pgf.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<pgf.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pgf.4ht                                |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{pgf}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pgf}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{color.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Was \`'\def\color@setgroup{\begingroup \ht:special {color push
    \current@color }% \aftergroup \reset@color }' indirectly through
    \''\set@color'.  It caused an extra leading line for verbatim
    environments.  As a side comment, the \''\aftergroup' might cause
    an ordering problem, if html code is attached to it.

\<color.4ht\><<<
% color.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\expandafter\ifx \csname color:def\endcsname\relax
    \let\color:def\def
\else  \expandafter\endinput\fi
\let\:temp|=\begingroup 
\HLet\color@setgroup|=\:temp
|<def HColor|>
\NewConfigure{color}{1}
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\protect\leavevmode{\protect\a:textcolor
      \color#1{#2}#3\protect\b:textcolor}}
\HLet\@textcolor=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{textcolor}{2}
   |<fix color|>
|<boxes of color|>
\Hinput{color}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{color}

\<def HColor\><<<
\def\HColor{\:warning{\string\Hcode{...}{...} is deprecated; Use 
   \string\Configure{HColor}{...}{...}}\Configure{HColor}}
\NewConfigure{HColor}[2]{\if !#1!|<internal HColor|>\else
   \expandafter\edef\csname CLR:#1\endcsname{#2}\fi}
>>>

\<\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2{%
   \let\a:fcol|=\empty   \let\b:fcol|=\empty
   \color@b@x\relax{\color#1{#2}}}
\HLet\color@box|=\:temp
\def\:temp#1#2#3{%
   \let\a:fcol|=\a:fcolorbox   \let\b:fcol|=\b:fcolorbox
   \color@b@x{\fboxsep\z@\color#1{#2}\fbox}{\color#1{#3}}}
\HLet\color@fbox|=\:temp
\long\def\:temp#1#2#3{%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa\else\leavevmode\fi
   {\a:fcol #1{\ifcolors@ \a:colorbox\fi \leavevmode #2%
      {\set@color#3}\ifcolors@ \b:colorbox\fi}}\b:fcol}
\HLet\color@b@x|=\:temp
>>>

\<boxes of color\><<<
\long\def\:temp#1#2#3{%
   \ifcolors@ 
      \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa
      \a:colorbox \else \a:fcolorbox \fi
   \fi
   {#1{\leavevmode #2{\set@color#3}}}%
   \ifcolors@ 
      \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\relax}\ifx\:temp\:tempa
      \b:colorbox \else \b:fcolorbox \fi
   \fi
}
\HLet\color@b@x\:temp
\NewConfigure{colorbox}{2}
\NewConfigure{fcolorbox}{2}
>>>

\<fix color\><<<
\def\pagecolor{%
  \begingroup \a:pagecolor
      \let\ignorespaces\endgroup
      \let\set@color\set@page@color
      \color}
\NewConfigure{pagecolor}{1}
>>>

\<fix color\><<<
\def\:tempa[#1]#2{\a:color{#1 #2}\o:@undeclaredcolor:[#1]{#2}}
\HLet\@undeclaredcolor\:tempa
\pend:defI\@declaredcolor{\a:color{##1}}
>>>

\<fix color\><<<
\NewConfigure{SetHColor}[2]{{%
   \expandafter\let\expandafter\:temp \csname CLR:#2\endcsname
   \ifx \:temp\relax 
      \edef\:temp{#2 //}\expandafter\get:HColor\:temp
      \ifx \HColor\relax
          |<xcolor SetHColor|>%
      \fi
   \else             \let\HColor=\:temp \fi
   \ifx \HColor\relax
      \:warning{missing \string\Configure{HColor}{#2}{...} 
           (in LaTeX: \csname\string\color @#2\endcsname)}%
      \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname CLR:#2\endcsname|=\empty
    \else #1\fi }}
>>>

The first argument to SetHColor above is the XML code to be added for the
color, with the color itself referenced by \''\HColor'.  The second
argument is the same color name as provided to \''\color' of
color.sty.   That is, the configuration is employed in the following manner.

\Verbatim
   \Configure{SetHColor}
        {#1: XML code for color provided in \HColor}
        {#2: latex color name}
\EndVerbatim

The SetHColor typically is requsted indirectly in the following manner

\Verbatim
             \a:color{latex color name}
\EndVerbatim

Where \Verb=\a:color= is similar to.

\Verbatim
\Configure{color}
  {\Configure{SetHColor}
        {...XML code for color provided in \HColor...}%
  }
\EndVerbatim

The \Verb=\get:HColor= does the job of looking for XML color value,
and it assignes that value to \Verb=\HColor=.

\<fix color\><<<
\def\get:HColor#1 #2//{%
  \if\relax#2\relax
  % \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor:#1\endcsname\relax
     \let\HColor=\relax
     |<color from def|>%
  \else
     \csname HColor:#1\endcsname #2 //%
  \fi
}
\def\c:HColor:gray:{\def\HColor:gray##1 ##2//}
\Configure{HColor:gray}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
\def\c:HColor:rgb:{\def\HColor:rgb##1,##2,##3 ##4//}
\Configure{HColor:rgb}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
\def\c:HColor:cmyk:{\def\HColor:cmyk##1,##2,##3,##4 ##5//}
\Configure{HColor:cmyk}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
>>>

\<color from def\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname \relax\else 
   \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:\endcsname\relax \else
      \csname colortyp:\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\string\color @#1\expandafter\endcsname
         \space . //%
\fi \fi
>>>

\<internal HColor\><<<
\if!#2!\let\HColor|=\relax \else \edef\HColor{#2}\fi
>>>

\<def HColor\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{% 
  \@ifundefined{color@#2}% 
    {\c@lor@error{model `#2'}}% 
    {\@ifundefined{\string\color @#1}{}% 
      {\PackageInfo{color}{Redefining color #1}}% 
     \csname color@#2\expandafter\endcsname 
         \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname{#3}}}
\ifx \definecolor\:temp
   \pend:defIII\definecolor{%
     \expandafter\ifx\csname HColor:##2\endcsname\relax\else
        \csname HColor:##2\endcsname ##3 //%
        \edef\:temp{{HColor}{##1}{\HColor}}%
        \expandafter\Configure\:temp
     \fi}
\fi
>>>

The \Verb!\color{red}! instruction might be problematic since it does
not on its own determine the extent of the text to be colored.  As a
result, its effect can cross logical boundaries. That is against the
philosophy of markup languages in general and of XML in particular.

It is possible to implement the \Verb!\color{...}! feature but I'm not
sure it is desirable to do so.  I think it is preferable to expect
users to use commands of the form \Verb!\textcolor{red}{...}! for code
fragments.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{xcolor.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<xcolor.4ht\><<<
% xcolor.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2007. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\input color.4ht
|<config xcolor|>
\Hinput{xcolor}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{xcolor}

\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\rowc@l@rs[#1]#2#3#4% 
 {\global\rownum=\z@ 
  \global\@rowcolorstrue 
  \@ifxempty{#3}% 
    {\def\@oddrowcolor{\@norowcolor}}% 
    {\def\@oddrowcolor{\a:rowcolors{#3}%
                       \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#3}}}}% 
  \@ifxempty{#4}% 
    {\def\@evenrowcolor{\@norowcolor}}% 
    {\def\@evenrowcolor{\a:rowcolors{#4}%
                        \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#4}}}}% 
  \if@rowcmd 
    \def\@rowcolors 
     {#1\if@rowcolors 
        \o:noalign:{\relax\ifnum\rownum<#2\@norowcolor\else 
                 \ifodd\rownum\@oddrowcolor\else\@evenrowcolor\fi\fi}% 
      \fi}% 
  \else 
    \def\@rowcolors 
     {\if@rowcolors 
        \ifnum\rownum<#2\o:noalign:{\@norowcolor}\else 
        #1\o:noalign:{\ifodd\rownum\@oddrowcolor\else\@evenrowcolor\fi}\fi 
      \fi}% 
  \fi 
  \CT@everycr{\@rowc@lors\the\everycr}% 
  \ignorespaces} 
\NewConfigure{rowcolors}{1}
>>>

\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\@rowc@lors{\o:noalign:{\global\advance\rownum\@ne}\@rowcolors} 
\def\showrowcolors{\o:noalign:{\global\@rowcolorstrue}\@rowcolors} 
\def\hiderowcolors{\o:noalign:{\global\@rowcolorsfalse\@norowcolor}}
>>>

\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{{\set@color}}
\HLet\color@block\:temp
\def\:temp#1#2#3{}
\HLet\boxframe\:temp
>>>

% This isn't necessary anymore, it even could cause compilation errors
% \<config xcolor\><<<
% \let\XC:definec@lor\XC@definec@lor
% \def\XC@definec@lor[#1]#2[#3]#4#5{%
%    \expandafter\ifx\csname HColor!#2\endcsname\relax\else
%         \csname HColor!#4\endcsname #3!//%
%         \edef\:temp{{HColor}{#1}{\HColor}}%
%         \expandafter\Configure\:temp
%    \fi
%    \XC:definec@lor[#1]{#2}[#3]{#4}{#5}%
% }
% >>>

\<xcolor SetHColor\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname get!HColor\endcsname\relax \else
  \edef\:temp{#2!//}\expandafter\csname get!HColor\expandafter\endcsname\:temp
\fi
>>>

\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\strip:fin:excl#1!{#1} 
\expandafter\def\csname get!HColor\endcsname#1!#2//{%
  \def\current:color:name{#1\if!#2!\else!\strip:fin:excl#2\fi}%
  \if\relax#2\relax
  %\expandafter\ifx \csname HColor!#1\endcsname\relax
     \let\HColor=\relax
     |<xcolor from def|>%
  \else%
     \ifcsname HColor!#1\endcsname%
       \csname HColor!#1\endcsname #2//%
     \fi%
  \fi
}
\expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!gray:\endcsname{%
     \expandafter\def\csname HColor!gray\endcsname##1!##2//}
\Configure{HColor!gray}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
\expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!rgb:\endcsname{%
     \expandafter\def\csname HColor!rgb\endcsname##1,##2,##3!##4//}
\Configure{HColor!rgb}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
\expandafter\def\csname c:HColor!cmyk:\endcsname{%
     \expandafter\def\csname HColor!cmyk\endcsname##1,##2,##3,##4!##5//}
\Configure{HColor!cmyk}{\Configure{HColor}{}{}}
>>>

\<xcolor from def\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname\string\color @#1\endcsname \relax\else 
   \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:\endcsname\relax \else
   \extractcolorspec{#1\if!#2!\else!\strip:fin:excl#2\fi}\tmp:color%
   \expandafter\convertcolorspec\tmp:color{HTML}\tmp:color% 
   \def\HColor{\#\tmp:color}%
   \Configure{HColor}{\current:color:name}{\HColor}%
      \csname colortyp:\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endcsname
         \csname\string\color @#1\expandafter\endcsname
         \space .!//%
\fi \fi
>>>

The following command can convert xcolor color specification to formusable
in CSS. The color is extracted to command which needs to b passed as a
second parameter.

\<config xcolor\><<<
\def\get:xcolorcss#1#2{%
   \expandafter\extractcolorspec\expandafter{#1}{\tsf:color}%
   \expandafter\convertcolorspec\tsf:color{HTML}\tsf:color%
   \edef#2{\#\tsf:color}%
}

>>>

We need to use dvips driver with XeLaTeX

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{xcolor.sty}{xcolor-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<xcolor-hooks.4ht\><<<
% xcolor-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
  \PassOptionsToPackage{dvips}{xcolor}
\fi
>>> \AddFile{9}{xcolor-hooks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{framed}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<framed.4ht\><<<
% framed.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2017 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\NewConfigure{makeframed}{2}
\def\MakeFramed#1{\a:makeframed}
\def\endMakeFramed{\b:makeframed}
\Hinput{framed}

>>> \AddFile{9}{framed}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mdframed}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mdframed.4ht\><<<
% mdframed.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2017-2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

\NewConfigure{mdframed}{2}
\NewConfigure{mdframedstyle}{1}
\NewConfigure{mdframetitle}{2}
\newcount\mdf:env:cnt
\def\mdf:id{mdframed-\the\mdf:env:cnt}
\def\mdf@trivlist#1{\global\advance\mdf:env:cnt by1\relax\a:mdframed\a:mdframedstyle%
    \ifdefempty{\mdf@frametitle}{}{\mdfframedtitleenv{\mdf@frametitle}\a:mdframetitle\mdf@@frametitle@use\b:mdframetitle}\let\mdf@frametitle\@empty%
}

\def\endmdf@trivlist{\b:mdframed}

% disable frame drawing, it can be supported using CSS
\def\detected@mdf@put@frame{}%

\append:def\mdf@@ignorelastdescenders{\let\orig:unskip\unskip\def\unskip{\let\unskip\orig:unskip}}%
\def\mdf@lrbox#1{}
\def\endmdf@lrbox{}
\Hinput{mdframed}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{mdframed}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{tcolorbox}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\<tcolorbox.4ht\><<<
% tcolorbox.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2020-2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

% use custom counter that increments for every \tcolorbox
\newcounter{:tcbcolcount}

\def\:tempa{%
  \stepcounter{:tcbcolcount}%
  % save text and background colors for use in CSS
  \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolbacktitle}\:tcbcolbacktitle%
  \get:xcolorcss{tcbcoltitle}\:tcbcoltitle%
  \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolback}\:tcbcolback%
  \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolframe}\:tcbcolframe%
  \get:xcolorcss{tcbcolupper}\:tcbcolupper%
  % make unique ID for this box
  \def\:tcbcolid{tcolobox-\arabic{:tcbcolcount}}
  % Open box
  \a:tcolorbox%
  % set label if it exists
  \ifdefined\tcolorbox:label:key%
    \let\@currentlabel\tcolorbox:currentlabel% at this moment, \@currentlabel has wrong value
    \o:tcb@set@label:{\tcolorbox:label:key}%
    \AnchorLabel% save cross-ref destination
    \global\let\tcolorbox:label:key\undefined% 
  \fi%
  % open title
  \b:tcolorbox%
  \kvtcb@before@title\kvtcb@title\kvtcb@after@title%
  % close title and open main box
  \c:tcolorbox%
  \box\tcb@upperbox%
  % deal with lower box, if it is set
  \iftcb@hasLower%
    \a:tcolorlowerbox%
    \box\tcb@lowerbox%
    \b:tcolorlowerbox%
  \fi%
  % We need to close box in \tcb@endboxanddraw
}

\HLet\tcb@drawcolorbox\:tempa
% overwrite other versions of box drawing macros
\HLet\tcb@drawcolorbox@standalone\:tempa

% we need to close tcolorbox environment here,
% in the box. otherwise, last paragraph end 
% would be ignored and we would get invalid XML
\def\:tempb{\d:tcolorbox\o:tcb@endboxanddraw:}
\HLet\tcb@endboxanddraw\:tempb

% this code prevents emptying of the box title when
% some Tcolorbox options are used
\def\:tempb{}
\HLet\tcb@detach@title@code\:tempb

% require end of paragraph before Tcolorbox
\long\def\:tempb[#1]{\EndP\o:tcb@@icolorbox:[#1]}
\HLet\tcb@@icolorbox\:tempb


\NewConfigure{tcolorbox}{4}
\NewConfigure{tcolorlowerbox}{2}

% we need to save current label for a later use
\def\:tempa#1{%
  \xdef\tcolorbox:label:key{#1}%
  \global\let\tcolorbox:currentlabel\@currentlabel%
}
\HLet\tcb@set@label\:tempa

|<tcolorbox minipage|>
|<tcolorbox nameref|>

\Hinput{tcolorbox}
\endinput



>>> \AddFile{9}{tcolorbox}


this is a trick to fix issues with paragraphs
where spurious end \`'</p>' tags were inserted
\<tcolorbox minipage\><<<
\pend:def\tcb@minipage{\SaveEndP}
\pend:def\tcb@minipage@top{\SaveEndP}
\pend:def\tcb@minipage@bottom{\SaveEndP}
\pend:def\tcb@minipage@center{\SaveEndP}

>>>

This code fixes nameref support in Tcolorbox.

\<tcolorbox nameref\><<<
\AfterEndPreamble{%
  % fix \nameref support
  \def\:tempa#1{%
    \gdef\NR:Title{\a:newlabel{#1}}%
    \o:tcb@gettitle:{#1}%
  }%
  \HLet\tcb@gettitle\:tempa
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipsnam}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<dvipsnam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dvipsnam.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<dvipsnam 4ht|>
\Hinput{dvipsnam}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{dvipsnam}

\<dvipsnam 4ht\><<<
\let\sv:ProvidesFile=\ProvidesFile
\let\sv:DefineNamedColor=\DefineNamedColor

\def\ProvidesFile#1]{}
\def\DefineNamedColor#1#2#3#4{%
   \let\sv:HColor=\HColor
   \csname HColor:#3\endcsname #4 //%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor\endcsname\relax
     \:warning{Improper \string\Configure{HColor:#3}}%
   \else
      \edef\HColor{\noexpand\Configure{HColor}{#2}{\HColor}}\HColor
   \fi
   \let\HColor=\sv:HColor
}
\input dvipsnam.def

\let\ProvidesFile=\sv:ProvidesFile
\let\DefineNamedColor=\sv:DefineNamedColor
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{svgnam}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<svgnam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% svgnam.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<svgnam 4ht|>
\Hinput{svgnam}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{svgnam}

\<svgnam 4ht\><<<
\let\sv:ProvidesFile=\ProvidesFile
\let\sv:XC@definec@lor=\XC@definec@lor

\def\ProvidesFile#1]{}
\def\XC@definec@lor[#1]#2[#3]#4#5{%
   \let\sv:HColor=\HColor
   \csname HColor:#4\endcsname #5 //%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname HColor\endcsname\relax
     \:warning{Improper \string\Configure{HColor:#4}}%
   \else
      \edef\HColor{\noexpand\Configure{HColor}{#2}{\HColor}}\HColor
   \fi
   \let\HColor=\sv:HColor
}
\input svgnam.def

\let\ProvidesFile=\sv:ProvidesFile
\let\XC@definec@lor=\sv:XC@definec@lor
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{colortbl.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

colortbl.sty invokes color.sty, if the last package is not loaded.
The same is true for array.sty.

\<colortbl.4ht\><<<
% colortbl.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

   |<fix colortbl|>
   |<colortbl.sty shared config|>
\Hinput{colortbl}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{colortbl}

color.sty is obsoleted by xcolor, so we will load the latter package in 
order to get access to the color space conversion commands.

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\RequirePackage{xcolor}
>>>

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\CT@everycr{\o:noalign:{\global\let\CT@row@color\relax}\the\everycr}
>>>

We use xcolor's \`|\convertcolorspec| command to convert argument of
\`|\columncolor| to HTML color specification.


\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\columncolor#1{{\def\current@color{#1}%
                    \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}}
\Odef\columncolor[#1]#2{{\if :#1:\def\current@color{#2}%
                         \else 
                           \gHAdvance\tblcol:N by 1
                           \convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\tmp:tblcolor
                           \Configure{HColor}{tblcol-\tblcol:N}{\#\tmp:tblcolor}%
                           \def\current@color{tblcol-\tblcol:N}%
                         \fi
                    \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}%
   \futurelet\:temp\left:colcol}
\def\left:colcol{%
   \ifx [\:temp \expandafter\left::colcol \fi
}
\def\left::colcol[#1]{
   \futurelet\:temp\right:colcol
}
\def\right:colcol{%
   \ifx [\:temp \expandafter\right::colcol \fi
}
\def\right::colcol[#1]{}
\HAssign\tblcol:N = 0
>>>

We can reuse the code used in \`|\columncolor| to support also the 
\`|\cellcolor| command.

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\CT@cellc#1[#2]#3{{\if :#2:\def\current@color{#3}%
                         \else 
                           \gHAdvance\tblcol:N by 1
                           \convertcolorspec{#2}{#3}{HTML}\tmp:tblcolor
                           \Configure{HColor}{tblcol-\tblcol:N}{\#\tmp:tblcolor}%
                           \def\current@color{tblcol-\tblcol:N}%
                         \fi
                    \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname}%
   \futurelet\:temp\left:colcol}
>>>

The followning is a redefinition of a macro from array.sty

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\NewConfigure{@classz}{4}
\pend:def\@classz{\pic:gobble\a:@classz}
\append:def\@classz{\pic:gobble\b:@classz}
\pend:def\insert@column{\pic:gobble\c:@classz}
\append:def\insert@column{\pic:gobble\d:@classz}
>>>

\`'\insert@column' is       used only in array.

  Used to have
\`'\let\HRow|=\relax\let\HCol|=\relax' in \`'\pend:def\@classz', but
that caused a problem in \''\multicol'.  Do we still need that
protection in \''\@classz'?

We take \`'\Configure{@classz}
    {before col}{after col}
    {before entry}{efter entry}',  where the last two need protection
if their content is to expand when the item is reached.  Otherwise,
everything expands when the Preamble is visited.

The following is a reduced definition which removes the ruler used in
painting the backrounds.

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\:temp{\global\let\CT@do@color|=\relax}
\HLet\CT@@do@color|=\:temp
>>>

The configuration:

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\let\::maketitle|=\o:maketitle:
\def\o:maketitle:{%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
      \NewConfigure{@classz}{4}%
      \Configure{@classz}{}{}{}{}%
   \fi
   \::maketitle }
>>>

Don't \''\CT@setup', \''\CT@row@color', and \''\CT@do@color' 
need also a treatment similar to \''\CT@column@color'?

\SubSection{Rows}

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\rowcolor{%
  \o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
  \global\let\CT@do@color\CT@@do@color
  |<fixed first main body HRow value|>%
  \@ifnextchar[\CT@rowa\CT@rowb}
\def\CT@rowa[#1]#2{%
  \save:color#1 #2//%
  \pic:gobbleII\a:rowcolor{#2}%
  \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#2}}%
  \CT@rowc}
\def\CT@rowb#1{%
  \pic:gobbleII\a:rowcolor{#1}%
  \gdef\CT@row@color{\CT@color{#1}}%
  \CT@rowc}
>>>

\<fixed first main body HRow value\><<<
\relax
\ifx\LT@head\Un:Def\else
   \ifnum \HRow=0\relax
      \expandafter\ifx\csname lt:sv\endcsname\relax
        \HAssign\HRow = 1\relax
        \ifvoid\LT@head
           \ifvoid\LT@firsthead \else \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax\fi
        \else \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax\fi
      \else
        \HAssign\HRow = \lt:sv \relax
        \HAdvance\HRow by 1\relax
      \fi
\fi\fi
>>>

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\NewConfigure{rowcolor}{1}
>>>

Fixes for colored hlines. The \`|\hline:color| can be used in CSS, for instance.

\<fix colortbl\><<<
% default hline color is black
\def\hline:color{000}
% save rule color in format usable in CSS
\newcommand\tmp:arrayrulecolor[2][named]{%
\ifvoid\@arstrutbox% test if we are inside a tabular environment
\convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\:tmp\global\let\hline:color\:tmp% we are not
\else%
\noalign{\convertcolorspec{#1}{#2}{HTML}\:tmp\global\let\hline:color\:tmp}% we are
\fi
}
\HLet\arrayrulecolor\tmp:arrayrulecolor
>>>

\SubSection{Utilities}

This should enable use of \`|\color| command in array declaration

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\def\convert:colorspec#1 #2 #3 #4{%
  \edef\current:color{%
    \ifx\relax#1\relax\else%
    #1\ifx\relax#2\relax\else%
    , #2\ifx\relax#3\relax\else%
      , #3\ifx\relax#4\relax\else%
        , #4%
        \fi%
      \fi%
    \fi%
  \fi%
  }%
}

\def\save:color#1 #2//{%
  \convert:colorspec#2 {} {} {} {}
  \convertcolorspec{#1}{\current:color}{HTML}\tmp:col
  \def\current@color{#2}
  \Configure{HColor}{\current@color}{\#\tmp:col}
}

\def\begin:current@color{\let\sv:curcolor|=\current@color}
\def\end:current@color{%
   \ifx \current@color\sv:curcolor 
   \else%
   \expandafter\save:color\current@color//%
   \csname a:text-colortbl\endcsname 
   \fi
}
\NewConfigure{text-colortbl}{1}
\def\GET@column@color{}
\def\color:ii[#1]#2#3|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1 #2}}
\def\color:i#1#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1}}
>>>

We introduce css for color of text in a cell, only if the color
changed in the cell.  The last color is the that takes effect.

\<\><<<
\Configure{multicolumn}
   {}{}
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi
    \HCode{<div class="multicolumn"}\HColAlign\HCode{>}%
    \expandafter\MUL:LMN\meaning\@preamble//}
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
>>>

\<fix colortbl\><<<
\let\ctbl:mcol|=\multicolumn
\def\multicolumn#1#2#3{%
   \ctbl:mcol{#1}{#2}{#3}%
   \expand:after{\expandafter\MUL:LMN\meaning\@preamble}\MUL:PA//%
   \ignorespaces}
{ 
  \def\MUL:PA{\gdef\MUL:PA}
  \def\MUL:LMN{%
  \catcode`\C=12
  \catcode`\T=12
  \catcode`\@=12
  \catcode`\c=12
  \catcode`\o=12
  \catcode`\l=12
  \catcode`\r=12
  \catcode`\t=12
  \catcode`\e=12
  \catcode`\m=12
  \catcode`\p=12
  \catcode`\d=12
  \catcode`\i=12
  \catcode`\b=12
  \gdef\MUL:LMN}  
  \MUL:LMN#1CT@color #2@tempdimb#3//{\::KOLOR{#2}}
  \MUL:PA{CT@color @tempdimb}
}
\def\::KOLOR#1{\if :#1:\else |<set to preamble color|>\fi}
\def\:KOLOR{\@ifnextchar[\mc:clr{\mc:clr[]}}
{
  \catcode`\{=12
  \catcode`\}=12
  \catcode`\(=1
  \catcode`\)=2
  \gdef\mc:clr[#1]{#2}((%
       \def\current@color(\if :#1:\else #1 \fi #2)%
       \csname a:cell-colortbl\endcsname
     )\def\:temp##1//()\:temp)
)
\NewConfigure{cell-colortbl}{1}
>>>

\<set to preamble color\><<<
\:KOLOR#1//%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvips}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<dvips.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dvips.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<postscript colors model|>
\Hinput{dvips}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{6}{dvips}

\<postscript colors model\><<<
|<dvips gray|>
|<dvips cmyk|>
|<dvips rgb|>
\def\colortyp:#1 #2//{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname\relax \else
     \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname #2 //\fi}
>>>

% \def\colortyp:hsb:#1//{\hshow{#1}}

\<dvips gray\><<<
\def\colortyp:gray:#1 #2//{%
   \if :#1:%   
      \colortyp:gray:#2 //%
   \else
      \HColor:gray #1 //%
   \fi
}
>>>

\<dvips rgb\><<<
\def\colortyp:rgb:#1 #2 #3 #4//{%
   \if :#1:%
      \colortyp:rgb:#2 #3 #4 //%
   \else\if :#2:%
      \colortyp:rgb:#1 #3 #4 //%
   \else\if :#3:%
      \colortyp:rgb:#1 #2 #4 //%
   \else
      \HColor:rgb #1,#2,#3 //%
   \fi\fi\fi
}
>>>

\<dvips cmyk\><<<
\def\colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #3 #4 #5//{%
   \if :#1:%
      \colortyp:cmyk:#2 #3 #4 #5//%
   \else\if :#2:%
      \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #3 #4 #5//%
   \else\if :#3:%
      \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #4 #5//%
   \else\if :#4:%
      \colortyp:cmyk:#1 #2 #3 #5//%
   \else
      \HColor:cmyk #1,#2,#3,#4 //%
   \fi\fi\fi\fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{textures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<textures.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% textures.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<textures colors model|>
\Hinput{textures}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{textures}

\<textures colors model\><<<
\def\colortyp:cmyk:#1. #2. #3. #4. #5//{\HColor:cmyk #1,#2,#3,#4 //}
\def\colortyp:rgb:#1. #2. #3. #4//{\HColor:rgb #1,#2,#3 //}
\def\colortyp:#1 #2//{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname\relax \else
     \csname colortyp:#1:\endcsname #2 //\fi}
>>>

% \def\colortyp:hsb:#1//{\hshow{#1}}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipdf}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<dvipdf.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dvipdf.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<postscript colors model|>
\Hinput{dvipdf}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{dvipdf}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dvipsone}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<dvipsone.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dvipsone.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<postscript colors model|>
\Hinput{dvipsone}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{dvipsone}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fig4tex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fig4tex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% fig4tex.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|> 
|<fig4tex hooks|>
\Hinput{fig4tex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{fig4tex}

\<fig4tex hooks\><<<
\ifx \AtBeginDocument\UnDef
   |<config figvisu|>
\else
  \AtBeginDocument{|<config figvisu|>}
\fi
\NewConfigure{figvisu}{2}
\Configure{figvisu}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
>>>

\<config figvisu\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
   \let\sv:EndPicture\EndPicture
     \let\EndPicture\empty
   \o:figvisu:{#1}{#2}{#3}%
   \let\EndPicture\sv:EndPicture
}%
\HLet\figvisu\:tempc
>>>

\<config figvisu\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%  
   \let\svEndPicture\EndPicture  
     \let\EndPicture\empty  
   \o:figvisu:{#1}{#2}{#3}%  
   \let\EndPicture\svEndPicture  
}%  
\HLet\figvisu\:tempc  
\def\:tempc#1{% 
    \a:figvisu 
    \raise -\dp#1 \rlap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}%  
    \edef\:temp{\the\ht#1}%  
    \box#1%  
    \raise \:temp \llap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% 
    \b:figvisu 
} 
\HLet\figbox\:tempc  
\def\:tempc#1{% 
    \a:figvisu 
    \raise -\dp#1 \rlap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}%  
    \edef\:temp{\the\ht#1}%  
    \copy#1%  
    \raise \:temp \llap{\vrule width .001pt height .001pt depth 0pt}% 
    \b:figvisu 
} 
\HLet\figcopy\:tempc 
>>>

As far as latex is concerned fig4tex is correct, but for tex4ht the
typesetting of code occurs too early within movable boxes
positional-wise.  The solution to the problem results in a tiny dirt
at opposite corners of the figure.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pctex32}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<pctex32.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pctex32.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<postscript colors model|>
\Hinput{pctex32}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pctex32}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{overpic}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<overpic.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% overpic.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{overpic}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{overpic}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{DraTeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Section{Gif for DraTex}

MOVE INTO DraTeX.

The comand  \`'\Draw' gives \`'\Picture*{}' and the option
 \`'\Draw[replacement]' gives
\`'\Picture*[replacement]{}'.

\<dratex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dratex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<dratex.sty|>
\Hinput{dratex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{dratex}

\<dratex.sty\><<<
   \Define\html:Draw{|<definition of /:Draw in DraTeX|>%
      }

   \let\old:Draw|=\:Draw
   \def\:Draw{%
      \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
         \expand:after{|<html into /Draw|>}%
      \else   \expandafter\old:Draw \fi }
   |<utilities for /:Draw|>
   |<arguments of Draw into IMG|>
   |<image maps for /Draw|>
>>>

To avoid cloging the memory, when possible, move the pictures to new
pages.

\<html into /Draw\><<<
\ifvmode \vfill\break \fi
\pic:cond\:GifDraw\html:Draw
>>>

We get into \`'\Draw...\EndDraw' with the following \''\futurelet', so
we'll better ger the catcodes right.

\<utilities for /:Draw\><<<
\def\:GifDraw{\bgroup\:DraCatCodes   \futurelet\:tempa\gif:draw}
\def\gif:draw{%
  \ifx \:tempa[\g:fdr\g:ifdraw
  \else        \g:fdr\gi:fdraw \fi}
\def\g:ifdraw[#1]{\Picture*[#1]{ \a:@Picture{Draw}}\html:Draw}
\def\gi:fdraw{\Picture*{ \a:@Picture{Draw}}\html:Draw}
\def\g:fdr{\egroup\a:Draw\append:def\end:condpic{\b:Draw}\expandafter}
\NewConfigure{Draw}{2}
>>>

\<html into /EndDraw\><<<
|<measure dimension of drawing|>%
\global\let\in:pic|=\empty
\box\:box    \end:condpic 
\global\let\in:pic|=\:UnDef
>>>

\SubSection{Dimensions}

We put the picture into a box so that we will be able to measure its
dimensions. Now, we must be careful not to introduce strange stuff
into the box that will ruin the measurements.  In DraTeX we might be
less careful because
spaces are ignored due to their catcode of 9.

\<put picture in box\><<<
\setbox\:box=>>>

\<measure dimension of drawing\><<<
{\:X|=\wd\:box  \:Y|=\ht\:box  \advance\:Y by\dp\:box 
 \xdef\DrawWidth{\:InCons\:X}%
 \xdef\DrawHeight{\:InCons\:Y}%
 \xdef\MinDrawX{\:InCons\:LBorder}%
 \:X|=\:UBorder \xdef\MaxDrawy{\:InCons\:X}%
}%
>>>

\SubSection{Definition of /Draw.../EndDraw in DraTeX}

When \`'\DrawOn' is active, we have the definition
\`'\def\Draw{\:Draw}'.

\<definition of /:Draw in DraTeX\><<<
\ifvmode \noindent\hfil\fi
\global\:TeXLoc\z@
|<put picture in box|>\vbox\bgroup 
        \begingroup
\def\EndDraw{%
        \endgroup   \:SetDrawWidth 
      \egroup    |<html into /EndDraw|>%
      |<image map after /Draw|>}%
|<postscript for /Draw|>%
\:DraCatCodes      \parindent\z@    \ht:everypar{}%
\linepenalty10
\leftskip\z@     \rightskip\z@    \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen
\let\FigSize\:FigSize
\def\Draw{\:wrn1{}}%
\:CommonIID   \:InDraw 
>>>

\<postscript for /Draw\><<<
\def\PsCode##1{{\Text(--\ht:special{\PsCodeSpecial##1}--)}}%
>>>

In DraTeX dimensions don't care about the color of the pixels, but
once we go to dvips and/or convert we loose the invisible character
around the visible picture.  This causes a statement for improper
dimensions, and so for a distortion of the picture when the dimensions
are stated in \`'IMG'.  To avoid this, we can put rulers 
\`'\hrule height 1pt  \vskip2pt  \vbox\bgroup'
and
\`'\egroup  \vskip2pt  \hrule height 1pt'
at the start and end of the vbox that span to the full width.
However, such rulers are not alway desirable.

Hence, we go for the following instead of
\`'\DrawIMG{ WIDTH="\DrawWidth" HEIGHT="\DrawHeight"}'.

\<arguments of Draw into IMG\><<<
\def\DrawIMG#1{\def\Pic:Img{ \ifx \in:pic\:UnDef \at:IMG
                                \else \u:map#1\fi}}
\DrawIMG{}
\let\u:map|=\empty
>>>

\Section{Image Maps}

Origin at left-top corner of picture.

Possible options for textual links.

The <A USEMAP=...> tag is ignored by drawing displayer.

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\DrawMap{%
  \NewHaddr\:temp
  \xdef\:Map{{<map name="\:temp">}}%
  \edef\u:map{ usemap="\:sharp\:temp" }%
  \NewHaddr\alt:map
  \def\after:dra{\EndLink
      \HPage[\alt:map]{}{\expandafter\map:menu\:Map}\EndHPage{}%
      {\expandafter\HCode\:Map}\HCode{</map>}%
      \let\u:map|=\empty \let\after:dra|=\empty }%
  \Link[\RefFile{\alt:map}]{}{}\Draw[textual map]}

\let\after:dra=\empty
>>>

\<image map after /Draw\><<<
\after:dra
>>>

\SubSection{Recording Rectangles}

PUT warnings

PUT ALT ONLy IN PLACE!!!

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\Odef\GetRectArea[#1]#2#3{{%
  \ifnum \Point:N>0
     \MarkPoint     \area:env \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0
     \xdef\:Map{\:Map
        \rect:area{#1}\gt:crd{point:1}\gt:crd{point:2}{#2}{#3}}%
  \fi}}
\def\rect:area#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
   \trns:pt\:X{#2}\:Y{#3}%
   \trns:pt\:Z{#4}\:W{#5}%
   \Ar:a[#1 shape="rect"
     coords="\M:n\:X\:Z,\M:n\:Y\:W,\M:x\:X\:Z,\M:x\:Y\:W"
     \if "#7"\else alt="#7"\fi]{#6}}
>>>

\SubSection{Recording Circles}

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\Odef\GetCircleArea[#1]#2#3{{%
  \ifnum \Point:N>0
    \MarkPoint    \:distance(point:1,point:2)\tmp:dim|=\Map:x
    \:d|=\:Cons\tmp:dim\:d \area:env
    \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0
    \xdef\:Map{\:Map
       \circle:area{#1}\gt:crd{point:1}{\:InCons\:d}{#2}{#3}}%
  \else\fi}}
>>>

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\circle:area#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
   \trns:pt\:X{#2}\:Y{#3}%
   \Ar:a[#1 shape="circle" coords="\:X,\:Y,#4" 
       \ifx "#6"\else alt="#6"\fi]{#5}}
>>>

\SubSection{Recording Polygons}

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\Odef\GetPolyArea[#1]#2#3{{%
  \ifnum \Point:N>0
     \MarkPoint   \area:env  \let\:tempb|=\empty
     \Do(1,\Point:N){\edef\:tempb{\gt:crd{point:\the\DoReg}\:tempb}}%
     \gHAssign\Point:N |= 0
     \xdef\:Map{\:Map\poly:area{#1}{\:tempb}{#2}{#3}}%
  \fi}}

\def\ply:pts#1#2{%
   \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
     \trns:pt\:X{#1}\:Y{#2}%
     \edef\:Z{\:Z\ifx \:Z\empty\else,\fi \:X,\:Y}%
     \expandafter\ply:pts
   \fi }
>>>

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\poly:area#1#2#3#4{%
   \let\:Z|=\empty  \ply:pts#2{}{}%
   \Ar:a[#1 shape="poly" coords="\:Z" 
      \ifx "#4"\else  alt="#4"\fi]{#3}}
>>>

\SubSection{alternative Textual Menues}

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\map:menu#1{\let\rect:area|=\r:mnu \let\circle:area|=\c:mnu
   \let\poly:area|=\p:mnu}

\def\r:mnu#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{[\Link[#1]{#6}{}#7\EndLink] }
\def\c:mnu#1#2#3#4#5#6{[\Link[#1]{#5}{}#6\EndLink] }
\def\p:mnu#1#2#3#4{[\Link[#1]{#3}{}#4\EndLink] }
>>>

\SubSection{Utilities}

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\gHAssign\Point:N |= 0
\def\MarkPoint{\gHAdvance\Point:N |by 1
   \MarkGLoc(point:\Point:N)}

\def\area:env{\def\:X##1.##2\:Y##3.##4,{{##1}{##3}}%
    \let\rect:area|=\relax
    \let\circle:area|=\relax
    \let\poly:area|=\relax }

\def\gt:crd#1{\csname Loc\space#1:\endcsname,}
>>>

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\trns:pt#1#2#3#4{%
   \ifnum #2<\MinDrawX  \HAssign#1|=0
   \else   \HAssign#1 |= #2 \Advance:#1 |by -\MinDrawX  
      \tmp:dim|=\Map:x \multiply\tmp:dim |by #1 
      \HAssign #1|=\:InCons\tmp:dim
   \fi
   \ifnum  #4>\MaxDrawy   \HAssign#3|=\MaxDrawy 
   \else   \HAssign#3|=-#4  \Advance:#3 |by \MaxDrawy 
   \fi
   \tmp:dim|=\Map:y \multiply\tmp:dim |by #3  \HAssign#3|=\:InCons\tmp:dim
}
>>>

\<image maps for /Draw\><<<
\def\MapDensity(#1,#2){%
   \tmp:dim=#1pt \divide\tmp:dim by 72 \edef\Map:x{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \tmp:dim=#2pt \divide\tmp:dim by 72 \edef\Map:y{\the\tmp:dim}}
\MapDensity(72,72)
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Curriculum Vitas}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{europecv.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<europecv.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% europecv.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<europecv configurations|>
\Hinput{europecv}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{europecv}

\<europecv configurations\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname \string
    \ecvlanguagefooter\endcsname[#1]#2{\ecvitem [#1]{}{\quad 
       \footnotesize {${}\sp{\hbox {\tiny #2}}$\textit
       {\ecv@langfooterkey }}}}
\def\ecvlanguageheader#1{%
  {\large\textit{\ecv@assesskey}}\\ 
   \textit{\ecv@levelkey}${}\sp{\hbox{\scriptsize#1}}$&
  \a:languageheader
  \begin{tabular}[t]{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}%
                     m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}%
                     m{\ecv@langparwidth}}
     \multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{\ecv@understandkey}}%
              &\multicolumn{2}{c}{\textbf{\ecv@speakkey}}%
              &\centering\textbf{\ecv@writekey}\tabularnewline
     \centering\small{\ecv@listenkey}    & 
     \centering \small{\ecv@readkey}     &
     \centering \small{\ecv@interactkey} &
     \centering \small{\ecv@productkey}  & 
     \tabularnewline
  \end{tabular}\b:languageheader \tabularnewline
  }
\NewConfigure{languageheader}{2}
>>>

\<europecv configurations\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname \string\ecvlanguage\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{
  {\textbf{#2}} &
  \a:language
  \begin{tabular}{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}%
                  m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}}
   #3 & #4 & #5 & #6 & #7\tabularnewline  \midrule
  \end{tabular}\b:language
  \tabularnewline
  }
\expandafter\def\csname \string\ecvlastlanguage\endcsname[#1]#2#3#4#5#6#7{
  {\textbf{#2}} &
  \a:lastlanguage
  \begin{tabular}{m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}%
                  m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}m{\ecv@langparwidth}}
   #3 & #4 & #5 & #6 & #7\tabularnewline \bottomrule
  \end{tabular}\b:lastlanguage
  \tabularnewline
  }
\pend:defII\ecvCEF{\a:ecvCEF}
\append:defII\ecvCEF{\b:ecvCEF}
\NewConfigure{ecvCEF}{2}
\NewConfigure{language}{2}
\NewConfigure{lastlanguage}{2}
>>>

\<europecv configurations\><<<
\pend:def\europecv{|<europecv entries|>}
>>>

\<europecv entries\><<<
\ifx\@empty\ecv@telephone\else
   \ifx\@empty\ecv@telephone\else 
      \pend:def\ecv@telephone{\a:telephone}
      \append:def\ecv@telephone{\b:telephone}
   \fi
   \ifx\@empty\ecv@mobile\else
      \pend:def\ecv@mobile{\c:telephone}
      \append:def\ecv@mobile{\d:telephone}
   \fi
\fi
>>>
\<europecv configurations\><<<
\NewConfigure{telephone}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Resume.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Due to Stephen Gildea.

\<resume.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% resume.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<resume configurations|>
\Hinput{resume}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{resume}

\<resume configurations\><<<
\pend:defI\name{\a:name}
\append:defI\name{\b:name}
\NewConfigure{name}{2}
\def\addresses#1#2{\a:addresses\@tablebox{#1}\b:addresses
                               \@tablebox{#2}\c:addresses}
\NewConfigure{addresses}{3}
\def\location#1{\a:location{#1}\b:location}
\NewConfigure{location}{2}
\def\:tempc{\o:llist:\def\sectiontitle##1{\item[{\bf ##1}]}}
\HLet\llist\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Curve.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

A style file for resumes. 

\<curve.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% curve.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2006.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<curve configurations|>
\Hinput{curve}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{curve}

\<curve configurations\><<<
\def\makeheaders@#1{% 
  \setlength\leftheader@width{\header@scale\textwidth}% 
  \setlength\rightheader@width{\textwidth - \leftheader@width}% 
  \a:makeheaders 
  \@leftheader  \b:makeheaders   \@rightheader  \c:makeheaders} 
\NewConfigure{makeheaders}{3} 
>>>

\<curve configurations\><<<
\renewcommand\subrubric[1]{% 
  \@nextentry 
  \noalign{\gdef\@nextentry{}}% 
  \@subrubric{\a:subrubric#1\b:subrubric}\\*} 
\NewConfigure{subrubric}{2}
>>>

\<curve configurations\><<< 
\def\@@rubrichead#1{\@rubricfont\a:rubrichead 
    #1\b:rubrichead\par\vspace\rubricspace} 
\renewcommand\maketitle{%  
  \a:maketitle 
  \begin{center}  
    \c:maketitle{\@titlefont\@title}\d:maketitle 
    \ifx\@subtitle\@undefined\else\\% 
        \e:maketitle\@subtitlefont\@subtitle\f:maketitle 
    \fi  
  \end{center} 
  \b:maketitle  
  \vspace\titlespace}  
\NewConfigure{rubrichead}{2} 
\NewConfigure{maketitle}{6} 
>>>

\<curve configurations\><<<
\renewcommand\@entry[2][]{% 
  \gdef\@nextentry{}\egroup 
  \a:key\@key{#1}\b:key&\a:prefix\@prefix\b:prefix\\} 
\renewcommand\@sentry[1][]{% 
  \gdef\@nextentry{\\}\egroup 
  \a:key\@key{#1}\b:key&\a:prefix\@prefix \b:prefix&} 
\renewcommand\entry{% 
  \@nextentry 
  \bgroup\gdef\@beforespace{-\subrubricbeforespace}% 
  \@ifstar{\@sentry}{\@entry}} 
\NewConfigure{key}{2} 
\NewConfigure{prefix}{2} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Small Ones}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{vowel.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<vowel.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% vowel.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<vowel config|>
\Hinput{vowel}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{vowel}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{enumitem.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<enumitem.4ht\><<<
% enumitem.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2009. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<enumitem config|>
\Hinput{enumitem}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{enumitem}

If user opens a new environment in Enumitem's "before" key,
it will prevent execution of the closing command for the 
original environment, and generated tags will be mismatched.

This code postpones execution of code from the "after" key after
closing of the Enumitem environment, so it can be correctly closed.

See \Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/642439/2891] this example
what can go wrong\EndLink.

\<enumitem config\><<<
\AddToHook{env/enumerate/end}{\ifx\enit@after\@empty\else%
  \let\enit:after\enit@after
  \let\enit@after\@empty
  \let\enumerate:executed\@empty
  \append:def\end:DL{\enit:after}
\fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{esperanto.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<esperanto.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% esperanto.4ht                      |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<esperanto config|>
\Hinput{esperanto}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{esperanto}

\<esperanto config\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\^\active} 
\def\:tempc{\^{h}\allowhyphens}
\expandafter\HLet\csname esperanto@sh@\string^@h@\endcsname\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{IEEEtran.cls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<IEEEtran.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% IEEEtran.4ht                      |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<IEEEtran config|>
\Hinput{IEEEtran}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{IEEEtran}

\<IEEEtran config\><<<
\let\twocolumn\onecolumn
\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
\let\@restonecolfalse\@restonecoltrue
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{enumerate.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<enumerate.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% enumerate.4ht                      |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinput{enumerate}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{enumerate}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{accents.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<accents.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% accents.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config accents|> 
\Hinput{accents}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{accents}

\<config accents\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{{%
   \let\cc@style\empty 
   \a:accentset #2\b:accentset 
                #1\c:accentset
}}
\HLet\accentset\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1#2{{%
   \let\cc@style\empty 
   \a:underaccent #2\b:underaccent 
                  #1\c:underaccent
}}
\HLet\underaccent\:tempc
\NewConfigure{accentset}{3}
\NewConfigure{underaccent}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{linguex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<linguex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% linguex.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config linguex|> 
\Hinput{linguex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{linguex}

\<cgloss4e.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cgloss4e.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config cgloss4e|> 
\Hinput{cgloss4e}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{cgloss4e}

\<config cgloss4e\><<<
\gdef\twosent#1\\ #2\\{%
    \getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 \\% 
    \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 \\% 
    \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% 
         \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% 
         \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline 
                                    \hskip\glossglue 
                                    \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone 
                                          \c:tsent 
                                          \box\wordtwo
                                          \b:tsent 
                                         }% 
                                   }% 
         \testdone 
         \ifnotdone 
    \repeat 
    \egroup
   \gl@stop}
\gdef\threesent#1\\ #2\\ #3\\{% 
    \getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 \\% 
    \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 \\% 
    \getwords(\linethree,\eachwordthree)#3 \\% 
    \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}% 
         \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}% 
         \lastword{\eachwordthree}{\linethree}{\wordthree}% 
         \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline 
                                    \hskip\glossglue 
                                    \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone   
                                          \c:tsent
                                          \box\wordtwo 
                                          \c:tsent
                                          \box\wordthree 
                                          \b:tsent
                                         }% 
                                   }% 
         \testdone 
         \ifnotdone 
    \repeat 
    \egroup 
   \gl@stop} 
\NewConfigure{tsent}{3}
>>>

\<config cgloss4e\><<<
\pend:def\gll{\a:gll}
\pend:def\glll{\a:gll}
\NewConfigure{gll}{3}
>>>

\<config cgloss4e\><<<
\def\:tempc{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}}
\ifx \gl@stop\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\b:gll\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}\c:gll}
   \HLet\gl@stop\:tempc
\fi
>>>

\<config linguex\><<<
\def\:tempc{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}% 
         \global\glossfalse% 
         \ifindex\expandafter\lookforwords\fi {} }
\ifx \gl@stop\:tempc
   \def\gl@stop{\b:gll\unhbox\gline\end{flushleft}% 
         \c:gll
         \global\glossfalse% 
         \ifindex\expandafter\lookforwords\fi {} }
\fi
>>>

\<config linguex\><<<
\ifx \o:b:\:UnDef\else \let\b\o:b: \let\o:b:\:UnDef\fi
\def\:tempc.#1\par{\a:ex \o:ex:.#1\par \b:ex}
\HLet\ex\:tempc
\NewConfigure{ex}{2}
>>>

\<config linguex\><<<
\def\a.{\ifindex\firstwordtrue\fi
        \ifnum\theExDepth=0 \unembeddedtrue
        \trivex.\fi
     \csname a:a.list\endcsname
     \refstepcounter{ExDepth}% 
     \begin{list}{\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{% 
         \ifnum\theExDepth=1 \SubExLeftBracket\alph{ABC}\SubExRightBracket%
          \else
           \ifnum\theExDepth=2 %
           \ifdim\currentlabel<\lessthanthousand%
           \ifalignSubEx 
              \llap{\hbox to \alignSubExnegindent{\ifunembedded%
                  \SubExLeftBracket\alph{SubExNo}\SubExRightBracket
                  \else\SubExlabel\fi\hss}}%
            \else\SubExlabel\fi%
              \else\ifunembedded%
                  \SubSubExLeftBracket\roman{SubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket
                  \else\SubExlabel\fi\fi
            \else
             \ifnum\theExDepth=3 %
             \if@noftnote%\ifunembedded\mbox{$\bullet$!}\else 
                    \SubSubExLeftBracket\roman{SubSubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket
                    %\fi
               \else\arabic{SubSubExNo}\SubSubExRightBracket\fi
         \fi\fi\fi}}%
    {\labelsep\z@ 
     \ifnum\theExDepth=2\topsep .3\Extopsep\else\topsep 0pt\fi 
     \parsep\z@\itemsep\z@
     \ifnum\theExDepth=1 %
       \usecounter{ABC}%
       \settowidth{\currentlabel}{\theExNo}%
       \listdecl%   
     \else
      \ifnum\theExDepth=2 %
         \usecounter{SubExNo}%
           \ifalignSubEx\ifdim\currentlabel<\lessthanthousand%
           \leftmargin\z@\else\leftmargin=\SubExleftmargin\fi%
           \else\leftmargin=\SubExleftmargin\fi%
         \else
            \ifnum\theExDepth=3 \usecounter{SubSubExNo}\fi
         \leftmargin=\SubSubExleftmargin%
         \fi
    \labelwidth=\leftmargin%
    \fi}%
    \ifnum\theExDepth=1 \setlength{\Exlabelwidth}{4em}\fi%
        %previous line added 2000/12/22
        \b.}
\NewConfigure{a.list}{1}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Covington}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<covington.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% covington.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2009.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config covington|> 
\Hinput{covington}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{covington}

\<config covington\><<<
\pend:defI\sentence{\a:sentence}
\append:defI\sentence{\b:sentence}
\NewConfigure{sentence}{2}
>>>

\<config covington\><<<
\bgroup
\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 % 12 = other
|<covington twosent|>
|<covington threesent|>
\egroup
\NewConfigure{tsent}{3}
\pend:def\gll{\a:gll}
\pend:def\glll{\a:gll}
\NewConfigure{gll}{3}
\def\:tempc{\b:gll\end{flushleft}\c:gll} 
\HLet\glend\:tempc 
>>>

\<config covington\><<<
\def\glt{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\smallskip\a:glt} 
\NewConfigure{glt}{1}
\def\gln{{\hskip -\glossglue}\unhbox\gline\hfill\a:gln} 
\NewConfigure{gln}{1}
>>>

\<covington twosent\><<<
\gdef\twosent#1^^M#2^^M%
   {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M%
    \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M%
    \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}%
         \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}%
         \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline
                                    \hskip\glossglue
                                    \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone
                                          \c:tsent
                                          \box\wordtwo
                                          \b:tsent
                                         }%
                                   }%
         \testdone
         \ifnotdone
    \repeat
    \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss
}
>>>

\<covington threesent\><<<
\gdef\threesent#1^^M#2^^M#3^^M%
   {\getwords(\lineone,\eachwordone)#1 ^^M%
    \getwords(\linetwo,\eachwordtwo)#2 ^^M%
    \getwords(\linethree,\eachwordthree)#3 ^^M%
    \loop\lastword{\eachwordone}{\lineone}{\wordone}%
         \lastword{\eachwordtwo}{\linetwo}{\wordtwo}%
         \lastword{\eachwordthree}{\linethree}{\wordthree}%
         \global\setbox\gline=\hbox{\unhbox\gline
                                    \hskip\glossglue
                                    \vtop{\a:tsent\box\wordone
                                          \c:tsent
                                          \box\wordtwo
                                          \c:tsent
                                          \box\wordthree
                                          \b:tsent
                                         }%
                                   }%
         \testdone
         \ifnotdone
    \repeat
    \egroup % matches \bgroup in \gloss
   }
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{pst-jtree}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<pst-jtree.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pst-jtree.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config pst-jtree|> 
\Hinput{pst-jtree}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pst-jtree}

\<config pst-jtree\><<<
\pend:def\jtree@a{\csname a:jtree\endcsname\Picture+[jtree]{}}
\append:def\endjtree{\EndPicture \csname b:jtree\endcsname}
\NewConfigure{jtree}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{diagram (chess)}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<diagram.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% diagram.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config diagram|> 
  \let\:EndIgnore\relax
  \def\:Ignore{\bgroup 
     \catcode`\\=12
     \long\def\:temp##1:EndIgnore{\egroup}\:temp
  }
  \ifx \setboardwidth\:UnDef \expandafter\:Ignore\fi
     |<config diagram 08|> 
  \:EndIgnore
  \ifx \setboardwidth\:UnDef \else \expandafter\:Ignore\fi
     |<config diagram 95|>
  \:EndIgnore
\Hinput{diagram}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{diagram}

\<config diagram 95\><<<
\def\@dia@stipulation{%
   \a:stipulation
   \bgroup%
   \stipfont%
   \hbox{%
      \a:piececounter
      \if@show@computer%
         C\if@computer +\else --\fi
      \fi%
      \iffigcnt%
         \if@show@computer\ \ \fi{} (\the\w@cnt+\the\b@cnt
                \ifnum\z@<\n@cnt+\the\n@cnt\fi)%
      \fi%
      \b:piececounter
      \if@stipulation \c:stipulation\the
                   \stipulation@tk \d:stipulation\fi
      \ifx@twins \@dia@twins\fi%
      \ifx@cond \@dia@condition\fi%
   }%
   \egroup%
   \b:stipulation
}
>>>

\<config diagram 08\><<<
\def\@dia@stipulation{%
   \if@stipulation%
      \a:stipulation
      \bgroup%
      \stipfont%
      \c:stipulation \the\stipulation@tk \d:stipulation
      \ifx@twins%
         \let\below@newline\@twinskip%
         \@dia@twins%
      \else\ifx@cond%
         \let\below@newline\@twinskip%
         \@dia@condition%
      \fi\fi%
      \egroup%
      \b:stipulation
      \let\below@newline\newline%
   \else%
      \x@twinsfalse%
      \x@condfalse%
      \let\below@newline\relax%
   \fi%
}
\def\put@count{%
   % First we build the box with the figure count
   \ifthenelse{\boolean{piececounter}}{%
        \a:piececounter
        \if@show@computer%
            C\if@computer +\else --\fi
            \ \ 
        \fi%
            (\arabic{cpd@whitePieces}+\arabic{cpd@blackPieces}%
        \ifthenelse{\value{cpd@neutralPieces}>0}{+\arabic{cpd@neutralPieces}}{})%
          \b:piececounter
   }{}%
}
>>>

\<config diagram 95\><<<
\def\put@plane{%
   % We might want gridchess
     \if@stdgrid%
        \@stdgrid%
     \fi%
   % Let us first set the fieldframes
   \if@fieldframe%
      \let\@action\read@square%
      \let\plane@job\set@frame%
      \@addToPlane\fieldframe@tk%
   \fi%
   % Then we should add the gridlines
   \if@gridlines%
      \let\@action\read@plane%
      \let\plane@job\@selGrid%
      \@addToPlane\gridlines@tk%
   \else%
      \if@stereo%
        \stereo@center%
     \fi%
   \fi%
   % Now we should clear the board
   \clear@board%
   % Let us now parse the list of pieces
   \if@pieces%
      \let\@action\p@rsepieces%
      \let\piece@job\l@@k\let\plane@job\set@piece%
      \@parseTokenlist\pieces@tk,%
   \fi%
   % Now we clear all fields, which are given using \nofields
   \if@nofields%
      \let\@action\read@square%
      \let\plane@job\set@nofield%
      \@parseTokenlist\nofields@tk,%
   \fi%
   \global\setbox\plane@box=\hbox{
   % Now we can put the pieces to the board
      \vbox{\IgnorePar\box\plane@box}%
      \vbox{%
        \a:diagram 
        \chessfont%
         \baselineskip=\z@\lineskip=\z@%
         \@rows=\rows@max%
         \multiply\@rows by \lines@max%
         \loop%
            \advance\@rows -\lines@max%
            \tmp:cnt=\@rows \divide\tmp:cnt by 8 \advance\tmp:cnt by 1
            \edef\HRow{\the\tmp:cnt}%
            \c:diagram  \put@line\@rows \d:diagram
         \ifnum\@rows>\z@\repeat%
         \b:diagram
      }%
   }%
}
>>>

\<config diagram 08\><<<
\def\put@plane{%
   % We might want gridchess
     \if@stdgrid%
        \@stdgrid%
     \fi%
   % Let us first set the fieldframes
   \if@fieldframe%
      \let\@action\read@square%
      \let\plane@job\set@frame%
      \@addToPlane\fieldframe@tk%
   \fi%
   % Now we set text to all squares which are given using \fieldtext
   \if@fieldtext%
      \let\@action\p@rsetext%
      \let\plane@job\set@text%
      \@addToPlane\fieldtext@tk%
   \fi%
   % Then we should add the gridlines
   \if@gridlines%
      \let\@action\read@plane%
      \let\plane@job\@selGrid%
      \@addToPlane\gridlines@tk%
   \else%
      \if@stereo%
        \stereo@center%
     \fi%
   \fi%
   % Now we should clear the board
   \clear@board%
   % Let us now parse the list of pieces
   \if@pieces%
      \let\@action\p@rsepieces%
      \let\piece@job\l@@k\let\plane@job\set@piece%
      \@parseTokenlist\pieces@tk,%
   \fi%
   % Now we clear all fields, which are given using \nofields
   \if@nofields%
      \let\@action\read@square%
      \let\plane@job\set@nofield%
      \@parseTokenlist\nofields@tk,%
   \fi%
   % Now we can put the pieces to the board
   \global\setbox\plane@box=\hbox{%
      \vbox{\rlap{\box\plane@box}}%
      \vbox{%
         \a:diagram
         \chessfont%
         \baselineskip=\z@\lineskip=\z@%
         \@rows=\rows@max%
         % \multiply\@rows by \lines@max%
         \loop%
            % \advance\@rows -\lines@max%
            % \put@line\@rows%
            % Remove \put@line in future versions
            \advance\@rows \m@ne%
            \tmp:cnt=\@rows \advance\tmp:cnt by 1
            \edef\HRow{\the\tmp:cnt}%
            \c:diagram \put@row\@rows \d:diagram
         \ifnum\@rows>\z@\repeat%
         \b:diagram 
     }%
   }%
}
>>>

\<config diagram 95\><<<
\def\put@line#1{%
   \lin@\z@%
   \help@b=#1\advance\help@b\brd@ff%
   \hbox{%
      \if@stereo%
         \ifnum\current@plane>\z@%
            \ifnum\@rows=12%
               \llap{\raise .5\sq@width\hbox{\boardfont c6\ }}%
            \fi%
         \fi%
      \fi%
      \hbox to \z@{\vbox to \sq@width{}}%
      \loop%
         \tmp:cnt=\lin@ \advance\tmp:cnt by 1\relax
         \edef\HCol{\the\tmp:cnt}%
         \e:diagram
         \ifnum\count\help@b=\m@ne\wF%
         \else  \char\count\help@b\fi%
         \advance\lin@\@ne\advance\help@b\@ne%
         \f:diagram
      \ifnum\lin@<\lines@max\repeat%
   }%
}
>>>

What \Verb+\put@line+ of the 08 version does?

\<config diagram 08\><<<
\def\put@row#1{%
   \lin@\z@%
   \help@b=#1%
   \advance\help@b\brd@ff%
   \hbox{%
      \if@stereo%
         \ifnum\current@plane>\z@%
            \ifnum\@rows=12%
               \llap{\raise .5\sq@width\hbox{\boardfont c6\ }}%
            \fi%
         \fi%
      \fi%
      \hbox to \z@{\vbox to \sq@width{}}%
      \set@current@square@index{\lin@}{#1}%
      \loop%
         \tmp:cnt=\lin@ \advance\tmp:cnt by 1\relax
         \edef\HCol{\the\tmp:cnt}%
         \e:diagram
         \get@current@square@value%
         \ifthenelse{\value{cpd@current@square@value}=\m@ne}%
          {\wF}%
          {\char\value{cpd@current@square@value}}%
         % \ifnum\count\help@b=\m@ne\wF%
         % \else\char\count\help@b\fi%
         \advance\lin@\@ne%
         \addtocounter{cpd@current@square@index}{1}%
         % \advance\help@b\@ne%
         \f:diagram
      \ifnum\lin@<\lines@max\repeat%
   }%
}
>>>

\<config diagram\><<<
\inner@frame = 0pt
\outer@frame = 0pt

\NewConfigure{diagram}{6}

\NewConfigure{stipulation}{4}

\NewConfigure{piececounter}{2}

\pend:def\@dia@authors{\ifauth@r \a:authors\fi}
\append:def\@dia@authors{\ifauth@r \b:authors \fi}
\NewConfigure{authors}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@condition{\if@condition \a:condition\fi}
\append:def\@dia@condition{\if@condition \b:condition \fi}
\NewConfigure{condition}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@solution{\a:solution}
\append:def\@dia@solution{\b:solution }
\NewConfigure{solution}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@award{\if@award\a:award\fi}
\append:def\@dia@award{\if@award\b:award\fi }
\NewConfigure{award}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@dedic{\if@dedication\a:dedic\fi}
\append:def\@dia@dedic{\if@dedication\b:dedic \fi}
\NewConfigure{dedic}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@number{\ifdi@no\a:number\fi}
\append:def\@dia@number{\ifdi@no\b:number\fi}
\NewConfigure{number}{2}

\pend:def\@dia@twins{\ifauth@r \a:twins\fi}
\append:def\@dia@twins{\ifauth@r \b:twins\fi}
\NewConfigure{twins}{2}
\pend:def\@dia@remark{\ifauth@r \a:remark\fi}
\append:def\@dia@remark{\ifauth@r \b:remark \fi}
\NewConfigure{remark}{2}

\pend:def\dia@above{\a:above}
\append:def\dia@above{\b:above }
\NewConfigure{above}{2}

\pend:def\dia@below{\a:below}
\append:def\dia@below{\b:below }
\NewConfigure{below}{2}

\pend:def\@dia@correction{\if@correction\a:correction\fi}
\append:def\@dia@correction{\if@correction\b:correction\fi }
\NewConfigure{correction}{2}
\def\putsol{\immediate\closeout\s@lfd\input\jobname.sol}%\cl@arsol}
\pend:def\putsol{\HAssign\solNum=0}
\def\showlabel#1{\if@develop\a:showlabel\hbox{\labelfont#1}\b:showlabel\fi}
\NewConfigure{showlabel}{2}

\def\@dia@solution{%
   \bgroup%
   \parindent\z@%
   \csname a:sol-title\endcsname
   {\bf
      \noindent\if@label\showlabel{\the\label@tk}\fi
      \csname a:sol-number\endcsname
      \the\number@tk       \csname b:sol-number\endcsname) %
      \ifauth@r%
         \csname a:sol-author\endcsname
         \ifnormal@names%
            \the\aut@tk%
         \else%
            {\@notfirstfalse% We are the first one
            \let\@action=\@solname%
            \@parseTokenlist\aut@tk;}:%
         \fi%
         \csname b:sol-author\endcsname
      \fi%
   }%
   \if@develop\if@judgement\a:judgement\the\judgement@tk\b:judgement\fi\fi%
   \csname b:sol-title\endcsname
   \par%
   \the\sol@tk\par%
   \if@comment\the\comment@tk\par\fi%
   \egroup%
}
\NewConfigure{judgement}{2}
\NewConfigure{sol-number}{2}
\NewConfigure{sol-author}{2}
\NewConfigure{sol-title}{2}
\def\@dia@source{%
   {\if@source%
      \a:source
      \sourcefont%
      \if@sourcenr\the\sourcenr@tk\ \fi
      \the\source@tk%
      \a:date
      \ifnum\from@month>\z@%
         \if@day%
            \ \ \the\day@tk .\write@month\from@month%
         \else%
            \ \ \write@month\from@month%
         \fi%
         \ifnum\to@month>\z@ -\write@month\to@month\fi%
         \if@day .\else /\fi%
      \else%
         \ \ %
      \fi%
      \if@year\the\year@tk\fi%
      \b:date
      \if@issue /\a:issue\the\issue@tk\b:issue\fi%
      \if@pages ,\ \a:pages\the\pages@tk\b:pages\fi%
      \par%
      \b:source
   \fi}%
}
\NewConfigure{source}{2}
\NewConfigure{source}{2}
\NewConfigure{date}{2}
\NewConfigure{issue}{2}
\NewConfigure{pages}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{subeqnarray}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<subeqnarray.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% subeqnarray.4ht                      |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config subeqnarray|>
\Hinput{subeqnarray}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{subeqnarray}

\<config subeqnarray\><<<
\def\:tempc 
   {\stepcounter{equation}\anc:lbl r{equation}% 
    \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% 
    \global\c@subequation\@ne 
    \global\@eqnswtrue\m@th 
    \global\@eqcnt\z@\let\\\@subeqncr 
\def\dd:subeqnarray{\a:subeqnarray
                    \global\let\sv:eqhro=\HRow
                    \gHAssign\HRow=0
                    \gdef\dd:subeqnarray{\d:subeqnarray}}%
\let\halign\TeXhalign
    \subeqn@start 
     \bgroup
         \dd:subeqnarray
         \gHAdvance\HRow by 1
         \c:subeqnarray
         \HAssign\HCol=1
         \e:subeqnarray$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@skip{##}$\f:subeqnarray
         \@eqnsel 
      &\global\@eqcnt\@ne 
         \HAssign\HCol=2
         \hfil\e:subeqnarray${##}$\f:subeqnarray\hfil 
      &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ 
         \HAssign\HCol=3
         \e:subeqnarray$\displaystyle{##}$\f:subeqnarray
         \hfil \tabskip\@centering 
      &\global\@eqcnt\thr@@ 
         \HAssign\HCol=4
         \hbox to\z@\bgroup\hss
         \e:subeqnarray##\f:subeqnarray\egroup\tabskip\z@skip\cr} 
\HLet\subeqnarray\:tempc

\def\:tempc{\@@subeqncr
  \o:noalign:{\d:subeqnarray\b:subeqnarray
              \global\let\HRow=\sv:eqhro}\egroup$$\global\@ignoretrue}
\HLet\endsubeqnarray\:tempc

\def\:tempc{\let\@tempa\relax 
    \ifcase\@eqcnt \def\@tempa{& & &}\or \def\@tempa{& &} 
      \or \def\@tempa{&}\else 
       \let\@tempa\@empty 
       \@latexerr{Too many columns in subeqnarray environment}\@ehc\fi 
     \@tempa \if@eqnsw\@subeqnnum
         \SkipRefstepAnchor\refstepcounter{subequation}\fi 
     \global\@eqnswtrue\global\@eqcnt\z@\cr} 
\HLet\@@subeqncr\:tempc
\NewConfigure{subeqnarray}{6}
>>>

\<config subeqnarray\><<<
\def\slabel#1{% 
  \@bsphack 
  \if@filesw 
    {\let\thepage\relax 
     \def\protect{\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand}% 
     \a:@newlabel
     \append:def\label:addr{\thesubequation}%
     \Make:Label{\label:addr}{}%
     \edef\@tempa{\write\@auxout{\string 
        \newlabel{#1}{{\a:newlabel\thesubequation}{\thepage}}}}% 
     \expandafter}\@tempa 
     \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi 
  \fi\@esphack} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{eurosym}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<eurosym.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% eurosym.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2008.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config eurosym|>
\Hinput{eurosym}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{eurosym}

\<config eurosym\><<<
\def\:temp{\a:geneuro}
\expandafter\HLet\csname geneuro \endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{geneuro}{1}
\def\:temp{\a:geneuronarrow}
\expandafter\HLet\csname geneuronarrow \endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{geneuronarrow}{1}
\def\:temp{\a:geneurowide}
\expandafter\HLet\csname geneurowide \endcsname\:temp
\NewConfigure{geneurowide}{1}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{SIunits}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<SIunits.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% SIunits.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config SIunits|>
\Hinput{SIunits}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{SIunits}

\<config SIunits\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname power\endcsname#1#2{\ensuremath 
                                   {\SI@fstyle {#1}\sp {\SI@fstyle {#2}}}} 
\expandafter\def\csname squared\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {2}}}} 
\expandafter\def\csname cubed\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {3}}}} 
\expandafter\def\csname rpsquared\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {-2}}}} 
\expandafter\def\csname rpcubed\endcsname{\ensuremath {\sp {\mathrm {-3}}}} 
\def\:tempc{\a:degree}
\HLet\degree\:tempc
\NewConfigure{degree}{1}
\Configure{degree}
   {\ensuremath {\SI@fstyle {\no@qsk \ensuremath {\sp{\circ }}}}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Siunitx}

\<siunitx.4ht\><<<
% siunitx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\Hinput{siunitx}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{siunitx}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Ushort}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<sistyle.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% sistyle.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config sistyle|>
\Hinput{sistyle}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{sistyle}

\<config sistyle\><<<
\def\:tempc{{\a:thousandsep}}
\HLet\SI@thousandsep\:tempc
\NewConfigure{thousandsep}{1}
\Configure{thousandsep}{\,}
>>>

\<config sistyle\><<<
\def\SI@numexp#1#2{% 
   \SI@ifempt{#1}{}{% 
      \def\SI@tmpb{#1}% 
      \ifx\SI@tmpb\SI@p@tst\ensuremath{+}\else 
      \ifx\SI@tmpb\SI@m@tst\ensuremath{-}\else 
         \SI@realp{#1}{}\SI@prod% 
      \fi\fi}% 
   \ifmmode 
     {10}\sp{\SI@realp{#2}{}}% 
   \else 
     {10}\textsuperscript{\SI@realp{#2}{}}% 
   \fi
}
>>>

\<config sistyle\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
    \@ifpackageloaded{textcomp}{}{%
         \def\degC{%
             \ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp
                                        {\circ}\kern-\scriptspace C}}%
         \def\degF{%
             \ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp
                                        {\circ}\kern-\scriptspace F}}%
         \def\arcdeg{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\circ}}}%
    }%
   \def\:tempc{\a:degC}%
   \HLet\degC\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:degF}%
   \HLet\degF\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:arcdeg}%
   \HLet\arcdeg\:tempc
   \def\arcsec{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\prime\prime}}}%
   \def\:tempc{\a:arcsec}%
   \HLet\arcsec\:tempc
   \def\arcmin{\ensureupmath{{\csname HCode\endcsname{}}\sp{\prime}}}%
   \def\:tempc{\a:arcmin}%
   \HLet\arcmin\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:ohm}%
   \HLet\ohm\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:micro}%
   \HLet\micro\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:angstrom}%
   \HLet\angstrom\:tempc
}
\NewConfigure{degC}{1}
\Configure{degC}{\o:defC:}
\NewConfigure{degF}{1}
\Configure{degF}{\o:defF:}
\NewConfigure{arcdeg}{1}
\Configure{arcdeg}{\o:arcdeg:}
\NewConfigure{arcsec}{1}
\Configure{arcsec}{\o:arcsec:}
\NewConfigure{arcmin}{1}
\Configure{arcsec}{\o:arcmin:}
\NewConfigure{ohm}{1}
\Configure{ohm}{\o:ohm:}
\NewConfigure{micro}{1}
\Configure{micro}{\o:micro:}
\NewConfigure{angstrom}{1}
\Configure{angstrom}{\o:angstrom:}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Ushort}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ushort.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ushort.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config ushort|>
\Hinput{ushort}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ushort}

\<config ushort\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi 
   \a:ushort \o:ushort:{#1}\b:ushort} 
\HLet\ushort\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{ushort}{2} 
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi 
   \a:ushortw \o:ushortw:{#1}\b:ushortw} 
\HLet\ushortw\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{ushortw}{2} 
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi 
   \a:ushortd \o:ushortd:{#1}\b:ushortd} 
\HLet\ushortd\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{ushortd}{2} 
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi 
   \a:ushortdw \o:ushortdw:{#1}\b:ushortdw} 
\HLet\ushortdw\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{ushortdw}{2} 
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi 
   \a:ushortdline \o:ushortdline:{#1}\b:ushortdline} 
\HLet\ushortdline\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{ushortdline}{2} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Chapterbib}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<chapterbib.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% chapterbib.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<disable chapterbib|>
\Hinput{chapterbib}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{chapterbib}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{microtype.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<microtype.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% microtype.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<disable microtype|>
\Hinput{microtype}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{microtype}

\<disable microtype\><<< 
\MT@protrusionfalse 
\MT@expansionfalse 
\let\MT@setupfont\relax 
\let\microtypesetup\@gobble 
\renewcommand{\UseMicroTypeSet}[2][]{} 
\renewcommand{\SetProtrusion}[3][]{} 
\renewcommand{\SetExpansion}[3][]{} 
\ifx \textls\UnDef\else
  \renewcommand{\textls}[2][]{#2}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Bm.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<bm.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% bm.4ht                                |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<bm configurations|>
\Hinput{bm}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{bm}

\<bm configurations\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\expandafter\a:bm\csname o:bm :\endcsname{#1}\b:bm} 
\expandafter\HLet\csname bm \endcsname\:tempc 
\NewConfigure{bm}{2}
>>>

The bm commands produces bold printing by overprinting the characters
with small  shifting.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Beton.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<beton.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% beton.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<beton configurations|>
\Hinput{beton}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{beton}

\<beton configurations\><<<
\AtBeginDocument  
   {\let\@setfontsize =\beton@old@setfontsize 
    \let\beton@new@setfontsize=\beton@old@setfontsize}  
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{everyshi(pment)}

\<everyshi.4ht\><<<
% everyshi.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  |<everyshi configurations|>
\Hinput{everyshi}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{everyshi}

\<everyshi configurations\><<<
\let\@EveryShipout@Init\empty
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
\Section{quoting.4ht}

\<quoting.4ht\><<<
% quoting.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2015 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\newtoks\quoting@parht
\NewConfigure{quoting}{2}
\Configure{quoting}
{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<blockquote>}\HtmlParOn}
{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</blockquote>}\HtmlParOn\par}

\ConfigureEnv{quoting}
{\quoting@parht=\everypar%
\a:quoting\par\ShowPar}
{\par%
\b:quoting%
\everypar=\quoting@parht\par\ShowPar}
{}{}

\ConfigureList{quoting}{}{}
{%
\everypar=\quoting@parht\par\ShowPar%
}{}
\endinput
\Hinput{quoting}
>>>        \AddFile{9}{quoting}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{titling}

\<titling.4ht\><<<
% tex4ht.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<titling configurations|>
\Hinput{titling}
\endinput
>>>     \AddFile{9}{titling}


\<titling configurations\><<<
\let\titling:maketitle\maketitle
\def\new:titling:maketitle{\titling:maketitle\let\maketitle\new:titling:maketitle}
\def\maketitle{\new:titling:maketitle}
>>>


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{appendix}

\<appendix.4ht\><<<
% appendix.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\renewcommand{\@chap@pppage}{%
  \chapter*{\appendixpagename}
}

\renewcommand{\@sec@pppage}{%
  \section*{\appendixpagename}
  \nobreak
  \@afterheading
}

\ifdefined\theHchapter\else\newcommand\theHchapter{\Alph{chapter}}\fi
\ifdefined\theHsection\else\newcommand\theHsection{\Alph{section}}\fi
\Hinput{appendix}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{appendix}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{res}

\<res.4ht\><<<
% res.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  \Hinclude{\input res-a.4ht}{article} 
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{res}

\<res-a.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% res-a.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<res cfg|>
\Hinput{res}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{res-a}

\<res cfg\><<<
\def\section{\no:section}
\csname pend:def\endcsname\endresume{%
  \csname d:section\endcsname
  \global\expandafter\let\csname d:section\endcsname\empty
}
\Configure{section}
   {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname a:boxed-section\endcsname
    \else \csname a:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi }
   {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname b:boxed-section\endcsname
    \else \csname b:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi }
   {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname c:boxed-section\endcsname
    \else \csname c:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi }
   {\ifx \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle \csname d:boxed-section\endcsname
    \else \csname d:overlapped-section\endcsname \fi }
\NewConfigure{overlapped-section}{4}
\NewConfigure{boxed-section}{4}
>>>

\<res cfg\><<<
\let\:temp\empty
\ifx \print@name\@printcentername 
   \def\:temp{\let\print@name\@printcentername}
\fi
\ifx \print@name\@linename 
   \def\:temp{\let\print@name\@linename}
\fi
   |<center name|>
   |<line name|>
\:temp
\NewConfigure{centername}{2}
\NewConfigure{centeraddresses}{5}
\NewConfigure{linename}{2}
\NewConfigure{lineaddress}{3}
>>>

\<center name\><<<
\def\@printcentername{\begingroup
  \a:centername\hbox{\@tablebox{\namefont\@name}}\b:centername
  \@ifundefined{@addressone}{}{%
    \@ifundefined{@addresstwo}{
      \a:centeraddresses
      \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addressone}}\b:centeraddresses
    }{
      \c:centeraddresses
      \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addressone}}\d:centeraddresses
      \hbox{\@tablebox{\@addresstwo}}\e:centeraddresses
    }%
  }%
  \endgroup}
>>>

\<line name\><<<
\def\@linename{\begingroup
  \def\\{, }%
  \a:linename{\namefont\@name}\b:linename
  \@ifundefined{@addressone}{}{%
      \a:lineaddress\hbox{\@addressone}\b:lineaddress
                    \hbox{\@addresstwo}\c:lineaddress
  }
\endgroup}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithmic}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<algorithmic.4ht\><<<
% algorithmic.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<algorithmic cfg|>
\Hinput{algorithmic}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{algorithmic}

\<algorithmic cfg\><<<
\append:def\algorithmicthen{%
    \ConfigureEnv{ALC@if}
      {\a:ALCif}
      {\b:ALCif}
      {}{}%
}
\append:def\algorithmicelse{%
    \ConfigureEnv{ALC@if}
      {\c:ALCif}
      {\d:ALCif}
      {}{}%
}
\NewConfigure{ALCif}{4}
\pend:defI\algorithmiccomment{\a:algorithmiccomment}
\append:defI\algorithmiccomment{\b:algorithmiccomment}
\NewConfigure{algorithmiccomment}{2}
\let\ALC:item=\ALC@item
\def\ALC@item[#1]{\ALC:item[\a:ALCitem #1\b:ALCitem]}
\NewConfigure{ALCitem}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithmicx}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<algorithmicx.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% algorithmicx.4ht                      |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<algorithmicx cfg|>
\Hinput{algorithmicx}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{algorithmicx}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{algorithm}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<algorithm.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% algorithm.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<algorithm cfg|>
\Hinput{algorithm}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{algorithm}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{booktabs.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<booktabs.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% booktabs.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\ifx \@BTfnslthree\:UnDef
   |<pre booktabs 2003|>
\else
   \def\:temp{\hrule 
      \@height \@thisrulewidth\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule}
   \ifx \@BTnormal\:temp
      |<pre booktabs 2005|>
   \else
      |<booktabs 2005|>
   \fi
   |<booktabs 2003|>
\fi
|<shared booktabs|>
\Hinput{booktabs}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{booktabs}

\<shared booktabs\><<<
\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
    \@ifnextchar[{\@addspace}{\@addspace[\defaultaddspace]}}
\HLet\addlinespace=\:temp
>>>

\<pre booktabs 2005\><<<
\def\@BTnormal{\hbox{\cur:rule}\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule}
\def\@cmidrulea{\multispan\@cmidla&\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \hfill \cr} 
\def\@cmidruleb{\multispan\@cmidlb \a:cmidrule \hfill \cr} 
>>>

\<booktabs 2005\><<<
\def\:tempc{% 
    %{\CT@arc@\hrule\@height\@thisrulewidth}% 
    \hbox{\cur:rule}\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} 
\HLet\@BTnormal\:tempc
\def\:tempc{% 
   \multispan\@cmidla&\multispan\@cmidlb 
   \a:cmidrule
   \unskip\hskip\cmrkern@l% 
   %{\CT@arc@\leaders\hrule \@height\@thisrulewidth\hfill}% 
   \hskip\cmrkern@r\cr}% 
\HLet\@cmidrulea\:tempc
\def\:tempc{% 
    \multispan\@cmidlb 
    \a:cmidrule
    \unskip\hskip \cmrkern@l% 
    %{\CT@arc@\leaders\hrule \@height\@thisrulewidth\hfill}% 
    \hskip\cmrkern@r\cr}% 
\HLet\@cmidruleb\:tempc
>>>

\<booktabs 2003\><<<
\def\gobble:if#1\fi{}

\let\:tempc\toprule
\pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
   \let\cur:rule\a:toprule
   \gobble:if}
\HLet\toprule=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{toprule}{1}

\let\:tempc\midrule
\pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
   \let\cur:rule\a:midrule
   \gobble:if}
\HLet\midrule=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{midrule}{1}

\let\:tempc\bottomrule
\pend:def\:tempc{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi 
  \let\cur:rule\a:bottomrule
  \gobble:if}
\HLet\bottomrule=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{bottomrule}{1}
>>>

\<booktabs 2003\><<<
\def\@@BLTrule(#1){\@setrulekerning{#1}% 
\global\@cmidlb\LT@cols 
\ifnum0=`{\fi}% 
\@cmidruleb 
\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi 
\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@BTendrule} 
>>>

\<pre booktabs 2003\><<<
\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
   \let\A:midrule=\a:midrule
   \@ifnextchar[{\@midrule}{\@midrule[\lightrulewidth]}}
\HLet\midrule=\:temp
\def\:temp[#1]{\o:@midrule:[\z@\A:midrule]}
\HLet\@midrule=\:temp
\NewConfigure{midrule}{1}

\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
    \@ifnextchar[{\@toprule}{\@toprule[\heavyrulewidth]}}   
\HLet\toprule=\:temp
\def\:temp[#1]{\o:@toprule:[\z@\a:toprule]}
\HLet\@toprule=\:temp
\NewConfigure{toprule}{1}

\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
   \let\A:midrule=\a:bottomrule
    \@ifnextchar[{\@midrule}{\@midrule[\heavyrulewidth]}}      
\HLet\bottomrule=\:temp
\NewConfigure{bottomrule}{1}
>>>

\<shared booktabs\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{\o:noalign:{\a:specialrule}}
\HLet\specialrule=\:temp
\NewConfigure{specialrule}{1}

\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi
    \@ifnextchar[{\@cmidrule}{\@cmidrule[\cmidrulewidth]}}
\HLet\cmidrule=\:temp
\NewConfigure{cmidrule}{1}  

\def\:temp{\o:noalign:{\relax}} 
\HLet\morecmidrules=\:temp
\NewConfigure{morecmidrules}{1}
>>>

\<booktabs 2003\><<< 
\def\@@@cmidrule[#1-#2]#3#4{\global\@cmidla#1\relax 
    \global\advance\@cmidla\m@ne 
    \ifnum\@cmidla>0\global\let\@gtempa\@cmidrulea\else 
    \global\let\@gtempa\@cmidruleb\fi 
    \global\@cmidlb#2\relax 
    \global\advance\@cmidlb-\@cmidla 
    \global\@thisrulewidth=#3
    \@setrulekerning{#4} 
    \ifnum\@lastruleclass=\z@\vskip \aboverulesep\fi 
    \ifnum0=`{\fi}\@gtempa 
    \o:noalign:{\ifnum0=`}\fi\futurenonspacelet\@tempa\@xcmidrule} 
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{tocloft.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Just turn off tocloft tables of contents. For details, see
\Link[http://tex.stackexchange.com/q/190991/2891]{}{} this item on
TeX.sx\EndLink and the
\Link[http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/bugs/?220]{}{}tex4ht bug report\EndLink.
Contributed by Michal Hoftich.

\<tocloft.4ht\><<<
% tocloft.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2014-2015 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<tocloft.sty|>
\Hinput{tocloft}
\endinput
>>>       \AddFile{9}{tocloft}

\<tocloft.sty\><<<
\@cftnctoctrue
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{minitoc.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<minitoc.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% minitoc.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

  |<minitoc.sty|>
\Hinput{minitoc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{minitoc}

\<minitoc.sty\><<<
|<minitoc.sty Configure|>
\let\minitoc:\minitoc@
\def\minitoc@[#1]{%
   \a:minitoc@
   \minitoc:[#1]
   \b:minitoc@
} 
\NewConfigure{minitoc@}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Part tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\parttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\parttoc:ttl \a:parttoc
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:parttoc
     \ptifont \ptctitle\d:parttoc}%
  \end:parttoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,|<parttoc members|>}\b:parttoc}\par}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\partlof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\partlof:ttl \a:partlof
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:partlof
     \ptifont \plftitle\d:partlof}%
  \end:parttoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lof}\b:partlof}\par}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\partlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\partlot:ttl \a:partlot
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:partlot
     \ptifont \plttitle\d:partlot}%
  \end:parttoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:partmem,lot}\b:partlot}\par}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Mini Tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\minitoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minitoc:ttl \a:minitoc
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minitoc
     \mtifont \mtctitle\d:minitoc}
  \end:minitoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,|<minitoc members|>}\b:minitoc}\par}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\minilof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilof:ttl \a:minilof
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilof
     \mtifont \mlftitle\d:minilof}
  \end:minitoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lof}\b:minilof}\par}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\minilot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\minilot:ttl \a:minilot
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:minilot
     \mtifont \mlttitle\d:minilot}
  \end:minitoc
  \strt:minitoc{\end:minimem,lot}\b:minilot}\par}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Sect tocs}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\ifx \stc@ssect\:UnDef \else
   |<sect toc / lof / lot|>
\fi
>>>

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\secttoc@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\secttoc:ttl \a:secttoc
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:secttoc\stifont
      \stctitle\d:secttoc}%
  \end:secttoc 
  \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,|<secttoc members|>}\b:secttoc}\par}
>>>

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\sectlof@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlof:ttl \a:sectlof
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlof\stifont
      \slftitle\d:sectlof}%
  \end:secttoc 
  \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lof}\b:sectlof}\par}
>>>

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\sectlot@[#1]{{\mini:opt{#1}\sectlot:ttl \a:sectlot
  \csname gobble:\TocOption\endcsname{\c:sectlot\stifont
      \slttitle\d:sectlot}%
  \end:secttoc 
  \strt:minitoc{\end:sectmem,lot}\b:sectlot}\par}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Restore Pre-Minitoc Definitions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\let\no@ssect=\stc@ssect    
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\let\no@schapter=\mtc@schapter 
\let\no@spart=\ptc@spart
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Entries for Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<parttoc members\><<<
chapter,appendix,%
\ifnum 1>\c@parttocdepth \else section,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@parttocdepth \else subsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@parttocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@parttocdepth \else paragraph,\fi
\ifnum 5>\c@parttocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz%
>>>

\<minitoc members\><<<
\ifnum \z@>\c@minitocdepth\else section,\fi
\ifnum 1>\c@minitocdepth \else subsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@minitocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@minitocdepth \else paragraph,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@minitocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz%
>>>

\<secttoc members\><<<
\ifnum 1>\c@secttocdepth \else subsection,\fi
\ifnum 2>\c@secttocdepth \else subsubsection,\fi
\ifnum 3>\c@secttocdepth \else paragraph,\fi
\ifnum 4>\c@secttocdepth \else subparagraph,\fi
UnDFexyz%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Start and Points for Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\strt:minitoc#1{%
  \par  \let\old:toc=\:doTocEntry
  \def\:doTocEntry{\HAdvance\TocCount by 1
     \ifnum \TocCount=\TitleCount  \let\doTocEntry=\old:toc\fi
     \:gobbleIV}%
  \edef\:temp{[#1]}\expandafter\:tableofcontents\:temp}
>>>

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\end:sectmem{\end:minimem,section,likesection,}
\def\end:secttoc{%
  \def\tocsection{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \def\toclikesection{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \end:minitoc
}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\end:minimem{\end:partmem,chapter,likechapter,appendix}
\def\end:minitoc{%
  \def\tocchapter{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \def\toclikechapter{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \def\tocappendix{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \end:parttoc
}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\end:partmem{part,likepart}
\def\end:parttoc{%
  \def\tocpart{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
  \def\toclikepart{\endinput\:gobbleIII}%
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Package Options}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Verbatim
% positioning would have been nicer here, but currently it
% is too slow

% d -default (initially l but can be changed by
% set in doparttoc), l (left), c (center), r (right),
% e, n empty/none
\EndVerbatim

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\mini:opt#1#2{\def\TocOption{#1}\def\:temp{d}\ifx 
  \:temp\TocOption \let\TocOption|=#2\fi}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\let\gobble:n=\:gobble
\let\gobble:e=\:gobble
\let\gobble:d=\:gobbleIII
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\doparttoc@[#1]{\def\parttoc:ttl{#1}}
\def\parttoc:ttl{l}
\def\dominitoc@[#1]{\def\minitoc:ttl{#1}}
\def\minitoc:ttl{l}
>>>

\<sect toc / lof / lot\><<<
\def\dosecttoc@[#1]{\def\secttoc:ttl{#1}}
\def\secttoc:ttl{l}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\dopartlot@[#1]{\def\partlot:ttl{#1}}
\def\partlot:ttl{l}
\def\dominilot@[#1]{\def\minilot:ttl{#1}}
\def\minilot:ttl{l}
\def\dosectlot@[#1]{\def\sectlot:ttl{#1}}
\def\sectlot:ttl{l}
>>>

\<fix minitoc\><<<
\def\dopartlof@[#1]{\def\partlof:ttl{#1}}
\def\partlof:ttl{l}
\def\dominilof@[#1]{\def\minilof:ttl{#1}}
\def\minilof:ttl{l}
\def\dosectlof@[#1]{\def\sectlof:ttl{#1}}
\def\sectlof:ttl{l}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
\SubSection{Html Configuration}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<minitoc.sty Configure\><<<
\NewConfigure{minitoc}{4}
\NewConfigure{parttoc}{4}
\NewConfigure{secttoc}{4}
\NewConfigure{minilof}{4}
\NewConfigure{partlof}{4}
\NewConfigure{sectlof}{4}
\NewConfigure{minilot}{4}
\NewConfigure{partlot}{4}
\NewConfigure{sectlot}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{gloss}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/gloss/]{}{}ctan\EndLink

\Verbatim
 > latex sample
 > bibtex sample.gls
 > latex sample
 > latex sample
\EndVerbatim

\<gloss.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% gloss.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
|<shared gloss|>
|<2002 gloss|>
\Hinput{gloss}
\endinput
>>>                  \AddFile{9}{gloss}

\<shared gloss\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:glosslist\o:glosslist:}
\HLet\glosslist=\:tempc
\append:def\endglosslist{\b:glosslist}
\renewcommand\setglosslabel[1]{%
   \def\gls@label##1##2##3{\def\gls@short{##3}%
      \c:glosslist #1\d:glosslist }}
\NewConfigure{glosslist}{4}
\NewConfigure{gloss}{2}
>>>

\<2002 gloss\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{% 
     \def\gls@hyperlink#1#2{\a:gloss{#1}{}#2\b:gloss}%
     \def\gls@raisedlink#1{\gls:raisedlink#1}}
\def\gls:raisedlink#1#2#3{%
   \c:glosslist\a:GlossAnchor{}{#2}\b:GlossAnchor
   \let\gls:label=\gls@label
   \def\gls@label##1##2##3{\gls:label{##1}{##2}{##3}%
      \let\gls@label=\gls:label
      \d:glosslist }%
}
\Configure{gloss}  {\Link}  {\EndLink}
\NewConfigure{GlossAnchor}{2}
\Configure{GlossAnchor} {\Link} {\EndLink}
>>>

\<pre 2002 gloss\><<<
\pend:def\glso@default{\append:def\glso@word{%
   \def\:tempc{%  
      \let\gls@refpage=\gls:refpage
      \csname gls@refpage\endcsname
      \let\gls:printtext=\gls@printtext
      \let\gls@printtext=\gls:prtxt 
   }%
   \ifx \gls@refpage\:tempc  \else
     \ifx   \gls:refpage\:UnDef   \let\gls:refpage=\gls@refpage \fi
     \let\gls@refpage=\:tempc
   \fi
}}
\def\gls:prtxt#1\fi{\a:gloss \gls:printtext#1\b:gloss\fi}
>>>

\<pre 2002 gloss\><<<
\let\o:glossitem:=\glossitem
\def\glossitem#1{\gdef\GlossLabel{#1}\o:glossitem:{#1}}
\expandafter\let\csname glossitem*\endcsname\glossitem           
>>>

\<pre 2002 gloss\><<<
\pend:defIII\gls@label{\c:glosslist}
\append:defIII\gls@label{\d:glosslist}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{dsfont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<dsfont.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dsfont.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{dsfont}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{dsfont}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{afterpage}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<afterpage.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% afterpage.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config afterpage|>
\:warning{afterpage.sty not supported}
\Hinput{afterpage}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{afterpage}

\<config afterpage\><<<
\let\clearpage\AP@clearpage
\pend:def\clearpage{\IgnorePar} 
\let\enddocument\AP@enddocument
\AtBeginDocument{%
  \long\def\afterpage#1{#1}%
  \let\AP@\empty
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{euler}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<euler.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% euler.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<euler configs|>
\Hinput{euler}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{euler}

\<euler configs\><<<
\let\mathbf=\un:Def
\let\mathsf=\un:Def
\let\mathit=\un:Def
\let\mathtt=\un:Def
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \def\:tempd#1{%
      \def\:tempc{\choose:mfont {#1}}%
      \expandafter\HLet\csname @#1\endcsname\:tempc
   }
   \:tempd{mathbf}%
   \:tempd{mathsf}%
   \:tempd{mathit}%
   \:tempd{mathtt}%
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{eucal}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<eucal.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% eucal.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{eucal}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{8}{eucal}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{longdiv}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<longdiv.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% longdiv.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<longdiv.sty|>
\Hinput{longdiv}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{longdiv}

\<longdiv.sty\><<<
\def\longdiv#1#2{{%
   \def\showdig{\edef\temp{&{\the\scratch}}\temp\cr
                &{\the\rtot}\cr}%
   \global\rtot=#1\relax
   \count0=\rtot\divide\count0by#2\edef\quotient{\the\count0}%
   \def\temp##1{\ifx##1\temp\else \noexpand\dodig ##1\expandafter\temp\fi}%
   \edef\routine{\expandafter\temp\quotient\temp}%
   \def\dodig##1{\global\multiply\gpten
     by10\relax}\global\gpten=1\relax\routine 
   \def\dodig##1{\global\divide\gpten by10\relax
      \scratch =\gpten
      \multiply\scratch  by##1\relax
      \multiply\scratch  by#2\relax
      \global\advance\rtot-\scratch \relax
      \ifnum\scratch>0 \showdig \fi
   }%
   \a:longdiv \long:div{#2}\b:longdiv
}}
\catcode`\#=13
\catcode`\@=6
\def\long:div@1{\halign{#&#\cr 
     &\quotient\cr
     @1&\the\rtot\cr
     \routine \cr 
}}
\catcode`\#=6
\catcode`\@=11

\NewConfigure{longdiv}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Indexes}
\SubSection{index.sty}

\<index.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% index.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<index shared|>
\expandafter\ifx \csname @vwritefile\endcsname\relax
  |<index 4.01beta|>
\else 
  |<index 3.02|>
\fi
\Hinput{index}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{index}

\Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/index.sty]{}{}%
index.sty\EndLink

\<index 4.01beta\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr
   \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}%
   \edef\:temp{\write\@auxout{%
      \string\@writefile{##1}{\expandafter\string\a:idxmake{\RefFileNumber
         \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th
         \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}}}\:temp
}
\pend:def\printindex{\def\indexname{\the\@nameuse{idxtitle@\@indextype}}}
|<index 4.1beta warning|>
>>>

\<index 4.1beta ext I\><<<
\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\idx:extI \csname idx@#1\endcsname//%
>>>

\<index 4.1beta ext II\><<<
\expandafter
\expandafter\expandafter\idx:extII \csname idx@#1\endcsname//%
>>>

\<index 4.1beta warning\><<<
\bgroup
   \catcode`\:=12
   \expandafter\gdef\csname idx:extI\endcsname#1:#2//{#1}
   \expandafter\gdef\csname idx:extII\endcsname#1:#2:#3//{#2}
\egroup
>>>

\<index 3.02\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\title:chs{\html:addr
   \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}}{}%
   \edef\:temp{\write\@auxout{%
      \string\@vwritefile{##1}{\expandafter\string\a:idxmake{\RefFileNumber
         \FileNumber}{\title:chs{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{\cur:th
         \:currentlabel}}{\a:makeindex}}}}\:temp
}
>>>

\<index shared\><<<
\ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef
   \NewConfigure{makeindex}{1} \Configure{makeindex}{}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{multind.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<multind.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% multind.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<multind.sty|>
\Hinput{multind}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{multind}

\Link[file://localhost/usr/local/teTeX/share/texmf/tex/latex/misc/multind.sty]{}{}%
multind.sty\EndLink

\<multind.sty\><<<
\pend:defII\@wrindex{\warn:idx{##1}\@ifundefined{##1@idxfile}{}{\html:addr
   \hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}%
   \edef\:temp{\expandafter
      \write\csname ##1@idxfile\endcsname{\string
        \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber
        \FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}}}\:temp
}}
\ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef 
   \NewConfigure{makeindex}{1} \Configure{makeindex}{}
\fi
\def\printindex#1#2{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
  {\def\indexname{#2}\@input{#1.ind}}}
>>>


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{imakeidx.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<imakeidx.4ht\><<<
% imakeidx.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

|<imakeidx.sty|>


\Hinput{imakeidx}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{imakeidx}

This code would be used with the splitindex option, but it seems index handling is
already done, so it is not useful.

\<imakeidx-do-not-use\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{\html:addr%
\hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}%
\protected@write\@indexfile{}%
{\string\beforeentry{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}}
\o:imki@wrindexentryunique:{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}
\HLet\imki@wrindexentryunique\:temp
>>>

Patch the index writting commands to introduce the index destination and link to the
destination to the idx file
\<imakeidx.sty\><<<
\def\:temp#1#2#3{\html:addr%
\hbox{\Link-{}{|<index haddr|>}\EndLink}%
\expandafter\protected@write\csname#1@idxfile\endcsname{}%
{\string\beforeentry{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}{|<index haddr|>}{\a:makeindex}}%
\o:imki@wrindexentrysplit:{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}
\HLet\imki@wrindexentrysplit\:temp

\ifx \a:makeindex\:UnDef
\NewConfigure{makeindex}{}\Configure{makeindex}{}
\fi
>>>

Support for the intoc option of Imakeidx:

\<imakeidx.sty\><<<
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ind:defs\imki@maybeaddtotoc}
>>>

Prevent the automatic index compilation, the index produced by tex4ht
needs a special treatment.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{imakeidx.sty}{imakeidx-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<imakeidx-hooks.4ht\><<<
% imakeidx-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\PassOptionsToPackage{noautomatic}{imakeidx}
>>> \AddFile{9}{imakeidx-hooks}

\<index haddr\><<<
d|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{tugboat}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<tugboat.4ht\><<<
% tugboat.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<tugboat cfg|>
|<tugboat cmn|>
\Hinput{tugboat}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{tugboat}

\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\let\:tempb\head
\Def:Section\head{}{#1} 
\let\:head\head
\let\head\:tempb
\def\@domainhead{\:head{\the\@argument}}
\let\:tempb\subhead
\Def:Section\subhead{}{#1} 
\let\:subhead\subhead
\let\subhead\:tempb
\def\@dosubhead{\:subhead{\the\@argument}}
\let\:tempb\subsubhead
\Def:Section\subsubhead{}{#1} 
\let\:subsubhead\subsubhead
\let\subsubhead\:tempb
\def\@dosubsubhead{\:subsubhead{\the\@argument}}
>>>

\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\let\o:figure:\figure
\def\figure{\bgroup \a:figure \o:figure:}
\append:def\endfigure{\b:figure\egroup}
\NewConfigure{figure}{2}
>>>

\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\pend:def\endverbatim{% 
   \append:def\@beforeverbinline{\a:verb}%
   \pend:def\@afterverbinline{\b:verb}%
   \append:def\@beforeverbdisplay{\a:verbatim}%
   \pend:def\@afterverbdisplay{\b:verbatim}%
   \expandafter\def\expandafter\pre:everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
   \append:def\@altdisplaystyle{%  
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
      \ifx \:temp\pre:everypar \else
         \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}%
      \fi }%
}
\pend:def\verbatim{\bgroup \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}}
\append:def\endverbatim{\egroup}
\let\:setupverbatim\setupverbatim
\def\setupverbatim{\:setupverbatim
    \let\:ruled\empty\def\ruled{\def\:ruled{-ruled}}}
\let\:ruled\empty
\NewConfigure{verbatim}{2}
\NewConfigure{verb}{2}
>>>

\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\let\:beginlist\@beginlist
\def\@beginlist{%
    \ifx\@liststyle\@displaystyle 
       \Configure{list}
          {\csname a:display-list\endcsname}
          {\csname b:display-list\endcsname}
          {\csname c:display-list\endcsname}
          {\csname d:display-list\endcsname}%
    \else
       \Configure{list}
          {\csname a:inline-list\endcsname}
          {\csname b:inline-list\endcsname}
          {\csname c:inline-list\endcsname}
          {\csname d:inline-list\endcsname}%
    \fi
    \a:list \begingroup
    \:beginlist
    \let\:tagform=\tagform
    \def\tagform##1{\c:list\:tagform{##1}\d:list}%
      \expandafter\def\expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\the\everypar}%
      \ifx \:temp\pre:everypar \else
         \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}%
      \fi 
      \def\colsep{\ignoreendline}%
     } 
\append:def\endlist{\b:list\endgroup}
\NewConfigure{list}{4}
\NewConfigure{display-list}{4}
\NewConfigure{inline-list}{4}
>>>

\<tugboat rtitle\><<<
\a:rtitle \rtitlex\qquad \midrtitle \b:rtitle
>>>

\<tugboat cfg\><<<
\NewConfigure{rtitle}{2}
\let\rtitle\empty
\let\rfoot\empty
\global\SecTitletrue 
\pend:def\article{|<tugboat rtitle|>\ifx\thetitle\relax 
  \else 
    \pend:defI\thetitle{\a:title}%
    \append:defI\thetitle{\b:title}%
  \fi
}
\NewConfigure{title}{2} 
\pend:defI\theauthor{\a:author} 
\append:defI\theauthor{{}\b:author} 
\NewConfigure{author}{2} 
\pend:defI\theaddress{\a:address} 
\append:defI\theaddress{{}\b:address} 
\NewConfigure{address}{2} 
\pend:defI\thenetaddress{\a:netaddress} 
\append:defI\thenetaddress{{}\b:netaddress} 
\NewConfigure{netaddress}{2} 
\pend:def\@defaultauthorlist{\a:authorlist\:defaultauthorlist}    
\append:def\@defaultauthorlist{\b:authorlist}    
\def\:defaultauthorlist{%
   \let\@defaultauthorlist\empty
   \count@=\authornumber 
   \loop 
   \ifnum\count@>0 
      \expandafter\pend:def\csname theauthor\number\count@\endcsname{\a:author}%
      \expandafter\append:def\csname theauthor\number\count@\endcsname{\b:author}%
      \advance\count@ by -1 
   \repeat 
  } 
\NewConfigure{authorlist}{2}
>>>

\<tugboat cmn\><<<
\append:def\makesignature{\egroup}
\pend:def\makesignature{\bgroup 
  \pend:def\@signature{%
     \expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\HtmlPar\the\everypar}%
     \a:signature}%
  \append:def\@signature{\b:signature}%
  \let\sv:rightline\rightline
  \def\rightline{\let\rightline=\sv:rightline}%
}
\NewConfigure{signature}{2}
\pend:def\signaturemark{\a:signaturemark} 
\append:def\signaturemark{\b:signaturemark} 
\NewConfigure{signaturemark}{2}
>>>

\<tugboat cmn\><<<
\def\v@lx{\gdef\volx{Volume~\a:volno\volno\b:volno
                           ~(\a:volyr\volyr\b:volyr),
                        No.~\a:issno\issno\b:issno}} 
\NewConfigure{issno}{2}
\NewConfigure{volyr}{2}
\NewConfigure{volno}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ltugboat, ltugproc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ltugboat.4ht\><<<
% ltugboat.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\@ifclassloaded{ltugproc}{}{%
   \@ifpackageloaded{ltugproc}{}{\Hinclude{\input ltugboat-a.4ht}{article}}
   \InputIfFileExists{tugboat.dates}%
}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ltugboat}

\<ltugboat-a.4ht\><<<
% ltugboat-a.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<ltugboat cfg|>
\Hinput{ltugboat}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ltugboat-a}

\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\def\TB@nolimelabel{}
\long\def\:temp#1{{\a:textSMC \o:textSMC:{#1}\b:textSMC}} 
\HLet\textSMC|=\:temp 
\NewConfigure{textSMC}{2}
>>>

\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\pend:defI\theauthor{\a:author}
\append:defI\theauthor{{}\b:author}
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
\pend:defI\theaddress{\a:address}
\append:defI\theaddress{{}\b:address}
\NewConfigure{address}{2}
\pend:defI\thenetaddress{\a:netaddress}
\append:defI\thenetaddress{{}\b:netaddress}
\NewConfigure{netaddress}{2}
\pend:defI\thePersonalURL{\a:PersonalURL}
\append:defI\thePersonalURL{{}\b:PersonalURL}
\NewConfigure{PersonalURL}{2}
\pend:def\signaturemark{\a:signaturemark}
\append:def\signaturemark{{}\b:signaturemark}
\NewConfigure{signaturemark}{2}
\pend:def\@makesectitle{\ifSecTitle \a:sectitle}
\append:def\@makesectitle{\b:sectitle \else\par\fi}
\NewConfigure{sectitle}{2}
>>>

\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\long\def\:tempc[#1]{\a:makesignature\bgroup 
   \pend:def\@signature{\everypar{\HtmlPar}\a:signature}\csname 
                     o:\string\makesignature:\endcsname[#1]\egroup
   \b:makesignature}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\makesignature\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{makesignature}{2}
\NewConfigure{signature}{1}
>>>

\<ltugboat cfg\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:titlex\o:rtitlex:\b:titlex} 
\HLet\rtitlex\:tempc
\NewConfigure{titlex}{2}
>>>

\<ltugproc.4ht\><<<
% ltugproc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\Hinclude{\input ltugboat-a.4ht
          \input ltugproc-a.4ht}{article}    
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ltugproc}

\<ltugproc-a.4ht\><<<
% ltugproc-a.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<ltug proc|>
\Hinput{ltugproc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ltugproc-a}

\<ltug proc\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
   \def\theauthor####1{\expandafter
      \ifx \csname theauthor####1\endcsname\relax \else
         \a:author\csname theauthor####1\endcsname\b:author
      \fi}%
   \if@abstract
      \expandafter\abstract@toks\expandafter{\expandafter
          \a:abstract \the\abstract@toks}%
      \expandafter\abstract@toks\expandafter{%
           \the\abstract@toks \b:abstract}%
   \fi
}
\NewConfigure{abstract}{2}
>>>

\<ltug proc\><<<
\pend:def\TITLEfont{%
   \if@abstract \aftergroup\abstract:head\fi
}
\def\abstract:head{%
   \let\tug:centerline\centerline
   \def\centerline##1{%
      \a:abstractHead \tug:centerline{##1}\b:abstractHead
      \let\centerline\centerline:tug
   }%
}
\NewConfigure{abstractHead}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mls}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mls.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% mls.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<mls hooks|>
|<mlstrans hooks|>
|<mlsgalig hooks|>
|<temporary mls accents patch|>
\Hinput{mls}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{mls}

\<temporary mls accents patch\><<<
\expandafter\HLet\csname OT1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname
     \csname n:":\endcsname
\HRestore\"
>>>

\<mls hooks\><<<
\Configure{writetoc}
   {\let\SetDocumentEncodingNeutral\relax
    \let\SetDocumentEncodingLMC\relax
    \let\SetDocumentEncodingBicig\relax
    \let\mnr\relax
    \let\mbc\relax
    \let\blr\relax
    \let\rnm\relax
   }
\renewcommand{\mbosoo}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
     \bosoo{{\bcg #1}}\fi}
>>>

\<mlstrans hooks\><<<
\pend:def\do@galiglist{\let\mls:sp=\  \let\ =\sp:c }
\append:def\end@galiglist{\let\ =\mls:sp}
>>>

\<mlsgalig hooks\><<<
\pend:def\do@mlsgalig{\let\mls:sp=\  \let\ =\sp:c }
\append:def\end@mlsgalig{\let\ =\mls:sp}
\pend:def\prettify@mls{\let\mls:sp=\  \let\ =\sp:c }
\append:def\prettify@mls{\let\ =\mls:sp}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{rotating}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<rotating.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% rotating.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config rotating|>
\Hinput{rotating}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{rotating}

\<config rotating\><<<
\def\@xrotfloat#1[#2]{\@float{#1}[#2]}
\def\end@rotfloat{\end@float}
\def\endsidewaysfigure{\end@float}
\def\endsidewaystable{\end@float}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{boxedminipage}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<boxedminipage.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% boxedminipage.4ht                   |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<boxedminipage configs|>
\Hinput{boxedminipage}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{boxedminipage}

\<boxedminipage configs\><<<
\let\o:@iboxedminipage:=\@iboxedminipage
\def\@iboxedminipage[#1]{\o:@iboxedminipage:[b]}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ulem}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ulem.4ht\><<<
% ulem.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

|<ulem sty|>
\Hinput{ulem}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ulem}

We use different configurations, depending on the fact if we are inside math mode or not.
Configurations in math mode are named after the command with the "-math" suffix.

\<ulem sty\><<<
\def\:ulemchoose#1#2{\relax\ifmmode\csname a:#1-math\endcsname#2\csname b:#1-math\endcsname\else\csname a:#1\endcsname#2\csname b:#1\endcsname\fi}

\NewConfigure{uline}{2}
\NewConfigure{uline-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uline}{#1}}
\HLet\uline\:tempa

\NewConfigure{uuline}{2}
\NewConfigure{uuline-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uuline}{#1}}
\HLet\uuline\:tempa

\NewConfigure{sout}{2}
\NewConfigure{sout-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{sout}{#1}}
\HLet\sout\:tempa

\NewConfigure{xout}{2}
\NewConfigure{xout-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{xout}{#1}}
\HLet\xout\:tempa

\NewConfigure{uwave}{2}
\NewConfigure{uwave-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{uwave}{#1}}
\HLet\uwave\:tempa

\NewConfigure{dashuline}{2}
\NewConfigure{dashuline-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{dashuline}{#1}}
\HLet\dashuline\:tempa

\NewConfigure{dotuline}{2}
\NewConfigure{dotuline-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:ulemchoose{dotuline}{#1}}
\HLet\dotuline\:tempa

\def\:temp{\z@}
\HLet\ULthickness\:temp
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{cancel}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<cancel.4ht\><<< 
% cancel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex 
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group 
|<TeX4ht license text|> 
|<cancel config|>
\Hinput{cancel} 
\endinput 
>>> \AddFile{9}{cancel}

\<cancel config\><<<
\def\:cancelchoose#1#2{\relax\ifmmode\csname a:#1-math\endcsname#2\csname b:#1-math\endcsname\else\csname a:#1\endcsname#2\csname b:#1\endcsname\fi}
\NewConfigure{cancel}{2}
\NewConfigure{cancel-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{cancel}{#1}}
% \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:cancelmath#1\b:cancelmath\else\a:cancel#1\b:cancel\fi}
\HLet\cancel\:tempa

\NewConfigure{bcancel}{2}
\NewConfigure{bcancel-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{bcancel}{#1}}
% \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:bcancelmath#1\b:bcancelmath\else\a:bcancel#1\b:bcancel\fi}
\HLet\bcancel\:tempa

\NewConfigure{xcancel}{2}
\NewConfigure{xcancel-math}{2}
\def\:tempa#1{\:cancelchoose{xcancel}{#1}}
% \def\:tempa#1{\ifmmode\a:xcancelmath#1\b:xcancelmath\else\a:xcancel#1\b:xcancel\fi}
\HLet\xcancel\:tempa

\NewConfigure{cancelto}{3}
\def\:tempa#1#2{\a:cancelto#1\b:cancelto#2\c:cancelto}
\HLet\cancelto\:tempa

>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{go}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<go.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% go.4ht                              |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<go sty|>
\Hinput{go}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{go}

\<go sty\><<<
\let\o:pos:=\pos
\def\pos#1#2=#3#4{\let\empty=\ht:empty
   \o:pos:{#1}{#2}=#3{#4}\def\empty{}}
\let\o:showdiagram:=\showdiagram
\def\showdiagram#1-#2-#3 {\a:showdiagram\let\empty=\ht:empty 
   \o:showdiagram:#1-#2-#3 \def\empty{} \b:showdiagram}
\let\o:inidiagram:=\inidiagram
\def\inidiagram#1-#2-#3 {\let\empty=\ht:empty
   \o:inidiagram:#1-#2-#3 \def\empty{}}
\NewConfigure{showdiagram}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{paralist}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<paralist.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% paralist.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
   |<paralist hooks|>
\Hinput{paralist}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{paralist}

\<paralist hooks\><<<
\:CheckOption{enum}\if:Option
   \HRestore\@roman
   \HRestore\@Roman
\fi
>>>

\<pifont.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% pifont.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{pifont}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{pifont}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{listings}

\<listings.4ht\><<<
% listings.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<listings sty|>
|<lstmisc sty|>
\Hinput{listings}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{listings}

We use Xcolor's features to extract color information for syntax highlighting.
We need to load it if it isn't used  yet
\<listings sty\><<<
\@ifpackageloaded{xcolor}{}{%
\RequirePackage{xcolor}
}
>>>

For some reason we need the followng version of \`|\@makecaption| in order to
get correct cross-references. There were duplicate IDs sometimes.

\<listings sty\><<<
\def\lst@makecaption#1#2{\cptA: #1\if :#1:\else\cptB:\fi \cptC: #2\cptD:}
>>>

I don't know why there used to be clearing of math environment, it 
disabled  listings option to work correctly. Also patching of 
\`|\lsthk@EveryLine| should be done in every call to this command.

\<listings sty\><<<

\newif\iflstnest
\append:defII\lst@EnterMode{%
  \ifx \lsthk:EveryLine\:UnDef
     \let\lsthk:EveryLine\lsthk@EveryLine
  \fi
  \ifx \lsthk:EveryLine\lsthk@EveryLine 
      \pend:def\lsthk@EveryLine{\c:listings
             \def\dd:listings{\d:listings\let\dd:listings\empty}}%
  \fi  
  \append:def\lsthk@EveryPar{\dd:listings}%
  \iflstnest\else
  \a:listings\fi\bgroup  
  %\Configure{$}{}{}{}%
  \aftergroup\lst:EnterMode  }
\def\lst:EnterMode{\iflstnest\else\b:listings\fi\egroup}
\NewConfigure{listings}{4}
\let\dd:listings=\empty
>>>

Configure listings: befoe env, after env, before ln, between \# and
content.

\<listings sty\><<<
\append:defI\lst@Init{\csname a:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnesttrue}
\pend:def\lst@DeInit{\csname b:listings-init\endcsname\global\lstnestfalse}
\NewConfigure{listings-init}{2}
>>>

\<listings sty\><<<
\lst@AddToHook{TextStyle}{%
   \Configure{listings}{}{}{}{}%
   \a:lstinline \bgroup \aftergroup\b:lstinline\aftergroup\egroup
  }
\NewConfigure{lstinline}{2}
>>>

\<listings sty\><<<
\pend:defI\lst@MakeCaption{%
  \let\lst:addcontentsline\addcontentsline
  \def\addcontentsline{\gHAdvance\TitleCount by 1
                       \lst:addcontentsline}%
}
\append:defI\lst@MakeCaption{%
  \let\addcontentsline\lst:addcontentsline
}
>>>

\<lstmisc sty\><<<
\HLet\lst@frameInit=\empty
\HLet\lst@frameExit=\empty
>>>

Configure list of listings

\<listings sty\><<<
\ConfigureToc{lol} {}{\empty}{}{\newline}
\lst@UserCommand\lstlistoflistings{\bgroup%
    \ifdefined\chapter\chapter*{\lstlistlistingname}\else\section*{\lstlistlistingname}\fi%
    \TableOfContents[lol]%
  \egroup}
>>>

\<listings sty\><<<
\def\:tempa{%
   \ifx\lst@OutputBox\@gobble\else \the\everypar \fi
   \global\advance\lst@newlines\m@ne
   \lst@newlinetrue
}%
\HLet\lst@NewLine\:tempa
\def\:tempa#1{
    \begingroup%
      \lsthk@PreSet\gdef\lst@intname{#1}% 
      \expandafter\lstset\expandafter{\lst@set}% 
      \lsthk@DisplayStyle%
      \catcode\active=\active%
      \a:lstinputlisting\ht:special{t4ht@[}\lst@Init\relax \let\lst@gobble\z@%
      \lst@SkipToFirst%
      \lst@ifprint \def\lst@next{\input{#1}}% 
             \else \let\lst@next\@empty \fi%
      \ht:special{t4ht@]}\lst@next\ht:special{t4ht@[}\lst@DeInit\ht:special{t4ht@]}%
      \b:lstinputlisting%
    \endgroup} 

\HLet\lst@InputListing\:tempa 
\NewConfigure{lstinputlisting}{2}
>>>

\<listings sty\><<<
\def\:tempa#1{% 
   \setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst@currstyle{\kern#1}}}% 
   \global\advance\lst@currlwidth \wd\z@ 
   \tmp:dim=#1 \let\:tempc=\empty
   \loop \ifdim \tmp:dim>\a:lst@Kern
      \advance \tmp:dim by -\a:lst@Kern
      \advance \tmp:dim by -\b:lst@Kern
      \append:def\:tempc{\:nbsp}%
   \repeat
   \setbox\z@\hbox{{\lst@currstyle{\:tempc}}}%
   \lst@OutputBox\z@} 
\HLet\lst@Kern\:tempa
>>>

Configure lst@Kern: character width, inter character space size

\<listings sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{lst@Kern}{2}
\Configure{lst@Kern}{0.499em}{0.1em}
\def\lst@outputspace{\HCode{ }}
>>>

Test cases:

\List{*}

\item

\Verbatim
  \documentclass{article}  
     \usepackage{listings}  
  \begin{document}  
     \lstset{language=C}  
     \lstinputlisting[caption=my caption]{a.c}  
  \end{document}  
\EndVerbatim

a.c

\Verbatim
main()  
{  
  /* hello  
   * there  
   */  
  return 0;  
}  
\EndVerbatim

\EndList


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fancyhdr}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

The Fancyhdr package breaks the sectioning support, it is necessary to suppress
the fancy page style.
\Link[https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/511350/2891]{}{}More info\EndLink.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{fancyhdr.sty}{fancyhdr-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<fancyhdr-hooks.4ht\><<<
% fancyhdr-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\:AtEndOfPackage{%
\def\ps@fancy{}%
}
>>> \AddFile{9}{fancyhdr-hooks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fancyhdr}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%


\<tasks.4ht\><<<
% tasks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\ExplSyntaxOn
% generate normal \item for tasks instead of coffins
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__tasks_task_fourht:nnn #1#2#3
{\item[#1]{\__tasks_setup: #2 {#3}}}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__tasks_task_fourht:nnn {VVV}

\HLet\__tasks_task:nnn\__tasks_task_fourht:nnn
\HLet\__tasks_task:VVV\__tasks_task_fourht:VVV

\ExplSyntaxOff
\Hinput{tasks}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{tasks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{alphanum}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<alphanum.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% alphanum.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<alphanum sty|>
\Hinput{alphanum}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{alphanum}

\<alphanum sty\><<<
\append:def\J@SetCurrent{\global\let\jura:currentlabel=\@currentlabel}
\Configure{@newlabel}
   {\ifx  \jura:currentlabel\:UnDef \else
      \let\@currentlabel=\jura:currentlabel
      \global\let\jura:currentlabel=\:Undef
    \fi  }
>>>

\<alphanum sty\><<<
\renewcommand*{\ref}{%
\@ifstar{\@tempswatrue\J@ref}{\@tempswafalse\J@ref}}
\renewcommand*{\J@refX}[1]{%
   \bgroup
     \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##2}%
     \edef\:temp{#1}%
     \def\rEfLiNK##1##2{##1}%
     \edef\:temp{\noexpand\rEfLiNK#1{\:temp}}%
     \def\rEfLiNK##1##2##3{\noexpand\rEfLiNK
         {##1}{\noexpand\J@refXX##3}}%
     \edef\:temp{\:temp}%
     \expandafter
   \egroup \:temp  }
>>>

\<alphanum sty\><<<
\renewcommand*{\J@ShortToc}[1]{\stepcounter{lvl\alph{tiefe}}\J@Number\ %
   \addcontentsline{toc}{liketoclvl\alph{tiefe}}%
   {\protect\numberline{\J@Number}#1}%
   \csname lvl\alph{tiefe}mark\endcsname{#1}\@gobblecr}
>>>

\<alphanum sty\><<<
\let\no@toclvla\toc
\let\no@toclvlb\toc
\let\no@toclvlc\toc
\let\no@toclvld\toc
\let\no@toclvle\toc
\let\no@toclvlf\toc
\let\no@toclvlg\toc
\let\no@toclvlh\toc
\let\no@toclvli\toc
\let\no@toclvlj\toc
\let\no@toclvlk\toc
\let\no@toclvll\toc
\Def:Section\toclvla{\arabic{lvla}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlb{\arabic{lvlb}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlc{\arabic{lvlc}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvld{\arabic{lvld}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvle{\arabic{lvle}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlf{\arabic{lvlf}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlg{\arabic{lvlg}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlh{\arabic{lvlh}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvli{\arabic{lvli}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlj{\arabic{lvlj}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvlk{\arabic{lvlk}}{#1}
\Def:Section\toclvll{\arabic{lvll}}{#1}
\let\no:toclvla\toclvla
\let\no:toclvlb\toclvlb
\let\no:toclvlc\toclvlc
\let\no:toclvld\toclvld
\let\no:toclvle\toclvle
\let\no:toclvlf\toclvlf
\let\no:toclvlg\toclvlg
\let\no:toclvlh\toclvlh
\let\no:toclvli\toclvli
\let\no:toclvlj\toclvlj
\let\no:toclvlk\toclvlk
\let\no:toclvll\toclvll
\def\toclvla{\rdef:sec{toclvla}}
\def\toclvlb{\rdef:sec{toclvlb}}
\def\toclvlc{\rdef:sec{toclvlc}}
\def\toclvld{\rdef:sec{toclvld}}
\def\toclvle{\rdef:sec{toclvle}}
\def\toclvlf{\rdef:sec{toclvlf}}
\def\toclvlg{\rdef:sec{toclvlg}}
\def\toclvlh{\rdef:sec{toclvlh}}
\def\toclvli{\rdef:sec{toclvli}}
\def\toclvlj{\rdef:sec{toclvlj}}
\def\toclvlk{\rdef:sec{toclvlk}}
\def\toclvll{\rdef:sec{toclvll}}
\def\toc{\csname toclvl\alph{tiefe}\endcsname}
>>>

\<\><<<
\let\no@toc\toc
\Def:Section\toc{\the\c@tiefe}{#1}
\let\no:toc\toc
\def\toc{\rdef:sec{toc}}
>>>

% \let\no@liketoc\J@ShortToc
% \Def:Section\liketoc{\the\c@tiefe}{#1}
% \let\no:liketoc\liketoc
% \let\liketoc\:UnDef
% \def\J@ShortToc{\rdef:sec{liketoc}}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{lineno}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://sunsite.sut.ac.jp/pub/archives/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/supported/lineno]{}{}lineno\EndLink

\<lineno.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% lineno.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\let\:tempc\linelabel
\pend:defI\:tempc{\let\sv:efloat|=\end@float \HRestore\end@float  }
\append:defI\:tempc{\let\end@float|=\sv:efloat  }
\HLet\linelabel\:tempc

\def\:tempc{\@tempdima\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv
   \sbox\@tempboxa{\hbox to\z@{\a:lineno\makeLineNumber\b:lineno}}%
   \stepcounter{linenumber}%
   \dp\@tempboxa=\@tempdima\ht\@tempboxa=\z@
   \nointerlineskip\kern-\@tempdima\box\@tempboxa
   \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar\else
       \@tempcnta\outputpenalty
       \advance\@tempcnta -\linenopenalty
       \penalty\@tempcnta
   \fi
   }
\HLet\MakeLineNo\:tempc
\NewConfigure{lineno}{2}

\Hinput{lineno}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{lineno}

\Section{errata}

\<errata.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% errata.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\renewenvironment{erratalist}
  {\begin{longtable}{rp{2cm}lp{10cm}l}}
  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}

\Hinput{errata}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{errata}

\Section{epigraph}

\Link[http://sunsite.bcc.bilkent.edu.tr/pub/tex/ctan/macros/latex/contrib/supported/epigraph/]{}{}sunsite\EndLink

\<epigraph.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% epigraph.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<epigraph conf|>
\Hinput{epigraph}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{epigraph}

\<epigraph conf\><<<
\renewcommand{\epigraphhead}[2][95]{{%
  \a:epigraphhead#2\b:epigraphhead}}

\NewConfigure{epigraphhead}{2}
\NewConfigure{epirule}{1}  

\renewcommand{\epigraph}[2]{{\vspace{\beforeepigraphskip}
  \a:epigraph {#1}\ifdim\epigraphrule>\z@ \a:epirule \else \par\fi
      \b:epigraph {#2}\c:epigraph 
  \vspace{\afterepigraphskip}}}
\renewcommand{\qitem}[2]{\item 
  {\a:qitem {#1}\ifdim\epigraphrule>\z@ \a:epirule \else \par\fi
 \b:qitem  {#2}\c:qitem}}

\NewConfigure{epigraph}{3}
\NewConfigure{qitem}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{float.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<float.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% float.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<float sty|>
\ifx \floatevery\:Undef    
  |<pre 2001/11/08 v1.3d float|>
\else
  |<since 2001/11/08 v1.3d float|>
\fi
\Hinput{float}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{float}

\<pre 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<<
\let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end
      \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\end@float\egroup}%
   \fi
   \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend
      \expandafter\def\csname end#1*\endcsname{\end@dblfloat\egroup}%
   \fi
}
>>>

\<since 2001/11/08 v1.3d float\><<<
\let\float:xfloat=\@xfloat
\def\@xfloat #1[#2]{\float:xfloat{#1}[#2]%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end
      \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname{\end@float}%
   \fi
   \expandafter\ifx\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend
      \expandafter\def\csname end#1*\endcsname{\end@dblfloat}%
   \fi
}
>>>

\<float sty\><<<
\def\caption{\:CheckOption{refcaption}\if:Option 
                   \SkipRefstepAnchor \fi
\refstepcounter\@captype \@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}
\let\:tempc\listof
\pend:defII\:tempc{\begingroup
   \expandafter\ifx \csname toc\@nameuse{ext@##1}\endcsname\relax
      \ConfigureToc{\@nameuse{ext@##1}}{\par}{ }{}{}%
   \fi
   \edef\@starttoc{\noexpand
      \:tableofcontents[\@nameuse{ext@##1}]\noexpand\:gobble}}
\append:defII\:tempc{\endgroup}
\HLet\listof\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{floatflt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<floatflt.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% floatflt.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<floatflt sty|>
\Hinput{floatflt}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{floatflt}

\<floatflt sty\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \edef\oldeverypar{\noexpand\HtmlPar\the\everypar}}
>>>

\<floatflt sty\><<<
\def\:temp{%
   \let\:setbox=\setbox
   \def\setbox{\let\:temp=\:temp \let\setbox=\:setbox
      \def\:temp####1={\a:floatingfigure}\:temp}%
   \o:floatingfigure:}
\HLet\floatingfigure=\:temp
\def\endfloatingfigure{\egroup\b:floatingfigure\par}
\NewConfigure{floatingfigure}{2}
>>>

The following might be problematic with a caption

% \Configure{floatingfigure}
%    {\HCode{<span class="floatflt-\ifoddpages o\else e\fi
%                               \theOptionTest">}\IgnorePar}
%    {\HCode{</span>}}
% \Css{.floatflt-e0 img{float:left}}
% \Css{.floatflt-e1 img{float:left}}
% \Css{.floatflt-e2 img{float:right}}
% \Css{.floatflt-o0 img{float:left}}
% \Css{.floatflt-o1 img{float:left}}
% \Css{.floatflt-o2 img{float:right}}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{fancybox.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<fancybox.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% fancybox.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<fancybox hooks|>
\Hinput{fancybox}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{fancybox}

\<fancybox hooks\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{\begingroup #1\relax \hbox{{#2}}\endgroup}
\HLet\@ovalbox\:tempc
\HLet\doublebox|=\ovalbox
\HLet\shadowbox|=\ovalbox
\pend:defI\VerbBox{\a:VerbBox}
\append:def\end@VerbBox{\b:VerbBox}
\NewConfigure{VerbBox}{2}
\pend:def\shadowbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:shadowbox}{\b:shadowbox}}
\NewConfigure{shadowbox}{2}
\pend:def\ovalbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:ovalbox}{\b:ovalbox}}
\NewConfigure{ovalbox}{2}
\pend:def\Ovalbox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:Ovalbox}{\b:Ovalbox}}
\NewConfigure{Ovalbox}{2}
\pend:def\doublebox{\Configure{VerbBox}{\a:doublebox}{\b:doublebox}}
\NewConfigure{doublebox}{2}
>>>

\<fancybox hooks\><<<
\def\Btrivlist#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@Btrivlist{#1}}{\@Btrivlist{#1}[]}} 
\def\@Btrivlist#1[#2]{% 
  \@Blistrestore 
  \let\\=\@Btrivlistcr
\a:Btrivlist 
\expandafter\edef\csname Btrivlist-dir\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
    \if#1la\else\if#1rc\else b\fi\fi 
    :Btrivlist-dir\endcsname
}%
  \fb@beginvbox{#2}% 
  \TeXhalign\bgroup 
    \hfil
    \c:Btrivlist
    \ignorespaces##\unskip 
    \d:Btrivlist
    \if#1r\@empty\else\hfil\fi\cr} 
\def\endBtrivlist{\crcr\egroup 
                  \egroup\b:Btrivlist\if@pboxsw$\fi}
\NewConfigure{Btrivlist}{4}
\NewConfigure{Btrivlist-dir}[1]{%
     \if :#1:\else \expandafter\Btrivlist:dir\fi {#1}}
\def\Btrivlist:dir#1#2{\expandafter\def
     \csname\if#1la\else\if#1rc\else b\fi\fi :Btrivlist-dir\endcsname{#2}%
     \csname c:Btrivlist-dir:\endcsname}
>>>

\<fancybox hooks\><<<
\def\@Blist#1#2[#3]{% 
  \ifnum\@listdepth>5 
    \@toodeep 
  \else 
    \global\advance\@listdepth\@ne 
  \fi 
  \itemindent\z@ 
  \csname @list\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname 
  \def\@itemlabel{#1}% 
  \let\makelabel\@mklab 
  \@nmbrlistfalse 
  \@Blistrestore 
  \let\\=\@Blistcr 
  \let\item\Bitem 
  \@Bitemswfalse 
  #2\relax
  \gdef\dd:Blist{\global\let\dd:Blist=\d:Blist}\a:Blist
  \fb@beginvbox{#3}% 
  \TeXhalign\bgroup
    \dd:Blist\c:Blist\e:Blist \ignorespaces##\f:Blist
    &\e:Blist\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfil\f:Blist\cr} 
\def\endBlist{\crcr\egroup 
                  \egroup\dd:Blist\b:Blist\if@pboxsw$\fi
                  \global\advance\@listdepth\m@ne} 
\NewConfigure{Blist}{6}
>>>

\<fancybox hooks\><<<
\let\Beqnarray=\eqnarray
\let\endBeqnarray=\endeqnarray
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{adjustbox.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<adjustbox.4ht\><<<
% adjustbox.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019-2022 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignTop}{1}
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignMiddle}{1}
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignCenter}{1}
\NewConfigure{AdjustboxValignBottom}{1}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@t{\a:AdjustboxValignTop}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@t{\a:AdjustboxValignTop}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@T{\a:AdjustboxValignTop}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@M{\a:AdjustboxValignMiddle}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@m{\a:AdjustboxValignMiddle}
\pend:defI\adjbox@valign@c{\a:AdjustboxValignCenter}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@b{\a:AdjustboxValignBottom}
\pend:def\adjbox@valign@B{\a:AdjustboxValignBottom}

% make an unique ID for each adjustbox environment
\newcounter{adjustbox@4ht}
\def\update:adjustbox:id{\stepcounter{adjustbox@4ht}\def\AdjustboxId{adjustbox-\arabic{adjustbox@4ht}}}

\NewConfigure{Adjustbox}{2}

\def\:tempa#1#2#3#4{\update:adjustbox:id\a:Adjustbox\o:adjbox@@frame:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\b:Adjustbox
}
\HLet\adjbox@@frame\:tempa

% suppress trying to draw the frame
\def\adjbox@boxframe#1#2#3{}

% patch macro that collects adjustbox contents and draw box. we disable this functionality, as all 
% of this should be handled by CSS
% keys are set, so it should be possible to extract  colors or frame size in theory
\long\def\:temp#1#2{%
  % copy of definitions from \@adjustbox, to prevent compilation errors
  \edef\adjbox@line{\the\inputlineno}%
  \let\collectbox@mode\relax
  \let\collectbox@noindent\relax
  \let\adjbox@collectbox\@collectbox
  \let\adjbox@begininnercode\@empty
  \let\adjbox@endinnercode\@empty
  \chardef\adjbox@innerlevel\z@
  \update:adjustbox:id\adjbox@setkeys{#1}\a:Adjustbox #2\b:Adjustbox\endgroup}
\HLet\@adjustbox\:temp


% definitions for macros
% we don't save any colors and just use one configuration for all box types.  
\def\:tempa#1{\update:adjustbox:id\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox}
\HLet\@bgcolorbox\:tempa
\def\:tempa#1#2#3{\update:adjustbox:id\leavevmode\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox}
\HLet\@foregroundbox\:tempa
\def\:tempa#1#2#3{\update:adjustbox:id\leavevmode\a:Adjustbox\BOXCONTENT\b:Adjustbox}
\HLet\@backgroundbox\:tempa

\Hinput{adjustbox}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{adjustbox}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{awesomebox.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\<awesomebox.4ht\><<<
% awesomebox.4ht	
% Copyright 2020 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<awesomebox config|>
\Hinput{awesomebox}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{7}{awesomebox}


\<awesomebox config\><<<
\NewConfigure{awesomebox}{3}
\newcounter{awesomebox:cnt}
\RenewDocumentCommand \awesomebox { O{abvrulecolor} O{} o m m m +m }{%
  \stepcounter{awesomebox:cnt}%
  \def\awesomebox@id{awesomebox-\arabic{awesomebox:cnt}}%
  \extractcolorspec{#1}{\awesomebox@rule@color}%
  \expandafter\convertcolorspec\awesomebox@rule@color{HTML}\awesomebox@rule@color%
\a:awesomebox%
  \IfValueTF {#3}%
      {  #3 \\ #2 \textcolor{#6}{\Huge#5}\b:awesomebox #7  #2}%
      {         #2 \textcolor{#6}{\Huge#5}\b:awesomebox #7  #2}%
\c:awesomebox%
}

>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{alltt.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<alltt.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% alltt.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

   |<fix alltt|>
   |<alltt.sty shared config|>
\Hinput{alltt}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{alltt}

\<fix alltt\><<<
\append:def\alltt{%
   \def\:tempa{\ifx\:temp\par
                   \everypar\expandafter{\expandafter\everypar
                           \expandafter{\the\ht:everypar}}\fi}%
   \futurelet\:temp\:tempa}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{lb.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Verbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%  lb.sty, version 1.8 vom 18.07.95
%  style file fuer die reihe 'Lehrbuch'
%  copyright by International Thomson Publishing GmbH
%  autorin: luzia dietsche
%  email: x68@dante.de
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\EndVerbatim

\<lb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% lb.4ht                                |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
% For lb.sty, International Thomson Publishing GmbH
% \input{lb.4ht} into cfg file

\catcode`\@=11
\catcode`\:=11

\pend:defII\@makechapterhead{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox}
\append:defII\@makechapterhead{\egroup}

\pend:defI\@makechapterheadOhneArg{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox}
\append:defI\@makechapterheadOhneArg{\egroup}

\pend:defII\@makeschapterhead{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox}
\append:defII\@makeschapterhead{\egroup}

\pend:defI\@makeschapterheadOhneArg{\bgroup \let\fbox=\hbox}
\append:defI\@makeschapterheadOhneArg{\egroup}

\def\@makechapterheadOhneArg#1{}

\catcode`\@=12
\catcode`\:=12
\Hinput{lb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{lb}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{latin1.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<latin1.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% latin1.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<config textdegree|>
\let\mathonesuperior=\:UnDef
\providecommand{\mathonesuperior}{{\sp1}}
\let\maththreesuperior=\:UnDef
\providecommand{\maththreesuperior}{{\sp3}}
\let\mathtwosuperior=\:Undef
\providecommand{\mathtwosuperior}{{\sp2}}

\Hinput{latin1}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{latin1}

\<config textdegree\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:textdegree}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{textdegree}{1}
\Configure{textdegree}{{\ensuremath{{\sp\circ}}}}
>>>

% \expandafter\def\csname ?\string\textdegree\endcsname{{\sp\circ}}
% \def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}}
% \def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}}
% \def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{utf8.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<utf8.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% utf8.4ht                              |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\def\UTFviii:two@octets#1#2{\string#1\string#2} 
\Configure{@newlabel}{\HLet\UTFviii@two@octets\UTFviii:two@octets} 

\Hinput{utf8}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{utf8}

The above is to preserve characters in `sensitive' locations:

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article} 
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} 
\usepackage{ngerman} 
\usepackage{hyperref} 
 
\begin{document} 
   X \autoref{fig:add_todo} 
 
   \begin{figure}[hbt!] 
      \caption{Für X} 
      \label{fig:add_todo} 
   \end{figure} 
\end{document} 
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{utf8x.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Note: the following file is requested by ucs.4ht and loaded outside the normal
tex4ht environmet so, in particular, catcode are not set for it.

\<utf8x.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% utf8x.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config utf8x|>%
%  \Hinput{utf8x}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{utf8x}

\<config utf8x\><<<
\bgroup
\def\temp#1{%
   \ifnum \count255<224
      \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1{%
           \string#1\string##1}%
   \else\ifnum \count255<240
      \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1##2{%
           \string#1\string##1\string##2}%
   \else \ifnum \count255<245
      \expandafter\gdef\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname ##1##2##3{%
           \string#1\string##1\string##2\string##3}%
   \fi\fi\fi
   \edef\tempa{%
      \noexpand\Configure{@newlabel}{\noexpand\let\noexpand #1\expandafter
                      \noexpand\csname :u8-\number\count255\endcsname}}%
   \tempa
}

 \count255=194\relax 
 \loop\ifnum\count255<245\relax 
    \catcode\count255\active 
    \begingroup 
      \uccode`\~\count255% 
      \uccode`\u`\u% 
      \uppercase{% 
    \endgroup 
         \temp{~}}% 
    \advance\count255by1\relax 
 \repeat
  \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname a:@newlabel\expandafter
                           \endcsname\csname a:@newlabel\endcsname
\egroup
>>>

What is the difference between \`'\uccode`\~\count255 %SPACE'
and

\Verbatim
      \uccode`\~\count255% 
      \uccode`\u`\u% 
\EndVerbatim

utf8x.def has both.

The above is to preserve characters in `sensitive' locations:

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article} 
\usepackage{ucs}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} 
\usepackage{ngerman} 
\usepackage{hyperref} 
 
\begin{document} 
   X \autoref{fig:add_todo} 
 
   \begin{figure}[hbt!] 
      \caption{Für X} 
      \label{fig:add_todo} 
   \end{figure} 
\end{document} 
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ucs.def}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ucs.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ucs.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2007.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\AtBeginDocument{%
   \ifx\restore@utf@viii@actives\undefined  \else
     \input utf8x.4ht
   \fi}

%  \Hinput{ucs}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{ucs}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{acm-proc-article-sp.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://www.acm.org/sigs/pubs/proceed/template.html]{}{}files\EndLink

\<acm_proc_article-sp.4ht\><<<
% acm_proc_article-sp.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
   |<config acm-proc-article-sp|>
\Hinput{acm-proc-article-sp}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile[acm_proc_article-sp]{9}{acm-proc-article-sp}

\<sig-alternate.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% sig-alternate.4ht                     |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
   \input acm_proc_article-sp.4ht  
   |<config sig-alternate|>
\Hinput{sig-alternate}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{sig-alternate}

The above style files, and provided example, are a little weirds at points.
\List{*}
\item
+ Strange accents
\`'\affaddr{The Th{\large{\sf{\o}}}rv{$\ddot{\mbox{a}}$}ld Group}\\'
\item Empty picture in copyrightspace of acm-proc-article-sp
\item The definition \''\@ptsize{}' is improper---it should provide a number
\item
No defintion for \''\@xtitlenote'. Used in
\''\def\titlenote{\@ifnextchar[\@xtitlenote'
\item  \''\newfont' provides a tex font; not a latex font. Hence,
for instance, the braces in \''\confname{\the\conf}'  are useless (and
misleading for the human eyes). 
\item Missing \''\def\endthebibliography{\endlist}'
\item Use

\Verbatim
\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
\EndVerbatim

instead of

\Verbatim
\def\thesubsubsection{{\subsecfnt\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}}
\def\theparagraph{{\subsecfnt\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}}
\EndVerbatim

We don't know where they go (in tex4ht they may arrive to attributes
of  \''<a>' elements.
\EndList

\<config sig-alternate\><<<
\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
\def\endthebibliography{\endlist}
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\catcode`\:=12 
\def\@citex#1[#2]#3{%
    \let\@citea\@empty
    \csname a:cite\endcsname
    \@cite{%
        \@for\@citeb:=#3\do{%
            \@citea
            \def\@citea{#1 }%
            \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@iden\@citeb}%
            \if@filesw
                \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
            \fi
            \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{%
                {\bf ?}%
                \@warning{%
                    Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage\space undefined%
                }%
            }%
            {\cIteLink {X\@citeb}{}\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\EndcIteLink}%
        }%
    }{#2}%
    \csname b:cite\endcsname
}
\catcode`\:=11
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\def\qed:sym{\leavevmode\a:qed }
\def\:temp{\qed:sym \global\@qededtrue }
\HLet\qed|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{qed}{1}
\def\endfigure{\end@float}
\def\endtable{\end@float}
\def\:temp#1{\a:email{#1}}
\HLet\email=\:temp
\def\c:email:{\def\a:email##1}
\Configure{email}{\o:email:{#1}}
|<config makecaption|>
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
   \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>\let\item\sv:item
                  \item[##1]\b:newtheorem}%
   \a:newtheorem  %\AutoRefstepAnchor
   \o:@ydefthm:}
\HLet\@ydefthm\:temp
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
   \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>%
                  \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:newtheorem}%
   \a:newtheorem  %\AutoRefstepAnchor
   \o:@begindef:}
\HLet\@begindef\:temp
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
   \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>%
                  \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:proof}%
   \a:proof  \o:@proof:}
\HLet\@proof\:temp
\def\:temp{\let\sv:item\item
   \def\item[##1]{|<no page break before item|>%
                  \let\item\sv:item\item[##1]\b:proof}%
   \a:proof \o:@xproof:}
\HLet\@xproof\:temp
\append:def\endproof{\c:proof}
\NewConfigure{proof}{3}
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\pend:def\@maketitle{%
  \let\thefootnote=\no:thefootnote
  \let\@makefnmark=\no:@makefnmark
  \pend:def\@title{\a:title}\append:def\@title{\b:title}%
  \edef\:temp{\the\subtitletext}%
  \ifx \:temp\empty \else
     \edef\:temp{\subtitletext={\noexpand\a:subtitle
                   \the\subtitletext\noexpand\b:subtitle}}\:temp
  \fi
  \ConfigureEnv{center}{\empty}{}{\empty}{\empty}
  \Configure{tabular}{}{}{}{}{\a:author}{\b:author}
  \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{\empty}{}{}{}%
  \ifx \@thanks\empty\else
    \pend:def\@thanks{\a:thanks}\append:def\@thanks{\b:thanks}%
  \fi
}
\NewConfigure{title}{2}
\NewConfigure{subtitle}{2}
\NewConfigure{thanks}{2}
\NewConfigure{author}{2}
\pend:def\maketitle{%
   \let\no:thefootnote=\thefootnote
   \let\no:@makefnmark=\@makefnmark
   \a:maketitle \bgroup
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
}
\append:def\maketitle{\egroup \b:maketitle }
\NewConfigure{maketitle}{2}
\def\titlenote{\@ifnextchar[\@xtitlenote{%
   \global\advance\titlenotecount by 1
   \let\acm:@footnotetext=\@footnotetext
   \let\acm:thefootnote=\thefootnote
   \long\def\@footnotetext####1{%
         \let\@footnotetext=\acm:@footnotetext
         {\reset@font\footnotesize
          \@footnotetext{####1}}\let\thefootnote=\acm:thefootnote}%
   \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\titlenotecount}%
   \footnote}}
\pend:def\abstract{\titlenotecount=0 }
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
\NewConfigure{toappear}{2}
\def\@copyrightspace{\ifx \@toappear\empty \else
    \a:toappear{%
      |<toappear parts|>%
      \crnotice{\@toappear}}\b:toappear
  \fi}
\NewConfigure{boilerplate}{2}
\NewConfigure{conf}{2}
\NewConfigure{confinfo}{2}
\NewConfigure{copyrightetc}{2}
>>>

\<toappear parts\><<<
\edef\:temp{\the\conf}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
  \edef\:temp{\conf={\noexpand\a:conf\the\conf\noexpand\b:conf}}\:temp
\fi
\edef\:temp{\the\confinfo}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
  \edef\:temp{\confinfo={\noexpand
      \a:confinfo\the\confinfo\noexpand\b:confinfo}}\:temp
\fi
\edef\:temp{\the\copyrightetc}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
  \edef\:temp{\copyrightetc={\noexpand
     \a:copyrightetc\the\copyrightetc\noexpand\b:copyrightetc}}\:temp
\fi
>>>

\<config acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
|<html late parts|>
|<html late sections|>
|<subsections for book / report / article|>
|<subsubsections for book / report / article|>
|<paragraphs for book / report / article|>
\let\acm:sect|=\no@sect
\def\no@sect#1#2#3{\acm:sect{#1}{#2}{#3\relax\let\@svsec|=\empty}}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{endnotes.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<endnotes.4ht\><<<
% endnotes.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
   |<fix endnotes|>
\Hinput{endnotes}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{endnotes}

\<fix endnotes\><<<
\HAssign\endnote:N=0
\def\endnoteN{\endnote:N}
\def\:tempc{\addtoendnotes
   {\def\string\endnoteN{\endnote:N}}\o:@endnotetext:}
\HLet\@endnotetext=\:tempc
\def\@makeenmark{%
   \gHAdvance\endnote:N by 1
   \hbox{\textsuperscript{\a:makeenmark\@theenmark\b:makeenmark}}}
\NewConfigure{makeenmark}{2}
\def\enoteformat{\rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parindent=1.8em
     \leavevmode\llap{\hbox{\textsuperscript{\@theenmark}}}}
\def\:tempc{\bgroup
   \pend:def\enoteformat{\a:enoteformat}%
   \append:def\enoteformat{\b:enoteformat}%
   \a:theendnotes \o:theendnotes: \b:theendnotes \egroup}
\HLet\theendnotes=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{theendnotes}{2}
\NewConfigure{enoteformat}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{2up}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<2up.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% 2up.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<conf 2up|>
\Hinput{2up}
\endinput
>>>       

       \AddFile{9}{2up}

\<conf 2up\><<<
\ifx \enddocument\:UnDef \else
\pend:def\enddocument{%
   \let\twoupclearpage=\empty
   \append:def\@enddocumenthook{\clearpage \twoup@eject}%
}
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{web}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<web.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% web.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\let\web:startsection=\@startsection
\def\@startsection{\def\@seccntformat##1{}\web:startsection}

\def\maketitle{{%
   |<adjust minipageNum for setcounter footnote 0|>%
   \a:mktl
   \pend:def\webversion{\a:webversion}%    
   \append:def\webversion{\b:webversion}%    
   \pend:def\webtitle{\a:webtitle}%
   \append:def\webtitle{\b:webtitle}%
   \pend:def\webauthor{\a:webauthor}%
   \append:def\webauthor{\b:webauthor}%
   \pend:def\webuniversity{\a:webuniversity}%
   \append:def\webuniversity{\b:webuniversity}%
   \o:maketitle: \b:mktl}}

\NewConfigure{maketitle}[2]{\def\a:mktl{#1}\def\b:mktl{#2}}
\NewConfigure{webauthor}{2}
\NewConfigure{webtitle}{2}
\NewConfigure{webuniversity}{2}
\NewConfigure{webversion}{2}
|<def HColor|>
\Hinput{web}
\endinput
>>>       \AddFile{9}{web}

\<exerquiz.4ht\><<<
% exerquiz.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1999. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\def\Rect#1{#1}
\ifx \pdf@rect\:UnDef
   \newsavebox{\pdf@box}
   \def\pdf@rect#1{\leavevmode #1}
\fi
\NewConfigure{javascript}{1}

\let\sv:tocsection|=\tocsection
\def\tocsection{\let\toclikesection|=\:gobbleIII \sv:tocsection}
\def\hypertarget#1#2{\Link{}{#1}\EndLink#2}
\def\hyperlink#1#2{\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink}

\append:def\exercise{\Link{}{page.ex\the@exno}\EndLink }
\pend:def\endsolution@sq{\def\thepage{ex\the@exno}}

\let\:shortquiz|=\shortquiz
\def\shortquiz{\gHAdvance\:onClick by 1
   \Link{}{page.qz\:onClick}\EndLink   \:shortquiz
   \pend:def\endsolution@sq{\def\thepage{qz\:onClick}}}

\pend:def\include@quizsolutions{%
    \let\sv:newpage|=\newpage
    \append:def\newpage{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}
\append:def\include@solutions{%
    \let\noindent|=\sv:noindent}

|<configure answers|>
\Hinput{exerquiz}
\endinput
>>>                                   \AddFile{9}{exerquiz}



\<configure answers\><<<
\HAssign\:onClick = 0
\HAssign\Prob:N = 0
\HAssign\Quiz:N = 0

\append:def\shortquiz{\pend:def\answers{\gHAdvance\Prob:N by 1
   \let\:NAME|=\empty}}
\let\:@quiz|=\@quiz
\def\@quiz*#1#2{%
   \if #1f \let\c:quiz|=\C:quiz\fi
   \:@quiz*{#1}{#2}%
   \pend:defI\answers{\gHAdvance\Prob:N by 1
   \let\:NAME|=\empty}}

\pend:def\quiz{%
   \let\:bqlabel|=\bqlabel
   \def\bqlabel{\IgnorePar\EndP
      \Tg<form action="." class="quiz"
            id="thisform\Quiz:N">%
            \Tg<input value="\:bqlabel"  type="reset"
             onClick='\c:quiz' />}%
    \let\:eqlabel|=\eq@eqlabel
    \def\eq@eqlabel{\IgnorePar\EndP
             \Tg<input type="button" value="\:eqlabel"
             onClick='\a:javascript \d:quiz' />%
        \ifeq@nocorrections\else
           \Tg<input type="button" value="\eq@CA"
              name="correct\Quiz:N"
              onClick='\a:javascript \e:quiz' />%
        \fi
    }%
    \gHAdvance\Quiz:N by 1 \gHAssign\Prob:N=0    \ShowPar
   }
\append:def\endquiz{\let\eq@eqlabel|==\:eqlabel
   \Tg</form>\Tag{ans-\Quiz:N}{\Prob:N}}
|<configure shortquiz|>
|<configure quiz|>
|<configure quiz*|>
\LinkCommand\js:link{input,,,, /}
\LinkCommand\js:Link{input,onClick='\a:javascript \noexpand\:tempa
   href(\noexpand\:gobble,,, /}
\def\js:click#1#2#3{\ifnum #3=0
      \js:link[ type="button" value="#2"\Hnewline
                class="onClickClass"  onClick='\a:javascript #1'
                name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N"
                \:NAME]{}{}%
   \else
      \def\:tempa{#1}%
      \js:Link[ );' type="button" value="#2"\Hnewline
                name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N"
                class="onClickClass"  \:NAME]{\@qzsolndest}{}%
   \fi
}
>>>

\<configure shortquiz\><<<
\pend:def\shortquiz{\leavevmode
   \Tg<form action="." class="shortquiz">\IgnorePar}
\append:def\endshortquiz{\Tg</form>}{}{}
\def\Ans@i#1{\stepcounter{quizno}{
   \ifx#11
         \js:click{\b:shortquiz}{\a:shortquiz}{\ifx
                \@qzsolndest\empty 0\else 1\fi}%
   \else \js:click{\c:shortquiz}{\a:shortquiz}{0}%
   \fi
}}%
\NewConfigure{shortquiz}{3}
\pend:defII\ReturnTo{\noindent\a:ReturnTo}
\append:defII\ReturnTo{\b:ReturnTo}
\NewConfigure{ReturnTo}{2}
>>>

\<configure quiz\><<<
\def\Ans@l#1{\stepcounter{quizno}%
   \ifnum #1=1 \def\:NAME{ id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" }\fi
   \def\ANS{#1}%
   \js:click{\b:quiz}{\a:quiz}{0}}
\NewConfigure{quiz}{5}
>>>

\<configure quiz*-NOPE\><<<
\def\Ans@f#1{\stepcounter{quizno}%
   \def\ANS{#1}%
   \Tg<input type="radio"
      \ifnum #1=1 id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" \fi
      name="ans\Quiz:N y\Prob:N"
      class="onClickClass" onClick='\a:javascript \a:ANS' />}
\NewConfigure{quiz*}[1]{\def\a:ANS{#1}}
\Configure{quiz*}{}
>>>

\<configure quiz*\><<<
\def\Ans@f#1{\stepcounter{quizno}%
   \ifnum #1=1 \def\:NAME{ id="ans\Quiz:N x\Prob:N" }\fi
   \def\ANS{#1}%
   \js:click{\B:quiz}{\A:quiz}{0}}
\NewConfigure{quiz*}[3]{\def\A:quiz{#1}\def\B:quiz{#2}\def\C:quiz{#3}}
\Configure{quiz*}{}{}{}
>>>

We must fix some exerquiz issues before we load the package itself.

\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{exerquiz.sty}{exerquiz-hooks.4ht}
>>>

\<exerquiz-hooks.4ht\><<<
% exerquiz-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
\ifdefined\headerps@out\else%
\def\headerps@out#1{}%
\fi
% \AtBeginDocument{\let\origa:Form\a:Form\let\a:Form\relax}
% \AtEndDocument{\let\b:Form\relax}
% \AtEndOfPackage{\AtBeginDocument{\let\a:form\origa:Form}}
>>>\AddFile{9}{exerquiz-hooks}

\Section{hyperxmp.sty}


We want to prevent execution of PDF related commands from 
Hyperxmp.

\<hyperxmp.4ht\><<<
% hyperxmp.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\renewcommand*{\hyxmp@use@first@valid}[3]{}
\let\hyxmp@embed@packet\relax
\Hinput{hyperxmp}
\endinput
>>>\AddFile{9}{hyperxmp}



\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{hyperxmp.sty}{hyperxmp-hooks.4ht}
>>>

It seems that pdfffedback primitive is defined in the DVI mode
in LuaTeX. This results in package loading error with the
Hyperxmp package. We make it temporarily undefined, in order
to prevent execution of the failing code.

\<hyperxmp-hooks.4ht\><<<
% hyperxmp-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
% package redefinitions
\let\orig:pdffeedback\pdffeedback
\let\pdffeedback\@undefined
\:AtEndOfPackage{
\let\pdffeedback\orig:pdffeedback
}

>>>\AddFile{9}{hyperxmp-hooks}

\Section{datetime2.sty}
 
\<add to usepackage\><<<
\Configure{PackageHooks}{datetime2.sty}{datetime2-hooks.4ht}
>>>

It seems that pdfffedback primitive is defined in the DVI mode
in LuaTeX. This results in package loading error with the
Datetime2 package. We make it temporarily undefined, in order
to prevent execution of the failing code.

\<datetime2-hooks.4ht\><<<
% datetime2-hooks.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
% package redefinitions
\let\orig:pdffeedback\pdffeedback
\let\pdffeedback\@undefined
\:AtEndOfPackage{
\let\pdffeedback\orig:pdffeedback
}
>>>\AddFile{9}{datetime2-hooks}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{breqn.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<breqn.4ht\><<<
% breqn.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<breqn environments|>
|<breqn commands|>
\Hinput{breqn}
\endinput

>>> \AddFile{9}{breqn}

Breqn defines some environments, but their use ends with 
fatal errors with TeX4ht. We redefine them to use standard
LaTeX math environments instead. We will lose some functionality,
but fatal error is a worse possibility.

\<breqn environments\><<<
\renewenvironment{dmath*}[1][]{\[}{\]}
\renewenvironment{dmath}[1][]{\begin{equation}}{\end{equation}}
\renewenvironment{dsuspend}{}{\par}

% enumerate equation for \begin{dseries}
\def\@dseries[#1]{%
  \if\eq@hasNumber%
    \refstepcounter{equation}%
  \fi
  \begingroup%
   \a:equation%
   \ignorespaces%
}


% mimic the equatio environment
\def\end@dseries{%
  \b:equation 
  \if\eq@hasNumber%
  (\arabic{equation})%
  \fi%
\c:equation%
}

% this macro prints spurious equation number to the document, so we just reset it
\def\grp@finish{%
  \setbox\GRP@wholebox\vbox{%
    \let\breqn@elt\eqgrp@elt
    \the\GRP@queue
  }%
  \unvbox\GRP@wholebox
}

% the \EQ@displayinfo is used by other commands, it isn't useful in the HTML conversion
\def\eq@nulldisplay{%
  \xdef\EQ@displayinfo{%
    \relax}%
}
>>>

\<breqn commands\><<<
%% commands 
% fix wrong handling of fonts in \condition
\newcommand\:condition@a[2][\conditionpunct]{%
  \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip % BRM Added
  \mbox{#1}%
  \hskip\conditionsep
  \ \if@tempswa\mbox{#2}\else\mbox{$\textmath@setup #2$}\fi
  \endgroup
}

\HLet\condition@a\:condition@a

>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{nicefrac.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<nicefrac.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% nicefrac.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<config nicefrac|>
\Hinput{nicefrac}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{nicefrac}

\<config nicefrac\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2#3{\a:nicefrac#1{#2}\b:nicefrac#1{#3}\c:nicefrac}
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\@UnitsNiceFrac\space\endcsname\:tempc
\expandafter\HLet\csname\string\@UnitsUglyFrac\space\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{nicefrac}{3}
\Configure{nicefrac}{}{/}{}
>>>

\Section{fontmath.ltx}

\<config fontmath.ltx utilities\><<<
\def\relbar{\mathrel-}
>>>

\Section{multicol.sty}

\<multicol.4ht\><<<
% multicol.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\append:def\set@floatcmds{\let\end@dblfloat|=\end@float}   
\def\slocitlum#1{\let\endslocitlum|=\empty 
   \end{slocitlum}}
|<multicols config|>
\Hinput{multicol}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{multicol}

\<multicols config\><<<
\def\mcolnum{1}
\def\multicols#1{%
      \bgroup \par \col@number=#1
      \def\mcolnum{#1}
      \@ifnextchar[{\mult@cols}{\mult@cols[]}%]
   }

\def\mult@@cols#1[#2]{#1\ignorespaces\mult:cols}
\def\endmulticols{\egroup\par }

\def\columnbreak{\a:columnbreak}
\NewConfigure{columnbreak}{1}
\Configure{columnbreak}{auto}

%  break-before, break-after, break-inside
%-----------------------------------------
% auto  always  avoid  left  right  page  column  avoid-page 
% avoid-column

\def\columngap{\a:columngap}
\NewConfigure{columngap}{1}
\Configure{columngap}{\the\columnsep}

% dimen  normal (1em)

\def\columnrulewidth{\a:columnrulewidth}
\NewConfigure{columnrulewidth}{1}
\Configure{columnrulewidth}{\the\columnseprule}

% thin  medium  thick  dimen

\def\columnrulecolor{\a:columnrulecolor}
\NewConfigure{columnrulecolor}{1}
\Configure{columnrulecolor}{\#555}

% legal color

\def\columnrulestyle{\a:columnrulestyle}
\NewConfigure{columnrulestyle}{1}
\Configure{columnrulestyle}{outset}

% none
%     No border. 
% *hidden
%     Same as 'none', but in the collapsing border model, also inhibits
%     any other border (see the section on border conflicts).  
% dotted
%     The border is a series of dots. 
% dashed
%     The border is a series of short line segments. 
% solid
%     The border is a single line segment. 
% double
%     The border is two solid lines. The sum of the two lines and the
%     space between them equals the value of 'border-width'.  
% groove
%     The border looks as though it were carved into the canvas. 
% ridge
%     The opposite of 'groove': the border looks as though it were
%     coming out of the canvas.  
% *inset
%     In the separated borders model, the border makes the entire box
%     look as though it were embedded in the canvas. In the collapsing
%     border model, drawn the same as 'ridge'.  
% *outset
%     In the separated borders model, the border makes the entire box
%     look as though it were coming out of the canvas. In the collapsing
%     border model, drawn the same as 'groove'.  

\def\columnspan{\a:columnspan}
\NewConfigure{columnspan}{1}
\Configure{columnspan}{none}

% none  all

\def\columnfill{\a:columnfill}
\NewConfigure{columnfill}{1}
\Configure{columnfill}{balance}

% auto  balance

\NewConfigure{multicols}{1}
\Configure{multicols}{columns}

% CSS needs to be written for every column count
\NewConfigure{multicolscss}{1}
\def\:wr:mcol:css{\a:multicolscss }

% this configuration should configure HTML code inserted for multicols environment
\NewConfigure{multicolscolumn}{2}

\def\mult:cols{\a:multicolscolumn%
        \expandafter\ifx\csname .\a:multicols-\mcolnum\endcsname\relax%
        \:wr:mcol:css
        \expandafter\gdef\csname .\a:multicols-\mcolnum\endcsname{1}%
        \fi\ShowPar\par}
\append:def\endmulticols{\b:multicolscolumn} 
>>>

\Section{lettrine.sty}

% Lettrine
\<lettrine.4ht\><<<
% lettrine.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2012-2018 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<config lettrine|>
\Hinput{lettrine}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{2}{lettrine}

\<config lettrine\><<<
\NewConfigure{lettrine}{7}
\define@key{L}{ante}{\def\LH:ante{#1}}%
\define@key{L}{findent}{\def\LH:findent{#1}}%
\define@key{L}{lhang}{\def\LH:lhang{#1}}%
\define@key{L}{lines}{\def\LH:lines{#1}}%
\def\reset:LH:keys{\let\LH:ante\@empty
    \def\LH:lines{2}%
    \def\LH:lhang{0}%
    \def\LH:findent{0pt}}
\reset:LH:keys
%
\def\@lettrine[#1]#2#3{\setkeys{L}{#1}%
     \def\HlettrineChar{#2}%
     \def\HlettrineString{#3}%
     \a:lettrine
     \ifx\LH:ante\@empty\else\f:lettrine\LH:ante\g:lettrine\fi
     \c:lettrine
      \HCode{<span class="lettrine-}#2\HCode{">}#2\HCode{</span>}
     \b:lettrine\d:lettrine#3\e:lettrine
     \reset:LH:keys}
%
% a: before lettrine
% b: after lettrine
% c: before letter
% d: between letter and string
% e: after string
% f: before ante
% g: after ante
%
\Configure{lettrine}
   {\HCode{<span class="lettrine">}}
   {\HCode{</span>}}
%
   {\HCode{<span class="lettrine-letter">}}
   {\HCode{</span><span class="lettrine-line">}}
   {\HCode{</span>}}
%
   {\HCode{<span class="lettrine-ante">}}
   {\HCode{</span>}}
%
% Define default Css
%
\Css{.lettrine{float: left;
    line-height: 0.7; margin-left: -0.1em;
    margin-bottom: -.5em; margin-right: 0.2em;
    }}
\Css{.lettrine-ante{vertical-align: top;}}
\Css{.lettrine-letter{font-style: normal;
    font-size: 4em; color: gray;}}
%
\Css{.lettrine-A{margin-right: 0.3em;}}
\Css{.lettrine-A + .lettrine-line{margin-left: -0.4em;}}
\Css{.lettrine-J{line-height: 1; margin-right: 0;}}
\Css{.lettrine-H, .lettrine-I, .lettrine-N, .lettrine-U{margin-right: 0;}}
\Css{.lettrine-V{margin-right: -0.3em;}}
\Css{.lettrine-V + .lettrine-line{margin-left: 0.3em;}}
\Css{.lettrine-Q{padding-bottom: 1em;margin-top: -0.6em;}}
\Css{.lettrine-line{font-variant: small-caps;}}
\Css{p.indent{text-indent: 0em;}}
>>>                 

\Section{osudeG.sty}

\<recall osudeGNO\><<<<
\def\:temp{\ht:everypar={\setbox0=\lastbox\ht:everypar={}}}
\ifx \NoindentAfter\:temp    
%   \def\restore:osudeG{\let\restore:osudeG|=\:UnDef}
%   \def\:temp#1{{\accent"7D #1}}\ifx \:temp\H
%   \else      \:tmp{H}\estore:osudeG \fi
\fi
>>>

DON'T remove the equal signs from the definition
of \''\:temp' below.

\<osudeG.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% osudeG.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<osudeG.sty|>
\Hinput{osudeG}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{osudeG}

\<osudeG.sty\><<<
   \HRestore\H
   \def\NoindentAfter{\ht:everypar|={\HtmlPar
      \setbox0|=\lastbox\ht:everypar|={\HtmlPar}}}
   \let\SOverline|=\overline \let\Overline|=\overline
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{parallel.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\<parallel.4ht\><<<
% parallel.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<parallel.sty|>
\Hinput{parallel}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{parallel}


\<parallel.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{ParallelLText}{2}
\NewConfigure{ParallelRText}{2}
\renewcommand\ParallelRText[1]{\a:ParallelRText#1\b:ParallelRText}
\renewcommand\ParallelLText[1]{\a:ParallelLText#1\b:ParallelLText}
>>>



%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{skak.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<skak.4ht\><<<
% skak.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2017 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

|<skak.sty|>
\Hinput{skak}
\endinput
>>>

\<skak.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{SkakBoard}{2}

\pend:def\showboard{\a:SkakBoard}
\append:def\showboard{\b:SkakBoard}

>>> \AddFile{9}{skak}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{chessboard.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<chessboard.4ht\><<<
% chessboard.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

|<chessboard.sty|>
\Hinput{chessboard}
\endinput
>>>

\<chessboard.sty\><<<
\NewConfigure{chessboard}{2}
% this should put configurable hooks around \newchessgame
% contents printed by this command should be printed to image
\newcommand\Save:TikzPict{\let\old:a:tikzpicture\a:tikzpicture\let\old:b:tikzpicture\b:tikzpicture\let\a:tikzpicture\relax\let\b:tikzpicture\relax}
\newcommand\Restore:TikzPict{\let\a:tikzpicture\old:a:tikzpicture\let\b:tikzpicture\old:b:tikzpicture}
\newcommand\:tempaboard[1][]{\a:chessboard\o:chessboard:[#1]\b:chessboard}
% 
\HLet\chessboard\:tempaboard
\Configure{chessboard}{\Picture*{}\Save:TikzPict}{\Restore:TikzPict\EndPicture}
>>> \AddFile{9}{chessboard}


%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{texmate.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<texmate.4ht\><<<
% texmate.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

|<texmate.sty|>
\Hinput{texmate}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{texmate}


\<texmate.sty\><<<
% fix incorrect handling of pictures
\NewConfigure{makediagramsfix}{2}
\renewcommand*\:tempa[1]{\a:makediagramsfix\o:@toD:{#1}\b:makediagramsfix}
\HLet\@toD\:tempa
% add some markup for diagrams
\NewConfigure{makediagrams}{2}
\renewcommand*\:tempa[1][\@diagramsbuilt]{\a:makediagrams\o:makediagrams:[#1]\b:makediagrams}
\HLet\makediagrams\:tempa
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{menukeys.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<menukeys.4ht\><<<
% menukeys.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
% use the following Configuration to patch all defined styles (not commands!)
\NewConfigure{defmenukey}[1]{%
  % define \Configure{menukey<stylename>} - it will be used to insert \Picture+ ... \EndPicture
  \NewConfigure{menukey#1}{2}
  % insert hooks into style's pre and post macros
  \expandafter\pend:def\csname tw@style@#1@pre\endcsname{\csname a:menukey#1\endcsname}%
  \expandafter\append:def\csname tw@style@#1@post\endcsname{\csname b:menukey#1\endcsname}%
  % use pictures by default for the style configuration
  \Configure{menukey#1}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}
}

\Configure{defmenukey}{menus}
\Configure{defmenukey}{paths}
\Configure{defmenukey}{roundedkeys}
\Configure{defmenukey}{roundedmenus}
\Configure{defmenukey}{angularmenus}
\Configure{defmenukey}{typewriterkeys}
\Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepaths}
\Configure{defmenukey}{pathswithfolder}
\Configure{defmenukey}{shadowedangularkeys}
\Configure{defmenukey}{pathswithblackfolder}
\Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepathswithfolder}
\Configure{defmenukey}{hyphenatepathswithblackfolder}

\Hinput{menukeys}
\endinput
>>> \AddFile{9}{menukeys}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{vanilla.sty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Old amstex.sty: 1985, 1986 BY MICHAEL SPIVAK

\<vanilla.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% vanilla.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

|<vanilla.sty|>
|<config amsppt + vanilla shared|>
|<config vanilla.sty utilities|>
|<config vanilla.sty shared|>
\Hinput{vanilla}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{7}{vanilla}

\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname title\endcsname{\title@true
    \bgroup  \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign  \let\\|=\cr\a:title 
    \halign\bgroup\tenbf\hfill\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfill\cr}
\def\endtitle{\cr\egroup\b:title\egroup}
\expandafter\def\csname author\endcsname{\bgroup
     \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign  \let\\|=\cr\a:author
   \halign to \hsize\bgroup\smc\hfill\ignorespaces##\unskip\hfill\cr}
\def\endauthor{\cr\egroup\b:author\egroup}

\expandafter\let\csname heading\endcsname|=\empty
\expandafter\let\csname endheading\endcsname|=\empty
\NewSection\heading{}
\let\x:heading=\heading
\def\heading#1\endheading{{\let\cr|=\space \let\\|=\space
   \x:heading{#1}}}

\expandafter\let\csname subheading\endcsname|=\empty
\NewSection\subheading{}

\expandafter\def\csname proclaim\endcsname#1{\medbreak\a:proclaim
    \noindent\smc\ignorespaces  #1\unskip.\b:proclaim
    \enspace\sl\ignorespaces}
\expandafter\def\csname endproclaim\endcsname{\c:proclaim\medskip\rm}

\expandafter\def\csname demo\endcsname#1{\par \a:demo
    \noindent{\smc\ignorespaces#1\unskip\enspace}\b:demo
    \rm  \ignorespaces}
\expandafter\def\csname enddemo\endcsname{\c:demo\par}
\NewConfigure{demo}{3}

\def\footnote{\let\@sf=\empty\ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor
    =\the\spacefactor}\/\fi \futurelet\next\footnote@}
\def\footnote@{\ifx"\next\let\next\footnote@@\else
     \let\next\footnote@@@\fi\next}
\def\footnote@@"#1"#2{%
   \gHAdvance\FNnum  1 \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty
      \def\:temp##1[##2]##3{##1[##2]{*}}\expandafter\:temp \fi
   \HPageButton[fn\FNnum]{#1}\BeginHPage[fn\FNnum]{ }{#2}\EndHPage{}}
\HAssign\FNnum |=  0
\def\footnote@@@#1{%
    \HPageButton[nf\the\footmarkcount@]{$^{\number\footmarkcount@}$}%
    \BeginHPage[nf\the\footmarkcount@]{ }
    {{\HCode{<sup>}{\number\footmarkcount@}\HCode{</sup>}}{#1}\global
     \advance\footmarkcount@ by 1}\EndHPage{}}
>>>

\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\brute:halign{\let\:HAlign|=\halign   \let\:NOalign|=\noalign
  \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \HRestore\noalign     
  \let\sv:Row=\HRow  \let\sv:Col=\HCol  \def\HRow{0}}
\def\endbrute:halign#1{%
     \csname d:#1\endcsname\csname b:#1\endcsname
     \global\let\HRow|=\sv:Row  \global\let\HCol|=\sv:Col}
\def\abt:hlgn#1{\csname\ifnum \HRow=0  a\else d\fi :#1\endcsname
     \g:Advance\HRow by 1 \gdef\HCol{1}%
     \csname c:#1\endcsname\csname e:#1\endcsname\let\halign|=\:HAlign 
     \let\noalign|=\:NOalign}
\def\bbt:hlgn#1{\g:Advance \HCol by 1 \csname 
     e:#1\endcsname\let\halign|=\:HAlign
     \let\noalign|=\:NOalign}

\def\:temp{\vcenter\bgroup \brute:halign
  \vspace@\Let@\openup\jot\m@th\ialign
  \bgroup \strut\hfil\abt:hlgn{aligned}%
     $\displaystyle{##}$\f:aligned
     &\bbt:hlgn{aligned}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:aligned\hfil\crcr}
\HLet\aligned|=\:temp
\def\:temp{\crcr\egroup
   \endbrute:halign{aligned}\egroup}
\HLet\endaligned|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{aligned}{6}
>>>

\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{\vcenter\bgroup\Let@\vspace@ \brute:halign
    \normalbaselines
  \m@th\ialign\bgroup\hfil\abt:hlgn{matrix}$##$\f:matrix\hfil&&\quad\hfil
     \bbt:hlgn{matrix}$##$\f:matrix\crcr
    \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}
\HLet\matrix|=\:temp
\def\:temp{\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\egroup
    \endbrute:halign{matrix}\egroup}
\HLet\endmatrix|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{matrix}{6}
>>>

\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\:temp{\left\{\,\vcenter\bgroup\vspace@   \brute:halign
     \normalbaselines\openup\jot\m@th
       \Let@\ialign\bgroup\abt:hlgn{cases}$##$\f:cases
            \hfil&\quad\bbt:hlgn{cases}$##$\f:cases\hfil\crcr}
\HLet\cases|=\:temp
\def\:temp{\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\egroup
    \endbrute:halign{cases}\egroup\right.}
\HLet\endcases|=\:temp
>>>

\<vanilla.sty\><<<
\def\ralign@#1\endalign{\displ@y\Let@\tabskip\centering
    \append:def\f:align{\ifx \dn:hlgn\:UnDef \else
        \global\let\dn:hlgn=\:UnDef \endbrute:halign{align}\fi}%
    \brute:halign \halign{\abt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle
       {##}$\f:align&\bbt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:align
       &\bbt:hlgn{align}\hbox{(\rm##\unskip)}\f:align\crcr
             #1\global\let\dn:hlgn|=\empty\crcr}}
\def\lalign@
 #1\endalign{\displ@y\Let@\tabskip\centering
    \append:def\f:align{\ifx \dn:hlgn\:UnDef \else
        \global\let\dn:hlgn=\:UnDef \endbrute:halign{align}\fi}%
   \brute:halign \halign{\abt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle
       {##}$\f:align&\bbt:hlgn{align}$\displaystyle{{}##}$\f:align
   &\bbt:hlgn{align}\hbox{(\rm##\unskip)}\f:align\crcr 
   #1\global\let\dn:hlgn=|\empty\crcr}}
\NewConfigure{align}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ProTex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{ProTex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<ProTex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ProTex.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2003.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<load protex|>
|<config protex|>
\if:latex |<latex protex|>\fi
|<program ref protex|>
\Hinput{ProTex}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{ProTex}

\<program ref protex\><<<
\:CheckOption{prog-ref}\if:Option
   \let\oc:frag:href\frag:href 
   \def\frag:href#1#2{% 
       \expandafter \ifx \csname cw:ofile-#1\endcsname \relax 
          \oc:frag:href{#1}{#2}% 
       \else 
          \HCode {<\tag:A \:newlnch \HREF:  
             "\csname cw:ofile-#1\endcsname "#2>}% 
       \fi } 
   \let\oc:OutputCodE=\OutputCodE 
   \def\OutputCodE\<#1\>{{% 
      \Tag{ofile-)0Z:#1}{#1}% 
      \let\OutputCode=\oc:OutputCode
      \oc:OutputCodE\<#1\>}} 
   \let\oc:OutputCode=\OutputCode 
   \def\OutputCode#1\<#2\>{% 
      \def\foo##1[##2]##3//{##1.##2}% 
      \Tag{ofile-)0Z:#2}{\foo#2#1[java]//}% 
      \oc:OutputCode#1\<#2\>} 
\else
   \Log:Note{for pointers to code files from root fragments
       use the command line option 'prog-ref'}
\fi
>>>

\<load protex\><<<
\let\c:ProTex:=\:UnDef
\let\protex:sv\:RestoreCatcodes
\let\protex:sav\:CheckOption
\catcode`\:=12
   \input ProTex.sty
   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\AlProTex
   \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname a:ProTex\endcsname}
\catcode`\:=11
\let\:RestoreCatcodes\protex:sv
\let\:CheckOption\protex:sav
\def\:CheckProtexOption#1{
  \let\protex:sv=\Preamble
  \let\Preamble=\a:ProTex
  \:CheckOption{#1}
  \let\Preamble=\protex:sv
}
>>>   

\<config protex\><<<
\:CheckProtexOption{[[]]}\if:Option
    \NewConfigure{FrameCode}[2]{%
       \def\a:FrameCode{#1}\def\b:FrameCode{#2}%
       \def\:FrameCode##1{\ifvmode\vfill\break\fi 
          \vtop{\a:FrameCode ##1\b:FrameCode}}}
\fi
>>>

\<config protex\><<<
\let\tivt:ModifyAppendCode=\ModifyAppendCode
\def\ModifyAppendCode#1{%
   \tivt:ModifyAppendCode{#1}\a:ModifyAppendCode}
\NewConfigure{ModifyAppendCode}[1]{%
   \concat:config\a:ModifyAppendCode{#1}}
\Configure{ModifyAppendCode}{}
>>>

\<config protex\><<<
\let\tivt:ModifyOutputCode=\ModifyOutputCode
\def\ModifyOutputCode#1{\tivt:ModifyOutputCode{#1}%
   \pend:def\ProTexMssg{\Configure{Needs}{File: \:FileName}\Needs{}}%
   \a:ModifyOutputCode
}
\NewConfigure{ModifyOutputCode}[1]{%
   \concat:config\a:ModifyOutputCode{#1}}
\Configure{ModifyOutputCode}{}
>>>

\<config protex\><<<
\let\tivt:ModifyShowCode=\ModifyShowCode
\def\ModifyShowCode#1{\tivt:ModifyShowCode{#1}\a:ModifyShowCode}
\NewConfigure{ModifyShowCode}[1]{%
   \concat:config\a:ModifyShowCode{#1}}
\Configure{ModifyShowCode}{}
>>>

\<latex protex\><<<
\AtBeginDocument{\let\la:ref=\ref}
\Configure{ModifyAppendCode}
     {\let\ref\relax}
\Configure{ModifyShowCode}
     {\let\ref\prtx:ref}
\catcode`\(=1
\catcode`\)=2
\catcode`\{=12
\catcode`\}=12
\def\prtx:ref#1{#2}(\la:ref(#2))
\catcode`\(=12
\catcode`\)=12
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
>>>

\<config protex\><<<
\def\frnt:ttl#1{{\parindent=0pt \htmlprotex:par
      {\expandafter\ifx \csname ListCounter\endcsname\relax
         \else  \:removeindentfalse \fi   \leavevmode}%
      \PortTitle{#1}\:AppendSign}\a:protex
    }
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{HT4 STY}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Outline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<th4.4ht\><<<
% th4.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\ifHtml
   \:CheckOption{javascript}
      \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
   \if:Option 
      |<javascript|>
   \else
      \Log:Note{for javascript support, 
          use the command line option `javascript'}
   \fi
   \:CheckOption{java}
       \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
   \if:Option 
      |<java|>
   \else
      \Log:Note{for java support, 
          use the command line option `java'}
   \fi
   \:CheckOption{image-maps}
      \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
   \if:Option 
      |<image maps|>
   \else
      \Log:Note{for image maps support, 
          use the command line option `image-maps'}
   \fi
   \:CheckOption{frames-}
      \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{frames}\fi
      \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
   \if:Option 
      |<frames|>
      \Log:Note{for frames support, 
          use the command line option `frames-' or `frames'}
   \fi
   \:CheckOption{ShowFont}
      \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
   \if:Option 
      |<show font|>
   \fi
\fi
\:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option 
   \edef\:temp{\meaning\everypar}
   \edef\:tempa{\string\everypar}
   \ifx \:temp\:tempa
      \let\ht:everypar|=\everypar
   \fi
   |<inline verbatim|>
   |<general tex-sty configure utilities|>
   |<TeX4ht divs|>
   |<TeX4ht lists|>
   \def\Verbatim{\par\V:rbatim}
   \def\c:Verbatim:{\Configure{HVerbatim}}
   \expandafter\def\csname c:Verbatim+:\endcsname
      {\Configure{HVerbatim+}}
   \if:latex \else
      |<TeX4ht tocs|>
      \ifHtml |<html TeX4ht tocs|>
   \fi\fi
   \ifHtml
      |<tex-sty configure utilities|>
      |<tex-sty shared Configure|>
      |<html TeX4ht divs|>
      |<html TeX4ht lists|>
      |<html sty of TeX4ht|>
      |<HTable|> 
      |<postscript draw|>
      |<draw sty|>
      |<th4 indexes|>
%      \expand:after{\Hinput{th4}}
   \else
      |<non-html TeX4ht lists|>
      |<non-html sty of TeX4ht|>
      |<elements for lists|>
      |<non-html lists|>  
      |<non-html sty Verbatim|>  
      |<non-html blocks for divs|> 
      |<non-html tex divs|>    
      |<non-html tex settabs|>
      |<non-html tex env|>
      |<non-html tex-only env|>
      |<non-html inline verbatim|>
   \fi
\fi
\ifHtml        \expand:after{\Hinput{th4}}\fi
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{th4}

%           \AddFile{9}{th4-frames}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{ShowFont}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<show font\><<<
\:CheckOption{ShowFont}     \if:Option 
   |<HObey for ShowFont|>
   \def\ShowFont#1{{\ifx \sevenrm\Undef \let\sevenrm|=\rm\fi
      \Picture*{ \a:@Picture{ShowFont}}\begingroup   \HObey
         % Variants of Knuth's macros
         \postdisplaypenalty=-10000 \global\tmp:cnt=0 #1
         \tabskip0.06\hsize  |<definitions for ShowFont|>%
         \halign to\hsize\bgroup  |<halign for ShowFont|>%
         \egroup
      \EndHObey  \endgroup  \EndPicture}}
   |<showfont + unicode|>
\fi
>>>

\<showfont + unicode\><<<
\csname newread\endcsname\in:strm
\def\Uii:{\expandafter\Uii:o\in:buf xxxxxxxxx;}
\def\Uii:o#1x#2#3#4xxxx;{#2#3}
\catcode`\@=6
\catcode`\#=12
\def\Uiv:{\expandafter\Uiv:o\in:buf '&#xxxxxxxxx;}
\def\Uiv:o@1'&#x@2@3@4@5@6xxxx;{@2@3@4@5}
\catcode`\@=11
\catcode`\#=6

\def\:gobbleM#1->{}
\def\Uni:symbols{\ifnum \char:n<256
  \HCode{\Hnewline<tr><td>}\char:n{}\HCode{</td>}
  \bgroup \catcode`\#=12 \catcode`\\=12 
      \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
      \catcode`\_=12 \catcode`\^=12 \catcode`\~=12
%     \ifeof\in:strm \else
        \read\in:strm to\in:buf
        \ifeof\in:strm  \gHAssign\char:n=256 \else
           \def\:temp{\par}
           \ifx\in:buf\:temp\else
              \edef\:tempa{\Uiv:}\def\:temp{xxxx}
              \ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\:tempa=\:gobble
              \else              \let\:tempa=\empty\fi
             \HCode{<td>}
              \:tempa{\Picture{http://charts.unicode.org/Unicode.charts%
                                    /Small.Glyphs/\Uii:/U\Uiv:.gif}}           
                    \HCode{</td><td>}
              \:tempa{\Picture{http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-math/chap6/glyphs/%
                                    \Uii:/U\Uiv:.gif}}           
              \HCode{</td><td>}{\font:nm\char\char:n}
              \HCode{</td><td>}{\font:nm \Picture+{}\char
                                 \char:n\EndPicture}
              \HCode{</td><td class="htf">}\:tempa\Uiv:
                 \:tempa\:gobble{\tt\expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning\in:buf}
              \HCode{</td>}
     \fi\fi%\fi
   \egroup
   \HCode{</tr>}
   \HAdvance\char:n by 1 \expandafter\Uni:symbols\fi} 
\def\ShowFontU#1#2{%
   \font\font:nm=#2
   \openin\in:strm=#1\relax 
   \ifeof\in:strm  \writesixteen{.........can't  open #1}\else
     \read\in:strm to\in:buf\relax
     \HAssign\char:n=0 \HCode{<table class="unicodes" border="1"><tr>
        <td>char<br\xml:empty>number</td>
        <td>unicode<br\xml:empty>org</td>
        <td>ams<br\xml:empty>org</td>
        <td>htf +<br\xml:empty>browser</td>
        <td>actual<br\xml:empty>(la)tex<br\xml:empty>symbol</td>
        <td>htf<br\xml:empty>entry</td>
        </tr>}
        \Uni:symbols
     \HCode{</table>}
     \Css{.unicodes{border:solid 1px;}}
     \Css{.unicodes td{text-align:center;}}
     \Css{.unicodes td.htf{text-align:left;}}
   \fi
   \closein\in:strm}      
>>>

\<definitions for ShowFont\><<<
\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\tmp:cnt}%
  \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
  \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
  \box0\global\advance\tmp:cnt by1 }%
>>>

\<definitions for ShowFont\><<<
\def\cr:line{\cr  \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
  \multispan{17}\hrulefill&
  \cr \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}%
\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}%
\def\chartLine##1{\hbox to 13.8pt{\hfil\sevenrm ##1 }}%
>>>

\<definitions for ShowFont\><<<
\HAssign\:tempc|=0
\def\:tempd{\chartLine\:tempc
   \vrule   &\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\cr:line
   \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
   \gHAdvance\:tempc by 8 \ifnum \:tempc<256  \expandafter\:tempd \fi}%
>>>

\<halign for ShowFont\><<<
|<chartstrut|>##\tabskip\z@ plus10pt& &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
\lower6.5pt\null
\chartLine{}\vrule   &\sevenrm 0&&\sevenrm 1&&\sevenrm
   2&&\sevenrm 3&&\sevenrm 4&&\sevenrm 5&&\sevenrm 6&&\sevenrm 7&\cr:line
\:tempd \cr
>>>

\<chartstrut\><<<
\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}%
>>>

\<HObey for ShowFont\><<<
\def\HObey{\SaveEverypar \par \ht:everypar{}%
   {\parindent|=\z@ \leftskip|=\z@ \leavevmode   
    \HCode{ <table \Hnewline \:zbsp{HObey}
          width="100\%"><tr class="HObey"><td\Hnewline 
      class="HObey"><pre class="HObey">}\par}}
\def\EndHObey{\HCode{</pre>}\IgnoreIndent 
    \end:TTT \RecallEverypar}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{showfonts}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<showfonts.4ht\><<<
% showfonts.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2003. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% Compile this style file and check the log file for
% instructions on how to use it.
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
   \newcount\i
   \def\cont{\ifnum \i<256 \expandafter\next \fi }
   \def\showfonts{\vfill\break
      \def\row{\tt \the\i}\let\ttl=\empty \i=0
      \addcol}
   \def\addcol#1{\if !#1!%
        \def\next{\row \cr \global\advance\i by 1 \cont }
       \i=0  \ifx \HCode\UnDef \expandafter\halign
             \else \expandafter\TeXhalign \fi 
             {&##\quad\cr\ttl\cr\cont  \cr}
       \par \hrule\par
     \else
       \edef\ttl{\ttl}%
       \expandafter\font \csname x\the\i\endcsname=#1
       \expandafter\let\csname row\the\i\endcsname=\row
       \edef\row{%
         \expandafter\noexpand\csname row\the\i\endcsname
         &   \csname x\the\i\endcsname \char\i}
       \advance\i by 1 \expandafter\addcol
     \fi
   }
\ifx \section\undefined
   \writesixteen{-----------------------------------------------}
   \writesixteen{|| This style file provides the command}
   \writesixteen{||      \noexpand\showfonts {font1} ... {fontN} {}}
   \writesixteen{|| for exhibiting fonts.}
   \writesixteen{|| }
   \writesixteen{|| Example:}
   \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\documentclass{article}}
   \writesixteen{||    \noexpand\input showfonts.4ht}
   \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\begin{document}}
   \writesixteen{||    \noexpand\showfonts {cmr10}{cmtt10} {}}
   \writesixteen{|| \noexpand\end{document}}
   \writesixteen{-----------------------------------------------}
   \def\next{%
     \csname bye\endcsname
     \documentclass {article}
     \begin {document}
     \end {document}
   }
   \expandafter\next
\fi   
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Frames}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Frames}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<frames\><<<
\def\HorFrames{\def\:tempa{cols}\:Frames}
\def\VerFrames{\def\:tempa{rows}\:Frames}
\Odef\:Frames[#1]#2{%
   \PushStack\Frm:Stc{</frameset>}%
   \HCode{<frameset\Hnewline \:tempa="#2" #1>}}
\def\NoFrames{%
   \PopStack\Frm:Stc\:temp
   \PushStack\Frm:Stc{</body></noframes></frameset>}
   \HCode{<noframes><body>}}
\def\EndFrames{\PopStack\Frm:Stc\:tempc \HCode{\:tempc}}
\Odef\Frame[#1]#2{{\def\HREF:{ src=}\def\tag:A{frame}%
                   \def\empty:lnk{ /}\Link[#1]{#2}{}}}
>>>

Frames may be external or embedded. The embeded don't need alternative
for browsers that don't recognize them.

\<framesNO\><<<
\def\p:Frames{\csname |<live|>\file:id\endcsname 
   \xdef:cs{|<live|>\file:id}{|<noframes noexpand|>|</HCode NOFRAMES|>}%
   \let\:Frames|=\sb:Frames  \sb:Frames  }
\let\:Frames|=\p:Frames
\Odef\sb:Frames[#1]#2{\HCode{<frameset\Hnewline \:tempa="#2" #1>}}
>>>

FrameSet can get the onLoad attribute.

\<initiate frames\><<<
\let\:Frames|=\p:Frames
>>>

The \''\noexpand' below is for getting the same definition
as \`'\def\:temp{|</HCode NOFRAMES|>}' above.

\<noframes noexpand\><<<
\noexpand >>>

\</HCode NOFRAMES\><<<
\HCode{<noframes>}%
>>>

\<framesNO\><<<
\def\end:frames{\b:BODY\noexpand\HCode{\expandafter
   \ifx \csname |<live|>\file:id\endcsname\:temp
         </noframes></frameset>
   \fi}\b:HTML}
>>>

\SubSection{Image Maps}

A broweser that recognizes image maps ignores \`'<A>' tags on images
that point to maps.

\SubSection{In General}

\<image maps\><<<
\Odef\Ar:a[#1]#2{{\def\tag:A{area}\Link[#1 ]{#2}{}\EndLink}}
>>>>

\<NewHaddr fix\><<<
\def\:temp##1-{##1-imap}%
\edef\:tempA{\expandafter\:temp\:tempA}%
>>>

\<image maps\><<<
\Odef\Map[#1]#2#3{%
   \def\:tempd{\Map:[#1]{#2}{#3}}%
   \rm:attr{#1}\ifx \:tempB\empty  |<IMG from /Map|>\fi  \:tempd}

\def\in:mp#1=#2=#3==#4|<par del|>#5{\IMG:LINK{#1}{#4#5}{#2}{#3}}
\def\rm:attr#1{\edef\:tempB{\noexpand\rm:atr#1 |<par del|>}\:tempB}
\def\rm:atr#1 #2|<par del|>{\def\:tempB{#1}}

\Odef\Map:[#1]#2#3{%
   \NewHaddr\:tempA    |<NewHaddr fix|>%
   \NewHaddr\alt:map  
   |<IMG from /Map.../EndMap|>%
   \HCode{<map\Hnewline name="\GetHname\:tempA" id="imap-\:tempA">}%
   \def\EndMap{%
      \HPage[\alt:map]{}{\let\set:mp|=\st:mp \:Map}\EndHPage{}%
      \HCode{</map>}%
      \let\u:map|=\empty}}

\let\set:mp|=\relax
\def\st:mp#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\ifx \:temp\empty  \else
      [\Link[#1]{#2}{}#3\EndLink]
   \fi }
>>>

\<IMG from /Map.../EndMap\><<<
\def\:temp{#3}\ifx \:temp\:empty\else 
   \rm:attr{#1}%
   \Tag{|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#3}{\alt:map=\:tempA=#2==\:tempB}\fi
\edef\:tempB{\noexpand\IMG:LINK{\noexpand\alt:map}{#1}}\:tempB
   \:tempA{#2}\let\:Map|=\empty
>>>

\<IMG from /Map\><<<
\expand:after{\let\:tempc|=}\csname
                   cw:|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#2\endcsname
\ifx\:tempc\relax\else
   \edef\:tempd{\noexpand\in:mp\:tempc|<par del|>{#1}}%
   \def\:temp{#3}\ifx \:temp\empty\else 
      \Tag{|<auto tag|>|<map tag|>#3}{\:tempc}%
\fi \fi 
>>>

\<image maps\><<<
\def\IMG:LINK#1#2#3#4{\Link[\RefFile{#1}]{}{}%
   {\def\tag:A{img}\def\HREF:{src=}\def\empty:lnk{/}%
    \Link[#2 alt="textual map"  usemap="\GetHref#3"]{#4}{}}\EndLink}
>>>

\<auto tag\><<<
)>>>

%\SubSection{Shapes}

\<image maps\><<<
\def\RectArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{\M:nMx#1,}\def\:tempb{rect}\Are:}
\def\CircleArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{#1}\def\:tempb{circle}\Are:}
\def\PolyArea(#1){\bgroup\def\:tempa{#1}\def\:tempb{poly}\Are:}
\def\M:nMx#1,#2,#3,#4,{\M:n{#1}{#3},%
                       \M:n{#2}{#4},\M:x{#1}{#3},\M:x{#2}{#4}}
>>>

\<image maps\><<<
\Odef\Are:[#1]#2#3{%
   \xdef\:Map{\:Map\set:mp{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
   \Ar:a[#1\Hnewline shape="\:tempb"\Hnewline
         coords="\:tempa"\Hnewline alt="#3"]{#2}\egroup}
>>>

\SubSection{For /Draw}

%\SubSection{Making the request}

\<image maps\><<<
\def\M:n#1#2{\ifnum #1<#2 #1\else #2\fi}
\def\M:x#1#2{\ifnum #1<#2 #2\else #1\fi}
>>>

\SubSection{JavaScript}

The following provide for
\`'\javascript{...}' and \`'\JavaScript ...\EndJavascript'
Commands.

\<javascript\><<<
\ScriptCommand{\JavaScript}{\vbox\bgroup \linepenalty|=1000 \NoFonts
  \Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\nobreak\space}%
  \A:JavaScript }{\B:JavaScript \EndNoFonts
  \ht:special{t4ht@(}\egroup  \ht:special{t4ht@)}}
\NewConfigure{JavaScript}[2]{\def\A:JavaScript{\ht:everypar{}#1}%
   \def\B:JavaScript{#2}}
>>>

\<javascript\><<<
\def\javascript#1{\b:jv#1\e:jv}
\def\b:jv{\begingroup \vrb:tt   
   \leftskip|=\z@  \parindent|=\z@
   \Configure{HVerbatim}{}{}{}{}\Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{ }%
   \NoFonts \A:JavaScript \ht:special{t4ht@@}}
\def\e:jv{\ht:special{t4ht@@}%
   \B:JavaScript\EndNoFonts\endgroup}
>>>

The typewriter font is needed to prevent \TeX{} from performing ?gator (e.g., fi into one character).

\<java\><<<
\Odef\Applet[#1]#2{\Appl:[#1]#2,,,|<par del|>}
\def\Appl:[#1]#2,#3,#4,#5|<par del|>{%
  \def\:temp{#3}\def\LastApplet{#4}%
  \HCode{<applet code="#2.class" 
    \ifx \:temp\empty \else width="#3" \fi
    \ifx \LastApplet\empty \else HEIGHT="#4" \fi #1\Hnewline >}%
  \xdef\LastApplet{#2}\Applet:Needs{#2}}
\def\EndApplet{\HCode{</applet>}}

\def\AppletInfo{\def\Applet:Needs##1}
\AppletInfo{\Needs-{needs #1.class}}
>>>

\SubSection{?}

\<non-html sty Verbatim\><<<
\def\Verb:sp{\phantom{x}}
\let\Verb:boln|=\empty
\let\Verb:eoln|=\empty
\Configure{VerbatimEnv}
   {\medskip \parskip|=0pt}
   {\smallskip }
\let\vrb:tt|=\tt
>>>

%\SubSection{In Line Verbatim}

\<inline verbatim\><<<
|<common inline verbatim|>
\ifHtml  |<html inline verbatim|>
\fi
>>>

\<common inline verbatim\><<<
\def\Verb{\bgroup  \no:catcodes0{255}{12}\catcode`\ = 10
   \catcode`\^^M = 10 \catcode`\^^I = 10  \leavevmode \:ctgs}
>>>

\<html inline verbatim\><<<
\def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt 
   ##1}\egroup}\:eat }
>>>

\Section{Indexes}

\<th4 indexes\><<<
\:CheckOption{index} \if:Option
   |<indexes|>                                             
\fi
>>>

An entry takes the form \`'\--#1/#2/#3/'.  The first parameter \`'#1'
is the major entry, the second parameter \`'#2' is the secodary entry,
and the third parameter \`'#3' is a range entry (empty, the character
\`'<', or the character \`'>').

The current approach is a variant of the definition in section 17.8 of
Writing with TeX. It uses a direct approach in which the full entries
and subentries are recorded at each location, and so eliminating the
need for the \''<tag>'. It also eliminates the format entry, but one
can  always merge this entry into the range entry by employing an
appropriate encoding scheme.

\<indexes\><<<
\let\mi:nus=\-
\def\-{\futurelet\:temp\:idxentry}
\def\:idxentry{\ifx \:temp- \expandafter\:addidx
   \else\expandafter\mi:nus\fi}
\def\:addidx-#1/#2/#3/{{\def\:ii{#2}%
   |<html index target|>%
   \ifx\:ii\empty 
      \edef\:temp{\write\:idx{\string\--{#1}{ }{#3}%
        {|<html index source|>}\relax}}%
   \else 
      \edef\:temp{\write\:idx{\string\--{#1}{#2}{#3}%
        {|<html index source|>}\relax}}%
   \fi  \:temp}}
>>>

The relax at the end of each line is a `comment' for eliminating the
spaces at the end of the lines.

\<indexes\><<<
\csname newwrite\endcsname\:idx
\openout\:idx=\jobname.idx
>>>

\SubSection{Listing}

Entries are collected into \`'\jobname.idx', processed externally, and
loaded from \`'\jobnmae.xdi'.  We load an index with a command of the
form \`'\Index'

\<indexes\><<<
\def\Index{%
  \def\--{\IndexEntry}%
  \openin15=\jobname.xdi
  \ifeof15      \write\:idx{ \pageno=\the\pageno}
  \else 
     {\a:index \input \jobname.xdi \b:index }
  \fi}
>>>

\<indexes\><<<
\def\IndexEntry#1#2#3#4{%
   \gdef\:temp{#1}\let\:tempa|=\empty
   \ifx \:temp\prev:A  \gdef\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\prev:B
      \let\:tempa|=\relax
   \fi\fi
   \ifx \:tempa\relax ,\else
      \gdef\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\prev:A \else  \c:index #1\d:index\fi
      \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\space 
      \else   \hfill\break    \e:index#2\f:index\fi
   \fi
   \g:index #4\h:index
   \gdef\prev:A{#1}\gdef\prev:B{#2}%
}
\NewConfigure{index}{8}
>>>

\SubSection{Fonts}

 The fonts \`'\indextt', \`'\indexrm' are used in indexes, and they
are introduced with the command \''\IndexFonts'.

\<indexes\><<<
\ifx  \IndexFonts\:UnDef
   \def\IndexFonts{%
     \setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8.0pt depth3.0pt width0pt}
     \font\ninerm=cmr9  \font\ninebf=cmbx9   \font\ninesl=cmsl9
     \font\nineit=cmti9 \font\ninett=cmtt9   \font\ninei =cmmi9
     \font\ninesy=cmsy9 \font\nineex=cmex10
     \textfont0=\ninerm \textfont1=\ninei    \textfont2=\ninesy
     \textfont3=\nineex \scriptfont3=\nineex \scriptscriptfont3=\nineex
     \textfont\bffam=\ninebf  \textfont\slfam=\ninesl
     \textfont\itfam=\ninei   \textfont\ttfam=\ninett
     \def\rm{\fam=0     \ninerm}%
     \def\bf{\fam=\bffam\ninebf}%
     \def\sl{\fam=\slfam\ninesl}%
     \def\it{\fam=\itfam\nineit}%
     \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam\ninett}%         
     \def\cal{\fam=2}%
     \def\mit{\fam=1}%
     \skewchar\ninei   =127    \skewchar\ninesy   =46    \rm
     \baselineskip=11pt       }
\fi
>>>

\SubSection{Hypertext Tags}

\<html index target\><<<
\csname a:--\endcsname
>>>

\<html index source\><<<
\csname b:--\endcsname
>>>

\<indexes\><<<
\NewConfigure{--}{2}
\Configure{--}
  {\html:addr \Link-{}{|<idx htag|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}
  {\string\csname\space :gobble\string\endcsname{\html:lbl}%
    \string\Link[\FileName]{|<idx htag|>\last:haddr}{}\folio
    \string\EndLink 
  }
>>>

The \`'\string\csname :gobble\string\endcsname{\html:lbl}%' is for 
preserving source-ordering when identical key are present. We can't 
put \''\:gobble' explicitly because `:' is loaded with cat code 12.

\<idx htag\><<<
index>>>

\Section{Not html to be connected}

\<non-html blocks for divs\><<<
\def\:StartSec#1#2#3{%
   |<BeforeEvery hook|>%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax  \else
      \csname a:#1\endcsname{#3}%
   \fi
   \:Ttle{#1}{#2}{\csname #1:ttl\endcsname{#3}}%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname b:#1\endcsname\relax  \else
      \csname b:#1\endcsname{#3}%
   \fi
   |<Every hook|>%
}
\let\html:addr|=\empty
\let\protect:wrtoc|=\empty
\let\html:tocsec |=\empty
\let\html:sectoc|=\empty
>>>

\<not-html blocks for divs\><<<
\def\html:sectoc#1{|<typeset the not-html sec title|>}
\def\html:tocsec#1{#1}
>>>

\<typeset the not-html sec title\><<<
\csname InsertTitle\endcsname{#1}%
>>>

\<not-html blocks for divs\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname c:TocAt*:\endcsname|=\:gobbleII
\let\c:TocAt:|=\:gobbleII
\let\a:dTocAt|=\empty
\let\b:dTocAt|=\empty
\let\a:TocAt|=\empty
\let\b:TocAt|=\empty
>>>

   |<not-html local env|> 
     |<not-html TeX4ht local env|>    

\<not-html TeX4ht local env\><<<
\let\begin:Verb|=\empty
\let\Verb:boln|=\empty
\let\end:Verb|=\empty
>>>

\<non-html inline verbatim\><<<
\def\:ctgs#1{\def\:eat##1#1{{\vrb:tt ##1}\egroup}\:eat}
>>>

\<not-html local env\><<<
\let\HObey|=\empty
\let\EndHObey|=\empty
>>>

   |<not-html gif|> 

\<not-html gif\><<<
\def\:img{%
   \ifx       *\:temp     \def\:temp##1{\:img}%
   \else \ifx +\:temp     \def\:temp##1{\:img}%
   \else \ifx [\:temp     \def\:temp[##1]{\:img}%
   \else                  \let\:temp\:gobble
   \fi \fi \fi  \:temp}
>>>

\<not-html gif\><<<
\let\:Gif|=\:gobble
\def\:GifText[#1]{\:gobble}
\let\P:ctureCount|=\relax
\let\Gif|=\:gobble
\let\EndPicture|=\empty
\def\im:g[#1]#2{}
>>>

 |<not-html debug|>    
    |<not-html tocs|>  
    |<def not-html /TableOfContents|>  

\<def not-html /TableOfContents\><<<
\def\:TableOfContents[#1]{{%
   \def\TocCount{0}%
   |<interpretation for entries|>%
   \def\:Ttle##1##2##3{}%
   \parindent|=\z@   \catcode`\@|=11 \catcode`\:|=11  
   \csname :BeforeTOC\endcsname
   \input \jobname.4ct    \csname :BotTOC\endcsname
   \bigskip    \csname :AfterTOC\endcsname  }} 
>>>

|<not html Configure's|>   

\Section{Sectioning}

% \def\TeX{TeX}

\<TeX4ht divs\><<<
|<TeX4ht (like)ch and app|>
|<TeX4ht (like)sec|>
|<TeX4ht subsec|>
|<TeX4ht parts|>
>>>

\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
|<html TeX4ht subsec|>
|<html TeX4ht parts|>
>>>

\SubSection{Chapter, LikeChapter, Appendix}

In its default setting, \TeX{} contributes an indentation of size
\''\parindent' to each paragraph. The following code is introduced for
the removal of the indentation that is first encountered after  the 
switch
\''\:removeindent' is set to be true. (also in boo: condition=>switch
+ not if...)

\<TeX4ht divs\><<<
\ht:everypar{\if:nopar  \hskip -\parindent 
               \ShowPar   \fi}>>>

\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\Def:Section\Chapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1} 
\Def:Section\LikeChapter{\theChapterCounter}{#1}
\Def:Section\Appendix{\theChapterCounter}{#1}
>>>

%\SubSection{Prefix to Title}

\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\NewConfigure{Chapter}[4]{%
  \Configure:Sec {Chapter}{#3}%
     {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}%
     {|<modify ch counter|>#1}{#2}}
\NewConfigure{Appendix}[4]{%
  \Configure:Sec {Appendix}{#3}%
     {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}%
     {|<modify app counter|>#1}{#2}}
\NewConfigure{LikeChapter}[4]{%
  \Configure:Sec {LikeChapter}{#3}%
     {#4|<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App|>}%
     {|<modify like ch counter|>#1}{#2}}
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\Configure{Chapter}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{}
\Configure{Appendix}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{}
\Configure{LikeChapter}{\:chprefix{#1}}{}{}{}
\def\:chprefix#1{%
   \global\:chapterstrue  
   \bgroup
      \def\InsertTitle{\uppercase}%
      \ShowIndent    \ChapterFonts    \leavevmode   
      {|<headline and footline from ch|>}%
      \vskip20mm    \rightskip|=\z@ plus 0.7\hsize
      \ChapterFonts\bf
      |<typeset ch/like/app num|>%
}
>>>

%\SubSection{Postfix to Title}

\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\def\b:Chapter#1{\bigskip\vskip10mm
   \egroup \IgnorePar
}
\let\b:LikeChapter|=\b:Chapter
\let\b:Appendix|=\b:Chapter
>>>

The command \''\leavevmode' introduces a blank line before the
introduction of the vertical space. The command is needed because
\TeX{} removes the vertical spaces that appear at the top of the
HPages.

  The value of \''\rightskip' is
adjusted to allow for ragged margin on the right, and so to decrease
the probability of getting hyphenated words in the title.
Moreover,
the
paragraph that  the title makes  must be completed before leaving
the braced  group, because the values that
\''\baselineskip' and \''\righskip' hold at the end of the paragraph are
the ones that count. A task that is achieved here with
 \''\bigskip'.

%\SubSection{Fonts}

\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\ifx\ChapterFonts\:UnDef
   \font\:ChFont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep5

   \def\ChapterFonts{\let\bf|=\:ChFont
       \baselineskip|=29.85pt}
\fi
>>>

The command  \''\magstep'$\,i\/$ increases the size of the characters by a
factor of $(1.2)^i$. On the other hand,
 the normal distance between base lines is 12pt.
 Hence, the motivation for increasing this distance to 29.85pt
\hbox{(${}=\hbox{12}\cdot\hbox{(1.2)}^5$pt)}.

%\SubSection{Counters}

\''\ChapterCounter' is 0 for \''\LikeChapter', positive for \''\Chapter',
and negative for \''\Appendix'.  
To allow for the appearance of the title commands within groups, the changes
to variables \''\ChapterCounter' and \''\SectionCounter' are made
global.

\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\gHAssign\ChapterCounter|=0 

\def\theChapterCounter{%
   \ifnum       \ChapterCounter>0 \ChapterCounter
   \else \ifnum \ChapterCounter<0 \:Alph{-\ChapterCounter}\fi\fi}
>>>

 

\<modify ch counter\><<<
\ifnum \ChapterCounter<1           \gdef\ChapterCounter{1}%
                        \else \gHAdvance\ChapterCounter |by 1 \fi
\ifnum \pageno<0 \global\pageno|=1 \fi
|<Ch subcounters|>%
>>>

\<modify app counter\><<<
\ifnum \pageno<0 \global\pageno|=1 \fi
\ifnum \ChapterCounter<0       \gHAdvance\ChapterCounter |by -1
                         \else \gdef\ChapterCounter{-1}\fi
|<Ch subcounters|>%
>>>

\<modify like ch counter\><<<
\gHAssign\ChapterCounter|=0 
|<Ch subcounters|>%
>>>

\<Ch subcounters\><<<
   \gHAssign\SectionCounter|=0 
>>>

Do we want the following public? If so then also \`'\alph'.

\<TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\def\:Alph#1{\ifcase  #1\or
   A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or
   K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or
   U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z\else    \fi}
>>>

\<typeset ch/like/app num\><<<
   \ifnum \ChapterCounter=0  \def\uppercase##1{##1}%
   \else  \noindent
      \ifnum \ChapterCounter>0 \theChapter
      \else                    \theAppendix \fi
      \vskip10mm
   \fi
   \noindent
>>>

%\SubSection{Hooks}

\<non-html TeX4ht (like)ch and app\><<<
\BeforeEveryChapter{\:clearpage}
\BeforeEveryLikeChapter{\:clearpage}
\BeforeEveryAppendix{\:clearpage}
>>>

\SubSection{Sections and Like Sections}

\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\Def:Section\Section{\theSectionCounter}{#1} 
\Def:Section\LikeSection{}{#1}
>>>

% \SubSection{Prefix to Title}

The titles of the sections are typesetted as regular  paragraphs with the left
margins adjusted to make a space for the level numbers.

\<non-html TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\Configure{Section}{}{}{}{\par \egroup\IgnorePar\medskip\IgnorePar}
\def\a:Section#1{\:SctnPrfx{#1}1}
\def\a:LikeSection#1{\:SctnPrfx{#1}0}
\let\b:LikeSection|=\b:Section

\def\:SctnPrfx#1#2{%
   \bgroup
      \:bigskip      
      \ShowPar
      \SectionFonts
      \bf  \rightskip \z@ plus 0.5\hsize  
      \ifnum #2=1 |<Section number|>%
      \else \parindent|=\z@ \leavevmode   \fi
      {|<headline from section|>}%
}
>>>

\<Section number\><<<
\gHAdvance\SectionCounter |by 1
\def\:temp{\theSection \hskip 0.7em }%
\setbox0|=\hbox{\:temp}%
\advance \leftskip |by \wd0 
\parindent -\wd0   \:temp
>>>

\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\def\theSection{\theSectionCounter}
>>>

% \SubSection{Postfix to Title}

The \''\par' is inserted  before the \''\nobreak' to provide for a
vertical mode before the latter command is inserted. The motivation
for the latter command is to prohibit a HPage break immediately after the
title. 

% \SubSection{Fonts}

\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\ifx \SectionFonts\:UnDef
   \font\:SecBF=cmbx10 scaled \magstep3
   \font\:SecTT=cmtt10 scaled \magstep3

   \def\SectionFonts{\let\tt|=\:SecTT
      \let\bf|=\:SecBF  \baselineskip|=20.74pt}
\fi
>>>

% \SubSection{Counters}

\<TeX4ht (like)sec\><<<
\gHAssign\SectionCounter|=0 

\def\theSectionCounter{%
   \ifnum \ChapterCounter=0 \else \theChapterCounter.\fi
   \SectionCounter  }
>>>

% \Section{SubSections}

\<TeX4ht subsec\><<<
\Def:Section\SubSection{}{#1} 
>>>

% \SubSection{Prefix and Postfix to Title}

\<non-html TeX4ht subsec????\><<<
\def\a:subsection#1{
   \bgroup
      \:bigskip \ShowPar
      \rightskip=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize  
      \leavevmode   \SubSectionFonts\bf 
}
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht subsec\><<<
\Configure{SubSection}{}{}{}{\par \egroup \nobreak \medskip
   \IgnorePar   \ignorespaces}
\def\a:SubSection#1{\bgroup
   \:bigskip \:noparfalse \noindent
   \rightskip=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize
   \SubSectionFonts\bf }
>>>

% \SubSection{Fonts}

\<TeX4ht subsec\><<<
\ifx\SubSectionFonts\:UnDef
   \font\:SubSecFont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep2
   \def\SubSectionFonts{\let\bf|=\:SubSecFont \baselineskip|=17.28pt}
\fi
>>>

\SubSection{Parts}

\<TeX4ht parts\><<<
\Def:Section\Part{}{#1} 
>>>

% \SubSection{Prefix to Title}

\<non-html TeX4ht parts\><<<
\Configure{Part}{}{}{%
   \bgroup
      \:clearpage \:HPageBeforePart       \ChapterFonts \bf
      \headline={\hfil}%
      \footline={\hfil}%
      \baselineskip|=1.3\baselineskip
      \leftskip|=\z@ plus 0.5\hsize    \rightskip|=\leftskip
      \leavevmode\vfill  \leavevmode\break  
      \def\InsertTitle{\uppercase}%
}{%
      \vfill \vfill \vfill \vfill    
      \leavevmode\break   \:HPageAfterPart  \newpage      \IgnorePar
   \egroup      \ignorespaces
}
>>>

\<TeX4ht parts\><<<
\def\OddPartHPage{%
   \def\:HPageBeforePart{\ifodd \pageno \else \leavevmode\ \newpage\fi}%
   \def\:HPageAfterPart{\newpage\leavevmode\ }}
\def\:NoOddChapterHPage{\def\:HPageBeforePart{}\def\:HPageAfterPart{}}
\:NoOddChapterHPage
>>>

 \SubSection{Headers and Footers}

\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\headline={\:HeaderNumFont   \botmark
   \ifodd\pageno  \:rightheader \else \:leftheader \fi    }
\footline={\:HeaderNumFont \hfil  \:footer \hfil}
\gdef\:leftheader{\hfil}
\gdef\:rightheader{\hfil}
\gdef\:footer{\folio}
\let\::uppercase|=\uppercase
\def\:uppercase#1{{\:HeaderTitleFont \::uppercase{#1}}}
>>>

% \SubSection{From Chapters}

We don't know under what condition \''\mark' and \''\topinsert' will
expand.

\<headline and footline from ch\><<<
\:HeaderFonts   
\gdef\:ChHeader{\noexpand\folio\hfil \:uppercase{#1}}%
\xdef\:StrtChNo{\the\pageno}%
\xdef\:leftheader{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno\hfil
            \noexpand\else\:ChHeader\noexpand\fi}% 
\xdef\:footer{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno\folio
            \noexpand\fi}%
\xdef\:rightheader{\noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno \hfil
            \noexpand\else \:uppercase{#1}\hfil\noexpand\folio
            \noexpand\fi}% 
\mark{}%
>>>

First mark for current HPage. The second is for the following HPages,
until we get a section header.

The empty \''\mark' ensures that the ones from a sections will not
change the definition of \''\:rightheader' in first HPage of the
chapter (when \''\firtmark' is the choice) and that nothing will
propogate from previous HPages.

The \''\write', and \''\mark'(?), commands introduce whatsis so we want
them in horizontal mode to avoid extra spaces. Also, for correct HPage
numbers,  and for correct timing of headers, we want the \''\:toc' and
\''\mark' to be inserted after we get to horizontal mode.

% \SubSection{From Sections}

\<headline from section\><<<
\:HeaderFonts
\if:chapters \mark{%
   \gdef\noexpand\:rightheader{%
      \noexpand\ifnum \:StrtChNo=\pageno \hfil \noexpand\else
         \ifnum \SectionCounter>0 
            \:uppercase{\theSectionCounter}\space\space \fi
         \:uppercase{#1}\hfil\noexpand\folio
      \noexpand\fi}%
  }%
\fi
>>>

  We also have to take into consideration that
sections present with no chapters.  Hence, the following definition,
and in the above \''\:rightheader' is defined before \''\:leftheader'.

\<headers and footers\><<<
\gdef\:ChHeader{\:rightheader}>>>  

% \SubSection{Fonts}

\`'\:HeaderFonts{cmr8}{cmr10}'---first font to sections and chapters
fonts, and seconf font for HPage numbers. 

We  want \`'\:HeaderNumFont' and \`'\:HeaderTitleFont' to be hard 
wired to a specific font because otherwise fonts taht are in effect
when the HPages  are submitted will take effect (\''\rm', for instance,
is not a font).

\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\ifx  \:HeaderNumFont\:UnDef
   \font\eightrm=cmr8
   \font\eighttt=cmtt8
   \def\HeaderFonts#1#2#3{%
      \let\:HeaderNumFont|=#1
      \let\:HeaderTitleFont|=#2
      \def\:HeaderFonts{#3}}
   \HeaderFonts\tenrm\eightrm{\def\tt{\eighttt}}
\fi
>>>

\SubSection{Logical Cross-References for  TeX4ht}

\TagSec{dvtg}

\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagCh#1{\Tag{#1|<Ch tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}}
\def\RefCh#1{Chapter\ \Ref{#1|<Ch tag|>}}
\def\TagApp#1{\Tag{#1|<Ap tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}}
\def\RefApp#1{Appendix\ \Ref{#1|<Ap tag|>}}
\def\TagSec#1{\Tag{#1|<Sec tag|>}{\theSectionCounter}}
\def\RefSec#1{Section\ \Ref{#1|<Sec tag|>}}
>>>

\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagCh#1{\Tag{#1|<Ch tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}\Tag
                                               {#1|<hCh tag|>}{\:curch}}
\def\RefCh#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hCh tag|>}}{}Chapter\ \Ref
                                               {#1|<Ch tag|>}\EndLink}
\def\TagApp#1{\Tag{#1|<Ap tag|>}{\theChapterCounter}\Tag
                                               {#1|<hAp tag|>}{\:curch}}
\def\RefApp#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hAp tag|>}}{}Appendix\ \Ref
                                               {#1|<Ap tag|>}\EndLink}
\def\TagSec#1{\Tag{#1|<Sec tag|>}{\theSectionCounter}\Tag
                                               {#1|<hSec tag|>}{\:cursec}}
\def\RefSec#1{\Link{\LikeRef{#1|<hSec tag|>}}{}Section\ \Ref
                                               {#1|<Sec tag|>}\EndLink}
>>>

\<addr for Tag and Ref of Ch and App\><<<
\xdef\:curch{|<section html addr|>}%
>>>
  

\<html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagPage#1{%
   \Link{}{page#1}\EndLink\Tag{#1}{}}
\def\RefPage#1{\Link{page#1}{}\Ref{#1}\EndLink}
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht divs\><<<
\def\TagPage#1{\Tag{#1}{}}
\def\RefPage{\Ref}
>>>

%\SubSection{Standard}

\<Ch tag\><<<
(C >>>

\<Ap tag\><<<
(A >>>

\<Sec tag\><<<
(S >>>

\<hAp tag\><<<
(a >>>

\<hCh tag\><<<
(c >>>

\<hSec tag\><<<
(s >>>

\Section{Tables of Contents}

\SubSection{Invoked Tables of Contents}

A table is communicated from one compilation to another through an
auxiliary file.

\<TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\TableOfContents{\futurelet\:temp\:TOC}
\def\:TOC{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\:TableOfContents
          \else \:TableOfContents[Part,Chapter,LikeChapter,Appendix,%
                                  Section,LikeSection]\fi}
>>>

\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{TableOfContents}{5}
>>>

% \SubSection{Interpretation for the Entries}

\<html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\tocPart#1#2#3{\IgnorePar\HCode{<div 
    align="center">}#2\HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent}%
\def\tocChapter#1#2#3{%
   |<indentations from Chapter|>%
   \par\ignorespaces #1 #2\par }
\def\tocLikeChapter{\tocChapter}
\def\tocAppendix{\tocChapter}
\def\tocSection#1#2#3{%
   |<indentations from Section|>%
   \par\tocSection:idnt \ignorespaces #1 #2\par}%
\def\tocLikeSection{\tocSection}
\def\tocSubSection#1#2#3{\par\csname tocSubSection:idnt\endcsname
   \ignorespaces #1 #2\par}  
>>>

A self-modifying definition like
\`'\def\tocChapter{...
   \def\tocChapter##1##2##3{\par\ignorespaces ##1 ##2\par}%
   \tocChapter   }'
can be harmful when \''\TocAt' commands are used.

\<indentations from Chapter\><<<
\ifx \tocSubSection:idnt\:UnDef
   \def\tocSection:idnt{\ }%
   \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ \ }%
\fi
>>>

\<indentations from Section\><<<
\ifx \tocSubSection:idnt\:UnDef
   \let\tocSection:idnt|=\empty
   \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ }%
\else 
   \ifx \SubSection:idnt\:UnDef   |% warning?|%
       \let\tocSection:idnt|=\empty
       \def\tocSubSection:idnt{\ }%
   \fi
\fi
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\tocPart#1#2#3{\sl \medskip \hfil #2\par\nobreak}%
\def\tocChapter#1#2#3{\medskip  \:ChapNum{#1}#2\hfill
                                \:pagenum{#3}\penalty1000}
\let\tocLikeChapter|=\tocChapter
\let\tocAppendix|=\tocChapter
\def\tocSection#1#2#3{%
   \:ChapNum{\relax}%
   \:SectNum{#1}#2\TocDotfill\:pagenum{#3}}
\let\tocLikeSection|=\tocSection
\def\tocSubSection#1#2#3{%
   \phantom{xxxx}%
   \:ChapNum{\relax}\:SectNum{\relax}$\bullet$ 
   #2\TocDotfill\:pagenum{#3}}
\def\:BeforeTOC{{\let\TocLikeChapter|=\empty \LikeChapter{Contents}}}
>>>

A \`'\nobreak=\penalty10000' can be a problem for chapters, because it
may cause too much stretching of spaces when there are no sections in
between. A \`'\penalty1000' seems to be good enough to avoid HPage
breaks when sections are close enough.

\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\TocDotfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hfil.\hfil}\hfill}
>>>

The prefix \''\leaders\hbox to
1em{\hfil.\hfil}' of \''\hfill' asks the command \''\hfill' to
 fill the void with multiple copies of the content of the
horizontal box (instead of just with  white space).  

\<non-html TeX4ht tocs\><<<
\def\:ChapNum#1{\bf\leavevmode
   \def\:test{#1}%
   \ifx \:test\empty \def\uppercase{}\else
      \hbox to 1.7em{#1\hfil}%
   \fi}%
\def\:SectNum#1{\rm
   \def\:test{#1}%
   \ifx \:test\empty \else
      \hbox to 2.5em{#1\hfil}%
   \fi}%
\def\:pagenum#1{\hbox to 1.7em{\hfil #1}\par}
>>>

\<html tocsNO\><<<
\def\:ChapNum#1{\leavevmode
   \def\:test{#1}%
   \ifx \:test\empty \def\uppercase{}\else
      {#1\space}%
   \fi}%
\def\:SectNum#1{\rm
   \def\:test{#1}%
   \ifx \:test\empty \else
      {#1\space}%
   \fi}%
\def\:pagenum#1{}%
>>>

\Section{Lists}

\SubSection{Non Html TeX4ht}

% \SubSection{Starting}

\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\List#1{%
   \def\:tempa##1##2{%
      \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \def\:tempb{\L:st{##1}}\fi \def\:tempB{##2}}%
   \def\:tempb{\L:st{#1}}\def\:tempA{#1}\def\:tempB{ord}%
   \:tempa\:ord1%
   \:tempa{\:ord}{a}%
   \:tempa{\:alph}{A}%
   \:tempa{\:Alph}{i}%
   \:tempa{\:roman}{I}%
   \:tempa{\:Roman}{disc}%
   \:tempa{$\bullet$}{circle}%
   \:tempa{$\circle$}{square}%
   \:tempa{\vrule  depth \z@ height 1ex width 1ex}{}%
   \:tempa{\:lbl}{}%
   \:tempb }

\def\L:st#1{\par \nobreak
   {\advance \medskipamount |by -\parskip \:medskip}%
   \:noparfalse
   \Begin:Block{List}%
      |<non-html List items|>%
      |<lbls for items|>%
      \advance \leftskip |by 1.5em
      \parindent|=0em
      |<items of List|>%
}
>>>

The interparagraph space that \''\parskip' contributes is introduced
when a new paragraph (i.e., horizontal mode) is entered. Within a list
we don't want  the first item to introduce such vertical space
in addition to the one introduced by the
head of the list.
Hence, we before the first item, \''\parskip'  give 0 cotribution.
Also, we want the space around the list (together with parskip) to equal medskip.

\`'\par\:bigskip' instead of just \''\:bigskip' allows a \''\nobreak' before the end of the lis.
e.g., \''\def\LineIndent{\EveryItem={\hskip-0.75em}}'

% \SubSection{Ending}

\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\EndList{\par
   \End:Block{List}%
   {\advance\medskipamount |by -\parskip \:medskip}}
>>>

% \SubSection{Items}

\<items of List\><<<
\HAssign\ListCounter|=0
\def\item{%
   \par \leavevmode      \parskip|=\:ListParSkip
   \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1
   \the\EveryItem}%
>>>

\<TeX4ht lists\><<<
\expandafter\csname newtoks\endcsname\EveryItem
>>>

\<TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\ListParSkip{\def\:ListParSkip}
\ifHtml
  \ListParSkip{\HtmlPar}
\fi
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\expandafter\csname newskip\endcsname\ListParSkip
\def\:ListParSkip{\ListParSkip}
\ListParSkip|=4.5pt plus 1.5pt minus 1.5pt
>>>

% \SubSection{Labels}

\<items of List\><<<
\def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\:lbl}\ifx   \:temp\:tempa
       \EveryItem={\hskip-1.5em\:ListItem}%
\else  \EveryItem={|<Alph|>%
                   \llap{#1\hskip 0.5em}}\fi
>>>

\<lbls for items\><<<
\lbl:tm
>>>

\<TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\lbl:tm{%
   \def\:ord{\a:Item\ListCounter\b:Item}%
   \def\:roman{\a:Item\romannumeral\ListCounter\b:Item}%
   \def\:alph{{\Advance: \ListCounter |by 96
               \a:Item \char\ListCounter\b:Item}}%
   \def\:Roman{\a:Item\uppercase{\romannumeral\ListCounter}\b:Item}%
   \def\:Alph{{\Advance: \ListCounter |by 64
               \a:Item \char\ListCounter\b:Item}}%
}
\def\:lbl#1{\a:Item#1\b:Item}
>>>

\<general tex-sty configure utilities\><<<
\long\def\c:Item:#1#2{\c:def\a:Item{#1}\c:def\b:Item{#2}}
>>>

\<non-html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\:ListItem#1{\:lbl{#1}\hskip 0.5em\ignorespaces}
>>>

A global  \''\Configure{Item}' is not that good of an idea when nested
lists are present.

\<non-html List items\><<<
\Configure{Item}{}{.}%
>>>

In its default setting, \`'\:lbl' has the meaning of identity+period.

% \SubSection{Named Groups}

\<general tex-sty configure utilities\><<<
\def\Begin:Block#1{\begingroup \def\:EndBlock{#1}}

\def\End:Block#1{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname :EndBlock\endcsname\relax
      \:warning{Block #1 is already closed}%
   \else
      \def\:test{#1}%
      \ifx \:test\:EndBlock \endgroup
      \else
      \:warning{End environment #1 within
               environment \:EndBlock?}%
   \fi\fi}>>>

\SubSection{Html TeX4ht}

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\List#1{\begingroup  {\hfil\break\IgnorePar}%
   \HAssign\ListCounter|=0 
   |<set html list type|>%
   |<lbls for items|>%
}
>>>

\<set html list type\><<<
\let\:temp|=\empty \def\:tempA{#1}%
                                              \def\:tempB{ord}%
\ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \let\:temp|=\:tempA  \def\:tempB{1}\fi
\ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else                      \def\:tempB{a}\fi
\ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else                      \def\:tempB{A}\fi
\ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else                      \def\:tempB{i}\fi
\ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else                      \def\:tempB{I}\fi
\let\item|=\:LIitem
\ifx       \:tempA\:tempB |<enumerated list|>%
                          \let\a:List|=\c:OList
\else                                        \def\:tempB{}%
   \ifx    \:tempA\:tempB |<def list|>%
   \else                                     \def\:tempB{button}%
      \ifx \:tempA\:tempB |<button list|>%
      \else               |<marked list|>%
                          \let\a:List|=\c:UList
\fi\fi\fi
>>>

% \SubSection{Enumerated and Marked Lists}

\<enumerated list\><<<
{\a:OList}%
\def\EndList{\b:OList\endgroup }%
>>>

The \`'hbox' is for preserving vr mode. The grouping is
for preserving \`'ignorepar'.

\<marked list\><<<
\a:UList \def\EndList{\b:UList\endgroup }%
>>>

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{OList}{3}
\NewConfigure{UList}{3}
\NewConfigure{DList}{4}
>>>

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\let\:UL:|=\empty
\def\:LIitem{%
   {\parindent=0pt\leavevmode}\:noparfalse    \ht:everypar{\Li:Par}%
    \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1  \a:List
}
>>>

% \SubSection{Labeled (=Definition) Lists}

\<def list\><<<
\a:DList \let\item|=\:DLitem \let\End:dd|=\empty
\def\EndList{\b:DList\endgroup }%
>>>

Lynx doesn't like  \`'\leavemode' alone because vertical mode produces
\`'<DD><DT>' and the empty body of \`'<DD>' is not handled nicely
there. Hence, the \`'{\ht:everypar{\HCode{<P>}}\leavevmode}'.

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\:DLitem#1{%
   \Advance:\ListCounter |by  1
   \c:DList #1\d:DList    \ht:everypar{\Li:Par}%
}
>>>

\<set html list type\><<<
\let\Li:Par|=\:ListParSkip
\ht:everypar{\if:nopar \else \HtmlPar\fi}%
>>>

\SubSection{Button Lists}

\Verbatim
|
+----+
     |
+----+
| HPage - 1
+----+
     |
+----+
| HPage - 2
+----+
     |
+----+
| HPage - 3
+----+
     |
+----+
|
\EndVerbatim

\<button list\><<<
\a:buttonList
\let\Item|=\It:em
\edef\but:file{\RefFileNumber\FileNumber}%
\ifx \but:file\empty  \edef\but:file{\j:bname tmp.\:html}\fi
\def\ALL:file##1.##2|<par del|>{\def\ALL:file{##1-}}%
\NewFileName\all:file \expandafter\ALL:file\all:file.|<par del|>% 
\HPage<\all:file>{}\IgnorePar
\let\item|=\B:item
\def\EndList{%
   \ifnum \ListCounter>1 \l:Bd{#1}\fi
   \EndHPage{}%
   \b:buttonList \endgroup  }%
>>>

Set browser-title for the above HPage?
% was
% \SaveEverypar \FileStream[ ]
% \EndFileStream\all:file  \RecallEverypar

% \SubSection{item}

For simple HPage: \`'\item{...}...'.

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\B:item#1{%
   \ifnum \ListCounter>0 \l:Bd{#1}\fi
   \Advance:\ListCounter |by 1
   \FileStream\but:file 
      \Recall:Link\bt:fl  \Recall:HPage\hpg:fl \Recall:HPageTag\hptg:fl
   \L:Ba{#1}\Link[\all:file]{\ALL:file
                             \ListCounter}{\ALL:file\ListCounter}%
   \L:Bb{#1}\EndLink
   \L:Bc{#1}\FileStream\all:file 
      \Save:Link\bt:fl    \Save:HPage\hpg:fl   \Save:HPageTag\hptg:fl
   \l:Ba{#1}\Link[\but:file]{\ALL:file
                             \ListCounter}{\ALL:file\ListCounter}%
   \l:Bb{#1}\EndLink         
   \l:Bc{#1}\HtmlEnv}
>>>

% \SubSection{Item}

For sensitive code: \`'\Item...\ContItem...'.

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\def\It:em{\bgroup  \csname no:catcodes\endcsname0{255}{12}%
                    \catcode`\^^I=13\relax\:Itm}
\bgroup
   \global\let\:grp|=\egroup  
   \def\:temp{%
      \csname no:catcodes\endcsname0{255}{12}
      \catcode`\/|=0 \catcode`\{|=1 \catcode`\}|=2  \catcode`\#|=6
      \catcode`\:|=11 \catcode`\g|=11 \catcode`\r|=11 \catcode`\p|=11 
      \gdef\:Itm }
\:temp#1\ContItem{/:grp/g:rp{#1}}/:grp

                                          \catcode`\^^I=13
\def\g:rp#1{%
   \immediate\openout15=\jobname.tmp
    {\newlinechar`\^^M \def^^I{\space\space}%
     \immediate\write15{\string\ignorespaces\space#1}}%
   \immediate\closeout15
   \B:item{\input \jobname.tmp}}
                                          \catcode`\^^I=10
>>>

% \SubSection{Configure}

Style for HPages.

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{buttonList}[5]{\def\a:buttonList{#1}%
   \def\b:buttonList{#2}%
   \def\L:Ba##1{#3}\def\L:Bb##1{#5}\def\L:Bc##1{#4}}
>>> 

\`'\Configure{buttonList}
{before-external-list}
{after-external-list}
{before-external-anchor}
{after-external-anchor}
{external-anchor}'.

\<html TeX4ht lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{buttonList+}[4]{%
    \def\l:Ba##1{#1}\def\l:Bb##1{#4}\def\l:Bc##1{#2}\def\l:Bd##1{#3}}
>>>

\`'\Configure{buttonList+}{before-internal-anchor}
{after-internal-anchor}
{internal-anchor}'.

The {before-item},
{after-item}, and
{anchor}, get the item content \''#1' for a parameter.

\Section{Html Tables}

We need  the \''\HTable{...}' version for handling
TeX tables and for not modifying \`'&' with other
catcode or replacement command. Otherwise, \''\HTable...\EndHtable' 
are better because that don't ask for expandable stuff.

\<HTable\><<<
\def\HTable{%
   \let\:TR|=\empty
   \let\TABLE:|=\empty
   \futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}
>>>

Defining the \''\HTable' in terms of \''\halign' is problematic
for a few reasons.

\List{1}
\item
Paragraph breaks are treated as space characters within \''\halign'.
Defining\''\par' to equal \''\the\ht:everypar' causes multiple calls to
\''\ht:everypar'.

\item Don't know how to get the \''</TABLE>' in place.

\item  Well, so far I 
\ifHtml[\HPage{got}\Verbatim
\Odef\HTable[#1]{\futurelet\:temp\:HTable}
\def\:HTable{\ifx \:temp\bgroup 
   \def\:temp##1{\H:Table##1\EndHTable}\else
   \let\:temp=\H:Table  \fi   \:temp}

\def\H:Table{\begingroup  
   \a:HTable\special{t4ht=<TABLE \T:HTable:>}%
   \let\sv:Col=\HCol \HAssign\HCol = 0
   \let\sv:Row=\HRow \HAssign\HRow = 0
   \TeXhalign\bgroup  
   \ifnum \HCol>0\special{t4ht=</TR>}\fi\:HtblR
   \:Hentry##\End:Hentry&&\:Hentry ##\End:Hentry\cr}

\def\EndHTable{\cr\egroup 
   \End:HtblR \ht:special{t4ht=</TABLE>}\b:HTable
   \global\let\HCol=\sv:Col
   \global\let\HRow=\sv:Row
   \endgroup}

\def\:HtblR{\gHAdvance\HRow by 1
   \ht:special{t4ht=<tr \R:HTable:>}}
\def\End:HtblR{\special{t4ht=</tr>}}
\Odef\:Hentry[#1]{\gHAdvance\HCol by 1
   \ht:special{t4ht=<td \D:HTable:>}\bgroup  }
\def\End:Hentry{\egroup\special{t4ht=</td>}}

\def\c:HTable:#1#2#3#4#5{\c:def\a:HTable{#1}\c:def\b:HTable{#2}%
   \c:def\T:HTable:{#3}\c:def\R:HTable:{#4}\c:def\D:HTable:{#5}}
\Configure{HTable}{}{}{}{}{}

\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

\item What about paragraph breaks in independent HTable?  Are we loosing them 
as is the case in the following example.

\ifHtml[\HPage{??}\Verbatim

\documentclass{book}

\input DraTex.sty      \input AlDraTex.sty

\input tex4ht.sty

\Preamble{html,next,HTable,sections-,fonts}

\input ProTex.sty
\AlProTex{llo,<<<>>>,`,NoShow}

\def\Example{\begingroup 
\Contribute{HTable}{border="0" cellpadding="0"
   cellspacing="0" width="100\%"}
   \HTable^/\Code\xxxx{}<<<}
\def\EndExample{{\ShowOn \advance\leftskip by -3em
   \let\extra=\empty  \let\extraB=\empty \ShowCode-\xxxx}
   \def\@##1@{##1}   \OutputCode[tmp]\xxxx 
   \&~\&[/BGCOLOR="\#FFFFCC"] 
\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}\input xxxx.tmp  \CR \EndHTable
   \endgroup
   \let\extra=\empty   \let\extraB=\empty \let\comments=\empty}
\Contribute{HTable}{WIDTH="100\%"}

% \HPage{+}\ShowFile{xxxx.tmp}\EndHPage{}\CR

\Define\Color(3){{
   \Text(--\special{ps:~#1~#2~#3~setrgbcolor}--)}}
\def\@#1@{\HCode{<FONT COLOR="\#0000FF"><STRONG>}%
   #1\HCode{</STRONG></FONT>}}

\ShowOff

\HShowCode{}{}{}{\HCode{</A>...<A>}}{}

\NewSection\Slide{$\bullet$~#2 }
\Configure{Slide}{\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2>}}
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}{}
\CutAt{Slide,part}

\NewSection\likeslide{}
\cOnfigure{likeslide}{\IgnorePar\HCode{<!--}}
   {\IgnorePar\HCode{-->}}{}
\CutAt{likeslide,Slide}

\Configure{crosslinks}{[}{] }{next}{prev}{}{}{}{}

\Configure{crosslinks+}{}{[\Link[\RefFile
      {toc}]{}{}toc\EndLink]\par\ShowPar}
  {\par\ShowPar}{[\Link[\RefFile{toc}]{}{}toc\EndLink]}

\begin{document}

\EndPreamble

%---------------------- start here -------------------------

% \DrawOff

\HCode{<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">}
\part{A Demonstration of TeX4ht}

Eitan M. Gurari\HCode{<BR>}Ohio State Univ

The 18th Annual Meeting of the\HCode{<BR>}
             TeX Users Group\HCode{<P>}
              July 28 - August 1, 1997\HCode{<BR>}
             San Francisco, California 
\HCode{</DIV>}

\HCode{<BR>}\HCode{<BR>}\HCode{<BR>}

Note: The following slides refer to LaTeX.  However, the demonstration
applies also to other TeX-based styles.

{\tt http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/\HCode{<BR>} \string~gurari/tug97/}

\NextNewFileName{\jobname-toc.html}

\likeslide{}

                  \TagFile{toc}
\tableofcontents[Slide]

\Slide{TeX4ht as a Converter}

\Code\semilatex{}<<<
\def\documentclass#1{}
\let\oldbegin=\begin
\def\begin#1{\def\tempa{#1}\def\tempb{document}\ifx \tempa\tempb
  \else \def\temp{\oldbegin{#1}}\expandafter\temp \fi}
\let\oldend=\end
\def\end#1{\def\tempa{#1}\def\tempb{document}\ifx \tempa\tempb
  \else \def\temp{\oldend{#1}}\expandafter\temp \fi}
\def\input#1\EndPreamble{\ShowPar}
>>>

\Code\extra{}<<<
`semilatex
>>>

\Example
`extra\documentclass
        {article}
   
\title{Psalms}
\author{131:1}
   
`@\input tex4ht.sty@
`@\Preamble{html}@
\begin{document}  
`@\EndPreamble@
       \maketitle   

My heart is not 
haughty, nor mine 
eyes lofty: 

neither do I 
exercise myself in 
great matters, or 
in things too high
for me.
    \end{document}
>>> \EndExample

\end{document}

\EndVerbatim\EndHPage{}]\fi

Also, do we have consistent behavior between TeX and LaTeX here?
\EndList

\SubSection{Character Options after /HTable}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\T:ABLE{%
   \ifx \bgroup\:temp  \let\:temp|=\HT:ble
   \else  \ifx [\:temp \let\:temp|=\HT:ble
          \else |<character options for TABLE|>%
   \fi \fi                 \:temp}

\def\TA:BLE#1{%
   \let\:tempb|=\:TR   \al:gn\:TR#1%
   \ifx \:tempb\:TR \expand:after{\HT:ble#1}%
   \else  \expand:after{\futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}\fi
}
>>>

We stay above for all the characters before the caption.

% \SubSection{Options for TABLE}

\<character options for TABLE\><<<
\let\:tempb|=\TA:BLE
\ifx B\:temp  \edef\TABLE:{\HTable:B \TABLE:}%
              \def\:tempb##1{\futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE}%              
\fi
\HTable:brdr P{cellpadding}%
\HTable:brdr S{cellspacing}%
\let\:temp|=\:tempb
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\HTable:brdr#1#2{\ifx #1\:temp
      \def\:tempb##1{\afterassignment\:tempa\tmp:cnt|=}%
      \def\:tempa{%
         \edef\TABLE:{#2="\the\tmp:cnt" \TABLE:}%
         \futurelet\:temp\T:ABLE }%
   \fi}
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\arg:HTable#1#2{%
   \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty \else
      \expandafter\def\csname HTable:\string#1\endcsname{#2}%
      \expandafter\arg:HTable
   \fi
}
\NewConfigure{HTable+}[2]{\arg:HTable{#1}{#2}}
>>>

% \SubSection{Option on Entries}

The options are inserted into the entries.

\<HTable\><<<
\def\al:gn#1#2{%
   \add:TD#1<#2{\csname HTable:<\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1>#2{\csname HTable:>\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1-#2{\csname HTable:-\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1^#2{\csname HTable:\string^\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1||#2{\csname HTable:||\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1_#2{\csname HTable:\string_\endcsname }%
   \add:TD#1=#2{\csname HTable:=\endcsname  }%
}
\def\add:TD#1#2#3#4{\chardef\:temp|=`#2
                    \chardef\:tempa|=`#3
                    \ifnum \:temp=\:tempa\edef#1{#1\space #4}\fi}
\let\:TR|=\empty
>>>

The above is superior to \`'\def\add:TD#1#2#3#4{\ifx
#2#3\edef#1{#1\space #4}\fi}' because it is indepndent of category
codes and \`'_' and \`'^', for instance, may change their meaning.

\SubSection{Open Table}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\HT:ble{\bgroup  \let\sv:row|=\HRow  \let\sv:col|=\HCol
   \gHAssign\HRow|=1 \gHAssign\HCol|=0 
   \htbl: }
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\htbl:{%
   \let\GetInt|=\Get:Int
   \let\GetArg|=\Get:Arg    \a:HTable
   |<script at start of tables|>%
   \c:HTable\hfil\break   
   \ht:everypar{}\futurelet\:temp\tbl:bd }
\NewConfigure{HTable}{6}
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\EndHTable{%
   \end:cell  \d:HTable   \b:HTable
   \global\let\HRow|=\sv:row  \global\let\HCol|=\sv:col  \egroup
   |<nullify script|>}
>>>

% \SubSection{Type of Table?}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\tbl:bd{\ifx \:temp\bgroup  \let\tbl:typ|=\tbl:bdy
   \else    \ifx /\:temp        \def\tbl:typ##1{\env:tbl}%
   \else  \let\tbl:typ|=\env:tbl
   \fi \fi \tbl:typ }
\long\def\tbl:bdy#1{%
   \def\hfil{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \space \else\:hfil\fi}%
   \def\hfill{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \space \else\:hfill\fi}%
   \expandafter\let\csname cr\endcsname|=\:cr
   \:HTable#1&\EndH:Table }
\let\:hfil|=\hfil
\let\:hfill|=\hfill
>>>

Without the restructuring of the hfil's TeX4ht gets cofused
and looses spaces between words. 

\SubSection{Enviromental Tables}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\env:tbl{\def\&{\end:cell \TD:cell }\TD:cell }
\def\CR{\end:cell
   \gHAdvance\HRow |by 1  \gHAssign\HCol|=0
   \d:HTable\c:HTable\hfil\break  \TD:cell }                
>>>

\SubSection{Braced Tables}

Extract the cells recursively.

\<HTable\><<<
\long\def\:HTable#1\EndH:Table{%
   \def\:htbend{#2}%
   \insert:TD#1\tok:nmath
   \def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \EndHTable
   \else  \expand:after{\end:cell
                        \:HTable#2\EndH:Table}\fi }
\def\tok:nmath{\empty}
\def\end:cell{\:EndHTableScript   \f:HTable}
>>>

% \SubSection{Get Cell after /cr}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\:cr{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\:cR
          \else                  \expandafter\:c:r\fi}
\expandafter\let\csname :c:r\endcsname|=\cr
\long\def\:cR#1{\relax
   \ifx\:htbend\empty
      \def\:temp{#1}%
      \ifx\:temp\NoArg \else \expandafter\mpty:cr\fi
   \else                      \mpty:cr
   \fi        #1}%

\def\mpty:cr{%
   \expand:after{\end:cell  \gHAdvance\HRow |by 1  \gHAssign\HCol|=0
   \d:HTable\c:HTable \insert:TD}}
>>>

We need global increases in Col and Row for cases like
\`'\HTableScript{$}{$}'.

\SubSection{Retrieve the Local Options for a Cell}

% \SubSection{Find Options in Environmental Tables}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\TD:cell{\gHAdvance\HCol |by 1   \futurelet\:temp\TD:cll }
\def\TD:cll{%
   \ifx [\:temp  \let\:temp|=\T:D 
   \else  \expandafter\ifx\space\:temp 
      \expand:after{\def\:temp}\space{\futurelet\:temp\TD:cll}\else  
      \tbl:ch
   \fi \fi \:temp}
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\catcode`\^=13  \catcode`\_=13
\def\tbl:ch{{\def^{\string^}\def_{\string_}%
       \xdef\:temp{\noexpand\T:D[\:HTbleAtt]}}}
\catcode`\^=7  \catcode`\_=8
>>>

% \SubSection{Find Options in Braced Tables}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\insert:TD{\futurelet\:tempc\TD:}

\def\TD:{%
   \ifx \par\:tempc \def\:temp\par{\insert:TD}\go:out\:temp\fi
   \expandafter\ifx \space\:tempc
          \expand:after{\def\:temp}\space{\insert:TD}%
                                \go:out\:temp      \fi
   \ifx \EndH:Table\:tempc     \go:out\empty\fi
   \gHAdvance\HCol |by 1    \chk:tblop   \tbl:ch \go:out\:temp\empty
   \:out}

\def\chk:tblop{\ifx [\:tempc \go:out\T:D  \fi}
>>>

We want the rectangles `[...' at halign tables to be
part of the entries.

\<no check for [...] in HTable\><<<
\let\chk:tblop|=\empty
>>>

% \SubSection{Get the Options}

\<HTable\><<<
\def\T:D[{\def\TD:typ{td}\let\TD:more|=\empty \scan:TD}
\def\scan:TD#1{%
   \ifx ]#1\e:HTable
      \go:out\:HTableScript  \fi
   \ifx /#1\def\:temp##1]{\edef\TD:more{\TD:more\space##1}\scan:TD]}%
          \go:out\:temp  \fi
   \ifx H#1\def\TD:typ{th}\go:out\scan:TD\fi
   \ifx R#1\SP:N{rowspan}\fi
   \ifx C#1\SP:N{colspan}\fi
   \al:gn\TD:more#1%
   \go:out\scan:TD\empty\:out   }

\def\SP:N#1{%
   \def\:temp{\edef\TD:more{ #1="\the\tmp:cnt"\TD:more
                 \Hnewline}\scan:TD}%
   \def\:tempa##1{\afterassignment\:temp \tmp:cnt|=##1}%
   \go:out\:tempa}
>>>

\SubSection{Script}

\<script at start of tables\><<<
\let\:EndHTableScript|=\:EndHTblScript
\let\:HTableScript|=\:HTblScript
\let\:HTbleAtt|=\:HTblAtt
|<nullify script|>%
>>>

\<nullify script\><<<
\let\:EndHTblScript|=\empty
\let\:HTblScript|=\empty
\let\:HTblAtt|=\empty
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\HTableScript{\futurelet\:temp\tblScrpt:}
\def\tblScrpt:{\ifx [\:temp  \expandafter\:tblScrpt
               \else  \expand:after{\:tblScrpt[]}\fi }
\long\def\:tblScrpt[#1]#2#3{%
    \def\:HTblAtt{#1}%
    \def\:HTblScript{#2\go:out\empty|<par del|>\:out}%
    \def\:EndHTblScript{#3}}
|<nullify script|>
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\go:out#1{\expand:after{\g:out#1}}
\long\def\g:out#1#2\:out{#1}
>>>

\SubSection{Scanning of Cells}

\<HTable\><<<
\long\def\Get:Int#1#2|<par del|>\:out{%
   \def\:next{%
      \edef\:next{\the\tmp:cnt\space}%
      \HAssign#1|=\:next #2|<par del|>\:out}%
   \afterassignment\:next
   \tmp:cnt }
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\DefGetArg#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#3}%
   \ifx \:temp\NoArg  \D:fGetArg{#1}{#2}#3#3\else
                       \D:fGetArg{#1}{#2}{#3}{}\fi 
}
\def\D:fGetArg#1#2#3#4{%
   \expand:after{\long\def}\csname 
        Get:Arg:#1:#2\endcsname##1##2!*?: \:out{%
      \def\:next####1#3{\def##1{####1}%
                        |<no token?|>#4##2!*?: \:out}%
      \:next }}

\DefGetArg{}{}{}
>>>

\`'\DefGetArg{}{1}\tok:nmath' tages the full entry, but it is
problematic for a tail entry in a row.

Use

\<HTable\><<<
\def\stgt:arg#1#2{%
  \expand:after{\let\:tempa=|}\csname Get:Arg:#1:#2\endcsname
  \ifx \:tempa\relax \else \let\:temp|=\:tempa \fi }
\def\Get:Arg{%
  \let\:temp|=\Get:Arg::\stgt:arg{}\HCol \stgt:arg\HRow{}%
  \stgt:arg\HRow\Col \:temp}
>>>

\<no token?\><<<
\ifx \tbl:typ\tbl:bdy  \else
   \ifx    ##1\&\let##1|=\NoArg\fi
   \ifx ##1\CR  \let##1|=\NoArg\fi
\fi
>>>

\<HTable\><<<
\def\NoArg{\tok:nmath}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{footmisc}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<footmisc.4ht\><<<
% footmisc.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2019 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>

\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\leavevmode
   \vbox{%\IgnorePar
      \leftskip0pt {\ht:everypar{}\parindent0pt\leavevmode}%
      \long\def\:tempc##1{\protected@edef\@currentlabel{\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}%
\anc:lbl f{footnote}%
\Configure{newlabel}{\cur:th\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}{\protect\p@footmisc@footnote{\the\csname c@footnote\endcsname}}
\a:footnotetext
   \o:@makefntext:{\b:footnotetext \csname a:footnotebody\endcsname
                {##1}\csname b:footnotebody\endcsname}\c:footnotetext
}%
\HLet\@makefntext\:tempc
%
      \reset@font\footnotesize
      \color@begingroup
        \@makefntext{\ignorespaces#1}%
      \color@endgroup
      \ht:special{t4ht@[}}\ht:special{t4ht@]}}

% detect if the symbol or symbol* option were used
% we can detect that by testing of \thefootnote macro

\edef\footmisc:thefootnote{\expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter{\thefootnote}}
\edef\footmisc:symbol{\unexpanded{\fnsymbol{footnote}}}
\edef\footmisc:symbolstar{\unexpanded{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}}

\ifx\footmisc:thefootnote\footmisc:symbol
  \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}}
\else
  \ifx\footmisc:thefootnote\footmisc:symbolstar
    \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\@fnsymbol{#1}}
  \else
    \newcommand\p@footmisc@footnote[1]{\p@footnote{#1}}
  \fi
\fi

\Hinput{footmisc}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{footmisc}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Local Drawing Environment}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<draw sty\><<<
\:CheckOption{draw}     \if:Option 
   |<local draw env|>
\fi
>>>

\<local draw env\><<<
\NewConfigure{Fig}{2}
\Odef\Fig[#1]{\bgroup
   \ifx  \EndPicture\:Undef  
      \ifx  \EndFig\:Undef  
         \def\EndFig{\b:Fig\egroup}%
         \def\AltFig{#1}\a:Fig
      \else  \let\EndFig|=\egroup \fi
   \else  \let\EndFig|=\egroup \fi
   \HAssign\y::=0
   \def\Text##1"##2"{\raise \y:: pt \hbox to 0pt{##2\hss}\ignorespaces}%
   \def\Line{\afterassignment\Ln:A\tmp:cnta}%
   \def\Move{\afterassignment\Mv:A\tmp:cnta}\ignorespaces}

\def\Ln:A{\afterassignment\Ln:B\tmp:cntb}
\def\Ln:B{\bgroup \leavevmode  
  |<diagonal line|>%
   \egroup \Mv:B  }

\def\Ln:C{\ifnum \I::<\J::
   \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:dim 
   \raise \tmp:dima \hbox{\vrule height 0.5pt depth 0.5pt  width 1pt}%
   \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -\tmp:dim
   \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -1.0pt
   \advance\tmp:dim by  \C::
   \advance\tmp:dima by  \D::
   \Advance:\I:: by  1
   \expandafter\Ln:C  \fi  }

\def\Mv:A{\afterassignment\Mv:B\tmp:cntb}
\def\Mv:B{\leavevmode 
   \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:cnta pt
   \Advance:\y:: by \tmp:cntb     \ignorespaces  }

\csname newcount\endcsname\tmp:cnta
\csname newcount\endcsname\tmp:cntb
\csname newdimen\endcsname\tmp:dima
>>>

\<diagonal line\><<<
\HAssign\I::=\ifnum \tmp:cnta<0 -\fi \tmp:cnta
\HAssign\J::=\ifnum \tmp:cntb<0 -\fi \tmp:cntb
\ifnum \I::>\J:: \HAssign\J::=\I:: \fi \relax
\ifnum \J::>0
   \tmp:dim=\tmp:cnta pt  
   \ifnum \tmp:cnta<0  
       \tmp:dim|=-\tmp:dim
       \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width \tmp:cnta pt
       \HAdvance\y:: by \tmp:cntb    \tmp:cntb|=-\tmp:cntb
   \fi
   \divide\tmp:dim by \J::  \edef\C::{\the\tmp:dim}%
   \tmp:dima=\tmp:cntb pt  \divide\tmp:dima by \J::  
   \edef\D::{\the\tmp:dima}%
   \tmp:dima|= \y:: pt 
   \HAssign\I::|=-1  \tmp:dim|=\z@  \Ln:C 
   \ifnum \tmp:cnta>0  \else
      \vrule depth \z@ height \z@ width -\tmp:cnta pt
\fi\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{PostScript}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<postscript draw\><<<
\ifHtml
   \:CheckOption{postscript}  \if:Option  
      |<postscript|>
      |<special|>
   \fi 
\fi
>>>

\<postscript\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname i:0\endcsname{0}
\expandafter\def\csname i:1\endcsname{1}
\expandafter\def\csname i:2\endcsname{2}
\expandafter\def\csname i:3\endcsname{3}
\expandafter\def\csname i:4\endcsname{4}
\expandafter\def\csname i:5\endcsname{5}
\expandafter\def\csname i:6\endcsname{6}
\expandafter\def\csname i:7\endcsname{7}
\expandafter\def\csname i:8\endcsname{8}
\expandafter\def\csname i:9\endcsname{9}
\def\i:A{10}  \let\i:a|=\i:A
\def\i:B{11}  \let\i:b|=\i:B
\def\i:C{12}  \let\i:c|=\i:C
\def\i:D{13}  \let\i:d|=\i:D
\def\i:E{14}  \let\i:e|=\i:E
\def\i:F{15}  \let\i:f|=\i:F

\def\Hex:Frac#1#2{\tmp:cnt|=\csname i:#1\endcsname
   \multiply\tmp:cnt by 16
   \advance\tmp:cnt\csname i:#2\endcsname
   \multiply\tmp:cnt by 100
   \divide\tmp:cnt by 255 
   \edef\:temp{\ifnum \tmp:cnt>99 1.0\else 0.\the\tmp:cnt\fi}}

\def\df:clr#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\Hex:Frac#2#3\let#1|=\:temp
   \Hex:Frac#4#5\edef#1{ #1 \:temp}%
   \Hex:Frac#6#7\edef#1{#1 \:temp\space setrgbcolor }}

\def\DefPsColor#1#2{\df:clr#1#2}
|<delay postscript|>%
>>>

\<delay postscript\><<<
\let\PsCode|=\relax
>>>

\<special\><<<
\ifx \PsCodeSpecial\:UnDef \def\PsCodeSpecial{ps:}\fi
>>>

% \SubSection{Karked Locations}

\<postscript\><<<
\def\MarkPsLoc(#1){%
  \PsCode{ currentpoint
   /Psy#1  exch  def 
   /PsX#1  exch  def 
}}
\def\RecallPsLoc(#1){ PsX#1  Psy#1 }
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Math}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%\SubSection{LaTeX-Oriented Commands}

\<tex-sty configure utilities\><<<
|<latex,sty math del|>
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Marginal Notes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\Margin{\HCode{<table \Hnewline
      align="right"><tr><td \Hnewline>}}
\def\EndMargin{\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
>>>

Remove the above!!!!!!

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Multi-Columns}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\''\HColumns[contribute-TABLE,contribute-TD]{i}'; Given count of
column in \''\HCol'

\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\add:col{\Advance:\:cols |by -1 \HAdvance\HCol |by 1\relax
   \ifnum \:cols>0   
      \c:Cols \vsplit0 to \tmp:dim  \d:Cols  \expandafter\add:col 
   \fi}
>>>

\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\NewConfigure{Columns}{4}
\def\c:Cols{\edef\sv:dim{\the\tmp:dim}\c:Columns}
\def\d:Cols{\d:Columns \tmp:dim|=\sv:dim }
\def\ColMag#1{\tmp:dim |= #1\tmp:dim}
>>>

\<html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\Columns#1{%
   \a:Columns
   \HAssign\:cols|=#1  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
   \divide\hsize |by #1  }
\def\EndColumns{\egroup   \HAssign\HCol|=0
  \tmp:dim|=\ht0  \advance\tmp:dim |by \dp0  \divide\tmp:dim |by \:cols
  \add:col \c:Cols \box0 \d:Cols \b:Columns}
>>>

\<non-html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\let\Columns|=\:gobble
\let\EndColumns|=\empty
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<non-html sty of TeX4ht\><<<
\def\:bigskip{%
 \ifvmode
   \ifdim \lastskip<\bigskipamount 
   \vskip -\lastskip \bigskip \fi
 \else \bigskip\fi}

\def\:medskip{%
 \ifvmode
   \ifdim \lastskip<\medskipamount 
   \vskip -\lastskip \medskip \fi
 \else \medskip\fi}

\def\:smallskip{%
 \ifvmode
   \ifdim \lastskip<\smallskipamount 
   \vskip -\lastskip \smallskip \fi
 \else \smallskip \fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{OpenOffice}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Writer}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Link[http://www.hj-gym.dk/\string
         ~hj/writer2latex/]{}{}writer2latex\EndLink

\<writer.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% writer.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<writer configs|>
\Hinput{writer}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{writer}

\<writer configs\><<<
\let\wl:begin=\begin
\def\begin#1{%
  \wl:env#1style//%
  \wl:begin{#1}}
\def\wl:env#1style#2//{\relax\if!#1!\wl:styleenv#2//\fi}%
\def\wl:styleenv#1style#2//{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname before:begin style#1\endcsname\relax
     \config:wlenv{style#1}%
     \global\expandafter\let
        \csname before:begin style#1\expandafter\endcsname
        \csname before:begin style#1\endcsname
     \expandafter\append:def\csname style#1\endcsname{\wl:css{style#1}}%
  \fi }
\def\wl:css#1{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname css:#1\endcsname\relax
     \global\expandafter\let\csname css:#1\endcsname\def
     \config:wlcss{#1}%
  \fi
}
\NewConfigure{WriterEnv}[2]{%
   \def\config:wlenv##1{#1}%
   \def\config:wlcss##1{#2}%
}
\Configure{WriterEnv}{}{}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{mdwtools}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{mdwlist}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mdwlist.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% mdwlist.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<mdwlist hooks|>
\Hinput{mdwlist}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{mdwlist}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{sverb}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<sverb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% sverb.4ht                             |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<sverb hooks|>
\Hinput{sverb}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{sverb}

\<sverb hooks\><<<
\def\sv@demosmp{\par\a:demo \raggedright \vbox\bgroup}
\def\sv@demoemp{\par\unpenalty\unskip \egroup\b:demo}
\NewConfigure{demo}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{syntax}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<syntax.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% syntax.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config syntax|>
\Hinput{syntax}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{syntax}

\<config syntax\><<<
\let\o:sb:=_
\def\:temp{\ifmmode \expandafter \pr:sb \else \expandafter \sys:sb \fi }
\HLet\sb\:temp
\AtBeginDocument{\catcode`\_\active}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Latex and TeX}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Symbol Decorations}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Non-Math}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<text symbolsNO\><<<
\def\AA{{\Protect\Tivht@AA}}
\def\aa{{\Protect\Tivht@aa}}
\def\Tivht@AA{%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef  \a:AA\else
     \leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex%
     \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A\fi}
\def\Tivht@aa{%
   \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef  \HChar{229}\else \accent23a\fi }
\NewConfigure{AA}{1}
\Configure{AA}{\HChar{197}}
>>>

A previous definition \Verb+\def\aa{{\Protect\:aa}}+ was problematic because
\Verb+\:aa+ got into an aux file which got loaded with `:' in catcode 13.

\<text symbolsNO\><<<
\def\vdots{\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{vdots}}
   \vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@
    \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}\EndPicture}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Math symbols}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

% 

\<latex math symbols\><<<
\def\ProtectedMathSymbol#1#2{%
   \def\:temp{{\math:sym#1{#2}}}%
   \expandafter\HLet\csname #2 \endcsname\:temp
   \NewConfigure{#2}{1}\Configure{#2}{\csname o:#2 :\endcsname}}
>>>

\<latex math symbols\><<<
\def\EncMathSymbol#1#2#3{%
   \NewConfigure{#2}{1}%
   \edef\:tempc{#3\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname}%
   \def\:temp{{\math:sym#1{#2}}}%
   \expandafter\HLet  \csname \:tempc\endcsname\:temp
   \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{#2}{\expandafter\noexpand
       \csname \:tempc\endcsname}}\:temp
}
\EncMathSymbol\mathop{l}{OT1}
\EncMathSymbol\mathop{L}{OT1}
>>>

\<latex math symbols\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{mathellipsis}  
\MathSymbol\mathord{hbar}  
>>>

\<latex ltoutenc\><<<
\def\:tempc{\a:textellipsis}
\expandafter\HLet\csname ?\string\textellipsis\endcsname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{textellipsis}{1}
\edef\:temp{%
  \noexpand\Configure{textellipsis}{\expandafter\noexpand
                                    \csname o:?\string\textellipsis:\endcsname}}
\:temp
>>>

\<plain math symbols\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{l}
\MathSymbol\mathop{longleftarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathop{longrightarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathop{L}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{buildrelover}
>>>

% \def\ifno:mathchar#1#2{%
%    \def\:tempb##1"##2///{##1}%
%    \edef\:tempa{\expandafter\:tempb\meaning#1"///}%
%    \edef\:tempc{\string\mathchar}%
%    \ifx \:tempa\:tempc \else #2\fi
%}
%\ifno:mathchar

\<fontmath + plain classes\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{angle}
\MathSymbol\mathop{cong}
\MathSymbol\mathop{vdots}
\MathSymbol\mathop{ldots}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{Longleftrightarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{Longrightarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{bowtie}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{cdots}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{ddots}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{doteq}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{hookleftarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{hookrightarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{leftrightharpoons}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{longleftrightarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{longmapsto}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{mapsto}
\MathSymbol+\mathrel{mid}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{models}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{neq} \let\ne|=\neq   \def\c:ne:{\Configure{neq}}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{notin}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{rightleftharpoons}
>>>

\<config fontmath.ltx shared\><<<
\ProtectedMathSymbol\mathop{longleftarrow}
\ProtectedMathSymbol\mathop{longrightarrow}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty and amstex.sty\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{dotsc}
\MathSymbol\mathop{dotso}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{longleftarrow}
\MathSymbol\mathrel{longrightarrow}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathrel{@cdots}
\MathSymbol\mathop{doteq}  
   \def\n:doteq:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{doteq}\nolimits}
\HLet\dotsb@=\@cdots  
\HLet\intdots@=\@cdots
\HRestore\cdots
>>>

% \HLet\dotsb=\cdots     
% \HLet\dotsm=\dotsb

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{iint}  
   \def\n:iint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iint}\nolimits}
\MathSymbol\mathop{iiint}  
   \def\n:iiint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iiint}\nolimits}
\MathSymbol\mathop{iiiint}  
   \def\n:iiiint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{iiiint}\nolimits}
\MathSymbol\mathop{idotsint}  
   \def\n:idotsint:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{idotsint}\nolimits}
>>>

\<config fontmath\><<<
\MathSymbol\mathop{int}  
   \def\n:int:{\expandafter\:same \math:sym\mathop{int}\nolimits}
>>>

Where
\`'\def\rightleftharpoons{\m:CondPicture{\mathrel{\mathpalette\rlh@{}}}{}}'
came in for the first time. It is in amstex but not in latex or tex.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{MkHalign-Based Symbols}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

We had a definition like \`'\def\overbrace#1{{\m:CondPicture{%
      \mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
      \downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
      $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}{}}}'
which should have something like
\`'' but it
seems like there is no need for it anymore.
Similarly for \`'\underbrace', \''\overrightarrow', 
\''\overleftarrow', and \''\angle'.

\<over/under fontmath\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overrightarrow
   \o:overrightarrow:{#1}\b:overrightarrow}
\HLet\overrightarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overrightarrow}{2}
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftarrow
   \o:overleftarrow:{#1}\b:overleftarrow}
\HLet\overleftarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overleftarrow}{2}
>>>

\<plain math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overrightarrow
   \o:overrightarrow:{#1}\b:overrightarrow}
\HLet\overrightarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overrightarrow}{2}
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftarrow
   \o:overleftarrow:{#1}\b:overleftarrow}
\HLet\overleftarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overleftarrow}{2}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:underrightarrow
   \o:underrightarrow:{#1}\b:underrightarrow}
\HLet\underrightarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{underrightarrow}{2}
\def\:tempc#1{\a:underleftarrow
   \o:underleftarrow:{#1}\b:underleftarrow}
\HLet\underleftarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{underleftarrow}{2}
>>>

\<amsmath.sty\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\a:overleftrightarrow
   \o:overleftrightarrow:{#1}\b:overleftrightarrow}
\HLet\overleftrightarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{overleftrightarrow}{2}
\def\:tempc#1{\a:underleftrightarrow
   \o:underleftrightarrow:{#1}\b:underleftrightarrow}
\HLet\underleftrightarrow|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{underleftrightarrow}{2}
>>>

\<plain, fontmath, amstex\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\a:overbrace \mathop{\hbox{\b:overbrace
   $\o:overbrace:{#1}$\c:overbrace}}\limits}
\HLet\overbrace|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{overbrace}{3}
\def\:temp#1{\a:underbrace \mathop{\hbox{$\b:underbrace
   \o:underbrace:{#1}\c:underbrace$}}\limits}
\HLet\underbrace|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{underbrace}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{New Accents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

For non-pictorial accents \''\c', \''\b', and \''\d', we want just the
accented part.  The default definitions provide an alternative options.
In the last two cases, the  \''\accent' command uses faked access
number.  

\<revised accent definitions\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\accent24 #1}}
\let\c:accent|=\c   \HLet\c:accent|=\:temp   \let\c|=\c:accent
>>>

\<revised latex accent definitions\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rmfamily\accent0 \next#1}}
\let\b:accent|=\b   \HLet\b:accent|=\:temp   \let\b|=\b:accent
\def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rmfamily\accent1 \next#1}}
\let\d:accent|=\d   \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp   \let\d|=\d:accent
>>>

\<revised plain accent definitions\><<<
\def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rm\accent0 \next#1}}
\let\b:accent|=\b   \HLet\b:accent|=\:temp   \let\b|=\b:accent
\def\:temp#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\rm\accent1 \next#1}}
\let\d:accent|=\d   \HLet\d:accent|=\:temp   \let\d|=\d:accent
>>>

The last two faked fonts, similar to the definition of \''\t' in
plain.tex. There, however, we have \''\the\textfont1' instead of
\''\rm' and \''\rmfamily', which doesn't work in LaTeX for some
reasons (what are the reasons?).

\Section{Accents through `accents' Configurations}

When \''\hat{foo}' is encountered, a search is made for an \`'??-i'
that equals  \`'foo' in the given accent table. If found, do-found is
executed; otherwise, do-not-found is executed. The do-found can reference the
??-out through \`'#1'. The do-not-found can reference the 
old definition of \`'\hat' through \`'#1' and the foo through \`'#2'.

\<accents\><<<
\NewConfigure{accents}[2]{\def\a:accents##1##2{#1}%
   \def\b:accents##1##2##3{#2}}
>>>

\List{*}
\item \`'\HChar{...}' sends forward a character to the next printable
char (can be refined to specific characters).  That is, it uses the
character of the command, with the decoration of the character that
follows.
\item \`'\special{t4ht@+...}' sends forward a string to the next printable
chr
\EndList

The space in the definition of \`'\check:sc' is to deal with caese
like \`'cmcsc10 at 14.4pt'.

\<temp patch for accents on small capsPRE-CSS\><<<
\def\check:sc#1 #2|<par del|>{\Check:sc#1}
\def\Check:sc#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9*{%
  \gdef\Check:sc##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9*{%
   {\if #1##1\if #2##2\if ##3#3\if ##4#4\if ##5#5\if ##6#6\if ##7#7%
    \if ##8#8\aftergroup\sc:reg:ac\else \sc:digits#8##8|<par del|>\fi
    \else \sc:digits#7##7#8##8|<par del|>\fi 
    \else \sc:digits#6##6#7##7#8##8|<par del|>\fi
    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}}
{\scshape\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\check:sc
     \expandafter\fontname\expandafter\font \space |<par del|>xxxxxxxx*}
\def\get:sc{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\check:sc
     \expandafter\fontname\expandafter\font \space |<par del|>xxxxxxxx*}
\def\sc:reg:ac#1#2#3{\nxt:srch
   {#3}aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVxXyYzZ\i I\j J%
   {}{}//{#1}{#2}}
\def\nxt:srch#1#2{\if #1#2\expandafter\:found
   \else\expandafter\not:found\fi{#1}}
\def\:found#1#2#3//#4#5{\a:textscaccent#4{#5}{#2}\b:textscaccent}
\def\not:found#1#2#3{\if !#3!\expandafter\endnot:found
  \else\expandafter\nxt:srch\fi{#1}{#3}}
\def\endnot:found#1#2//#3#4{#3{#4}{#1}}
|<sc digits|>
\let\acp:csv=\acp:c
\def\acp:c#1#2{\get:sc\acp:csv{#1}{#2}}
\NewConfigure{textscaccent}{2}
>>>

The checking for digits is needed for cases like \`'eccc1000' vesrus
\`'eccc1200'. Eg.g,

\Verbatim
\documentclass{article}
  \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\begin{document}
  \textsc{Po\'e}  \Large \textsc{Po\'e}
\end{document}
\EndVerbatim

\<sc digits\><<<
\def\sc:digits#1#2|<par del|>{%
   \sc:dig{0}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{1}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{2}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{3}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{4}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{5}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{6}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{7}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{8}{#1}{#2}%
   \sc:dig{9}{#1}{#2}}
\def\sc:dig#1#2#3{%
   \if #1#2\if !#3!\aftergroup\sc:reg:ac \expandafter\no:sc
           \else                     \expandafter\sc:digits\fi
           #3|<par del|>%
   \fi }
\def\no:sc#1|<par del|>{}
>>>

The second operands must be a single parameter macro.  The previous to
the last field must be empty, and the last one is not used.  

The following put characters over each other and indirectly takes care
of \''\b', \''\d', and \`'\ooalign'.

\<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\leavevmode\a:oalign\o:oalign:{#1}\b:oalign}
\HLet\oalign|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{oalign}{2}
>>>

\Section{Math Classes  to Symbols}

\SubSection{Type 5: Math Close}

\SubSection{Type 1: Op}

Can come in characters
\`'\mathchardef\coprod="1360
\mathchardef\bigvee="1357
\mathchardef\bigwedge="1356
\mathchardef\biguplus="1355
\mathchardef\bigcap="1354
\mathchardef\bigcup="1353
\mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits}
\mathchardef\prod="1351
\mathchardef\sum="1350
\mathchardef\bigotimes="134E
\mathchardef\bigoplus="134C
\mathchardef\bigodot="134A
\mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits}
\mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346
\mathchardef\smallint="1273'
or as functions   \''\mathop{\rm log}',....

In plain.tex, the \''\limits' and \''\nolimits' are used only after
\''\mathop'.
Without the following we get a complain from \`'$\arctan (2)$'
about \''\nolimits' not following the operator immediately
in \`'fonts' mode. This is so because the definition
\`'\arctan ->\mathop {\rm arctan}\nolimits ' gets output
of code from \''\rm'.

\<html math and non-math symbols???\><<<
\def\:temp{\nopic:gobble\o:nolimits:}
\HLet\nolimits|=\:temp
\def\:temp{\nopic:gobble\o:limits:}
\HLet\limits|=\:temp
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Other}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Type 6 is for punctuation (\''\mathpunc', in LaTeX), and type 7 is
``variable ord''.

\`'latex.ltx:\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\operator@font mod}\,\,#1)}       ' ???

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Soul}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<soul.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% soul.4ht                              |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2005.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<soul hooks|>
\Hinput{soul}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{9}{soul}

\<soul hooks\><<<
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textcaps \endcsname#1{\a:textcaps 
   #1\b:textcaps}
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname texthl \endcsname#1{\a:texthl
   \SOUL@hlcolor{#1}\b:texthl}
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textso \endcsname#1{\a:textso 
   #1\b:textso}
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textst \endcsname#1{\a:textst 
   \SOUL@stcolor{#1}\b:textst}
\expandafter\long\expandafter\def\csname textul \endcsname#1{\a:textul 
   \SOUL@ulcolor{#1}\b:textul}
\NewConfigure{textcaps}{2}
\NewConfigure{texthl}{2}
\NewConfigure{textso}{2}
\NewConfigure{textst}{2}
\NewConfigure{textul}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Underline and Overline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\''\ovrline' and \''\undeline' are not macros so they
can't be redefined with \''\pend:defI'.

\<plain math\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\relax \ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
   \a:underline\hbox{$#1$}\b:underline}
\HLet\underline|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{underline}{2}
>>>

Some environments call \Verb+\@@underline+ directly, so we want this
macro also to be defined directly. However, this macro always appears
within math mode, so deine also \Verb+\underline+ directly.

\<latex math\><<<
\def\underline#1{%
  \relax
  \ifmmode\o:@@underline:{#1}%
  \else  $\o:@@underline:{\hbox{#1}}\m@th$\relax\fi}
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
   \a:underline \o:@@underline:{#1}\b:underline}
\HLet\@@underline|=\:tempc
\def\:tempc#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
   \a:underline \o:underline:{#1}\b:underline}
\HLet\underline|=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{underline}{2}
>>>

\<plain,latex math\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\relax\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi
   \a:overline\hbox{$|<empty base for sub/sup|>#1$}\b:overline}
\HLet\overline|=\:temp
\NewConfigure{overline}{2}
>>>

\<empty base for sub/sup\><<<
{\HCode{}}>>>

\Section{MathJax}

\<latex math\><<<
\NewConfigure{MathjaxSource}{1}
>>>

\Section{Space Characters}

We have the definition \`'\def~{\penalty \@M \ }' in TeX,
and in LaTeX it is also defined through \`'\ '.
The relax is to avoid end-of-line for the control character.

\<config latex.ltx shared\><<<
\let\sp:c|=\  |<latex,plain sp|>
\def\:nbsp{\ifx\EndPicture\:UnDef\protect\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}\a:HChar\else\leavevmode\nobreak\ \fi} 
\def\:ensp{\protect\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2002{59}}\a:HChar} 
\HLet\nobreakspace\:nbsp
>>>

\<config plain shared\><<<
\let\sp:c|=\space |<latex,plain sp|>%
\def\:nbsp{\ifx\EndPicture\:UnDef\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}\a:HChar\else\leavevmode\nobreak\ \fi} 
\def\:ensp{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2002{59}}\a:HChar} 
>>>

\<latex,plain sp\><<<
\def\ {\relax\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:sp
             \else \sp:c\fi}
\NewConfigure{ }[1]{\def\:temp{#1}%
   \ifx \:temp\empty \let\a:sp|=\sp:c\else\def\a:sp{#1}\fi}
\Configure{ }{\:nbsp}
>>>

% \leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+\string }x

Had \`'\let\sp:c|=\ \relax', but manual of TeXproject didn't accept
it.

%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{TeX Formats}
%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{Plain}
%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Outline}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<plain.4ht\><<<
% plain.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
|<exit if already loaded|>
|<record ams definitions|>
|<elements for divs|>
|<tex divisions|>
|<fontmath + plain classes|>
|<plain, amsmath, amstex|>
|<elements for lists|>
|<html lists|>
|<html tex divs|>
|<plain vfootnote|>
|<html tex settabs|>
|<html tex halign|>
|<plain,ltplain obeylines,oalign|>
|<html local env|>
|<more html tex|> 
|<html tex env|>
|<html tex floats|>
|<html TeX4ht local env|>
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option 
    |<revised accent definitions|>
    |<revised plain accent definitions|>
    |<new accents|>
\else
    |<accents|>
\fi
|<text symbols|>
|<shared plain,eplain|>
|<config plain utilities|>
|<plain,latex utilities|>
|<config plain shared|>
|<config plain-latex shared|>
|<plain,latex bordermatrix|>
|<displaylines|>
|<plain,latex math symbols|>        
|<plain math symbols|>
|<plain math|>
|<plain halign-based math|>
|<plain,latex math|>
|<html plain|> 
|<html plain+|>             |%keep last in html mode|%
\Hinput{plain}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{plain}

\<html plain\><<<
\footline={\hfil}   \headline={\hfil}  
>>>

\<eplain config\><<<
\footline={\hfil}   \headline={\hfil}  
|<date utility|>
>>>

\<plain,latex utilities\><<<
|<date utility|>
>>>

\<date utility\><<<
\tmp:cnt|=\time  \divide\tmp:cnt |by 60
\edef\:temp{\the\tmp:cnt}
\multiply\tmp:cnt |by -60 \advance\tmp:cnt |by \time
\edef\:today{\the\year-\ifnum \month<10 0\fi
  \the\month-\ifnum \day<10 0\fi\the\day 
   \space\ifnum \:temp<10 0\fi \:temp 
   :\ifnum \tmp:cnt<10 0\fi\the\tmp:cnt :00}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\SubSection{TeX: Eqalign}

\<plain eqalign pattern\><<<
$\displaystyle{#}$&$\displaystyle{{}#}$%
>>>

\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalign}{#1}}
\HLet\eqalign|=\:tempc
                                 \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:eqalign!1{\null\vcenter{\m@th
  \Mk:ialign:egroup
  {|<plain eqalign pattern|>}{eqalign}{!1}#{}}}  
                                 \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\NewConfigure{eqalign}{6}
>>>

\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\Mk:ialign:egroup#1#2#3#4#5{%
%    \csname a:#2\endcsname
     \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef        
        |<SaveMkHalignConfig|>#5\RecallTeXcr
        \MkHalign#4{#1}#3\crcr\EndMkHalign
        \RecallMkHalignConfig 
     \else
        \csname o:#2:\endcsname{#3}%
     \fi
%   \csname b:#2\endcsname
}
>>>

Test:
\Verbatim
\csname tex4ht\endcsname

$\eqalign{
1111&2222\cr
}$
\bye
\EndVerbatim

\SubSection{TeX: eqalignno}

\<plain eqalignno pattern\><<<
$\@lign\displaystyle{#}$%
&$\@lign\displaystyle{{}#}$%
&\hbox{$\@lign#$}%
>>>

\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{eqalignno}{#1}}
\HLet\eqalignno|=\:tempc
                                 \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:eqalignno!1{\Mk:ialign:egroup
   {|<plain eqalignno pattern|>}{eqalignno}{!1}#{}}
                                 \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\NewConfigure{eqalignno}{6}
\def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign}{}{}}
>>>

\SubSection{TeX: leqalignno}

\<plain halign-based math\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{\tx:halign{leqalignno}{#1}}
\HLet\leqalignno|=\:tempc
                                 \catcode`\#|=13 \catcode`\!|=6
\def\reg:leqalignno!1{\Mk:ialign:egroup
  {|<plain eqalignno pattern|>}{leqalignno}{!1}#{}}
                                 \catcode`\#=6 \catcode`\!=12
\NewConfigure{leqalignno}{6}
>>>

\SubSection{Tabbing}

LaTeX disables: \`'\tabs', \`'\tabsdone', \''settabs', \''\+',
\''\tabset', \''\cleartabs', and \''\settabs'.

No need for \`'\:CheckOption{settabs-} \if:Option \else ....\fi'
because we can use \`'\Configure{settabs}{}{}{}{}{}'.

The following is from plain TeX.

The following is for \`'\outer\def\+{\settabs}'.

\<html tex settabs\><<<
\def\gt:tab{\def\:temp##1.##2//{##1}\tmp:dim|=\m:tab\wd\z@}
|<set a settabs element|>
|<set a settabs row|>
>>>

\<config plain utilities\><<<
\def\E:tabalign#1{\def\e:tabalgn{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef #1\fi}}
\def\c:settabs:{\c:def\:tempa{settabs}\futurelet\:temp\:tblgn}
>>>

\<html tex settabs\><<<
\pend:def\settabs{\e:tabalgn}
>>>

The \''\leavevmode' below save from paragraph breaks
between lines.

\`'\Configure{settabs}[dec const]' for table magnified by
the given decimal constant.  
\`'\Configure{settabs}{at-settabs}{at \+}{at \cr}{before elem}{after elem}'
for user-defined configuration.  The \`'at-settabs' is useful for
tables \`'\settabs..\+..\cr\+..\cr...' that are defined within 
dedicated groups.

\<set a settabs element\><<<
\def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup |<last col; no dim|>%
  \else\hss\egroup  |<col dim|>%
      \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet
      \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% 
    \ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}%
    \else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi
    \global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi
  \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \c:tabalgn \fi \box\z@ 
  \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \d:tabalgn \fi}
>>>

\<col dim\><<<
\edef\TabWidth{\expandafter\:temp\the\tmp:dim//}%
>>>

\<last col; no dim\><<<
\let\TabWidth|=\empty
>>>

\<set a settabs row\><<<
\def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup  
  \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs
  \global\setbox\tabsdone\null
  \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup
    \ifus@  \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \a:tabalgn \fi
        \unvbox\z@\lastbox
        \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \b:tabalgn \fi
    \fi\endgroup
    \setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}%
  \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse  
  |<ialign|>\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr}
>>>

 

\Verbatim
\ifx \us@false\:UnDef
   \def\:tempa{\expandafter\let\csname ifus@\endcsname|=}
   \expandafter\:tempa\csname iftrue\endcsname
\fi
\EndVerbatim

\''\ialign' stands for initialized \''\halign'.

\<ialign\><<<
\everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\TeXhalign
>>>

\Section{Discrete Structures}

\SubSection{Sections and Proclaims}

\<config plain shared\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname  beginsection\endcsname\relax
\NewSection\beginsection{}{}
\let\begin:section\beginsection
\expand:after{\csname outer\endcsname\def}\csname
     beginsection\endcsname#1\par{\smallskip
  \message{#1}\begin:section{#1}\smallskip\noindent}
>>>

\<config plain shared\><<<
\edef\:temp{\let\noexpand\o:proclaim:|=\expandafter\noexpand
   \csname proclaim\endcsname}\:temp
\expandafter\def\csname proclaim\endcsname#1. #2\par{\medbreak
  \a:proclaim\noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}\b:proclaim  
  {\sl#2\par}\c:proclaim\medskip}
\NewConfigure{proclaim}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Items}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<plain+ env\><<<
\def\textindent#1{\indent \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \expandafter\hbox
   \else\expandafter\llap\fi {{#1\enspace}}\ignorespaces}
>>>

Extra braces for fonts.

% \SubSection{item}

\<plain+ env\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\:ilist \let\:ilist|=\empty  
   \def\EnditemList{\end:ilist \let\EnditemList|=\empty}%
   \a:item {#1}\b:item}
\HLet\item|=\:temp
\long\def\c:item:#1#2#3#4{
   \let\EnditemList|=\empty
   \c:def\:ilist{#1}
   \c:def\end:ilist{#2\c:def\:iilist{#1}}
   \c:def\a:item{#3}
   \c:def\b:item{#4}}
>>>

If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to 
introduce \''\EnditemList'.

\SubSection{itemitem}

\<plain+ itemitem list\><<<
\def\:temp#1{\:iilist \let\:iilist|=\empty  
   \def\EnditemitemList{\end:iilist \let\EnditemitemList|=\empty}%
   \a:iitem {#1}\b:iitem}
\HLet\itemitem|=\:temp
\long\def\c:itemitem:#1#2#3#4{
   \let\EnditemitemList|=\empty
   \c:def\:iilist{#1}%
   \c:def\end:iilist{#2\c:def\:iilist{#1}}
   \c:def\a:iitem{#3}
   \c:def\b:iitem{#4}}
>>>

   

If the second parameter is not empty, it is up to the user to 
introduce \''\EnditemitemList'.

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{/Line}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Why \''\centerline' are defined also for latex and non-sty env,
but \''\line' not.

Check \''\a:leftline' and \''\b:leftline' before making any change in \''\line'.

\<plain+ env\><<<
\pend:def\line{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \hbox{\ht:everypar{}\a:line}\fi}
>>>

The \`'\hbox' on the group is required for preserving vertical modes.

\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{line}{1}
>>>

\SubSection{Centerline, Leftline, Rightline}

The original for the following is
\`'\def\centerline#1{\line{\hss#1\hss}}'. We replace the
\''\line' with \''\hbox', because the earlier produces
html code of itself, and surrounding horizontal space from its
definition as \''\hbox to \hsize'.  Similarly is the case for
\''\leftline' and  \''\rightline'.

\<html tex env\><<<
\pend:defI\centerline{\pic:gobble\cnt:a}
\append:defI\centerline{\pic:gobble\cnt:b}
\pend:defI\leftline{\pic:gobble\lft:a}
\append:defI\leftline{\pic:gobble\lft:b}
\pend:defI\rightline{\pic:gobble\a:rightline}
\append:defI\rightline{\pic:gobble\b:rightline}
>>>

In the \`'sty' mode we have the following configuration. Otherwise,
the configuration is empty.

\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{centerline}[2]{\c:def
   \cnt:a{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\cnt:b{\b:leftline{#2}}}
\NewConfigure{leftline}[2]{\c:def
   \lft:a{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\lft:b{\b:leftline{#2}}}
\NewConfigure{rightline}[2]{\c:def
   \a:rightline{\a:leftline{#1}}\c:def\b:rightline{\b:leftline{#2}}}
\long\def\a:leftline#1{{\ht:everypar{}#1}\expandafter\hbox\:gobble}
\long\def\b:leftline#1{{\ht:everypar{}#1}}
>>>

\Section{Other}

\<more html tex\><<<
      \let\makeheadline|=\empty
      \let\makefootline|=\empty

>>>

\SubSection{Plain +}

\<html plain+\><<<
\:CheckOption{plain-} \if:Option \else
   \Log:Note{for reduced implementation, 
       use the command line option `plain-'}
   |<plain+ env|> 
   |<plain+ itemitem list|>
\fi
>>>

\SubSection{Narrower}

\<plain+ env\><<<
\pend:def\narrower{\ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef 
    \aftergroup\b:narrower \a:narrower \fi}
>>>

\<config plain utilities\><<<
\NewConfigure{narrower}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{manmac}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<manmac.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% manmac.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<manmac hooks|>
  |<manmac chapter|>
  |<manmac demo|>
  |<manmac config|>
\Hinput{manmac}
\endinput
>>>

 \AddFile{9}{manmac}

\<manmac config\><<<
\def\specialhat{\ifmmode\def\next{\sp}\else\let\next=\beginxref\fi\next} 
{\catcode`\^=\active \global\let ^=\specialhat }
>>>

\<manmac hooks\><<<
\proofmodefalse

\let\setcornerrules\empty

\let\o:exercise:=\exercise
\let\exercise\:UnDef

\def\exercise{\a:exercise \csname o:exercise:\endcsname\b:exercise}
\NewConfigure{exercise}{2}
\pend:def\copytoblankline{\begingroup\aftergroup\par\:gobble}

\def\checkequals#1#2{}

\append:def\beginlines{\everypar{\strut\HtmlPar}}

\outer\def\begindisplay{\o:obeylines:\startdisplay}
{\catcode`\#=13
 \catcode`\@=6
 \catcode`\^=7
  \o:obeylines:\gdef\startdisplay@1
  {\catcode`\^^M=5@1\bgroup %
   \Configure{MkHalign}%
      {\csname a:manmac-display\endcsname}%
      {\csname b:manmac-display\endcsname}%
      {\csname c:manmac-display\endcsname}%
      {\csname d:manmac-display\endcsname}%
      {\csname e:manmac-display\endcsname}%
      {\csname f:manmac-display\endcsname}%
   \let\par\endgraf %
   \MkHalign#{\indent#\hfil&&\qquad#\hfil}}}
\outer\def\enddisplay{\crcr\EndMkHalign\egroup}
\NewConfigure{manmac-display}{6}

\outer\def\begintt{\a:ttenv
  \bgroup\let\par=\endgraf \ttverbatim \parskip=\z@
  \catcode`\||=0 \rightskip-5pc \ttfinish}
{\catcode`\^=7 
 \catcode`\||=0 ||catcode`||\=\other %
  ||o:obeylines: % end of line is active
  ||gdef||ttfinish#1^^M#2\endtt{#1||vbox{#2}||endgroup||egroup ||b:ttenv}}

\NewConfigure{ttenv}{2}
>>>

\<manmac hooks\><<<
\pend:def\d@nger{\medbreak\a:danger\:gobble}
\append:def\d@nger{\aftergroup\b:danger}
\pend:def\dd@nger{\medbreak\a:ddanger\:gobble}
\append:def\dd@nger{\aftergroup\b:ddanger}
\NewConfigure{danger}{2}
\NewConfigure{ddanger}{2}
>>>

\<manmac chapter\><<<
\def\:tempc#1 #2#3. #4\par{\vfill\break
   \ifodd\pageno \advancepageno\fi
   \let\SV:halign\halign
   \let\halign\TeXhalign
   \let\title:page\def
   \bb:chapter \global\let\bb:chapter=\b:chapter \a:chapter  \c:chapter
       \o:beginchapter:{#1} {#2}{#3}. {#4}\par
   \d:chapter
   \let\halign\SV:halign
}
\HLet\beginchapter\:tempc
>>>

\<manmac chapter\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:endchapter\csname endchapter\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname endchapter\endcsname{%
   \let\title:page\:UnDef
   \bb:chapter \global\let\bb:chapter=\empty \csname :endchapter\endcsname
   \everypar{\sl\HtmlPar}}
\pend:def\at:docend{\bb:chapter}
\let\bb:chapter=\empty
\NewConfigure{chapter}{4}
>>>

\<manmac chapter\><<<
\pend:def\titlepage{%
   \ifx \title:page\def \else
      \let\title:page\:UnDef
      \bb:chapter \a:titlepage
      \global\let\bb:chapter=\b:titlepage 
   \fi
}
\NewConfigure{titlepage}{2}
>>>

\<manmac hooks\><<<
\catcode`\!6
\catcode`\#13
\def\:tempc!1!2{% !1=width, !2=text
  \vtop{%
    \Configure{MkHalign}\a:sampleglue\b:sampleglue\c:sampleglue %
                       \d:sampleglue\e:sampleglue\f:sampleglue
    \MkHalign#{\hfil#}!2\cr\EndMkHalign}}
\HLet\sampleglue\:tempc
\catcode`\!12
\catcode`\#6
\NewConfigure{sampleglue}{6}
>>>

\<\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:beginmathdemo\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname{\bgroup 
   \expandafter\everydisplay\expandafter{\expandafter
       \everydisplay\expandafter{\the\everydisplay}}%
   \csname :beginmathdemo\endcsname
}

\expandafter\let\expandafter\:endmathdemo\csname endmathdemo\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname endmathdemo\endcsname{%
   \csname :endmathdemo\endcsname\egroup}
>>>

\<manmac demo\><<<
\catcode`\#=13
  |<manmac math demo|>
\catcode`\#=6
\expandafter\def\csname endmathdemo\endcsname{\EndMkHalign\egroup}
>>>

\<manmac math demo\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname beginmathdemo\endcsname{\par\bgroup
  \Configure{MkHalign}\a:mathdemo\b:mathdemo\c:mathdemo
                      \d:mathdemo\e:mathdemo\f:mathdemo
  \MkHalign#{#\hfil&$#$\hfil}}
\NewConfigure{mathdemo}{6}
>>>

\<manmac math demo\><<<
\outer\def\begindisplaymathdemo {\par\bgroup
  \Configure{MkHalign}\a:displaymathdemo
                      \b:displaymathdemo
                      \c:displaymathdemo
                      \d:displaymathdemo
                      \e:displaymathdemo
                      \f:displaymathdemo
  \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 160pt{#\hfil}&$\displaystyle{#}$\hfil}}
\NewConfigure{displaymathdemo}{6}
>>>

\<manmac math demo\><<<
\outer\def\beginlongmathdemo{\par\bgroup
  \Configure{MkHalign}\a:longmathdemo
                      \b:longmathdemo
                      \c:longmathdemo
                      \d:longmathdemo
                      \e:longmathdemo
                      \f:longmathdemo
  \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 210pt{#\hfil}&$#$\hfil}}
\NewConfigure{longmathdemo}{6}
>>>

\<manmac math demo\><<<
\outer\def\beginlongdisplaymathdemo {\par\bgroup
  \Configure{MkHalign}\a:longdisplaymathdemo
                      \b:longdisplaymathdemo
                      \c:longdisplaymathdemo
                      \d:longdisplaymathdemo
                      \e:longdisplaymathdemo
                      \f:longdisplaymathdemo
  \MkHalign#{\indent\hbox to 210pt{#\hfil}&$\displaystyle{#}$\hfil}}
\NewConfigure{longdisplaymathdemo}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{mex}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<mex.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% mex.4ht                               |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{mex}
\endinput
>>>

 \AddFile{8}{mex}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{eplain}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<eplain.4ht\><<<
% eplain.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2004. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
  |<shared plain,eplain|>
  |<eplain hooks|>
  |<eplain listing|>
  |<eplain bbl|>
  |<eplain toc|>
  |<eplain index|>
  |<eplain dates|>
  |<eplain vfootnote|>
  |<eplain lists|>
  |<eplain cols|>
  |<eplain config|>
\Hinput{eplain}
\endinput
>>>

 \AddFile{7}{eplain}

\<eplain bbl\><<<
\def\@citedef#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname
   \@citelabel{#1}\endcsname{\a:cite\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink\b:cite}}
\NewConfigure{cite}{2}
\def\biblabelprint#1{%
   \noindent
   \hbox to \biblabelwidth{%
      \biblabelprecontents
      \a:bibitem
         \bgroup
            \def\csname##1##2##3{##2}%
            \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Link{}{#1}}%
         \expandafter\egroup \:temp
      \biblabelcontents{#1}%
         \EndLink
      \b:bibitem
      \biblabelpostcontents
   }%
   \kern\biblabelextraspace
}%
\NewConfigure{bibitem}{2}
>>>

\<eplain bbl\><<<
\def\:tempc{%
   \let\:bblhook\bblhook
   \append:def\bblhook{\expandafter\everypar
                       \expandafter{\the\everypar \HtmlPar}}%
   \a:bibliography \o:@readbblfile: \b:bibliography
   \let\bblhook\:bblhook}
\HLet\@readbblfile=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{bibliography}{2}
>>>

\<eplain hooks\><<<
\pend:def\flushleft{\a:flushleft}
\append:def\flushleft{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:flushleft}}
\pend:def\@endflushleft{\b:flushleft}
\NewConfigure{flushleft}{3}
\pend:def\flushright{\a:flushright}
\append:def\flushright{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:flushright}}
\pend:def\@endflushright{\b:flushright}
\NewConfigure{flushright}{3}
\pend:def\center{\a:center}
\append:def\center{\pend:def\@eoljustifyaction{\c:center}}
\pend:def\@endcenter{\b:center}
\NewConfigure{center}{3}
>>>

\<eplain cols\><<<
\catcode`\:=12
\def\makecolumns#1/#2: {\par \begingroup
   \@columndepth = #1
   \advance\@columndepth by #2
   \advance\@columndepth by -1
   \divide \@columndepth by #2
   \@linestogoincolumn = \@columndepth
   \@linestogo = #1
   \currentcolumn = 1
   \def\@endcolumnactions{%
      \ifnum \@linestogo<2
         \the\crtok \egroup
         \csname b:makecolumns\endcsname \endgroup \par 
      \else
         \global\advance\@linestogo by -1
         \ifnum\@linestogoincolumn<2
            \global\advance\currentcolumn by 1
            \global\@linestogoincolumn = \@columndepth
            \expandafter\gdef\csname :makecolumn\endcsname{\csname
               c:makecolumns\endcsname
               \expandafter\global\expandafter\let
                  \csname :makecolumn\endcsname\empty}\the\crtok
         \else
            &\global\advance\@linestogoincolumn by -1
         \fi
      \fi
   }%
   \makeactive\^^M
   \letreturn \@endcolumnactions
   \@columnwidth = \hsize
     \advance\@columnwidth by -\parindent
     \divide\@columnwidth by #2
   \penalty\abovecolumnspenalty
   \noindent \csname a:makecolumns\endcsname
   \valign\bgroup
     &\hbox to \@columnwidth{\strut \hsize = \@columnwidth 
           \csname d:makecolumns\endcsname 
           ##\csname e:makecolumns\endcsname
           \csname :makecolumn\endcsname \hfil}\cr
}
\catcode`\:=11
\let\:makecolumn=\empty
\NewConfigure{makecolumns}{5}
>>>

\<eplain cols\><<<
\def\@columns#1{\def\NumColumns{#1}\a:columns\singlecolumn 
   \ifx \@ndcolumns\relax \let\@ndcolumns=\empty \fi
   \append:def\@ndcolumns{\b:columns}}
\NewConfigure{columns}{2}
>>>

\<eplain index\><<<
\pend:defII\@idxwrite{%
  \csname if@\@idxprefix indexfileopened\endcsname \else
    \expandafter\immediate\openout\csname @\@idxprefix indexfile\endcsname =
      \indexfilebasename.\@idxprefix dx
    \expandafter\global\csname @\@idxprefix indexfileopenedtrue\endcsname
  \fi
  \warn:idx{\jobname}\html:addr
  \hbox{\Link-{}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}\EndLink}{}%
  \edef\:temp{\write\expandafter\noexpand\csname
     @\@idxprefix indexfile\endcsname{\string \beforeentry{\RefFileNumber
     \FileNumber}{|<haddr prefix|>\last:haddr}{}}}\:temp
}
|<theindex warning|>
\ind:defs
>>>

\<eplain hooks\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
   \html:addr
   \o:definexref:{#1}{\Protect
      \Link{xref\last:haddr}{}#2\Protect\EndLink}{#3}%
   \Link{}{xref\last:haddr}\EndLink
}
\HLet\definexref\:tempc
>>>

\<eplain lists\><<<
\NewConfigure{li}{2}
\def\@finli{%
  \a:li 
  \ifnum\itemnumber=1 \else \interitemskip \fi
  \printitem
  \b:li 
  \ifx\@optionalarg\empty \else
    \expandafter\writeitemxref\expandafter{\@optionalarg}%
  \fi
  \advance\itemnumber by 1
  \advance\itemletter by 1
  \advance\itemromannumeral by 1
  \ignorespaces
}
\NewConfigure{numberedlist}{4}
\append:def\numberedlist{\a:numberedlist
  \Configure{li}{\c:numberedlist}{\d:numberedlist}}
\pend:def\endnumberedlist{\b:numberedlist}
\NewConfigure{orderedlist}{4}
\append:def\orderedlist{\a:orderedlist
  \Configure{li}{\c:orderedlist}{\d:orderedlist}}
\pend:def\endorderedlist{\b:orderedlist}
\NewConfigure{unorderedlist}{4}
\append:def\unorderedlist{\a:unorderedlist
  \Configure{li}{\c:unorderedlist}{\d:unorderedlist}}
\pend:def\endunorderedlist{\b:unorderedlist}
>>>

\<eplain listing\><<<
\def\listing#1{\par \begingroup 
   \a:listing
    \@setuplisting  \setuplistinghook
    \input #1 \b:listing
   \endgroup
}%
\append:def\linenumberedlisting{%
   \everypar = {\advance\lineno by 1 \HtmlPar \printlistinglineno}}
\NewConfigure{listing}{2}
>>>

\<eplain toc\><<<
\pend:defI\readcontentsfile{\a:contents}
\append:defI\readcontentsfile{\b:contents}
\NewConfigure{contents}{2}
>>>

\<eplain toc\><<<
\def\tocchapterentry#1#2{\line{\bf 
   \a:tocchapterentry #1\b:tocchapterentry #2\c:tocchapterentry}}%
\def\tocsectionentry#1#2{\line{\sl 
   \a:tocsectionentry #1\b:tocsectionentry #2\c:tocsectionentry}}%
\def\tocsubsectionentry#1#2{\line{\rm 
   \a:tocsubsectionentry #1\b:tocsubsectionentry
                         #2\c:tocsubsectionentry}}%
\NewConfigure{tocchapterentry}{3}
\NewConfigure{tocsectionentry}{3}
\NewConfigure{tocsubsectionentry}{3}
>>>

\<eplain toc\><<<
\HAssign\toc:N=0
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
  \def\:temp##1{%
    \o:writenumberedcontentsentry:{#1}{#2}%
      {\Link{toc-##1}{}#3\EndLink}{#4}}%
  \expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\toc:N}%
  \Link{}{toc-\toc:N}\EndLink \gHAdvance\toc:N by 1
}
\HLet\writenumberedcontentsentry=\:tempc
>>>

\<eplain dates\><<<
\let\:tempc\monthname
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:monthname}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:monthname}
\HLet\monthname\:tempc
\let\:tempc\fullmonthname
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:monthname}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:monthname}
\HLet\fullmonthname\:tempc
\NewConfigure{monthname}{2}
\let\:tempc\timestring
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:timestring}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:timestring}
\HLet\timestring\:tempc
\NewConfigure{timestring}{2}
\let\:tempc\timestamp
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:timestamp}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:timestamp}
\HLet\timestamp\:tempc
\NewConfigure{timestamp}{2}
\let\:tempc\today
\pend:def\:tempc{\a:today}
\append:def\:tempc{\b:today}
\HLet\today\:tempc
\NewConfigure{today}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Chapter{ConTeXt}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

texexec try  [--pdf];
psc texexec try  ;
mk4ht xhcontext try 

\Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/Main\string _Page]{}{}wiki\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE]{}{}wiki tables\EndLink{})

\Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/]{}{}home\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://www.pragma-ade.nl/general/manuals/mp-cb-en.pdf]{}{}manual\EndLink),
\Link[http://www.berenddeboer.net/tex/LaTeX2ConTeXt.pdf]{}{}LaTeX in proper ConTeXt\EndLink,
\Link[http://www.tug.org/ftp/texlive/Contents/live/texmf/doc/context-omega/context-help.html]{}{}fonts\EndLink

\Link[http://dictionaries.travlang.com/DutchEnglish/]{}{}Dutch dictionary\EndLink

\Link[http://dl.contextgarden.net/myway/]{}{}math in context\EndLink{} (see mathalign.tex/.pdf)

\Verbatim
Words need replacement:
> formulenummer 
 > plaatsblok              placefloat 
 > doplaatskopnummer       placeheadnumber 
 > tekst/teskt             text 
 > commando                command 
 > nummercommando          numbercommand 
 > sectie                  section 
 > opelkaar                packed 
 > plaats samengesteldelijst place combinedlist 
 > inhoud                  content 
\EndVerbatim

\<context.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% context.4ht                           |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<context with special chars|>
\catcode`\!=11
\catcode`\?=11
  |<utilities for context|>
  |<context page-txt|>
  |<context page-flt|>
  |<context core-sec|>
  |<context core-job|>
  |<context core-sys|>
  |<context core-spa|>
  |<context core-lst|>
  |<context core-itm|>
  |<context core-des|>
  |<context core-ver|>
  |<context core-flt|>
  |<context core-fig|>
  |<context core-mat|>
  |<context thrd-tab, core-tab|>
  |<context core-tbl|>
  |<context core-reg|>
  |<context core-log|>
  |<context core-ref|>
  |<context core-ps|>
  |<context core-rul|>
  |<context core-ntb|>
  |<context core-mis|>
  |<context core-not|>
  |<context core-buf|>
  |<context hooks|>
  |<context supp-mps|>
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\?=12
\Hinput{context}
\endinput
>>>

 \AddFile{7}{context}

\<m-tex4ht.tex\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% m-tex4ht.tex                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2004.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\input tex4ht.sty
\appendtoks
   \Preamble{\env{opt-arg},,xhtml}\EndPreamble
\to \everystarttext
\endinput
>>>

\<context core-ps \><<<
\def\dostopcolormode{\special {\b:color}} 
\def\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3{\special{\a:color{#1}{#2}{#3}}}  
\def\dostartgraymode#1{\special{\a:color{#1}{#1}{#1}}} 
\def\dostopgraymode{\special {\b:color}} 
\def\dostartgraycolormode#1{\special{\a:color{#1}{#1}{#1}}} 
   %%% \def\dostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4{\special{t4ht=color cmyk #1 #2 #3 #4}} 
\NewConfigure{color}[2]{\def\a:color##1##2##3{#1}\def\b:color{#2}}
\Configure{color}{}{}

\newif\ifshowcolor \showcolorfalse
\Configure{color} 
   {\ifshowcolor t4ht=<span style="color:rgb(#1,#2,#3)">\fi} 
   {\ifshowcolor t4ht=</span>\fi} 

>>>

\<context core-rul\><<<
\def\:tempc{\dontshowcomposition  
     \a:framed \box\framebox \b:framed
   \egroup  
   \egroup
} 
\HLet\stoplocalframed\:tempc
\NewConfigure{framed}{2}
>>>

\<context core-mis\><<<
% \appendtoks
  \let\o:forgetall:\forgetall
  \append:def\forgetall{\expandafter\everypar\expandafter{\the\everypar
%     \ifnum\textlevel>0 
      \ifx\EndPicture\:Undef \HtmlPar\fi
%     \fi
  }}
% \to \everystarttext

\def\:temp{\everybeforeshipout\bgroup\let\forgetall\o:forgetall: }
\expandafter\:temp\the\everybeforeshipout}
>>>

\<context hooks\><<<
\tmp:cnt\normaltime  \divide\tmp:cnt  60 
\edef\:temp{\the\tmp:cnt} 
\multiply\tmp:cnt  -60 \advance\tmp:cnt  \normaltime 
\edef\:today{\the\normalyear-\ifnum \normalmonth<10 0\fi 
  \the\normalmonth-\ifnum \normalday<10 0\fi\the\normalday 
   \space\ifnum \:temp<10 0\fi \:temp 
   :\ifnum \tmp:cnt<10 0\fi\the\tmp:cnt :00} 
>>>

\<context page-txt\><<<
\headertextcontent={}
\footertextcontent={}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Buffers}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-buf\><<<
\def\dodoprocessTEXbuffer[#1][#2]{%
   |<add buffer config|>%
   \csname a:##1-buffer\endcsname
   \getvalue{\??bu#1\c!before}% 
   \dobuffer{16}[#2]\readjobfile 
   \getvalue{\??bu#1\c!after}%
   \csname b:#1-buffer\endcsname
} 
\NewConfigure{-buffer}{2}
>>>

\<add buffer config\><<<
\expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1-buffer:\endcsname\relax
   \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1-buffer}{2}
        to equal \string\Configure{buffer}{...}{...}}%
   \NewConfigure{#1-buffer}{2}%
   \Configure{#1-buffer}{\a:buffer}{\b:buffer}%
\fi 
>>>

\<context core-buf\><<<
\NewConfigure{buffer}{2}
>>>

\Verbatim

ConTeXt has a bug in its caption numbers.  For the code

    \starttext
    \placefigure[here][fig:1]{One}{xx}
    \placefigure[here][fig:2]{Two}{xxx}
    \stoptext

 texexec  file:
                        xx
                                 Figure 1  One
                        xxx
                                 Figure 0  Two
                                        ^
 texexec  --pdf file:                   |___________ wrong
                        xx
                                 Figure 1  One
                        xxx
                                 Figure 2  Two
\EndVerbatim

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Footnotes}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-not\><<<
\def\dostartnote% nog gobble als in pagebody
  {\bgroup
   \settrue\processingnote
   \iftypesettinglines \ignorelines \fi
   |<context footnote mark|>%
   \ignorespaces 
   \a:footnote
   \bgroup 
     \penalty\notepenalty
     \forgetall
     \setnotebodyfont
     \redoconvertfont
     \bgroup 
       {\ifx\lastnotenumber\empty \else
          |<context footnote target mark|>%
        \fi 
        |<context footnote id|>}% 
        \aftergroup\dostopnote 
        \let\next} 
>>>

\<context core-not\><<<
\def\dostopnote{%
   \egroup 
   \b:footnote
   \egroup 
   \kern\notesignal\relax}
 
\NewConfigure{footnote}{4} 
\NewConfigure{footnotemark}{2}
>>>

\<context footnote mark\><<<
\begingroup
  \a:footnotemark
   \let\rawreference\:gobbleII
   \ifnotesymbol       \dolastnotesymbol
   \else \unskip\unskip \globallet\lastnotesymbol\dolastnotesymbol
   \fi
   \b:footnotemark
\endgroup
>>>

\<context footnote target mark\><<< 
\c:footnote
\preparefullnumber{\??vn\currentnote}\lastnotenumber\preparednumber          
\doifelse{\noteparameter\c!interaction}\v!no
  {\noteparameter\c!numbercommand
     {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!nextpage\v!previouspage}}%
  {\gotobox{\noteparameter\c!command 
     {\preparednumber\domovednote\v!nextpage\v!previouspage}}%
     [\s!fnt :f:\internalfootreference]}%
\d:footnote
>>>

\<context footnote id\><<<
\doifelse{\noteparameter\c!interaction}\v!no 
  {\ifconditional\pagewisenotes 
     \rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt :t:\internalfootreference}{}% 
   \fi}% 
  {\rawreference\s!fnt{\s!fnt :t:\internalfootreference}{}}%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Sectioning}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{sectie}{2}
>>>

\<context sec title env\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -ko}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{sectie}% 
\csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname        
\def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<context chapter name\><<<
\v!chapter
>>>

\<context section name\><<<
\v!section
>>>

\<context subsection name\><<<
\v!subsection
>>>

\<context subsubsection name\><<<
\v!subsubsection
>>>

\<context subsubsubsection name\><<<
\v!subsubsubsection
>>>

\<context subsubsubsubsection name\><<<
\v!subsubsubsubsection
>>>

\<context chapter name pre 2005\><<<
\v!hoofdstuk 
>>>

\<context section name pre 2005\><<<
\v!paragraaf 
>>>

\<context subsection name pre 2005\><<<
\v!sub \v!paragraaf 
>>>

\<context subsubsection name pre 2005\><<<
\v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf
>>>

\<context subsubsubsection name pre 2005\><<<
\v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf
>>>

\<context subsubsubsubsection name pre 2005\><<<
\v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf 
>>>

\<context core-sec\><<<
\let\:doplaatskopnummertekst=\doplaatskopnummertekst
\def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax
      \plaatskop:warning{#1}%
   \else
      |<gobble context sectioning head|>%
   \fi
   \:doplaatskopnummertekst{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax \else
      |<recover context sectioning head|>%
   \fi
}
>>>

\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:tekstcommando 
                      \csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando
              \expandafter\endcsname \csname teskt:#1\endcsname  
>>>

\<recover context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!tekstcommando\endcsname
                                                 \:tekstcommando 
>>>

\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:nummercommando 
                      \csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname
                                                 \:gobble
>>>

\<recover context sectioning head\><<<
\expandafter\let\csname \??ko #1\c!nummercommando\endcsname
                                                 \:nummercommando 
>>>

\<gobble context sectioning head\><<<
\ifdisplaysectionhead
    \def\if:displaysectionhead{\displaysectionheadtrue}%
    \displaysectionheadfalse
\else
    \def\if:displaysectionhead{\displaysectionheadfalse}%
\fi
>>>

\<recover context sectioning head\><<<
\if:displaysectionhead
>>>

\<context core-sec\><<<
\def\plaatskop:warning#1{\expandafter 
   \ifx \csname warn:#1\endcsname\relax
      \:warning{Unconfigured `#1'}%
      \expandafter\let\csname warn:#1\endcsname=\def
   \fi }
>>>

\<context core-sec name\><<<
\:tempd{|<context chapter name|>}
\:tempd{|<context section name|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsection name|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsection name|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsection name|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name|>}
>>>

\<context core-sec name pre 2005\><<<
\:tempd{|<context chapter name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context section name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsection name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsection name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsection name pre 2005|>}
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name pre 2005|>}
>>>

\<context core-sec ????\><<<
\let\:tempb=\part
\Def:Section\part{\finalsectionnumber}{#1}
\let\teskt:part=\part
\let\part=\:tempb
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{Head Placement}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-sec\><<<
\pend:defI\beginheadplacement{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname c:##1-head:\endcsname\relax
      \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{##1-head}{3}
           to equal \string\Configure{headplacement}{...}{...}{...}}%
      \NewConfigure{##1-head}{3}%
      \Configure{##1-head}%
          {\a:headplacement}{\b:headplacement}{\c:headplacement}%
   \fi
   \csname c:##1-head\endcsname}
\pend:defII\endheadplacement{\csname a:##1-head\endcsname}
\append:defII\endheadplacement{\csname b:#1-head\endcsname}
\NewConfigure{headplacement}{3}
\Configure{headplacement}{}{}{\IgnorePar}
>>>

% \??ko#1\c!numbercommand
% \??ko#1\c!textcommand

\<context core-sec\><<<
\def\:tmp#1{%
  \let\:tempb=#1%
  \Def:Section#1{\finalsectionnumber}{##1}% 
  \expandafter\let
     \csname teskt:\expandafter\:gobble\string #1\endcsname=#1%
  \let#1=\:tempb }
\def\:tempd#1{%
     |<config core-sec|>%
     \edef\:temp{#1}%
     \expandafter\:tmp\csname \:temp\endcsname
}
|<context core-sec name|>
>>>

\<config core-sec\><<<
\NewConfigure{#1-ko}{2} 
\NewConfigure{#1-head}{3}  
\Configure{#1-head} 
   {} 
   {\csname teskt:#1\endcsname{\text:headplacement}} 
   {% 
     \Configure{#1-ko}{}{}% 
     \expandafter\def\csname \??ko #1\c!numbercommand
                             \endcsname{\gdef\deepnummber:headplacement}% 
     \expandafter\def\csname \??ko #1\c!deeptextcommand
                             \endcsname{\gdef\text:headplacement}% 
     \IgnorePar 
   } 
>>>

\<\><<<
\ifx \v!paragraaf\:UnDef 
  |<context core-sec name|>
  |<context core-sec 2005|>
\else
  |<context core-sec name pre 2005|>
\fi
>>>

\<context core-sec 2005 \><<<
\let\o:endheadplacement\endheadplacement
\def\endheadplacement#1#2{%
  \expandafter\ifx \csname teskt:#1\endcsname\relax
      \o:endheadplacement{#1}{#2}%
  \else
     \def\marking[##1]##2{\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\expandafter
                                \endcsname\csname ##1\endcsname##2\fi}%
     \csname teskt:#1\endcsname{#2}%
  \fi
}
>>>

The following is for mark-less (number-less) sectioning commands.

\<context core-sec \><<<
%%%%%% pre 2005
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
   \ifverhoognummer
     \ifplaatskop
        \ifkopnummer \else 
            \expandafter\ifx
               \csname teskt:\v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname\relax 
               \:warning{Sectioning \expandafter\string 
                       \csname \v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname ?}%
            \else
               \let\sv:endheadplacement\endheadplacement
               \def\endheadplacement##1##2{%
                  \global\let\endheadplacement\sv:endheadplacement
                  \setbox0=\hbox{}\endheadplacement{#1}{#4}%
                  \def\finalsectionnumber{}%
                  \csname teskt:\v!sub \v!paragraaf\endcsname{#3}%
               }%
   \fi\fi\fi\fi
   \o:doplaatskoptekst:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
}
\ifx \doplaatskoptekst\:UnDef\else
   \HLet\doplaatskoptekst\:tempc
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Table of Contents}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Requested through \Verb+\completecontent+ and \Verb+\placecontent+.

\<context core-lst\><<<
\let\:doplaatssamengesteldelijst\doplaatssamengesteldelijst
\def\doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{%
   \ifx #1\v!inhoud
      \expand:after{\TableOfContents[|<context default toc entries|>]}%
   \else 
      \expand:after{\:doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]}%
   \fi
}             
\NewConfigure{placecontent}[5]{%
   \def\a:tableofcontents{#1}%
   \def\b:tableofcontents{#2}%
   \def\c:tableofcontents{#3}%
   \def\d:tableofcontents{#4}%
   \def\e:tableofcontents{#5}}
\Configure{placecontent}{}{}{}{}{}
>>>

\<context default toc entries\><<<
part,chapter,section,subsection,subsubsection,%
subsubsubsection,subsubsubsubsection%
>>>

\<context core-lst\><<<
\def\dovolledigesamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]{%
   \expandafter\ifx
       \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname
       \relax
       \expandafter\let
          \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname
          \empty
       \:warning{No configuration for 
                       `#1' (\expandafter\:gobble\string#1) head}%
   \fi
   \csname a:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname
   \expanded{\systemsuppliedtitle[#1]{\noexpand\headtext{#1}}}% 
   \csname b:\expandafter\:gobble\string#1:head\endcsname
   \doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]}
>>>

NOTE: REPLACE   > plaats samengesteldelijst WITH place combinedlist 

\<context core-lst\><<<
\NewConfigure{contenthead}[2]{%
   \def\a:v!inhoud:head{#1}\def\b:v!inhoud:head{#2}}
\Configure{contenthead}{}{}
>>>

NOTE: REPLACE inhoud WITH content

\<context list element\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -li}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{listelement}%  |%lijstelement|%
\csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname        
\def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-lst\><<<
\NewConfigure{listelement}{2}
\pend:def\dobeginoflist{\a:dolist}
\append:def\doendoflist{\b:dolist}
\NewConfigure{dolist}{2}
>>>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Index}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-reg\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]#2#3{%
   \o:doprocesspageregister:[#1]{#2}{#3}%
   \def\:temp{\v!index}\ifx \:temp\currentregister
      \a:index
   \fi
}
\HLet\doprocesspageregister\:tempc
\NewConfigure{index}{1}
>>>

\<context core-reg\><<<
\NewConfigure{index-env}{2}
\ifx \c!voor\:UnDef \else     %%%%%% pre 2005
  \expandafter\pend:def\csname 
      \??id\v!index\c!voor\endcsname{\everypar{\HtmlPar}}
\fi
\ifx \c!na\:UnDef \else     %%%%%% pre 2005
  \expandafter\append:def\csname 
      \??id\v!index\c!na\endcsname{\everypar{\HtmlPar}}
\fi
\ifx \c!commando\:UnDef \else     %%%%%% pre 2005
  \expandafter\pend:defI\csname
      \??id\v!index\c!commando\endcsname{\a:indexchar}
  \expandafter\append:defI\csname \??id\v!index\c!commando\endcsname{\b:indexchar}
\fi
\NewConfigure{indexchar}{2}
>>>

\<context core-reg\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
   \def\:temp{#1}\def\:tempa{\s!ind}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
      \a:indexpage\o:gotonextinternal:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
   \else
      \o:gotonextinternal:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
   \fi
}
\HLet\gotonextinternal\:tempc
\def\c:indexpage:{\def\a:indexpage##1##2##3##4##5}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Floats}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-flt\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax
      |<add contex float configuration|>%
   \fi
   \csname a:#1\endcsname
   |<save everyinsidefloat|>%
   \expandafter\everyinsidefloat\expandafter{%
      \the\everyinsidefloat 
      \restore:every \aftergroup\restore:every
      \expandafter \aftergroup\csname b:#1\endcsname
      |<EndP at end of float box|>%
   }%
   \o:dodocomplexplaatsblok:[#1]}
\HLet\dodocomplexplaatsblok=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{plaatsblok}{2}
>>>

NOTE: REPLACE plaatsblok WITH placefloat

\<save everyinsidefloat\><<<
\expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\everyinsidefloat}%
\def\restore:every{\expandafter\everyinsidefloat
   \expandafter{\the\tmp:toks}}%
>>>

\<EndP at end of float box\><<<
\everyvbox{\everyvbox{}\bgroup \aftergroup\EndP\aftergroup\egroup}%
\def\:tempc##1##2{%
   \let\dowithnextboxcontent\o:dowithnextboxcontent:
   \dowithnextboxcontent{##1}{\everyvbox{}##2}%
}%
\HLet\dowithnextboxcontent\:tempc
>>>

\<add contex float configuration\><<<
\:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2} initialized to
     \string\Configure{plaatsblok}}%
\NewConfigure{#1}{2}
\global\expandafter\let\csname c:#1:\expandafter\endcsname
                                     \csname c:#1:\endcsname
\expandafter\gdef\csname a:#1\endcsname{\a:plaatsblok}%
\expandafter\gdef\csname b:#1\endcsname{\b:plaatsblok}%
>>>

\<context core-flt\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
   \ifvmode    \IgnorePar\fi
   \o:putcompletecaption:{#1}%
       {\a:caption#2\b:caption}%
       {\c:caption#3\d:caption}{#4}}
\HLet\putcompletecaption\:tempc
\NewConfigure{caption}{4}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Figures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-fig\><<<
\def\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]{%
  \doifsomething{#3}%
     {\bgroup
      \def\textunderscore{_}% brrr, temp hack
      \calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]%
      \calculateexternalscreenfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]%
      \a:externalfigure{#3}%
      \egroup}}
\NewConfigure{externalfigure}{1}
>>>

Toc of figures:

\<context core-fig\><<<
\NewConfigure{figure-li}[4]{%
   \expandafter\def\csname a:figure-li\endcsname{%
      #1%
      \def\:tempc####1####2{#2\o:limitatedlistentry:{####1}{####2}#3}%
      \HLet\limitatedlistentry\:tempc
    }%
    \expandafter\def\csname b:figure-li\endcsname{#4}%
}
\Configure{figure-li}{}{}{}{}
\NewConfigure{title-ko}{2} 
>>>

Captions:

\<context core-fig\><<<
\NewConfigure{-@@kjfigure}{2}
>>>

\<context page-flt\><<<
\def\dodocomplexplacefloat[#1][#2][#3]#4%
  {\flushnotes
   \flushsidefloats
   \ifsomefloatwaiting
     \doifinsetelse\v!always{#2}
       {\showmessage\m!floatblocks5\empty}
       {\expanded{\doifcommonelse{#2}{\flushfloatslist}}\doflushfloats
                                                       \donothing}%
   \fi
   \ifmargeblokken
     \doifinset\v!margin{#2}\endgraf
   \fi
   \global\insidefloattrue
   \a:placefloat
   \begingroup
   \ifmargeblokken
     \doifinset\v!margin{#2}{\hsize\@@mbwidth}%
   \fi
   \the\everyinsidefloat
   \let\@@extrafloat\empty
   \presetmorefloatvariables{#2}%
   \aftergroup   \b:placefloat
   \dowithnextboxcontent
     {\setlocalfloathsize
      \getvalue{\??fl#1\c!inner}%
      \fuzzysnappingfalse
      \postponenotes} % new
     {\doifvaluesomething{\??fl#1\c!criterium}
        {\ifdim\wd\nextbox>\getvalue{\??fl#1\c!criterium}\relax
           \edef\forcedfloatmethod{\executeifdefined
                                     {\??fl#1\c!fallback}\v!here}%
         \fi}%
       \xdocompletefloat{#1}{#3}{#1}{#2}{#1}{#4}%
      \doifnotinset\v!text{#2}{\carryoverpar\endgroup}%
      \global\sidefloatdownshift \zeropoint
      \global\sidefloatextrashift\zeropoint
      \ifparfloat
        \doifinset\v!reset{#2}\forgetsidefloats
        \doinhibitblank
      \fi}%     
     \vbox}
\NewConfigure{placefloat}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Item Groups}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-itm\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]{\o:redostartitemgroup:[#1][#2]%
   \verify:config{\currentitemgroup-group}{itemgroup}%
   \csname a:\currentitemgroup-group\endcsname}
\HLet\redostartitemgroup=\:tempc
\pend:def\stopitemgroup{%
   \csname b:\currentitemgroup-group\endcsname}
\NewConfigure{itemgroup}{2}
>>>

\<context core-itm\><<<
\pend:def\dolistitem{\HLet\noindent\item:noindent}
\append:def\dolistitem{%   
   \csname b:|<itemize group type|>-item\endcsname}
\def\item:noindent#1\strutdepth{#1\strutdepth
   \let\noindent\o:noindent:
   \verify:config{|<itemize group type|>-item}%
                 {|<itemize type|>-listitem}%
   \csname a:|<itemize group type|>-item\endcsname}%
\NewConfigure{head-listitem}{2}
\NewConfigure{symbol-listitem}{2}
\NewConfigure{other-listitem}{2}
\NewConfigure{itemize-group}{2}
\NewConfigure{itemize-other-item}{2}
>>>

\<itemize type\><<<
\ifconditional\headlistitem
  \ifconditional\symbollistitem
    symbol%
  \else
    head%
  \fi
\else
  \ifconditional\symbollistitem
    symbol%
  \else
    other%
  \fi
\fi
>>>

\<\><<<
\ifconditional\headlistitem     head\else
\ifconditional\symbollistitem symbol\else
              other\fi\fi
>>>

\<itemize group type\><<<
\currentitemgroup -|<itemize type|>%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Verbatim}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-ver\><<<
\pend:defI\dostarttyping{\a:typing}
\append:defI\initializetyping{%
   \aftergroup\b:typing
   \def\obeyedspace {\d:typing}%
   \def\obeyedline{}%
   \Configure{HtmlPar}{\c:typing}{\c:typing}{}{}%
}
\NewConfigure{typing}{4}
>>>

The configurations fail to recognize empty lines. Why??

\Verbatim
\def\obeyedline{\HCode{<br />}}   
\def\obeyedspace{\HCode{\string&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{x00A0;}}
\EndVerbatim

\<context core-ver\><<<
\let\o:dodotypefile:=\dodotypefile
\def\dodotypefile{\a:typing \o:dodotypefile:}
>>>

\<\><<<
\let\o:dodotypefile:=\dodotypefile 
\def\dodotypefile[#1]{% 
   \expandafter\ifx\csname c:\??tp#1:\endcsname\relax 
      \NewConfigure{\??tp#1}{4}% 
      \Configure{\??tp#1}% 
         {\a:typefile}% 
         {\b:typefile}% 
         {\c:typefile}% 
         {\d:typefile}% 
      \expandafter\pend:def \csname \??tp#1\c!before\endcsname{% 
                              \csname a:\??tp#1\endcsname}% 
      \expandafter\append:def \csname \??tp#1\c!before\endcsname{% 
                              \csname b:\??tp#1\endcsname}% 
      \expandafter\pend:def \csname \??tp#1\c!after\endcsname{% 
                              \csname c:\??tp#1\endcsname}% 
      \expandafter\append:def \csname \??tp#1\c!after\endcsname{% 
                              \csname d:\??tp#1\endcsname}% 
      \:warning{Introducing implicit configurations for \??tp#1}% 
   \fi 
   \o:dodotypefile:[#1]} 
\NewConfigure{typefile}{4} 

\Configure{typefile} 
   {} 
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  
    \HCode{<div class="typefile">}% 
    \def\verb:par{\gdef\verb:par{\HCode{<br />}}}} 
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</div>}} 
   {} 
\Css{div.typefile { white-space: nowrap; }}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Pictures}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context supp-mps\><<<
\long\def\:temp{\begingroup \obeyMPlines \dostartMPcode}
\ifx \startMPcode\:temp
   \pend:def \startMPcode{%
      \let\:temp\begingroup
      \def\begingroup{\let\begingroup\:temp
          \a:MPcode
          \begingroup
          \aftergroup\b:MPcode }%
   }
\fi   
\NewConfigure{MPcode}{2}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables: bTABLE}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-ntb\><<<
\def\begintbl  
  {\doglobal\newcounter\colTBL  
   \doglobal\newcounter\rowTBL  
   \doglobal\decrement\rowTBL  
   \tabskip\zeropoint  
   \TeXhalign\bgroup  
   \registerparoptions
   \ignorespaces\ifnum\rowTBL=0 \a:bTABLE\else\d:bTABLE\fi 
                \c:bTABLE\e:bTABLE##\f:bTABLE\unskip&& 
   \ignorespaces\e:bTABLE##\f:bTABLE\unskip\cr}  
\def\endtbl  
  {\o:noalign:{\d:bTABLE\b:bTABLE}\egroup}  
\NewConfigure{bTABLE}{6} 
>>>

\<context core-ntb\><<<
\def\begintblrow  
  {\o:noalign:  
     {\doglobal\increment\rowTBL  
      \doglobal\newcounter\colTBL}%  
   \nexttblcol}    
\def\endtblrow{\crcr  
   \o:noalign:  
     {\nointerlineskip  
      \allowbreak  
      \bgroup % protect local vars  
        \@@tblsplitafter  
      \egroup  
}}  
\def\spanTBL#1#2%  
  {\scratchcounter\gettblcol{#1}{#2}\relax  
   \ifnum\scratchcounter>\zerocount  
     \advance\scratchcounter \minusone  
%     \dorecurse\scratchcounter{\appendtoks\spantblcol\to\tbltoks}%  
     \dorecurse\scratchcounter{\appendtoks\skiptblcol\to\tbltoks}%  
                               \appendtoks\nexttblcol\to\tbltoks  
   \fi}  
>>>

\<context core-ntb\><<<
\let\o:settbltxt:\settbltxt
\def\settbltxt{%
   \edef\:tempc{\maximumrow}\HAdvance\:tempc by -1
   \expandafter\edef\csname bTBL\:tempc,\currentcol
        \endcsname{{\csname\@@tbl\c!ny\endcsname}{\csname\@@tbl\c!nx\endcsname}}%
   \o:settbltxt:
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\Verbatim
[c]   \cc:table \c:tableCell ##\d:tableCell \tabskip \LeftTabskip & 
[g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU 
       ##\hfil \s topglobalTABLEcolor 
       \tabskip 8.81241pt plus 1.5fil minus 4.4062pt\relax \d:tabl eCell & 
[a-R] \hfil \a:tableCell \raggedleft ##\b:tableCell \empty & 
[g-|] \g:tableCell \hf il \startglobalTABLEcolor 
      \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil 
      \stopglobalTABLEcol or \relax \h:tableCell & 
[a-R] \hfil \a:tableCell \raggedleft ##\b:tableCell \empty & 
[g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor 
      \vrule \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil \s topglobalTABLEcolor \relax 
      \h:tableCell & 
[a-L] \empty \a:tableCell \raggedright ##\f :tableCell \hfil & 
[g-|] \g:tableCell \hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule 
      \!thWidth 4 \!taLTU ##\hfil \stopglobalTABLEcolor \relax \h:tableCell & 
[a-P] \hfil \a:tableCell  \BeginTableParBox {1.25in}##\EndTableParBox 
      \b:tableCell \hfil & 
[g-|] \g:tableCell \ hfil \startglobalTABLEcolor \vrule 
      \!thWidth 4\!taLTU ##\hfil 
      \stopglobalTABLEc olor \relax 
      \h:tableCell \tabskip \RightTabskip & 
[e]   \e:tableCell ##\f:tableCell \ tabskip 0pt \cr 

a: cell-1
c: cell-2
e: cell-3
g: cell-4
\EndVerbatim

THe c-cells seem to be ignored

\<context with special chars\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\def\putVBorder{\expandafter\put:VBorder\VBorder</>!*?: }
\def\put:VBorder#1</#2>#3!*?: {\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty
     \HCode{\VBorder}%
     \def\:temp{#1}\ifx\:temp\empty \else\HCode{</colgroup>}\fi
     \HCode{<colgroup><col/></colgroup>}%
  \else  \def\:temp{\put:VBorder#3!*?: }\expandafter\:temp\fi
}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
>>>

currentTABLEcolumn,
maxTABLEcolumn

\<context thrd-tab, core-tab\><<<
\gdef\cc:table{\c:table}

\NewConfigure{tableCell}{5}
\def\showbaselines
  {\testrulewidth\defaulttestrulewidth
   \EveryPar{\HtmlPar\ruledbaseline}}

\NewConfigure{table}{6}
\def\:tempc{%
   \ifnum \!taColumnNumber>0
       \expandafter\!taDataColumnTemplate\expandafter
          {\expandafter\a:tableCell
           \the\!taDataColumnTemplate\x:tableCell}%
\expandafter\let\expandafter\:temp
                     \csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\!taDataColumnTemplate
       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
          {\expandafter\:temp
           \the\!taDataColumnTemplate\x:tableCell}%
\expandafter\let\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname\:UnDef
   \fi
   \o:!tfAdjoinPriorColumn:
}
\HLet\!tfAdjoinPriorColumn=\:tempc

\def\!ttDoHalign
  {\baselineskip \zeropoint
   \lineskiplimit\zeropoint
   \lineskip     \zeropoint
   \tabskip      \zeropoint
   \HRestore\noalign
   \a:table
   \TeXhalign \the\!taTableSpread \bgroup
   \span\the\!taPreamble }

\def\finishTABLE
  {\chuckTABLEautorow
   \unskip\dd:table\crcr
   \egroup \b:table \expandafter\:gobble
   \EndTable
   \global\intablefalse
   \egroup}

\def\finishTABLErow
  {\dd:table\crcr
   \TABLEnoalign
     {\nobreak
      \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown
      \setTABLEerror\TABLEunknown
      \globalletempty\checkTABLEautorow
      \globalletempty\chuckTABLEautorow
      \global\currentTABLEcolumn\zerocount}}

\def\endofTABLEline[#1][#2->#3]#4#5%
  {\ifx#2#3\else
     \writestatus\m!TABLE{\string#2\space changed into \string#3}%
   \fi
   \iftracetables
     \bgroup
     \tttf\space
     \ifnum\TABLEerror=\TABLEunknown
       \ifx#2#3\else\string#2->\fi
     \else
       ->%
     \fi
     \color[#1]{\string#3}%
     \ifsplittables\space\the\TABLEmaxheight/\the\TABLEheight\fi
     \ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty
       \space\TABLEgraylinestatus
     \else
       \space\TABLEgraylineerror
     \fi
     \egroup
   \else\ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty \else   \fi\fi
   \globalletempty\TABLEgraylinestatus
   \globalletempty\TABLEgraylineerror
   \expandafter\normalTABLElineformat#4#5\dd:table\crcr 
   \TABLEnoalign{\nobreak\global\setTABLEactiontrue}}

\def\!ttDoZero#1{\dd:table\cr}

\def\!ttDoPlus#1#2#3{% #1 eats the +
  \AugmentedTableStrut{#2}{#3}%
  \dd:table\cr}

% DO STANDARD: Insert standard table strut
\def\!ttDoStandard{%
  \StandardTableStrut
  \dd:table\cr}

\def\!tfFinishFormat{%
  \ifnum \TracingFormats>0
    \!thMessage{%
      \space \space r: \the\!taOldRuleColumnTemplate
        \tabskip \the\RightTabskip}%
    \!thMessage{%
      \space *c: ##\tabskip 0pt}
  \fi
  \ifnum \!taColumnNumber<2
    \!thError{%
      \ifnum \!taColumnNumber=0
        No
      \else
        Only 1
      \fi
      "||"}%
      {\!thReadErrorMsg\!tfTooFewBarsA
       ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!tfTooFewBarsB
       ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!tkFixIt}%
  \fi
  \!thToksEdef\!taPreamble={%
    \noexpand\cc:table \noexpand
    \b:tableCell ####\noexpand\x:tableCell\tabskip\LeftTabskip
    &
    \the\!taPreamble \tabskip\RightTabskip
    &
    \noexpand\c:tableCell ####\noexpand\x:tableCell
                                       \tabskip 0pt \noexpand\cr}%
  \ifnum \TracingFormats>1
    \!thMessage{Preamble=\the\!taPreamble}
  \fi
  \ifnum \TracingFormats>2
    \!thMessage{Row Of Widths="\!tfRowOfWidths"}
  \fi
  \!taBeginFormatfalse % Intercepts "||", tabskips, and "."
  \catcode`\||=13
  \catcode`\"=13
  \!ttDoHalign}

\def\!tfSetVrule
  {\!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate=
      {\noexpand\d:tableCell
       \noexpand\hfil
       \noexpand\startglobalTABLEcolor % added
       \noexpand\vrule
       \noexpand\!thWidth
       \ifnum\!tgCode=\plusone
         \ifx\!tgValue\empty
           \the\LineThicknessFactor
         \else
           \!tgValue
         \fi
         \!taLTU
       \else
         \!tgValue
       \fi
       ####%
       \noexpand\hfil
       \noexpand\stopglobalTABLEcolor % added
       \the\!taRuleColumnTemplate
       \relax \noexpand\x:tableCell
   }%
  \!tfAdjoinPriorColumn}

\NewConfigure{VBorder}{4}

\HAssign\NewGroup=0
\HAssign\Next:TableNo=0
\HAssign\ar:cnt=0

\let\:mALIGN\empty \let\hT:D\empty

\pend:defI\ReadFormatKeys{%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname\relax
   \expandafter\def\csname preamble-\the\!taColumnNumber\endcsname{%
        \let\:mALIGN\empty \def\hT:D{\csname \string ##1:T:D\endcsname}}%
   \fi
   \:FormatKey
}

\let\:FormatKey=\empty
\NewConfigure{FormatKey}[2]{%
   \def\:temp{#1#2}\ifx \:temp\empty  \let\:FormatKey=\empty
   \else
      \append:def\:FormatKey{\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa
         #2%
      \fi }%
   \fi
}

\Configure{FormatKey}{l}{\add:ar<}
\Configure{FormatKey}{r}{\add:ar>}
\Configure{FormatKey}{c}{\add:ar-}
\Configure{FormatKey}{p}{\d:VBorder}
\Configure{FormatKey}{||}{\b:VBorder}
\pend:def\BeginFormat{\add:ar-}

\let\HAlign=\empty
\def\add:ar#1{\HAdvance\ar:cnt by 1
   \def\ch:class{#1}%
   \c:VBorder
   \edef\HAlign{\HAlign 0 \ar:cnt\space #1 }}

\def\!ttDoZero#1{\dd:table\cr}
\def\!ttDoPlus#1#2#3{% 
  \AugmentedTableStrut{#2}{#3}%
  \dd:table \cr}
\def\!ttDoStandard{%
  \StandardTableStrut
  \dd:table \cr}

\def\normalTABLElongrule{\a:TABLElongrule}
\NewConfigure{TABLElongrule}{1}

\def\simpleTableHL{\a:TableHL}
\NewConfigure{TableHL}{1}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Tables: Tabulate}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-tbl\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname \e!start\v!tabulate\endcsname{%
    \csname a:\v!tabulate\endcsname \bgroup
         \expandafter\aftergroup\csname b:\v!tabulate\endcsname
           \HRestore\noalign \let\halign\TeXhalign
            \dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate}
\NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{2}
>>>

\<context core-tbl\><<<
\catcode`\||=13
\def\nexttabulate#1||%  
  {\chardef\tabulatealign\@@tabulatealign  
   \chardef\tabulatemodus\zerocount  
   \chardef\tabulatedimen\zerocount  
   \tabulatebefore  \emptytoks  
   \tabulateafter   \emptytoks  
   \tabulatebmath   \emptytoks  
   \tabulateemath   \emptytoks  
   \tabulatefont    \emptytoks  
   \tabulatesettings\emptytoks  
   \global\advance\tabulatecolumns\plusone  
   \letvalue{\@@tabsetups@@\the\tabulatecolumns}\donothing  
   \settabulatepreamble#1\relax\relax % permits i without n  
   \ifcase\tabulatemodus\relax  
     \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\empty}       
                               {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss}   \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\empty}       
                               {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss}   \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\tabulatehss} 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\empty}         \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\tabulatehss} 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\tabulatehss}   \fi  
   \or % fixed width  
     \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip}   
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\bskip\tabulateraggedright } 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\bskip\tabulateraggedleft  } 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip\tabulateraggedcenter} 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \fi  
   \or % auto width  
     \global\advance\nofautotabulate\plusone  
     \ifcase\tabulatealign\relax  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip}                      
                                {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{<}\bskip\tabulateraggedright } 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{>}\bskip\tabulateraggedleft  } 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \or  
       \dodosettabulatepreamble{{-}\bskip\tabulateraggedcenter} 
                               {\tabulate:endcol\eskip} \fi  
   \or % simple  
     \dodosettabulatepreamble {{-}\xbskip} {\tabulate:endcol\xeskip}  
   \fi  
   \futurelet\next\donexttabulate}  
\catcode`\||=11 
>>>

\<context core-tbl\><<< 
\let\o:dodosettabulatepreamble=\dodosettabulatepreamble 
\def\dodosettabulatepreamble#1#2{%
   \let\tabulate:col=\relax 
   \let\tabulate:endcol=\relax 
   \edef\:temp{\tabulate:col{\the\tabulatecolumns}}% 
   \expandafter\o:dodosettabulatepreamble 
                        \expandafter{\expandafter{\:temp #1}}{#2}% 
   \let\tabulate:col=\tabulate:Col
   \let\tabulate:endcol=\tabulate:Endcol
} 
\def\tabulate:Col#1#2{\def\HCol{#1}%
                      \edef\HRow{\noftabulatelines}\def\HAlign{#2}%
   \ifnum #1=1
      \ifnum \noftabulatelines=0
      \else \csname d:\v!tabulate\endcsname\fi
      \csname c:\v!tabulate\endcsname
   \fi
   \csname e:\v!tabulate\endcsname}
\def\tabulate:Endcol{\csname f:\v!tabulate\endcsname} 
>>>

\<context core-tbl\><<<
\expandafter\def\csname \e!start\v!tabulate\endcsname{%
    \csname a:\v!tabulate\endcsname \bgroup
         \expandafter\aftergroup\csname d:\v!tabulate\endcsname
         \expandafter\aftergroup\csname b:\v!tabulate\endcsname
           \HRestore\noalign \let\halign\TeXhalign
            \dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate}
\NewConfigure{\v!tabulate}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Math}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{\relax\mathematics{{\a:frac{#1{#2}}\b:frac
                                 \over\c:frac{#1{#3}}\d:frac}}}
\HLet\dofrac\:tempc
\NewConfigure{frac}{4}
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\let\normalreqno\eqno
\let\normalleqno\leqno
>>>

\'+(#1,#2)=outer(ref,sub) (#3,#4)=inner(ref,sub)+

\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
   \a:formulenummer
      \o:dododoformulenummer:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
   \b:formulenummer}
\HLet\dododoformulenummer\:tempc

\NewConfigure{formulenummer}{2}
\Configure{formulenummer}
    {\HCode{<span class="formulenummer">}}
    {\HCode{</span>}}
\Css{.formulenummer {width:20\%; float:right;}}
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\pend:def\startdisplaymath{\a:displaymath}
\append:def\stopdisplaymath{\b:displaymath}
\NewConfigure{displaymath}{2}
\Configure{displaymath}
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="displaymath">}}
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
\Css{div.displaymath {text-align:center;}}
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\NewConfigure{-@@fm}{2}
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc#1%
  {\ifmmode
    \displ@y
    \global\chardef\mathnumberstatus\plusone
     %
     \vcenter\bgroup
     \def\finishalignno{\f:mtable\d:mtable\b:mtable\crcr
                        \egroup\egroup}%
   \else
     \def\finishalignno{\f:mtable\d:mtable\b:mtable\crcr
                        \egroup}%
   \fi
   #1%
   \TeXhalign \@EA \bgroup \the\scratchtoks\crcr}
\HLet\dobothaligneqalignno\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\let\:tempc\dointertext
\pend:defI\:tempc{\a:intertext}
\append:defI\:tempc{\b:intertext}
\HLet\dointertext\:tempc
\NewConfigure{intertext}{2}
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]%
  {%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname a:#1\endcsname\relax
      \Configure{mtable}
         {\a:mathalignment}
         {\b:mathalignment}
         {\c:mathalignment}
         {\d:mathalignment}
         {\e:mathalignment}
         {\f:mathalignment}%
   \else
      \Configure{mtable}
         {\csname a:#1\endcsname}
         {\csname b:#1\endcsname}
         {\csname c:#1\endcsname}
         {\csname d:#1\endcsname}
         {\csname e:#1\endcsname}
         {\csname f:#1\endcsname}%
   \fi
   \pushmacro\doalignNC
   \edef\currentmathalignment{#1}%
   \doifassignmentelse{#2}{\setupmathalignment[#1][#2]}\donothing
   \def\NC{\doalignNC }%
   \global\let\doalignNC\dodoalignNC
   \def\EQ{\HCode{<!--??? 1-->}&=}%
   \def\NR{\f:mtable&\e:mtable \global\let\doalignNC \dodoalignNC
                     \doxxdoubleempty\doalignNR}%
   %
   \def\notag{\def\\{\HCode{<!--??? 2-->}&\crcr}}%
   \doifelse{#2}{*}{\def\\{\HCode{<!--??? 3-->}&\crcr}}%
                   {\def\\{\HCode{<!--??? 4-->}&\doalignNR[+][]\crcr}}%
   %
   \eqaligncolumn\zerocount
   \a:mtable \c:mtable \e:mtable
   \processcommacommand
     [\mathalignmentparameter\c!align]
     {\advance\eqaligncolumn\plusone\doseteqaligncolumn}% takes argument
   %
   \global\eqaligncolumn\plusone
   \numberedeqalign}
\HLet\dostartmathalignment\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-mat\><<<
\def\:tempc{\gdef\doalignNC##1{\f:mtable&\e:mtable ##1}}
\HLet\dodoalignNC\:tempc
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]%
  {\donestedformulanumber{#1}{#2}\f:mtable\d:mtable
                                 \c:mtable\e:mtable\crcr}
\HLet\doalignNR\:tempc
\NewConfigure{mtable}{6}
\NewConfigure{mathalignment}{6}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Spacing}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-spa\><<<
\append:def\crlf{\ifhmode \a:crlf\fi}
\NewConfigure{crlf}{1}
>>>

\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \o:complexstartsmaller:[#1]%
   \a:narrower\bgroup\aftergroup\b:narrower\aftergroup\egroup}
\HLet\complexstartsmaller\:tempc
\NewConfigure{narrower}{2}
>>>

\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
   \o:doalignline:{|<open doalign|>}{|<close doalign|>}}
\HLet\doalignline\:tempc
\NewConfigure{midaligned}{2}
\NewConfigure{leftaligned}{2}
\NewConfigure{rightaligned}{2}
>>>

\<open doalign\><<<
\ifx #1\hss
  \ifx #2\hss\a:midaligned
  \else      \a:rightaligned
  \fi
\else        \a:leftaligned 
\fi
>>>

\<close doalign\><<<
\ifx #1\hss
  \ifx #2\hss\b:midaligned 
  \else      \b:rightaligned
  \fi
\else        \b:leftaligned
\fi
\hss
>>>

\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc#1{%
   \def\last:Attributes{#1}%
   \ifx \last:Attributes\empty
   \else
      |<do at start attributes|>%
      \let\last:Attributes=\empty
   \fi
   \o:dostartattributes:{#1}
  }
\HLet\dostartattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<do at start attributes\><<<
\get:curName\??be          \ifx \cur:Name\empty 
   \get:curName\??li       \ifx \cur:Name\empty 
      \get:curName\??ly    \ifx \cur:Name\empty 
         \get:curName\??ko \ifx \cur:Name\empty 
            |<another context env|>%
         \else
            |<context sec title env|>%
         \fi
      \else
         |<context layout env|>%
      \fi
   \else
      |<context list element|>%
   \fi
\else
   |<start stop env|>%
\fi
>>>

\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{layout}{2}
>>>

\<context layout env\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -ly}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{layout}% 
\csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname        
\def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{context-attr}{2}
>>>

\<another context env\><<<
\edef\cur:Name{\cur:Name -\last:Attributes}%
\verify:config\cur:Name{context-attr}% 
\csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname        
\def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-spa\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \o:dostartopelkaar:[#1]%
   \verify:config{\currentregister-env}{null-default-env}%
   \csname a:\currentregister-env\endcsname
}
\HLet\dostartopelkaar\:tempc
%%%%%% pre 2005
\ifx \stopopelkaar\:UnDef \else
  \pend:def\stopopelkaar{%
     \csname b:\currentregister-env\endcsname
  }
\fi
>>>

NOTE: REPLACE opelkaar WITH packed

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{System Macros}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-sys\><<<
\NewConfigure{startstop}{2}
>>>

\<start stop env\><<<
\verify:config\cur:Name{startstop}%
\csname a:\cur:Name\endcsname        
\def\:tempc{\o:@@nostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@nostopattributes\:tempc
\def\:tempc{\o:@@dostopattributes: \csname b:\cur:Name\endcsname}%
\HLet\@@dostopattributes\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-sec\><<<
\expand:after{\let\o:normalend}\csname normalend\endcsname
\expandafter\def\csname normalend\endcsname{\HtmlEnv
   \at:docend
   \csname export:hook\endcsname   \csname o:normalend\endcsname}
>>>

\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\get:curName#1{%
   \ifx \last:Attributes\empty
      \let\cur:Name\empty
   \else
      \bgroup
         \let#1=\empty 
         \edef\:temp{\def\noexpand\:temp{\last:Attributes}}%
         \expandafter
      \egroup\:temp
      \edef\:tempa{\last:Attributes}%
      \edef\cur:Name{\ifx\:temp\:tempa\else\:temp\fi}%
   \fi }
\let\last:Attributes=\empty
>>>

\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\verify:config#1#2{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax
        \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2}}%
        \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2{}%
      \else
        \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{2} 
                to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}}%
        \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[2]{%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}%
        }}\:temp
        \Configure{#1}{}{}%
        \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter
                       \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname
      \fi
   \fi
}
>>>

\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\verify:configIII#1#2{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax
        \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{3}}%
        \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2##3{}%
      \else
        \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{3} 
                to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}{...}}%
        \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[3]{%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    c:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname c:#2\endcsname}%
        }}\:temp
        \Configure{#1}{}{}{}%
        \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter
                       \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname
      \fi
   \fi
}
>>>

\<utilities for context\><<<
\def\verify:configIV#1#2{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#1:\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\ifx \csname c:#2:\endcsname\relax
        \:warning{adding null \string\NewConfigure{#1}{4}}%
        \expandafter\def\csname c:#1:\endcsname##1##2##3##4{}%
      \else
        \:warning{adding \string\NewConfigure{#1}{4} 
                to equal \string\Configure{#2}{...}{...}{...}{...}}%
        \edef\:temp{\noexpand\NewConfigure{#1}[4]{%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    a:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname a:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    b:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname b:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    c:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname c:#2\endcsname}%
           \gdef\expandafter\noexpand\csname
                    d:#1\endcsname{\expandafter
                                \noexpand\csname d:#2\endcsname}%
        }}\:temp
        \Configure{#1}{}{}{}{}%
        \global\expandafter\let \csname c:#1:\expandafter
                       \endcsname \csname c:#1:\endcsname
      \fi
   \fi
}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Descriptions}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-des\><<<
\def\normal@@definitiewoord#1[#2]#3#4{%
   \verify:config{#1-des}{description-word}%
   \csname a:#1-des\endcsname \doattributes
     {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur
     {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}{#4}}%
   \csname b:#1-des\endcsname \rawreference\s!def{#2}{#3}}
\NewConfigure{description-word}{2}
>>>

\<context core-des\><<<
\def\@@somedefinitie#1[#2]#3{%
  \dowithpar 
     {\bgroup
         \verify:configIII{#1-item}{description-item}%
         \csname a:#1-item\endcsname 
         \executedoordefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}\csname 
                            b:#1-item\endcsname }%
     {\csname c:#1-item\endcsname \@@stopdefinitie{#1}}}
\def\@@startsomedefinitie#1[#2]#3{%
   \bgroup 
      \verify:configIII{#1-item}{description-item}%
      \csname a:#1-item\endcsname
      \BeforePar{%
         \executedoordefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}\csname 
                               b:#1-item\endcsname}\bgroup
                                       \expandafter\aftergroup
             \csname c:#1-item\endcsname\aftergroup\egroup
   \GotoPar}
\NewConfigure{description-item}{3}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Cross Referencing}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-ref\><<<
\NewConfigure{-@@ur}{2}
\NewConfigure{pubs-li}{2}
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\catcode`\:=12 
\expandafter\def\csname :temp\endcsname{\def\redospecialfrom[##1::##2]} 
\catcode`\:=11 
 
\:temp  
  {\ifundefined{\v!file :::#1}%  
     \tttf[#1]%  
   \else  
     \def\doexternaldocument##1##2##3{\a:externaldocument 
                       [##1]{}{}\goto{##3}[#1::#2]\b:externaldocument}%  
     \csname\v!file :::#1\endcsname  
   \fi }  
\NewConfigure{externaldocument}{2} 
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1][#2]{%
   \o:docite:[#1][#2]%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname o:bib\@@citedefault ref:\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\global\expandafter\let
           \csname o:bib\@@citedefault ref:\endcsname = \empty
      \:warning{No configuration is available for \expandafter
                   \string \csname bib\@@citedefault ref\endcsname}%
   \fi
}
\HLet\docite\:tempc
\ifx \dotypesetapublication\:UnDef\else
   \pend:defI\dotypesetapublication{\Link{}{##1}\EndLink}
\fi
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
      \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthoryearref:[#1]\EndLink
}
\HLet\bibauthoryearref\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \bibalternative\v!left
   \bgroup
      \let\v!left=\empty
      \let\v!right=\empty
      \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthoryearsref:[#1]\EndLink
   \egroup
   \bibalternative\v!right
}
\HLet\bibauthoryearsref\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \bibalternative\v!left
   \bgroup
      \let\v!left=\empty
      \let\v!right=\empty
      \Link{#1}{}\o:bibauthorref:[#1]\EndLink
   \egroup
   \bibalternative\v!right
}
\HLet\bibauthorref\:tempc
>>>

\<context core-ref\><<<
\def\:tempc[#1]{%
   \bibalternative\v!left
   \bgroup
      \let\v!left=\empty
      \let\v!right=\empty
      \Link{#1}{}\o:bibyearref:[#1]\EndLink
   \egroup
   \bibalternative\v!right
}
\HLet\bibyearref\:tempc
>>>

\<\><<<
\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% 
  {\bgroup 
   \global\advance\crossreferencenumber \plusone\relax 
   \if#1-\if#2:% 
     \let\referenceprefix\empty 
     \xdef\lastreference{#3}% 
   \else 
     % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space 
   \fi\else 
     % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space 
   \fi 
   \ifx\lastreference\empty \else 
     \doiffirstreferenceoccurance\lastreference 
       {\thisisdestination{\referenceprefix\lastreference}}% 
     \referentieinfo>\lastreference 
     \edef\:temp{#6}%
     \edef\dododowritereference 
       {\writeutilitycommand 
          {\mainreference{\referenceprefix}{\lastreference}{#4}%
             {#5}{\ifx\:temp\empty\else \mk:ref#6\fi}}}% 
     \dododowritereference 
   \fi 
   \egroup   
   \a:Tagreference
} 
\def\mk:ref#1#2{%
    {\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#1}}%
    {\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#2}}}
>>>

\<context core-refOUT\><<<
\def\dodowritereference#1#2#3\end#4#5#6% 
  {\bgroup 
   \global\advance\crossreferencenumber \plusone\relax 
   \if#1-\if#2:% 
     \let\referenceprefix\empty 
     \xdef\lastreference{#3}% 
   \else 
     % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space 
   \fi\else 
     % \xdef\lastreference{#1#2#3}% here we loose the space 
   \fi 
   \ifx\lastreference\empty \else 
     \doiffirstreferenceoccurance\lastreference 
       {\thisisdestination{\referenceprefix\lastreference}}% 
     \referentieinfo>\lastreference 
     \edef\:temp{#6}%
     \edef\dododowritereference 
       {\writeutilitycommand 
          {\mainreference{\referenceprefix}{\lastreference}{#4}%
             {#5}{\string\rEfLiNK{\lastreference}{#6}}}}% 
     \dododowritereference 
   \fi 
   \egroup   
   \a:Tagreference
} 
>>>

\<context core-refOUT\><<<
\def\rEfLiNK#1#2{\Protect\Link{#1}{}#2\EndLink}
\pend:defI\rawdoifinsetelse{\let\rEfLiNK\secondoftwoarguments}
>>>

\<context core-refOUT\><<<
\NewConfigure{Tagreference}{1}
\Configure{Tagreference}
  {\ifvmode
         \vbox{\Link{}{\lastreference}\EndLink\EndP}%
   \else \hbox{\Link{}{\lastreference}\EndLink}\fi}
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Logos}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<context core-log\><<<
\def\:tempc{ConTeXt}
\HLet\ConTeXt\:tempc
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Part{Xhtml}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Xhtml}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<configure 4ht\><<<
\ConfigureHinput>>>

\<end configure 4ht\><<<

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\endinput\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty\empty                  %
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\SubSection{amsopn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<amsopn.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% amsopn.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<amsopn hooks|>
\Hinput{amsopn}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{amsopn}

\<amsopn hooks\><<<
\expandafter\pend:defIII\csname qopname \endcsname{\a:qopname}
\NewConfigure{qopname}{1}
\ifx \nmlimits@\o:displaylimits:
    \def\:tempc{\displaylimits}
    \HLet\nmlimits@\:tempc
\fi
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Languages and encodings}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

Latex  records current encoding in \`'\cf@encoding'.

\<cp850.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp850.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp850 config|>
\Hinput{cp850}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp850}

\<cp850 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathonesuperior{{\sp1}} 
\long\def\maththreesuperior{{\sp3}} 
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
>>>

\<cp852.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp852.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp852 config|>
\Hinput{cp852}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp852}

\<cp852 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
>>>

\<cp862.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp862.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp862 config|>
\Hinput{cp862}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp862}

\<cp862 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
\long\def\mathordmasculine{{\sp o}} 
\long\def\mathordfeminine{{\sp a}} 
>>>

\<cp1250.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp1250.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp1250 config|>
\Hinput{cp1250}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp1250}

\<cp1250 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
>>>

\<cp1252.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp1252.4ht                         |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp1252 config|>
\Hinput{cp1252}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp1252}

\<cp1252 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
\long\def\mathordmasculine{{\sp o}} 
\long\def\mathordfeminine{{\sp a}} 
>>>

\<cp437.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp437.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp437 config|>
\Hinput{cp437}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp437}

\<cp437 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} 
>>>

\<cp437de.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp437de.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp437de config|>
\Hinput{cp437de}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp437de}

\<cp437de config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} 
>>>

\<cp865.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% cp865.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<cp865 config|>
\Hinput{cp865}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{cp865}

\<cp865 config\><<<
|<config textdegree|>
\long\def\mathtwosuperior{{\sp2}} 
\long\def\mathnsuperior{{\sp n}} 
>>>

\<norsk.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% norsk.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{norsk}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{norsk}

\<polish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% polish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{polish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{polish}

\<polski.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% polski.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2002.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<load ot4enc if needed|>
\Hinput{polski}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{polski}

\<load ot4enc if needed\><<<
\def\:temp{OT4}\ifx \:temp\encodingdefault
      \def\:tempa#1#2{%
         \def\:tempb##1{%
           \def\:temp####1##1####2//{\def\:temp{####2}}%
           \expandafter\:temp\@filelist##1//%
         }
         \edef\:temp{\noexpand\:tempb{%
            \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
              \:gobble\expandafter\string \csname #1\endcsname
              .#2}}%
         \:temp}
   \:tempa{ot4enc}{def}
   \ifx \:temp\empty
     \:tempa{ot4cmr}{fd}         
      \ifx \:temp\empty \else
         \input ot4enc.4ht
      \fi
   \fi
\fi
>>>

\<portuges.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% portuges.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{portuges}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{portuges}

\<romanian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% romanian.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{romanian}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{romanian}

We must prevent russian.ldf from loading EU1 or EU2 font encoding.
Declarationf for Cyrillics characters are loaded with XeLaTeX

\<russianb.4ht\><<<
% russianb.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\if@uni@ode                                                                                                                                           
\DeclareRobustCommand{\cyrillictext}{%                                                                                                                
\language\l@russian}%
\fi
\ifdefined\XeTeXrevision%
\xeuniuseblock{Cyrillic}%
\fi%

\Hinput{russianb}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{russianb}

\<scottish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% scottish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{scottish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{scottish}

\<slovak.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% slovak.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
|<config slovak|>
\Hinput{slovak}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{slovak}

\<config slovak\><<<
\edef\:temp{\noexpand\catcode`\noexpand\^=\the\catcode`\^}
\catcode`\^=13
\AtBeginDocument{
  \def^{\ifmmode \expandafter \pr:sp \else \expandafter \sys:sp \fi }
}
\:temp
>>>

\<slovene.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% slovene.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{slovene}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{slovene}

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{spanish.ldf}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<spanish.4ht\><<< 
% spanish.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex 
% Copyright 2021 TeX Users Group 
|<TeX4ht license text|> 
|<spanish defs|>
\Hinput{spanish} 
\endinput 
>>> \AddFile{9}{spanish}

The following is needed to compensate for the extra \''\relax\space' in
\''\def\protect##1{\string\protect\string##1\relax\space}'.

\<spanish defsNO\><<<
\Configure{writetoc}
   {\def\:writetoc{\protect\@umlaut}\ifx \"\:writetoc
       \def\"{\string\"}%
    \fi
    \def\:writetoc{\protect\@tilde}\ifx \~\:writetoc
       \def\~{\string\~}%
    \fi
    \def\:writetoc{\protect\@acute}\ifx \'\:writetoc
       \def\'{\string\'}%
    \fi
   }
\bgroup
\catcode`\"=13
\def\:temp{\Configure{writetoc}{\add:protect"\add:protect\>}}
\expandafter\egroup \:temp
>>>

\<spanish defs\><<< 
\expandafter\def\csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname
               #1{\leavevmode \hbox{\csname a:spanish"#1\endcsname}}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space a}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@a@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"a}{1}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space o}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@o@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"o}{1}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space e}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@e@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"e}{1}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space A}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@A@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"A}{1}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space O}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@O@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"O}{1}
\edef\:temp{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:"shorthand\endcsname\space E}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string"@E@\endcsname=\:temp
\NewConfigure{spanish"E}{1}
>>>

\<spanish defs\><<< 
\edef\:tempc{\expandafter\noexpand
               \csname spanish:'shorthand\endcsname\space i}
\expandafter\HLet\csname spanish@sh@\string'@i@\endcsname=\:tempc
\NewConfigure{spanish'i}{1}
\def\:tempc{\csname a:spanish'i\endcsname}
\expandafter\HLet\csname \string\OT1\string\'-i\endcsname\:tempc
>>>

\<spanish defs\><<< 
\AtBeginDocument{
   \def\:tempc{\a:guillemotright}
   \HLet\guillemotright\:tempc
   \def\:tempc{\a:guillemotleft}
   \HLet\guillemotleft\:tempc
}
\NewConfigure{guillemotright}{1}
\Configure{guillemotright}{\o:guillemotright:}
\NewConfigure{guillemotleft}{1}
\Configure{guillemotleft}{\o:guillemotright:}
>>>

\<spanish defs\><<< 
\def\:tempc#1#2#3{%
    \expandafter\:text@composite@x
    \csname OT1\string#1\endcsname#3\@empty}
\HLet\es@accent\:tempc
\def\:text@composite@x#1#2{%
   \expandafter\ifx \csname \string#1-\string#2\endcsname\relax
      \expandafter\ifx \csname \string#1- :\endcsname\relax
          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:gobble
      \else
          \expandafter\expandafter
          \expandafter\expandafter
          \expandafter\expandafter
          \csname \string#1- :\endcsname
      \fi
   \else \expandafter\:gobble
   \fi
   {#2}%
   }
\def\chk:acc#1#2#3{%
   \if !#2!\expandafter\:gobbleIII \else
       \if \noexpand#1\noexpand#2%
          \a:es@accents#3\b:es@accents
          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\gob:accc
       \else
          \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\chk:acc
       \fi
   \fi
   {#1}%
}
\def\gob:accc#1{\gob:acc}
\def\gob:acc#1#2{\if !#2!\expandafter\gobe:acc
   \else \expandafter\gob:acc\fi 
}
\expandafter\ifx\csname documentclass\endcsname\relax\then
   \def\gobe:acc#1\@text@composite#2\@text@composite#3{}
\else 
   \let\gobe:acc=\:gobble
\fi
\NewConfigure{es@accent}[2]{\expandafter
   \def\csname #1- :\endcsname##1{\chk:acc{##1}#2{}{}}}
\NewConfigure{es@accents}{2}
>>>

\<spanish defs\><<< 
\AtBeginDocument{%
   \def\bbl@umlauta{\ifx \EndPicture \:UnDef \expandafter \n:bbl@umlauta: 
                    \else \expandafter \o:bbl@umlauta: \fi }%
}
>>>

This is necessary to fix clash between mathml option and some definitions
in Spanish babel.

\<spanish defs\><<<
\let\orig:nolimits\nolimits
\let\nolimits\o:nolimits:
\AtBeginDocument{\let\nolimits\orig:nolimits}
>>>

% \def\@text@composite#1#2#3\@text@composite{%
%    \writesixteen{....\string#1-\string#2...\expandafter
%                      \meaning\csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname}%
%    \expandafter\@text@composite@x 
%       \csname\string#1-\string#2\endcsname} 

\<swedish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% swedish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{swedish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{swedish}

\<turkish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% turkish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{turkish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{turkish}

\<ukraineb.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% ukraineb.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{ukraineb}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{ukraineb}

\<usorbian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% usorbian.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{usorbian}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{usorbian}

\<welsh.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% welsh.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{welsh}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{welsh}

\<hebrew.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% hebrew.4ht                            |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
  |<hebrew ldf|>
\Hinput{hebrew}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{hebrew}

\<hebrew ldf\><<< 
\def\hebdate#1#2#3{%
  \a:moreR\beginR\a:moreL\beginL\number#1\endL\b:moreL\ \bet\hebmonth{#2}
         \a:moreL\beginL\number#3\endL\b:moreL\endR\b:moreR}
\def\@@hebrew#1{\a:moreR\beginR{{\tohebrew#1}}\b:moreR\endR}
>>>

\<austrian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% austrian.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{austrian}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{austrian}

\<catalan.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% catalan.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{catalan}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{catalan}

\<croatian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% croatian.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{croatian}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{croatian}

\<czech.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% czech.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>
\let\clqq\quotedblbase
\Hinput{czech}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{czech}

\<danish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% danish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{danish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{danish}

\<dutch.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% dutch.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{dutch}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{dutch}

\<english.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% english.4ht                        |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{english}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{english}

\<esperant.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% esperant.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{esperant}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{esperant}

\<estonian.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% estonian.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{estonian}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{estonian}

\<finnish.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% finnish.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{finnish}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{finnish}

\<francais.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% francais.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{francais}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{francais}

\<galician.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% galician.4ht                          |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2000.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>

\Hinput{galician}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{galician}

\<greek.4ht\><<<
% greek.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright |CopyYear.2000. Eitan M. Gurari
|<TeX4ht copywrite|>

\Configure{AtBeginDocument}
  {\immediate\write\@mainaux{\catcode`\string\^=7}} {}

\ifdefined\XeTeXrevision%
\renewcommand*{\greekfontencoding}{OT1}
\xeuniuseblock{Greek}
\fi
\ifdefined\luatexversion
\renewcommand*{\greekfontencoding}{OT1}
\fi

\Hinput{greek}
\endinput
>>>                        \AddFile{9}{greek}

grrek.sty sends \`'\catcode`^^9f\active' into the aux file.
Hence the change of \`'^' into catcode 7. The aux file is
loaded within group, so the above changes are local.


\<magyar.4ht\><<<
% magyar.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex
% Copyright 2018 TeX Users Group
|<TeX4ht license text|>
|<magyar fixes|>
\Hinput{magyar}
\endinput
>>>        \AddFile{5}{magyar}


\<magyar fixes\><<<
\def\magyar:third:arg#1#2#3{#3}
\def\@@magyar@firsthfuzz#1#2\hfuzz{\bgroup\magyar:third:arg#1\egroup}
\def\@@magyar@firstarg#1#2\hbox${\magyar:third:arg#1}%
>>>

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\Section{Exams}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

\<exam.4ht\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
% exam.4ht                                  |version %
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
\ifx \ps@examheadings\:unDef 
   |<start skip|>
\fi
\:temp
   |<hook Meer exam|>
   \Hinput{exam}
|<end skip|>
\ifx \@checkqueslevel\:unDef 
   |<start skip|>
\fi
\:temp
   |<hook Hirschhorn' exam|>
   \Hinput{exam}
|<end skip|>
\ifx \@OneKeyHook\:unDef 
   |<start skip|>
\fi
\:temp
   |<hook Alexanders' exam|>
   \Hinput{exam}
|<end skip|>
\endinput
>>>                        
\AddFile{9}{exam}

\<start skip\><<<
\bgroup
   \catcode`\%=12
   \def\:temp{\catcode`\\=9 \catcode`\#=9 \:tempa}
   \long\def\:tempa#1%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end:skip{\egroup}
\else
   \let\:temp\empty
>>>

\<end skip\><<<
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%end:skip
>>>

\SubSection{Philip Hirschhorn}

\Link[http://www-math.mit.edu/\string ~psh/]{}{}home\EndLink{}
(\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exam/]{}{}ctan\EndLink)

\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\let\exam:questions=\questions
\def\questions{%
   \let\exam:list=\list 
   \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}%
   \exam:questions  }
\pend:def\endquestions{%
   \let\exam:list=\endlist 
   \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}}
\let\exam:parts=\parts
\def\parts{%
   \let\exam:list=\list 
   \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}%
   \exam:parts  }
\pend:def\endparts{%
   \let\exam:list=\endlist 
   \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}}
\let\exam:subparts=\subparts
\def\subparts{%
   \let\exam:list=\list 
   \def\list{\let\list=\exam:list\begin{list}}%
   \exam:subparts  }
\pend:def\endsubparts{%
   \let\exam:list=\endlist 
   \def\endlist{\let\endlist=\exam:list \end{list}}}
>>>

\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\long\def\uplevel#1{\par\a:uplevel{#1}\b:uplevel\par}
\long\def\fullwidth#1{\par\a:fullwidth{#1}\b:fullwidth\par}
\NewConfigure{uplevel}{2}
\NewConfigure{fullwidth}{2}
>>>

\<hook Hirschhorn' exam\><<<
\def\@setpoints{%
  \if@placepoints
    \if@pointsinmargin
            \a:setpoints(\@points\@marginpointname)\b:setpoints            
    \else
            \a:setpoints(\@points\@pointname)\b:setpoints
    \fi
    \@placepointsfalse
  \fi
}
\NewConfigure{setpoints}{2}
>>>

\SubSection{Hans van der Meer's class}

\Link[http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/exams/]{}{}Hans van der Meer's class\EndLink

\<hook Meer exam\><<<
\pend:defI\scorebox{\a:scorebox}
\append:defI\scorebox{\b:scorebox}
\NewConfigure{scorebox}{2}
>>>

\SubSection{<Alexanders' Exam}

\Link[http://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/examdesign/]{}{}Alexanders' exam\EndLink

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
|<alex hook utilities|>
|<hooks for section types|>
\pend:def\@enddocumenthook{{\tt \tmp:cnt=1 \seed:hooks }}
>>>

\<alex hook utilities\><<<
\def\seed:hooks{%
  \ifnum \tmp:cnt>\c@section \else 
     |<trace exam data|>%     
     |<type-oriented hooks|>
     \advance\tmp:cnt by 1
     \expandafter\seed:hooks 
  \fi  
}
>>>

\<type-oriented hooks\><<<
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
      \@shortanswer
  |<hooks for shortanswer|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fixed
  |<hooks for fixed|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fillin
  |<hooks for fillin|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fillinstar
  |<hooks for fillinstar|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@MC
  |<hooks for MC|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@MCstar
  |<hooks for MCstar|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname
     \@shortanswerstar
  |<hooks for shortanswerstar|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname
     \@truefalse
  |<hooks for truefalse|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname
     \@truefalsestar
  |<hooks for truefalsestar|>
\fi
\expandafter\ifx\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\@fixedstar
  |<hooks for fixedstar|>
\fi
>>>

\<hooks for shortanswer\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<hooks for section heads|>% 
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>

\<hooks for shortanswerstar\><<<
|<cond head and inst hooks|>% 
>>>

% \def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
% |<hooks for answers|>%

\<hooks for fixed\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<hooks for section heads|>% 
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>

\<hooks for fixedstar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>

\<hooks for fillin\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<hooks for section heads|>% 
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>

\<hooks for fillinstar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef blank|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>

\<hooks for MC\><<<
\def\:temp{|<reconfigure multiplechoice|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<hooks for section heads|>% 
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>

MC stands for multi-choice

\<hooks for MCstar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<reconfigure multiplechoice|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>

\<hooks for truefalse\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<hooks for section heads|>%
|<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
>>>

\<hooks for truefalsestar\><<<
\def\:temp{|<redef truefalse answer|>}%
|<hooks for answers|>%
|<cond head and inst hooks|>%
>>>

\<cond head and inst hooks\><<<
\expandafter\ifx
   \csname head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\relax \else
   |<hooks for section heads|>%
\fi
\expandafter\ifx
   \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname\relax \else
   |<hooks on instruction preamble|>%
\fi
>>>

\<hooks for section heads\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname{%
  \gdef\beforesectsep{0pt \a:sectiontitle
     \global\let\beforesectsep\sv:beforesectsep}%
  \gdef\aftersectsep{0pt \b:sectiontitle
     \global\let\aftersectsep\sv:aftersectsep}% 
}%
\global\expandafter
  \let\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\expandafter\endcsname
     \csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{sectiontitle}{2}
>>>

\<alex hook utilities\><<<
\let\sv:beforesectsep\beforesectsep
\let\sv:aftersectsep\aftersectsep
>>>

\<hooks on instruction preamble\><<<
\expandafter\pend:def
    \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname{\a:instructions}%
\expandafter\append:def
    \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname{\b:instructions\par}%
\global\expandafter\let
    \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \expandafter\endcsname
    \csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
>>>

\<hooks for answers\><<<
\global  \csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt 
  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
     \endcsname
  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\:temp
     \the\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt \endcsname}
>>>

\<redef blank\><<<
\ifx \blank\:UnDef 
  \:warning{tex4ht encountered a problem
      with \csname type@sec\current@section\endcsname}
\else
\ifanswer
   \ifcblanks
      \def\blank####1{\a:answer ####1\b:answer}%
   \fi
   \ifpblanks
      \def\blank####1{\a:answer ####1\b:answer}%
   \fi
\else
   \ifcblanks
      \pend:defI\blank{\a:question}
      \append:defI\blank{\b:question}
   \fi
   \ifpblanks
      \pend:defI\blank{\a:question}
      \append:defI\blank{\b:question}
   \fi
\fi \fi
>>>

\<redef truefalse answer\><<<
  \pend:defI\@separator{\def\@tfitem{%
    \ifanswer
       \item[\a:answer
           \csname tf@sol\current@question\endcsname\b:answer]%
    \else
       \item
    \fi}}%
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{answer}{2}
\NewConfigure{question}{2}
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:defI\MCfont{\a:MCfont}
\append:defI\MCfont{\b:MCfont}
\NewConfigure{MCfont}{2}
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<< 
\Configure{MCfont}
 {\HCode{<span class="MCfont">}}    {\HCode{</span>}}
\Css{dt .MCfont {text-decoration:underline;}}
>>>

\<reconfigure multiplechoice\><<<
\boxfalse
>>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\NewConfigure{instructions}{2}
>>>

\<trace exam data\><<<
\section:data
>>>

\<alex hook utilities\><<<
\def\section:data{
\par[\the\tmp:cnt]
\par [qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt]  
   \expandafter\meaning\csname qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname :
   \expandafter \edef\expandafter \:temp\expandafter {\expandafter
      \the\csname qlist@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname}
   \meaning\:temp
\par [qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] 
   \expandafter\meaning\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname :
   \expandafter \edef\expandafter \:temp\expandafter {\expandafter
      \the\csname qlist@scr@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname}
   \meaning\:temp
\par [inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] 
   \expandafter\meaning\csname inst@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
\par [head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt]
   \expandafter\meaning\csname head@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
\par [type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt] 
   \expandafter\meaning\csname type@sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt\endcsname
\par [sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed]  
   \expandafter\meaning\csname sec\romannumeral\tmp:cnt @fixed\endcsname
\par ****************************************\par
}
\let\section:data=\empty
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:def\@examtopmatter{\bgroup
   \pend:def\namedata{\let\hrulefill=\empty \a:namedata}%
   \append:def\namedata{\b:namedata}%
   \pend:def\classdata{\a:classdata}%
   \append:def\classdata{\b:classdata}%
   \let\examtop=\empty  \let\endexamtop=\empty
   \begin{examtop}}
\append:def\@examtopmatter{%
    \end{examtop} \egroup\bigskip}
\NewConfigure{classdata}{2}
\NewConfigure{namedata}{2}
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\pend:def\@keytopmatter{\bgroup
   \let\keytop=\empty  \let\endkeytop=\empty
   \begin{keytop}}
\append:def\@keytopmatter{%
    \end{keytop} \egroup\bigskip}
>>>

\<hook Alexanders' exam\><<<
\append:def\frontmatter@wrap@up{%
  \ifx\@frontmattertext\relax  \else
     \pend:def\@frontmattertext{\a:frontmatter}
     \append:def\@frontmattertext{\b:frontmatter}
  \fi
}
\NewConfigure{frontmatter} {2}
>>>

%% begin comment. 29/09/2016 (dg)
%% mktex4ht.4ht is generated by cond4ht.4ht
%% Remove file generation from tex4ht-4ht.tex
%% Detaching mktex4ht.cnf, mktex4ht-cnf.tex is read instead.
%% end
\def\Skipmkfilename{\csname BYE\endcsname\endinput}
\input cond4ht.4ht

%-------------------------------------------------------
\let\OPO=\OutputCodE
\def\OutputCodE\<#1\>{%
   \openin15=\HOME/#1
%   \ifeof15    \Needs{"ln -s #1 \HOME/#1"} 
    \ifeof15    \Needs{"cp -f #1 \HOME#1"} 
        \writesixteen{"cd \HOME; ln -s \SOURCE/#1 . ; cd \SOURCE"} \fi
   \closein15
   \OPO\<#1\>}

\OutFiles

\OutputCodE\<m-tex4ht.tex\>
\OutputCodE\<usepackage.4ht\>
\OutputCodE\<showfonts.4ht\>
\OutputCodE\<idxmake.4ht\>
\OutputCodE\<bibtex.4ht\>
\OutputCodE\<fontspec-4ht.lua\>
\bye

A `Literate' View of tex4ht.sty